'HE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LiNNEnri Society
OF
New South Wales
I'OR I'HK VKAR
1916
Vol. XLI.
jL
"ft.^****- ■^^\
WITH FIFTY-NINE PLATES.
SYDNEY: PRINTKD ANIJ PUBLISHED FOR THK SOCIETY
BY
\V. A. PEPPERDAV 1- CO., 119a Pin" STREET
SOLD i;V THE SOCIETY
I9i(;-i7.
/^ <? 7P ^r
\V. A. I'Kl'l'KUDAV AND CO.,
CKNKKAl. rUlNTERS, 119:1 I'ITT STREET, SVnNKY.
CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 1916.
PART I. (No. 161 j.
(!,..■., I, il I ',ih J, nil, T.nc).
PAti KS
Presidential Adihcs.s (U'live-icd at the Fuily-Hist Annual Meeting',
Mardi -imh, IHHi, hy Alkx. <i. HAMii/roN 1-3.T
Studies in Australian Nturoptera. No. ii. !)cs( ii|)ti(jns ot niw f4eni'ra and Species of the Families 0-'fmt//ii/". M i/rni<lio)i- fklfp, and Axca/a/ihiila: My R. J. Tillyakd, M.A., IJ.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the .Society in Zoologj^ (Plates i.-vi.. and three Text-H^mnes) 41-7(1
A Revision of the S/rafioini/id" [Ihi-TEHA] of Australia. By
Arthur White .., ... J Hie
Oocyxtix and Ertmo.^jthirraiAu^A^]. Ry <i. 1. Pj^-VVIWIK. Science Researcli* Scholar of the University of Sydney. (Plates vii.- ix., and twenty-eight Text-figures) Id/ -147
The Chemical Investigation of some Poisonous Plants in the X.O. SolatMceiv. Part ii. Xiroliinin sunnolriis, and the Idciititica- tion of its Alkaloid. By Jamks M. Petkik. D.Sc. F.l.C. Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Hiochemistry ... 14,S-l."il
The Instability of Leaf- Morphology in its lelation to Taxonomic
Botany. Ry A. A. Hamilton l.VJ-17'.t
On Bnichychilon popiil III o-iiii ri/iiliii-^ F.v.M. : the Crimson-llnwer-
ed Kurrajong. Ry J. H. Mai dkn , F. R. S. . F. L. S I S< •- i S4
On a Eucalypt Hybrid (E. ralophylln -< PJ. ji<-ij'oli<i). By •). H.
Maiden, F.R.S., F.L.S is.vis'.t
Hon. Treasurer's Financial Statement. Balance Sheet, etc. ... .'U-M!!
Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... ... 1'", 1!M(
Notes and Exhibits Kll |(»fi. HKt-liVi
27799
V. CONTENTS.
PART II. (No. 162). (Issued loth Septemliir, lOItiJ. fa(;ks
('(//•«/;/>/((' [CoJiEoi'TKKA] from the Upper ^Villiam.s River, N.S.W.
By Thumas G. Sloane 1 96-208
Descriptions of a new Genus, and three new (Species of Australian Teiiehrlonidii' [Coleopteka] fi'om Harrington Tops, N.S.W. %H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. (With three Text-figs.) ... 209-214
A Mew Scale-Insect [CocciD^] affecting Sugar-Cane in New (luinea. By the late Dr. A. Rutherford : with a Note by K. Jarvis 215-216
Studies in Australian Nenropfera. No. iii. The Wing-Venation of the Chryxopldii. By R. J. Tili.yard, M.A.. B..Sc.. F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates X., X.///.X, xi.; and eight Text-figs.) 221-248
A Tliird Contribution to a Knowledge of the Lepidopterous Fauna of El)or Scrub, N.S.W. By A. Jkfferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S 249-260
i'drologicul Notes. No. ii. The Relations between some \V^estern Austialian (ilneissicand (hanitic Rocks. I5y M. Aurousseau, B.Sc. 261-266
Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No. iv. The Families Itholudif, Heme roll! idn', Si.'<i/rld(e, liefothldn , and the new Family Tri- choniatidie : with a Discussion of their Characters and Re- lationships, and Descriptions of new and little-known Genera and Species. I>y H. J. Tillvard, ]\I.A., IJ.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of tlie Society in Z(X)I(>g\-. (Plates xii.-xix.. and ten Text-figs.) 269-332
Studies in Australian Mkrolepkloptera. IJy A. -Iekfekis Turner,
M.D., F.E.S 333-376
Some Cryptogamic Notes, frdin the IJotauic (hardens, Sydney.
By the Rev. W. Walter Watts. (Plate xx.") 377-386
Further Observations on the P]mergence of Dragonfly-Larvae from the Egg, with special Reference to the Problem of Respira- tion. By R. J. Tilly ARi). M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Five Text-figs.) 388-416
Elections and Announcements ... ... 217,267,387
Notes and Exhibits 193-195,217-220,267-268
* Plate XX. was issued Mith Part iii.
CONTENTS. V.
PART II. (Contiimed). pages
Cunectioii in Dr. Turner's Paper (p.'2.")4). (Jiiiil iiiiiiie and description of Capua crypstrytlira, n.sp., and substitute
Capua leucostacta.
CdpiKi Ic.ncoMacta ^Nleyr., I'roe. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1910, p."20"2. One 9 example. Alsu fioiii N.S.\V'. : Lawson. — Vic. : Beaconsfield. Page 241:), line 8 — -for six, read seven. — line !l, for 12, read 11. — line 22, I'or 7. riidl <).
PART III. (No. 163).
( Issued 0th December, HUd). pa(;es
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney: Parthenogenesis in
Aquatic Phanerogams. By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.iSc. ... 417-421
Pve\ision of the Ainycterides. Part v. Mo/och/iis and Cnhirorrliyii-
rlms. By EU.STACE W. Fkikjcson, M.B., Ch.M 422-4.52
A Revision of the Genera with Mieroscleres included, in- ])ro- visioiuilly included, in the Family AxineUidd': with Descrip- tions of some Australian Species [Porifeka]. Part i. By K. F. Kallmann, B.Sc. , Linnean Maoleay Fellow of tlie Society in Zoology. (Plates xxi.-xxx., figs. 1-2; also xxxix., tigs.(;-7; and Text-figs. 1-9) 4.53-491
A Revision of tlie (ienera with Microscleres included, uv ]no- visionally included, in tlic Family A.r'nii'llid<r: with Descrip- tions of some Australian Species [Pokifeka]. Part ii. My K. F. Kallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Felhjw of the Society in Zoology. (Plates xxix., fig.4; xxx.-xxxii.; xxxiii., tigs. 1 -.'): xxxiv.-xxxvii. ; xxxviii., figs. 1-4; and Text-figs. Id- Ki) 49.")-.j.")2
'i'iic Gamcto|)liyte of I'silol iini : Preliminary Notes. l!y Tiio>l\.s W'niTioj.EooL, Medallist of the Royal Society of New South Wales, 1899. (Plate xlv.) .■).5.3-.iH8
Contril)uti(jns to a Knowledge of Australian ('ii/ieidd' 1])ii'TKHa].
No. iii. By Frank K. Tavlok, F.E.S. .")tj4-.j74
Descriptions of some new Species of Australian, Tasmauian, and
New Zealand Mo.sses. vi. By Dk. V. K. Bkotherus ... r)7o-,")9()
New Australian Species of C(trahkl<r belonging to the Tril)e
.SV'«r////(/ [Coleopteka]. By Thomas G. Sloan e 5y7-t)30
Elections and Am louncements ... ... ... ... ...494,631
Notes and Exhibits 492-493,494,632
VI. CONTENTS.
PART IV. (No. 164).
( Issiiid .'ill, Ajiril, lur, ).
I'AliKS
A Revision of the Oeiieia with Microweleics iuchided, or pfo- vi.sionally included in the Family Axinellida- with De.scrip- tions of some Australian Species [I'okikkka]. I'art iii. l>y E. F. Haij.mann, B.Sc, Limiean Macleay Fellow of llic Society in Zooloj;}-. (Plates xxix., ti<j;s.o, ,1, (i; xxxiii., Hji.(i: xx.xviii., figs.o-9; xxxix., figs.l 5; xl., tiyM.1-4; xli-xliv.; and Text-%s. 17-20) (i34-(i7o
An Etiloiescence (jn some New Zealand Kelps. liy A. H. S.
Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. (i7<)-(j7!J
Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part xiii. IJy C. HEni.KV,
F.L.S. (Plates xlvi. -Hi.) (i,S(»-71U
Descriptions of new Species of Australian ( 'ok'<jptera. I'ait xii.
By A. M. Lea, F.K.S 7'20-74.j
Australian Talianidtt [Diptera]. No. ii. 15y Fr.\.nk H. Tavi.ok,
F.E.S 74(5-7W
Some Notes tni the Bionomics of llie BuH'alo-Fly [Li/peroKia exi</ii(i de Meijere]. V>y (jekaj.u F. Hill, F.E.S., (iovernmcnt Entomologist, Northern Territory of Austi'alia. (Plate liii.) 7(>S-7(JS
Description ai Aphanlophrynt, a new Batrachian (jJenus from New (iuinca: with Comparative Notes on the Pectoral Muscula- ture. By Dene B. Fry. (Plates liv.-lv.) 77tl-7N.'i
The Change (jf Composition of Alveolar Air after the St(jp|)agc of Normal Breathing. By H. S. Haecko Warheaw, D.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Physiology. [With two Text-ligures] 7.S(i-S14
The Chemical Investigation of some I'ois(Hious Plants in the N.O. So/anaceo'. Part iii. The Occurrence of Nor-Hyosoyaminc in Solaudra lonyi flora. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the J^ociety in Biochemistry ... 81.')-822
Australian Freshwater PhytoplanUton [Prolocofcoidcji}. By (i. I. Pj.aykaik, Science Research Scholar of the University of Sydney. (Plates Ivi.-lix.) ,S23-8r)2
Records of Australian Fungi. No. i. 1>3' J. Burton C'lelano, M.D., and Edwin Cheel, Botanical Assistant, Botanic Gardens, Sydney 8,53-870
CONTENTS.
VU.
PART IV. (Continned).
Fuitlier Researches upon the Problems of tlie Radial and Zygop- terid Sectors in the Wings of Odonata, and upon the Forma- tion of Bridges. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology (With six Text-figures)
Announcements
Donations and P^xchanges, 1915-16
Notes and Exhibits ... ... ...
Title-page
Contents
Corrigenda
List of new (Teneric Names...
List of Plates
Index ...
P.\(iES
|
. 871-887 |
|
im |
|
. 888-905 |
|
. 633, 769 |
|
1. |
|
iii. |
|
vii. |
|
viii. |
|
viii. |
|
. .^.-xxxii. |
CORRIGENDA.
Page 17. line '23 — for Tcrinna rapeii^e, read Tcconxt capcnK/.'i.
Page '249, line 8 — -J'or six, rfcul seven. — line '.). for 12, rratl 11. — line 22,
for 7, reacl 6. Page "254, lines 26-36 — omit name and description of Caprn rri/pAf-rythrn,
n.sp., and substitute
Caita leucostacta.
Capua /e.Hco/itactaMeyi: , Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 191(1, p. 202.
One y example. Also from N.S.W : Law.son. — Vic. : Beaconstield. Page 267, line 2 — for Miss M. Hinder, nitd Miss K. M. Hinder. Page 275, line 14— ;/b/- Stenop.ikli.a, n.sji., read Stenobtei.la, ii.g. Page 498, line 22 — for Trago-va, i-ead Aii/eftn. Page 546, line 2 — for palmate, read veins of a palmate. Page 551, lines 7 and 10 — for Fig. 3, rearl Fig. 4, and rice rerMi. Page 598, line 22 — for Ameiican species, read American genus. Page 633, line 9 — for (A'. Lamarkiaua, read (E. lAtinarrkianu. Page 637, line 25 — for /fa/irnemia (s.str. ), read Paratiinea (g. n.). Page 658, line 25 — for //. inaaaaliA, I'ead //. coralloidesi.
Vlll.
CONTENTS
LIST OF NEW GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED THIS V0LUI\1E(1916).
Allantclla [Poriferal ... Ajjliautophrynf [ l^atrachia] Atrihafiia [Lepiflnptera] Axidrafima [Porifera] ... Bej'nardia [Alga^] Brachyleon [Neuvopteia | I'opriodes [Lepicloptera] Cryptoherii* [Diptera) ... Deiimo.i-j/n [Porifeiva] ... Dragmacidon [Porifera] Dragmatella [Porifei'a] J)ra(/ma.ria [I'orifera] ... Drepnnarra \ Neuroptera] Drepunoin'nia [Neiii'optera] EchiiHi.fin [Poi'ifera] ... Elaphroinijiii [Diptera] EUttAOina [ 1 )i ptera j Eiipori-wiii>^ [Neuroptera] (Icranopiis [Diptera] ... Hoplomorplia [Lepidoptera] Ldonttnld [Porifei'al
r.\(iE . 67.-)
Lrpidozanrhi [Lepidopteia] Lijel liana [ Lepicloptera] Oj)h)odeAmn [Diptera] ... ().rt/lii(//a I Ntnii'opteia] Pa/iinniere-<< [Lepidoptera] Parafit/ifa [Porifera] ... /'rnfo/ypa [Lepidoptera] R/iahdof*i{/mt( [ Porifera] Iih(tjilin.i)ji( I I'orifera] ... Rliymeara [( 'oleoptera] S/oaiiea, [Coleo])tera] ... SpcriDOpltorclla \ Nonropteia] Sti iiohlclla [Neuroptera | St( iiohoii [Neuroptera |... Stroiiiiyhtnniia [I'orifera | To.ctiiuia [Porifera] Trirhoina [Neurftptera] Xaiif /inherits [Diptera] ... Xiintlioleon [Neuroptera]
•^73 ; .V^/o;/?//«r-('f.v [Lepido]itera I
67.')
34S 1)87
S47
.IS
T^ 040 f)39 (i4() .143 •29;? .•{02 .H.S 749
m
84
IN
r.V( i K 2.j2
ss ;?<».-) 338 07.-) 2.1I .->2(» fUl ()97 2t>9 :!I7 .V2ti
(io (i4.S (!7.S 32.1
7.1
t;i 2.1t)
LIST OF PLATES.
PR0CEEDIN(4.S, 191(5. Plates i.-vi. — Australian Neuroptera. Plates vii.-ix. — Oocy-iti.'i and Ere)nospli'er/i. I'lates X., X. hi.% xi. — The ^Ving-venatio^ of the Chrysojildn-. Plates xii.-xix. — Australian Neuroptera. Plate XX. — Athyrium humile, sp.n. ; EUmlen..<i lunnilis. sjj.u. Plates xxi.-xliv. — Australian Axinellid Spoiii,'es. Plate xlv. — The (ianietophyte [6 9) of I'silofiini tritjiietrinii. Plates xlvi.-lii. — Australian Mollusca. Plate liii.— Head of ealf, showing eai'ly stage of lesion caused liy the
■Buflfalo-fly. Plate liv — Aphantophryne jiaiisa, g. et sp.n. Plate Iv. — Pectoral Musculature of Kalonia, Aphantophryne. and Limno-
dynaMes. Plates Ivi.-lix.— Australian Freshwater I'hytoplankton (Protaroccnidne).
PROCEEDIT^GS
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIPZTY^,-^
OF
NEW SOUTH ^V\^ALES.
WEDNESDAY, MARCH 29th. 1916.
The Forty-first Anniial General Meeting, and the Or(Uiiar|^^l Monthly Meeting, were held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, March 29th, 1916.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the preceding Annual General Meeting (March 31st, 1915) were read and confirmed.
The President delivered the Annual Address.
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Bacon's familiar essay on "Adversity" concludes with this in- contestable aphorism : "For pi'osperity doth best discover vice; but adversity doth best discover virtue." Twenty months ago, a lengthy period of unprecedented, mateinal world-prosperity, largely due to Man's increased control of Nature, suddenly ended in discovering the calamitous condition of things which still con- fronts the world — Civilisation attacked from within, divided against itself, the solidarity of mankind rent in twain, Inter- nationalism bankrupt. The case has been clearly and simply stated in a recent article by Emeritus Professor G. T. Ladd, of Yale University, in these words — "To-day, the German mind is at wide variance, is at desperate odds, with the human mind. It appears as either superhuman or below the human. It is not in accord with the standards supplied by the great majority of
^ PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
civilised and conspicuously thought-directed mankind."* Hei'e is outlined the situation to be saved. If Civilisation is to continue and progress, it is unthinkable that it cannot be saved. What, except adversity, can be expected to discover the virtue required to save it? The ruinous expenditure in lives and treasure is impoverishing all the belligerent nations in varying degrees. The tide of adversity is steadily rising for all concerned in the war, though the full effect may not be fully realised until the heat of warfare has subsided. The possible failure of ambitious schemes, on one side, may enhance the general effect.
It might be expected, perhaps, that the recruiting-officer would be likel}' to look askance at most of the members of a Scientific Society. Nevertheless, ten of our limited number have responded to the call to arms. Some of them ai'e "Anzacs"; others are on the way to destinations unknown to us; two have returned, one of them temporarily, while several are in training. It is befitting that we should have them in mind at this, our annual gathering. They are entitled to our warmest regard and good wishes, and to anything that we can do to show our appreciation of their readi- ness to serve the nation, and to strive for the triumph of the great issues at stake. Therefore, as a tribute of respect to them, I will ask Members to rise in their places while I read the list of names; and when I have concluded, to join with me in saying "All honour to our Soldier-Members!"
AuROUSSEAU, Marcel, B.Sc, University of West Australia.
Bretnall, Reginald Wheeler, Australian Museum.
Carne, Walter Mervyn, Botanical Gardens, Sydney.
David, Professor T. W. Edgeworth, C.M.G., D.Sc, F.R.S., University of Sydney.
Ferguson, Eustace W., M.B., Ch.M., Department of Public Health.
Fry, Dene B., University student.
Goldfinch, Gilbert M., served at Gallipoli.
Henry, Max, M.R.C.V.S., on service abroad.
* "The Human Mind versiis the German Mind." Hibbert Journal, Januarj', 1916.
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 3
Laseron, Carl F., Technological Museum, Sydne}': wounded at Gallipoli.
Stokes, Edward S., M.B., Ch.M., returned after service abi'oad: now P.M.O.
Sir Douglas Mawson is on the eve of leaving for England to enter upon military service. Dr. R. Broom, a Corresponding Member, has joined the Army Medical Service; but whether in South Africa or in Europe is not known to us.
If, as individuals, we are in need of further provocation to seriousness, we may surely find it in the departure of Professor David for the front with the Mining Battalion. We may well be impressed by his earnestness and self-sacrificing action in a great crisis; and be led to appreciate the example which he has set. »
It was something more than a mere formality that, at a Special General Meeting held on 30th June, 1915, on the motion of the Hon. Treasurer, it was heartily and unanimously resolved "That the Annual Subscriptions of all Ordinary Members of the Society serving with the Australian Expeditionary Forces be remitted during their term of service."
Considering the unfavourable and depressing conditions en- tailed by the continuance of the war, the Society's progress during the past year may be regarded as satisfactory.
The full effect of the war on our exchange-relations with European Scientific Societies and Institutions is now realisable. For the Session 1914-15, the total number of donations and exchanges received amounts to 1028 additions to the library, as compared with 1166 for 1913-14 (five months of which were war- months), and 1285 for 1912-13, before the war. The significance of the shortage is, that our communications with ovei' forty Societies, from which, under normal conditions, we hear at least once during the year, have been completely suspended. In some cases, we have received official notification that, in consequence of the disturbance of mails or other means of transmission, it has been deemed advisable to keep back despatches for the present.
The fortieth volume of the Proceedings for 1915 (896 pp., and
4 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
59 plates) has been completed in good time, and distributed, as far as circumstances permit. It contains thirty-six papers, on a wide range of subjects, read at the Meetings during the Session. The recent decision of the Postal authorities that the annual volumes of the .Society's Proceedings are not to be regarded as "books" within the meaning of the Postal regulations, and can- not be sent at book-rates per book -post, but are to be treated as ''Printed Matter," and charged on a higher , scale, on the tech- nical ground that one Part of each volume^ contains a balance- sheet and report, means a substantial increase in postage on our publications for Societies, Institutions, and individuals within the Commonwealth, which cannot be delivered by messenger. The decision applies also to the publications of Australian Scien- tific Societies and Institutions generally, to University Calendars, and to the Annual Reports of Government Depai'tments. Two examples will show that the cost is almost or quite quadrupled. The postage on single copies of the four Parts of last year's Pro- ceedings, as "Printed Matter," was Is. 3d. [one Partat4id., three Parts at 3|d. each]. Per Book-post, the amount would have been 4^d. [one Part at l|d., three Parts at Id. each]. We have recently received the last Calendar of the University of Mel- bourne, as Printed Matter charged 8d., whereas at book-rates the postage would have been 2d. The Annual Reports of mer- cantile Companies or Institutions are not volumes of 800-900 pages, with from 40-90 Plates illustrating objects of scientific interest only; so that the increase in cost falls most heavily on Scientific and Educational organisations. Considering that the balance-sheets and reports of Scientific Societies, like those of Educational, Charitable, and Government Institutions, are not recoi-ds of profits made, and dividends payable: and often, as in our case, are largely concerned with the administration of trust- funds, this increase in the cost of sending scientific publications by mail — much higher than is charged on exactly similar publi- cations containing balance-sheets, etc., which come to us per book-post at book-rates from other distant countries — seems rather like a tax on the diffusion of knowledge of scientific and
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. O
educational value, and, as sucli, is objectionable. Two deputa- tions of representatives of Scientific Societies and Institutions at different times since the new decision came into force, have waited on the Minister of the Department, but without result. In response to a request, Mr. J. E. West, Member for West Sydney in the House of Representatives, most kindly and cour- teously took some trouble to understand the Council's views on the subject, and was good enough to lay them before the Postal authorities. As matters stand at present, a new Postal Bill is in contemplation, which will provide for increases in certain rates, including book-postage; but as it is to be a measure for providing for a decreased revenue in war-time, we shall have to make the best of it. Nevertheless, we want to see the defini- tion of "books" revised. Under existing circumstances, it does not seem to be a trivial protest to make, that while works of fiction, for example, can be sent by book-post, the publications of Australian Scientific Societies cannot, on what are really merely technical grounds.
Five Ordinary Members were elected during the year, two resignations were received, and we have lost, by death, one Oi'din- ary Member, and two of our senior Corresponding Members.
Mr. William Allan, of Wingham, was born at Cheltenham, England, in 1820; and had resided on the Manning River unin- terruptedly since 1S51. He was elected to Membership on Feb- ruary 24th, 1886. Mr. Allan, throughout his long life, evinced a keen interest in Natural History, especially in Ornithology and Entomology; and it was largely through his unceasing efforts that the "Wingham Brush" was reserved for the preservation of the native flora and fauna. In his younger days, he came to know John Gould, and was in the habit of visiting him in London. He was very highly esteemed in the Manning River district, in which he had resided so long, for his kindly disposi- tion, and for his readiness at all times to take a prominent share in promoting the interests of the district and the welfare of its inhabitants. Mr. Allan passed away on April 2.'5th, 1915, in his 95th year.
president's address.
Charles W. De Vis, M.A., Curator of the Queensland Museum for a number of years, died in Brisbane in April, 1915. Mr. De Vis, though somewhat later in the field than his colleague, in his official capacity, tried to do for the Queensland fauna, what Mr. Bailey did for the floi-a, but under more unmanageable and diffi- cult conditions; for the zoological species far outnumber the botanical species, and the zoologist has no comprehensive, self- contained monograph like the Flora Australiensis to serve as a basis for his work. Both were pioneers in a local effort to pro- vide, study, and record collections, illustrative of the fauna and flora of the same State and for State purposes; and they both encountered the usual preliminary difficulties, when such enter- prises are in the early stages of development. Almost all Mr. De Vis' numerous papers on the vertebrates, fossil or recent, of Queensland and New Guinea, are to be found in the Proceedings of this Society (forty, contributed during the years 1882-95), in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, in the Annual Reports on British New Guinea, 1889-97, published in Brisbane, or in the Annals of the Queensland Museum( 1892-1 91 1). By the aid of the "List of Contributors t(j the first Series of the Society's Proceedings" [21 titles listed; 19 others in Proceedings, 1886-1895]; of Dr. Shirley's "International Catalogue of Scien- tific Literature: Queensland Volume"{1889) [18 titles under Palaeontology; 49 under Zoology]; and of the recently published "Index to Vols, i.-xxv. of the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland" (191 4), his numerous papers can be readily found. For reasons mentioned, circumstances did not permit of his issuing collected results, as his botanical colleague was able to do. Mr. De Vis was elected a Corresponding Member of the Society in July, 1882. He had retired from active work for some years before his decease, on account of advancing age. It is remark- able that Queensland should lose the two veterans, whos« work was carried on concurrently for so many years, not only in the same year, but within so short a time as a few weeks of each other. From the absence of biographical details, this notice is necessarily short.
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. /
Frederick Manson Bailey, C.M.G., Colonial Botanist of Queensland, the Society's senior Corresponding Member, elected on ■26th November, 1877, whose long and active life came to an end on ■25th June, 1915, was widely known and esteemed throughout Australia for "his benevolence and simple-mindedness, as well as for his zeal as a botanist. He came from England to South Australia with his family, in 1839, a boy of twelve. Later on he spent some time at the goldfields in Victoria; then returned to Adelaide for a time; in 1853, migrated to New Zealand, where he remained for some years; and finally, he came back to Aus- tralia in 1861, and settled in Queensland. For a time, he engaged in private business in Brisbane. In 1875, he accepted the position of botanist to a Board appointed to deal with the diseases of plants and animals; this was his first official connec- tion with Australian botany. Later on, he took charge of the botanical section of the Queensland Museum, until, in 1881, he was promoted to the position of Colonial Botanist. He was then able to devote himself in earnest to systematic collecting, and to the study and revision, from personal knowledge, of the Queens- land flora. Tnis he carried out exhaustively during the rest of his life, so that, as his last illness was very brief, he died in harness, in his 89th year. Queensland had attained the status of a separate Colony in 1859, only about two years before Mr. Bailey arrived, and its total population was about 30,000. Hence he was practically an eyewitness of its evolution, and his botanical work developed with its expansion. The flora soon attracted his attention, but scientific enterprises in Queensland were in their infancy; and, until the Flora Australiensis (1863-78) was completed, his progress in doing effective work was somewhat retarded. His first contribution to a knowledge of the Queens- land flora was a modest, private venture, entitled "Handbook to the Ferns of Queensland: with xxii. Plates illustrative of Genera," published in 1874. As this made its appearance before the last volume of the Flora Australiensis was ready, it was re- published in a rearranged and extended form, in 1881, following the classification of Bentham, under a new name, "The Fern
8 president's address.
World of Australia." In the meantime, during the years 1877- 81, eight papers, one of them "On the Flora of .Stradbroke Island," appeared in the Proceedings of this Society [Vols, ii.-vi.]; in addition to two written in collaboration with the late Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, one of them entitled "A Census of the Flora of Brisbane"; the other "On some of the Fungi of New South Wales and C^ueensland"[Vols. iv.-v.]. His first official publica- tion seems to have been a booklet entitled "Inquiry for Seeds of Grasses and other Fodder-Plants; with a List of the Grasses of Queensland" [12mo., Brisbane, 1877]. In this, he gave some particulars respecting the Board a23pointed by Parliament to inquire into diseases of live stock and plants; and signed him- self, at the end, "Botanist to the Board." Mr. Bailey distributed liis numerous publications liberally, and they are well known. With the aid of the "List of Contributors" to the first ten Volumes of our Proceedings [10 entries]; Dr. Shirley's Queensland Biblio- graphy [54 entries up to 1899]; and the recently issued Index to Vols, i.-xxv. of the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, there is no difficulty in following up his work. After 1899, his most important productions were The Queensland Flora, in six Parts(1899-1902); The Weeds and Suspected Poison Plants of Queensland(l 906); and The Comprehensive [illustrated] Catalogue of Queensland Plants, both Indigenous and Naturalised (191 2). These three are, in reality, the collected and summarised results of all his work, though, up to the last, he continued his series of "Contributions to the Flora of Queensland," appearing in the Queensland Agricultural Journal, giving the results of any sup- plementary information available.
It is difficult to estimate the total number of the additions to the Queensland flora which Mr. Bailey was enabled to make, from the way in which he tabulated his results. Thus, in his Second Census (1889), Baron von Mueller gives the following numbers: — Vasculares: Australia, 1,409 genera, 8,839 species: Queensland, 3,753 species(42'5 per cent.). Mr. Bailey, in the Comprehensive Catalogue, includes the vascular with the other Cryptogams, and gives his results thus — Phanerogams of Queens-
president's address.
land, 1,222 genera, 4,259 species with 437 varieties; naturalised species, 307. Cryptogams, 818 genera, 3,606 species with 283 varieties. From this it will be seen, that the species of Phanei'o- gams alone outnumber the species of Vasculares given in the Baron's table by more than 500 — a very substantial increase.
In his Presidential Address to the Royal Society of Queens- land in July, 1891, entitled "Concise History of Australian Botany," Mr. Bailey gave an account of his early travels in search of Queensland plants, as well as of the collectors, who, from time to time, sent him material. He also makes some interesting references to his father, John Bailey, Colonial Botanist of South Australia, from whom he inherited his botanical tastes; and he explains how it was that, from the comparative poverty of the native flora of the Adelaide district, his father's energy naturally found more scope in horticulture than in botany, though he did not altogether neglect the native plants.
The "Handbook of Ferns," Mr. Bailey's earliest jjublication, was published in 1874. His last effort was the latest of the series entitled "Contributions to the Flora of Queensland," con- tained in Part 4 of Vol. iii., N.S. of the Queensland Agricultural Journal for April, 1915; so that his published work covers a period of more than forty years; but this embodies the results of fifty-four years' experience under conditions that were slowly altering. He enlisted the co-operation of specialists in some of the groups of Cryptogams, so that he was able to catalogue and furnish descriptions, and in many cases illustrations, of all the known Queensland plants, in an accessible fox-m convenient for reference. By unwavering zeal, and unflagging industry, he completed the task he set himself, and he did it well. His memory deserves to be held in kindly remembrance, not only in Queensland, but by all who are interested in the progress of Australian botany. We have heard with satisfaction, that Mr. J. F. Bailey, who for a long time assisted his father, has been appointed to succeed him.
The decease of Mr. J. R. Garland, in February, 1915, some time after the arrangements for the elections to fill vacancies in
10 president's address.
the Council for the Session, 1915-16 had been made, brought about an extraoidinary vacancy, which was subsequently filled by the appointment of Mr. A. F. Basset Hull, who, in accord- ance with the provisions of Rule xv., governing such appoint- ments, retires at this Meeting, but is eligible for re-election. From the foundation of the Society continuously np to the time of Mr. Garland's death, the Council had always included in its number one, and, for a great part of the period, two members of the legal profession interested in Science, who were most helpful in truidinsr the deliberations of the Council in matters submitted by, or to be referred to, the Society's Solicitors, or on obscure points which presented themselves unexpectedly, in connection with the administration of trusts. The appointment of Mr. Hull has restored the succession of such helpful members of Council.
As abstracts of the papers read during the year have been communicated to Members, and the papers themselves have been published, it is not necessary to refer to them in detail in offering a record of the Society's research-staff for the past year, as follows : —
Dr. R. Greig-Smith, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society, continued his investigation of problems involved in the study of Soil-Fertility, and Nos. xiii., and xiv., of his series of papers on this subject were read during the year, and will be found in the last Part of the Proceedings. The first of these treats of the toxicity of soils; the second, of the stimulative action of chloro- form retained by the soil. In addition, a third paper, in Parti., is descriptive of a new levangum-forming bacterium, which has been isolated and studied.
Dr. J. M. Petrie, Linnean Macleay Fellow in Biochemistry, completed two papers, (me on the identification of the alkaloid of Native Tobacco, which will be read at the second Meeting of the coming Session; and the other, the third part of his study of hydrocyanic acid in plants. Other problems in hand are the statement of the results of the analyses of the inorganic con- stituents of plants; the photographic effects of the latex of Euphorbia pepliis; the chemistry of the native Duboisias; and the alkaloids of Solandra Icevin.
president's address. 11
Mr. E. F. Hallniann, Linnean Macleay Fellow in Zoology, in continuation of his study of the Monaxonid Sponges, almost com- pleted the examination of the Axinellidce. A preliminary study of the Sponges brought back by the Australasian Antarctic Ex- pedition received attention.
Mr. W. N. Benson, Linnean Macleay Fellow in Geology, con- tinued his work on the geology and petrology of the Great Ser- pentine-Belt; and two papers. Parts iv., and v., of the series, dealing with the dolerites, spilites, and keratophyres of the Nundle district; and with the geology of the Tamworth district, were read during the year; and have appeared in Parts i. and iii. of the Proceedings for the year. The preparation of No. vi., treating of the intermediate region between the Nundle and Tamworth districts, and also a preliminary study of the Cuira- bubula and Werris Creek areas were taken in hand, and some progress attained; but were subsequently suspended for special reasons. In August last, as a concession allowed during war- time, the Council granted Mr. Benson three months' leave of absence, afterwards extended up to the end of his term of ap- pointment, in order to relieve Professor David of some of his University work, at first for national organisation at home, and later for military service abroad. The Council felt that the Society should cheerfully accept a share of the inconvenience and of the results of the disturbance of normal conditions arising in connection with the war. Mr. Benson will retire from his Fel- lowship at the end of his term, in order to continue the work which he has undertaken, during Professor David's absence. During his two years' coimection with the Society as Fellow, Mr. Benson has carried out his work with both ability and zeal, and has amply justified his appointment. Throughout his work, he has had the great advantage of being in close touch with Professor David, whose experience and advice have always been freely available, both in the field, as well as in the laboratory. He has well advanced the subject he took in hand; and we hope that, when circumstances permit, he may be able to continue and
12 president's address.
complete the important and promising work, whicli he has so well begun.
Mr. R. J. Tillyard, Linnean Macleay Fellow in Zoology, has completed liis first year's work. Four papers have been sub- mitted, two of which, on the rectal gills in the larvae of Ani- sopterid Dragonflies, and the first of a series devoted to the study of Australian Neuroptera, were read during the year; and will be found in Parts ii., and iii., of the Proceedings for the year. The second and third of the series will be communicated at the first and third Meetings of the new Session.
For the third time, in October, 1915, the Council was able to offer four Fellowships, the full number. Five applications were received; and I have now the pleasure of making the first public announcement of the Council's reappointment of Dr. J. M. Petrie, Mr. E. F. Kallmann, and Mr. R. J. Tillyard to Linnean Macleay Fellowships in Biochemistry and Zoology; and of the appoint- ment of Mr. H. 8. Halcro Wardlaw, B.Sc, to a Linnean Macleay Fellowship in Physiology, for one year from 1st proximo; and, on behalf of the Society, of wishing for them favourable oppor- tunities for carrying out their important work, with a very satis- factoiy measure of success.
In joining the Society's research-staff, Mr. Wardlaw does so with an excellent record, both as a student and as a Research Scholar of the University of Sydney. On graduating, in 1913, he obtained First Class Honours in Chemistry and Physiology, and was awarded the University Medal for Physiology. In the same year, he was appointed to a Science Research Scholarship, which he has held for two years, during which period a series of investigations were completed, the results of which are embodied in five papers, of which f(jur have been communicated to the Royal Society of New South Wales; and one, on "The Temper- ature of Echidna," is to be found in our Proceedings for last year. A sixth paper is ready, and will be published in London. Mr. Wardlaw, as a Linnean Macleay Fellow, will continue and extend his work on the physiology of the secretion of milk and on problems which arise in connection therewith. As this is the
president's address. 13
first time a physiologist has been appointed to a Fellowship, we look forward with pleasurable expectation to a more prominent place of this branch of science in the Society's Proceedings than has hithei'to been possible.
The names of one Society and two Institutions — the National Academy of Sciences at Washington, the Zoological Museum at Tring, England, and the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz at Rio de Janeiro — have been added to the Society's Exchange-list during the year. The addition of their valuable publications to the library is very welcome.
Thi-ee portraits of workers identified in some way with the fauna or flora of Australia were presented during the year, and are now on view — one of Professor Herdman of Liverpool Uni- versity, the gift of Mr. C. Hedley; the second of the late Rev. Dr. WooUs, well known to, and highly venerated by, the older botanical members of the Society, for some years a contributor to our Proceedings, for which the Society is indebted to the Trustees of the Australian Museum; and the third, of the late Alexander Walker Scott, formerly of Ash Island, author of "Australian Lepidoptera," and an active member of the Entomological Society of New South Wales, a donation from the Secretary. It is very gratifying to have the Society's collection of portraits added to in this interesting and very welcome manner.
Dr. E. Mjoberg, of Stockholm, has been good enough to send to the Society reprints of eleven papers published in the Hand- hnger[Bd. lii., 191.3-15] or in the Arkiv for Zoologi[Bd. ix.,1915] of the Royal Swedish Academy — a first instalment of a series entitled "Results of Dr. E. Mjoberg's Swedish Scientific Expedi- tions to Australia, 1910-13." Six authors have co-operated in the production of these papers, which deal with the Mammals, Reptiles, Batrachia, certain groups of Hymenoptera [Fam. Ste- 2)hanklie, Ichneumonidce, Braconido', and Formicidfe^, and some Mesozoic plants. A number of species are described as new, and many notes on geographical distribution and on other matters are given. When completed, the series promises to be a very important contribution to a knowledge of the fauna of the out- lying parts of Australia in which the collecting was done.
14 president's address.
I am sure that I shall voice the sentiments of this Meeting in offering to two of our Members, who have given of their best at Gallipoli, sincere sympatliy in their bereav^ement.
We have heard, with pleasure, during the year, of the appoint- ments of two of our Members, both Members of the Council, also, to important positions in the Department of Mines — Mr. Cambage to succeed Mr. Pittman as Under Secretary; and Mr. J. E. Carne to the position of Government Geologist. On behalf of the Society, I would like to offer them our hearty congratulations on their promotion, and our best wishes for success in their new undertajvings.
To Mr. J. H. Maiden, also, I would offer our cordial felicita- tions on his election to the Royal Society of London.
A noteworthy feature of late years has been the foundation of large numbers of Societies all over the world, having for their object the protection and preservation of the Flora and Fauna, of natural beauty-spots, and places or buildings with historical associations.
In England, the Selborne Society is doing valuable work in fostering the tendency towards caring for plants and animals. America has its Audubon and other Societies, and, in Australia, there are the Wild Life Protection Society, the Gould League of Bird-lovers, and the Austi'alian Forest League.
The only way in which effective protection can be brought about is by educating the people, and leading them to see that it is necessary; and it is this method which is adopted by all these Societies. It is recognised by most of vis that, to be lasting, such education should begin as early as possible; and, for this reason, the Gould League of Bird-lovers seeks to enroll the school- children. In this respect, the League has received the greatest encouragement and assistance from the Educational authorities. In our own State and in Victoria, that assistance has been par- ticularly generous, and the results are very encouraging. In many country schools, the wild birds come no longer under that name, for they are almost domesticated; they come and feed
president's address. 15
among the children at their lunches, and show little fear of those who, a few years ago, would have been their natural enemies.
A significant sign of the improvement in the public point of view in this matter, is the frequent discussions in the press, both daily and weekly, of the value or harmfulness of birds. We find nowadays, a great many people who will even say a good word for the once universally detested Crow. It is recognised that, black though he may be, he is by no means so black as he is painted. And it is beginning to be generally understood that, as Mr. W. W. Froggatt pointed out many years ago, a bird may be very destructive in one locality, and extremely useful in another. In the matter of official protection of birds, we are veiy far behindhand. The Act gives a long list of protected birds, under the scientific names. The police, who are charged with the ad- ministration of the Act, have not the necessary knowledge of the birds. The remedy would be an Act which listed the birds which might be shot, a suggestion which we also owe to Mr. Froggatt.
One method of encouraging the birds — the provision of nest- ing-boxes— does not meet with a great deal of success. Our native birds do not take to these. In both England and America, the providing of such boxes is much resorted to. There are many firms which make a specialty of manufacturing them, and the birds respond by using them freely. But here, we find that, as a rule, the only tenants are the sparrow and the starling. It may be that Australia's being so recently settled, the birds have not reached that stage of sophistication which would lead them to see the advantages of such shelter.
All this is a matter for congratulation to such Societies as ours. The plants and animals offer numberless, unsolved prob- lems to the biologist, and their pi-eservation is, therefore, a matter of grave concern. And, in Australia, it is of very great importance on account of the unique characters of the fauna and flora. We are oflfered numbers of biological problems for in- vestigation, which from the nature of our fauna and flora, are of compelling interest. Yet it is a lamentable fact that not very
16 president's address.
much has been done by x\ustralian naturalists towards the solu- tion of these problems. This is all the more regrettable, because, as a consequence of the rapid spi-ead of settlement, and the in- creasing recjuirements of civilisation, many of our plants and animals are fast moving towards the limbo of lost thini-s where they will meet with the Dodo, and the Great Auk. The spread of the cities and the operations of land-vendors are rapidly de- stroying our highly specialised, local flora; and, with the plants, the animals also disappear. And with them will disappear the opportunity for research into their bionomics. In the vicinity of all our towns, the flora is becoming a cosmopolitan one, and the Australian element forms but a small portion of it. It behoves us, then, before it is too late, to get to work on the bionomics of our native plants and animals.
A very important problem among these is the pollination of Australian flowers by birds. Looking into this question, on the suggestion of Mr. J. J. Fletcher, I was surprised to discover how little definite information on the subject of bird-pollination was to be found. The fact that a given species of bird visits a flower, is often taken as evidence that the flower is pollinated by that bii'd, but as to the method by which it is done, no record is made. Schiuiper(3) quotes Belts' description of the pollination of Marc- gravia, and goes on: "Since Belt's classical description, and the unfortunately very short communications of F. Miiller, the know- ledge of humming-bird flowers has not made any considerable progress, for the surmises of several botanists formed far away from the home of humming-birds cannot be considered as such. The share taken by humming-birds in causing the peculiarities of many American flowers, can be ascertained only by careful and critical investigations on the spot." These remarks apply equally well to pollination by birds in Austi'alia.
One of the first questions arising is, Are bird-pollinated flowers specially adapted in any way? Certainly many of them do pre- sent special features. Hermann Muller(2) says that ornithophil- ous flowers present several types. Many of them possess large, brilliantly coloured flowers, very frequently scarlet, pouched in
president's address. 17
form, upright in position, and secreting a great abundance of honey. But Kerner(5) says that laterally directed flowers are visited solely by hovering visitors such as the owlet- and hawk- moths and humming-birds, which require no platform, and, there- fore, none is provided. And he speaks of the absence of plates, ridges, fringes, pegs, or knobs in bird-pollinated flowers. From personal observation, I should think that a large number of them have pendent flowers, as in the Fuchsia and Abutilon. It is certain, too, that honey-eating birds will visit any type of flower that contains much nectar. Moseley(6) speculates whether the humming-birds of Juan Fernandez may not be the agents of pollination in the strawberi'ies, cherries, peaches, and apples. It is certain that honey-eating birds will visit any flower, no matter what type, that contains much honey. Beal records the pollina- tion of cherries and catmint, and red clo\'cr is recorded by another observer.
Still, there is no doubt but that the majority of bird-pollinated flowers are more or less tubular, are brilliant in colour, and con- tain much honey. Further investigation will result in other types being recognised, but the above is no doubt the commonest. It is remarkable how soon birds recognise suitable introduced plants. Our Australian honey-eaters regularly visit Hibiscus, Abutilon, Tecoma capense, and other species, Bignonia venusta, B. radicans, Pentstemon, Gladiolus, Honeysuckle, Cotyledon, Echeveria, and Agave, all eminently adapted to bird-visitors.
One fact that must not be lost sight of is, that flowers specially adapted for pollination by birds, are equally adapted for visits from hawk-moths, and other moths with long probosces. Bates(4) relates how he, several times, shot a moth instead of a bird, and says that the manner of flight and poise before a flower are pre- cisely like those actions in a humming-bird. Only after some days was he able to distinguish the bird from the moth. He records, also, that the natives, and many of the educated whites, believed the moth was a bird. The daylight and crepuscular hawk-moths do frequent the same flowers, and are as successful in pollinating them, as the birds. I have observed that Clero-
18 president's address.
dendron tomentosum is visited by the Spinebill in the daytime, and by hawk-moths in the evening and at night. But while the day-flying moths visit the same flowers as the birds, the night- flying moths would not visit the red flowers, for even by strong moonlight, the red colour would be invisible. The close resem- blance of the moth and the bird is a very interesting example of how similar environment brings about analogous structure, and similar habits in very different organisms. A more curious instance of this is the fact recorded in Knuth(8), that a bat, in Trinidad, pollinates the flowers of a tree, behaving so like a moth that it was mistaken for one. It has a brush-like tongue like a humming-bird.
The profession of pollinator seems, in the main, to be confined to a few families of birds. In America, the humming-birds (Trochilidce) and sugar-birds (Ccerehidce.) are chiefly concerned. In Hawaii, the Drepauididce (36 spp. in 17 genera) and Melipha- gidoi (5 spp. in 2 genca-a) are the agents. In Australia, we have Meliphagidce {1 2 spp. in 23 genera), and 7 species of brush- tongued Lorikeets. Africa has its iinnhiixh (Ciunyridce) and F\ower-Y>eckers( Dicceidff ). In New Zealand, are the Meliphagid(e and a few parrots.
But there is no doubt that other birds, at times, pollinate flowers. Whether they visit the flowers in search of insects, or nectar, is not quite apparent. Moseley(6) gives an account of Artamus lencopyg talis being shot, and found to have the bases of their bills clogged with pollen, which, he thinks, they got in searching flowers for insects. But Mr. Musson, in a letter to Mr. Fletcher, i-ecords that numbers of Arfamus personatus, and A. superciliosus visited the flowers of a Beefwood (Grevillea robusta) and fed on the nectar. When some starlings visited the tree, the wood-swallows left, and the starlings began to feed on the nectar in just the same way. I have also been informed by several observers that sparrows probe the flowers of the Coral- tree (Eri/thrina) in the same way that the honey-eaters do. It is probable that closer inquiry into the habits of our birds will result in the discovery that many of them, while not professional
president's address. 19
pollinatoi's, yet do a good deal of that work as amateui-s. Mr. North informs me that Black Cockatoos visit the heads of Bank- sia-flowers in search of honey, and, no doubt, often pollinate some of the flowers in doing so.
All the special pollinating birds have some peculiarities of structure, which fit them for the special work they have to do. The huiuming-birds are capable of poising on the wing before the flowers they frequent, their beaks are either long or short, slender, curved, and, in some cases, at least, specially adapted to pollen- carrying. In a paper by J. L. Hancock(7), he describes and figures the beak of a humming-bird, showing what he calls a "pollen repository" — a groove in the ventral surface of the bill, and gi'ooves at the angle of the mouth, from the nostril on the upper side. He also describes feathers about the head apparently adapted for holding pollen. These have barbules with barbicels. The pollen-grains are held between two barbules, or the barbs spread apart, and hold pollen like a pair of forceps.
In a paper by Robert Ridgway(9), he describes the tongue of the hunnning-bird as follows: "The tongue of this species (and doubtless others have a similar conformation) presents, when recent, the appearance of two tubes laid side by side, united for lialf their length, but separate for the remainder. Their sub- stance is transparent in the same degree as a good quill, which they much resemble. Each tube is formed by a lamina rolled up, yet not so as to bring the edges into actual contact, for there is a longitudinal fissure in the outer side running up considerably higher than the junction of the tubes; into this fissure, the point of a pin may be inserted and moved up and down. Near the tip, the outer edge of each lamina ceases to be convolute, but is spread out, and split at the margin into irregular fimbria- which point backward like the vane of a feather. These are not barbs, however, but simply soft and flexible points, such as might be produced by snipping diagonally the edges of a strip of paper. I conjecture that the nectar of flowers is pumped up the tubes, and that minute insects are caught, when in the flowers, in these spoon-like tips, their mimite limbs being perhaps entangled in
20 president's address.
the fimbrije, when the tongue is i*etracted into the beak, and the insects swallowed by the ordinary process, as doubtless those are which are captured by the beak when in iiight."
Prof. Beal(ll) gives the results of the investigations of some students into bird-pollination by humming-biixls. They visit flowers for at least two objects, for insects and for nectar. Pollen-grains have been found on the bills and on the heads of the birds. They were seen to frequent pelargoniums, fuchsias, trumpet-creeper, phloxes, verbenas, catmint, milkweed, tropoeo- lums, honeysuckles, lilacs, morning-glories, cherries, and wild balsam.
In the latter, the anthers form a covering to the pistil. Tf the flowers are covered up, no seed is produced. Humming-birds visited all the open flowei's. Every time one plunged his beak in, the head, a little above the beak, became dusted with pollen. Where the anthers were removed, the birds left pollen on the stigma. All the flowers in one cluster were visited twice in 15 minutes. Impaticns fidva is cross-fertilised mainly, if not entirely, by humming-birds.
Trelease, in a note supplementary to Prof. Beal'slU), says the Ruby-throat is often seen to get nectar from both glands at the base of the cotton flowers. It was constantly seen at the flowers of Oenothera smuata, very often about those of the may- pop {Passlflora incarnata), the white-flowered buckeye (Aescidus parviflora), the wild and cultivated morning-glories, yellow day- lily, white oleander, several sorts of pelargonium, lemon, fuchsia, larkspur, malaviscus, zinnia, sage-bush, osier-willow. One was seen at the flowers of gourd, and several times at flowers of Lobelia eardinalis, where they usually acted as the one spoken of in American Naturalist, 1S79, p. 431. Flowers of Erythrina herhacea were often visited, and they appear to be adapted for fertilisation by them like the Palosabre in Belt. According to Gould, to number all the flowers visited by them would be equivalent to repeating the names of half the plants of North America. The same author also gives an account(ll) of the fertilisation of Salvia sphndeuft. One of the flowers visited had
t'RESIDENX's ADDRESS. 2l
the stigma closed. The lever of the connective was nearly an inch long.
In "The Fauna Hawaiiensis"(10), Perkins gives a long account of the pollination of endemic flowers by native birds belonging to the Families Drepanidid(e and Meliphayidc. The former contains thirty-five species in seventeen genera, and the latter five species in two very distinct genera. The birds of the first family vary from entirely honey-eating to entirely insect-eating, and the Meliphagid(H appear to be entirely honey-eating. All the Dre- paiiididoi have the tubular tongue, which shows descent from a common ancestor; and the author considers that that ancestor was a honey-eater, but that, as insects became more common, the characters of some of the birds gradually altered. He states that nectar is absolutely necessary to the existence of five of the genera, and that these can be kept alive on nectai- ami sugar- cane juice. The nectar-feeding birds ai-e characterised by a slender beak, as well as the tubular tongue. "All, or practically all, the plants visited by these liirds for food had bell-shaped or tubular blossoms, in which nectar was more or less hard to reach. Of these tubular-rtowered plants, there are several predominant genera, some of which are themselves restricted to the islands, and belong to various families, comprising hosts of peculiar species. Most striking of all are the arborescent Lobeliacete, not closely related to forms found in other countries. The mul- tiplicity of these plants, and their isolation from foreign forms bears a striking i^esemblance to that of the Drepanid birds them- selves, indicating likewise an extremely ancient occupation of the island." This seems to me to show that the flowers (Jjobe- liacea) anfl the birds developed in dejjendence upon each other, and the author holds the same view, for he says: — "How easily
the extraordinary lengthening of the bill may have taken
place, side by side with the increasing length of the tubular flowers, is apparent from tht; fact that, even now, in some of the bii'ds, tlierc is iiuHvidual \ai"iation in this respect. ... A series of observatiims made on one of the most superb of the Lobelias showed that it could only be fertilised by these highly specialised
22 president's address.
birds." It is much to be regretted that \Mr. Perkins does not give full particulars of these observations. Just as in many other cases, we have no information beyond the fact that the birds visit the flowers.
A note of interest is to be found in the method cniplo3'ed by the hunters in the old days for taking Drepanis pacifica — the Mamo — the bird from which the yellow feathers used in the ancient feather-work was procured. The hunter covered himself with the branches and leaves of a tubular-flowered plant, and held, between finger and thumb, one of the flowers. AVhen tlie bird inserted its bill, he closed his finger and thumb together, and thus captured it. The birds and flowei's of Hawaii offer a unique opportunity to a field-naturalist to enrich our knowledge of bird-pollination.
Scott Elliott has published two papers on bird-pollination in South Africa(12). He mentions Protea incompta, P. mellifera, P. lepidocarjxi, P. longifolia, P. grmidifioi-a, P. cordata, P. SGolyvius, Leucospertnum conocarpiis, and L. nutans as being fertilised by the birds Promerops cafer and Nectarinia chalyhea.
Bertha Stoneman, in her bright little book on South African plants and their ways, mentions the pollination of Gladiolus and Loranthus by the Nectarinia?. But no details as to method are given.
A good deal of observational work has been done in New- Zealand on pollination by birds. l)arwin(14) quotes Potts (Trans. N.Z. Inst.) as follows: "In New Zealand, many specimens of the Anthoi'nis me/anura had their heads coloured with pollen from the flowers of an endemic species of Fuchsia." Wallace gives a list of Australian and New Zealand flowers pollinated by birds(l5), and says, "The great extent to which insect and bird agency is necessary to flowers is well shown by the case of New Zealand. The entire counti-y is comparatively poor in species of insects, especially in bees and butterflies, which are the chief flowei*- fertilisers; yet, according to the researches of local botanists, no less than one-fourth of all the flowering plants are incapable of self-fertilisation, and, therefore, wholly dependent on insect and bird agency for the continuance of the species. '
PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.
2^
Thonison(l6) gives a good account of the pollination of the Glory-pea {Clianfhus punicpus). The birds concerned are the Tui, and the Korimako. The calyx of the flower contains a large drop of honey. Birds, in inserting their beaks, push back the carina, and this retains its hold of the style for a consider- able time, till the pressure becomes too great, when the latter is jerked forward by its own elasticity, and throws out the accumu- lated pollen on the intruder's head. Of Fuchsia excorticata, F. Colensoi, and F. procumbent, he says that each species is dimor- phic. The larger forms are green and purple, with exserted anthers. Both forms are scentless, but contain much honey. They appear to be fertilised by Tuis and honey-birds. The flowers are pendulous, affording no resting-place for insects, and have so large a quantity of honey that any insects, except long-tongued forms, would be drowned. Kirk(17) says F. excorticata and anothei' species which he does not name, are trimorphic, and that, in the latter species under cultivation, the mid- and short-styled forms ai'e certainly self-fertilised. But in F. excoi'ticata, "the entire work of fertilisation is effected by two forms only; the long-styled can exercise no influence on the fertilisation of other flowers; it is a female flower, and, there- fore, must receive pollen from the mid- or short-styled form, or from both. It is, therefore, remarkable, that long-styled flowers produce fruit in greater profusion than the mid- or short-styled. In the absence of experiments, it would be rash to assert that the short- and mid-styled forms are incapable of fertilisation, but there can be no doubt that the application of pollen of either form to the stigma of thfe other would result in the formation of lai'ge numbers of seeds The short-styled form may occa- sionally be self-fertilised, as detached pollen falling from its stamens may come in contact with the sides of its stigma. Birds are the usual agents for the transfer of pollen from one plant to another. It is interesting to watch them poising on the wing and dexterously inserting their beaks into the slender tube of the flower." Thomson also enumerates, as bird -pollinated, the following — Sophora tetraptera, chiefly visited by honey-birds
2.4: president's address.
(another visitor will be mentioned later); Metrosidcros lucida, probably fertilised by Tuis and honey-birds, which, in great numbers, frequent them; J/, hy per ici folia, sometimes visited by birds; LoranthuH cohnsol, scarlet tlowers, no scent or honey, but this is probably developed at some period of growth, and it then attracts Tuis and honey-birds; Phcn-miuin tenax is chiefly ferti- lised by birds. Insects may visit the flowers, but they depend upon Tuis and honey-birds. Kakas and parakeets also aid sometimes.
Petrie(18) gives an account of the pollination of Vitex lucens. "There is no doubt pollination is effected exclusively by small birds. These constantly visit the flowers, hanging on the rigid leaf-stalk or flower-stalks, and insert their bills into the corolla- tube to suck the nectar. In sucking the sweet juice, the Tui may be seen grasping the flower in one foot and turning it i-ound into a more convenient position. In passing from flower to flower, the birds cannot avoid bringing pollen from young flowers to older ones." In an earlier volume(18), he refers to the pollina- tion of Rhahdothamnus Solandri as being effected by birds, and notes that the flowers are orange striped with red.
Kirk(17) quotes a description of Colenso's of the pollination of Suplwra tetraptera by the New Zealand parrot {Nestur nieridiuu- alis) as follows: — "Close to the village, and even within its fence, were several large Kowhai trees; these were covered with their
golden flowers, and mostly witliout leaves The parrots
flocked screaming to the Sophora blossoms. It was a strange sight to see them; how deftly they managed to go (^)ut to the end of a long, lithe branch, preferring to walk parrot-fashion, and there swing backwards and forwards, lick out the honey with their big tongues without liijurliuj the yoittuj fruit. ... I found that all the fvilly expanded flowers had had the upper parts of calyces and the uppermost petal (vexillum) torn out; this the pari'ots had done to get at the honey. As the flowers are pro duced in lai'ge, thick bunches, some are necessarily twisted or turned upside down; still it is always that peculiai' petal and that part of the calyx (though often in such cases underneath)
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 25
which have been torn away. Through this, no injury was done to the young enclosed fruit, which would, in all probability, have been the case if any of the other j^etals had l)een bitten off."
Laing and Blackwell(19) refer to a number of plants already mentioned, and add Knlghtia excelna as much visited by Tuis and bell birds.
North's "Catalogue of the Nests and Eggs of Australian and Tasmanian Birds" gives a total of 67 species of honey-eaters and brush-tongued lories, but the author informs me that live species have been added to the honey-eaters since that section of his cata- logue was completed. Add to these tlie Black Cockatoo, already referred to as visiting Banksia-heads, and we have 74 species, in 26 genera (though Matthews puts the Honey-eaters in 42 genera), all iiower-frequenting in tlieir habits. Both the Honey-eaters and the Lorikeets have their tongues markedly adapted to their nectar- feeding habits.
Von Mueller's "Second Census of Australian I'lants" contains 8,581 species of Howering plants — a number which is now some- what too small; but the records of new species are so scattered, that I have not attempted to arri\e at the correct total. I have gone through the Census, and tind that there are, at least. 649 species adapted to bird-pollination. This is no doubt under the real number; many of tlie plants are unknown to me; and I have also omitted the Styplielias, most of wliich are ornithophilous, because von iMueller has lumped several genera, such as Leuco- pogon, not oi-nithophilous, in tliat genus. But evi 'n so, this shows that about 7*4^ of oar flowering plants are ornithophilous. Of the 649 species mentioned, :i8."), or a uood deal more than half, are Proteads, wliich are peculiarly adapted for biid-visitors.
Taking a smaller area, 1 am tolerably familiar with the plants and birds of the Mudgee district. In that district, there are 401 flowering plants, and of tliese oii are ornithophilous, 14 being Proteads. Thus 13"2//of the flowering plants are adapted to l)irds. There are 194 species of birds, of wliich 23 are honey- feeders (13*3%), a rather curious coincidence. It can be seen,
26 president's address.
then, that tlie birds and flowers whicli are dependent on each otlier form a large percentage of the avifauna and the tiora.
We hardly expect to find references to bird-pollination in Gould's "Birds of Australia." But we do iind numerous allusions to the nectar-feeding habits of the honey-eaters; and he also re- peatedly states that they eat pollen, giving instances of pollen being found in their stomachs.
The earliest reference, which I can tind, to the pollination of Australian Howers by birds, is in an article on Eucalyptus by Dr. WooUs(l). Speaking of hybridisation in E. tereticornis, he says, "With regard to hybridisation in this genus, the flowers of which are probably fertilised before the operculum is cast off, Dr. Mueller does not think that it is impossible, but that all ordinary chances are against it. 'Still,' he continues, 'as Mr. W. S. Macleay remarked, parrots and other birds occasionally bite off the flower- buds, and may accidentally uncover a stigma, and remove the anthers; and, again, insects may then flnish oft' their work, and carry pollen across from another species."
A correspondent, Mr. S. T. Turner, in a letter, mentions that, at the time of writing, parrots were very busy biting off' the oper- cula of Eucalypt-buds.
I do not thilik that there is any foundation for the opinion that Eucalypt-flowers are fertilised in the bud. They are conspicuous flowers when open, scented, and contain a large amount of nectar, all of whicli would point to pollination by insects or birds.
I ha\e not been al)le to trace any further allusion to bird-polli- nation in Australia until 1895, when a couple of short notes by myself were read at a Meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science(20). These recorded the visits of Acanthorhynchus, and a species of Ptilotis to Erythrina indica, and of Acantliorhynchus to Telopea. In neither was the jDrocess described, but it was in a later paper(21). In Erythrina, the flowers are curved towards the left, and the bird sits on the riglit- hand-side, and inserts its beak into the other side. The pressure forces the stamens and style out, so that they brush on the side of the bird's neck, leaving a deposit of pollen. Sliould tlie bird then
PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS. 27
visit a flower in which the stigma is receptive, some pulleii would uudoiibtedly reach it. I captured a bird while feeding, and found a considerable smear of pollen 'on the neck. As a rule, birds feeding on nectar allow a much closer approach, and it seems also as if they lost some of their fear of man ; for when I held a blos- som to the bird in my hand, it inserted its bill, and fed on the nectar. 1 have seen a note on honey-eating birds stating that they may become intoxicated with the honey, and even drop to the ground at times, but, unfortunately, I omitted to record the refer- ence. There is no doubt, however, that some flowers produce nec- tar which is more or less intoxicating. That of Banksia ericifolia is so, and is apt to produce, a severe headache in some people. Although the birds were most assiduous in their attentions to the trees I hail under observation, no fruits were produced. I care- fully pollinated a large number of flowers, and found that the fruit developed till it was four inches in length, and as thick as a knitting needle, but at this stage it invariably dropped oft'. Her- mann Muller(2) says that Darwin states, on the autliority of MacArthur's Observations tliat, in New South Wales, Erythrina does not produce good fruit unless the flowers are shaken. But the late Mr. G. H. Cox told me that it bore seed freely at Mulgoa. And I have been told that it seeds plentifully on the Northern Rivers and in Queensland.
The Note on Teloj^ea states : "The flowers produce very large quantities of nectar at certain stages, so that if a head is shaken, a shoAver of drops is thrown ott'. They are nuich visited by Acan- thorhynchus and other honey-eating birds, j^et they rarely produce fruits; but when a plant does, it usually develops a large num- ber. In one instance, I observed a head wliich was nuich damaged by some larvae, and this head afterwardjs developed several capsules." Later I was able to watch one of these birds at a head, which was in the nectar-bearing stage. 1 could not get close enough to see just where the pollen was deposited on the bird, but I marked the plant, and afterwards found eleven capsules on it.
Ho]tze{22) gives tlie following account of the pollination of Grevillea chrysodendron: — "The showy flowers of this species are
28 president's address.
closely packed into the form of a brush, aud abound iu nectar. Before maturity, the long pistil is curved, so that the stigmatic pomt is inserted between the anijiiers at its foot. At maturity, the pistil becomes erect, bearing on its head the pollen deposited there by the anthers. The tree is visited by a small bird for the nectar in the flowers, and the pollen is taken from tree to tree on its breast and head, which come into contact with the stigma in prob- ing for the nectar. Cross-fertilisation, therefore, is facilitated, aud the existence of the provision for the pollen being deposited natur- ally on each stigma would lead one to expect that, in the ancestral form, this was to insure fertilisation should the floAver not receive pollen from elsewhere. However, in the species under notice, the flowers appear to be incapable of fertilisation with their own pol- len," The writer makes the common mistake of supposing that the whole of the disc on the end of the style is stigmatic, but this is not so. The stigma is a minute, nipple-like point in the centre, and in no species of Protead have 1 ever seen pollen on this.
Dr. Shirley, in the same volunie{23), has a paper on "Pecu- liarities of the Flowers of the Order Proteacese,'" in wliich he says, speaking of Grevillea : "The lowest have styles with a true stigmatic surface. The central ones have immature styles coated with pollen. The apical ones are still hooked in the perianths, and, where the style-end is adherent to the petals, are clothed round the line of attachment with a copious supply of honey. Parrots and honey-eaters frequent the plants at this and earlier stages, clinging below the flowers, and reaching to the apex of the inflorescence where most honey lies. In doing so, they brush the pollen from the central flowers on their feathers, and, visiting the next branch, attach the grains to the lower stigmas of the next inflorescence, thus fertilising them." He also notes the small proportion of fruits that are sometimes found : "That this apparatus often fails is seen in the few perfect fruits on Hakea and Macadamia bushes which have borne masses of blossoms, and by there being seldom a dozen fruits on a Banksia-cone, which carried a thousand perfect flowers."
With the assistance of some students, I investigated a bush of
president's address. 29
Banksia erictfolia. We found that the average number of flowers on a head was 900. Then, takinu' :ill tlie heads more than one year old, we fonnd that only 001 per t-ent. of tlie flowers had developed fruits. Usually one finds a large number of old cones without a single fruit, and then one with from twelve, up to twenty. In one instance, we found forty fruits on a single head. I attribute this to the fact that, wlien tlie birds find a liead with plenty of nectar, they worlc over it again and again. In West Australia, I noticed that the Banksias al)out Perth bore comparatively few fruits, while those round about Albany fruited very freely. This arises, I tliink, from the fact that the honey-eaters are much more plentiful at the latter place, and perhaps also from the presence of Tarsipes, which is still found in that neighbourhood.
Mr. Musson and Mr. Carne have been good enough to supply me with some interesting observations on bird-pollination, but, unfor- tunately, I ha\e mislaid their very accurate series of notes on tlie pollination of Grerillea rohnsta, illustrated Avitli photographs. The notes showed that the flowers, at different stages, took up different j^ositions. and that these changes were related to the habits of the birds in visiting the blossoms. I hope Messrs. Musson and Cai-ne have copies of these notes, as they certainly should be ]iublished, and would form a notable addition to our knowledge of bird-pollination in Australia. In one of Mr. Musson's notes, he says the Silver-eyes come to the underside of the horizontal spike of flowers by swinging the l)ody round to get at the nectar. He also mentions tlie bees, and a motli, apparently a species of AgTostis, frequenting the flowers. Another interesting observation was made at Lindfield. An Acacia, probably .1. suaveolens, Avas in- fested with numbers of the Berry-scale {Lecaninm haccatum), and these excreted large drops of honeydew. Two individuals of the tufted honey-eater, FtUntis (niricfnnis, were seen feeding on the drops of sweet fluid. None of the scales were damaged ; the birds were undoubtedly after the honeydew. This is an interesting observation, as it shows that the Meliphagidae will go to any sweet fluid they detect. It is tolerably certain, therefore, that they will visit nectar-bearing flowers whicli tliey cannot pollinate.
30 president's address.
While on tlie subject of the Proteads, I may mention that, as long ago as 1882, Trelease(24) made out, from the examination of plants growing' in the Botanic Garden in Cambridge, Mass., the structure and mode of pollination of Hakea nodosa, and of Gre- villea Thelemanniana. He notes that both flowers are incapable of self-pollination, and that the Hakea is probably pollinated by birds or insects, and the Grevillea l)y birds. He also refers to Kerner's guess as to Dryandra being pollinated by kangaroos.
Mr. 0. Sargent has published a paper, "Biological Notes on Acacia cefastrifolia{25). This plant (which Bentham considers a varietv of A. mi/rtifolia), when the racemes open, secretes from the gland on the phyllode at the base of the raceme, a drop of nectar, and continues to do so all tlirough the time of flowering. The Silver-eyes feed upon this. -'Careful examination of a flower- ing-branch shows it to be well adapted for bird-pollination. No hindrance is offered to the bird, as the saucer of nectar stands open beside the inflorescence; yet in sipping the sweet fluid the bird is sure to l)rush against the fluffy blossoms, and have its featliers dusted with pollen. The next flower brushed against will receive some of this pollen on its stigmas."
Mr. Sargent has also been good enough to send me a copy of liis MS. of a paper entitled, "Fragments of Westralian Plant- Biology," which has been accepted for publication by a Botanical Journal. The first part of this paper is concerned with ornitho- phylly. He thinks it probable that the flowers suited for birds have been evolved from entomophilous flowers. The Honey-eaters are aggressive feeders; if the nectar is not easy to get at, they rip the flower open. In that way, the flowers which were best suited to birds may have persisted, and developed, while the others retro- graded. He sets forth certain types of flowers as being suited for bird-pollination, beginning with simple open flowers like those of Nuytsia; the flowers are open, and grow in masses; and birds feed- ing on them, as they do, cannot fail to pollinate the stigmas. Another flower of this type is Xanthorrhcea Preissii, and he has frequently seen small birds drinking the nectar. My son has seen the New Holland Honey-eater feeding on X. haStilis, following the
president's address. 31
spiral of flowers round the spike. But as Mr. Sargent remarks, many insects also visit these. Indeed they are of a type visite<l by all sorts of insects.
The next type is Loranthus linophyllus, a tubular flower. It is visited by Zosterops Gouldi. Next comes Acacia, already referred to, and then Eucalyptus. Mr. Sargent estimates that E. macrn- carpa has 1,400 stamens, and these form a band, one inch wide, and oj inches in circumference. The stigma is less than 1 mm. in diameter, so that the pollen-bearing surface w&s 3,000 times the area of the pollen -receiving surface. In the case of this species, he has not seen birds pollinating it, but has observed E. redunca and £J. caJophylla being visited by Zoslerops Gouldi, and species of Glyciphila. From my knowledge of Eucalypt flower-structure. I should be more inclined to look upon tlie hrush-tongued lories as, to use JMr. Sargent's phrase, the "offlcial" i:>ollinators.
In Beauforlia sparsa, he sees another type, more specialised for birds; and he lias observed that the anthers rub against cheeks, foreheads, and throats. This type reaches furtlier specialisation in Calothaynniis sang'tvineus. In this, the anthers are arranged in bundles, so placed that they press against the heads of the birds (Glyciphila and Zosterops) visiting it. Other flowers mentioned as ornithophilous are AstroJoma diiiaricnta and Bhincoa cdiiescens. Anigozanthos humilis and A. Manglesii, he has not personally seen visited by birds, but his brothers have seen thi?m at the former, and some friends have seen small birds at the latter. I may say that I have repeatedly seen Acanthorhynchus feeding on A. Manglesii in the King's Park in Peith, and I noted their black heads covered with yellow pollen.
Mr. Sargent names three of the Papilionacese as ornithophilous — Tenipletouin retusa, Crotalaria Ctiwidnghtimii, and Clianthns Dampieri.
His last type embraces the Proteaceae, and he mentions Ade- nanthos cuneata, Baiiksi't attenuatn^ B. MeAiziesii, Dryandra fioribunda, and D. carduacea.
Miss Brewster lately read a paper(26) before this Society on bird-pollination in Darwinia fascicular Is. The paper is now
32 president's address.
available to Members, so I need not quote from it. Miss Brewster has done an excellent piece of work, and left little, if anything, for others to glean, except to extend her observations to the other species of the genus.
A little book by Mr. C. Miidd(27) contains a good deal about pollination, some of it very extraordinary, too extraordinary to he taken seriously — as for example the pollination of Dryaiidra !)>■ kangaroos, said to have been observed on the Bine Mountains; and of an orchid by frogs.
In a paper by E. W. Berry(28), on " The Affinities and Dis- tribution of the Lower Eocene Flora of South-Eastern North America, he gives a list of plants, among which are six Proteads in four genera- Palaeodendron, Proteoides, Knightopliyllum, and f^anksia. He also mentions Banksia and Drvandra as l)ein£r found in abundance in the European Tertiary, and that the family enjoyed a nu)re or less cosmopolitan range in the Early Tertiary. The ani;estors of the family, he thinks, probably entered the Australian Region during the Upper Cretaceous, before the country had become entirely separated from Asia, becoming adapted to the peculiar soils and climate of Australia: while the stock in the Northern Hemisphere appears to have been unable to stand the climatic changes, and thus became extinct. Von Ettingsliausen, in his Memoir, republished by the Department of Mines, Sydney(29), described a number of Pro- teads from the Tertiary of Australia. Incidentally, I would like to place upon record my feeling that it is unsafe to identify plants from mere impressions of their leaves. The more plants I know, the more I find that leaves very similar occur in plants belonging to widely separated families, while, on the other hand, plants belonging to the same family, or even the same genus, may have leaves so utterly dissimilar, that T should hesitate, without having seen flowers or fruits, to tliink thev were allied. The differincr types of leaf in Banksia and Hakea are examples of this. But Mr. Deane expressed similar opinions frcmi this Chair long ago, in mucli more convincing terms.
The point I wished to draw attention to is this : that the majority of recent Proteads are bird-pollinated, and specially
president's address. 33
adapted to that. Now were these old Proteads (and notwith- standing what I have said above, I believe that there were archaic Proteads) bird-pollinated, and if so, what were the birds concerned? If an inflorescence of a fossil Banksia is known, it might be easy to say whether it was likely to have been so pollinated. And, in that case, I should like to ask the palieon- tologists whether there ai-e any Tertiary birds known, which would be likely to have been the ancestors of any of the three great groups of pollinators— Humming-birds, Sun-birds, and the Honey-eaters of Australia?
I have said enough to show that the bird-pollination of Aus- tralian flowers is a large and interesting problem awaiting solu- tion in detail. Some of the questions that need answering are the following. Are the colours of the flowers adapted to attract birds? It is generally taken for granted that bird-pollinated flowers are of brilliant colours, mostly reds. But closer acquaint- ance with the habits of the birds leads one to think that the brilliant colours may not be necessary to attract them. Our honey-eaters seem to visit any flower that ofters them a plenti- tude of honey. Again, are the tubular flowers specially adapted to birds with long bills like the Meliphagidae? Here, T think the answer will incline towards the afiirmative, but nevertheless the fact that they go to shallow flowers, like Eucalyptus and Xanthorrhcea, seems to point to the same conclusion— that the shapes of flowers do not matter greatly, if there is abundance of nectar. Are there any other factors that are significant— scent, for example ? These questions can only be finally settled by long- continued observation of the birds and the flowers they frequent.
The next point (or perhaps it should be the first) to be settled is the actual method of pollination. Knuth(8) says: — "It must be the aim of research in pollination to make out the adaptation of all flowers and their pollinators, and this can only be ap- proached if such investigations are systematically carried out, and in as many small and clearly demarcated areas as possible." Now the points regarding adaptation wJiich have to be observed are many. The shape and colour of the corolla, the presence and amount of nectar, the scent, the length and position of the stamens and style, at various stages of anthesis, the time of
3
34 president's address.
maturation of anthers and stigma, and the relation of these stages to the changes of position in those organs. And, in the case of the birds, the presence of grooves on the beak as pollen- receptacles, the presence of modified feathers for the purpose of retaining pollen-grains, the position the bird takes on approach- ing the flower, and on what part of the body it receives and carries pollen; all these points must be made out before it can be said that we know how a flower is pollinated by birds.
To succeed in such an inquiry, the observer must have un- limited time and patience. He may have to sit motionless for a long period near the plant being investigated, till the birds gain confidence and approach the flowers; he must have keen sight and a good pair of field-glasses. He needs to camp out in a selected spot, and to be abroad at dawn, when the birds are beginning to feed; and, in addition, since the most precise in- formation is necessaiy with regard to the bird's size, shape of head and beak, and their relation to the parts of the flower, and can only be seen in the bird in the hand, which is proverbially worth two in the bush, he must, repugnant as it may be to a bird-lover, be prepared to sacrifice the lives of some of the pollinators to settle these questions accurately. Jt is a big piece of work, but it is worth the trouble; and a few earnest investi- gators with suflicient time at their disposal would soon produce results which would be of far greater value than the vague state- ments to be found in most of the papers on bird-pollination. It is not that the interest and importance of the subject are un- recognised, but that favourable conditions for carrying out the necessary investigations have been wanting.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(l).WooLLS, Dr. W. — A Contribution to the Flora of Australia.
(2). Mueller, H. — The Fertilisation of Flowers, pp. 15, 215.
(3).SCHIMPER, A. F. W. — Plant Geography, p. 120.
(4). Bates, H. W. — The Naturalist on the River Amazons, p. 97.
(5).Kerner — The Natural History of Plants, p. 225.
(6).MosELEY, H. N. — Notes by a Naturalist on the "Challenger," pp.305,
469, 605. (7). Hancock — American Naturalist, xxviii., p.679. (8).Knuth, p. — Handbook of Flower Pollination, i., p.73. (9).Rii)()WAY — "The Humming Birds," in Smithsonian Report, 1890, (10). Perkins — -Fauna Hawaiiensis, i., p.368 et seq.
(11
(12 (13 (14 (15 (16 (17 (18 (19 (20 (21 (22 (23 (24 (25 (26 (27 (28 (29
president's address. 35
.Beal, W. J.— American Naturalist, xiv.,p. 12; pp. 362-3(33; xv.,p.26o.
.Scott, Elliot— Ann. Bot., 1890-91.
.Stoneman, Bertha — South African Plants and their Ways.
.Darwin, C. — Cross and .Self Fertilisation of Plants, p. 371.
.Wallace, A. R. — Darwinism, p. 321.
.Thomson, G. M. — Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiii., p.258.
.Kirk, T. — Forest Flora of New Zealand, pp.54, 302.
.Petrie — Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxv., xxxvii., p.409.
.Lainc; and Blackwell — Plants of New Zealand.
.Hamilton, A. G. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii.
, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxiii.
.HoLTZE, N. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii., p. 566. .Shirley, J. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii., p. 569. .Trelease, W. — Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xxi., p.416. .Sargent, 0.— Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. W.A., 1907. .Brewster, A. A. — Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xl. .MuDD, C. — Whys and Ways of the Bush. .Berry, E. W. — Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, liii.
.Von Ettingshausen, C. — Contributions to the Tertiary Flora of Australia.
Mr. J. H. Campbell, Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance sheet for the year 1915, duly signed by the Auditor, Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A., Incorporated Accountant; and he moved that it be received and adopted, which was carried unanimously. Abstract: General Account, Balance from 1914, £531 13s. 4d.; income, £1,164 8s. 8d.; expenditure, £912 8s. lOd.; transfer to Bookbinding account, £5 5s. Od.; balance to 1916, £778 8s. 2d. Bacteriology Account, Income, £527 17s. 6d.; expenditure, £535 7s. 2d.; debit balance to 1916, £25 19s. 9d. Linnean Macleay Fellowships Account, Income, £2,027 15s. 3d.; ex- penditure, £1,598 17s. Od. (nicluding £97 2s. Od. for publication of Fellows' contributions to the Proceedings) ; transfer to Capital account, £428 18s. 3d.
No valid nominations of other Candidates having been received, the President declared the following elections for the Current Session to be duly made: — President: Mr. A. G. Hamilton. Members of Council (to fill six vacancies): — Messrs. R. H. Cambage, F.L.8., J. H. Campbell, H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.Sc, J. B. Cleland, M.l)., T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., and A. F. Basset Hull. Auditor: Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A.
On the motion of Dr. S. J. Johnston, a very cordial vote of thanks to the President, was carried by acclamation.
36
ir
|
^i |
Oi |
|
|
3 |
0) |
|
|
tJ |
&^ |
|
|
^ |
2; o |
|
|
o |
p |
|
|
O |
D <1 |
■p CQ |
|
J |
CO |
|
|
=y« |
<1 |
+3 |
|
+-» |
-p |
|
|
o |
0) CQ |
|
|
m |
0) a |
|
|
«^ |
pq |
J55
V
$: j:
|
o |
o |
= |
o |
O |
in |
Ov ' |
IN |
||||
|
■TJ |
o |
o o o |
O |
o rH |
rH |
rH |
|||||
|
sa |
' |
||||||||||
|
o |
o o o |
o |
•^ |
o |
W 1 |
||||||
|
o |
o o o |
o |
CO |
OJ |
>a |
||||||
|
to |
O O «D |
l> |
CO |
lO |
«5 |
||||||
|
<y |
T-i |
^ CO |
rH |
o |
|||||||
|
^ |
|||||||||||
|
OQ |
|||||||||||
|
>. |
!25 |
||||||||||
|
ClQ |
«H |
||||||||||
|
«M |
o |
||||||||||
|
aj |
o |
X |
|||||||||
|
03 |
!/ |
! |
6 o |
a |
|||||||
|
*5l |
be |
03 |
|||||||||
|
IS) |
be |
||||||||||
|
|C |
cS |
• 1-1 |
|||||||||
|
'c |
CO S |
pq |
02 |
||||||||
|
■a |
; i§ |
1 — 1 |
+5 |
||||||||
|
4 |
• • |
G u |
4^ |
||||||||
|
> |
03 c 4J |
War Loa N.S.W. T Loans on |
'S 4. £ |
1-^ |
B > |
||||||
|
4 'Z |
a; |
to ^ |
o C |
||||||||
|
c |
c |
cS |
|||||||||
|
a |
! h— 1 |
O |
|||||||||
|
nS |
o o |
O c |
C\ |
! |
M |
||||||
|
M |
o o o o o o |
o «: |
) |
rH |
|||||||
|
tj |
I- |
||||||||||
|
;£ : |
Crt |
||||||||||
|
r— ( |
'^§ |
7- |
|||||||||
|
m |
c |
!i |
a |
||||||||
|
a |
t? |
^ |
S- |
||||||||
|
Eh M |
be |
4 |
|||||||||
|
a |
>'E |
• Q |
F |
||||||||
|
n |
■ 3 |
t: |
4 |
||||||||
|
t-H Hi |
'a c 4 |
41 |
4 4 |
||||||||
|
+■ |
. 4> ^ |
4 |
1— |
||||||||
|
c |
< |
■*-♦- p |
|||||||||
|
< |
U |
Sum 0, le |
b |
< |
|||||||
|
• iH |
6 ■=> |
'C |
|||||||||
|
il |
5 ;h o ;: 5 =« |
4 |
|||||||||
|
+- |
c |
||||||||||
|
^ |
fH |
c |
c |
||||||||
|
7 |
3 |
3 |
c |
||||||||
|
C |
; |
H |
p: |
►^ |
II |
u
4)
03
0)
Ed
CQ
< o
W
1-5
'73 4) U
T3 O
U
03 O
3 ^
v> 'O
tS 6 S 2 P^ S
o o
rt
|
H |
|
|
^ |
;h |
|
H |
cs |
|
;g |
? |
|
w |
.o |
|
■«i |
41 |
4J Ph
c3
;»
25
37
at
to
a
a
o o o
Q
■p to
CO
-d d «
ei O
>>
O O
o
o o
|
-a -^i |
c |
c |
Ci |
»-l |
c |
o |
|||||||||
|
tH |
|||||||||||||||
|
CO CO »0 1/5 Oi 00 O |
w |
||||||||||||||
|
r-( r-l rH |
|||||||||||||||
|
iH O »0 tH r-l to |
«o |
||||||||||||||
|
«« CO CO o O t-( |
05 |
||||||||||||||
|
Irt ^ C. r-t |
r-T |
||||||||||||||
|
'O o c o |
. . 1 m . . |
=« |
|||||||||||||
|
o o . |
|||||||||||||||
|
(M |
|||||||||||||||
|
01 50 !£> C>1 |
c^*^ • |
||||||||||||||
|
1-1 tH |
=« o . |
||||||||||||||
|
T-l ^ CO |
°o ■ |
||||||||||||||
|
Crt w th |
|||||||||||||||
|
I-l |
«^ * |
||||||||||||||
|
o,-^ |
|||||||||||||||
|
: 0 "^ |
|||||||||||||||
|
\ |
|||||||||||||||
|
• S 2 *< |
< |
||||||||||||||
|
Oi |
« fcc-c |
o |
|||||||||||||
|
^ 1 |
tap |
.2 |
|||||||||||||
|
nee from ;criptions- 1 r. . . . . |
7 a |
< -J « ,•/■ aj CC |
0; -*- O |
||||||||||||
|
Mm lil^o!} M |
|||||||||||||||
|
>5 - - :: • |
|||||||||||||||
|
pq - ' ' • |
|||||||||||||||
|
T^ O ^ 7> |
05 O 5M |
c |
|||||||||||||
|
r-i |
|||||||||||||||
|
01 Ol r-l t> |
O O OC |
?! |
|||||||||||||
|
uo O i-l |
•^ to oc |
^ |
|||||||||||||
|
ert o «n CO |
to t^ |
o> |
|||||||||||||
|
-*< CO |
t- |
||||||||||||||
|
'T3 o in |
O Oi |
o c c o «o |
-f rt c |
• |
crt |
||||||||||
|
1—1 |
|||||||||||||||
|
to »n o |
OS t- |
c 0-5 c «n i^ |
■* O C |
||||||||||||
|
tH |
i-l |
iH iH r-l |
|||||||||||||
|
iH OO |
CO t- |
1—1 ?>. r-» rH eo |
*** iH « |
||||||||||||
|
«« «> t- |
(M |
07 ,H |
|||||||||||||
|
(M |
|||||||||||||||
|
' • |
: a : : : |
||||||||||||||
|
■ EC |
S «! |
. o • |
|||||||||||||
|
. o |
• cc • o • |
||||||||||||||
|
c3 (In -^ iL, 01 : ^ C T, |
aj »I fi |
7^ 0. c |
c |
6 < >- ■CCr- |
|||||||||||
|
^^s |
e 01 u ? >^'~^+- . i ..5 w-t- 5 ce oj 2 |
2i ^ |
1- |
||||||||||||
|
••: r -5 ? rt a ^ - |
T3 ^ |
||||||||||||||
|
cs^s ^c c ^ »5 ~*^ |
0; c3 .■;: |
O Oj |
|||||||||||||
|
03^^ ^-1 p., P, <, <r^ |
HMh: |
pqW |
|||||||||||||
|
0-- r.- - - - »- |
•s » |
^ ^ |
|||||||||||||
|
jH ' ' " . > .- |
II |
ss
|
T3 |
o a> |
|
to |
o o |
|
=rt |
o w 05 |
CO
CO H
02 OQ
o •
m
^ CO
^^
S^^
s«
o
o
o o
o o
o o o o
to 05
CO
M
H
M M
(In ;
rQ CO •
'zi ^ ■ vs •
•^ o .
"S ^^ •
O) ^
&=« 4> ' •
,0 >J • C3 Q di O
+J — ys
3
o
01 CO
o o ->- o
0;
U li
|
0 01 |
05 |
|
|
0 05 |
05 |
|
|
i-( |
iH |
|
|
0 10 |
>o |
|
|
0 a |
CQ |
|
|
05 |
O) |
|
|
CO |
co" |
|
|
r-l |
tH |
|
|
=« |
«rt |
io
<v
a;
ca!
rt
-i :: o ;h
o
'OD
C
a
'5
c g o
10
0>
«
a
o
o o
Q
+s CQ
iH
CO
-d o
•d
fl o
u ci o
a: & o o o
o o
'O N
«! •*
CO Oi
CO
t3
CO
o
o
00
O CO
. . O U
tc • Oh
C
(D . m
0 -^^
-2 ..S2
01
o
"5 cM
^_ .r-| a)
a P 0)
OQ
o
u o
OS
o
a
^t-iOOI-Ct-i050000
»JOOOOt001t'-C5o>^0
0DO;DOr-la0r-IOO'-l=0 ^ i-t Tfi rH lO
i
CO
o C
CO
o
y; ;,
O
C3 a; CC _ CC ^ ?-( n^ ^
i2 J5
w
.2 be
a s <^
J3 .fi f^
cC G CO i£ '* S
cS c3 ^
as c
a o •42 i^i o ft o
ft
o
39
|
-^ |
o o |
o |
i> |
|
■f) |
o o |
o |
|
|
•■*l |
O '.-5 n 1-. |
||
|
T-! l- |
(7> |
or.:
CO H
m
CO
o
CJD
0) CX) 'E O
i2 IS r^ £
^ ^
O 5
m
X <• ^ -r-^
■f.
CI
o o
o
CO CO
to
ci'
01
2i fo
.rt o
." O
00 w
0^ '■T
-— C3
■Ji
s ^
O i>
'oc
C3 " O a:
o>: cs i i = t; i^ -^ z-^ •/. S, —
|
t> O |
t- |
|
|
M fO tH |
to |
|
|
O O O O |
o 00 |
|
|
0* |
c
|
t: M |
M |
||||
|
2J |
T— 1 l- |
O |
|||
|
« |
|||||
|
id |
|||||
|
«-i |
|||||
|
0) |
M -^J |
||||
|
*S |
s |
||||
|
»4 0) |
a |
||||
|
,Q |
X |
||||
|
a |
9 |
||||
|
r" |
|||||
|
d> |
a |
||||
|
Q |
o |
||||
|
•p |
|||||
|
CO |
a; |
||||
|
l-t |
^1 |
||||
|
CO |
|||||
|
•0 |
|||||
|
o |
|||||
|
-a |
|||||
|
d) |
|||||
|
• |
|||||
|
^ |
'U o c |
c |
fO |
CO |
|
|
a |
|||||
|
« |
C« C (M |
ir |
00 |
o |
|
|
t»» |
r- |
iH |
7— i |
||
|
^ |
O l- |
T— |
00 |
t- |
|
|
woo |
CI |
M |
|||
|
LO |
-t |
O |
|||
|
iH |
N |
||||
|
t3 |
OJ . |
ert |
|||
|
o |
fe ■ |
. |
|||
|
o < |
|||||
|
m |
^."^ |
-*^ |
|||
|
o |
c |
^ re |
|||
|
o |
o |
||||
|
iz; |
c |
+- |
|||
|
M |
|||||
|
+- |
^^ |
||||
|
^ ot |
(U |
||||
|
i p |
^ |
'H |
|||
|
r |
|||||
|
" 0- |
|||||
|
5 5 |
c |
||||
|
r- |
tc |
||||
|
•fH-e |
^ |
' ?^ |
|||
|
a |
|||||
|
T O |
4- |
||||
|
re -1- |
*^ |
c |
|||
|
, |
s c |
;; |
^ |
||
|
a« |
X -^ |
■<f |
<; |
||
|
a |
o . |
■ : |
re
0)
C o
W
o
|
o |
Fh |
>- |
|
u |
K |
|
|
r— |
W |
re |
|
c |
r^ |
- |
|
o |
1^ |
OJ |
|
fQ |
||
|
re |
K |
00 |
|
n |
t |
r-i |
|
a |
1^ |
|
|
C |
;^ |
|
|
E |
^ |
|
|
re |
-t: |
|
|
y. |
^ |
|
|
K |
-^ |
40
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
March 29th, 1916.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (24th November, 1915), amounting to 28 Vols., 231 Parts or Nos., 40 Bulletins, 9 Reports, and 25 Pamphlets, received from 89 Societies, etc., and four private donors, were laid upon the table.
41
STUDIE8 IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA.
No. ii. Descriptions of new Genera and .Species of the Families Osmylid.h, MvmtELEONTiD.i-:, and Ascalapiiida:.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoolooy.
(Plates i.-vi., and three Text-figs.)
The material on which this paper is based is mainly drawn from my own collection, but has been gathered together by the kindness and energy of many correspondents rather than by myself. These larger Neuroptera are not generally to be taken in ".ny numbers, as are the Odonata; and the gathering together of the material necessary for their study must be spread over a large number of years and carried on by a number of collectors. Particularly must this be so when, as in the case of the Myrrae- leontidoi, the majority of species are not to be found in the well- watered coastal regions, but are confined to the more arid regions of the interior. Thus it would seem that Broken Hill, N.S.W., with a rainfall of less than ten inches, is particularly rich in these insects, and the largest number of new species must be credited to the energy of Mr. O. B. Lower, F.E.S., my valued correspondent in this locality. Almost equally rich is the dry, sandy region of Western Australia, and even the coastal portion of that State po.ssesses a large number of fine species. From Mr. W. B. Alexander, F.E.S., Keeper of Biology in the W.A. Museum, Perth, I have received, for study, a small collection of Neuroptera containing some fine species; the types of the new- species of this collection are in the West Australian Museum, and the descriptions are included in this paper. Other small collections of Neuroptera have been sent to me by Mr. G. F. Berthoud, of Waroona, W.A., Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.E , B.Sc,
42 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii.,
F.E S., of Sydney, Mr. E. Allen, of Emerald, Q., Dr. A. J. Turner, F.E.S., of Sherwood, Brisbane, Q., and Mr. Rowland E. Turner, of London, (from Yallingup, W.A.). To all of these, I offer my sincere thanks for the valuable specimens received, without which my collection would still be a very poor one indeed.
Id this paper, eighteen species are proposed as new. One of these belongs to the family Osmylidoi, one to the Ascalaphidce, and the remaining seventeen to the Myrmeleonlid'e. This latter family offers considerable difficulty to the Australian systematist, chieHy because of the paucity of literature, the inaccessibility of the types of the species already described (mostly by Walker, Gerstaecker, and Banks), and also partly because of the close resemblance between many of the forms. I desire, therefore, to express my thanks to my friend, Mr. Esben Petersen, of SilUe- borg, Denmark, for giving me his valuable opinion on a number of the forms described in this paper, and also for his excellent generic table, recently published in these Proceedings (1915, Vol. xl., Part 1, pp.56-57), which I found of the greatest help, particularly in assigning positions to a number of new genera.
Four genera are proposed as new. No attempt has been made to break up the complex genera Glenoleon, FonnicaUou, or Acan- thaclisis, though Alloformicaleoii Esb.-Pet., has been accepted as a valid genus. A new division of the subfamily Dendroleontince into three tribes has been proposed, based on venational and phylogenetic considerations.
The following is a list of the genera and species dealt with in this paper : —
Family OSMYLID^.
EuPORiSMUS, n.g. (Type, E. albatrox, n.sp.)
1. Etiporisrmis albatrox, n.sp.
Family MYRMELEONTID^.
Subfamily DENDROLEONTIN.E. Tribe ProtopIectPini, trib.nov.
2. Protoplectron longitudinale, n.sp.
3. Protoplectron ereniitx^ n.sp.
BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 43
Tribe UendPOleontini, tiih.nov.
4. Peridystus aureo/afus, n.sp.
5. Dendroleoa lambda^ n.sp.
6. Dendroleon dwuiyaui, n.sp.
7. Gleiioleoii bertnoii'li, n.sp.
8. Glenoleoii aurora, n.sp.
9. Glenoleoii roseipewiis, n.sp.
Tribe Distoleontini, trib.nov.
10. Gi/mnocueniia macnlata, n.sp.
Brachyleon, n.g. [Type, B. darnnni (Banks)].
11. Brachyleon darwini (Banks).
Stevoleon, n.g. (Type, S. fieldi, n.sp.).
12. Stenoleo7i fleldi, n.sp.
Xantholeon, n.g. (Type, X. helmsi, n.sp.).
13. Xantholeon hehnsi, n.sp.
14. Allofo7'micaleon hyalitius, n.sp.
15. Alio for micaleon. walerhousei, n.sp.
16. Distoleon nigrosignatus, n.sp.
Subfamily MYRMELEONTIN.E.
17. Myrmeleon loweri, n.sp.
18. Acanthaclisis peterseni, n.sp.
. Family ASCALAPHID^. Subfamily PROTASCALAPHIN.E.
19. Stilbopteryx dromedaria, n.sp.
Family OSMYLID^.
EupoRisMUS, n.g.
Allied to Porismus, from which it differs as follows : wings longer, narrower in proportion, with the tips not broadly rounded but somewhat pointed, slightly falcate. Colour-pattern black and white. Rs close to and parallel with R (in Porismus, Rs diverges from R for about two-fifths of the wing-length, and then converges towards it apically). Branches of Rs very numerous^ closely arranged, almost straight, and nearly parallel (in Porismus
44 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, ii.
they are fewer, wider apart, and less regular). Towards apex of wing, a set of cross-veins forms a distinct, curved line running across the wing from M to pterostigma, separating off an internal "disc" from a distinct apical portion, which carries only closely parallel, longitudinal veins (cf. Psi/chopsis); in Porismns, this line is absent. Four anal veins present, as in Porismus. hut 2A and 3A stand further from the posterior border, and the cross- veins arising from them are longer and more numerous than in Porismus.
Genotype, Euporisnius albatrox, u sp.
This genus may be placed as intermediate between Porismns and Oedosmylas; for, while it resembles the former in the strong branching of Ou, and in the dense wing-pigmentation, it ap- proaches the latter in the shape of the wings, and in the pos- session of the apical line of cross-veins.
It is interesting to note that a fossil insect-wing, closely re- sembling the hind- wing of F. albatro.c, has recently been dis- covered in sandstone-rock at Goodna, near Ipswich, Q This rock is supposed to have come from a Tertiary deposit (? Eocene) overlying the Trias-Jura rocks of the Ipswich Coal- Measures.
I.EUPORISMUS ALBATROX, n.Sp. (PI i., fig.l).
Total length 16'5, abdomen 9'5, forewing 30, hindwing "iSmra.
Head very small, 25 mm. wide; e^yes dark olive-brown; the three ocelli large, black, the median one very distinctly double; epicranium black, antennce 11 mm., slender, black, basal joint twice as long and thick as the second; lahnim and moiUhparts shiny brown.
Thorax : prothorax Iwmm., elongate, slender, orange-brown. Pterothorax orange brown, marked with black in the sutures, especially along the middle line; wing-bases blackish. Legs black, fore- and middle-legs short, hind-legs long.
Abdomen short, of medium width, dark grey above, marked with numerous, orange-brown spots; underside orange-brown, especially at apex.
Wings: venation very close and abundant. Costal border of forewing strongly arched near base; costal space wide near
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 46
base, gradually tapering towards pterostigraa. All four wings strongly curved towards tips, which end in a slight point; the posterior margin being very slightly hollowed out towards the tip, the wings have a slightly falcate appearance. Colouration : forewing richly mottled with black and white, the former colour due to pigment, the latter to a very close arrangement of numerous, parallel, white veins. Costal space irregularly blotched with black patches, separated by hyaline spaces crossed by white veins. In the pterostigmatic region, and extending nearly to tip of wing, is a large, subtri- angular, white patch, the curved wing-border forming its base, while its apex is directed pusteriad and forms an angle a little greater than a right-angle. On this patch, two small black spots interrupt the white wing-border. The rest of the wing is very irregularly and heavily marked with black. Hindwing nearly all hyaline in its basal half; then follows a large, irregular, black blotch right across the wing before the level of the pterostigma, but somewhat interrupted between M and Cu distally; beyond this, covering the pterostigma and all the apical part of the wing except the extreme tip, is a whitish patch, larger and more irregular than the corresponding patch in the forewing. [In the dead insect, the black wing-pigment fades gradually to a dark, semi-transparent brownish, as in Poristmis strigatus\.
Hah. — Head of Condamine lliver, near Killarney, Q. Very rare. Mr. E. J. Dumigan captured, in January, 1914, four specimens sitting on the large rocks of the river-bed.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. (E. J. Dumigan; January 8th, 1914). Of the remaining three, one has been placed in Mr. Esben Petersen's collection, another in that of Mr Nathan Banks, and the third remains in my collection.
Family MYHMELEONTIDiE.
Subfamily DENDROLEONTIN.E.
This sul)fainily was formed by N. Banks to include all those genera in which there is only a single cross-vein in the radial space of die hindwing, before the origin of the radial sector. As
46 STUDIES m AUSTRALIAN KEUROPTERA, ii.,
this character is based essentially on the archaic position of Rs, viz., originating from R close to the wing-base, it seems to me an excellent character for tlie main subdivision of the family, and marks off the large complex of forms included in the Deiidroleon- tiiKH (to which the great majority of our Australian species belong) as definitely more archaic than the My rmeleontince, in which the radial sector of the hindwing has progressed much further along R.
In subdividing the mass of forms in the Dendrn/eontinrc, it seems to me that too much stress has been laid on the presence or absence of tibial spines. In the dichotomous tallies so far published by Banks and Petersen, this character is used for effecting the main dichotomy, and only later are venational characters brought into play. Now, I would urge an alteration of this procedure for two reasons; firstly, because it seems pro- bable that some forms, at least, that lack spurs (if not all) did originally possess them,* and are really closely related to those forms (e.g., Glenoleon) which possess very short spurs, hut which, on the present method of dichotomy, are driven right to the other end of the table; and secondly, because the wing-venation, particularly of the forewing, offers us more important and better understood characters, and a far better chance of making natural divisions. I would propose that, in no ca.se, sh(juld the absence, or (if present) the size of the spurs be used for divisions greater than of generic value, since we cannot ignore the strong pro- bability of convergent reductions of these organs in widely separated groups.
Turning, then, to the venation of the forewing, we can select, without hesitation, as a natural group, those peculiar genera in which Cuj runs parallel with Cuj -I- h\., for a considerable distance. This is clearly an archaic character, carried over without change from Nyniphid-sLUcestors. These genera form a distinct tribe, which I propose to name I'rotoplectrini. This tribe is represented
* The presence of these spurs almost universally in the Neuroptera, Triflioptera. Lepidoptera. and Meeopteia is a fact that cannot lie ignored in our attempts at classification.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. i f
in Australia by the two genera, Protoplectron and Pseudo/ormica- leon, two genera which may be compared respectively with Acanthadisis and Myrmeleon in the subfamily Myrmeleontinm. The African genus Creagis would also appear to belong to this ancient group.
It appears that the position of the cubital fork has remained fixed, throughout the evolutionary development of the subfamily, at a point about one fourth of the wing-length from the base. This is, therefore, a satisfactory Jixed level from which we can observe the evolution of the radial sector in the forewing. This, as might be expected, has followed the same lines as in the hind- wing, i.e., gradual removal of its point of origin on R, from a point close to the base of the wing to a position further and further distad. Thus, just as the DendroJeontAnn' are, as a whole, more archaic than the Myrmeleont'm(t>, on account of the position of the origin of Rs in the hindiving, so we may now select, from amongst the Dendrohontince themselves, those more archaic genera in which the same holds good for the forenjing. This tribe, to which I give the name Dendroleontini, includes, then, all genera in which Cu., does not run parallel with Cu, -f M., and having the origin of Rs in the forewing before the level of the cubital fork. This tribe contains a large number of genera, of which the Australian representatives are Dendroleov, Ghnoleon, Froggattisca (an asthenic offshoot of Glenoleon), Peridystus, and Chrysohon.
Finally, we may group together those genera in which the origin of Rs, in the forewing, has become shifted to a level either exactly above, or distad from, that of the cubital fork, as the tribe Disfoleontini. The connecting-link with the Dendroleon- tini is not wanting, since the genus Gymnocnemia has the origin of Rs exactly above the cubital fork. But as, in other respects, this genus appears to belong rather to the Disfoleontini than the Dendroleontini, it seems advisable to include it here rather than to separate it out as an intermediate tribe. The Dendroleontini^ then, also contain a large number of genera, of which the Aus- tralian representatives are Gymnocnemia, Jh-achyleon, n.g.,>Steno- lean, n.g., Xantholeou, n.g., Macronemnrus, Formlcaleon, Alio-
48
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, 11.,
formicaleon, and Distoleon. The phylogeny of these three tribes may be exhibited thus : —
Myrnieleontinje
2^ l/niph id -like Ancestor.
Piotoplectrini
Dendroleontini
a o
C
Uistoleontini J Q
In this diagram, I have not attempted to show the ramifica- tions of the subfamily MyrmeleoutiiuH, whose headquarters lie quite outside Australia.
Tribe Ppotopleetplnl.
In forewing, Cu runs parallel with Cu, + M„ for some distance. Genus P r o t o p l e c t r o n Gerst. 2. Pkotoplectron longitudinale, n.sp. (PI. ii., fig. 5).
Total length 30, abdomen 23'5, forewing 41oxl05 wide, hind wing 39 5 x 9 mm wide.
Head: epicranium blackish, with two, small, brown spots on occipital ridge near eyes; eyes black, touched with grey above; antenufP 9 mm., greyish-brown, ringed with black; face and mouth-parts pale, shiny orange-brown.
Thorax: prothorax short, 3'5 x 2*5 mm., downy, grey, with two, longitudinal, dorsal, blackish stripes. Frothorax grey, downy, with darker markings, a small but distinct, white spot close to base of each forewing; underside with soft, pale grey hairs. Le<js rather short, stout; femora brown, with black stripes, and long, soft, grey hairs, also a few, stifler, black hairs; tibiae similarly marked, with several, large, stiff, black hairs; first joint of tarsi very long, 2nd-4th short, 5th long, all blackish, claws brown; tibial spines long, reaching to end of first tarsal joint.
- BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 49
A b d oin e n fairly stout, uniformly shiny dark grey, with pale grey, downy hairs.
Wings: neuration grey-brown, So speckled. In forewing, along 11 up to pterostigma is a series of very narrow, blackish markings encroaching slightly into sul>costal space: pterostigma l)lackish, covering 7-8 veinlets, all but three of them forked dis- tallv. Along Cuj + M^ runs a thick, somewhat sinuous, longi- tudinal, black band, continued distally across M, to tip of wing. Hind wing without markings, pterostigma weakly indicated by a brownish patch.
Hab. —Western Australia; also Broken Hill, N.S.W. (O. Lower).
Type in Coll. West Australian Museum. Label " H. 22," indicating that it was collected by Mr. G. H. Hardy, now of the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. No date or locality-label.
The Broken Hill specimen was unfortunately badly damaged in the post; only a small piece of the thorax, and the two wings of tiie right side, hanging by a thread, remain.
This rare species superficially resembles the commoner Dislo- leoii nigrosu/natns, irom which, however, it can be distinguished at sight bv the fact that the lonoitudinal, black mark is single and continuous, whereas, in Z>. niyrosignatus, it is bi'oken into two. parts. The venations of the two species are, of course, quite distinct. It is somewhat remarkable that there should be, in a small collection of Western Australian forms, representatives of three genera {Protoplectron, Distoleoti, Glenoleon) having this unique development of a longitudinal, black line in the forewing, while, in a fourth {Duadroleon), there is also a considerable development of black pigment.
3. Photoplectrox eremi^, n.sp. (PI. ii.. fig. 4).
Total length 19, abdomen 13, forewing 24*5, hiudwing 23mm.
Head: epicranium grey, with black markings behind and a touch of brown in front; eyes dark grey; antennve 6mm., grejush; face orange-brown, mouth-parts blackish.
Thorax grey-brown with blackish markings; on prothorax, two, parallel, longitudinal, blackish bands. Leys greyish, very short and thick, hairy.
50 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUflOPTERA, ii.,
Abdomen grey-black, smooth above, sides with numerous, fine, grey hairs; a fine, transverse, brown line at apex of seg- ments 4-8.
Wings rather narrow and pointed. Venation of forewing speckled black and white, likewise Sc in hindwing, rest of vena- tion of that wing blackish. In forewing, the pterostigma has a strongly-marked, black, proximal patch: in hindwing, only a very slight touch of black along R. Hindwing hyaline, forewing much marked with small, blackish spots and patches, especially along R, Cuj -f Mo and the branch of Rs next but one above M^: many cross-veins and dichotomous forkings also touched with black.
//a6. — Broken Hill, N.S.W. A single specimen taken by Mr. O. Lower; November 11th, 1902.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
Closely allied to Pr. venustnm Gerst., from which it can be at once distinguished by its shorter wings, shorter and stouter abdomen, and by the lack of the strikingly beautiful effect of the pattern of the forewing, from which Gerstaecker's species re- ceived its name Pr. erem'u^'iH possibly a dwarfed, inland species geminate with P. venustnm, \Vhich appears to be confined to the coastal strip and eastern river- valleys.
Tribe Dendpoleontinl. In forewing, Cu., bends sharply away from Cu, -|- Mj. Ks arises at a level proximal to that of the cubital fork.
Genus Periclystus Gerst. 4. Periclystus aureolatus, n.sp. (PI. ii., fig. 3).
Total length about 19 (tip of abdomen bent under), forewing 26'5 by 7"5 wide, hindwing 24'5 x 5nnn.
Head orange-brown, except for a black area between the eyes, isolating two orange spots, one at base of each antenna; eyes black, shining; antenna', short, 3 mm., brownish at base, shading to I'eddish at tips.
Thorax orange-brown above, with black marks in the suture, and touches of black near the wing-bases: underside
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 51
shining black, with small, but conspicuous, orange-brown spots. Legs : fore and middle moderate, hind very long, black, spotted with orange as follows base and apex of femora, base of tibife and a small spot about Imm.distad from it; basal joint of tarsus orange, second brownish, third blackish, fourth brownish, fifth orange-brown, blackish distally, claws brownish; tibial spurs as long as first two tarsal joints.
Abdomen (somewhat shrivelled and bent) fairly slender, banded transversely with alternate orange and black, the black predominating distally, the orange being reduced to small spots; tip broadly truncate, orange, with short, black, hairy appendages.
Wings: posterior border of forewing twice angulated, onqe near middle of wing, very obtusely [middle posterior anyle) and once more distally (angle of the falcate border); the part of the border between this angle and the apex (falcate border) is very slio-htly hollowed out, so that the wing is slightly falcate. In the hind wing, there is only one posterior angle, the border between it and the apex being irregularly waved.
Costa pale brownish, all other veins whitish. Forewing beautifully marked with numerous, irregular spots, some .serai- transparent orange, some dark brown or black, and others dark brown with golden centres; base slightly saffroned for about 3 mm. These spots are arranged as follows— along 8c and R, nine spots, three, small, basal ones, then a larger, blackish, sub- rectangular one 6 ram. from base; 3 mm. further on, a similar but slightly smaller spot; 2 mm. further on, a slightly larger spot, dark brown with orange-gold centre; 2-5 mm. further on, a similar but narrower spot; a similar but more rounded spot sur- rounding the radial brace; between these two last, a small rect- angular spot with golden centre. All these spots just touch 8c from below, but they lie, on the whole, well below R. Ptero- stigma marked by an opaque, whitish, oval area surrounding a small dark brown spot, also a somewhat concentric, blackish spot between this and the last of tlie I'ow of radial spots. Between R and Rs near apex, there are two, small, dark, squarish spots, with orange-gold centres. Along Cuj + M.,, touching M, from below, are four, orange-gold spots touched posteriorly with brown,
52
STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii.,
followed by a dark brown spot, above which, slightly proxiraad, lies a small, brown spot. In the cubital space, there are four, elongated, narrow, blackish spots. At the apex of the wing, is a large, irregular, transparent, orange blotch: a smaller blotch runs in from the wing-border between this and the pterostigma, and below it is a small, squarish, brown spot with a pale orange centre-point. From the apex towards the angle of the falcate border, lie four, transparent, orange blotches, with three, irregularly placed, brownish spots lying proximad to them. Along posterior margin of wing, a large, irregular, trapezoidal, orange blotch occupies the middle, posterior angle, and is touched above by black; half-way between this and the wing-base, is a smaller, oval spot of the same colour.
The hind wing shows very few markings, all distally placed, and of a uniform brown, except for three, minute spots along Sc + R. A large, reniform spot overlies R and Rs at level of the angle of the falcate border, which itself is filled with a larger and more irregular blotch. Pterostigma whitish, opaque, with two, small spots near it. A rounded spot at apex, and two, elongated marks on the falcate border complete the markings.
Hah. — Cunderdin, W.A. A unique specimen, apparently a male, but the abdomen is somewhat shrivelled.
Type in Coll. West Australian Museum, Perth. Museum label No. 6972; no date.
This very beautiful insect is at once distinguished from the other two spt^cies of the genus by its small size, and by the beautiful and bizarre effect of its colouration, which suggests a stained-glass window in old gold. It appears to be more closely related to P. laceratus Gerst., than to the better known /*. circidter Walker, owing to a closer similarity in the scheme of wing-markings. From both these species, it differs in having the forewing much less falcate.
(ilenus D K N I) R o L E o N Brauer. 5. Dexdrolron lambda, n.sp. (Pl.iii., fig.7). Total length (ab<lomen broken off") about 'JO mm., forewing 21, hind wing 19 "5 mm.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 53
Head small, fpicrajiium gvey-hrown, with a pale line in front between the eyes; eyes black; (mtf.nnfe T) min., brownish, ending in a large, black, siibtriangular knob: la/n-iim and Diouth-parts ricli brown.
Thorax greyisli-brown. fjf'ijs with l)lackish femora, tibiae brown tipped witli black, tarsi Ijrown; tibial spins curved, reach- ing to middle of second tarsal joint.
Abdomen [broken oft' at 3rd segment] appears to have been dull grey with fulvous blotches.
Wings: venation dark brown. Forewings with beautiful black or dark Ijrown markings as follows - an elongated basal patch along costal space, crossing He and R and reaching Mj dis- tally; across wing, obliquely near middle, there runs an irregular mark resembling the Greek A (lambda), but with its apex some what blurred and swollen; on the pterostigmatic area is a large, elongated, triangular blotcli, followed <listal]y by a slender, longi- tudinal mark for about 2 mm.; fi-om posterior border, below pterostigma, there runs obliquely upwards towards the tip, aci"OSS the ends of M., and M,, a dark l)and, bent in the middle, about 4 mm. long. Small spots and specks shade the bases of many of the cross-veins. Hind wings with irregular blotchings between Sc and R in basal half; about two-thirds of the way along the wing, an irregular patch covers both 8c and R, while a small patch lies on the pterostigma; on the posterior margin, just below the end of Cuj + M.,, lies a fainter, smoky patch.
Hab. — Harvey, W.A. January, 1912. Unique.
Type in Coll. West Australian Museum. Museum No.6601.
This very beautiful little insect is very distinct from all others of the genus, and is easily recognised by its small size, and the peculiar " lambda-mark "' on the forewings.
6. Df;ndroleon dumigani, n.sp. (Pl.iii., fig.6).
Total length 21, abdomen 15, forewing 28-5, hind wing 27omm.
Head: eyes grey-brown; epicranium black, a transverse, grey- brown band above antennae; these latter 6 mm., brown, with paler rings; tips elongate-oval, flat, concave above, black; a
54 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUHOPTERA, 11.,
brown spot below base of each; face and mouth-parts dull testaceous
T h o r a x : prothorax long and narrow, slightly wider behind, dull brown with paler, longitudinal markings. Pterothorax broader, similarly coloured and marked; underside pale testa- ceous. Leys very long and slender; forelegs black, basal and apical fourths of tibia testaceous;* middle and hindlegs testa- ceous, the femora strongly tipped with black, the tibi« slightly so; tarsal joints mostly black.
Abdomen slender, dull grey-brown; 1 and base of 2 testa- ceous, 3-8 with a basal, testaceous mark projecting apically into a sharp point.
Wings: venation brown, Sc and R speckled with whitish. Forewiny with a narrow, black mark on pterostigma, several blackish specks along posterior margin, and veinlets towards apex mostly clouded with brown. Hindiviny with a diffuse patch of dark brown just above posterior margin, two-thirds of the distance along the wing from base, a touch of browti proxiraad to pterostigma, and another distad from and just below it. Veinlets of pterostiyma in both wings whitish. In forewing, only three cross-veins in radial space, the third being whitish. Origin of lis about two cells' width proximad from level of cubital fork: the oblique vein placed far beyond the fork (3-4 cells distant).
//a6.— Linville, Q. (Brisbane River Valley). A single speci- men, apparently a male, taken on February 22ndj 1915, by Mr. E. J. Dumigan, to whom I dedicate the species Type in Coll. Tillyard.
Easily distinguished from D. lonyipennis Esb.-Pet.,(New South Wales), by its larger, broader, and less pointed wings, less marked with black or brown. In D. lonyipennis, also, the difference in level between the origin of Rs and the cubital fork is greater.
* I have used this word throughout as indicating a dull, pale yellowish- brown, I.e., earthenware-colour (Lat. te><taceu><}. It has sometimes been used to indicate a dull brick -red, i.e.., tile-colour. The Latin word admits of both meanings.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 55
Genus H l k n o L K o n Banks. 7. Glknoleon berthoudi, n.sp. (PI. iii., fig 8).
Total length 21, abdomen 13, forewing 29'5, hindwing 26 mm.
Head: ei/es blackish; occipuf brownisti, with three, black spots, and an irregular, transverse, black line above; from the middle of this, a short, median line runs up on to the occipital ridge, and is Hanked on either side bv a transverse, black bar; rest of epicranium shiny black; ntUennce 6 mm.; face straw- coloured, mouth-parts pale, spotted with brown.
T h o r a X : prolhorax fairly wide, dull grey-black with l)rown- ish markings. P^i^ro/Ao^-ax greyish-black, with numerous, brownish markings; in particular, a fine, mid-longitudinal line, a pair of curved bands on mesonotum, and a pair of oblique stripes on metanotum. Legs: fore- and middle-legs with dull brown femoi-a tipped with black, til)ije brown, with three, black patches, tarsi blackish; hindlegs with brown femur, pale brownish tibia just tipped with black, tarsus pale at base, brown beyond. *
Abdomen greyish-black, with numerous, small, brown markings on segments 3-8.
Wings rather long and pointed, venation brownish. Ptero- stigma blackish in forewing, covering only 4-5 veinlets, but the black is continued obliquely inwards on to Rs; in hindwing, the pterostigma is small, opaque, and whitish, covering 3-4 veinlets, and touched with black proximally. In forewing, Sc and R, and the space between, are speckled with black; in the median space, from base almost to tip, there runs a conspicuous, black, longitudinal streak, which turns upwards at about two-thirds of its length to run obliquely parallel to, and beneath, the black, pterostigraatic patch, and ending 3 mm. from tip; the bent por- tion of the streak is brownish. On posterior border of forewing are two, small, oblique patches; one at about one-third fi'om the base slants upwards and outwards, blackish; the other, more distally placed, is pale brown, and runs upwards and inwards; around these, and also near apex, are many brown specks on cross-veins. In hindwing, a large, round, dark brown blotch occupies the region of M, and M., at about two-thirds of the
56 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTRRA, ii.,
wing-length from base; there is also a small, black mark on the radial brace.
ffab.— Wavooua,, W.A. Taken by Mr. G. F. Berthoud, to whom T dedicate the species, on February 23rd, 1911. Unique.
Type in Coll. Tillyard.
8. Glenoleon aurora, n.sp. (PI. i v., fig. 9).
(J. Total length 19, abdomen lO'O, forewing 24, hindwing 21-5 mm.
Head : fii/es olive-grey; epicraniiim reddiHU-hvown, with three, small, black spots on occiput; in front, a transverse band of shining black, passing between the eyes and enclosing ba.ses of aiitennje; these latter 4*5 mm., brownish, tipped with bWickish; face and mouth-parts yellowish-brown.
T h o rax dull reddish-brown, marked with dark grey. Leys: femora orange-brown tipped with dark grey, tibia? and tarsi greyish-brown.
•Abdomen alternately banded, very irregularly, with orange- brown and dark grey; on the orange-brown portion of 3-6 are some blackish spots or lines.
Wings with a delicate, pinkish sheen on the nearly hyaline membrane; venation of forewing blackish along costa, speckled pink and black on Sc, R, and Rs, the rest brownish specked with black. In hindwing, costa paler and veins less speckled. Pterostiyma in both wings distinct, about 1-5 mm., mostly pink, but touched proxiraally with brown. Hindwing with a small, brown blotch at distal end of Mj and Cuj.
9. Differs from ^ in having less black on epicranium, the wings less speckled, somewhat pinker, and without the brown blotch on the hindwing. Wings considerably wider, less pointed, and altogether larger than in ^.
Hah. -Broken Hill, N.S.W. .Several specimens taken by Mr. O. Lower, in 1900 and 1902.
Types, (^9, in Coll. Tillyard;((J, December 4th, 1900; $, No- vember 10th, 1902; Broken Hill; O. Lower).
This species and the succeeding one are very distinct from all other species of the genus by the beautiful, pink sheen of the
BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 57
wings, and by their peculiar facies, which comes closest to that of G. anmdicornls Esb.-Pet. The sexual dimorphism, which is more or less noticeable in all species of this genus, is, in G. aurora (and probably also in G. roseipennis) extremely marked.
9. Glenoleon roseipennis, n.sp.
5. Unique. Closely allied to the preceding, but differing from it by its much greater size, duller colouration, very large head, and roseate pterostigma.
Total length 19, abdomen 10, forewing 33, hindwing 30 mm.
Head very large, 3-6 mm. wide, dull greyish-brown
Thorax greyish, touched with brown on sides and on notum.
Abdomen with alternating, fairly regular bands of orange- brown and blackish, [much faded].
Wings much as in G. aurora, more rounded at tips, costa brownish. Sc, Pt, and Rs very little speckled with black; the wing-membrane lightly washed with rose-pink in places. Ptero- stiyma of forewing 1-8 mm., rich orange-pink, surrounded by rose-pink, which extends to tip of wing; of hindwing, 1-3 mm., orange-pink, with less rose-pink beneath it, and very little towards wing-tip. No brown blotch on hindwing.
Hab. — Winton, Q. A unique $, taken by Mr. R. L. Higgins, in 1912.
Type in Coll. Tillyard.
Tribe Distoleontlni. In forewing, Cu, bends sharply away from Cuj -f M., Rs arises at a level distal from that of the cubital fork (in Gymnocnemia, exactly above it).
Genus Gymnocnemia Schneider. 10. Gymnocnemia maculata, n.sp. (PI. iv., fig. 11). Total length 16-5, abdomen 10, forewing 23, hindwing 195 mm. Head: eyes olive-grey; epicranium dull yellowish-brown, with a fine iZ-'mark in black on the occiput; two, black, trans- verse lines run, one on either side of the top of this mark in front; a black, shiny patch between bases of antennae, which are 5 mm. long, dark brown, with blackish tips; face yellowish-brown, shiny; mandibles and maxillary palps blackish.
5
58 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii.,
T li o 1' a X : prothorax yellowish-brown, with a broad , longi- tudinal, median, dorsal, grey-brown stripe, divided down the middle by a fine, pale line. Pterothorax pale straw-colour, with a similar, median, dorsal stripe, and a greyish-hlack mark on each side just above the wing-bases. Legs dull brown; femora with a blackish, apical spot, tibiae with three, black spots, tarsi partly blackish.
Abdomen rather short, grey-black with dull, brownish markings, in the form of an irregular patch covering most of each segment, on either side of the median line, and isolating a median, longitudinal band of greyish-black, which is divided, as in the thorax, by a fine, pale, median, longitudinal line: sutures o^revish-black.
W in gs mostly hyaline, well-pointed; venation brownish. R, Rs, and Cui-1-M.j speckled with black. Pterostigma strongly marked as a pale brown area bordered proximally with black; total length about 2 mm., covering some seven veinlets, some of these l)eing branched In forewing, the origin of Rs and of some of the cross-veins from R to Rs strongly blackened: a short, oblique, dark brown mark runs upwards from near end of M, (below level of pterostigma) through five cells, ending just beneath the Banksian line, which is well-marked; a somewhat similar mark overlies the ends of Cu, and A, on the posterior border. In the hindwing, there is an irregular, dark brown blotch below R and Rs, just before pterostigma, a smaller blotch at distal end of hypostigmatic space, and a rather large, irregular splash of dark brown above the posterior border, at the level of the radial brace.
Hab.—Bvoken Hill, N.S.W. Four specimens taken by Mr. O. Lower (undated).
Type in Coll. Til]\'ard.
Genus Brachyleon, n.g.
In forewing, Rs arises about one cell distad from level of cubital fork; the oblique vein lies directly under origin of Rs. No Banksian line present. Mj and Cuj+Moin forewing unite before the wing-margin. In forewing, lA is a straight line to
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 59
wing-border. Tn hind wing, there is no distinct Cu._,: Cu, is straight, not arched concavely to posterior border. Five cross- veins before origin of Fls in forewing. Hindwing narrower, and slightly longer than forewing, very pointed.
Legs short; tarsus with first joint moderately long, 2nd-4tli verv short, fifth long; spurs present, nearly as long as first two joints of tarsus.
Abdomen short.
Genotype, Brachyleon darwini (Banks).
This genus may be placed next to Gymnocnemia on account of the position of the origin of Rs in forewing, but differs strongly from it in possessing spurs, and in lacking the Banksian line. It differs from Macronemurus Costa, in its short abdomen, and short legs, with long, stiff hairs.
11. Bkachyleon darwini Banks. (PI. iv., fig.lO).
Macronemurus darwini Banks, Pi-oc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1914, p.619 (issued 1915).
Head dark brown above; two, pale spots on occiput near eyes, which are very dark brown; antennce fulvous at base [the rest missing]; face brownish, shading to fulvous on labrum : mouth-parts fulvous.
Thorax: prothorax pale brown, with two, broad, longi- tudinal stripes of darker brown. Pterothorax and leys shiny
brown.
Abdomen short, slender, rich brown without any markings.
Wings venation brown; in forewings, Sc, Rs, M, and Cu speckled. Costal cross-veins very numerous, especially in fore- wing. Pterostigmain forewing clouded with brown, in hind wing clear. Apical cross- veins in all wings marked with brown specks. In all wings, an irregular, brown streak runs obliquely up from near the end of Mj to near apex; this streak is longer and more diffuse in hindwing than in forewing. In hindwing, Cu, i.sdark, M pale. Only five branches of Rs before radial brace.
f{ab. — Darwin, N.T One specimen, taken on x\pril 6tli, 1913, by Mr. G. F. Hill, Government Entomologist.
Type in Coll. Banks,
60 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEKA, ii.,
Genus S T E N o L E o N, n.g.
Wings excessively narrow, pointed; in forewing, lis arises well beyond brace of cubital fork, and is somewhat bent at the origin of its first descending branch; 5-6 cross-veins in radial space in forewing; oblique vein lying about under level of origin of Rs. No Banksian line present. Costal space very narrow in fore- wing, but widened near base in hind wing by the upward arching of C.
Legs moderately long; first and fifth tarsal joints about equal; 2nd- 1th very short; spurs present, short, about as long as first tarsal joint. Abdomen slender, rather sliort.
Genotype, St. fieldi, n.sp.
This genus, which appears to have no near allies except, perhaps, the African .Vemoleon, is a highly reduced off'shoot from the main Distoleontine stock, easily distinguished from all other Australian genera known to me by the combination of characters given above.
12.Stenoleon fikldi, n.sp. (PI. v., fig.13).
Total length 19-5, abdomen 13'5, forewing 20*5 by 4 wide, hind wing 19 by 3 mm. wide.
fi e a d : epicranium dull brownish; antennce evidently long [tips lost], dark brown, strongly marked with pale rings; bases of antennse, whole of face, and mouth-parts testaceous.
T li o r a X : prothorax subcylindrical, the anterior third marked off by a transverse groove; grey-brown, with a paler, median, longitudinal line, and two, parallel, lateral bands. Pterothorax grey-brown with paler markings; underside grey. Legs : coxae, trochanters, and bases of femora pale testaceous; femora blackish, tibise brown, with a black spot one-third from base and another at apex; tax'si with first joint pale brown, 2-4 dark, 5 pale, with black apical third.
Abdomen narrow, cylindrical, dull grey, with transverse, ochreous lines on apices of segments 3-8.
Wings: venation mostly whitish, costa grey in both wings, also Cu in hindwing. Sc speckled. A conspicuous, dark spot proximal to pterostigma in both wings. Forewing much spotted
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 6l
with brown, as follows — on two or three of the cross-veins in the cubital space, also at the origin of Rs, on the third and fifth cross-veins beyond it, and on the radial brace; on the 4:th-6th cross-veins in median space, and on the first four cross-veins in the cubital space. A larger blotch above the posterior margin just before half-way, crossing Cua and running up to M^; near apex, several, small, cloudy patches. In hindwing, a cloudy patch over ends of M and Cuj, extending as a faint smokiness almost to apex.
Hab. — Tennant's (Jreek, Central Australia. Taken in Novem- ber, 1 906, by Mr. J. F. Field, to whom I dedicate the species.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
A very distinct and peculiar little species.
Genus Xanthol eon, n.g.
Insect of very slender build. In forewing, Rs arises about two cells' width distad from level of cubital fork, and is rather irregular in form; ol)lique vein close to the fork (within one cell's distance). No Banksian line present. The cells below Cui -f- M., in forewing, and below Cuj in hindwing, are very regularly arranged, and separated into oblique rows by numerous, parallel sectors descending from the main vein. Hindwing slightly longer than forewing Antennje long and slender, with weak, elongated club. Legs of median length, slender; tarsi with tirst joint a little longer than fifth, 2nd-4th very short; spurs present, longer than first tarsal joint Abdomen slender.
Genotype, X helmsi, n.sp.
A very distinct and clearl}^ marked off genus, whose affinities appear to be somewhat doubtful In the delicacy of its structure it appears to hold about the same relationship to Distuleoii that Froyyattisca does to Glenoleon.
IS.Xantholkon helmsi, n.sp. (PI. v., fig. 12).
Total length 24-5, alxlomen 17"5, forewing 29, hindwing 30mm. Head pale yellowish all (jver, except for the black eyes. Antennae yellowish, slender, 7 mm. long.
62 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii ,
Thorax pale yellowish; leys straw-colour with a dark patch at apex of femur, anotlier near base of tibia, a third at apex of same; tarsal joints brownish apically, claws dark.
Abdomen rather short, slender; 1 yellowish, 2 pale brown, 3 yellowish at base, shading to dull brown; the rest dull brownish touched with pale brown on apices of 7-9.
Wings with very pale, straw-coloured venation, abundantly speckled with brownish, especially along R, M, and Cu. Fteru- st'igma large in all four wings, 2 mm., pale straw-coloured, cover- ing about 8 cruss-veins, and touched with brown at the inner angle. Four cross-veins in radial space of forewing; 5-6 descend- ing branches of Ks before radial brace.
Hah. — Sydney, N.S.W. Two specimens, collected in October, 1909, by the late Mr. Helms, to whom I dedicate the species.
Type in Coll. Tillyard; cotype in Coll. Petersen.
This delicate and almost ghost-like species is quite distinct from anv other M ynaeleoidd known to me.
Genus A L L O F O R M I C A L E o N Esb.-Pet.
Di tiers from Formicaieon Brauer. by the absence of the Bank- sian line.
14 Al.I.OFORMlCALEON HYALINUS, n.sp. (PI. vi., fig. 16).
Total length 22, abdomen 16, forewing 25*5, hindwing 24mm.
Head dark grey above, a pale, transverse line across occiput; atdeume. long, 6"5 mm., slender, black, strongly clubbed; face blackish, orbits ed'^ed with pale cream, genre and labium yellowish.
Thorax: prothorax short, dull greyish above, yellowish beneath. Plerothorax dull greyish-brown above, mottled with paler grey; underside grey, with some yellow markings. Leys greyish; hind femora very pale at bases, touched with black in middle and at apex; hind tibife pale, with a touch of black at apex.
Abdomen slender, subcylindrical, uniform grey-black; ap- pendages touched with straw-colour.
Wings: venafAon blacki.sh, Sc speckled in both wings: wings quite hyaline except for a slight touch of black basally on ptero-
BV 1{. J. TILLYAKD. 63
stigma of forewing; the veinlets of the pterostignia whitish. In forewiiig, only five branches of lis before radial brace. Oblique veins very clearly marked, very close to cubital fork (less than one cell's length distant). In forewing, lA black, forming a straight line to wing-border. Ci'oss- veins in cubital space of forewing fairly numerous and close.
//^t6. — Stradbroke Island, Q. Two specimens, bred in Novem- ber, 1915, from large larvje, which do not form pits, but hide in loose soil at the bases of trees.
Tvpe in Coll. Tillyard (bred November, 1915).
This species superficially resembles Mynne/eon luiiseriatus Gerst., in colour and facies, but has narrower and less pointed wings. Its nearest ally is AUqformicaleou australis Esb.-Pet., (Sydney), from which it can be at once distinguished l)y its smaller size, shorter wings, the hindwing not being as long as the fore, and by the completely different, and much darker colour-scheme.
15. Alloformicaleon waterhousei, n.sp. (PI. v., fig. 14).
Total length 19-5, abdomen 13, forewing 25, hindwing 24mm.
Closely allied to the preceding species, but distinguished as follows. On all four wings, a black mark on the stigma, and a smaller mark at same level on Mi(this mark is a mere speck in hindwing); in forewing, a larger, oblique, black streak arises from just before middle of posterior border, and runs up across Cu„ to bend parallel to Cuj + Mo at one cell's distance below it. In forewing, lA speckled, not quite a straight line; cross-veins in the cubital space of forewing very few and wide apart; also Cui 4- Mo arches up more strongly than in A. hyalinus. Antennce bordered by a pale line in front of bases; face pale straw-colour. Hind femora black, except for the very pale bases. Abdomen somewhat stouter than in A. hyaUnus, similarly coloured, but with pale, transverse lines across apices of segments 2-S.
//at. —Woodford, Blue .Mountains, N.8.W.(2,000feet). Three specimens taken in February, 1909. by Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, to whom I dedicate the species. A single specimen, somewhat more heavily marked on wings, bred from a larva indistinguish-
64
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKEA, ii.,
able from that of A. hyalinus, on November 5th, 1915, from Stradbroke Island, Q.
Type in Coll. Tillyard (Woodford; G. A. Waterhouse; Febru- ary 12th, 1909)
Genus Distoleon Banks.
16. DiSTOLEON NIGROSIGNATUS, n.Sp. (PI. vi., fi". 1 7 ).
Total length, ^ 25, 9 26; forewing, ^ 30, 9 32; hindwing, ^ 29, 932 mm
Head dark grey above, with a small, oval, brownish spot on occiput near each eye; a black band just in front of, and between, bases of anteimre, which are 8 mm. long, grey ringed with black bases slightly brownish; /ace pale bi'ownish.
Thorax downy, greyish, a touch of brown at wing-bases. Legs rather short, hairy, coxae of forelegs brownish; femora grey, tibiae and tarsi pale brownish with blackish markings.
Abdomen uniformly dull greyish.
Wings very long and narrow; veins mostly greyish; So speckled with black, Rs and Cu also blackish. Pterostigma in forewing greyish-white, with a black, basal patch covering about nine veinlets, five of which are forked: in hindwing, pterostigma is only a slight darkening on 5-6 veinlets. Forewing marked with long, black stripes as follows— a straight stripe runnin" parallel to, and below Rs distally, slightly waved as it crosses each branch of Rs; a long and slightly curved stripe along the main stem of Cu to the fork, where it is thickened, and thence along Cui-f M2, gradually tapering to a fine streak, and finally bending slightly up to cross Mj, and to run wavily for 3 mm. up across two branches of Us; also a short, curved stripe placed concavely to the posterior border, about midwav along the winff, arising from the end of Cu., and arching up towards the middle of Cu, -t- Mo. In hindwing, only a slight, double smudge of brown placed distally on JVl and (Juj and also on two branches of Rs above them; also a touch or two of black near apex. All the above marks are very complete and definite in 9, but, in ^, they are narrower, paler, and more or less reduced.
[{<ih. — Perth, W. .\., and suburbs. Several specimens, taken by Mr. W. B. Alexander, Keeper of Biology in W.A. Museum,
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 65
in February-March, 1913. A single 9 fi'om Broken Hill, taken by Mr. O. Lower (undated).
Types: ^ in Coll. Tillyard (Cottesloe, W.A., February 18th, 1913: W. IJ. Alexander; Museum No.6726); 9 in Coll. W. A. Museum (Subiaco, W.A.; IVIarch 12th, 1913; W. B. Alexander; Museum No. 6898).
The Broken Hill 9 differs from the Western Australian speci- mens in having a row of black spots along the posterior margin of the forewing, at the ends of the cross-veins descending from lA.
This very distinct and handsome species appears to be quite common around Perth. Its superficial resemblance to Proto- plectroib loiKjitudinale, n sp., has been already noted.
Subfamily MYRMELEONTIN.E.
Genus M Y R M E L E 0 N Linn. 17. Myrmeleon loweri, n.sp. (PI. vi., fig. 15).
Total length 29, abdomen 21, forewing 29, hindwing 26 mm.
Head 3 mm. wide; ei/es pale grey; epicranium grey, a small, yellowish patch just in front of anteniiic, which are 4 mm. long, with tips in the form of a fiattened club; face chiefiy dark grey, geiioi and Inhrurn dull orange-yellow, labium yellowish.
Thorax pale powdery-gre}', anterior lobe and base of pro- thorax lemon-yellow, as are also the wing-bases and the latero- posterior edges of the mesonotum; sutures of pterothorax dark. Legs short, dull orange, a patch of black distally on femora, a greyish tinge on tibia:': tibial spurs, distal spines of the tarsal joints, and claws black.
A b d o m e n fairly long and slender, powdery-grey; two, small, yellow spots at base of 1; suture between 1 and 2 blackish, a trace of two, fine, yellow spots apically on 3, the same spots larger and more distinct on 5-7 and on sides of 8; 9 touched with yellow, blunt, hairy at tip.
Wings witli pale yeWow renafion; bases strongh' yellowish; about 34 costal ci'oss-veins before pterostigma in both wings. Fterostignia, in forewing, distinct, pale brownish, covering 7-8 veinlets, some of which are branched; in hindwing, fainter,
66 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii.,
covering only the lower portions of four veinlets. Before origin of Rs, in radial space, seven cross-veins in fore, five in hindwing. In both wings, five branches of Rs before radial brace.
//rt6.— Broken Hill, N.S.W., collected by Mr. O. Lower, to whom I dedicate the species. Jiourke, N.S.W., collected by the late Mr. Helms. Fairly common
Type in Coll. Tillyard (Broken Hill, undated, O. Lower).
A very distinct and striking species.
Genus A c a n t h a c L i s i s Ramb.
18. ACANTHACLISIS PETERSEN!, n.sp. (PI. i., fig. 2).
Total length 45, abdomen 31, forewing 66'5, hindwing 62'5nim.
Head: eyes brown; occiput greyish black; mttennce. 10 mm, black, very slightly clubbed; epicraninm and face dark grey, Iiairy; labrum and mouth-parts rich brown, labium fulvous.
T bora X : prothorax short, tapering towards head, grey-black above, brown on sides. Fterothorax brownish, with grey shading, and long, soft, grey hairs; underside covered with thick, pale grey hairs. Legs short; femora brown: those of forelegs very hairy; tibife brown, those of fore and middle-legs touched with black on ba.sal half: tarsi very short, 1-4 blackish, 5 pale, with deep apex and claws.
Abdomen cylindrical, with close-set, small, black hairs, 1-2 and apex with longer hairs; colour black, with irregular, brown patcties on either side of middle line on segment 3 (very slight) and segments 4-7.
VV i II gs wide, fairly well jjointed; i^enatioti, in general. Ijrown, C, 8c, and R tinged with orange; Cu, -|- M.^ in forewing strongly marked with black A pale ochreous area on pferostiyma of all four wings. Forewings strongly speckled all over, due to all the veins being irregularly marked with black. Jn radial space, before origin of Rs, eight cross-veins in fore, six in hindwing. In forewing, Cu.^ diverges very strongly from Cui-f-Mo; the oblique vein is black, 3-4 cells' length distad from the cubital fork. Cubital space in forewing wide, triangular, with four, single cells, then two together, then three at widest part, and, finally, three single cells at distal end.
BY R. J. TILLTARD. 67
Hah. -(/ooktown, North Queensland. Taken by myself, Jan- uary, 1908.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
This ma<j;nificent insect is clearly very closely allied to A. fidva Esb.-Pet., from which it differs by its smaller size iA.fidva, forewing 72 mm., total length oa mm.) and darker colouration, as well as by having four cross-veins in the radial space. Tn A. /idva, the antennte are pale yellowish-brown, the head, pro- thorax, and mesothorax yellowish-red. The legs in A. J'ulva have the tibiae differently marked; the abdomen is brown, with paler apex; the apices of the segments darkened.
The differences separating A. peferseni from A. fulva appear to be of the same order as those separating A fundafus from A. sublet idens. In both cases, we appear to be dealing with a pair of geminate species, but, in the case of A. peterseni and fidva, as the type of each is a unique specimen, we cannot yet say what the cunstanf differences between them ma}? be.
Family A8CALAPH1D^.
■Subfamily PROTASCALAVHIN.E.
Genus S T I L B o p T E R Y .\ Newman.
19. Stilbopteryx dromedaria, n.sp. (Text-figs. 1-3).
(J. Total length 61, abdomen 47, forewing 48 by 9 wide, hind- wing 44 by 8 mm. wide.
Head: epicranium black, with thick, black hair: aidennce. black, tvithout yellowish rings, tips strongly knobbed, black; ei/es hro\vT\, frons black, clypeus a,nd labrum bright golden-yellow, fjencn. and lahium brown.
Thorax blackish above, with thick, soft, dark grey hairs; sides and underside thickly clothed with long, greyish-white hairs. Leys completely shining-black, except claws, which are dark reddish.
Abdomen ver\' long (Text-fig., I, A) black; 1-2 short; 3 very long, much swollen dorsally, with a convex hump carrying short hairs, and witli a pair of large, rounded, latero-basal, golden- yellow spots, slightly overlapping on to 2, also a pair of small.
68
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, 11.,
apico-ventral spots of same colour, subtriangular; 4 long, swollen dorsally into a median tubei'cle, slightly bitid, and clothed with stiif, short hairs ; a pair of large, round, latero-basal, golden-j^ellow spots slightly overlapping on to 3, the small, apico-ventral spots present, larger than in 3; 5 long, taper- ing towards apex, marked as in 4; 6 narrow- cylindrical, with latero-basal spots present, but smaller, and half operlapping on to 5; the small apico-ventral spots absent; a pair of small, semi-oval, golden-yellow spots later- ally at apex of 6; 7-8 narrow, long, cylin- drical, resembling 6, but without basal spots: 9 very short, blackish; appendages black at A bases, golden apically, inferior shovel-shaped, hairy, as in Text-fig. 2, A.
Wings with black venation except basal two-thirds of C, bases of anal veins, and many cross-veins, which are pale straw- colour. In forewing, a black, longitudinal Text-fig. 1."
band runs from base to pterostigma, enclosing Sc and R; the costal cross- veins towards pterostigma also outlined in black. Pterostiyma with a straw spot covering five veinlets, and bor- dered basal ly with black; apex of wing beyond pterostigma strongly black- ened, the basal border of this black patch oblique, nearly a straiglit line. In hind wing, the pattern is similar, but the longitudinal, black band fills the whole costal and subcostal spaces.
5. Total length 45, abdomen 30, fore- wing 50 by 10-5 wide, hindwing 46 by Tt'xt-fig.2.'' 8-5 nnn. wide.
Differs from ^ by the broader wings; the antenna? black, with
For legends of Text-figs. 1-3, see p. 69.
BY K. J. TILLYAHD.
69
fine, vellow rings; the abdomen much shorter, more cylindriral, without anv humps, the latero-basal spots less rounded, ratlier subtriangular, the apico-ventral spots distinct, larger than in ^; the apex as in Text-fig.3,A. Prothorax of ^ h'^s a narrow, raised, transverse ridge, bright yellow.
Hah. — Waroona, W.A. A number of specimens taken by Mr. G. F. Berthoud, in January- February, 1913-1915. Also a single, fine 9 taken at Yallingup, W.A., by Mr. R. E. Turner, on January 7th, 1914.
Types, (J9, in ('oil. Tillyard (Waroona, W.A.; G. F. Berthoud; (J, January 6th, 1914: 9, February 24th, 1914).
This fine species differs from S costa/is Newman (Eastern
Australia) in the following points. In the (J of S. costalis, the wings are broader, and the black, longitudinal streak does not include the costal space, but only touches the bases of the costal cross-veins. Also, in all four wings of <S. costalis, the basal border of the apical, black patch is irregular. The antennae of S. costalis are longer, and ringed with yellow; the head, thorax, and segments 3-4 of abdomen much less hairy, the abdomen much shorter, stouter, and with only a single hump, placed dorsally on 4. The golden spots of the abdomen in S. costalis are confined to segments 5-7 laterally, 4-6 ventrally; the only, large, round spot is placed basally on segment 5. This pattern is shown in Text-tig. 1, B. The appendages of 6". costalis ^ are black, and less complicated than those of S. dromedaria {cf. Text-fig. 2, A and B).
The females of the two species are less easy to separate, but S. dromedaria 9 naay be distinguished by the shorter antennae, the black costal space of the hiridwing, the straighter, inner edge of the black, apical patch, and by the different form of the apex of the abdomen (cf. Text-fig. 2, A and B).
B.
Texttiti.S.
70 STUDIES IV AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii.
Text-fig. 1. — Latei-al view of colour- pattern of abdomen in StUhopteryx.
A. jS". dromedaria, n.sp., 6 . B. S. costalii< Newman, c5 ; ( x 1"5). Text-fig.2. — Lateral view of anal appendages in males of StUhopteryx (much
enlarged). A. S. dromedaria. n.sp., S . B. .S'. cosfah's Newman, 6 ;
(x6).
Text-fig.3. — Lateral view of end of abdomen in female of St i/bopttryx {much enlarged). A. *S'. dromedaria, n..sp. .9. B. S. costal is Newman, 9; .( X 6).
EXPLANATION OF PLATES L-VL
Plate i.
Fig. 1. — Eiiporismns albatrox, g.et sp.n. ; ( x M). Fig.'i. — Acaiit/iac/isiM Petersen I, n.sp.; ( x I'.S).
Plate ii. Fig..S. — Ferielystiii aureolatus, n.sp. ;( x 3). Fig.4. — Proloplertroii erernia', n.sp. ;( x '2"5). Fig..'). — Protop/ectroii longitndiiialt, n..sp. ; ( ■; I'T).
Plate iii. Fig. 6. — Deiidroleoii dmnigani, n.sp.; ( x 2'5). Fig. 7. — JJendroleon l<imbda, n.sp., ( x 3). Fig.S. — Olenoleon bertlioudi, n.sp.; ( x 2'5).
Plate iv. Fig.9. — Glenoleon aurora, n.sp. ;( x2'7). Fig. 10. — Brarhyleon Darwiiii (Banks); ( x 2*5). Fig. 11. — tiymiiocnemia macniata, n.sp. ;( x 2'8).
Plate V. Fig. 12. — Kantholeoii helinsi, g.et sp.n. ; ( x 2"S). Fig. 13. — Stenoleonjieldi, g.et sp.n.; ( x2"8). Fig. 14. — AlloformicaJeon waterhmisei, n.sp.; ( x 3'3).
Plate vi. Fig. \o.—Myrmeleou loirerl, n.sp. ; ( x 2".5). Fig. 16. — A/foJbrmicatto)i hyalinw. n.sp.; ( x 2'o). Fig. 17. — Distoleon iiiyrosignatKS, n.sp.; ( x 2 ■."»).
N.B. — The figures are made from the type-specimens, but, where the setting of the specimen has been irregular, the wings have been oiientated so as to conform to a single plan, and the abdomen straightened out where necessarj'.
71
A REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYID.E OF AUSTRALIA.
By Arthur White.
( CommnnJcnti'd III/ Dr. Kiisfacc W. Fftyusnn. )
(Seven Text-tigures.) •
The Stratiomyidce form one of the larger families of the Diptera, containing about one thousand species from all parts of the world. They are conspicuous flies, many of them possessing splendid metallic colouring, but, so far as the Australian species are con- cerned, they have been little studied. Most of those named up to the present time were described by Macquart (Dipteres Ex- otiques, 1838-55); and Walker (List of Diptera in the British Museum, 1848-55; and Insecta Saundersiana, Diptera, 1850). One species was described by Erichson (Archiv f. Naturgesch., 1842), one by Bigot (Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, 1876), and, finally, some Tasmanian species by myself (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas- mania, 1914).
The present paper lists 30 species, belonging to 18 genera, all the species, with one doubtful exception, and lli of the genera being peculiar to Australia. Most of the species are uncommon, and many more probably await discovery, particularly in the northern parts of the Continent.
In the preparation of the present paper, I have received great assistance from Mr. C. French, Junr., Government Entomologist of Victoria; Mr. W. W. Froggatt, Govei*nment Entomologist of New South Wales; Dr. E. W. Ferguson, of the Government Bureau of Microbiology, Sydney; Mr. A. M. Lea, of the Adelaide Museum; and Mr. F. P. Spry, of the National Museum, Mel- bourne, to all of whom I wish to tender my most cordial thanks.
The Australian -i>7?'a<io»i2/ic?<e are divisible into six Subfamilies, which are distinguished as shown in the following Table.
72 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
T(djlt of tilt AnstraJian >S-iil)J'ain'tlies of Sfrafionit/idn-. l.Abdi)men with seven, visible segments; scutellai- spines, if present, four ov mute in mxnil)cr; winj^s with either tluee
or four, posterior veins BEKiNi*;.
Abdomen with only five or six, visible segments 2.
2. Wings with four, posterior veins or traces of them 3.
Wings witii only three, posterior veins 6.
8.Tlie four, posterior veins all arise from the discal cell 4.
The fourth, pcjsterior vein is separated from tlie discal cell, and
arises from the second, basal cell 5.
4. Metallic species; scutellar spines, if present, four oi' more in
number AntissiNj^.
Non-metallic species; scutellar spines two in number Clitellarin.!-:.
5. Antennfe with or without a short style, never with an arista
Stratiom YIN^,.
Antennas with a long, thread-like arista Sargin^-.
6. Antennae with a long, thread-like arista Pachygastrin^:.
In dividing the genei'a of Stratiomyidcc into their respective subfamilies, some doubt may occasionally occur relative to the position of the posterior veins, because, in a few genera, the fourth posterior vein seems to arise from the exact junction of the discal cell and the second basal cell, and so might be con- sidered to arise from either. In such cases, the relationship seems to be nearest to the Clitellarince, and such genera are usually considered as belonging to that subfamily, whilst onlj' those in which the fourth posterior vein is distinctly separated from the discal cell, are placed in the Stratiomyin(e or Saryince.
Subfamily BERIN.'E.
The species belonging to this subfamily are readily recognised
by their narrow abdomen, with seven, visible segments; the
scutellar spines, if present, are never less than four in number.
The lierinte occur all over Europe, North and South America,
Australia and New Zealand. In all, about a dozen genera have
been described. In .Australia, five genera aie known to occur.
Talilc of Ihf AnMralian Genera of Berime. l.Scutellum without spines 2.
Scutellum with spines 3.
2. Wings with three, posterior veins Cryptoberis, gen.nov.
Wings with four, posterior veins METOroxiA ilacq.
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 73
3. AnteiuKL' thrice the length of the head Xanthobkris, gen.nov.
Antennse about the same lengtli as the head 4.
4. Eyes hairy; thorax metallic; wings not banded Actina Meig.
Eyes bare; thorax not metallic; wings banded. ..Neoexaireta Ost.-Sack.
Of the above genera, Metoponia is unknown to me; Kertesz places the species named by Macquart, Xenomorpha australis, in this genus: if this is correct, its position should be that given above.
1. C R Y p T o B K R I s, gen.nov. (Fig.l).
Non-metallic flies; scutellum without spines; eyes bare, joined in the male; antennae a little longer than the head, third joint annulated, but without any style or arista; discal cell of wings almost pentagonal, with three, issuing veinlets; cubital vein f(}rked.
Fig. 1 — Wing of Cryptoheris hebescens.
Head short and not produced. Eyes bare, joined in the male. Antennae set close together, situated towards the lower part of the head in profile, a little longer than the head; first joint about twice the length of the second, the third slightly swollen and annulated, nearly twice the length of the first two joints together. Thorax with small shoulder-tubercles; scutellum without spines. Abdomen long and slender, with seven, visible segments. The thorax, scutellum, and abdomen covered with short, depressed pubescence. Legs simple, slender. Wings without any distinct stigma; costal margin minutely bristly, cubital vein forked; discal cell almost pentagonal, with three, issuing veinlets (pos- terior veins); anal cell closed at some distance above the wing- margin.
This genus seems to be most nearly allied to the North Amer- ican genus Chiromyza, from which it is distinguished by tha
74 REVISION OF THK STHATIOMYID^ OF AUSTRALIA,
forked, cubital vein. It also agrees with the European and North American genus AUognosta in having the scutellum un- armedj and in possessing only three, posterior veins, but differs from that genus in the very different form of the discal cell. Fi'om the Australian genus Metoponia, it is distinguished by possessing three, instead of four, posterior veins.
Cryptoberis hebescens, sp.nov. (Fig.l).
Antennae, thorax, scutellum, and abdomen dark brown; legs entirely yellow; wings tinged with brown. Length, (J, 7 '5 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales (Sydney).
Male. — Face brown, receding. Eyes bare, joined for a long distance, the front being reduced to a very small patch at the vertex, and a small, frontal triangle directly adjoining the antennae. Antennae a little longer than the head, first joint about twice the length of second, the third swollen and annu- lated, and nearly twice the length of the first two joints together. Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen dark brown, the whole covered with short, white, depressed pubescence; sides of abdomen with a little longer, white pubescence; genitalia prominent, yellow- brown. Legs with femora and tibiae clear yellow; tarsi yellow, a little browned towards the tips. Wings tinged with brown.
This species is known only from a single specimen, which was taken by Dr. Ferguson at Sydney, on November 12, 1914; it occurred settled on the wall of a building.
2. Metoponia Macq.
Non-metallic flies; scutellum without spines Antennae in- serted towards base of head; first joint a little elongated, second short, third annulated with eight divisions. Wings with four, posterior veins, all arising from the discal cell, first, second, and fourth complete, third incomplete; cubital vein forked.
This genus is unknown to me, the above characters being taken from Macquart's description of the genus, and from his figure and description of Xenomorpha australis, which Kertesz, in his Catalogue, ascribes to this genus.
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 75
Table of the Australian Species of Metoponia.
1 . Thorax and abdomen black ; legs black rubriceps Macq.
2. Thorax and abdomen testaceous ; legs red australis Macq.
Metoponia rubricrps Macq.
Described by Macquart as having the head red, thorax dull black; abdomen shining black; legs black. Length, J, 6 mm. Hab. — " Tasmania."
Metoponia australis Macq.
Syn., Xenomorpha australis Macq.
Described by Macquart as having the thorax and abdomen testaceous, the former, in the male, with a curved, black stripe on each side; antennae and legs red; posterior tibise bowed in the male. Length, ^(^, 7-8 mm.
.ffa6. — "Australia."
3. Xanthoberis, gen.nov. (Fig. 2).
Antennae thrice the length of the head, first two joints short, and of almost equal length, third about four times the length of the first and second together, consisting of four segments of almost equal length, and a shorter style; scutellum with four, marginal spines; abdomen long and slender, with the posterior femora slightly swollen; neuration of wings as in Neoexaireta.
Fig. 2. — Head of Xanthoberis siliacea, ? . Head short, and not produced. Eyes(9) bare and separated. Antennae set close together, and situated about the middle of the head in profile, about thrice the length of the head, first two joints short, and of almost equal length, third about four times the length of the first and second together, consisting of four
7() HKVISION OF THK STRATIOMYID^. OF AUSTRALIA,
segments aud a style, the first segment being the longest, and distinctly longer than the first two antennal joints together, the second, third, and fourth segments of nearly equal length, the style about one-half the length of either of these segments. Thorax narrow; scutellum with four, slender, marginal spines. Abdomen long and unusually slender. T-egs lonsf and slender, posterior femora slightly swollen. Wings with the venation of Neoexaireta spinigera: cubital vein forked and much curved: discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, first, second, and fourth complete, third incomplete; anal cell closed blunth' at some distance above the wing-margin.
This genus is proposed for a New South Wales species, repre- sented by a single specimen in the collection of the Adelaide Museum. 'I'he form of the antennae distinguishes it from any other irenus of the Berhue.
o^
Xanthoberis siliacea, sp.nov. (Fig. 2).
Front black; antennae brown, with the base yellow; thorax, .scutellum, and scutellar spines light yellow-brown; abdomen light yellow-brown, with apex black; legs yellow: wings hyaline, with a dark brown stigma. Length, ^i 9 mm.
Hah. — New South Wales (Dorrigo).
Female. — Face and portion of front adjoining base of antennte covered with silvery hairs. Front black. Proboscis oiange. Antennae brown above, except the short, first and second joints, and a portion of first segment of third joint, which are yellow: beneath, the antennae are yellow for nearly two-thirds of their length, the remainder light brown, with the style black. Thorax and scutellum light yellow-brown, with an orange tinge: scutellar spines yellow. Abdomen with first five segments light yellow- brown, sixth, seventh, and genitalia brownish-black. Legs with anterior and middle pairs entirely yellow; posterior femora bright yellow-brown, with base pale yellow; posterior tibiae yellow-brown; posterior tarsi yellow. Wings hyaline, with a dark brown stigma.
This species is known from only a single specimen, labelled " Dorrigo, N. S. Wales," in the Adelaide Museum. It may be
by'arthuk white. 77
recognised without difficulty by its slender shape, four-spined scutellum, long antennje, and uniform, ligiit yellow-brown colouration.
4. A c T I N A Meig.
Slender tlies, with a metallic-green thorax, six-spined scutellum, and orange or brown abdomen; eyes hairy ((J) or sparsely hairy (9), separated in both sexes; discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, first, second, and fourth complete, third incomplete; tibiae in the male considerably inflated.
This genus occurs in Europe, North America, and Australia. In Australia, two species are known.
Tah/e of Australian Specie-s of Actina. l.ScutcUar spines long, partlj"^ or altogether yellow; abdomen, in
female, bright orange-brown, with black segmentations
inciaurcdi-s Macq.
2.Scutellar spines short, entirely metallie-green; abdomen, in
female, uniform blackish-broMii coMatu White.
Actina incisuralis Macq.
Syn., Beris incisuralis Macq.; Beris Jilipalpis Macq.
Thorax emerald-green((J), or bronze-green(5); abdomen brown ((J), or bright orange-brown(2), with black segmentations; scu- tellar spines yellow, with the base dark metallic-green; posterior femora black((J), or orange, with the apical third or half black (5); wings with a conspicuous, black stigma. Length, (J 7, 96mm.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, Queensland.
This is one of the commonest and most widely distributed of the Australian Stratiomyidcf . It usually occurs settled on low vegetation, but may sometimes be found on windows. It is subject to some variation, both as regards size, and colouring of the abdomen and legs.
'»'-
Actina costata White.
Thorax emerald-green, and abdomen blackish-brown in both sexes; .scutellar spines short, entirely dark metallic-green; liind femora black, with an orange band towards the apex (J"), or entirely yellow(5); wings with the costal margin mucli inure
78 REVISION OF THE STRATI05IYID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
sinuated than in A. incisuralis, and with a smaller stigma. Length, (J 6, 9 4*5 mm.
Hab. — Tasmania.
This species frequents pools in the beds of mountain-streams; it seems to occur very sparingly.
5.NE0EXAIRETA Ost.-Sack. {Exaireta Schin.) Slender flies, with thorax non-metallic; eyes bare, separated in both sexes; scutellum with four spines; wings banded. This genus contains only one Australian representative.
Neoexaireta spinigera Walk.
Syn., Beris Servillei Macq.
Thorax black; scutellar spines brown, with the base black; abdomen purple; posterior femora black, with the base white; wings with basal half hyaline, apical half dark brown, with a hyaline spot on the costal margin towards the tips. Length, 10 mm.
Hab. —New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland.
This is a common species. It may be easily recognised by its banded wings.
Subfamily ANTISSIN.E. This subfamily is nearly allied to the Berince, but is distin- guished by possessing only five or six, instead of seven, visible, abdominal segments; the abdomen is always short and broad, and of bright metallic colouring; the wings have frequently the basal half of the costal margin inflated; the scutellar spines, if present, are four or more in number.
Four Australian genera are at present known.
Tahh of the Australian Genera of Antissina'.
1 . Abdomen very broad ; metallic blue in colour 2.
Abdomen not very broad; not metallic blue in colour 3.
2. Scutellum with spines: costa of wings in male greatly inflated.
LECOGASTEK White.
Scutellum without spines anacanthella Macq.
3. Scutellum with rudimentary spines 4.
4. Antennse much shorter than head antissa Walk.
Antennffi about twice the length of head antissella White.
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 79
6. Lecogaster White. (Fig. 3).
When this genus was proposed, only the male was known; specimens of the females of two species are now, however, to hand. The eyes of the male are densely hairy, widely separated at vertex, but almost joined at base of antennae; of the female, only sparsely pubescent, and well separated throughout. An- tennae about the same length as the head, third joint annulated, and provided with a blunt, in-turned style. Scutellum with, normally, six spines, but two of these may be difficult to dis- tinguish. Abdomen short, but extremely broad. Wings with the basal half of the costal margin greatly inflated in the male, to a less extent in the female; cubital vein witli a long fork; discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, the first, second, and fourth complete, the third incomplete.
The species belonging to this genus may be easily recognised by their extremely broad, metallic-blue abdomen, and spined scutellum. Two species are at present known. Table of the Species of Lecogaster.
1 . Wings hyaline ; thorax blue ; sciitelluni flat can-idea White.
2. Wings with a black spot on the middle of the costal margin;
thorax black; scutellum much upraised cyanea, sp.nov.
Lecogaster CiERULEA White.
Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen bright metallic-blue; scu- tellum not upraised; antennae and legs black; wings hyaline. Length, ^, 8 mm.
/fa6.— Victoria and Tasmania.
This species, though of somewhat wide distribution, seems to occur very sparingly. There are two specimens in the collection of the Melbourne Museum.
Lecogaster ctanea, sp.nov. (Fig.3).
Thorax black; abdomen bright metallic-blue; scutellum much upraised; femora and tibiae black, with the knees and tarsi white; wings with a black spot occupying the apex of the first basal cell and reaching to the costal region. Length, 5, 7 mm.
Hah. — New South Wales (Milson Island).
Female. ^¥a,<ie black, bearing white pubescence. Front black. Eyes with sparse but fairly long, white pubescence, rather more
80
REVISION OP THE STRATIOMYID^ OF AUTTRALIA,
widely separated at vertex than at base of the antennie. Antennae brown, with apex black, first joint slightly longer than second, third twice the length of first and second together, annulated, and gradually tapering, the apex with a blunt, in-turned style. Thorax black, with two stripes of white pubes- cence in front, the whole dorsum Fig. 3. bearing sparse, white pubescence, ^'^''' ''^ Lecoga^ter cyanm. scutellum black, much upraised, with six, black, rather short, marginal spines, the whole fringed with white pubescence. Abdomen bright metallic-blue, with violet or green reflections, second and fourth segments bearing a white, pubescent, diagonal stripe on each side Legs with femora and tibije black, the knees white; tarsi white, with the extreme apex black. Wings hyaline, with a black spot occupying the apex of the first basal cell, and reaching to the costal margin; discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, first, second, and fourth reaching the wing- margin, third only about one-third the distance to the, margin.
This species bears a general resemblance to L. aendea, but may be easily distinguished by the spotted wings, the upraised scutellum, the black instead of blue thorax, and the white instead of black tarsi.
This interesting species is known from two specimens (females), which were taken by Dr. Ferguson at Milson Island, Hawkes- bury River, on October 31st, 1914.
7. Anacanthella, Macq.
This genus was proposed by Macquart for a South Australian species.
Scutellum without spines; abdomen 'short and broad, with five, visible segments; eyes of the male with short pubescence.
Anacanthella splendens Macq. Thorax golden-green; abdomen shining, dark blue; antennae black; legs fulvous, with tarsi black. Length, ^, 5 mm. Hab. — South Australia (Adelaide).
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 81
This species is unknown to rae; it is not represented in the collection of the Adelaide Museum.
8. A N T I ss A Walk. This genus was proposed by Walker for a West Australian species. It is characterised as having the antennte much shorter than the head, Hagellum conical, with a short, thick style; thorax short, broad; scutellum with four, very small spines; abdomen round, much broader, Ijut not longer, than the thorax.
Antissa cuprea Walk.
Described as having the thorax and abdomen bright copper- colour, thickly clothed with short, hoary hairs; antenna' and legs black; wings brown, darkest on costal margin. Length, 6 mm.
Hab. — Western Australia.
y.ANTISSELLA White.
Antennie nearly twice the length of head; eyes joined and hairy in the male, widely separated, and practically bare in female; scutellum unarmed or with rudimentary spines; wings with costal margin inflated in the male, barely inflated in the female.
This genus comes nearest to Antissa, but is distinguished by having the antennte nearly twice the length of, instead of much shorter than, the head. It was proposed by me for Macquart's species, Beris parvideiUata, which belongs to the Antissiiixc, and not to the JJeriiuf.
Antissella parvidentata Macq.
Syn., Beris jxirvidentata Macq.
Thorax greenish-gold, and abdomen deep violet((J}; or thorax emerald-green, and abdomen ruddy bronze, with red, blue, and green reflections(9); legs yellow. Length, ^<^, 7"5 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania.
This species is widely distributed, and is moi-e usually met with than any other species of the Aviissi/nf, but it can hardly be described as common: the female is more often found than the male.
82
REVISION OP THE STRATIOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
Subfamily CLITELLARIN^.
The wings in this subfamily possess four, posterior veins, which all arise from the discal cell, although the fourth may issue only from its extreme corner; the scutellum, in all known Australian species, possesses two spines.
Four, very distinct genera are known to occur in Australia, three of which are now described for the first time. Of the latter, Ophiodesma is fairly typical of the subfamily; Elissoma seems to show affinities with the 6tratiomyin(K, and Geranopus with the Saryince. On the other hand, the two last-named genera, both by their venation and the form of the legs, seem to be related to one another.
TahU of the Australian Genera of CliteUarhw. 1. Thorax with a stout spine on each side; antennas with a long,
densely fringed style ' Negritomyia Bij^ot.
Sides of thorax without spines; antenntt without a fringed style 2.
2. Antennas with an arista. First joint of posterior tarsi longer
than posterior tibiae Geranopus, g.n.
Antennas without arista 3.
3. Antennas very long and slender, about five times the length of
head Elissoma, g.n.
Antennas not slender, about twice the length of head. Ophiodesma, g.n.
10. N E G K I T o M Y I A Bigot. (Fig.4).
Thorax with a stout spine on each side; anteniije terminated by a very long, densely-fringed style.
Face barely projecting, but descending well below the eyes. Eyes hairy in Ijoth sexes, joined in the male, ^^g^^^^^, ->..-
widely separated in female. i^,-
Antenna? situated a little be- low the middle of head in pro- file, about twice the length of .^'^■*: „. . ,
, ,. . . . ^ ^ • ,1 Head of Neqritomyia albitarsu, 6 .
the head: farst joint twice the
length of second, which is closely approximated to the third: third consisting of a bare, cylindrical, basal portion, and a very long, densely fringed style, which is slightly longer than the
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 83
basal portion, the total length, including the style, being about thrice the length of the first and second joints together. Thoi'ax with a stout spine on each side, just before the base of the wings; scutellum with two spines. Abdomen longer than, and about equal in breadth to, the thoi'ax. Legs rather long. Wings with the four, posterior veins complete, all arising from the discal cell.
This remarkable genus agrees with Ephippium in having a stout spine on each side of the thorax, but is distinguished from that genus by the very different antennae. The form of the style bears some resemblance to that of Hermetia, but Negritomyia is distinguished from that genus by its thoracic spines.
Negritomyia albitarsis Bigot. (Fig. 4).
Syn., Ephippium albitarsis Bigot.
Face, thorax, scutellum, and abdomen black, scutellar spines light yellow-brown, with base black; tarsi yellow; wings brownish, with a dark cloud towards the tip. Length, (J, 11 mm.
Hab. — Queensland (Mackay).
Male. — Face black, with silvery- white hairs at sides. Front, owing to the joined eyes, reduced to a small, frontal triangle and an ocellar tubercle, which are black, the former with silvery- white hairs above; vertex with long, black hairs. Eyes covered with dense, but short, white pubescence. Antennae brownish- black, of the form described under the generic characters. Thorax black, with silvery-white pubescence, the spines at sides black and shining; scutellum black, bordered with white pubes- cence, and a few, long, black hairs, and bearing two, long, stout, diverging, marginal spines, which are yellow-brown with the base black, and which bear long, white and black hairs. Abdomen black, with white pubescence. Legs with femora and tibiae black, the knees brown; tarsi yellow, brownish towards the tips. Wings brownish, the veins surrounding the anal cell strongly suffused with dark brown, and with a dark brown cloud occupy- ing the greater part of the wing-tips.
The above description is taken from a specimen kindly sent to me bv Mr. Froggatt.
^--cnm I
84 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
II.Geranopus, gen.nov. (Figs. 5 and 6).
Antenni« with third joint consisting of four, closely united segments, produced terminally into a long, thickened arista; eyes bare in both sexes, joined in the male, widely separated in the female; scutellum with two spines; abdomen slightly broader than the thorax, with a constricted base; legs remarkably long, the first joint of posterior tarsi longer than the posterior tibiie, wings with the four, posterior veins arising from the discal cell, and reaching to the wing-margin, or almost so.
Head larger in male than ^-^-^^ in female, wider than the front part of the thorax, and excavated behind; face round- ed. Eyes bare in both sexes,
joined in the male, widely \,^^ /
separated in female. Antenna^ ^*^>mrJlv
rather lunger than the head, Fig.o.
r; , • • , . • .1 1 ,1 p Head of iiermiopUH pm-purutiiii, 9 ■ first joint twice the length or i^ j j^ > ^
second, third twice the length of first and second together, com- posed of four, closely united segments, the fourth pointed, and produced terminally into a slightly thickened arista, which is about the same lengtli as the rest of the antenna*. Thorax long and almost parallel-sided, the scutellum with two spines. Ab- domen slightly broader than thorax, the base constricted. Legs remarkably long, first joint of posterior tarsi longer than the hind tibiae. Wings with the costal vein extended considerably beyond the tip of the cubital; cuWital vein forked; discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, although the fourth may sometimes issue only from the extreme corner; they are complete, and reach the wing-margin or almost so; anal cell closed at some distance from the wing-margin.
This genus bears some resemblance to the Saryinca, but is separated from that sul)family on account of all the four, pos- terior veins arising from the discal cell, and because the arista is thickened, and not thread-like. The genus of the Clitel/arina', to whicli it seems to bear most I'esemblance, is the Mexican and Cuban genus Chrysochlora, but it is distinguished from that
BY ARTHUH WHITE. 85
genus bv the scutelluin being armed, and bv the third, antennal joint consisting of four, instead of six segments.
Geranopus may be easily distinguished from all the other Aus- tralian genera by the extremely long, posterior tarsi, the first joint of which is longer than the whole of the posterior tibia>, in conjuTiction with the antennal arista.
This genus is proposed for a species which, up to the present, has been taken only in Victoria.
Geranopus purpuratus, sp.nov. (Figs. 5 and 6).
Front, thorax, and scutellum black; scutellar spines, and margin of scutellum, between the spines, light brown; abdomen dark purple; femora black; tibia? and first joint of tarsi white, with apices black; remaining tarsal joints black: wings light brown, witlx base and apex clear. Length, ^, 11; 5, 10-11 mm.
Hab. — -Victoria.
Fig. 6. — Wing of Geranopus purpuratus.
Male. - Face and front black, the latter, owing to the joined eyes, being reduced to a small, triangular strip adjoining the vertex. Eyes bare, and, unlike the female, without any posterior rim. Thorax black, shining, minutely punctate, with fairly long, whitish pubescence at sides; scutellum black, with the two spines, and margin between the spines, light brown. Abdomen dark purple, minutely punctate, with white pubescence on sides. Legs with femora black; tibife and first joint of tarsi white, with apices black; remaining tarsal joints black. Wings light brown, with base and apex clear. Halteres pale yellow.
Female resembles the male, but the head is much smaller, the eyes widely separated, front broad and wrinkled longitudinally.
86
Specimens of the larva have been found under a log at Fern Tree Gully, by Mr. F. P. Spry, who succeeded in breeding a specimen. The pupa-case resembles that of Pachygaster very closely. The empty case consists of ten segments, the head, and apparently first segment, being missing; it is flat, black, and bears yellow bristles, second and third segments each with six dorsal bristles, fourth to ninth each with four dorsal bristles, tenth and eleventh each with two dorsal bristles; in addition, each segment bears a pair of lateral bristles on each side, and the last segment also a pair of unusually long, converging bristles.
G. purpiiratus is, at present, known to occur only in Victoria, where several specimens have been obtained. One of these wall be found in the collection of the Melbourne Museum.
12. Elissoma, gen.nov.
Slender, brightly coloured, but not metallic flies. Antennae extremely long and slender, about five times the length of head; scutellum with two spines; abdomen twice as long as broad, narrow at the base, and broadening posteriorly, with a rounded apex; legs long and slender; wings large, cubital vein forked, fourth, posterior vein arising from the junction of the discal cell and second, basal cell.
Head slightly broader than the front of the thorax. Antennse extremely long and slender, about five times the length of the head, first two joints short, first about twice the length of second, third about four and one-half times the length of first and second together; the three joints are of almost equal breadth, but the short, second joint is slightly the broadest; the third joint in its basal portion, for a length slightly exceeding the first and second joints together, is apparently without annulations, then come four or five, obscure, closely approximated annulations, after which the remainder of the third joint, amounting to about two-thirds of its complete length, is without annulations. Eyes bare, touching, in the male, at a point a short way above the antennse. Vertex with an elevated, scutellar tubercle. Head connected with the thorax by a distinct neck. Thorax almost
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 87
bare, narrower in front than at the base of the wings, and bear- ing distinct shoulder-tubercles. Scutellum with two spines. Abdomen nearlv bare, about twice as long as broad, narrow at the base and broadening posteriorly, with a rounded apex. Legs long and slender, with the tarsi greatly lengthened. Wings large, veins distinct and not crowded anteriorly; cubital vein forked; four, posterior veins present, the fourth arising from the junction of the discal cell and the second basal cell.
This genus is proposed for a very remarkable, Victorian species, which apparently mimicks one of the Hymenoptera. It may be easily distinguished by the extremely long antennae, variegated colouring, and greatly lengthened tarsi. It seems to come nearest to the Mexican genus Compeprosopa in the subfamily Stratio- myince; it bears no resemblance to any other Australian genus, although, in the venation and formation of the legs, it seems to show certain affinities to Geranopus.
Elissoma lauta, sp.nov.
Eyes carmine-red; back of head and front of thorax orange; dorsum of thorax black, with two, lengthened, triangular, white spots adjoining the scutellum; scutellum white, with two, small, white spines; abdomen with the first three segments and the outer margins of the remaining segments pale yellow, fourth seg- ment black, with a pale yellow hind-margin, fifth and sixth black; femora black; anterior and middle tibife and tarsi yellow; posterior tibije and tarsi black; wings brown. Length, (J, 11 mm.
Hah.— Y\ctov\& (Fern Tree Gully).
Male. — Face orange, receding. Eyes carmine-red, bare, occu- pying the greater part of the head, joined at a short distance above the base of the antennae. Antennae as described under the generic characters, first joint black, second orange, third black. Front orange, ocellar tubercle black. Back of head, neck, and front of thorax, including the shoulder-tubercles, orange; dorsum of thorax black, with two, lengthened, triangular, white spots, their bases resting against the scutellum, and their length about equal to that of the scutellum; scutellum white, with two, very small, white spines. Abdomen bare, the first
88 REVISION OP THE STRATIOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
three segments, and outer margins of the remaining segments, shining, pale yellow; fourth segment black, with a pale yellow hind-margin: fifth and sixtli black; genitalia black: first three, abdominal segments with a few, yellow hairs at sides, f-egs with all femora black, anterior and middle tibife and tarsi pale yellow, posterior tibise and tarsi black. Wings brown, the venation closely resembling that of (y'eranopns piwpuratus (See Fig.6). Halteres purplish-white.
This interesting species may be easily recognised by its very variegated colouring, in conjunction with the extremely long antennpe. Two specimens are, at present, known. One of these is in the collection of the Melbourne Museum; the other was taken by Mr. F. P. Spry, at Fern Tree Gully, in December, 1913. In Mr. Spry's opinion, this species mimicks one of the £raconid(e.
13. O p H I o D E s M A, gen.nov. (Fig.7).
Antennse almost twice the length of head, first two segments short, the first being twice the length of second, third about six times the length of first and second together, composed of eight, closely united segments; scutellum with two, small spines; ab- domen rounded, distinctly longer than broad; wings with four, postei'ior veins, which all issue from the discal cell; cubital vein forked.
Fig.7. — Head of Ophiodesma Jlainpalpis, ?.
Head rounded in front. Eyes in female (the only sex known) bare and separated, but not very widely. Antennse situated about the middle of the head in profile, almost twice the length
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 89
of head, first joint twice the lengtli of second, which is excep- tionally short, third Hagelliforrn, about six times the length of first and second together, composed of eight, closely united seg- ments, the last narrowed, and rather styliform in appearance. Thorax narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, with small shoulder- tubercles; scutellum with two, small spines. Abdomen distinctly longer than broad, rounded posteriorly. Wings with four, pos- terior veins, which all arise from the discai cell; cubital vein forked, and running directly from the discai cell to the costal margin, the anterior cross-vein being apparently wanting.
This genus is proposed for the species described by Macquart under the name of Odontornyiafiavipalpis. It somewhat resem- bles Odontomyia in general appearance, but, as shown by the venation, it belongs to the Clitellm-iiue, and not to the Stratio- niyiiKe. It is further distinguished from Odontomyia by the antennae, which have the third joint composed of eight, instead of five,or six, segments. It does not seem to resemble any of the described genera of the Clitellarincf.
Ophiodksma flavipalpis Macq. (Fig. 7).
Syn., Odontomyia flainpalpis Macq.
Face, front, and antennas black, front with a protuberance midway between vertex and antennae. Thorax and scutellum deep black, with very short, scattered, depressed, yellowish pubescence; scutellar spines small, brown. Abdomen blue-black, minutely punctate. Legs with femora and tibiae black, tarsi white, with tips darkened. Wings hyaline, with anterior veins and stigma dark brown. Length, 5, 5-6 mm.
Hah. — New South Wales and Victoria.
This species is easily recognised by its general, black coloura- tion, with white tarsi. It seems to occur fairly commonly both in New South Wales and Victoria.
Subfamily STRATIOM YIN.^.
In this subfamily, four, posterior veins are present, the first, second, and third arising from the discai cell, the fourth dis- tinctly separated from it, and arising from the second, basal cell.
7
90 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYID.E OP AUSTRALIA,
The antennae are either with or without a style, but never with an arista.
The Slratiomyince are represented in Australia by the im- portant genus Odontomyia, which is of world-wide distribution.
14. Odontomyia Meig.
(ExochostomaM.aiCC[.; Opseogymiius O. -Costa,; Psellidotus ^ond.; EulaHa Kert.)
Eyes either bare or hairy, practically touching in male, widely separated in female. Antennae with the two, basal joints almost equally long, or, at the utmost, with the first joint twice the length of second; third joint with from four to six, closely united segments, of which the last two may form a terminal style. Scutellum with two spines. Abdomen almost quadrate in male, ovate in female. Wings with the anterior veins much crowded; cubital vein either forked or simple; four, posterior veins present, the first to third arising from the discal cell, the fourth from the second basal cell, but two of those from the discal cell are fre- quently abortive, and, as a rule, none reach the wing-margin.
Sixteen species have, so far, been described from Australia, but several of these cannot be considered as really distinct. 0. Jlavipalpis Macq., I have placed in a new genus^ Ophiodesma, in the subfamily CliteUarince. Of the remaining species, 0. slylata Macq., and 0. ialemus Walk., are identical with 0. amyris Walk., and 0. hunteri King. 0. ritfifacies Macq., and 0. carinata Macq., are also apparently merely varieties of the same species. 0. annu- lipes Macq., cannot be satisfactorily distinguished from 0. sw6- dentata Macq., and, until further evidence is obtainable, can be considered only as a variety of that species. 0. regis-georgii Macq., was described from a specimen without a head, and, therefore, does not admit of identification; it should be deleted. The same applies to 0. picea Walk., the type, in the British Museum, being in too bad condition for identification. 0. stricta Erichs., cannot probably be identified from the description, and the locality of the type is unknown. The only other species that calls for mention is Stratiomys badhis Walk.; this is probably an Odontomyia, but I have been unable to trace it.
BY ARTHUR WHITE, 91
TrOih' of the Australian Specie.'^ of Odontomyia.
1 . Abdomen entiielj' black 2.
Abdomen black, witii green or yellow side-margins 3.
Abdomen black, witli three pairs of green or yellow side-spots. 5.
2. Legs entirely black scutellata Macq.
3. Femora black; tibiie yellow, with a black ring marginella Macq.
Femora and tibiie yellow i.
4. Face fulvous; scutellum with a yellow margin; cubital vein
forked amyris Walk.
Face black ( 6 ) or yellow, with a black keel ( ? ), scutellum with
a yellow margin suhdentafa Macq.
Face and scutellum entirely black, cubital vein not forked
opertanea, sp.nov.
5. Abdomen with three pairs of small, widely separated side-spots;
antennas with a long, thin style carinifacies Macq.
Abdomen with three pairs of side-spots, first and second pairs large, and usually confluent; antennas with a very short, thick style lateremaculata Macq.
In using the above table, it should be borne in mind that the face is only that part of the head below the antennae; the part above the antenna? is the Jro7it.
The species 0. subdentata Macq., and 0. marginella Macq., are unknown to me, and, for the particulars given, I depend on Macquart's descriptions.
Odontomyia scutellata Macq.
Thorax and abdomen black; scutellum brown, scutellar spines long, brown, with tips black; legs, including the tarsi, entirely black. Length, ^, 12 mm.; 5, 10 mm.
Hab. — Tasmania.
This is a scarce species. The male is remarkable for the fact that, in life, the eyes are a brilliant blue, which gives the insect a most splendid appearance.
Odontomyia amyris Walk.
Syn., Odontomyia ialemus Walk.; 0. stylata Macq.; 0. ruji- facies Macq.; 0. carinata Macq.; 0. hnnUri King.
Face entirely fulvous in both sexes. Front(5) fulvous below, black above (in ^, owing to the joined eyes, the front is reduced
92 RKViaiON OF THK STRATIOMYID^ OF AUSTRALIA,
to a very small, black patch at the vertex). Thorax, in life, brilliant green, in dried specimens, black; scutellum black, with outer margin yellow, and with two, yellow spines Abdomen black with green or yellow side- margins, whicli vary greatly in size and shape. Legs entirely yellow, or, at the most, with the hind tarsi a little darkened. Wings with the cubital vein forked. Length, (J9, 9-11 mm.
Hub. Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia, and Western Australia.
This is, by far, the commonest, Australian species of Odonto- tnyia, and is very widely distributed. Much variation is shown in the extent of the green or yellow, abdominal side-margins, which mav be narrow and almost straight, or broad and con- siderably bowed in the middle. The type of 0. amyris, in the British Museum, is a small variety, with narrow side-margins; that of 0. ialemus has the side-margins broad and bowed in the middle, but b(->th belong to the same species. 0. hunteri was apparently described from a rather rare variety, in which the green side-margins are reduced to large, basal spots. There is also considerable variation in the colouring of the front in the female; this has, normally, the upper tw^o-thirds black, the lower third fulvous, but the fulvous portion may be reduced to a couple of spots directly above the antennae; whilst, on the other hand, a variety from South Australia, which may represent a distingt species, has only the upper half black, and the lower half pale yellow. In any case, however, 0. amyris may be distinguished by the entirely fulvous or yellow face, and the entirely yellow legs.
Odontomyia subdp:ntata Maccj.
Face black((J) or yellow with a black keel(2); thorax black;
scutellum black, with a yellow margin and two very small spines;
abdomen black, with yellow side-margins; legs entirely 3'ellow.
Length, (^^5 ^ mm.
This species was described by Macquart from "Australia." 0. anniilipen Macq., according to Macquart's description,
differs from 0. snhdentata only in the colouring of the tibia'.
BY authuh whitk. 93
which have a black riiig,iiistea(i of beiiiii; entirely yellow. The distinction is an unsatisfactoiy one, and it cannot be considered as distinct until more evidence is fcjrthconiing.
Odontomvia mahginella Macq.
Face, front, and antennte black; abdomen black, with narrow, green side-margins; femora lilack; tibia' yellow, with a black ring. Length, 5 mm.
llab. — " Tasmania."
This species, which is unknown to me, should be distinguislied, without difficulty, by its black femora.
Odontomyia opertanea, sp.nov.
Face in female entireh' black; antennte, front, thorax, and scutellum entirely black; scutellum with two, very short, brown spines; abdomen black, with narrow, yellow side-margins; legs entirely yellow; wings with the cubital vein not forked. Length, ^, 9 mm.
Ildb. — Victoria (Healesville).
Female. — Face projecting forwards, entirely black. Front shining black, with a median furrow. Antennie about the length of the head, black, first two joints of almost equal length, third nearly twice the length of first and second together, and ter- minated by a very short, blunt style. Thorax entirely black, beneath as well as above; scutellum entirely black, with two, very small, brown spines. Abdomen black, with narrow, yellow side-margins; lower surface bright yellow. Legs entirely bright yellow. Wings with the cubital vein short, and not forked; anterior veins suffused with brown.
This is the only known, Australian species of Odontomyia which has the cubital vein unforked; it is also distinguished from all the other, yellow-legged species by the wholly black scutellum, and by the black face of the female.
0. opertanea is known from only a single species, which was taken at Healesville, Victoria, by Mr. J. Fiench, Junr., on -No vember 7th, 1909.
94 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
Odontomyia carinifacies Macq.
Abdomen black, Avith three pairs of small, yellow, separated side-spots; antennae with a long, thin style: face, in female, black, with a narrow, fulvous margin. (The male appears to be unknown). Length, <^, 8 mm.
Hab. — Victoria and Tasmania.
This species seems to be generally scarce.
Odontomyia lateremaculata Macq.
Abdomen black, with three pairs of green or yellow side-spots, the first and second pairs large, and usually confluent; antennae with a short, blunt style; face, in male, black, in female fulvous. Length, (J, 12 mm.; ^, 9 mm.
Hab. — Victoria and Tasmania.
This species is more often met with than 0. carinifacies, but can hardly be described as common.
Siibfamily SARGIN^.
In this subfamily, four, posterior veins are present, the fourth being separated from the discal cell, and arising from the second, basal cell, as in the Stratiomyince. It is distinguished from the Stratiomyince by the long, thread-like, antennal arista.
Only two genera are, at present, known to occur in Australia; one of these, Sargus, a genus of almost world-wide distribution, is now recorded for the first time from the Australian region.
Table of the Australian Genera of Sarghuv.
1. Sen tellum without spines; bright, metallic species Sargus Fabr.
2. Scutellum with spines; black species Acanthasargus White.
1 5. S A r G u s Fabr.
{Ghrysonolus Lw.; Chrysochrvma Willist.; Chrysonotomyia Hunter; Geosargus Bezzi.)
Antennae with a long arista, eyes bare, separated in both sexes; scutellum without spines; abdomen long and slender; wings large, fourth, posterior vein distinctly separated from the discal cell, and arising from the second, basal cell; colouring of thorax and abdomen metallic.
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 95
This genus is very widely distributed throughout the Palse- arctic Region, Ceylon, the East Indies, North, Central, and South America, and the West Indies, but it has not previously been recorded from Australia. Those species in which the ocelli are equidistant, have been placed in a separate genus (Chryso- iiohis, Chrysochroma, or Chrysonotomyia), but it is doubtful if the distinction is more than a specific one. The name Geosanjns has been proposed in lieu of Saryus, on account of a fancied preoccupation.
Sargus meridionalis, sp.nov.
Thorax metallic green; abdomen metallic golden-brown; legs yellow ; wings with costal half brown, remainder hyaline. Length, (^, 8 mm.
Hab.—l^ew South Wales (Milson Island).
Male. — Eyes bare, almost joined on the middle of the front; anterior ocellus widely separated from the two, posterior ocelli, which are close together. Face shining brown. Front coppery- green, very narrow, posteriorly constricted in the middle by the approximated eyes. Thorax bright metallic-green, with brownish pubescence. Abdomen metallic-brown, with a golden tint, and bearing a little, similarly coloured pubescence. Legs entirely yellow. Wings with the costal half tinged with brown, re- mainder hyaline; stigma brown; the four, posterior veins are practically complete, though a little indistinct as they reach the wing-margin.
This striking species is, at present, known only from a single specimen, which was taken by Dr. Ferguson, at Milson Island, on January 30th, 1915.
16. Acanthasargus White.
Black or purple-black flies, with a two-spined scutellum.
When this genus was proposed, only the female was known; since then, however, .sevex'al specimens of the male have been taken by Mr. Hardy and myself. The eyes are bare in both sexes, joined in the male, widely separated in the female. Antennae with the first two joints of almost equal length, third
96 REVISION OF THE STKATlOMYID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
about the same lengtli as first and second together, thickened, annulated, and provided with a long, thread-like arista. Scu- tellum with two spines. Abdomen about the length of head and thorax together, constricted at base, and widening gradually towards apex. Legs short and slender. Wings with the discal cell small, four, posterior veins all incomplete and indistinct, fourth arising from the second, basal cell.
Of this genus, only one species has been described, but a second species, distinguished by the yellow, scutellar spines, is represented by a single specimen, in the collection of the Mel- bourne Museum.
ACANTHASARGUS PALUSTRIS White.
Thorax and scutellum dull black, the latter with two, long, black, marginal spines; abdomen purple-black; legs yellow, the posterior tibiae frequently with a dark ring; tarsi yellow or brownish; wings tinged with brown, and with a brown stigma, which is distinct in the male, indistinct in the female. Lentrth, (J$, 6 mm.
Uab. — Tasmania.
This species frequents rock-pools in the beds of mountain- streams. It occurred not uncommonly in the early summer of 1914, but is usually scarce. Specimens will be found in the collection of the Melbourne Museum.
Subfamily PACHYGASTRIN.E.
In this subfamily, the wings possess only three, posterior veins, which all arise from the discal cell; the antennse bear a long, thread-like arista. The Australian species are small, black dies, with a short, ovate abdomen.
Table of tht Aiixtraliaii, Genera of Pac/ipya.sf)-inti'.
1 . Scutellum rounded PACHYOASTiiK Mei^'.
2. Seutellum piodueed liaekwardn in a spine-like prolongation
LONCHEGASTEK White.
IT.Pachygaster Meig.
Eyes bare, touching in the male, widely separated in the female; antennae short, third joint orbicular, with four, slight
BY AHTHUK WHITK. 97
annulations, and a long, subtermiiial arista: scutelluni rounded behind, without any sign of spines; abdomen very short, broader than long, and ovate.
This genus is widely distributed through North America, Europe, Asia, and New Guinea. No .species has, so far, been described from Australia, but there is a specimen belonging to this genus in the collection of the Melbourne Museum.
t3^
18. L O N C H E G A S T E K White.
This genus resembles Pachyyaster, but is distinguished by the form of the scutellum, which rises from the thorax at an angle of about 45°, and is produced backwards centrally, in a thin, spine-like prolongation, this spine being about the same length as the rest of the scutellum.
Only one species is known.
LONCHEUASTER ARMATA White.
Thorax and scutellum dull black; abdomen blue-black; lees pale yellow; wings hyaline, with anterior veins light brown, posterior veins very faint. Length, ^<^, 3 mm.
Hab. — Tasmania.
Of this species, four specimens are known, all of which occurred on the Avindows of my house at Mangalore, Tasmania, during the summer of 1911-12. One of these specimens is now in the col- lection of the Melbourne Museum.
Species of doubtful position.
The three following species, Beris quinquecella, Beris nitidi- thorax, and Berts Jusciventris, all described by Macquart from Tasmania, are unknown to me; they may belong either to the Beriiice or to the Antissittcf..
Addendum.
Mr. F. P. Spry has been good enough to send me two speci- mens of the undescribed species of Acanthasargus referred to previously (antea, p. 96), so that I am now able to describe it.
Lj L I B R a R
98 REVISION OF THE STRATlOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
ACANTHASARGUS GRACILIS, Sp nOV.
Face yellow above, black below; front and thorax black; scu- tellum black, with the two spines and margin between the spines yellow; abdomen purple-black, legs yellow; wings with a brownish cloud across the discal cell. Length, ^, 6'5mm.
Hab, — Victoria (Gippsland).
Female. —Head less produced than in A. palustris, with ^ yellow rim behind the eyes. Face with the upper part imme- diately adjoining the antennfe yellow, the remainder black. Antennse black. Front black. Thorax deep black, minutely punctate; scutellum black, with the two spines, and margin be- tween the spines, yellow. Abdomen purple-black, broader than in A. palustris, with a little, white pubescence at sides. Legs yellow, the tarsi a little brownish towards the tips. Wings with the four, posterior veins somewhat indistinct, but nearly reaching the wing-margin; stigma brown, and a slight brownish cloud covering the region of the discal cell.
This species bears a close resemblance to A. pahimti'is, but may be distinguished without difficulty by the yellow, instead of black, scutellar spines. It seems to be generally scarce.
Systematic List of the Stratiomyidoi of Atistralia. STRATIOMYID.^.
B E R I N iE.
Cryptoberis, gen.nov.
hebescens, sp.nov. ... ... New South Wales.
Metoponia Macq.
rubriceps Macq. ... ... Tasmania.
australis Macq. ... ... "Australia."
Xanthoberis, gen.nov.
siliacea, sp.nov. ... ... New South Wales.
AcTiNA Meig.
incisuralis Macq., (filipalpis New South Wales, Victoria,
Macq.) Tasmania, Queensland.
costata White ... ... Tasmania.
BY ARTHUR WHITE.
99
Neoexaireta Ost.-Sack.
spinigera Walk., {servUlei Macq.)
New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland.
A N T I s s I N ^.
Lecogaster White.
ccerulea White
cyanea, sp.nov. Anacanthella Macq.
spleiidens Macq. Antissa Walk.
cuprea Walk. Antissklla White.
parvidentata Macq.
C L I T E L L A
Negritomtia Bigot.
albitarsis Bigot. Geranopus, gen.nov.
purpuratus, sp.nov. Elissoma, gen.nov.
lauta, sp.nov. Ophiodesma, gen.nov.
ftavipalpis Macq. ...
S TR A T I O M
Odontomyia Meig., {Exochostoma Macq.; Opseogymnus O. -Costa; PseUidotus Rond.; Etdalia Kert.).
scutellata Macq. amyris Walk., {ia/emus Walk., slylata Macq., rii^- facies Macq., caririata Macq., hunteri King. ) subdeidata Macq. ... opertanea, sp.nov. ... marginella Macq. ...
Tasmania.
New South Wales.
South Australia.
Western Australia.
New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania.
R I N iE.
Queensland.
Victoria.
Victoria.
New South Wales, Victoria. Y I N ^.
Tasmania.
Queensld, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Aus tralia.
"Australia."
Victoria.
Tasmania.
100 REVISION OF THE STRATlOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA.
Odontomyia, contd.
carinifacies Macq. ... ... Victoria, Tasmania.
latereniacuJ ata Macq. ... Victoria, Tasmania.
S A RG I N iE.
Sargus Fabr., {Chrysonot.us L\v.; Chi-ysochfoma VVillist.; Chryso- iiotomyia Hunter ; Geosargus Bezzi. )
meridionalis, sp nov. . . . New South Wales.
Acanthasargus White.
palustris White ... ... Tasmania.
gracilis, sp.n. ... ... Victoria.
PACHYGASTRINiE.
Pachygaster Meig.
sp. ... ... ... ... Victoria.
LONCHEGASTER White.
armata White ... ... Tasmania.
Species dubi.e aut incert.*; sedis. Odontomyia Meig.
aimulipes Macq. ... ... Tasmania.
Bkris Latr.
quinquecella Macq ... Tasmania.
nitidithorax ^\.&i^<\ ... Tasmania.
fusciveiitris Macq. ... ... Tasmania.
Species expurgat^e.
Odontomyia Meig.
regis-geurgii Maccj ... "Australia."
joicea Walk.... ... ... "Australia."
stricta Erichs. ... ... "Australia."
Stratyomys Geoff r.
6ac?ms Walk. ... ... "Australia."
101
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
April 26th, 1916.
Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.8., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. Alfred L. Bennett, The Oaks, near Camden ; Miss Margaret Deer, B.A., B.8c., Cremorne, Sj^dney; Mr. William Welch, F.R.Ct.S., Mosman, Sydney; aiid Mr. Cyril T. White, Brisbane, were elected Oixlinar}^ Members of the Society.
The Chairman announced that tlie Council had elected Messrs. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, C. Hedley, F.L.S., W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., and W. S. Dun to be Vice-Presidents; and Mr. J. H. Campbell, [Royal Mint, Macquarie Street] to be Hon. Trea- surer, for the current Session.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (29th March, 1916), amounting to 3 Vols., 96 Parts or Nos., 19 Bulletins, 4 Reports, and 9 Pamphlets, re- ceived fi*om 37 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table.
notes and exhibits.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of, and offered observa- tions on, the following plants: — (\) Sideroxylon arnhemicum Benth. et Hook., Syn. Achras arnhemica F.v. M. The specimens were gathered in Northern Queensland by Mr. A H. Cooper, who forwarded them to the Honorable Dr. J. M. Creed, M.L.C., with a request that he should hand them to Mr. Turner for accu- rate botanical determination. Mr. Cooper says that the foliage of this tree has proved valuable feed for cattle and horses during the recent disastrous drought in the northern State. In fairly open country, this species of Sideroxylon grows into a very beauti- ful and umbrageous tree, and for its highly ornamental appearance
102 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
alone is well worth extensively planting for shade about home- steads in the warmer parts of Australia — (2) Loranthus longi- florus Desr. This parasitic plant was growing on a lemon-tree at Lindfield, and was forwarded by Mr. Warwick Lloyd to the exhibitor for identification and report. Mr. Turner had not hitherto known this species of Loranthus to grow on any exotic tree or plant. In Mr. Fred Turner's paper " On Exotic Trees and Shrubs affected by Australian Loranths and Viscums " (the Society's Proceedings, 1895), only three species of the in- digenous Loranthacece were recorded as growing on exotic vegeta- tion, viz., L. celastroides Sieb., L pendulus Sieb., and Viscum articulatum Burm., the first two being much more common than the last. — (3) Polygonum orientale Linn., var. pilosu77i Meissn., Syn. P. pilosum Roxb. The specimen was forwarded by Mr. K. M. 'N'iall, Buckunguy Station, Nyngan district, to the exhibitor for its botanical name. Mr. Turner has never hitherto known this species to occur west of the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. Mr. Niall says that " it grows four or five feet high, and that certain horses eat it greedily, whilst others will not look at it." This species is recorded in Turner's " Botanical Survey of North-East New South Wales."
Mr. T. Whitelegge exhibited a series of mounted slides illus- trating the sexual generation of Psilotum triquetr^im. The spores were grown on the living rhizomes of Davallia pyxidata, in a small Wardian case. The spores of Psilotum, although isosporous, are strictly dioecious. The male gametophyte consists of about eight cells. These are unequal in size, with clear, thin walls, enclosing very many extremely minute antherozooids. The cells are distinct, being only slightly adherent to each other, easily detached, and often float free when placed in water. The larger cells are equal to the diameter of the spore, the smaller to that of the nucleus. Spores destined to produce the female gameto- phyte contain an indefinite number of small cells. A single dome-shaped body emerges from the centre of the spore, and is about equal to its diameter. The structure consists of many irregular cells, apparently held together by gum; some project on
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 103
the sides either near the summit or base; the latter, at its junc- tion with tlie spore, exhibits a well defined ring of brown cells, encircling an opening leading from the interior of the spore into the hollow part of the dome. The projecting cells may represent the tips of the archegonia. Sections will be required to settle the question. Failing to secure ripe spores of Tmesipteris, old synangia were dissected. Traces of both male and female gameto- phytes were found, proving that the spores often germinate in the capsules. After this discovery, further examinations of the old synangia of Psilotum were made. Many contained self- germinated spores, and afforded a better supply of material for study than by cultivation.
Mr. Bassett Hull exhibited a mounted specimen of the Flutter- ing Petrel [Cinathisma cyaneoleuca) recently discovered by him near Ulladulla, N.S.W., and described as new ("Emu," Vol. xv., p.205, 1916).
Mr. North, by the permission of the Curator of the Australian Museum, exhibited a skin of the White Nutmeg, or Torres Strait Pigeon, {Myristicivora spilorrhoa) from Port Denison, Queensland, its hitherto known southern limit. Also a wing of a bird, forwarded to the Curator of the Australian Museum, for identification, by Mr. Ralph C. Blacket, of the Forestry Department, South Grafton, Clarence River, with a letter under date 26th March, 1916, from which the following extract is made: — "I did not myself see the whole bird, but the wing sent belonged to one of four birds seen at Urunga (at the mouth of the Bellingen River) all in one small tree. Two were shot, and one was eaten as a pigeon, but no one seems to have noticed this bird in the district before." Mr. North stated that, so far as he was aware, it was the first record of Myristicivora spilorrhoa G. B. Gray, being obtained in New South Wales.
Dr. J. B. Cleland exhibited a young plant of Hakea leucoptera, grown in Sydney, from seeds obtained at Overland Coi'ner, Mur- ray River, S.A. The leaves of the adult shrub ai*e terete, pungent-pointed, and slightly hirsute. The cotyledons of the
104 NOTKS AND KXHIBITS.
seedling resemble those of other Hakeas, being broad and rather wedge-shaped, about | in. long by {\ in. broad. The first leaves to appear are broad Uuear-lanceolate, about l^in. long. A number of these appeared, representing a growth of about 2 inches, when they became narrower, and were then succeeded by terete leaves, like those of the adult 1)ut more slendei\ Ocoa- sionally later, some of these became furcate, a condition tJiat was not noted on the adult shrub, though it might have been present occasionally. Still later, a second batch of lanceolate to linear- lanceolate leaves were developed, succeeded again by terete ones. After struggling for about 20 months against the adverse con- ditions of a Sydney soil, the seedling suddenly wilted and died. Other seeds were planted on November 9th, 1916, and one came up on November 24th. This has likewise developed at first narrow-lanceolate leaves, to be succeeded later by terete ones. So far, a second crop of flattened leaves has not developed, but, as their occurrence is probably partly dependent upon conditions of moisture, it may perliaps be expected later. In the Sydney district, there are four common terete-leaved Hakeas, none of which, in the seedling-stage, show any flattening of the initial leaves following the broad cotyledons. It was, therefore, a matter of considerable surprise to find that the seedling-leaves of a terete-leaved Hakea from the dry interior differed from those of similar-leaved Hakeas of the East Coast in being flattened. This occurrence would suggest a closer relationship of H. leucop- tera to the broad-leaved Hakeas than to the terete-leaved Sydney species.
Dr. J. B. Cleland and Mr. E. Cheel exhibited specimens of the larger fungi collected by the former, at the beginning of April, between Byron Bay and Tweed Heads, in northern New South Wales. Late, heavy, monsoonal rain fell during the early part of the trip, causing a number of species of Lepiotes to flourish. Lepiota do/icf atda, which has appeared in the Sydney district for the last two years, was abundant throughout the area visited, viz., Byron Bay to Murwillumbah, and thence to Tweed Heads, and for some distance north into Queensland. The caps
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 105
of some of the plants must have been as large as tea-plates, and stood out like white sauceFs, or, in places, like isolated masses of snow on the hillsides. L. suhclypeolaria was met with for the first time. The figure given in Grevillea (xix., PI. 180, fig. A) is a good representation, by which it can be easily recognised. The plants grew abundantly in fields in groups, from Byron Bay to Tweed Heads. The stems are rather shoi't, the cap slightly striate, the whole plant soft to the touch and, a featvu'e not mentioned in the original description, the flesh turns reddisli when cut. The delicate, filmy L. licmophora was found in brush at Murwilhnnbah; also L.felina, or a .species close to it, on the roots of a fern in a shade-house. The Lepiote figured as pro- bably a dark form of L. crisfata (Agric. Gaz. of N. S. Wales, Feb. 1916, PI. iii., f.-t) was also met with, growing amongst grass; its spores were 7 to 9 x 4"2/x in size. The finding of tliis form at two such sundered districts as Sydney and Murwillumbah shows its constancy, and suggests that it is not a form of L. cristata, but a distinct species. Two other Lepiotes, at present unidenti- fied, were also met with, viz., a delicate white one flecked with brown scales, and a golden one with an elongated cap. The typical, white-capped mushroom, Psalliota campestris, was seen at Byron Bay and Murwillumbah; at the latter place also P. sp. (gills remaining j^allid, and not tui^ning rich pink). The follow- ing were also noted: — Coprinus micaceus (Byron Bay, Mur- willumbah), Coins hiruditiosus (Byron Bay), Panceolus ovatus (Byron Bay), Schiziqyhyllum commune (Murwillumbah), and Cantharcllns foliolum (Murwillumbah). — They also exhibited specimens of a Psalliota common in the Sydney district, with a remarkably strong smell resembling that of iodoform, and which they have provisionally called P. iodoform,is.
Mr. E. Cheel reported that, since recording the various forms of Hardenbergia (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. xL, 1915, p.722), specimens of H. monophylla Benth., var. alba, a trailing variety with pure white flowers, had been found in the Jamieson Valley by Mr. A. L. Bennett, this being a third locality, widely separated from the two previously known. He also exhibited a cux'ious
106 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
abnormal form of Polysaccum pisocarphini va,v. crassipes from Gladesville, having five distinct peridia consolidated on a foot- stalk, somewhat resembling a deformed hand.
Dr. H. G. Chapman communicated a note on the condition of a living specimen of a frog (Hyla aurea), received at the Physio- logical Laboratory of the University of Sydney, which appeared to be distended with fluid. The limbs were globular, with con- strictions at the joints. The abdomen was swollen, and the flanks bulged outwai'ds. A marked swelling was present beneath the lower jaw. The frog weighed 131 grms. On puncturing the skin and abdomen, the fluid escaped, and was collected. After draining for some minutes, the frog weighed 51 grms. Twenty-four hours afterwards, it weighed 41 grms. The fluid clotted in a few minutes after its removal from the frog. Its freezing-point was 0'488°C. The fluid was lying in the s»ib- cutaneous lymph-spaces, and in the peritoneal cavity.
107
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA. '
Bv G. I. Playfair, Science Research Scholar of the Uni- versity OF Sydney.
(Plates vii.-ix., and 28 Text-figs.)
During the past eight years, 1907-1915, a considerable niunber of gatherings of freshwater algfe, from Sydney and suburbs, and from the neighbourhood of Lismore, on the Richmond, have accumulated in my hands. In going through these samples on various occasions, I noted the presence of forms of Oocystis and Eremosphcera in such numbers and variety, that it seemed to me worth while to give a particular account of the two genera, as found in this country. To this end, I have made a thorough examination of my gatherings, to the number of 256, in 52 of which forms of Oocystis and Eremosphcera occur more or less plentifully. It is somewhat unfortunate that I had to work from preserved material, as, for this reason, the disposition of the cell- contents could not, in many cases, be recorded with certainty. This, however, may be discounted by the fact, that the chloro- plasts are of the same character in almost all forms of Oocystis and Eremosphcera, and, for the rest, I had the advantage of a fair number of notes and figures made from the same material when it was just freshly gathered.
Samples. — The localities from which each form is reported are mentioned in the notes on the various species; the following list gives all the samples referred to in this paper, classified accord- ing to the habitat from which they were derived. The numbers refer to gatherings preserved in formalin, in the National Her- barium, Sydney.
Nos.49, 56, 59, 67, 79, 104, 105, 107, 118, 119, 124, 135, 138, 139, 140, 148, 149, 159, 163, 164, 171, 174, 185, 240, from
108 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA,
swampy grass-lands, periodically dry, where rainwater collects; 23, 45, 57, 60, 70, 74, 84, SS, 91, 92, 95, 106, 1 U, 128, 146, from pond-edges and weeds in pools; 112 from weeds in creek-pools; 4, 13, 58, 93, from Sphagnum-bog. Plankton: 63, 65, 100, filter- sci'eens, Sydney Water-supply; 136, from several gallons of lake- water passed through filter-papers; 272, 273, 274, 281, from weed-beds in river.
When we consider, in the light of this classification, the habitats from which the various species and forms have been obtained, a very interesting and instructive fact becomes apparent. Certain species and their forms are found here almost exclusively in pools (or river), while others are just as strongly devoted to swamps. Thus, all the species in my notes, from 0. Ndgelii to 0. suhhex- af/oiia, viz. : — 0. Nagelii, 0. Nov(t Semlue, 0. siibmarina, 0. n'assa, 0. lacustris, 0. jyarva, 0. nodulosa, 0. solitaria, 0. rotula, 0. snb- sphcm'ica, 0. apiculata, and 0. suhhexagona, with almost all their forms, are pond-, river-, and plankton-types; whilst 0. Nordstedt- iana, 0. Choda/A, 0. aitstraliensis, 0. jmndrcriformis, and 0. oiialis, along with all forms of Eremosphri^ra,* are swamp-dwellers. The constant association of this group of Oocysfis-iorms with Ere/mo- sjihrcra is noteworthy, as there are good reasons for- believing them to be closely connected biologically.
Of Emyiospho'ra viridis in the Biitish Isles, G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Alga?, p.229, remarks that it is found "more especially in Sphagnum-bogs." This, however, is not the case here. Out of seven gatherings from the only piece of Sphagnum-bog that I know, the type alone is present in three, and var. ovalis by itself in two others, in all cases very sjiarsely distributed indeed.
Scope. — The object of this paper is threefold: — (l)to give an account of all forms of Oocystis and Eremo»phcera met with in New South Wales; (2) to direct attention to the polymorphism of Eremosphcera, and to its connection with Oocystis; (3) to supply the original descriptions and figures, as far as possible, of all published species and forms of the two genera.
* Out of 46 records of Er-emospho'ra, only 5 are out of pools, and, even in these eases, its cells are very little in evidence.
BY G. I. PLAVFAIR. 109
1. Synopsis of Australimi fypes.
The various species and variations found locally are fully dis- cussed in the body of the paper; hence it is not necessary for me to do more here than add a brief summary. Representatives of 17 species have been observed, but, in two cases, 0. crai-sa Wittr., and 0. nodulosa W. West, the types themselves have not been noted. Tlie total number of local forms, therefoi'e, amounts to 15 specific types, 14 variations, and 3 forms — 32 in all. Of these, 19 (including nom. nov.) are here described as new, viz., 6 species, 11 variations, and 2 forms.
Species. — These new species are established principally on the basis of the shape of the vegetative cell, or autospore, and, in this, they are in line with all those published hitherto. 1 do not, however, consider any of the species of Oocystis to be biologi- cally distinct, but merely polymorphic forms of one organism. It may be argued that the various types always retain their specific characteristics. They do, and they do not. It is true that any specified form gathered from many different localities in a country, or even from many different parts of the world, always exhibits the same shape, peculiai-ities, and range of dimensions. But, on the other hand, the same form, when closely observed in any given locality, will l>e found to be by no means as fixed and unalterable as it seemed. It may be noted mixed with variations of the same type, and even with forms of a different type, yet obviously connected with it. A goofl illustration of this is found in 0. apiculata West. This species in its size, shape, and apiculus (found in no other type) possesses a group of characteristics which make it very distinct. It has also what, as far as my observa- tion goes, is not found in any other species, viz., a broad, mucous lining to the membrane, such as may l)e observed on a larger scale in forms of Eremosphcfiva. Specimens of the type are plenti- ful in sample No. 88, but mixed with them are others moi-e slender and more elliptic, and also another type without an apiculus, and approximating in shape to 0. laciistris. Nevertheless, this var. simplicior has the same nuicous lining characteristic of the type, and its dimensions connect it with the smaller forms of the
110 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA,
latter. Similarly, if Chodat's figures of 0. lacustris be consulted (Etudes de biologie lacustre, in Bull, de I'herbier Boissier, T. v., Pl.lO), apiculate (not merely acuminate) forms may be noted, approximating to 0. ajricidata (cf. Text-figs. 5, 13). A form, then, may be characteristic of one "species," and yet biologically connected with another.
0. hexago7ta mihi, has also this mucous lining, and is biologi- cally a variant of 0. apiculaia, the connecting link being 0. apiddata var. obesa; it is often very difiicult to say exactly to which of them a specimen belongs. 0. hexoffona, however, is of so distinct a shape, and so widespread, that it has seemed best to make it a new type.
0. c7-assa, 0. lacustris, and 0. ^jarva seem to me to form but one species; they are only very slightly different, and are all plankton-forms. 0. australieiisis mihi shows the same shape, repeating itself, but in a swamp-form.
Again, 0. ovalis, though its chloroplasts are of a type found in no other species, yet reproduces, on a large scale, the same set of forms as are found in 0. Nagelii {elliptica West).
And further, the figui'es in Bull, de I'herbier Boissier (on 0. Iacust7'is), and in Wille's study of 0. siibniarina, show that, in both these species, the smaller, reduced forms are 0. Novce Semlice pure and simple.
The nearest approach to a fixed type is, perhaps, 0. solitaria Witti'., of which only a f. niajvr and var. maxima have been noted, these being merely a reproduction of the type, with greater dimensions. Yet even so, 0. apiculata has a form (var. majvr mihi) which counterfeits 0. solitaria very closely.* Indeed, one might say that we keep our types distinct by arranging inter- mediate forms as variations.
Just as reduction-forms are produced in the Desmidiacece by rapidly repeated subdivision, so also, in the Antosporacea', they are brought about by the rapidly repeated formation of
* O. solitaria var. notabile West, .also approximates very closelj^ in out- line to 0. apiculata. c
BY G. I. PLATPAIR.
Ill
autospores. There is no need for the cell to be mature or even free, and the customary inflation very often does not take place.
Mother-cells. — It is to be deplored that comparatively little attention is given in descriptions to the exact shape of the vege- tative cell and of the apex, and so much to the details of the mother-cell and the number of autospores. With regard to the latter, it appears to me quite certain that any species may have either 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 autospores according to circumstances. As for the mother-cell, I think that its shape should not be considered at all in the descrip- tion or identification of an Oocystis. It is generally pro- duced by greater or less infla- tion of the vegetative cell, and the direction in which this takes place is not necessarily always the same. No doubt the resultant shape depends largely on the equality or inequality of the membrane, cf. Eichler, Materyaly do flory wodorostow okolic Miedzyrzeca, 1894, T. ii., i.b,(fi,g. nostr.l) where a mother-cell of Eremosphrera is shown with (S small but typical autospores. The original cell had an incrassate membrane, and the inflation has obviously blown out one side of the cell. It should be noted in passing also that, whatever it was, the original cell was not a typical Eremospha>ra\ towards the right-hand side, the relics of a slight papilla or apiculus can be distinctly seen.
Again, the apex of the vegetative cell is often incrassate within, or there is an incrassate band round the extreme tip; and when inflation takes place, this incrassation may be tough enough to permit the apex to remain as a small papilla. This would explain why the apical tubercle is so much more common in the mother-cells than in the vegetative cells or autospores.
Further, the mother-cell of any given species is not the same shape as the vegetative cell, nor has each species a mother-cell of
Text-fig. 1.
E. r'iridis De Bary; mother-cell,
( X 150); after Eichler.
112 OOCTSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA,
characteristic form or size. Indeed, as a general rule, there may be said to be only three types — the globose or subglobose, the oval or oblong, and the tuberculate. It is the free vegetative cell, rather than the mother-cell or autospore, that is distinctive of the type.
Chloroplasts. — In the following notes, many variations will be found, which are established on differences in the chloroplasts. These should not be looked upon as distinct varieties, but as forms brought about by development. There seems to be no doubt that the small, discoid chloroplasts are produced from the simple, parietal lamina by a process of division into 2, 4, 8, 16, etc. While it is true that the two forms of chloroplast, the discoid and the laminar, are rarely found in the same species, this is because they ai'e the products of different environments, the former being characteristic of swamp-forms, and the latter of plankton- or pond-life. It is probable that both are found in 0. Ncigelii, which seems to occupy an intermediate position.
2. Polymorphism of EremospJuera.
This was first demonstrated by Chodat, in Bot. Zeitung, liii., l895(Ueber die Entwickelung der Eretnospfucra viridis De By.), where a numbei- of polymorphic forms and reduction-forms, Glceocysf/is-, Falmella-, and C entrosphcer a-iMndiiiomi are repro- duced.* The most distinctive of the polymorphic forms, I.e., T. v., f. 10, will be found described and figured in my notes on the species.
Physiological. — The Palmella- and Centrosphfera-st'AteH, I have not yet met with, nor even the Glwocystis-iorma till just lately. These last were present, however, in a gathering from Woy Woy kindly sent to me by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas. Some of them will be found in Text-fig. 2. They measure from 80-100/* long, the breadth being somewhat less. The envelopes, of which there may
* This important contribution is a study in itself; there are too many points brought forward for me to do more than touch upon one lieie and there; (jut of a large number of interesting figures also, I can only repro- duce one or two in suppcjit or illustration of my own observations.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR.
113
be from 5 to 10 or so, are obviously membranous, some thinner, some stouter, the spaces between them being probably filled with the mucilaginous substance generally found in the mother-cells of EremosphcEva and Oocyst is. This Gluiocystis-iMnditwn seems to be brought about by the repeated formation of a single autospore, with the resulting accumulation of mothercell-membranes. The innermost cell is (diam. 40-60 /^) the usual size for the smallest forms of Eremospha'.ra, while the whole, if spherical, would be about the dimensions of a normal cell.
Text-fig. 2. — Ghtocystis-iovma of E. riridi'<,{ x 335).
Morphological. — But besides this physiological polymorphism, EremosphcKva can boast also a polymorphistn of outward configu- ration. Four other forms beside the type are wide-spread here, one of which, var. ovalis, is almost as common in oui- waters as the type itself. 1 1 would be impossible to overlook these varieties even in quite a cursory examination of uiy gatherings. Nor can there be any mistake about their connection with Eremosjjhmra; as autospores, var. avails and var. acuminata, at any rate, have the same kind of mother-cell as the type (the other two I have not observed as autospores), the range of dimensions is markedly identical, and though they may not be found always in the same gathering, a majority of these forms has been noted from all the principal habitats for Ereniosph(Hra. Thus, including the type in every case, at Auburn A and B* all 5 are found; at Potts Hill* 4; at Canley Vale* and Rookwood 3 each. Also 4 out of 5 are found in company at Lismore*, in an entirely dift'erent part of the country.
* All in the same gathering too.
114
OOCTSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA,
Cwtnection with Oocyst is. — In Eremosjyhffra, as in Oocystis, the cell generally becomes greatly distended in the production of autospores; sometimes, however, this inflation does not, or can- not, take place. Under these circumstances (and perhaps under ordinary conditions also) especially in small cells, J^7-emosphrpra will give rise to Ooc^s^is-autospores. Chodat, Lc, has already figured such cases,* (see fig. 196, under 0. rotula), and, in Text- fig. 3, I reproduce two that have come under my own notice. In
Text-fig. 3. — Eremospluvra mother-cells with Ooi-yf!ti» autospoies; (a)(_)ocy.-<tix anxtralitmi-f mihi( x 665); {b) 0. Chodat I mihi ( x 500).
Text-fig. 36, the autospores are 0. Chodati mihi; in Text-fig. 3«, 0. australiensis mihi. The spherical mother-cells were easily recog- nisable as Eremosphoira by the thick mucous lining of the cell- wall, and, in the case of fig.3«, vegetative cells of Eremosphcera viridis of the same diameter (46 /x) were present in quantity; the autospores are types of Oocystis commonly found here as free vegetative cells. Fui-ther, 0. oval is sometimes produces Erenw- sphfPJ^a-autospoves, cf. PI. vii., f.20, size of specimen, long. 67, lat. 40/x.
All my observations, then, tend to show that Eremos2)h(era viridis is an Oocystis, and should be included in that genus; the constitution of the cell is the .same, the chloroplasts are the same, its polymorphic forms exhibit just as marked polarity as any species of Oocystis; and, upon occasions, it gives rise to Oocystis-
* In T. v., f.9, the autospores are O. Chodati mihi, but with radiating chloroplasts; in figs. 19, 21, the lower mother-cell is 0. rotula mihi; the autospores of the upper are suspiciously like O. Nagelii (elliptica).
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR.
116
Text-fig. 4.
autospores, In my opinion, it is, biologically, the mature form
of the genus Oocystis, the varieties of which are really forms of
one true species, in a greater or less degree of reduction.
Mevibrane. — In the typical, spherical forms, the membrane is
generally stout ( x 1-2//.) but simple, and sometimes it is the same
also in the other forms. Generally, however, the latter have
this membrane lined with a thick, mucous
structure ( x 4/i. or so), which is usually
longitudinally corrugated into rather broad
gores. More rarely, the mucous lining is
also marked by two or three horizontal
corrugations just below the polar cap. In
one specimen that I noted, the mucus was
thinner, and sulcate in such fine wavy lines
as to pre.sent the appearance of watered „ .... .^, ,. ., , ^ ^^ A. rirtdis, with digitate
silk. Var. nodosa often has the mucous diloroplasts ( x 370).
lining covered with shallow depressions, so
that the membrane appears to be very coarsely scrobiculate.
Chlorojjlasfn. — The chloroplasts are usually minute, parietal discs ( X 4-6//.), but not, as far as my recollection goes, in lines,
or adhering to one another (c/! G. 8. West, Brit. Frw. AlgiB, p.229). Nor have I come across any cells with radiating, laminar chloroplasts as figured by Chodat, Bot. Zeit., liii., T. v., f.6, 7. Sometimes, however, the chloroplasts are minutely fusiform or digitate (Text-fig. 4) as in Oocyst is oval is, and, when this is the case, tliey have a tendency to lie along the strands of protoplasm by which the nucleus is suspended. Occasionally, the ends of these protoplasmic strands foi'ui a kind of cellular network on the sui'face of the cell-wall (Text-fig. 5), and, to this network, the chloroplasts adhere.
After I'evivification of a previously dried habitat, cells of IJre- mosphcera are often found in which the chlorophyll has been
Text-fig. 5. — E. mridix, with chloroplasts edg- ing a pseudocellnlar structure,! x330).
116
OOCYSTIS ANIJ EREMOSRH.ERA,
wholly or partially converted into a mass of yellowish-red globules closely surrounding the' nucleus. On the cell resuming its normal existence, these are gradually transformed again into chloroplasts. I have observed the occurrence of this reddish substance in Oocystis ovcdis also, and in a swamp-form of 0. lacustris (see notes under these species). The last remnants of it may be noted as a faint, red tinge surrounding the central body.
HypnoHpores. — In sample No. 149, among quantities of Ereviosphn'ra- cells of various shapes, I noted the formation which is reproduced in Text fig. 6. There was an outer cell( x 110/a) whose cell-wall differed not at all from that present in typical forms of Ere- nt.osph(cra, and within, a smaller cell ( X 90/^-) with two membranes, the outer thin and smooth, the inner to all appearance thick ( x 5 /a) and cer- tainly coarsely scrobiculate. I am of opinion, however, that the incrassate character of the inner mem- brane was an optical illusion. All the membranes were hyaline. The contents were shrunken, and details could not be discerned. The inner sphere, at any rate, was tilled with a thick, mucila- ginous substance, as, under pressure, the contents exuded. T am tentatively putting this down as a hypnospore.
Text-fig. t). — Hypnospuie of E. riridix,( x 335).
'.^.F ravioli sly published types.
Of previously described species, such a large percentage has been observed locally, that it was thought worth while to include, within the scope of this paper, remarks on all f(jrms published to date. Since De Toni's 8ylloge Algarum, Vol. i., Chlurojjhycea', was brought out in 1<S<^9, a large number of species of greater or less validity has gradually accumulated. These are scattered through the pages of various scientific periodicals, and the papers in which they are embodied are often very ditticult to obtain. Of the latter, the most important is W. West's, New British Frw.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 117
Algj\^, J.R.M.S., 1894, with notes on 14 forms of Oocystis (S species, including 3 new). De Toni's .Sylloge mentions only 9 species (all published at that time) of which two appertain to another genus. In the present paper, 31 published species* of Oocystis are discussed. Of these, two {0. geminata Nag., and O. brunnea Turn.) have been practically set aside, one(C'. maviut Hi- lda Turn.) is considered xevy doubtful, three {0. sptujera Arch., 0. cilia/ a Lag., and 0. Echidna. BohVm) have long ago been relegated to Lagerheimia (including ChodateUa), foui- are reduced to variations, seven ranked as synonyms, leaving us with fourteen fairly valid types. Tn addition to these, six new species are pro- posed. Every described vai'iation or foi-in has been included in my notes, with many others that seem to be new. Together, they amount to twenty-five, nineteen variations, six forms. In nearly every case, the original description and figure have been added.
With regard to Eremosphcera viridis, I consider it to be a species of Oocystis, but I have not altered the nomenclature. Several new forms are described and figured.
Genus Oocystis Nageli.
"Oocystis .... genus Nagelianum ineditum" . . . ., A. Braun, Alg. unicell. (1855),t p.94, footnote. ^yn., Oocystella Lemm., Zeitschr. f. Fischerie u. d. Hilfsw., 190-3.
Oocystis N^gelii A. Br. (PI. vii., f.1-6).
"Species nova minime rara, cellulis oblongis viridibus, nunc solitariis, nunc binis, quaternis avit octonis cellula mati'icali mem bi'anacea forma simplici inclusis." A. Bi-aun, I.e.
Cell, veg., 17x10, 18x8, 18x10, 19x9, 19x10, 20x8, 20x9, 20 X 10,20 X 11,21 x 12, 22 x 11, 24 x ll,24x 12,24 x 14, 25 X 14/x.
Guildford (60, 88, 114, 146); Sydney Water (67); Botany Bay (91); Auburn (57); Duck Creek, Clyde (74).
* Including Cyfindroci/fitis oralis Turn., Hydrocytinm macroi^pornm Turn., Oocystella natans Lemm., and 0. spec. Schm. These .31 are all tliat I know of up to date.
fBy printer's error, 1845 in G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Algce, p.227.
118
OOCYSTIS AND ERKMOSPHiERA,
Syn., 0. elliptica W. West, Alg. Eng. Lake Distr., 1892, p.24, f.56; and f. minor W. West, I.e., and New Brit. Frw. Alg., 1894, p.U, f.26; W. & G. S. West, Frw. Alg. Madagascar, 1895, p.82, P1.5, f.l3, 14. 0. rupestris Kirchner, Alg. von Wiirttemberg, 1880, p.l69, T. ii., f.2. 0. pelagica Lemm., Ber. z. Kenntn. d. Planktonalg., xiv., 1901, p.95, T. iv., f.7; also Nord. Plankt., xxi., p. 17, f.56.
It is always unsatisfactoiy to have to pass over a well-defined specific name for one which is obscure, but I feel bound to agree with Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 189, that 0. elliptica W. West, is identical with 0. Ndgelii A.Br, The one character given by the latter in his description, ^'ceflulis oblonr/is," is fortunately decisive. It indicates a form longer than broad, with broadly rounded, or
Text-fig. 7. Text-fig. 8.
Oocystifi elliptica W. West, Oocy.MiH rupestris Kirchner;
( X 520); after West. after Kirchner.
rounded subtruncate, ends and very slightly arcuate sides. West's description of 0. elliptica, I.e., agrees perfectly with this,
^'cellulis ohlonyo-ellipticis, apicibus rotundatis et non in-
crassatis." 0. rupestris Kirchn., has been placed by Hansgirg as a variety, and by other authors as a synonym, of 0. solitaria Wittrock. The latter, however, is narrowly elliptic, with ends acutely rounded and inwardly incrassate, whereas Kii'chner, I.e., says of 0. rupestris, ''Zellen oblong," and though his Fig.2« is somewhat irregular, it is certainly intended to have broadly rounded ends and slightly arcuate sides. The other figures merely serve to show the character of the mother-cell and the disposition of the autospores.
The only other oblong form that I know of, is (fide W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., PI. ii., f.28) 0. yiyas Archer, which is out
BY G. I. PLAYFAIE,
119
of the question, as it is one of the largest forms of Oooystis, while it is pretty certain (though Braun gives no note of the dimen- sions) that 0. JVdgelii is one of the small plankton-forms. This is sufficiently indicated by the habitat: ^^ Occur rit intra massam crustaceam viridem, Ahjis variis con- flatam, quca truncos jnneos natatitc't ohdncit,'''' and the algfe which are mentioned as accompanying it, while not distinctly plankton-forms, are mostly such as are commonly found in a free-swimming condition. Moreover, 0. yiyas cannot be de- scribed as ^^ species minime 7'ara" ; it is exceedingly rare.
The only figure definitely given as 0. Ndijelii is by Kirchner, Mikroskopische Welt des Siisswassers, T. ii., f.52, reproduced by Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 189, fig. 104 A (Text-fig. 106). This agrees
Text-fig. 9.
0. pelagica Lemm. , ( x 7oO) ;
after Lemmermann.
Text-fig. 10. —(rf)0. eUiptka f. mino)- W. West,(x520); after West, (b) O. NcigeUi A. Br., after Kirchner. {c) Hydrocytimn macroftporum Turner, ( X 375); after Turner.
perfectly with the foregoing conclusions. Cf. PL vii., f.6, which shows a mother-cell from a pond at Guildford, long. 38, lat. 23, autospores 20 x 10/x, almost a facsimile of Kirchner's specimen. PI. vii., f.5, is an 8-celled family from the Sydney Water-supply, long. 60, lat. 48, autospores 20 x 8 ft, agreeing very well with West's forms {0. elliptica, I.e.) save that the autospores are more distinctly in pairs. In samples 88 and 91, free, vegetative cells are abundant (PI. vii., f.1-3).
With regard to size, West, I.e., (for 0. elliptica and f. minor) gives long. 15-17, 18-21, 24-25/>i, lat. 71-8, 8-10, 11-lli/x. My
120 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
records nearly cover the same ground, viz., 17-25 x 8-14/Jt. Kirch- ner (for 0. rupestris) extends West's figures a little both ways, long. 1.3-27, lat. 6-12/i,. In all cases, it will be noted that the length is just about twice the breadth; in the 14 Australian specimens whose dimensions are given above, the axial ratio varies from l'7-2"5:l-0, the average being nearly 2:1.
Eichler, Flory Wodor. ok. Miedzyrzeca, 1892, T. x., £.25, has figured what he identifies as 0. JVagdii, cell. long. 30-44, lat. 17- 25 /x, but is probably J\'ephrocytiuni Agardhiannm var. majui^ Nag., Gatt. Einz. Alg., T. iii., c, fig.i, k, p,( = X Ndgelii Grun., = N. ohesum W. West). The cells are too broad for 0. Ndyplii, and one also is distinctly reniform. If considered an Oocystis, it would fall better undei' my 0. Chodati, infra.
I include three forms in the type, which are generally found intermingled, viz., (l)eniptic-oblong with broadly rounded ends, the sides and ends meeting in one even curve, (2)oblong with subtruncately rounded ends, (3) cylindrical: ridpVl. vii., f. 1, 2, 3, i-espectively.
Var. Africana (G. S. West) mihi. (Text-fig. 1 2c).
"Var. minima; autosporis 4 vel 8, dense compactis; chromato- phoris multe-lobatis parietalibus singulis vel binis." G. S. West, I.e.
Syn., 0. elliptica var. Africana G. S. West, Frw. Algie, Ann. South Afr. Mus., Vol. ix., 1912, p.76, f.l4, 17. I have not yet noted this form, which G. S. West has described from Angola. It differs from the type only in having a lobed, or fragmented, chloroplast. The corresponding form of 0. Novce Spmlice, how- ever, is described here under that species. G. S. West gives long. cell. 8-1 3/x; lat. cell. 4"5-7/x.
Var. macrospora (Turner) mihi. (Text-fig. 1 Of).
Cellulse oblongje vel oblongo-elliptica?, quam f. typica circa duplo majores.
Syn., Hydrocytiuni macrospo7'iim Turner, Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p. 154, T. XX., f.32; 0. sphaivica Turn., ibid., p. 155, no figure. This cannot, of course, be a species of Hydrocytium (Characium), as that propagates by zoospores, not autospores. Turner's dimen-
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 121
sions are: Cell, inatric. long. 50-65, lat. 39-52, autosp. long. 39, lat. 19/x. The autospores, however, are wrongly delineated. As drawn, they work out at 61 x 19 instead of 39 x 19. Turner says: '^spcyi'is .... loitge ovaUhns,'^ bnt his drawing them cylindrical makes it certain that tliey were really oblong. The ratio of length to breadth also (at 39 X 19) is just 2:1, as in O. NacieJll. W. ct G. S. West, Frw. Alg. Madagascai; Text-fit/ 1 1
p.82, identify this form (but doubtfully) Oocysfis elUpfk-a i. mivor with O. eUijJtica West {= O. Ndyelii). W. We.st, ( x 520) ; after The shape of the mother-cell is of no im- ^^'- & <^- S. West, portance, cf. W. cfe G. S. West, /.o.,P1.5,f. 13-14 (Text-fig. nostr 11). Nordstedt's Sandwich Island specimens of O. JVdgelii should probably be placed under this variation. He gives long. 30-32, lat. 14-15//, Alg. aq. dulc. Sandvich., p.8. I have not come across this form in my gatherings yet.
Var. OBESA, n.var. (PL vii., f.7). Prte longitudine crassior. Cell. long. 20-25, lat. 13-16/i. Guildford (146).
Var. CURTA, n.var. (PI. vii., f.8).
Late-ovalis vel brevissime oblonga. Cell. long. 17. lat. 13/x.
Guildford (146) cum priori rarius.
Syn., O. Ndgelii in Lemm., Plankt. Schwed. Gewass., p. 107, where he remarks : " Zellen breit-oblong, 15-17 : 1 1-13/x." Both forms quite common in No. 146, from a pond at Guildford; the one is evidently a reduced form of the other. The ratio of length to breadth in var. obesa is from 1 "4 to 1 "7 : 1 '0 as compared with 2:1 in the type. In var. curta, it is 1 -3 to 1 0. Chloroplasts not noted, the contents deranged.
OocYSTis NoViE SEMLiiE Wille. (PI. vii., f.9, 10). "O. cellulis homogeneis('?) singulis 1. in familias e 4-8 cellulis formatas consociatis, familiis nonnunquam in massa gelatinosa 2-4 consociatis; membrana crassa, non tuberculo apicali instructa." Wille, I.e. /v -
LIBRARY
I 00
OOCYSTIS AND EREM0SPH.?:RA,
Cell, inuti-ic-. x 20, 40 x 2;"), 12 x 1); autosp. (i x :'), 7 x 4, 7 x f), 8 X 1, SJ. X ')},, S X ()//..
Parraniatta Park (1 :)(;)•, Aviltunr, Lisniorc, nvci',(272, 27:>).
('/. Willc, Fcrsk. fra Novaja Semlja, 1N7'J, p/JIn T. xii., f.:'.. Syn., 6>. N^iiifelii ft Xor(r Semljm (Wille) Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 189; O. Xf'itjf'Hivar. mi7Wi^i*-6'/?>ia Bernard, Prott)cocc. et Desm., 1908, p. 172, f.;^55, 356. I cannot consider this a variety of O. Xaijclir. no doubt there is a very close biological connection, but, typically, tliey are entirely different shapes, the latter being oblong or oblong-elliptical with broadly I'ounded ends, while O. Nov(K Semlio' is elliptical with acutely rounded ends. No shape, curiously enough, is mentioned in the description, but the figure, I.e., is distinct.
Text-fig. 12. —(a) Oocy.<^t!>i Xonv Sem/i<i> Wille, ( x 400); after Wille. (/>) 0. Xont- Sem/i(i' var. ma.rima W. West, ( x 520) ; after West. {c) O. e//!j>tira var. Africana (4. S. West,( x 1000); after (J. S. West.
Also the ratio of length to breadth is different; in Australian specimens of O. X'ovcf, Semlio', it varies from 1 '4 to 1 7 : 1 "0 as against 2:1 in O. Xdgplii. Moreover, the latter tends to be cylindrical, while the larger sizes of the former are oval, but still retaining a tendency to be pointed at the ends, cf. var. maxima W. West, and var. ausfralica mihi (infra).
O. X''iyehi var. minutissima Bernard (cells 5-7 x 4 fi) is a size of this species too close to the type to be separated from it; indeed, even f. major Wille, might well be included. Wille's original record for the type is 8 x 5/x. The chloroplast is a single, very thin, parietal lamina.
Forma ma.ior Wille. (PI. vii., f.l 1, 1 2). Cell, niatric. diam. 20, 24, 40; long. 24, lat. 14; autosp. 10 x 6, 10x7, 12x6, 12x7, 12 x S/i.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 123
Potts Hill (138); Pan-amatta Park (136), cum f. typica.
Wille, /.(•., p. 27, T. xii., t'.4, ffives diineiisioiis 1 I x (I/;,; W. West, for British spt^cimens, loiii;-. ll'l 1'2-r), lat. T-T'D/t; W. iV: (J. S. West, WelwitselTs Afric Fi'w. Al,-., i«.l'3S, record Ki x Di-iO// for African ones. The ratio of length to breadth, as shown In- these records, agrees very well with that given above for Australian specimens. The f. major figured by W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alga^, PL ii., f.24, does not agree in outline with Wille's type, hut belongs to O. Nmjelii. Forma.
Cellul* chloroplastidibus medio in transversuin divisis.
Cell, matric. spher. x 20; autosp. 10x7/^.
Parramatta Park (1 30), cmn f. tvpica.
Var. MAXIMA W\ West. (Text-lig.l 2/>).
"A^ar. cellulis 2-3-plo major (|uam forma typiea." W. West,/.r.
Cell, matric. 34 x 30; autosp. 18 x 12//.
Botany.
(y. W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., p. 13, f.25, 1894, where he gives long. 19-23, lat. 1 2-1;") /i as dimensions of the cells. W. it G. S. West, AN'elwitsch's Afr. Alg., p. 238, record 33 x 23 for African specimens. Dift'ers from the succeeding fcuiu onlv in its undivided chloroplasts and larger size.
Var. AUSTRALICA, n.var. (PI. vii., f. 13-17).
Cellulie ellipticje vel ovales, plei-umque ad apices modice atten- uat:e; chloroplastidibus singulis parietalibus lobatis, vel chloro- plastidibus plus minusve distinctis 2-4, interdum 2:)yrenoides singulos ferentibus.
Cell, matric. diam. 30-40; autosp. vel cell. veg. 13 x 10, 14 x 11, 16 xll, 16 X 12, 20 X 14/7..
Parramatta Park (13()); Lismore, rivei", (273, 274); cum formal typiea.
Corresponds to var. Africana G. S. West, in O. Naydii. The chloroplast is lobed or fragmented (the intermediate stage of development between a simple lamina and parietal lozenges), or sometimes there are 2-4 chloroplasts more or less distinctly visi-
124
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
ble, occasionally with a pyrenoid apiece. This form is very close to O. crassa Wittrock, as figured by Osteiifeld, Proc. R. 8oc. Edin., 1904-5, p. 1113, PI. i., f.<^, q.v. Var. ausfralica and var. maximd, which are practically one, differ somewhat in shape from the type, being more oval (broader in comparison with the length) and with less pointed ends.
OocYSTis CRASSA Wittrock. (Text-fig. 1 3ffl).
In Wittrock at Nordstedt, Alg. dulc. exsicc. No.355; Bot. Notiser, ISSO, p. 11 7. C/. G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Alga^, p. 227, f.97C,D.
Text-fig. 13. — (a)Ooci/8tis crassa Wittrock, ( x485); after C4. S. West. (6) Var. Osten/eldii mihi; after Ostenfeld.
Syn., O. Marssonii Lemm., Bot. Centralblatt, 1898, p. 151; Ploner Forsch., 7, 1894, p. 24, T. i., f. 15-1 9. I have not met with any form that I could identify with O. crassa. It is referred to by G. S. West as a distinctly plankton-species. In W. & G. S. West, Frw. Alg. N. Ireland, p. 6 8, the dimensions are given as long. 18-3-24, lat. 13-15-5/i.. Chodat, I.e., p.l90, records long. 14-23, lat. 10-18/x for Swiss specimens. The ratio of length to breadth in this species seems to be 1"3 to 1'4:1"0.
Var. OsTENFELDii, nom.nov. (PL vii., f.l8, 19).
Cellulse lateribus sequaliter arcuatis, in medio baud subangu- latis; apicibus acuminatis baud incrassatis. Chloroplastides 2-4, interdum pyrenoidibus singulis instructte.
Cell. long. 16, lat. 11/x.
Lismore, river (274, 281).
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR.
125
Ostenfeld and Wescnberg-Lund, Plankt. u£ two Icelandic lakes, Prof. R. Soc. Edin., xxv., 1906, p.lll3, PI. i., f.8. Syn., O. ^acMs^ris Ostenfeld, /.f., p. 235 (sec. auvfor. ipsnm). Ostenfeld remarks: "The species .... has one pyrenoid in each chloroplast; the chloroplasts are two or four in each cell, often tetrahedrally arranged; the cells are four (rarely two) in a globular mucilage; their shape is ellipsoid or ovate with subacute apices; length 22- 2(5 /*, breadth lG-20/tt." I noted, in river-gatherings, mother-cells of this form in company with others of 0. Novce Semliiti var. ans- tralica mihi. It is probably intermediate between the latter and O. crassa. Var. Ostenfeldii differs from the type in being more regularly elliptical, not so rhomboid, with sides regularly arched, not bent in the middle, the apices not incrassate. It has fewer chlox'oplasts also.
OocYSTis LACUSTRis Chodat. (PL vii., f.20).
"Cellulis binis vel quaternis in familiis consociatis, membrana gelatinosa crassa, utroque fine cellulie leviter incrassata, late f usi- formibus utroque acutis, chlo- rophoro laminam formante sa^pe dimidiato, pyrenoide munito vel carente. Contentus ssepe oleo- sus." Chodat, I.e.
Cell, matric. 24 x 22, 30 x 22, autosp. 9x.5, 14x9, 18x8, 18X9/X.
Dunedin, N.Z., Northern Reservoir.
Chodat, Etudes de biologie lacustre. Bull, de I'herb. Boissier, 1897, p.296, Pl.lO, f.1-7, 13; Alg. vertes, p. 190, f.l05. The authoi-, by a strange oversight, has given no dimensions in either publication. W. & G. S. West, Plankton of some Irish Lakes, p. 107, record long, colon. 43-60, long. cell. 14-22, lat. cell. 8-15; and G. 8. West, Third Tangan- yika Exp., p. 141, long, colon. 39-54, long. cell. 12-20, lat. cell. 7-13//.; both agree very well with Australian specimens, except that the colonies are larger. The type has either a single,
Text-fig. 14. (a) 0. lacvxtris Chod. ; after Chodat. {h) OocyMella natanx Lemni.,( x 7oO); after Lenniiermanii.
126 OOCYSTIS AND EliEMOSPHiERA,
laminar chloroplast, or one in each half of the cell; pyrenoids are often present.
Var. NATANS (Lemm.) mihi. (PI. vii., f.i'l). Cell. veg. long. 1 6, lat. 1 1 /'.. Auburn.
Syn., OocysteUa natans Lemm., Zeitschr. f. Fischerei, 11)03; Plankt. 8chwed. Gewass., p. 156, T. i., f.ll, 12. A form of O. lacustris with a lobed or fragmented chloroplast. No size is given by the author in the latter publication, but his fig. 12 works out at 19 X 12//..
Var. PALUDEXSis, n.var. (PI. vii., f.22-24). Formse typicye consimilis, chloroplastidibus autem fractis, in laminis minutis radiantibus vel in massis digitatis ordinatis. Cell, matric. long. 1 1 0, lat. Sf) ; autosp. 1 7 x 1 2, 20 x 1 2, 22 x 1 1 //.. Canley Vale (128); Guildford (U6).
These forms were found in small pools fed by surface-water. They differ from the type and var. nntmis only in the character of the • chloroplasts. In PI. vii., f.23, the original chloroplasts seem to have broken u}) into small, radiating laminie, while in PI. vii., f.24, the chloroplasts are small, digitate masses, as in O. ovalis, pointing away from the centre, and towards the pole in each half. A pyrenoid(]) is present in the centre of each half, sometimes pale green, sometimes pale brick-red in colour. Com- paie remarks under O. oralis, infra.
OocvsTis PARVA W. tt G. S. West. (PI. vii., f.25, 26).
"(). miimta cellulis plerumque
oblique ellipsoideis, 1^-lf-plo longioribus quam latioribus, apicibus subacutis et non incrassatis; membrana firma. Contentum chlorophyllosum cellularum in massis pari- etalibus 2-3." W. & G. S. West, Lc.
Cell, matric. spher. diam. 12, 18, 24, 4-8 ; O. pJmW^&!i S. oval. 30 X 22,54 x 42:autosp. 10 x 8,12 x 8/., We.st,( X .-)2<)): after Sydney Water (63, 65); Guildford (84).
(;. S. West. Qj-_ ^^Y. & G. S. West, Notes on Fresh-
water Algie, i., Journ. Bot., 1898, p.335; G. .S. West, Alga-Hora
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR. 127
of Cambridgeshire, Juuru. Bot, 1.S09, Pl.oOl, f.U-17. Dimen- sions given are long. cell. 6-12, lat. cell. 4-7.; long. teg. 13-5-29, lat. 10'5-l(S/x. O. jmrva might very well be arranged as a varia- tion of O. lacustris.
OocYSTis NODULOSA W. West. (Text-fig. 16).
"O. mediocris; cellulis solitariis vel in familiis e 2 cellulis formatis consociatis, cellulis oblongo-ellipticLs, 1^-plo longioribus quam latioribus, apicibus late-rotundatis et nodulis incrassatis." W. West., I.e.
Cf. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., p.l5, PI. ii., f.:U, 189-1. Syn., 0. crassa y nodnlosa Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 190. I have not found the type.
Yai'. AUSTRALis, n.var. (PI. vii., f.27, 28).
Forma paullo magis oblonga; membrana ad polos introrsum tantum incrassata.
Cell. veg. 21 X 12, 2:^ x 13, 25 x 15, 26 X Ujj..
Botany Bay (91); Auburn (57).
This is a very rare foi-m; a few spe- cimens were noted in No. 91 among quantities of free cells of O. Ndgelii. Our specimens differ somewhat from Text-fig. 16.
the type; they area little more oblong, ^""y'''' "«*''«•*« W. We.st,
, , , . . . . f (X 520); after West.
and the polar mcrasvsation is entirely
on the inner side of the membrane. West gives long. 25-26,
lat. 16-17/x as the dimensions of the type.
OocYSTis SOLITARIA Wittrock. (PI. vii., f.29).
Cell. veg. 18 X 11, 18x 12, 20 x 10, 21 x 11, 21 x 12, 22 x 1 1, 22 X 13, 23 X 1.5, 24X15/X.
Guildford (146); Auburn (57); Duck Creek, Clyde (71).
In Wittrock et Nordstedt, Alg. iu[. dulc. cxsicc, No.241, IS79: Bot. Notiser, 1S79, p. 24; G. S. West, P.i'it. Frw. Algu>, p. 227, f.97A, B. Very rare in this country, though "undoubtedly tli<' commonest species" (G. S. West, /.<•.) in Bi'itain. The Hguic in
128
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
British Frw. Alg?e is narrowly elliptic, with acutely rounded ends, the membrane at the poles being incrassate on the inner side only. The chloroplasts are discoid. From all accounts, the ratio of length to breadth varies from 1"5 to 2*1 : 1*0, with which our specimens agree; 1 "74: 1*00 average of 9.
Text-fig. 17.— («) O. -so/lfarki Wittrock,( x 48.5); after G. S. West. (h) Forma major Wille,( x520); after W. West. {<:) Var. maxima Go- mont, ( X 30()) ; ((/) apex ( x 580); after (ionioiit. {e)Vsii: notabileW. West,( X 520), after West.
Forma ma.tor Wille. (Text-fig. 176).
Ferskvandsalg. fra Novaja Semblia, 1('^79, p.26. A larger form, the same shape as the type. Wille gives 40 x 22/x as the dimensions, and exactly the same size is recorded by W. & G. S. West, Welwitsch's Afr. Alg., p. 238, for African specimens. I have not noted this form yet.
Var. MAXIMA Gomont. (Text-fig. 17c, rf).
"Celluhe ambitu elliptica?, solitariaj, vel 2-4 in familias con- sociata^, 50 ad 6 5 /a longfe, 26 ad 40/x crassse, membrana tenui, ad polos incrassata." Gomont, I.e.
Flore algolog, de la Haute- Auvergne, Bull, de la 8oc. botan. de France, tom.43, 1896, p..386, PI. x., f. 13. From the text-figure, it will be seen that this form is the same shape as the type in Brit. Frw. Alga?. Borge, Siissw. Ohlor. v. Feuerland u. Isla Uesolacion, p. 23, records ven: maxima at long. 47-51, lat. 26-29/*.
BT G. I. PLAYFAIR. 129
The ratio of length to breadth varies from 1'6 to 19 ill), as far as can be determined from the figures given, lying evenly, there- fore, within the generally observed limits for the species. I have not come across this form.
Var. NOTABILE W. West. (Text-fig. 17^).
"Cellulis lateribus subrectis et incrassatis; membrana irregu- lariter punctata. Long. 29/x, lat. 16-5/x." W. West.
Journ. R. Micr. 8oc., 1894, p. 15, PI. ii., f.29. I have not met with this form.
OocYSTis SUBMARINA Lagerh. (PL vii., f.30).
Lagerheim, Bot. Notiser, 1886, p.45, f.l; W^ittr. it Nordst., Alg. aq. dulc. exsicc. No. 7 26; Wille, Zur Entwickl. d. Gatt. Oocystis, Deutsch. Bot. Gesells., 1908, T. xv., the last being a thorough investigation of this species, with a large number of excellent figures. Lemmermann, Nord. Plankt., xxi,, p.l5, f.54, 55 (after Lagerheim).
Cell. veg. 24 x 8, 25 x 12, 28 x 10//.
Sydney Water-Supply (100).
The cells vary from elliptic to linear-elliptic, with acutely rounded ends. The chloroplast is a laminar, parietal band, very narrow for the length of the cell (often one in each half of the cell). Wille, I.e., pp.813, 820, gives two, long lists of sizes (in eMenso) which may be summarised as long. 7-20, lat. 3^-9//, the ratio of length to breadth being Iw to 2-1 :rO (averages of 9 and 10 records re- spectively). It will be seen that, in this respect, O. submaj-ma begins where O. Xovce SeniHfn leaves off. G. S. West reports it from the Yan Yean Reservoir, Text-tig. is.
Melbourne (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., Vol. ^^- ^^'^'"narinaJ^gevh.,
^_, , , -v.T ".tr 1 . »- 1 o after Lagerheim.
xxxix., p.75) at long.23-25, lat. 7|-8/x. ^
The axial ratio is nu)re than 3:1 in the Victorian specimens, and in some of ours, indeed, the linear-elliptic form should be con- sidered typical, the shorter and broader cells being practically identical with O. Nov<i'. Semlue. In spite of its name, it is a
130
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
Text-fig. 19.
(n)0. rotitla mihi. [h) E. riridi.-
fre.sli- water species, but was first noted in sqmewhat brackish ditches in Sweden.
OocYSTis ROTULA, noni.n()\ . (PL vii., f.31). Cellulye parvie, ovales, ubique rotundat^e; apicibus late-rotund- atis baud incrassatis. Chloroplastides (sectione opticali a is;e) in laminis niinutis radiantibus 5-6 ordinatai.
Cell. veg. 14 X 11 /x. Guildford (146). Chodat, Bot. Zeit., 1<S'J5, T. v., f.y, 21, 13 (the two, lower, right- hand examples). A rare form; I have only once observed it. Cho- dat, I.e., fig. 9, shows autospores of this form produced by an unin- fiated mother-cell of Ereniosphcura with 0. rofii/a autospores; viridis, an indication that the after Chodat. various Oocyst is-iormH are merely
reduction-states of Eremosphm-a. I have figured the same phenomenon in the case of O. Chodati and O. aus/raliensis.
OocYSTi.s SUBSPH.ERICA, n.sp. (PI. vii., f.32, 33).
Cellulft? subglobosrt^, ubique rotundata', papilla nulla nee in- crassatione. Chloroplastides imlviniformes vel in laminis radiantibus ordinata'.
Cell. veg. 14x12, IS x 16, 24 x. 20, 25 x 21, 50 x 46/y-.
Guildford (146); Parramatta Park (136); Lismore (240).
A form so broadly oval as to be nearly globose. There is no point or papilla or incrassation, that I can see, to mark the apices. The chloroplasts are of the usual discoid shape, or ha\(' the appearance of small, radiating lamina^. The axial ratio \ aries from about 1-1 to 1-2: 1-0, the cells being generally about one- fifth longer than bnjad.
OocvsTis APicuL.VTA W. West. (Pl.viii., f.l, 2). "(). in familias e 2-4 cellulis formatis consociatis, oblongis, diametro dujilo longius, subapiculatis et incrassatis ad unum- quemque polum." W. West, I.e.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR.
131
Cell. vcg. 16 X 7, 17 X 8, 18 x 7, IS x .^ IS x 13, 2U x 10, 20 x 11, 22 X 11, 22 X 12//.
Duck Creek, Clyde (74); Guildford (88); Botany Bay (91); North Botany (92).
Cf. W. AVest, Notes on Scotch Frw. Alg., in Journ. Bot., Apr., 1893, p. 99, P1.3;5;3, f.7, 8. 8yn., O. gkeocystiformis Borge, Siissw. Clilor. von Feuerland u. Isla Desolacion, p. 2.3, T. ii., f.l. This species is ublong-elliptic with obtusely rounded ends, or narrowly elliptic with ends more acutely rounded, a minute and very often indistinctly outlined apiculus at each pole. In most of the empty cells that I have ob- served, there is a vagueness about the outlines due to the membrane being furnished with a relatively broad, inner, mucous lining. It is characteristic of all forms of this species. West gives for dimen- sions: long. cell. 11-15/x, lat. cell. 5-6 /A. Borge, for O. (jlwocystiformis, which seems to me to be the same species, records long. cell. circ. 9//., crass. 4-5 "5//. Our forms are larger, but I have noted the species once at 12 x 5/x,
Var. SPLENDiDA, n.var. (PI. viii., f.2;)).
Cellulse longe ovales, quam forma typica circa duplo majores. Chloroplastides disciformes.
Cell. long. .37, lat. 20-2 1/x.
Lismore(240).
In outline very like O. solitaria, for which I, at first, misto(jk it. There is, however, no internal, apical incrassation, and the cells are apiculate. It is about twice as large as the type, and more elongated than \'ar. ubesa. The chloroplasts are disciform, and arranged as in O. solitttria.
Yar. ASVMMiCTKiCA (W. West) miiii. (Text-tig. 2 la). Cell. veg. 12x5, 14x6 /a. Botany (92), cum forma typica.
Text-fig. 20.
O. [iJiiorijMiformis Borge, ( x 7-40); after Borge.
132 OOCTSTIS AND EREMOSPHJERA,
Syn., O. asymmetrical^ . West, New Brit. Frw. Alga^, in J. R. M. Soc, 1894, p.l4, PI. ii., f.27; O. crassa fS asymnietrica Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 190. This is a form of O. apiculata in which tlie cells are unequally developed, the long axis through the apicula- tions being slightly to one side of the midline. West gives long, cell. 15-8/x, lat. cell. 7-8 -6 /x.
Var. OBESA, n.var. (PI. viii., f.;5).
Celluhe ovales, quani forma typica modice majores et aliquanto latiores, utroque polo apiculo humillimo instruct??.
Cell. veg. 18x11, 19x12, 21 x 13, 22 x 13, 23x15, 24x16, 34x25, 35x25//.
Guildford (60, 146); Botany (95).
Somewhat larger than the type, and considerably broader, oval. The axial ratio varies from 1*4 to 1"6: 1*0.
Var. siMPLiciOR, n.var. (PL viii., f.4-6).
Cellular elliptico-lanceolatfv', lateribus anjualiter arcuatis ad apices convergentibus, apicibus acuminatis baud inciassatis nee apiculatis.
Cell. veg. 11 X 7, 14x7, 14 x 8, 15x7, 15x8, 15 x 10, 16 x 10, 18xll/x.
Guildford (23, 88); Auburn (57); Botany Bay (91).
A simpler form of the type, generally found in company with it. The apiculus is replaced by a pointed apex.
OocvsTis SUBHEXAGONA, n.sp. (PI. viii., f.7).
Celluhe parvje subhexagonje; lateribus in medio parallelis, ad apices convergentibus; apicibus acuminatis baud incrassatis.
Cell. veg. 12x7, 16x10, 17x9, 17x10, 20x12, 20x14, 21 X 13, 22 X 1.3, 25 x 14, 25 x 15, 26x 15, 26 x 17, 34 x 24/z.
Guildford (45, 60, 70, 146); Auburn (49, 57, 149); .Sydney Water (65); Duck Creek, Clyde (74); Botany Bay (91).
Chloroplasts discoid. This form is very closely connected with O. apiculata, being probably intermediate between var. ohesa and O. anstralieusis mihi. Its axial ratio agrees with that of the former, varying, as it does, from 1"4 to 1'8:1*0; average of
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 133
1 2 specimens, 1 •(> : 1 •(). Tt lias the iutei'iial, mucous lining com- mon to forms of O. apicidata, but tlie shape is of a different type, and the apex, though pointed, is not apiculate. I have, tlierefore, kept it separate.
OocYSTis NoRDSTEDTiANA (De Toni) mihi. (PI. ix., f.l3).
"Celhilse (binje aut quaternte) ellipticje vel fere circulari-ellip- ticae, membrana in utroque fine tuberculo insti'ucta (ut in omnibus speciebus hujus generis plus minus evidenter ])." Nordstedt, I.e.
Cell. veg. long. 28, lat. 18/^.
Lismore(185).
Text-fig.'21.— (a)0. a.ii/mmefrica W. West,(x520); after W. West. (h)0. spec, Schni.,( X 600); after 8chmiclle. (c) 0. rotunda Sehm. ; after 8chmidle.
Syn., O. Ndgelii forma, Nordstedt, Frw. Alg. N.Z., 1888, p.21; O. Noyelii forma Nordstedtiana De Toni, Sylloge Alg. i., 1889, p.664:; O spec, Schmidle, Alg. aus dem Nyassasee, 1902, p.79, T. iii., f.5. In the first place, it seems to me impossible to place Nordstedt's specimens under O. Ndgelii. The latter is an oblong type verging on the cylindrical, while these are described as ranging from elliptical to almost circular-elliptic. There is also the question of the apical tubercle. From his remarks in paren- thesis, .^upra, Nordstedt seems to have considered its presence as of little importance. Nevertheless (apart from mother-cells; the only published type with an apical papilla is Schmidle's unnamed species from Lake Nyassa. And, in my experience, the apical papilla is exceedingly uncommon; out of 170 specimens of Oocystis measured for these notes, only two showed a papilla; and, of those that showed a slight apiculation, all, without exception,
134 OOCYSTIK AKD ER EMOSPHiERA,
appei'tainecl to O. apiculata West, of which species the apicuhxs is characteristic. Nor is the papilla more cominoii in Ercmo- sphosra viridis {which, from my j^oint of view, is an Oocystis). Out of 70 specimens measured, it occurred in no more than two. The only forms in which the tubercle seems to be indifferently present or absent are O. panduriformis West, and Erem. viridis v. doliformis mihi. 1 have never noted either tubercle or apiculus in any form which is generally non-tuberculate or non-apiculate.
Var. ROTUNDA (Schm.) mihi. (Text-fig. 2 Ic).
Cell, rotundfe, 10-lI/x latse, utroque polo tuberculatpe." Schmidle, I.e.
Schmidle, Beitr. z. Alpinen Algenfi., p.8, T.14, f.7a, ^ 1895. I have not noted the occurrence here of this form, which seems to me to be a more globose variation of O. Nordstedtiana. Nord- stedt's smallest size is 16 x 10/>i.
Oocystis Chodati, nom.nov. (PI. viii., f.8-11).
Cellulse ovales vel ovali-oblonga?, ubique sequaliter rotundatse; lateribus arcuatis, apicibus late-rotundatis nee apiculatis, nee incrassatis. Chloroplastides pulviniformes.
Cell, matric. sphfer. diam. 3.3-40, oval. long. 30-47, lat. 25-40; cell. veg. vel autosp. 16x 12, 18x 12, 20x 12, 24 x 10, 24 xl8, 28 X 22, 30 X 20, 34 x 25, 40 x 30/x.
Auburn (49, 56, 135); Guildfoi-d (60, 124, 146); Fairfield(l 12).
Syn., 0. solitaria, pro parte, in Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 189, f.l04F, autospores. This species is regularly oval or oval-oblong, rounded everywhere. It differs from 0. solitaria especiall}- in the broadly rounded ends without papilla or internal incrassation. Also, the cells being broader, the axial ratio is smaller. The latter varies, in the examples given above, from 1'3 to 1'6:1"0, the average being 1 "4 : 1 '0. In 0. solitaria, the ratio is greater, the cells being proportionately longer and more pointed. Some of the smaller sizes of 0. Chodati come very near to 0. Ndyelii; the cells, however, are broader in proportion and more oval. This form is generally found on swampy ground, especially the larger sizes.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR.
135
OOC'YSTIS AUSTKALIEXSI^, 11. Sp. (PI. viii., f.12,1.")).
Celluke late elliptico-laneeolatai; lateribus sequaliter arcuatis usque ad polos seiisini sensiuKjue convergentibus; apiculis acu- niiiiatis liaucl incrassatis. Chloroplastides pulvinifonnes.
Cell, matric. sphser. diani. 4(i, lanceol. 45 x. "^8; cell. veg. vel autosp. 20 X 1 2, 20 X 1 4, 2 1 X 1 :\ 2:'. x 1 7, 24 x 1 4, 24 x 1 5, 27 x 1 8, :'.0 X 17, :W x 20, :^0 x21/7..
Auburn (49, 57, 104, 105, 1:^5, 139); Collector; Lismore (185).
Cy. Chodat, /.r., p. 189, f. 104G, H, for somewhat similar but irregular forms. This species is another of our swamp-forms. The cells are the shape of 0. lacustris Chod., but have discoid chloroplasts, and a different habitat, 0. lacnstris being a plank- ton-form. In optical section, there are nearly always five chloro- plasts each side, and one at each end. The dimensions are much the same as in 0. Chodati; in both also the axial ratio is approximately 3:2. As autospores, they are generally found in thin-walled, oval or lanceolate mother-cells, but I have noted them produced by undoubted, uninflated specimens of Eremosphd'va viridis, easily recognised by the irregular, mucilaginous, inner cell- wall. See text-figure 3 in the introduction, and compare Chodat, Bot. Zeit., 1895, PI. v., f.9.
OOCYSTIS PANDURIFORMIS W. West.
"O. magna; cellulis solitariis vel in famil- iis e 4-8 cellulis formatis consociatis, cellu- lis 2-2^-plo-longioribus quam latioribus, ovatis, lateribus leviter concavis, apicibus incrassatis et subacutis." W. West, I.e.
Cell. veg. long. 82, lat. max. 30 /x.
Rookwood (107).
W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., J.R.M. 8oc., 1894, p.l5, PI. ii., f.33-35. A rare form, of which I have seen only one speci- men; the shape, however, is too charac- teristic to be mistaken. West's dimen- sions are 50-6 1^ long, by 23-25^ broad. A forma ma/ar West, is distinguished by him in the same place, size: "long. cell. 77 [j.; lat.
(PL viii., f.l4).
Text-fig. 22. 0. 2)andurifonni>< W. West,( xfyiO); after W. We.st.
136 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA,
medio 29/t; lat. max. 32'5/x." Considering the variation in dimensions, which is general in these forms, this might very well be included in the type along with that given above. Chodat considers that this species is biologically a form of Eremosphcera viridis, and with this I entirely agree. It is, however, a character which 0. pand'urifotinis shares with all the other "species" of Oocyst is.
A var. pachyderma West, I.e., p-16, PI. ii., f.36, is also re- corded, differing only in the very thick cell-wall ("membrana cellularum 2 •5-2 "8 /x ci*assa," West.
OocYSTis ovALis (Turner) W. k G. S. West. (PI. viii., f.l5, 16).
"Mediocris, 2-2i-plo longiorquam lata; cellulis ovalibus, lateri- bus ventricosis, apicibus rotundatis. Membrana crassa, glabra." Turner, Ix.
Cell. veg. 50 x 26, 62 x 32/x. Rookwood(107).
Syn., Cylindrocysfis ovalis Turner, Frw. Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p. 16, T. i., f.5 (fig. sinistr.). About this form, W. 6: G. S. West, .Some recently published Desmidiete, Journ. Bot., 1895, No. 387, p. 6 6, remark: "From the perfectly elliptical form and smooth, thick membrane, this appears to us to be a species of Oocystis." Their opinion is con- firmed by my finding it here in the form of autospores, PI. viii., f.17. It is not surprising, however, that Turner should have considered Text fiff *>.3 ^^ ^ Cyfindrocystis, as the generally prevailing
Cylindro€yxtii< ora/i.s character of the chloroplasts is unlike that of Turner; after any other species of Oocystis, and, in some
Turner. specimens, the contents are disposed almost
exactly as in that genus, PI. viii., f.l5. The chloroplasts are minute, fusiform or digitate masses, disposed longitudinally, and radiating somewhat from the nucleus to the apices. The same type of chloroplast is found also in Eremosphcera occasionally. Turner's specimens were smaller than ours; he gives long. 40-42, lat. 17-20/x.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 137
Var. SUBTRUNCATA, n.vai'. (PI. viii., f.17-19).
Celluke oblongae interdum pjene cylindraceaj, lateribus minus arcuatis, apicibus subtruncato-rotundatis.
Cell, matric. elliptic. 80 x 40; cell. veg. vel autosp. 50 x 20, 50 X 26, 54 X 24, 60 x 32, 61 x 32, 62 x 26, 62 x 32, 70 x 32/x.
Rookwood (107); Lismore ( 240).
Cylindrocystis oralis Turn., I.e., T. i., f.5 (fig. dextr.). Turner gives two different forms for his Ci/l. ovalis, the right-hand one one of which can hardly be described as oval. I have sepaiated this form, therefore, as var. snbtruncafa. It is more common than the type, and is distinctly oblong, verging sometimes on subcylindrical, with subtruncately rounded ends. In specimens found with the type in sample No. 107, the chloi'oplasts were digitate, but I have noted others at Lismore with chloroplasts of the usual discoid character. Forma.
Apicibus late-rotundatis nee subtruncatis.
Cell. veg. 70 x 32/x.
Auburn (140).
Var. CYLiNDRACEA, n.vax\ (PI. viii., f. 20-22).
Cellulae plus minusve distincte cylindracese; lateribus levissime arcuatis subparallelis; apicibus late-rotundatis vel subtruncatis.
Cell veg. vel autosp. 52 x 28, 66 x 28, 67 x 40, 86 x 32//.
Rookwood (107).
In this foi'm, the sides are nearly parallel, and only slightly arched. Slender specimens are quite cylindrical, the broader more oblong. I have noted that, in this variation, it may, per- haps, occur also in the other forms, the cell is provided with what appear to be two, large, pale reddish-brown pyrenoids, one in either half of the cell. In this condition, the cell simulates a CyHndrocystis very closely indeed. The same occurs in 0. lacustris var. 2^'^^^densis mihi, in which form this presumed pyrenoid is sometimes pale brown and sometimes pale green. I am inclined to believe, however, that these bodies are not pyre- noids, but nuclei with a layer of chlorophyll or oil-drops surround- ing them. Pyrenoids, when they occur, are found, one in each
10
138
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
chloroplast, not occupying the centre of the semicell. Moreover, the chloroplasts in such cells radiate from this central body to the ends and to the centre. Again, this form of cell always develops a pair of spherical autospores; we may take it, therefore, I think, that such are temporarily binucleated, prior to forma- tion of autospores. We have here also a case of an Ooci/.-tfifi giving rise to the smaller sizes of Eremosphcera; cf. PI. viii., f.20, and Chodat, Bot. Zeit. 1895., T. v., f.8.
Species unknown to me.
OoCYSTIS GEMINATA Nag.
"Familiis e cellulis geminis formatis, cellulis ovoideis, nonnun- quam singulis intra cellulse matricalis membranam vesiculo ampli- atam." De Toni, I.e.
In Rabenhorst, Fl. Eur. Algarum, iii., p.53 (1868); De Toni, Sylloge Alg., i., p. 664. Syn., Oocystis minor {micrococca) Itzig. 0. geminata, in my opinion, is a nomevt delendum. Without figure or dimensions, the expression "cellulis ovoideis^' applies equally well to any number of forms. Every species, also, is capable of developing two autospores to the family.
Oocystis gigas Archer.
"Familiis (cellulis initialibus) late ellipticis, subinde quasi globosis, amplis, 60-70 X 50-60 /x, plerumque cellulas 2 includentibus." De Toni, I.e.
"O. magna; cellulis solitariis vel in familiis e 2 cellulis formatis consociatis; cellulis late ellipticis, 1 j-plo longioribus quam latioribus, apicibus latissime ro- tundatis et non-incrassatis; contentum chlorophyllosum cellularum granulosum Isete viride." W. West, I.e.
Cf. Archer, in Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., 1877, p. 105 (no fig.), De Toni, Sylloge i., 1889, p.665. W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., 1894, p. 14; the last-named gives long. cell.40-50-5/x, lat. cell.32-5-40/x; diam. fam. 1 cell. 67 x 52/i.
Text-fig. 24.
O. gigas i. minor W. West,
(x520); after W. West.
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR.
139
Forma minor W. West. (Text-fig.24).
" F. cellulis minoribus, If-plo longioribus qiiam latioribus, singula vel in familiis e 4 ceUulis compositis." West, I.e., p. 14, Pl.ii., i.2S.
The author records the dimensions as Fam. 4 cell. 7Gx63/j.; long. cell. 36-2-40, lat. cell. 26-28-5/-1.
Var. INCRASSATA W. West. (Text-fig. 25).
"Var. membraua cellularum in- crassata et apicibus incrassatis et subprotuberantibus." W. West, I.e., p.l4, Pl.ii., f.37.
The dimensions given are, long.
cell. 56 fi, lat. cell. 39 /x. Quite a
different shape from that figured as
the type; it would be better placed ^ ^ ,.
""^ ^ Text-fig. 2o.
as a variation of 0. nodulosa W. q gi,j^g ^^r. incrassata W. West,
West, I.e., PI. ii., f .31 . ( x 520); after W. West.
OocYSTis PUSiLLA Hansgirg.
Mentioned by W. ifc G. S. West, in Notes on Frw. Alg., Journ. Bot., 1899, p. 335, where it is compared with O. jmrva W. & G. S. West. I do not know in what publication it is described.
OocY'STisC?) BRUNNBA Turn. (Text-fig. 26a).
" Cell with pale brown mucous contents, of an oblong form, contained in a proper membrane, having two orbicular cells placed in the direction of its long axis, which nearly fill up the entire length, and are pressed closely together at the centre. These cells appear filled with perfectly clear colourless fluid or mucus, and have at their inner mai-gins each a reddish-brown granular nucleus. Outer cell-membrane punctated. Long. 3S, lat. 27 /x." Turner, I.e. (Wallich MS. No. 348).
Cy. Turner, Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p. 156, T. xxi., f.7. Both figure and description are taken from Wallich's manuscript. The
140
OOCVSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA,
note of interrogation in the name is Turner's, and, indeed, from the description ("pale brown mucous contents," &c.), it is ex- tremely unlikely that the specimen figured was an Oocystis, or any other species of freshwater algie. The name may well be set aside.
cu
Text-fig.'26.— (a) t>.(?) hnmnea Turner, ( x (iOO) ; after Turner. (/') C».(?) wia?)«H?7/ato Turn., ( X 1500); after Turner, (c) Hyalotheca hians, a form, ( X 550), original.
OocYSTis(?) MAMMiLLATA Turn. (Text-fig.266).
"O. sub-circularis, paullo longior quam lata, apicibus paullo depressis, apice in centro rutundata vel distincte mamniillata; divisio verticalis; a vertice visa perfecte circularis. Long. 18, lat. 15-2 fi" Turner, I.e.
Cf. Turner, Frw. Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p.l55, T. xxi., f.U. The (juery again is Turner's. This form might have been accepted without question as a genuine Oocystis but for the vertical line from pole to pole. Such a thing, I have never noted in any specimen of Oocystis whatever.* In empty cells of Ere7nosph(fra, it is true, faint lines, 2-4 or so in number, may often be seen radiating out from the poles, but even these do not stretch dis- tinctly fi'om pole to pole. I figure here a form of Hyalotheca hians Nord., with prosilient suture, which, both in size and appearance, comes very close to Turner's specimen. The dimen- sions of the cells are 21x31/i, suture 37 /x. Solitary cells of Hyal. hians are not at all uncommon in my gatherings.
* On this point, however, the figures of (''.)Glaucocyi<tis cingulafa Bohlin, Alg. Regnellschen Exp., T. i., f. 11-13, are worthy of consideration.
BY G. 1. PLAYFAIR. 141
OocYSTis sociALis Osteufeld.
Cells 4-8 in a family, elliptical, 15-20/x long and 8-1 2 // broad, with two chloroplasts.
Cf. Ostenfeld, Phytopl. fiu det Kasp. Hav., (Medd. fra den naturh. Foren. Kopenhagen, 1901) p. 138, f. 10. I have not seen this memoir, and the details I give ai-e from Lemmermann, Nord. Plankt., xxi., p. 16.
Synonyyns.
0. rupestris Kirchner=0. JVdgelii A. Braun. — " Zellen ob- long, ungefahr doppelt so lang als dick, meist einzeln, da die Mutterzellhaut sehr friih zerrissen wird." Kirchner, I.e.
0. setigera Archer = Lagerheimia spec. — Quart. Journ. Micr. 8ci., 1877, p. 194, M. C. Cooke, Brit. Frw. Algte, p. 27, remarks: "We are unable to give any description of this species, which, so far as we ai-e aware, bears only a manuscript name."
0. ciliata Lagerheim = Lagerheimia ciliata (Lag.) Chodat. — Cf. Lagerheim, Pedi. Protococc.o. Palmell.,(K.Vet.-Akad.Forh., 1882, No.2)p.76,T.iii.,f.33-37. Syn., Chodatella c-i^ia/!«(Lag.). Lemm.*
0. ciliata (3 amphitricha Lag. = Lagerheimia ciliata var. amphi- tricha. Cf. Lagerheim, Bidr. t. Sveriges Algflora, (K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1883, No.2) p.61, T. i., f.25, 26.
0. ciliata var. radians W. & G. S. West = Lagerheimia ciliata var. amphitricha Lag. Cf. W. it G. S. West, New and Inter- esting Frw. Algs-, J.R.M.8., 1896, p.l61, PI. iii., f.l5.
0. Echidna Bohlin = Lagerheimia Echidna (Bohlin). Cf. Bohlin, Zur Morph. u. Biol, einzell. Alg., p.518. Syn., Chodatella Echidna (Bohlin) Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 192.
0. Ndgelii, forma, Nord. = 0. Nordstedtiana (De Toni) mihi.
0. Ndgelii f. Nordstedtiana Le Toni = 0. Nordstedtiana (De Toni) mihi.
0. rotunda Schmidle=0. Nordstedtiana var. rotunda (8chm.) mihi.
* In Plankton of the Sydney Water-Supply, the.se Proceedings, 1912, Vol. xxxvii., Part 3, I have shown that Lagerheimia and Chodatella are one. There is no generic diiference in the set;e, which are interchangeable in the same form.
142 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
0 elliptica W. West, incl. f. minor AVest, = 0. Ndgelii A.Br. — "O. cellulis in familias e 4-8 cellulis formantes consociatis, cellulis oblongo-ellipticis, 2^-plo longius quam latius, apicibus rotundatis et non-incrassatis." W. West, Alg. Eng. Lake Distr., p.24.
0. sphcerica Turner, = 0. Ndgelii var. macrospora (Turn. ) mihi. — "Cellulie hyalinfe globoste, interne familias 2-8 cellularum ellip- ticarum includentes. Cellulte juveniles forma irregulariter sub- sphsericae. Diam. outer cell 65; inner cell long. 32, lat. 1.3/a." Turner, Frw. Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p. 155, no fig. A spherical mother-cell, with elliptical autospores 32 x 13/x in dimensions. The latter ai-e almost certainly identical with the autospores of Hydrocytium macrosporum Turner, ibid., p. 154, T. xx., f.32, [ = 0. Ndgelii var. macrospora (Turn.) mihi] which measure 39 X 13/x. The difference in outline of the mother-cell is of no consequence.
Hydrocytium macrosporum. Turn. = 0. Ndgelii v. tnacrospora (Turn.) mihi. — "H. dimensione irregularis: cellula ovata, apicibus acuminata (fere ut in H. acuminatum. Braun) sed tubo parvo \e\ foramine apicali instructa; sporis 2-4 magnis longe ovalibus in- cludentibus." Turner, I.e., p. 154, T. xx., f.32.
Cylindrocystis ovalis Turner = pro parte 0. oralis (Turn.) W. & G. 8. West; pro parte 0. ovalis v. subtrmicata mihi. — "C. mediocris, 2-2|--plo longior quam lata; cellulis ovalibus, lateribus venti'icosis, apicibus rotundatis. Membrana crassa, glabra." Turner, I.e., p. 16, T. i., f.5.
0. asymmetrica W. West = 0. apicidata var. asymmet7-ica (West) mihi. — "O parva; cellulis semper solitariis, asymmetrice oblongo-ellipticis, 2|-plo longioribus quam latioribus, dorso valde convexis, ventre leviter convexis; apicibus incrassatis et acumin- atis; contentum cellularum viride granulatum." W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., p. 14, 15, PI. ii., f.27.
0. Marssonii Lemm. = 0. crassa Wittrock. — >SVc. W. A: (J. S. West, Frw. Alg. N. Ireland, p. 68; and Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 190.
0. gigds var. Borgei Lemm. = (9. Ndgelii v. liorgei (Lemm.) i^^ilii. — "Zellen langlich cyUndrisch, 8-14:3-5/x," Lemmermann,
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR 143
Plankt. Schwed. Gewass., p. 107; in O. Borge, Bot. Notiser, 1900, T. i., f.3. It is impossible to iiiidei'stand why this form has been placed under 0. gigoK, which is a very large form, and broadly oval or oblong. Tlie cylindrical is one of the regular type-forms of 0. Ndgdii, and Lemmermann himself, Lc, classifies it with that species. I have not seen the figure.
0. pelayica Lemni. = 0. Nagdii K.^v. — "Zellen zu 4-8 von der weiten, gallertartigen Mutterzellhaut umschlossen, elliptisch, mit zahlreichen wandstandigen Chromatophoren, ohne Pyrenoide, 1 2/i. lang und 7/i, breit, Hiille 66:77/>i." Lemmermann, Nord. Plankt., xxi., p. 16, f.56. The author himself classes this with 0. Niigelii; and the very large mother-cell, on whicli he relies, is of no value as a specific characteristic.
0. sjiec, Schmidle = 0. Nordstedtiana (De Toni) mihi. — "Zellen stets einzeln, beiderseits mit je einem Tuberkel, breit elliptisch, 40/x lang, 32 breit." 8chmidle, Alg. aus d. Nyassasee, p.79.
0. Ndgelii ft Novcp. Setnlice = 0. Novce SemlUe Wille.
0. ci'assa y nodulosa (West) Chodat = 0. twdulosa W. West.
Oocystella nalans Lemm. = 0. lacustris var. naia7is(Lemm.)mihi.
0. gloeocystiformis Borge =0. apiculata W. West. — "Cellulae ellipsoidese in utroque fine tuberculo parvo instructse, 2-mult£e in familias tegumento generali crasso ut in Gloeocystide involutas congests; contentus guttulas 2 oleosas fovens.'' Borge, Siissw. Clilor. V. Feuerland, p. 25, T. ii., f.l.
0. Niigelii v. m'uiutissiuia Bernard = 0. JVovce Semlice Wille.
0. elliptica var. Africana G. 8. West = (9. Ndgelii v. Africana (G. S. West) mihi.
Genus Eremosph;era De Bary. Syn., Chlorosphcera Henfrey, 1859, spc. G. 8. West, Brit. Frw. Algse, p.229.
Eremosph^.ra viridis De Bary. (PI. ix., f.l, 2).
Cell, matric. diam. 104, 118, 230, 250, 280, 285, 290, 306, 330/x. Cell. veg. vel autosp. diam. 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 60, 65, 70, 74, 76, 78, 80, 86, 90, 94, 95, 100, 105, 110, 133/^. Membr. crass. 1-4 /x. Corp. centr. diam. ca. 16ju.
144
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
S-a^
jtf
9^mo'^
VuJ
Auburn (57, 59, 67, 118, 119, 135, 140, 148, 149); Rookwood (107, 171); Potts Hill (138); Guildford (70, 124); Canley Vale (128); Lismore (240); Coogee (4, 13, 24).
Cf. Be Bary, Conjugatse, 1858, pp.55, 56, T. viii., f.26, 27;
Chodat, Entwickelung der Eremo- *^Cj^^ sphcBva viridis, Bot. Zeit., liii., T. v.;
Eichler, Matery. do flory Miedzyrzeca, 1894, T. ii., f.5; G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Algffi, p. 229, f.99.
De Bary's figures work out at diam. 82-84/x. Eichler, I.e., p. 123, gives 40/x, if I read aright his note ("w kazdej do 40 /x srednicy"), but his figure shows diam. 65 /x. G. S. West furnishes 55- 200/x, and Chodat 25-200/x. I have never observed any vegetative speci- men or auto&pore smaller than diam. 42/x. The much greater size of the mother-cells, compared with that oi even the largest vegetative cell, shows Text-fig. 27. that the formation of autospores is
E. riridi.^ Be By. (a) x 300, generally accompanied by inflation of (/;) X ;390; after De Bary. * • • i i,
the ongmal cell.
Var. ACUMINATA, n.var. (PI. ix., f.3-6).
Cellulse liberie subglobosse vel ellipticje, ad polos plus minusve acuminatte, interdum apicibus papilla humillima instructis.
Cell. veg. 63 x 57, 70 x64, 70 x 67, 72 x 64, 74 x 70, 78x67, 80x65, 80x74, 80x75, 82x74, 82x76, 95x87, 100x90, 106 X 95, 120 X 114/x. Membr. crass. 1-4/x.
Auburn (67, 106, 140, 148, 149, 159); Potts Hill (138); Rook- wood (163); Lismore (240).
This variety is not uncommon wherever the type is found. With the two following, it shows distinctly the polarity of Etp- mosphcera, which is very little noticeable in spherical specimens. Every degree of inflation can be observed, connecting this form with the type, but the apices are more or less acuminate in all.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 145
The membrane is often somewhat incrassate at the poles, and occasionally, but very rarely, a slight papilla is present. Axial ratio varies from 1'05 to 1'23: 1-00, the average of twelve records being M to 1-0.
Var. ovALis, n.var. (PI. ix., f.7, 8).
Cellulse late-ovales; apicibus late-rotundatis nee acuminatis; membrana interdum utroque polo introrsum incrassata. Chloro- plastides ut in forma typica.
Cell. veg. 54x48,80x66, 80x70, 80x74, 84x70,84x74, 85x75, 90x82, 92x82, 94x88, 96x86, 98x86, 98x88, 100x86, 100x88, 104x94, 110x93, 110x100, 110x104, 120 X 110/M. Membr. crass. 1^-6/x.
Coogee(58, 93); Auburn (67, 119, 140, 148, 149, 164); Rook- wood (107); Canley Vale (128); Potts Hill (138); Guildford(146).
Almost as common here as the type, in company with which it is generally found. The apices in this form are rounded off, not acuminate as in var. acuminata. Occasionally, they are flattened somewhat, showing a tendency to pass over into var. doliformis. The inner mucous layer of the membrane, when present, is nearly always longitudinally corrugate. The ratio of the axes varies from about Tl to 1*2: TO, the average of the twenty specimens given above being l*12:r00. Quite plentiful in some gatherings, e.g., Nos.67 and 107.
Var. DOLIFORMIS, n.var. (PI. ix., f.9, 10).
Cellulse liberse oblongse, doliformes; lateribus plus minusve arcuatis; apicibus truncatis interdum papilla instructis; angulis obtuse-rotundatis. Cellulas matrices non vidi.
Cell. veg. 86x72, 88x70; 114 x 100 ap. 30; 120x 97 ap. 30; 120 X 105, 142 X 118/x.
Auburn (118, 140, 174); Fairfield (79); Canley Vale (128); Lismore (240).
Rarer than the preceding forms, it nevertheless generally turns up in any habitat where the type is found. Chloroplasts are of the usual irregular lozenge-shape. Sometimes thei'e is a slight apical incrassation on the inner side of the membrane, and, more rarely, a tubercle outside.
a
146
OOCYSTIS AND KREMOSPHiERA,
Var, NODOSA, n.var. (PI. ix., f.ll, 12). Cellulse sphfericae, membrana utroque polointrorsum incrassata. Cell. diam. 40, 42, 50, 52, 56; membr. crass. 2-3/x. Potts Hill (138); Auburn (140, 148, 149); Lismore (240).
Var. Chodati, noin.nov. (Text-fig. 28). Cellulse late-ellipticai, ovales; lateribus arcuatis; apicibus late- rotundatis, utroque polo interdum introrsuni incrassatis. Chloroplastides in laminis radian- tibus ordinatae.
Gf. Chodat, Bot. Zeit., 1895, T. v., f.lO; no dimensions given, nor magnification. I have not met with this form, which is somewhat like var. ovalis but more elliptic, not so sub- globose. The chloroplasts also are diffei'ent, E. virklis var. Cho- ^^^"S small, radiating laminae, instead of the dati mihi; after usual parietal discs. The large, central body Chodat. indicates that it is a form of EremospJuera.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII. -IX.
Plate vii.
Figs. 1-4. — Oocystis NiigeVii A.Br., three form.s of the type; (1-3), x 1000;
(4), X 1330. Figs. 5. 6. ,, ,, mother-cells; (5), X r)00; (6), X 665.
Fig.7. ,, ., var. obesa, n.var.,{ x 1330).
Fig. 8. ,, ,, var. c?t»Va, n.var., ( X 1.3.30).
Figs.9, 10.— 0. Xovct Semi ice Wille; (9), mother-cell, ( x 665); (10), one of
the autospores,( x 1330). Figs. 11, 12. „ „ f. majw Wille; (11), mother-cell,(x500); (12),
an autospore,( x 1330). Figs. 13-17. ,, ,, var. australica, n.var., (13-15), from Parra-
matta; (13, 14), x 665; (15), x 1000; (16, 17),
from Lismore, ( x 1330). Figs. 18, 19. — 0. vrassayar. Osten/e/dii, nom.nov., (18), mother-cell,( x 665);
(19), one of the autospores,( x 1000). Fig.20. — O. laniMri^ Chodat, with two generations of aiitospores, ( x 1000). Fig.21. ,, var. natans (Lemm.) mihi,( x 1000).
Figs. 22, 23. ,, var. paludensis, n.var. ; (22), mother-cell, ( x 330); (23),
one of the autospores,( x 1330). Fig. 24. ,, the same, with diiferent chloroplasts, ( x 1000).
Figs.25, 26.— O. parva W. & G. S. West,( x 1000).
BY G. 1. PLAYFAIR. 147
Figs.27, 28.— 0. uoduhsa var. audrafli<, n.var.; (27), x 1830; (28), x 900.
Fig.29.— 0. soHfaria Wittrock,( x 1330).
Fig.30.— 0. gtihmarina Lagerh.,( x 1330).
Fig.31.— 0. romfa, n.sp.; (»), nucleus,( x 1000).
Figs.32, 33.— O. mhtiphf erica, n.sp.; (u), nucleus; (32), x 665; (33), x 1000.
Plate viii. Figs.l, 2.—0cystis apkulala W. West,( x 1330). Fig.3. ,, ,, var. o6esa, n.var., ( X 1330).
Figs. 4-6. ,, ,, var. si'mp/tCTor, n.var., ( X 1330).
Fig. 7. ,, mtJ)hexago7ia, n.sii.,(x \-iW).
Figs.8-10. ,, Ghodatl, noni.nov. ; (8, 9), free, vegetative cells, (8)
X 1330, (9) x665; (10), mother-cell, ( x 1000). Fig. 11. — Eremosphoera viridis with autospores of 0. Chodati( x .500). Figs. 12, 13. — 0. amtraliemis, n.sp.; (12) mother-cell, ( x 800); (13), free,
vegetative cell,( x 1000). Fig. 14. — O. pandurij'ovmh W. West,( x 500). Figs. 15, 16. — 0. ovalis Turner; (15), with digitate chloroplasts, ( x 665);
(16) with discoid chloroplasts, ( x 500). Fig.s. 17-19. — 0. ocali'< var. mhtruncata, n.var.; (17) mother-cell ( x 665);
(18, 19) free, vegetative cells,( x 665). Figs. 20-22. — 0. oralis wax. cylindracea, n.var.; (20) as mother-cell to two
autospores of E. viridis,( x 570); (21, 22) x 665; (o) red oil-globules. Fig. 23. — 0. apicidata var. splendida, n.var.; ( x 900).
Plate ix.
Figs.l, 2. — Eremovphiera riridis De Eary; mother-cells with small-sized autospores (diam. 60/x); (1) much inflated ( x 135), (2) very little in- flated, the membrane closely swathed round the four autospores ( X 335); 8-celled specimens in the same condition were also noted.
Figs. 3-6. — E. riridis var. acuminata, n.var.; (3,5) free, vegetative cells ( X 360), (4) mother-cell ( x 135), (6) one of the autospores ( x 400).
Figs.7-8. — E. riridis vnv. oralis, n.var.; (7) x 335, (8) showing longitudinal and horizontal sulcte (indicated by dotted lines) in the inner mem- brane ( X 500).
Figs. 9, 10.— £J. riridis var. doliformis, n.var.; (9) x 270, (10) with apical papilla ( X 380).
Figs. II, 12.— ii". riridi'< var. nodosa, n.var.; (12) showing inner membrane pitted with shallow scrobicuhi; interiorly, ( x 665).
Fig. 13. — Oocystis Nordstedtiana; n.sp., ( x 665).
148
THE CHEMICAL INVESTIGATION OF SOME POISON- OUS PLANTS IN THE N.O. SOLANACE^.
Part ii. Xicotiana suaveolens, and the Identification
OF its Alkaloid.
By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow
of the Society in Biochemistry. (From the Physiological Laboratory of the University of Sydney.)
Nicotiana suaveolens Lelim., the " native tobacco " of Austra- lia, and tlie only endemic species, is plentiful in the interior of this State. It grows about three feet high, and is often a troublesome weed in the stock country. It is a drought-resistant plant, and spreads over large tracts of land in the dry seasons. Hence it is that, when grass and other fodder plants are withered or overrun by this weed, it is often the only green plant left available to starving animals. It is then readily eaten by stock, and, according to the reports of the owners and Inspectors, the results are variable. Though in many cases no apparent harm has followed, there is still a consensus of opinion among stock- men, that many of their losses must be attributed to this plant.
The only record of tests having been made on this species, is a paper by Dr. Bancroft (Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens., iv., 1887, p. 9), in which he states that the physiological effect of the extracts on animals resembled that of extracts of true tobacco and of pituri.
The following is the account of a chemical investigation of this plant, which was undertaken to decide definitely the nature of its active principle, and also to determine whether this con- stituent is present in quantity sufficient to cause death.
Extraction of active principle:— For this purpose, plants were collected in the midsummers of 1911, 1912, and 1913, chiefly from the dry North-West. Through Chief Inspector Symons, of the Stock Department, a sample was received from Narrabri. This, on its arrival, contained 37 par cent, of moisture, and con- sisted of leaves, stalks, and roots. The whole sample was ex- tracted with alcohol, and the solvent afterwards removed by
BY J. M. PETRIE. 149
distillation under diminished pressure. The extract gave all the general alkaloid reactions, and smelt strongly of tobacco. The alkaloid was completely removed from this extract by petroleum spirit (b.p. under 45°C) after making alkaline with sodium hydroxide. From this coloured solution, the alkaloid was care- fully purified without loss, by shaking it into water and petro- leum spirit successively, many times, and finally obtained as a colourless, aqueous solution. This solution was slightly alkaline and possessed the odour of nicotine. It was then titrated with tenth-normal acid and alkali, and gave an equivalent of 2 c.c. of acid neutralised by the alkaloid. If this quantity be calculated as nicotine, it represents 0-0324 gm., and is 0'124 per cent, of the plant (dried at 100°).
A second sample, from the Castlereagh River, in the Coonam- ble district, was obtained from Mr. Breakwell, of the Department of Agriculture. This sample had been spread out to dry in the air to avoid mould in transit, and when received it contained only 9 per cent, of moisture. The whole of the material, con- sisting of leaves and stalks, in this case was subjected to dis tillation in a current of steam, the powdered plant being first mixed with 0*5 per cent, sodium hydroxide in solution, and a large excess of milk of lime. The whole of the alkaloid passed into the distillate; and the residue in the still being free from alkaloid, showed that no non-volatile alkaloid existed in the plant. The voluminous distillate contained much ammonia, which is derived from the cleavage of amido compounds, and this free ammonia was eliminated by passing a current of air through the solution for many hours. The alkaloid was next converted into oxalate, and the fiuid concentrated at a low temperature to about 300 c.c. From this solution ether removed the alkaloid, and the ether extract was cai'efully purified and dried. The ether was then slowly removed, and the residue dried to constant weight; 0'07 gm. was obtained, which represented O'Oll per cent, of the plant-material dried at 100°C.
Another quantity was collected for me, near Picton, about 50 miles from Sydnes', by Mr. E. Cheel, of tlie National Herbarium. This consisted of fresh, green leaves and stalks, with 72 per cent.
150
SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACEiE, 11.,
of moisture. The whole was distilled as before, in a current of steam, until the alkaloid was completely volatilised. The alka- loid was isolated and purified as in the last case, neutralised with excess of tenth-normal oxalic acid, and the excess deter- mined by titration, using cochineal indicator. The result in this case gave 0*01 78 gm. of alkaloid, or 0015 per cent, of the plant (dried at 100°).
If we regard the above sample containing 7'2 per cent, of water as a fair average specimen of fresh material, we can express these results also in terms of the green plant, and thereby form a better idea of the amount of alkaloid in the original plant as eaten by stock. The results may then be stated : —
Amount of Alkaloid expressed as Nicotine.
|
(1) (2) (3) |
0-035% of fresh plant. 0-003% of fresh plant. 0-004% of fresh plant. |
0-124% of plant dried at 100°C. 0-011% of plant dried at KKfC. 0-015% of plant dried at lOO'C. |
Examination of the Alkaloid, — The aqueous solution is alkaline to litmus, and possesses a burning taste, and the characteristic tobacco odour. The pale yellow substance, when exposed to the air, oxidises, and turns dark brown; it then possesses the nause- ating odour of nicotine.
Of the salts of nicotine, the most characteristic, and the one best adapted for the identification of the alkaloid, is the picrate. Accordingly, the picrate was prepared from the aqueous solution by the addition of excess of picric acid. The dense yellow pre- cipitate, amorphous at first, gradually assumed, on standing, the characteristic, thin, yellow, needle-shaped crystals. At the same time, pure nicotine picrate was prepared under similar conditions, and the crystals compared. Under the microscope, they were pre- cisely alike. The crystals were washed conipletely with distilled water, and recrystallised three times from water, then finally dried at iOO°C. The melting-points were then determined together: —
Picrate of N. sua veolens alkaloid — ni.p. 218°C. (corrected).
Picrate of pure nicotine 218
The two mixed together 218
The melting-point of nicotine picrate has been determined by Pinner and Wolffenstein as 218°C.(Ber.24, 1891, 66).
BY J. M. PETRI E. 151
The alkaloid of Nicotiana suaveolens is therefore nicotine.
For the purpose of comparison, pure nicotine tartrate (B.W.) was decomposed, and the nicotine distilled from it in a current of purified hydrogen gas. It was collected and at once sealed up in the receivers. From this colourless liquid, the nicotine picrate was prepared.
Toxicity of the plant : — Nicotine is probably the most violent poison known. Wynter Blyth gives the lethal dose for a human adult as about 6 mgs. In Abderhalden's " Biochemisches Hand- lexikon," it is stated that 5 mgs. sufl&ce to kill a medium-sized dog in three minutes. It is evident from these data, taking even the lowest value of nicotine in the above results, that there is enough contained in one half pound of the green plant, to poison an ordinary sized sheep.
lleferences to the plant as a stock poison : - Of the 80 or more species of Nicotiana, only a few are known to contain nicotine. Nicotiana suaveolens being limited to the Australian continent, the recjords of fatalities are all local. But it is referred to, also, by European authorities, such as DragendorfF in "Die Heilpflan- zen,"(1898) as a poisonous plant; by Greshoff in his " Mono- graphia de plantis venenatis " as poisonous for cattle; and by Pammel ("Poisonous Plants," 1911) as poisonous to stock. It is described by F. M. Bailey, as a stock poison in Queensland, and by Professor Ewart as a feebly poisonous plant in Victoria. Mr. J. H. Maiden states that it is very deadly to all stock, and refers to many instances of poisoning of cattle, sheep, pigs, and rabbits. In his "Plants reputed poisonous to Stock," Mr. Maiden describes a sudden fatality, in 1891, of 300 healthy cattle, travelling on the great stock route through Milparinka.
Summary. — The results of this paper prove that A'icotiana suaveolens contains the extremely poisonous alkaloid nicotine, and that the nicotine is present in sufficient quantity to poison stock.
I express my thanks to Professor Sir Thomas Anderson Stuart, in whose laboi'atory the work was done.
152
THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY IN ITS RELATION TO TAXONOMIC BOTANY.
By a. a. Hamilton.
In the ordinary routine-work of the Sydney National Her- barium, parcels of specimens are received from horticultural, agri- cultural, arboricultural, pastoral, and dairying districts accom- panied by requests for information from the consignors. Farmers, Stock-Inspectors, Shire Clerks (administering the "Noxious Weeds Act"), Foresters, Secretaries of Agricultural Bureaux, School-Teachers, and other correspondents who do not profess any knowledge of systematic botany. As a consequence, the speci- mens forwarded, in many cases, are examples in leaf only; and the difficulty in determining such specimens, arising from the absence of the definite characters exhibited by the flowers and fruits, especially in the case of economic plants or those suspected of poisoning stock, to which considerable responsibility attaches, attracted the attention of the writer to the extensive range of leaf-variation found within the limits of a species, and a corres- ponding similarity in the leaves of distantly related plants. While engaged collecting a series of specimens to illustrate the ecology and xerophily of the strand-flora of Lady Robinson's Beach, a change in the leaves of Senecio Unttus Forst., from flaccid, thin, and entire, at a distance from the beach, to crass, firm, succulent, and pinnatisect as the beach was approached (13; 1913, p. 396), together with examples of Clematis ylycinoides DC, exhibiting a gradual reduction of the normal trifoliate leaf, to a simple one, occurring on an individual plant, {loc, cit.) accentuated the impression already created. Attention was directed to the subject in the field, and collections made, demon- strating, for the greater part, the variation of leaves within a species, and exhiV)ited from time to time at the Meetings of this Society. A series of examples, chiefly Australian, most of them familiar to local workers and readily available, together with
BV A. A. HAMILTON. 153
references from the works of Australian botanists, illustrating the leaf-characters affected, is now submitted, and, in certain cases, evidence is offered as to the conditions operating in the production of leaf-variation. For exotic examples and more detailed causation, see Schimper(23) and Warming(25) The factors affecting leaf-morphology, examples of which are given, may be briefly summarised.
Edaphic. — 'J'he preference shown by certain plant-associations of our indigenous flora for a particular soil-formation has been demonstrated by local botanists and geologists (though further data on this interesting subject are desirable), and this influence is largely contributory to leaf -variation: the growth on a rich basaltic soil, compared with that inhabiting a poor sandstone formation, needs no comment, so obvious is the effect on the size and shape of the leaves in plants capable of adaption to both situations.
Climatic. — The degree of heat or cold encountered largely regulates the size, pilosity, texture, and glaucousness of leaves. The occurrence of similar forms of leaf in some species of alpine and desert plants, due to the climatic conditions obtaining in such regions, is noted in all ecological text-books; and plants approaching these inhospitable regions from stations in which the conditions are more temperate, exhibit variation, which, in some instances, may be traced by well marked gradations.
Exposure v. Shelter. — The adaptable, dry ridge, or elevated plateau habitue, alters its foliar characters in cojiformity with the conditions obtaining in the valley, or sheltered slope, when changing its habitat. The close association of plants (growing in exposed situations) for mutual protection and shelter, modifies the size of the leaf.
Elevation. — The measure of elevation is seen to affect leaves in size, pilosity, and texture. Examples of hairiness in alpine plants growing under xerophytic conditions, and glabrous forms growing as hygrophytes are givendS; p 34).
Phenological. — Irregularity of rainfall is the principal agent in phenological leaf -change; a sudden, copious rain after a prolonged period of drought, accelerates the production of foliage which
12
154 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MOKPHOLOGY,
cannot be maintained, when the supply of water is exhausted, the leafage, as a consequence, becoming attenuated. Hetero- phylly, and dimorphism, may (in part) be attributed to this cause.
llydrophyUy. — The degree of permanence of the watei'-supply (river, creek, lagoon, waterhole, &c. ) necessitates elasticity in the leaf-characters of the individuals, or associations of plants fre- quenting these stations.
Instability of foothold. - One of the devices adapted as a pro- tection against uprooting, by plants growing in the shallow pockets of soil in alpine situations, and exposed to fierce storm- blasts, is the resetted form of basal leaf (16; p. 3 3). This char- acter is simulated by several swamp-dwellers, notably members of the Orders Goodeniacese and Droseracese, as a supporting agency in maintaining an upright position, and to counteract the laxity of the soil-conditions obtaining in a bog. An instance of a plant {Goodenia dimor-pha Maiden &. Betche) which had been prostrated by a storm, growing an extra, basal rosette on a branch which touched the ground, and rooting it to secure an anchorage, was given (13; 1914, p. 470). The muddy, insecure environment of the saline estuary has imposed on its plant-guests the task of making provision for repelling tidal invasion; and similarity of leaf-characters has been brought about, througli the use of the same protective devices, by Zoysia pungens Willd., and Sporo- bolus virgirdcus Humb. <k Kunth, the convolute leaves of these estuarine grasses offering a minimum of resistance to the ebb and flow of the tide. The insecurity of the shifting sand-dune is, in some measure, responsible for similarity in the foliage of the carpet-forming species, Mesembryanthemiivi edule Linn., and M. cequilaterale Haw., though, in this, as in the previous examples, more potent factors than those indicated have also been engaged in moulding the leaf-characters of these plants.
Drainage. — Stagnant water lying at the roots of plants in clayey soils, clay-pans, and shallow rock-basins, appreciably alters the facies of the foliage. In hilly sandstone-country, sudden dessication, owing to rapid drainage after a copious rainfall, compels the dweller in such regions to modify the size and texture of its leaves.
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 155
Halophily. — Succulence is the predominating character noted in species growing in saline situations, which affects their leaf- morphology; and it has been demonstrated that the leaves of certain species are increased in size and thickness by their prox- imity to tidal waters. Cliaracters evolved by the necessity for provision against the absorption of an undue quantity of sodium chloride have, in the case of many beach and estuarine plants, induced a degree of similarity in the leaves of plant-associations adopting a common device, and variation in groups dependent upon differing contrivances to obviate this danger.
Humous acidity. — The swamp-dwelling fraternity of plants supplies instances of similarity of foliage arising from the com- munal use of xerophytic devices tending to decrease the absorp- tion of the swamp-water, which contains the elusive, deleterious compounds, known as humous acids.
Insolation v. Shade. — Among plant-associations growing in open sandstone-country incapable of carrying an arboreal vegeta- tion, a similarity in foliage is displayed by species belonging to differing families, due to the common necessity for a reduced leaf-surface, with accompanying characters, calculated to mini- mise the injurious action of unbroken sunlight. The shade, and luxuriant food-supply afforded by the conditions obtaining in the " Brush" forest, have permitted an increase in the size and flacciditv of the leaves of its inhabitants, which has resulted in many resemblances in leaf-characters, in plants widely separated in relationship.
Juvenility v. Adolescence. — The variation attributable to the transition from juvenile to adult growth affects pilosity, viscidity, armature, marginal division, and axial altenation; the division of the young leaves (pinnate) in the genus Acacia, as opposed to the phyllodic character of the adult foliage, and the opposite or alternate arrangement of the juvenile or mature leaves of the genus Eucalyptus, is common knowledge. Characters, arising from protective devices adopted by the young leaves, are dis- carded when no longer necessary. Scabridities, and asperities become more conspicuous as the leaves age, owing to shrinkage in their texture. The foliage of young plants is frequently larger than that of older growths.
156
THK INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
Transpiration. — -The preventive measures adopted by plants against excessive transpiration are responsible for similarity, or variability in leaf-characters, according to the resultant effects of uniformity or opposition, arising from the methods used to regulate the loss of moisture.
Adaptahility. — The plant possessing the ability to exist in a varied habitat must, of necessity, be capable of modifying its leaf-structure to conform with the changes in the environmental conditions, the phrase "common and variable" being exception- ally applicable to adaptable species.
Teratological. — The meristematic attack of microscopic insects probably plays a more important part in the moulding of leaf- characters than has been generally recognised. Leaf-twisting, and axial disarrangement of the alternation of whorls, may be set up by insect-attack or mechanical injury.
Most of the above factors are capable of demonstration, but there remain, the uncertain effect of heredity, and the still less known equation "Mutation," to exercise a disturbing influence on leaf-characterisation. The changes brought about by natural hybridisation, and cross-fertilisation, though still largely a matter for conjecture, cannot be disregarded in a consideration of the morphology of leaves.
Examples.
RANUNCULACEiE.
The marginal toothing, the leaf-character separating Clematis aristata R.Br., from C. glycinoides DC, is inconstant; and vari- ation in the leaflets of the latter has already been noted. The foliage of Ranunculus pi ebeius R.Br., and that of E. hii't^is Bks. and Sol., are difficult to separate, hairiness, the character chiefly relied upon, being subject to age, and environmental conditions; the dissection of the leaves varies on the individual plant.
DiLLENIACEiE.
The xerophytic leaves of several Hibbertias are so similar as to be of little value to the systematist; those of H. linearis R.Br., and H. obtusifolia DC, approach each other, and are finally inseparable.
BY A. A. HAMILTO^f. 157
CRUCIFER.E.
The flaccid leaves, ranging fiora simple to lyrate, and pinna- tifid, of many Cruciferous plants, are generically similar, and frequently indistinguishable.
VlOLARIE^.
Leaf-divergence in lonidinm filifoi'me F.v M., due to environ- mental conditions, was noted, and specimens from the Blue Mountains exhibited before this Society (12; p. 392) showing, under hygrophvtic conditions, a flaccid, elongated leaf '2\ inches long; while, on examples from an elevated, dry ridge, the longest leaf found measured barely | inch.
PoRTULACEiE.
Mr. A. H. S. Lucas brought living plants of Claytonia ans- tralasica Hk., from Mt. Kosciusko to Sydney, and found that the new shoots became perfectly glabrous, the glaucousness of the plant also disappearing, with the vestiture, under cultivation in a warmer climate(16; P-22).
RuTACEjE.
Exceptional heterophylly in Zieria involucrata R.Br., was demonstrated in a series of specimens from Valley Heights, ex- hibited before this Society(12; p.393). Mr. J. Stirling, F L.S., (24; p. 1052) remarks of Zieria Smithii Andr., var. macrophylla, " in specimens of this arborescent form, procured at different altitudes and situations as regards humidity, dryness, &c., differ- ences in the leaves represented by thickness, and (in the sub- alpine vars. ) in having a dense, stellate tomentum on the under- side." Again, under Hoi-onia anemoiiifolia, A. Cunn.,(/.c*., p. 1054) " the division of the leaves into pinnse in some forms, and the pubescence of others, are not constant characters." Mr. Stirling also refers to leaf-variation in other Rutaceous plants, arising from differences in soil, climate, and elevation. The Blue Mountain representative of B. polj/ffalifolia Sm., var. robusta Benth., is a xerophytic form of />. anemonifoUa A. Cunn., the leaflets in the latter showing a gradual change as the plants attain a more luxuriant station(13; 1914, p. 648). The hetero-
158
THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MOHPHOLOGY,
phyllous leaves of B. ledifolia Gay, a species well known to local botanists for its leaf-variation, are described(4; Vol. i., p. 314) as simple, trifoliate, or rarely 5-, or even 7-foliate. Specimens from French's Forest (Coil. E. A. Holden; 8ept., 1906), exhibited before this Society by Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., on behalf of Mr. T. Steel, F.L.S., with reference to a case of assumed hybrid- ism, B. Jloribunday. Z>. serrulata Sm., (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 566) showed an interchange of leaf-characters between these two species, which was accentuated by further variation, in another example from Deewhy,(T. D. Mutch; August, 1915) exhibited for Mr. Maiden(13; 1915, p. 41 9).
A series of specimens of Erlostemon hispidulus Sieb., from Springwood, illustrating leaf- variation in size, shape, margin, and length of petiole, was exhibited(13; 1915, p. 415) taken from bushes growing under apparently similar, environmental condi- tions; and an additional series is here noted, from plants of E. salicifoliusHm., also growing under similar conditions, on a sandy flat at Woy Woy(A. A. Hamilton; June, 1915), ranging from broad lanceolate, 2x | inch, to narrow linear, 2x |^ inch, and from i to 3 inches long. Specimens of Phebaliiim squaraidosum Vent., in the National Herbarium, show a considerable range of variation in the dimensions of the leaves of this widely dis- tributed species, in several instances obviously due to environ- ment; the scurfy scales vary in colour from red to black, the margins are from barely recurved to almost revolute, and the apices are from acuminate to broadly obtuse, truncate, or emarginate.
MELIACE.E.
Mr. Bentham's description of Flindersia maculosa F.v.M.,(Fl. Aust. i., p.389) is elastic.
SAPINDACEiE.
The botanical description given by Mr. Maiden of Atalaya hemiglauca F v.M.,(19; ii., p. 122, PI. 60) shows that the leaves of this species may be simple or pinnate, from 2-8 inches long, the petiole terete or winged, or the leaflets decurrent on the petiole, forming a large 2- or 3-lobed leaf, such a leaf being depicted as a
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 159
detail, in the carefully executed plate by Miss M. Flockton, illustrating this species. A series of leaves of Dodonoia tri- quetra Wendl., showing a considerable range of variation within this species, was exhibited before this Society(13; 1915, p. 628).
LEGUMINOSiE.
In this Order, the genus Acacia has presented many problems in leaf-variation to the systematist, the exceptionally wide range of habitat of many species of the genus necessitating consider- able alterations in the structure of the foliage, to meet the re- quirements of the varied environmental conditions encountered within the sphere of their acr.ivities. An example of this elasticity is found in the alteration of the texture of its phyllodes, by A. suaveole7is Willd., during its passage from the lower to the liigher elevations on the Blue Mountains(12; 1915, p. 389) In a footnote to his description of A rustelli/era, Bentham, (*; ii , p. 368) who has reduced A. subbinervia Meissn., to a synonym of his species, writes— "The second nerve of the phyllodia, from whence Meissner derived his name, very seldom occurs, and was therefore in some measure exceptional in the specimen described by him." Discussing the .4. (fec?<.n*e?is Willd., group of "Wattles," Mr. J. H. Maiden(19; iii., p 40) draws attention to the following points : — The pinnules of all vary more or less in each variety in
length, breadth, and insertion A decurrence of leaf-stalks
is common to all The indumentum is variable The
number of glands varies in each variety in the same tree. Further remarks by the author accentuate the wide range of variation within this group. Under /I immila Maiden tt Baker, (20; p. 87) is the following note by Messrs. Maiden &, Betche : — "Since publication of this species, many additional localities have been discovered and the additional material necessi- tates some modification of the description. The phyllodia are described as G lines long and 1 line broad; it should read instead, phyllodia from i to nearly H inches long, 1 line broad in the short-leaved forms, considerably narrower in the long-leaved specimens." Mr. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S.,15) illustrates some of the difficulties in discriminating between several members of this
160 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
genus on foliar characters, with special leference to venation and texture. In (S; 1900, p. 595) he applies the test of brittle- iiess to the phyllodes as a differentiating character between two closely allied species, incidentally mentioning that this test is of no value in dried specimens. In a later paper,(5; 1900, Mr. Cambage returns to this subject, and notes (p.7l9) that the species A. homalophylla A. Cunn., "Yarran," whose foliage was, by its clean break, separated from A. Cambayei R. T. Baker, " Gidgea," shares this character with A. pendula A. Cunn., "Myall," similarity in phyllodic texture between them being also noted. In his description of A. drfformis, the author, Mr. R. T. Baker, F.L.S., (3; 1897, p. 154) con- siders it necessary to explain, at some length, the differences in foliar characters between his species and A. penniiiervis Sieb., to avoid confusion between them, referring also to the variability in foliage found in the latter species and its vars. Examples of the pinnate-leaved A. discolor Willd. (13- 1915, p. 209) collected from a series of plants growing in company on the slope of a hill at Cook's River, emphasised the irregularity of the number of pinnae, relied upon by Bentham (4; ii., p. 318) to differentiate two groups, the range of the size of tlie leaflets as given in the description of this species {I.e., p. 4 14) also display- ing insufficient elasticity. A. implexa Benth., (13; 1915, p.415) furnished evidence, by means of a series of phyllodes taken from a small colony of some half-dozen plants, evidently with a com- mon parentage, growing on a sandstone-hill at Glenbrook, of morphological, foliar divergence within this species, more pro- nounced than that differentiating it from A. Maideni F.v.M. the texture, and venation of the foliage of these two species showing similarity. Dimorphic foliage, the result, in some instances, of seasonal growth, is not infrequent in this genus. Examples showing the lower phyllodes larger than the upper ones, others again with the larger phyllodes uppermost, and a specimen with two, opposing branches on a single stem wliose phyllodes showed a considerable divergence, wei'e noted (13; 1914, p. 6 48). Variation was also noted in the phyllodia of A. elon'gata Sieb., (13; 1914, p. 397) and those of A. suaveoleiis Willd., of which
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 161
measurements were given (13; 1914, p.471); examples of this species were also exhibited to illustrate leaf-twisting (13; 1 915, p.418) The phyllodia of the A.falcata VVilld., A. pe'iminervis Sieb., and A. pycnantha Benth., group are not easily separated on the characters of shape, size, texture, and venation, each of these species liaviug a fairly wide range of these characters within itself. Specimens of A. binervata DC, in the National Herbarium, collected at Stanwell Park, by Mr. J. H. Maiden, have the following field-note by the collector — "Twigs from a young tree, phyllodes very wide, and tripleveined." Mr. Maiden's leaves are from 3 to above 4 inches long, and from 1 i to 2 inches broad. A further series of this species collected in the same locality by the writer (August, 1915), from an old tree, are narrow and normally two-veined, ranging in size from 2 x ^ to 6 X f inch, and in shape from straight to falcate, with a long, acuminate apex. The description of Acacia-seedlings given by Mr. R. H. Cambage(7; p. 97) discloses variation in shape, size, number of leaflets, degree of pilosity, colour, venation, length and dilation of petiole, and distance of internodes, in the seed- ling-plants. In a concluding note, Mr. Cambage says (p.ll8) — " In all the above descriptions the measurements quoted of the various parts of the seedlings are either the average lengths or the extremes so far met with, but in some cases the variation is so considerable that it seems likely further investigation may show that the greatest extremes of length have not yet been recorded."
The spiny leaves of Daviesia acicularis Sm., 1). idicina 8m., and D genist'ifolia A.Cunn., are progressively merged, and those of D. latifolvi R.Br., and D. corymbosa Sm., are, in many in- stances, inseparable. Of the latter, Mr. Maiden (15; p.8), notes the commingling of glaucous and non-glaucous forms; and a series of leaves of this species illustrating variation was noted by the writer (13; 1914, p.254). Local botanical collectors have, pro- bably witiiout exception, noticed the variability in the foliage of Dillmyniaerlcifolia Sm., and the similarity in the leaves of other species within the genus. Mr. R. H. Cambage (5; 1900, p.GOO) records some very marked features in the foliage of Cassia eremo-
162 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
phila A. Cunn., showing gradations from flat to cylindrical, under varying climatic conditions. The influence of xerophytic or hygrophytic conditions on leaf- variation was illustrated by a series of examples, e.xhibited before this 8ociety(13; 1915, p.418), of Bossicea heterophylla Vent., (a species whose foliar instability is intimated by its specific name) in which the transition from a degree of aphylly, in the elevated, dry- ridge xerophyte, and harsh, diminutive foliage of its fellow of the dry claypan, to the broad, soft leaves of plants of this species living under hygro- phytic conditions, was demonstrated; in these latter examples, to which under normal conditions a regular supply of water is assured, the flattened stems, and the persistence of the narrow, linear leaves in company with the broader ones (heterophylly), disclose a provision for a return, when necessary, to xerophytic conditions, as it was noted that the broad leaves exhibit extreme sensitiveness to drought-conditions, and respond by becoming deciduous. A series of specimens of Platylohium formosum 8ra., exhibited before this Society (13; 1915, p. 4 15) showed alterations in the size of leaf brought about by xerophytic versus hvf'ro- phytic conditions. It is noted tliat several genera of Western Australian Leguminosai are exceptionally liable to marginal leaf- variation.
«
Saxifrages.
The alternation of seasons favourable or deterrent to plant- growth, has caused considerable leaf-variation in Ceratopetalum gihitimiferum Sm. In some examples from Cowan (Cull. A. A. Hamilton; May, 1915), the larger leaves are found on the tips of the branches; in others, the smaller leaves are so placed, and there is a third stage showing a branch on which the leaves are all small, and closely packed.
Droseuaces.
The leaves of Drosera peltnta Sm., and D. anriculata Backh., are identical, and those of some of the rosetted forms are barely separable.
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 163
HALORAGE.E.
Variation in the emerjced and submer2;ed leaves occurs in the genus Myriophylhim. In both Haloragis ceratuphi/Jla Endl., and //. heterophylla Brongn , leaf-division occurs, varying from almost entire, to coarsely-toothed, and pinnatifid; and both are irregular in the alternation of their leaves.
MTRTACEiE.
In the N.O. Myrtaceie, the genus Eucalyptus provides many instances of leaf- variation. The attention concentrated on the genus by leading .\ustralian botanists, who have specialised in this syl vatic group, has resulted in a searching investigation of their structure, from the cotyledon to the mature tree, and has incidentally disclosed many examples of the difficulty of dis- criminating between some of its members on leaf-characterisa- tion. Bentham(4; iii , p.l86) says:— "The old division of the genus according to the opposite or alternate leaves is now found to be quite fallacious," and, loc. cit., " The extraordinary differ- ences in the foliage of many species at different periods of their growth add much to the oi'dinary difficulties arising from the gradual transition of varieties, races or species, one into the other." Again, (p. 187) " It appeared quite useless in any manner to describe these sapling leaves in the several species where they have been observed, for they present at once the greatest similarity in the corresponding leaves of different species, and the greatest dissimilarity in the different leaves of the same species or specimens." J^aron von Mueller(22) notes several instances, in his specific descriptions, of members of this genus exemplifying the instability of leaf-morpholog}' as a termino- logical factor. In his preface to (18), the author, considering V^ariation in the Genus(p.6), offers some generalisations on the modification of leaf-characters, and, in the already published portion of this comprehensive work, has cited numerous in- stances of similarity of leaves in opposing, and variation within the compass of species, accompanied l)y plates showing difliering forms of leaves. Modification of leaf-characters in £J. coricea A. Cunn., referable to elevation (16; p. 35) are noted by the author,
164 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
who writes, "The case of E. coriacea is a notable instance of the decreasing size, increased succulence, and glaucousness of the leaves, as the higher elevations ai'e reached." Mr. Maiden also writes at some length on the question of the specific rank of E. pulverulenta Sims, on the validity of which species some doubt had been expressed by previous writers, chiefly in respect of the variabiHty of leaf -characters (These Proceedings, 1901, p. 547). In (20a), Mr. J. H. Maiden, referring to " A species in the making," — akin to K. vielaiiophloia F.v.M.,(p.233), says: — "We have been of course aware for many years how variable is the foliage of E. melauophloia, lanceolate-leaved forms being well
known. Particulars may be found in (18; Part 12, p.71)
Owing to changes of environment, it is very often the case that we have breaks, and in the present case we may have a break from E melauophloia in the direction of narrower, more petio- late leaves, with other minor differences." In (20b), Mr. Maiden, under E. Risdoni Hook. f.,(p.28) says : — " Perusal of p. 175, and of Plate 32 of my work (18) vvill show that I had already con- firmed Bentham's observation by noting 'lanceolate leaves are common on the tops of branches of E. /^isdoid,' and Mr. Deane and T compared them with a similar phenomenon in E. pidvern- lenta (cinerea).' In a paper (20d, MS.), (extracts from which I have, by the courtesy of the author, been permitted to quote) Mr. Maiden, under Homoplasy, writes : — " In Eucalyptus, so often do organs (particularly leaves) simulate each other, that it is usually necessary to demand specimens exhibiting a full suite of organs, in order that species may be determined"'; and he gives the following quotation from Daydon Jackson's "Life of Ben- tham" (p.217), "On 27th April, 1870, Mr. Wilson Saunders airaiii contributed to the Linnean Society, a set of mimetic plants, as the President phrased it, "a very interesting exhibi- tion of pairs of plants with almost identical foliage from very different natural orders .... very much alike when in leaf only, so as in many cases to be quite indistinguishable, eighteen pairs of them" (p. 220;. A further reference is given (loe. cit.) to " Nature," iv., p. 11. In a Chapter on Provisional Species, the author, when considering Mature Leaves (Eucalyptus) says : —
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 165
"There is infinite variation here." In a reference to "Hybrid- ism in the Genus," the author (loc. cit.) refers to a personal ex- perience in a Eucalyptus-plantation in Algeria, where interme- diate forms of planted species, displaying pronounced, morpho- logical characters, were obtained from spontaneous seedling trees. Variation of leaf-characters within, and resemblance without a species, is recorded by Messrs. Baker and Smith (2). E. dextro- pinea R. T. Baker, is noted(p.38) to have leaves almost identical with those of E. Uevoplnea (of this work), and resembling also those of E. ohiiqua L'Her.; and(p.41) E. Icevopinea " sucker-leaves
alternate or rarely opposite mature leaves varying in size
and shape, petiole varying from ^ inch to 1 inch long." Mr. R. H. Cambage has devoted a considerable portion of his Presi- dential Address (6) to an exhaustive summary of the morpho- logical characters of the leaves of Eucalypts, showing extensive variation brought about by the necessity for modifications of structure, position, and other characters, to enable them to meet the varying requirements occasioned by the conditions of soil, climate, and other ecological and xerophytic factors, affecting the functional organisms of the members of this difficult genus, in their varied habitats. This writer has also drawn attention to similarity in the texture of the leaves of E. stricta and E. viridis (5 ; 1900, p 602), and {I.e. p. 203) great similarity in the leaves of E. dumosa and E. oleosa Further references bearing on this subject will be found in a series of botanical papers by Mr. Cam- bage (5). The question of hybridism in Eucalypts has been exhaust- ively treated in (18) and other publications by Mr. Maiden, and other specialists in the genus; and the evidence adduced contains examples of similarity in the leaves of apparently distinct species brought about (presumably) by this agency. The similarity in foliage resultant from xerophytic conditions in the small-leaved group of the Myrtacete, is well exemplified in the allied genera, Micromyrtus and Bmckea, the diminutive, triquetrous, more or less decussate leaves of M. microphylla Benth., being, with difficulty, separated from those of B. brevi/olia DC. Succulence, due to a halophilous environment, has enlarged the leaves ef Bceckea crenulata R.Br., when growing on the coast or saline estuary, to
166 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
such an extent that the leaves of plants of this species, growing in a habitat unaffected l^y salinity, show as much variation relatively to the succulent form, as that obtaining between the leaves of two distinct species of this genus, e.g., B. Gunniana Schau., and B diosmifolia Rudge.
The growth which oppeared on some bushes of the latter at Valley Heights, after a fire bad run tbrougii theui, presented a marked difference from that obtaining in the foliage of the un- scathed plants. B. deasifolia 8m., exhibits a foliar difference in examples growing in a sheltered position at Valley Heights, and those growing at Newnes Junction (3500 feet) exposed to the bleak " Westerlies" (13: 1914, p.254). The leaves of the xero- phytic, coastal swamp-form of Darwinia taxifolia A. Cunn., are inferior in luxuriance to those of the same species growing on the poor but well drained sandstone-hills at Cowan.
An example of leaf-variation within a species, is given in Anyo- phora melanoxylon R. T. Baker. In his description of this species, the author writes: — "The rare shape of some of the leaves (the lanceolate form) connect it with A. inter-media, whilst the rounded, auricular base of the predominant shaped leaf gives it some aftinity to A. subvehitina" (These Proceedings, 1900, p. 85). A series of leaves of A. cordifolia Cav., showing varia- tion within this species was noted (13: 1915, p. 487). Specimens showing leaf- variation in the suckers of a form of A. intermedia DC, taken from a series of young trees (over which a fire had passed), growing on the Wianamatta Shale, near Clyde Rail- way-Station, are here noted. Example 1 : two, lower whorls of sucker-leaves ternate, the remainder gradually passing into the adult stage, and all opposite. Example 2 : two, upper whorls of adult leaves ternate, with a pair of opposite, adult leaves imme- diately below, merging into the sucker-leaves, which are all, from these downwards, alternate. Example 3 : juvenile and adult leaves, all opposite. Example 4 : lower whorl of sucker-leaves, ternate, those above opposite. Example 5 : three, lower whorls ternate, and one pair above, opposite (all juvenile). Example 6 : all sucker-leaves ternate. An exceptional range in size, shape (basal and apical), length of petiole, etc., is shown in both the
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 167
juvenile and adult foliage. On example 1, a pair of leaves are seen coherent by their margins; the fusion exists along the greater part of their length, and they are, together, little broader than an individual normal leaf; the well-developed midrib of each leaf, and the deeply notched apex, disclose the unity.
In the hvgrophytic group of this family, the leaf-characters show similarity as a result of the conditions of shade, shelter, moisture, and rich soil, found in the Brush Forest. The pendu- lous leaf, with its long, acuminate, dripping point, a device to throw off superfluous water, which, by remaining too long on the leaf, would interfere with transpiration (23; pi 7) is found in the «' Brush-Myrtles " of the allied genera, Myrtus and Eugenia, and the more distantly related Syncarpia leptopetala F.v.M. The similarity in the case of the "Myrtles'' is enhanced by the glossy coating of the leaves, another factor engaged in expediting the exit of surplus moisture {loo. cit.). The inconstancy of the op- posite versus alternate arrangement of the leaves in the genus Melaleuca, used by lientham in his key to the species (4; iii., pp. 125, 126), as a differentiating sectional character, is a not infrequent source of difficulty to the systematist; and leaf-twist- ing, in certain members of the genus, is not an invariably reli- able character.
FiCOIDEiE.
Similarity in the effect produced by the xerophytie conditions obtaining on the beach, is exemplified in the case of the heavy, triangular, succulent leaves of Mesernbryanthemum cequilaterale Haw., and those of the introduced M. edule L., a resemblance doubtless responsible for the deferred detection of the latter species, until quite recently ( 13; 1913, p.396). Both plants are of the carpet-forming type, their heavy, succulent leaves emi- nently fitting them for existence on the shifting sand-dune.
TJmbellifer.e.
Examples of some forms of Siebera Billardieri Benth., from Leura (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1915) with leaves from rotundate and \ inch to ^ inch long, to nari'ow lanceolate and
168 THE INSTABILITY OF LKAF-MOKPHOLOGY,
2^ inches long, witli intermediate examples showing an extensive range of variation in form and size, are now exhibited. Speci- mens of Xan^Aosia /^i^os-a Rudge, (Cook's River; A. A. Hamilton; April, 1915) show variation in the leaves from ^ inch to 1| inches in length, and from 2 lines to | inch in width; thev are almost sessile, or on petioles up to | inch long, and have a tomencum ranging from pale grey to dull brown. Two specimens of the well known Actiiiotu.s Helkmthi Labill., are exhibited, to illustrate the effects, on the foliage, of bad drainage.
COMPOSITiE.
The leaves of Brachycome diversifolia Fisch., ife Mey., and those of B. stricta DC, both range from simple to pinnatifid, many examples of these species being inseparable on the foliar characters. The radical and cauline leaves of most of the Brachy- comes, and many other herbaceous composites, are differently shaped. The minute, clustered leaves of Olearia Jiorihunda Benth., and 0. lepidophyUa Benth., sliow similarity; while their ubiquitous congener, 0. ramulosa Benth., has numerous forms. Of the latter, Bentham (4; iii., p. 477) says, "There are two principal forms, which are often distinguished as species, but only differ in the shape of the leaves." Specimens of 0. myrsin- oides F.V.M., were exhibited before this Society (13; 1914, p. 159) showing leaf- variation due to environment, in dimensions, tex- ture, and length of petiole; and it is now noted that the toraen- tum varies within this species, from dull red to silvery-white. Leaf-variation resultant from seasonal growth, was illustrated in a series of specimens of Cassinia aculeata R.Br., (13; 1915, p. 209); and three forms of C. longifolia R.Br., from Blue Mountain localities, showing leaf-variation, were exhibited (13; 1915, p. 722). A change in the xerophytic, protective character from hairiness to viscidity, adopted by an old bush of Helichry- sara semipapposum DC, was noted (13; 1915, p. 289), young plants in its vicinity, evidently its progeny, retaining the pilose character. Mr. J. H. Maiden (15; p. 18) notes three forms of Heli- chrysum rosmarhiifolium Less., var. thyi'soideiim, at different elevations on Mt. Kosciusko, the leaves vai'ying in size, thick-
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 169
ness, and density of wool; and presents (16; p.34), under Piloism, instances in Compositse, and other families, of an increased vestiture assumed by plants on the higher elevations, growing under xerophytic conditions. Plants of Helipterum incanum DC.., growing in the Hartley Valley, near the banks of the Lett, show alterations in the leaves from short and broad, to narrow- linear, yellow, white, and variegated flowers being found among this series. Examples of this species in the National Herbarium, from Mt. Kosciusko (Coll. J. H. Maiden), have basal, obovate- spathulate leaves, i inch long; and there are examples from various localities with elongated, thread-like leaves reaching 4 • inches in length. The adaptability of the weedy Helichrysum apiculatum DC, has given rise to a large series of forms, only equalled, perhaps, by the ubiquitous " Cudweed," Gnaphalium iaponicum Thunb.
GoODENIACEiE.
Specimens of Scaet^ola suai^eolens R.Br., and S. microcarpa Cav., were noted (13; 1914, p.397), exemplifying an insuflicient range of herbarium-material, or field-experience, necessary for a reliable description, one of the characters depended upon to separate these two species (size of leaf) being shown to be inac- curately applied. A difference in size and texture is here noted, characterising the leaves of old and young plants of Goodenia ovata Sm., from Stan well Park (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1915). G. heterophyUa Sm., and G. hederacea Sm., can, with difficulty, be separated on the leaf-characters.
EPACRIDEiE.
The sheathing-leaves of Sprengelia ponceletia F.v.M., are similar to those of the short-leaved forms of S. incarnata Sm., the latter showing a considerable range in length of leaf. The genus Leucopogon has several species which cannot be separated on leaf-characters. Acrotriche divaricata R.Br., and .4. aggregata R.Br., are inconstant in the leaf-characters separating them, viz., hirsuteness, and shade of colour on the underside of the leaves (4; iv., p.226). Of Epacris crassifolia R.Br., it is noted
13
170 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
{i; iv., p. 237) that specimens from Port Jackson (near the sea) have large leaves, and others (summit of the Blue Mountains) have smaller leaves. The latter statement must be qualified by due regard for environmental conditions, as examples from the higher elevations on the Blue Mountains, growing under different conditions, also have large leaves, which approach in size and shape those of E. obtusifolia Sm.(13, 1915, p. 721). Similar environmental conditions were noted (13; 1914, p. 544) in the case of E. reclinata A. Cunn., and a transition in the foliase from flaccid and pilose to rigid and glabrous, was observed.
MYRSINACEiE.
Irregular, marginal toothing occurs in Myrsine variabilis R.Br.; the presence of teeth on the young growth, and their absence on the leaves of adult branches, have frequently been noted.
' OLEACEiE.
The leaves of J^otelcea ovata R.Br., and those of N. hngifolia Vent., approach each other, and are finally merged; leaves of the latter, exhibiting extensive variation, were noted(l3; 1914,p.326). In a footnote to N. longifolia, Bentham (i; iv., p.299) says, "The northern and southern specimens belong almost entirely to the glabrous form, the pubescent one is chiefly about Port Jackson, and in the Blue Mountains, to New England, some of C. Stuart's specimens from the latter station being densely and softly pubescent all over." Venation, the leaf-character chiefly relied upon by Bentham (4; iv., p. 300) to separate N. microcarpa R.Br., N. lignstrina Vent., and iV. linearis Benth., is variable in each of these species, occasionally on the same specimen; and all three are beset with more or less conspicuous dots, a character ascribed by Bentham to N. punctata R.Br., onl};- {l..c.).
CONVOLVULACEiE.
Specimens of Ipomiea Pes-Caprce Roth., (Stanwell Park; Aug., 1915; A. A. Hamilton) showing variation in the length of the petiole of the leaves, in an individual plant, ranging from 1 inch to 4 inches, is here noted.
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 171
SOLANE^.
Under the genus Solatium, Bentham (4; iv., p. 443) says : — " The distinction and determination of the numerous species of
this genus is attended with peculiar difficulties, the chief
characters being derived from the very variable ones, of foliage, armature, and indumentum " Examples of the small, red-fruited, S. stelligerum Sm., are not infrequently found with some leaves armed with spines, and others without any, on the same plant. S. vescum F.v.M., and S. aviculare Forst., are inseparable on leaf-characters, both having simple, and variously divided leaves, occasionally on the same branch, each species exhibiting within itself a degree of foliar variability, equal to that existing between the two species.
BiGNONIACEiE.
Specimens of Tecorna austndis R.Br., were noted (13; 1914, p. 39 7) showing variation in the size, and number of leaflets, and marginal division.
MyOPORINEjE.
Spencer le M. Moore (21; p. 258) writes : — "Pholidia gibhifulia
F.V.M., is a very singular plant The chief peculiarity
resides in the leaves, which are much reduced, appressed to the stem, and curiously tuberculated. Had the specimens described by me in this memoir as P. homophistica, not been in flower when they were gathered, I should have concluded without hesitation that they must be referred to Mueller's species, for in habit, as in leaf, the two seem absolute counterparts."
IjABIATEiE.
Bentham, in his key to the genus Prostanthera, {i; v., p. 92) says of P. denticulata R.Br., "Leaves from \ inch and ovate to 1 inch and linear, entire, sometimes echinate. Plant pubescent or nearly glabrous." P. incisa R.Br., and P. Sieberi Benth., approach each other in leaf-characters, the latter merging into P. violacea R.Br.
PROTKACEiE.
This largely xerophilous Order is probably (among phanero- gams) the worst offender against regularity in its leaf-system.
172 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAP-MORPHOLOGY,
Of heterophylly within a species, and homoplasy in opposing species, and the gradual metamorphosis of the leaves of one species into those of another, this well named Order provides numerous examples. Members present at the Meeting of this Society in July, 1910, will recollect the remarkable series of examples illustrating interchangeable leaf-characters between three Gre- villeas, viz., G. Gaudichaudii R.Br., G acanthifolia A. Cunn., and G lauri/olia Sieb., exhibited by Mr. J. J. Fletcher, which he presented as evidence of reciprocal hybridism within these species (These Proceedings, 1910, p.433). The leaves of Grevillea linearh R.Br., and those of G. sericea R.Br., overlap, and, in .some of the narrower forms, are not easily separated; the foliar characters dividing G. sphacelata R.Br., and G. phylicoides R.Br., are not strong. In all four of these Grevilleas, the tomentum — one of the characters relied on by Bentham (4; v., p. 464) to separate the two latter -is subject to considerable interchange- able variation, both in colour (silvery to ferrugineous), and tiocculence, as opposed to appression. A series of examples of G. oleoides Sieb., are here noted, showing variation from narrow- linear, with revolute margins, to broad lanceolate, the margins but slightly recurved, and ranging from 3 x /g to 3 x f inch (Heathcote; October, 1915; A. A. Hamilton).
Spencer Moore (21; p.259) says, "some Proteacea;, Grevilleas and Ilakeas especially, can scarcely be distinguished from Acacias when not in Hower or fruit.'' The terete-leaved Hakeas, which exhibit, within the limits of a species (13; 1915, p. 289, //. puyioni- formis Cav.), as great a variation as is found in opposing species, are gradually altered via the dimorphic-leaved H. microcarpa R.Br., into the flat-leaved section of which the variable H. dactyloides {iZ; 1914, p. 88) is a representative. The leaf-varia- tion in H. daclyloides has been noted by Mr. J. H. Maiden (19; v., p.l47, PI. 179), and several forms of leaf are depicted in the admirable plate by Miss M. Flockton, illustrating this species. A xerophytic condition inducing similarity in the leaves of certain members of a species, and causing variation between them and their congeners of the same species, which are not subjected to similar treatment, is exemplified in Isopogon atie-
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 173
moni/olius R.Br., (13; 1915, p. 118), and Hakea puyioni/'ormis Cav., (I.e., p. 289) the latter species being also used to illustrate ecological, varietal effects (/.c).
The leaves of Petrophila pulchella R.Br., P. pednncidata R.Br. and P. sessUis 8ieb., are difficult to separate, and similarity exists between the leaves of all three, and Isupocjon, anethij'olius R.Br. (13; 1915, p. 4 19).
The genus Persoonia provides a foliar range from the acicular leaves of P. piuifolia R.Br., to those of the exceptionally large, broad, flat leaves of P. salicino, Pers. The latter species offers a wide range of leaf- variation (13; 1914, p. 648, as opposed to the similarity existing in the foliage of P. 'media R.Br., and P. curiiifolia A. Cunn, the length and venation of the leaves, (char- acters used to separate the two latter, 4; v., pp. 391-392) showing inconstancy.
The Banksias exhibit a transformation in leaves from B. ericifolia L., to B. spinulosa Sm., and B. maryinata Ca,v . , leaving the systematist occasionally in doubt as to which species he should refer contiguous examples, the marginal toothing, and size of the leaves showing many irregularities. A series of leaves of B. marginata is figured on the plate illustrating that species (10; ii., p-12) showing a number of form.s, with a con- siderable range of variation. Similarity, on the other hand, between the leaves of B. serrata L., and those of ^. ceynula R.Br., is very pronounced.
Examples of Conospermum taxifolium Sm., and C. ericifolium Sm.,(13; 1914, p. 325) demonstrated the difficulty of separating these two species on leaf-characters. The two species of Syni- jjhyonema (endemic in New South Wales) are separated chiefly on the foliage, which is largely influenced by environment, the swamp-form of S. montmium R.Br., on the Blue Mountains, fre- quently pi'oducing leaves the counterpart of those of the swamp- dwelling, coastal Ki. paludos^im R.Br. Attention is drawn to the similarity between the leaves of certain .species of the Order ProteaceiB, and others of the Sapindacese (9; 1900, p. 586) by Mr. H. Deane; and the writer has shown examples of variation within a species in Lomatia silaifolia R.Br., (13; 1914, p.l59).
174 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
L. ImigifoUa R. Br.,(?.c.;l 915, p.487), Telojyea speciosissima R.Br., (I.e.; 1908, p. 286, and l.c ,1914, p. 325), and Xyloynehtm pyriforme Sm.,(^.f., 1915, p. 289) [the latter also illustrating the well known diversity in marginal toothing, between the juvenile and mature foliage], from time to time, at the Meetings of this Society. As is the case with the Urder Leguminosse, many genera of Western Australian Proteaceae are exceptionally liable to variation in marginal leaf-division, and dimorphism.
THYMELEiE.
Many specimens of Pimelea are uncertain in the alternation of the leaves, and the venation is also variable. P. liiiifulia Sra., an exceptionally adaptable species, and consequently wideh' dis- tributed, has altered its foliar characters to meet the exigencies of its varied environment. One of its forms is inseparable from P. glauca R.Br., on leaf-characters.
CASUARINEiE.
Examples of Gasuaritia ylauca 8ieb., were exhibited ( 13; 1915, p. 288) to illustrate the dislocation of the symmetry of the whorls of teetll (leaves), caused by larval attack
CONIFERiE.
Leaf-twisting, due to mechanical injury, was demonstrated in specimens of Podocarpu^ spiiitdosd R.Br, exhibited before this Society (13; 1915, p. 418). This character (leaf -twisting) is occa- sionally used to separate closely allied species, e.g., Conospermum taxifolium Sm., v. C. ericij'olmm Sm., and Xyris comi^Ianata R.Br., v. X. yracUis R.Br. In both cases cited, the character is interchangeable.
ORCHIDEiE.
The cylindrical leaves of Dendrobium teretifolium R.Br., (ex- amples of which from Tuggerah Lakes, April, 1914; Coll. A. A. Hamilton, are exhibited) range from H to 18 inches long, and are so similar to those of D. striolahim Reichb., that the smaller plants of each species appear identical when not in flower.
Similarity in the leafage is found in the members of the opposing Orders, Iridete, and Amaryllidese, in respect of sca- bridity, texture, and marginal toothing, the two former char-
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 175
acters varying considerably with the degree of moisture avail- able. The succulent, cylindrical leaves of many Liliaceous plants are almost identical, and are equally like the leaves of some terrestrial orchids. Triglochin procera R.Br., when grow- ing in mid-stream, and subject to a strong current, has flat leaves, which are permanently bent, and lie on the surface of the water, while the leaves of plants growing near the bank, or in the still watei-s of a lagoon, are upright and almost terete. In the Orders Juncacese, Restiacese, and Cyperacese, the leaves of many species are so similar, that they afford very little assistance to the taxo- nomist. The rigid, convolute, pungent-pointed leaves of Zoysia fungensWiWd., are very similar to those of Sporoholus virginiciis Kunth, when these plants are growing associated in a saline estuary, both having adopted the same xerophytic, protective agency against the natural forces operating against them, in their exposed habitat. Schedonorus littoralis Beauv., has rigid, pungent-pointed leaves, simulating those of a J uncus.
Conclusion.
A consideration of the varied influences brought to bear on the modification of the morphology of leaves, as demonstrated by the foregoing examples (which might be indefinitely multi- plied), discloses, it is submitted, suilicient evidence to warrant the assertion that the foliar characters in herbarium-specimens should be cautiously advanced in the determination of a species. It has been shown that a specimen taken from an individual shrub may differ as much in its leaf-character from other ex- amples taken from the same plant, or from a neighbouring shrub of the same species, as it would from one taken from a distinct species. The examples cited in this paper (p. 157) referring to the inaccurate description of the position of the simple and trifoliate leaves in Zieria involucrata, and the relative size of the leaves, in Scosvola suaveolens and ^S'. microcarpa,{pAQ9) are instances which show the necessity for extensive field-work, and the ex- amination of a large quantity of botanical material in respect of leaf-characters, before describing a species, or proposing a new variety, the elasticity of the plant frequently showing disregard
176 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY
for the rigidity of the description. In following a botanical de- scription with herbarium-material, frequently limited in quantity, and from few, and often obscure localities, the variations in foliage brought about by local conditions must, in the absence of such information, be lai'gely speculative. Nor does the pos- session of a type-specimen entirely remove the difficulty, unless the environmental conditions under whieh the type existed are available. The most valuable assistant to the taxonomic botanist is personal observation of his flora in situ, but as this is fre- quently impracticable, the carefully compiled field-notes of com- petent observers, with a knowledge of the factors liable to affect the morphology of leaves, are extremely helpful. In this direc- tion, the value of the numerous references embodied in the writings of local botanists (who are, without exception, field- botanists) to the influences at work on the alteration, in our native vegetation, of the characters relied upon by the systemat- ist, cannot be overstated. The following expressions of opinion may be quoted. Bentham (4; iii., p. 186), in his remarks on the genus Eucalyptus, says : " but to the botanist who is unable to compare them in a living state, the due limitation and classifica- tion of their species presents almost insupei'able obstacles." In his Presidential Address to this Society (8; 1915, p. 649), Mr. Henry Deane refers to the determination of plants from leaves, and quotes a Presidential Address to the Linnean Societ)^ in 1870, by Bentham, who points out the unreliability of determina- tions made on leaves only, and mentions that De Candolle had been in error as to Natural Orders of species of which he pos- sessed leaves alone. Later (9; 1900, p. 581) Mr. Deane stigma- tises as ridiculous the case of a botanist who would attempt a classification and description of a hitherto unexplored flora on a collection of leaves, and notes (p. 588), that Ettingshausen points out in his paper the impossibility of carrying out any system of classification on leaf-characters, offering examples of similarity in widely separated, and heterogeny in more closely allied plants. Mr. Deane in his paper(9), also tabulated a number of species, and supplied figures of leaves, instituting comparisons as to their similarity in opposing, and variation in allied plants, with special
.BY A. A. HAMILTON. 177
1-eference to venation. In a paper published in the Botanical Gazette, University of Chicago Press (Vol.59, 1915, p. 484) on "Tiie Origin and Distribution of the Faniilv Mvrtacese," Mr. Edward M. Berry, referring to a paper on tliis subject by Mr. E. C Andrews, published in these Pi-oceedings (1913, p. 529), says (p. 486), "for althougli in accordance with paleo-botanical usage I have identified numerous forms of Eucalyptus in the N. American Upper Cretaceous, I have long thought that these leaves represented ancestial forms of Eugenia or Myrica. but have hesitated suggesting any change based merely on personal opinion, and also from a consideration that such change in nomenclature is undesirable at the present time from the stand- point of stratigraphic paleobotany." Mr. J. H. Maiden(17; pl"7) says : — " Except in the case of very characterrstic material botanists who deal with the existing flora usually ask to be excused from determining a plant on a leaf only." In (20c, p. 326), the author says: — "Other characters of Eucalyptus leaves we require to know more about, are their size, texture, and prominence of venation. They ai-e minor characters, and some species present much variation in this respect": and in (18; Part viii., p. 247) Mr. Maiden says: — " I attach great importance
to studying the trees in the field In these researches I maj'
be pardoned for saying that I have travelled moi'e or less in every State of the Commonwealth, covering thousands of miles on foot in pursuit of this study alone, in contradistinction to mere herbarium work." Mr. E. C. Andrews(l), discussing "The Age of Dicotyledons," gives (p. 360) examples of the difficulty of determining the correct botanical classification of existing plants on leaf -characters, showing differences of opinion among our greatest .systematists, as to the family in which certain trifoliate- leaved plants should be placed. Sir J. I). Hooker (14; p. 13), says:— "The result of my observations is that differences of habit, colour, hairiness, and outline of leaves .... are generally fallacious as specific marks, being attributable to external causes and easily obliterated under cultivation."
Specimens of the examples cited in this paper will be incor- porated in the National Herbarium.
14
178 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
Since the foregoing was written, my attention has been drawn by Mr. Maiden to a reference on this subject in "A Text-Book of Botany," by Professors Coulter, Barnes, and Cowles, members of the Botanical Staff of the University of Chicago (1910-1911). In Vol. ii. of this work, which treats of Ecology, a chapter is devoted to " Variation in Leaf-Forms," (p. 589) in which the authors note the value of the determination of the causes under- lying leaf-forms, in relation to specific distinctions, and {Joe cit.) offer an hypothesis founded on species with an ancestral plas- ticity and fixed descendants, or possibly (pp. 590-591) that some forms have always been rigid and others always plastic. "Form Variation in Amphibious Plants" is discussed (p. 593), and ex- amples given, showing the wide range of variation obtaining in the structure" of the aerial and water-leaves of this aquatic group. Juvenile and adult leaves are considered (pp. 596-597) in relation to ancestry, and the phenomenon of rejuvenescence, the latter being regarded as an indication of a sudden shock which causes the plant to return to a youthful stage. [An example of rejuven- escence in Acacia florihxmda Willd., attributable to mechanical injury, is given by the writer(13; 1914, p. 159), and a further ex- ample in A.melanoxylon R.Br., in which the cause of the change is not apparent (13; 1914, p.254)j.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
I.Andrews, E. C. — "Development and Distribution of the Natural Order Legiiminosfe. Journ. Proe. Roy. See. N. S. Wales, xlviii., p. 333, 1914.
2. Baker, R. T., & Smith, H. G. — Research on the Genus Eucalyptus,
1902.
3. Baker, R. T. — Description of Acacia diformis. These Proceedings,
1897, p. 154.
4. Bentham, G. — Flora Australiensis, 1886.
5. Cambaoe, R. H. — Series of Papers on the Geographical Distribution of
the Plants of N. S. Wales. These Proceedings, 1900-1913.
P). " Development and Distribution of the Genus Eu- calyptus." Presidential Address, Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1913.
7. "Acacia Seedlings." Part i. Journ. Proe. Roy.
Soc. N. S. Wales, xlix., p.81, 1915.
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 179
S. Deaxe, H. — Presidential Address, Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Tliese Proceedings, 1895, p.649.
9. "Observations on the Tertiary Flora of Australia with
special reference to Ettingshausen's Theory of the Tertiary Cos- mopolitan rh)ra." Part ii. These Proceedings, 19U0, p.581. 1(». EwART, A. J. — Plants indigenous to Victoria. Vol. ii., p. 12, 191(».
11. Fletcher, J. J. — Hybridism in (4revilleas. These Proceedings, 1910,
p. 433.
12. Hamilton, A. A. — "Topographical and Ecological Notes on tlie Flora
of the Blue Mountains." These Proceedings, 191.), p.3Sfi. 13. Miscellaneous Notes. These Proceedings, 1913-1915
14. Hooker, Sir J. 1). — Introductory Essay to the Flora of New Zealanil.
18.j3, p. 13.
15. jNIaidkx, J. H. — " A Contribution towards a Flora of Mount Kosci-
usko."" Agi'icultural Gazette of N. H. Wales, July, 1898. 10. "A Second Contriliution towards a Flora of Mount
Kosciusko." Op. at., October, 1899. 17. Australian Vegetation. Federal Handbook on Aus- tralia. British Association for the Advancement of Science, p. 163,
1914. 18. A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus. 19U3-
1915.
19. Forest Flora of N. S. Wales. 1904-1915.
20. Wattles and Wattle Barks. Third Edition. 1900.
20a. "Notes on Eucalyptus (with descriptions of new
species)." No.2. Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xlvii.,
p.217, 1913. 20b. " Notes on some Tasmanian Eucalypts." Papers and
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1914, p.20. 20c. "Is Eucalyptus variable?"' Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc.
N. S. Wales, xxxvi., p. 315, 1902. 20d. The " Species Concept," with special reference to
Eucalyptus, (MS.) read at the Sydney Meeting of the Brit. Assn.
for the Advancement of Science. 1914.
21. Moore, Spencer le M. — " Flora of the Interior of Western Australia.'"
Journ. Linn. Soc, Botany, xxxiv., p. 171, 1898-1900.
22. Mueller, Baron F. von. — Eucalyptographia. 1884-1897.
23. Schimper, A. F. W.— Plant Geography upon a Physiological Basis.
1903.
24. Stirlin(!, J.—" Notes on the Rutacere of the Australian Alps."" These
Proceedings, 1886, p. 1052.
25. Warming, Euu.—Oecology of Plants. 19(19.
180
ON BRACHYCHITON POPULNEO-ACERIFOLIUS F.v.M. (The Crimson-flowered Kurra.tong).
By J. H. Maiden, F.R.S., F.L.8.
Allow me to invite your attention to a paper by the late Baron von Mueller, " Notes on Hybridism in the genus Brachy- chiton," in these Proceedings, ix., 379, 1884.
I was present at the presentation of the paper, which was read by the late Dr. J. C. Cox, who had drawn Mueller's attention to the Mulgoa tree described. It was, and is growing at " Fern Hill," his birthplace; and I remember asking him what was the history of the tree, but he did not know it for certain, although Mueller says it "arose" in his brother's garden ("Fern Hill").
When I took charge of the Botanic Gardens, my attention was drawn to a smaller but similar tree then in the Garden Palace Grounds, but the history of that tree was also uncertain. Some years since, I visited the Mulgoa tree, and have a complete suite of specimens. By means of the newspapers, I got into touch with owners of similar or closely allied trees in various parts of the State.
Although Mueller did not publish a strictly formal descrip- tion, he admitted, and I think rightly, as a matter of con- venience, the species Bvachychiton populneo-acerifoluis F.v.M., formally into the New South Wales flora (Second Census, 1889).
The type (Mulgoa) tree was, in 1908, about 40 feet high, and 3 feet in diameter at a foot from the ground. Its spread of brandies is fully 40 feet. The leaves are strictly simple; no ap- pearance of lobes could be detected. The only Bvachychiton in the vicinity is B. aceri/olius; there is some B. populneus in the district, though not at Fern Hill.
The rhachises in B. populneo-acerifolius are greenish-yellow to creamy- white; and wholly scarlet, except in an occasional streak or strip, in B. aceri/oliiis.
BY J. H. MAlDESf. IHI
The panicles are simple in />'. popidneo-acerifoUus, mach branched in B. acerifolius.
The riower-buds of />'. poptdneo-acerifolius are, when unex- panded, long-pointed, tiowers 4-6 lobed, the lobes recurved. Jn /). acerifolius, the shape of the buds is more turbinate and, when unexpanded, nearly Hat-topped, giving the bud the aspect of a peai*, but, in rare cases, the bud is somewhat pointed.
The flowers appear to be much more numerous than in 7>. Sicerfolius. "The colour of the calyces holds the middle between that of the respective organ of the parent-plants; it is pale yellowish outside, much as in B. populnemn, but inside crimson and not sprinkled as in B. acerifolium " (Original descrip- tion). This requires some correction. The flower of B. popul- neo-aceri/olius is usually self rose-pink and not pale yellowish, although some flowers may be a little pale yellowish outside; but inside, sprinkled rose-pink, giving the general impression of greyish-rose, except at the base of the throat where it is greenish- vellow. The outside is Salmon Old Rose No. 143, shade 1, and inside Madder Carmine, No.241, shade 4, of Rep. de Couleurs, to speak with precision.
The flower of B. acerifolius is not "sprinkled"; it is quite a self scarlet. It is No.85 (shades 1 and 2) or scarlet, of Rep. de Couleurs.
(2). The tree which many knew as the Garden Palace one, is strictly typical B. popiilneo-acerij'oliiis; it was removed in con- sequence of the widening of Macquarie Street to Bed No. 9, Middle Garden, in 1912, where it is now about 18 ft. high, 2 ft. in girth 3 ft. from the ground, and it flowers every year, usually in November-December, but sometimes January. Its origin is unknown.
(3). There are some typical trees of B. populneo-aceri/olius in o-ardens at Parramatta. of considerable age. I first receiveu specimens from JVlr. Fred. Williams.
(4). Mr. J. A. T. Kochfort, Inspector of Stock, Jerilderie, .sent me some specimens from a tree growing at the Public School, which are quite typical of B. popiiliieo-acerifolius. Mr. llochfort sent pods, which are rather larger than those of JJ. populneus, and smaller than the pods of B. acerifolius.
182 ON BRACHYCHITON POPULNEO-ACEKIFOLIUS,
All the following trees are also of the crirason-flowered strain, and are usually described as Howering freely in November or December. It is only known from New South Wales at present.
(5). At Wentworth, in a public street, there is a tree, perhaps 25 feet high, and there is no other like it in the town. I have received specimens at different times from the Mayor, Mr. R. J. P. Long, the Head Teacher (whose name I have lost), His Honor Judge Bevan, Sergeant J. Mc. A. Clark, and Miss Louise Buck- ridge, of the Public School. They vary from typical B. populneo- acerifolius to with slightly lobed leaves.
Some years ago it was believed that this tree came from the Botanic Gardens at Melbourne, but INTr. (Juilfoyle, to whom I spoke on the subject, had no recollection of the matter.
Judge Bevan says there is a similar tree in the Public Garden, North Adelaide.
(6). Mr. Joseph Stevens, Manly, sends a specimen with leaves of the B. acerifoliiis type.
(7). Mr. Edward Bowman, Skellatar, Muswellbrook, sent specimens which grew in the mountains about 12 miles due east of Muswellbrook, between Ravensworth and Muswellbrook Some replanted by him about 1903 at Skellatar. Known as " Mountain Kurrajong.'" Scrub since totally destroyed. These plants (only two survived) are natural hybrids. Grew amongst Cedar, Nettle-trees, »fec. Very close to B. acerifolius as far as leaves are concerned.
(8). Mr. Thomas H. H. Goodwin, "Ruvigne," Gunnedah, sends twigs from a tree growing in Gunnedah, but slightly lobed, but obviously showing affinity to B. acerifolms in the leaves Fruits freely.
Mr. James Muffett, Ulamambri, Coonabarabran, sends twigs with leaves pointed and lobed; crimson flowers; ordinary light Howers (pojndnens ) were growing on the same tree
Of all these trees, those of Mr. Edward Bowman are the only ones of which we are certain we know the origin, and that the origin, at least in those cases, is sp<mtaneous.
The forms (hybrids) I have seen, vary almost between the two extremes of the reputed parents, so far as foliage is concerned.
BY J. H. MAIDEN'. 183
The type has a simple leaf, without lobing, but we have, in various trees, examples of leaf-outline approaching that of B. acerifolius and some of the "diverse" shapes of B. diver sifol ins, while the texture is intermediate between the thickish B. aceri- folius and the thinner B. populneus, and the shade of green is intermediate also. The venation of the leaves of the hybrid is intermediate.
Itis obvious that we have a recent and not well-established species; in naming plants, I, of course, keep as close to the type as possible for B. po/nifneo-aceri/olins, but include all crimsun- flowering forms in it, with a herbarium-note when they much appi-oach one parent or the other.
The instability of some forms of Brachychiton is referred to in a brief paper by the late Mr. Betche and myself, entitled "Notes on Stercidia {Brachychiton) lurida and discolor,''^ these Proceed- ings, xxiii., 159, 1898.
His Honor Judge Bevan, speaking of the Wentworth tree, says : —"The seed that has been taken from it, has always pro- duced the white-dowered variety [the common Kurrajong, B. diversi/olius, J.H.M.] .... it stands close to Ivurrajong trees of the white-flowered variety."
Sercreant J. Mc. A. Clark makes a similar statement. Here is an experiment, on Mendelian lines, to be followed up, but the difficulty of the length of time one has to wait for the flowers of the progeny is a factor, when one considers the few years a man usually occupies an oflicial post. Sowings have twice mys- teriously disappeared already — distributed, or planted out by a zealous gardener.
The evidence is not conclusive that the species B. populneo- acerifolius originated at Mulgoa. It may have so originated, but it would not account for a precisely similar form, as old or older, at Parramatta, and the other trees, typical B. popn/neo- aceri/olius, or inclining to one or other reputed parent, which are to be found in different parts of New South Wales.
The Botanic Gardens, Sydney, which celebrates its centenary this year, continued the work of the "Governor's Garden" or " Government Garden " in the propagation and distribution of
184 ON BRACHYCHirON POPULNEO-ACERIFOLIUS.
trees. Brachychitons have been distributed for many years, perhaps over a century. We obtain the seeds from various sources, from private donation, and from our own collectors. Seed received as B. acerifolius or B. popidneus would be sown under that name, and nothing would be easier, in a large nursery stock, than to pass over a few hybrids (obtained we do not know whence, as the seeds of the same reputed species are not kept separate unless there is reason for so doing), especially as the plants are young, and the fact that a hybrid has been received would, by most people, only be noticed when it displayed its flowers. It is in the highest degree unlikely that the Mulgoa and Parramatta trees were not received from the Botanic Gardens, and the same remarks apply to the trees scattered through the State. Neither B. acerifolius nor B. pojndneus occurs naturally in the Mulgoa garden; I believe that any trees of these species in the neigh- bourhood were introduced (probably from the Botanic Gardens), as I believe the hybrid was.
185
OX A EUCALYPT HYBRID {E. CALOPHYLLA x E.
FICI FOLIA).
By J. H. Maiden, F.R.8., F.L.S.
Everyone who knows Sydney aiid Melbourne, and who pays attention to horticultural matters, must have noticed the great development, during the last few years, of the cultivation of what the ordinary citizen calls " Flowering-Cilums." By this he means with flowers comparatively large in size and other than white in colour. Some people, a little more definite, simply call them Red-flowering, and many, >Scar]et- or Crimson-flowering indiscriminately, using the terms scarlet and crimson as if they were interchangeable, just as they are said to be both "red." As one to whom flowers of various kinds are often sent I find that, as often as not, when a man writes "scarlet," he means " crim- son," and vice versa. In the case of trees like Eucalypts and Kurrajongs, which include both scarlet and crimson flowers, the confusion may be inconvenient.
Colo^ir of Jloivers (fiJaments).
The colour of the filaments of E.Jicifolia F.v.M., is not given in Mueller's original description, but is stated to be "crimson" in " Eucalyptographia," in the first half of the formal descrip- tion, but in the second half it is described as " beautifully cinnabar-red, occasionally varying to a lighter colouration, but never very pale." Further down, in contrasting E .Jicifolia with E. calophylla, he says, "the filaments {oi E. Jici/olia) are of a splendid crimson." This may be carelessness, but it probably arises from a not very clear knowledge of English terms for the colours concerned.
I have received from Dr. G. P. U. Prior, Mental Hospital, Rydalmere, near Sydney, flowers which are true E. ficifolia. They are bright scarlet in colour or, in the language of Plate No. 79 of Rep. de Couleurs, bright fiery-red or russet-orange.
186 ON A EUCALTPT HYBRID,
The filaments do not contrast with the whitish anthers for the pollen-masses are scarlet too.
The calvx-tubes are suffused with scarlet, and so the whole inflorescence is of a uniform tone of colour.
Dr. Prior's No. 2 is a shrub at present: it is the E. fici/olia alba of nurserymen: it has white filaments, with a suspicion of colour at the base, arising from the coloured rim. Calyx-tube green. A little colour on the operculum.
In E. cahphylla R.Br., the filaments are white or creamy, and I saw the trees in flower over large areas in their native habitats. Mr. W. V. Ftzgerald states that the filaments are " rarely pink " ; this indicates a tendency.
The muddle that Mueller got into as regards the filaments of E.^ficifolia is continued by the nurserymen. Largi numbers of plants are sold; indeed, the demand exceeds the supply. I need scarcely observe that precision is desirable, and sometimes neces- sary, in speaking of the colours of flowers; the following is a useful work of reference. " Repertoire de Couleurs (quoted as Rep. de Couleurs) public par la Societe Francaise des Chrysan- themistes," ifcc. (Rennes and Paris, 1905). Two portfolios of plates and a handbook. i
In Vilniorin's (Paris) Catologue of Plants, the colour of the flowers of E ficifolia is given as "rouge carmin," which is not a colour admitted, as such, into Rep. de Couleurs. The firm is evidently following the late M. Naudin, a great French authority on the genus, wiio, Mem. Eucal., i., 555, says - "i/. ficifolia qui les a d'un rouge carmin tres brillant, au moins dans une de ses varietes."
In examining the catalogues of good Australian firms, I find the following given under E. ficifolia.
1. " Red-flowering Gum," 20 feet. This colour may mean any. thing.
2. Scarlet, 15 feet; "Scarlet-flowering Gum" 15 feet. Scarlet is cori'ect.
3. Crimson, 20 feet; Crimson-flowered Gum, 20 feet; " Bright Crimson "" 15-20 feet. This may or may not be a confusion with
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 187
.scarlet, as begun by Mueller: I shall have something to say al)Out a Crimson-riowering Gum presently.
Then one firm has :—
6. "Scarlet flowering Gum, 15 feet, literally a blaze of beauti- ful ricli crimson shade."
In examining the catologues of Australian nurserymen, I cannot find one which describes the colour of E calophylla cor- rectly. It should be white. One firm calls it "rich pink."
Several firms, however, have E calophylla rosea in their lists, either without comment, or " Bright pink, 30 feet," or "Similar to E.Jici/olia but rosy pink flowers."
I think this view of the case is correct; the rose- or crimson- flowering forms, which are large-growing (getting size from their calophylla parent, and their colour more or less from their Jici- J'olia parent). The habit of these trees reminds me more strongly of E. calophylla than of E. Jici/olia, and, as to colour, we have them of all shades of the faintest blush-pink (almost white) to deep crimson.
The flowers of E . Jici/olia aiiid E. calophylla ai'e honey-smelling, the perfume heavy and oppressive in a room. They flower mostly in December and January, and the climatic conditions in Sydney, during the last season, have induced an exceptionally fine display of bloom.
I have received from Dr. Prior, flowers, fruits, and seeds of what I call No.l. The flowers are Tyrian Hose in colour; see Plate No. 155 of Rep. de Couleurs. There is a short, white attachment to the anther, which is creamy-white in colour, with a line of Tyrian rose running round the back, and this colour is sometimes blurred. When old, the anther-cells inside take a pinkish shade. The pollen is creamy-white.
In Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld., x., 17 (1893), the late F. M. Bailey described " what is probably an accidental sport " in the Mel- bourne Botanic Gardens, with flowers of a "deep rose" as E.
/cifolia var. Gnilfoylei "It proved to be only a form of
E.ficifolia differing from the normal plant in its smaller foliage, more compact inflorescence, different colour of flowers, witli prominent umbo to the operculum and slight difference of seed-
188 ON A EUCALYPT HYBRID,
wing. I have received specimens of this form both from the late Mr. Guilfoyle and from Mr. J. Cronin. The yellow anthers contrast well with the filaments. The'calvx-tubes are urceolate and apple-green, and both on account of the contrast of filaments with anthers and calyx-tubes, the effect in the mass is most charming.
The Rydalmere tree is 40 feet high, and flourishing. In every respect that I can see, it is identical with E.jicifolia var Gidlfoylei and E. calophylla var. rosea Hort., and T am inclined to think that the more reasonable view is to look upon it as a form of E. calophylhi. The habit and size of the hybrid incline to those of E. calophylhi^ while the pink or purple tinge (in con- tradistinction to the scarlet of E . fici. folia), naturally occurs in E. calophylla.
Size and habit.
E. calophylla is a huge tree, with gnarled trunk and scrambling, umbrageous branches, the counterpart of the Apple {Angophora intermedia), of Eastern Australia. The size is given as up to 150 feet, with a stem-diameter of 10 feet (" Eucalyptographia ") and I am certain this is not exaggerated.
E. ficifolia, on the other hand, is a small tree; I think it rarely exceeds thirty feet in height, and it is usually erect, and not scrambling'.
The hybrid may be fairly stated as intermediate in size.
Seeds.
Those of E. calophylla are large, ovate, black, flat, and with a raised angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winced, the hilum large on the inner face.
Those of E.jicifolia are of a pale colour, testa expanded at one end, or round one side into a broad, variously-shaped vving(B.ri., iii., 256). The hilum is towards the end of the seed, and furthest from the wins^.
The seeds of the E. calophylla x E. ficifolia hybrid are flatter than those of E. ficifolia, and also paler in colour. As compared with those of E. ticifolia, thev are a little darker and less winded, but the hilum is more remote from the wing In other words,
BY .1. H. MAIDEN. 189
they are intermediate between the two species. Most of the seeds are, however, sterile, and these are pale reddish-brown in colour, shining, and mostly boomerang-shaped.
Tiie sterile seeds of E calophylla are similar in shape, perhaps a little darker in colour.
It seems to me that, in this rose-crimson series, we have in- controvertible evidence of hybridisation, the two most obvious factors being colour and size; and T, therefore, add E. calophylla and E. fici/olia to the very long list of pairs of species of which the evidence that they hybridise appears to be sufficiently clear.
I have touched on the general question of hybridisation in the genus in Report Aust Assoc. Adv. Science, 1904, p.'297, in the Proceedings of this Society, xxx., p. 492 (1905), and on many other occasions.
190
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
May 31st, 1916.
Mi\ A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair.
Miss Vera Irwin Smith, B.8c., Woolwich, Pavraniatta River, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.
The President aTinounced that, in consequence of the limita tions of paper-supply, and the increased cost of what is available, due to war-conditions, it had become necessary to consider the question of economising space in the matter of printing. Follow- ing the example of British Journals, &c., therefore, the Council appeals to Members wiio propose to offer Papers to the Society, to condense them, and to limit them as far as possible to the description of new results. [Vidp "Nature," March 23rd, 1916, p.85; British Medical Journal, Api'il 1st, 1916, p.496;and recent Nos. of the Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London].
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (26th April, 1916), amounting to 9 Vols., 57 Parts or Nos., 11 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 14 Pamphlets, re- ceived from 40 Societies, etc., and three private donors, were laid upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of, and offered observa- tions on: — (X) Polygonum orientaJp JAww., var. pUosum Meissn., Syn. P. pilosnm Pvoxb., collected by Mr. K. M. Niall, Buckiin- guy Station, Nyngan district, on the Macquarie Marshes, Mac- quarie River, N.S.W., which is another westeni locality for this interesting species. — (2) Leptospermnin scoparinm Forst., a form with bright pink flowers, collected at Midtlle Harbour b}' Miss A. Gowland, who described the shrub as being " like a peach tree in full bloom, and a most attractive sight." — (3) Phytolacca octandra
NOTES AND KXHIBITS. 191
Linn. An abnormal growth, characteristic of the plant from which it was gathered, which was growing amongst a number of normally developed ones at Chatswood.
Mr. Froggatt showed entomological specimens, including (1) Examples of Chalcis, n.sp., a new parasite upon the maggots of the Sheep Blowflies. A description and figures of this handsome little Chalcid are being prepared for publication. — (2) Larvae of one of the large click-beetles, Petrolobu.s f'ortnumi Hope, (Fam. Elatcrido'). These ai^e very curious, obese, white grubs, with a small head and thoi^ax, a large, rounded abdomen, with the terminal segment ending in a trident-shaped appendage, the whole larva covered with reddish hairs. They ai'e very active, live in dead wood, and form a stiff', papery-like cell when ready to pupate. Specimens received from Mr. Geo. Turner, school- teacher, Bourke. — (3) A new species of Mealy Bug, Pahfococcus, sp., {Coccid(c) received from Miss M. Dymock, Hughenden, North Queensland. The members of this genus ai*e closely allied to the Icerya-group, but differ in forming no ovisac, and in giving birth to living larvaj. — (4) A series of galls and female coccids of Apiomorpha Jfpfcheri Fuller, from near Hay, N.S.W., upon the Box-gum, Eucalyptus bicolor, showing the I'emai'kable structure of the upper half of the gall in the bark and the lower half in the wood.
Mr. W. S. Dun exhibited a piece of stalactite from the Ettrema Cave showing, in a cavity, portion of a Myriapod calcified.
Dr. J. B. Cleland exhibited some webbing of gossamer spiders, kindly forwarded by Mr. W. C. Grasby, of Perth, together with newspaper extracts detailing the extent of the fall of this inter- estinii' material in that State. The material and extracts were submitted to Mr. W. J. Rainbow, of the Australian Museum, who identified the webbing as that of gossamer spiders, and has summarised the data connected with the fall as follows : — The gossamer-silk fell during the month of October, 1915, at the following localities. October 5th : Capel River, Bedfordale, Gingering (near York), Pinjara, Lower Kalgan River, and
192 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Takenup (via Albany), Mt. Barker to Toolbinup (Salt River), Porongorups (King River), and an area between Boyup Brook and Bunbury. October 6th-7th: Carrolup (via Katanning). October 10th: Lowdun, Preston Valley. October 25tli : Dwell- ingup. October 29th: Tenterden, Preston Valley. Other local- ities, for which no specific date was given, were Serpentine and Kirrup. In some areas, it is stated, the ground looked as though covered with a light fall of snow. It is not possible to say what species was responsible for this so-called "phenomenon," as the web contained only fragments of the tiny aeronauts. No official records are known from Australia of such "falls," but such incidents are not unknown in other parts of the world, in support of which thei-e are the writings of Darwin, Blackwall, McCook, and White ("Natural History of Selborne").
Mr. R. H. Cambage exhibited a Cowrie shell {Cyprcpa vitelhis Linne), from Murramarang, about 16 miles south of Ulladulla. This species is common in tropical waters, and occvirs on the New South Wales coast, rare at Port Jackson, which is its pre- vious southernmost recorded limit.
Mr. Maiden showed specimens of the hybrid Crimson-flowered Kiu'rajong {Binchychiton populnpo-acerifolhis F.v.M.); and of a hybrid Eucalypt (JE. calophi/lla x F. Jicifolia) to illusti'ate two papers read at last Meeting.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited an interesting series of seeds of "French Bean" {Fhaaeolus vulgaris) showing considerable variation in the colour of the seed-coats, without any artificial aid in the pollina- tion, thus supplementing the notes published in these Proceed- ings, 1914, xxxix., pp.160-161. The results are briefly as follows. "Black Wax" (Yates), a dwarf plant having purplish flowei's, waxy-yellow pods, and black seeds. Seeds of this were sown; all, with the exception of one, produced plants similar to the parent- stock. The one exception was a tall semitrailer, having purplish flowers, green pods, and rather smaller seeds with splashes of dark and light brown markings mingled with a purplish-black back- ground. This has been provisionally named "Mutant." Seeds
[Printed off. 12th June, 1916.]
P.U.S.Hb.W. 191S.
R.J.T.dd.
1. Euporismus albalrox, s-ot sp.n. 2. .-i™/,//»«7m« p,ters,m, n.sp.
P.L.s.N.s.w. mis.
RJ. Tdfl
3. PerUlystus aureolatus, n.sp. 4. Protopkctror, eremu,; n.sp. T,. Protoplevtron longitudinalc , n.sp.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
(i. Dvndioleon dumiyani, n.sp. 7. Dendrolcon lambda, u sp. 8. GIrnolron b,rlh.„idi, iLsp.
P.L.S.N S W. 1918.
R.J. Tdel
9. Glenolcoii aurora, n.sp. 10. Brachyleon Darwini (Banks). 11. Gymnocnemia marulala, ii.sp.
P.L.^.N S.W. 19TS.
12. Xaallioleon helmsi, g.et sp.n. 13. Ulenolcon ficldi. g.et sp.n.
14. Altiifiiriiilt<il((iii iciilirlniiisei, ii.ti\>.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
,«a^
R J T.del.
15. Myrmrlcon loireri, n.sp. HV MU'l<>rmicahui„ lij/ulinii.'i. M.sp. 17. I>isl„h„„ ),/</r«,,s/-/;i<,/»6, ilsj.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
Species of Oucystis.
p. L.S.N. 'J. W. 1916.
Species of OocysHs.
p. L.S.N i.W. IBIB.
Forms of Eunnosphcera vindis.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 193
of "Mutant" were sown, which produced plants with the follow- ing characters: — (1) "Mutant" Fj : plants semitrailers, flowers purplish, seeds similar to "Mutant." (2) "Black" F, : plants semitrailers, flowers purplish, seeds black similar to those of "Black Wax." (3)"Light Brown" F, : plants mostly dwarf, pods green, seeds light brown. (4) "Dark Brown" Fj : plant dwarf, flowers pale purple, pods green, seed dark brown. Only one plant of this, with one pod and one seed, was raised. (5) "White" Fj : plants mostly semitrailers, with green pods; but four plants were dwai-f, with waxy-yellow pods, flowers white, seed white. Among the seeds of "Light Brown" Fi(N'o.3), a few were noticed with pale bi'own or stone-coloured markings; these were separated and labelled "Mottled" F2(No. 6). Six of these were sown, all of which pi'oduced dwarf plants, but five of them had green pods (not yet ripe), and one had greenish-yellow pods, and light stone-coloured seeds, more or less spotted or splashed with purplish-black colour.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited the following specimens from the National Herbarium — Beta vulgaris 1j., White (Spinach) Beet, Cult., (Pennant Hills; T. Steel; Mai^ch, 1916) showing prolifica- tion of the inflox'escence, accompanied by spiral torsion. The primary branches of the inflorescence have been subjected to an axial strain, owing to extra-floral branching, and consequent re- duction of the internodal interstices, which has, in some instances, resulted in a considerable degree of curvature of their extremities. On several of the branches, the outer branchlets are recurved and folded back over the rhachis, giving the branch the appearance of having all the branchlets on one side. — Grevillea sericea R.Br., var. diffusa Benth., (Gosford; A. A. Hamilton; January, 1916) showing an interchangeable, foliar tomentum, silvery v. brown, a not uncommon occurrence in the N.O. Proteacefe. Var. diffusa is the common form of G. sericea found on the Blue Mountains. It was recognised by R. Brown (Prod. Fl. Nov. HoU. Suppt. Prot. Nov., p. 17) as a species under G. diffusa Sieb., and later also by Meissner (DC. Prod. Syst. Veg., 14, 355). Sieber, whose n.36 is quoted as the type, was one of the earlier collectors on the Blue Mountains. In a footnote to his var. diffusa, Bentham (Fl,
15
'i A R
194 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Austr., v., 470) says: "This seems to ine scarcely to form a distinct variety." Having examined, in slfu, a series of examples f)f this form, on the Blue Mountains, over a range extending from Glenbrook to lieyond Eskbank, T am of the opinion that varietal rank is an adequate distinction for this form of (r. spricea. — Anthoccrci-t Eadesii F.v.M., (Douglas Park; A. A. Hamilton; December, 1915), an example showing the typical, hoary tomen- tum on the young shoots, which disappears with maturity. The above liabitat adds another specific locality for a plant which is not frequent in New South Wales. — Kunzea capitata Reichb., (Medio w Bath; A. A. Hamilton; November, 1914), a small-leaved form connecting K. capitata with A', parvijiora Schau. — Hakea dacttiloidpx Cav., (Leura; A. A. Hamilton; November, 1915), a pink-riowered form growing both in swamps and on diy hills (in full tlower). The ordinary form had only reached the stage in which the buds remain enclosed in the Horal bracts.
Mr. Tillyard exhibited two rai-e and curious ant-lions, {a) the full-grown larva of Acanthac/isis J'atidatus Walker, taken on Strad broke Island, Queensland, in September, 1915 (about an inch in length); and (6) the larva of Glenoleon pulchellus Ramb., taken neai- Hornsby, in April last. Neither of these larvae makes a pit-fall. They rely for the capture of prey on their ability to move quickly beneath tlie surface of loose earth or sand. They also possess jaws having a much longer reach than those of pit- forming ant-lions. Both these larvte are new to science, and the GJpnolpon is an entirely new type, which may be representative of the tribe Dmidroleontini. — He showed also a new, bright red, strongly-scented, winter-ilowering Spencer Sweetpea, one of the products of the Fj generation of a Mendelian crossing between the well-known Yarrawa Spencer (pale rose-pink, winter-flowering) and Sun-proof Crimson (bright red, summer-flowering, grandiflora type). The original crossing was made between the last flowei's of Yarrawa (5 parent) and the first flowers of the Crimson (^ parent) in September, 1913. The F^ generation was obtained by self-pollination of the F, hybrids, all of which resembled Yarrawa in every respect,
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 195
By sanction of the Curator of the Austrahan Museum, Mr. North exhibited the skins of the following Austrahan Finches: — Stayanopleura guttata Shaw, and another variety of the same species, for which the name S. xanthopi/gia would be fittingly appropriate, were it not known that the late Mr. J. A. Thorpe shot this bird out of a flock of about twenty, normally plumaged individuals, on the 24th May, 1888, at Como, George's River, N.S.W. This specimen has the rump and upper tail-coverts bright chrome or golden-yellow, instead of rich crimson. — Bathilda rubricanda Gould, from Rockhampton and Port Denison, Q., and B. clarescens Hartert, from Derby, and the junction of the Fitz- roy and Margaret Rivers, N.W. Australia. — Also specimens of PoephiJa gouldue Gould, and P. mirahilis Des Murs, from Northern Queensland; and the rare form, P. armitiana Ramsay, from the Gulf District and Northern Territoiy. The latter species, presented to the Trustees of the Australian Museum, in September, 1906, by Mr. Percy Peir, Avas received by the donor fi^om Port Darwin, when in the young stage, having the usual light-coloured head of the young P. gouldue. and P. mir-abilis. During the eighteen months Mr. Peir had this bird in his pos- session, it moulted, assuming, much to his surprise, the chrome- yellow fore-part of the head of P. armitiana. Although the red and the yellow-headed foi'ms have had full specific appellations bestowed on them, we now know, since we have gained a know- ledge of their habits, that both are merely varieties of the black- headed species, P. gouldioi.
196
CAR Alii DJ: from the upper WILLIAMS RIVER,
N. S. WALE8.
[colkoptera.] By Thomas G. 8loank.
At the end of the year 1915, I was one of a party of natural- ists organised by Mr. W. J. Enright, of West Maitland, to examine tlie part of the Mount Royal Range known as The Barrington Tops; this is the plateau, 5000 feet above sea-level, from which the Barrington, Williams, AUyn, Paterson, and other rivers rise. Our route was north-west from the town of Dungog along the Williams River; after tlie lev(^l of 3500 feet was reached, the track was along the top of the narrow ridge dividing the valleys of the Williams and Allyn l\i\iTs, till (beyond the source of the Williams) we reached Bariington Tops, about 37 miles from Dungog. The geological formation of this pai^t of the Dungog District is Pei-mo-Carboniferous, the Barrington Tops being basalt-capped.
Our camp was at Mr. William Edwards' house on the southern source of the Barrington River, eastward of some open, swampy land known as "the plain.'' Collecting was done for three days on the plateau, and also on the route-marches there and back, at six localities, which are indicated on the accompanying map by numbers; the figures in brackets, following the names of species in the list which is given below, are those of the numbered local- ities to show where specimens of each species were found.
The position and description of these localities are as under : —
(1) Fagus*-brush, about four miles from our camp along the track to Stewart's Brook; 5000 feet.
(2) Fagus-brush, about two miles southward fi'om our camp; 5000 feet.
* Fagus Moorei F.v.M., is the predominant tree in the brushes at 4100 feet and upwards; but I did not notice it in the brushes below 3500 feet.
BY T. (i. SLOANE.
'J 7
(3) Fagus-brush along the Williams River; ,4500 feet.
(4) Eucalyptus* forest round the plain; 4S00 feet.
(5) Brushes along the Williams Iviver below 3500 feet.
(6) Mr. J. Humbles farm on tlie Williams River, '20 mil(\s fiom
Dungog; GOO feet.
Scct/c of 'ntia I f 'i
List of Carahidrf found, numbering forty-six species — includ- ing nine species and two varieties described as ne\\ .
Pamborns alternans Latr.,(o); P. pradlerl Chaud.,(l, 2, 3, 5); Mystropomns subcostatus Chaud.,(6): Eiiryhjchnns dyschirioides Cast. ,(2); E. cylindricus, n.sp.,(l, 2, 3, 4); Meonis semistriatus, n sp.,(3); M. minor, n.sp.,(l, 2); Mecyclothorax amhiguns Erichs., (4): Aniblytelus curtiis Fabr.,(4); A. minulus Mac].; Dystricho- ihorax sloanei Blkb.; D. riftipennis SI., (4); Trichosternus vigorsl Gory, (f)); T. cyaneus Chaud., (2); T.(]) australicus, n.sp.,(2); Ceratoferonia reyalis Ca,fii.,(b)\ Notonomus atignstibasis ii\.,{l, 2, 3, 5); N. johnstoni 81. ,(5); A', trmiratus, n.sp ,(1, 2, 3): .V. Iirdleyi,
*" Eticalyptuii coriacea A. Cunri., was the most plentiful tree about oui' camp; all the bark-carabs taken on the plateau were found on this tree.
198 CARABID^ FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W.,
n.sp.,(l, 2, 3); N. mistra/.is Cast.,(l, 4); N. amabilis Cast., (5); N. frontevirens n.sp.,(l, 2, 3); Prosopogmus chalybeipenoiis Chaud., (1,2,3,5); Tachys curticoUis SI., (6); Lacordairia cychroides Cast. ,(3); Siagouyx blackburni, n.sp., (1, 2, 3), Gimthapltamis pulcher Dej.,(6); Ga. melanarius Dej.,(6); Diaphoromerus ed- wardsi Cast., vax.virescens, n.var.,(4); Hypharpnx australis Dej., (6); Lecanomerus major Blkb., (1, 2, 3); Xanthophcea grandis Chaud., (4); X. fftrrii,gineaC\\&nd.,; Trigoiiothops paclfica Erichs., (4); >arothrocrepis corticalis Fabi'., var. injuscata, n.var,(4); S. suavis Blkb., (4); Celcenephes parallelus Schmidt-Goeb. (6); Philophlceus obtusus Chaud. ,(0); Ph. luculentus Newm.,(6); Ago- noch'la ruficollis SI., (4); A. g uttata{^. ) Cha,nd.,{&); A. madeayi SI. ,(4); A. fenestrata ^\kh.,(i); A. plag lata, n.sp. ii); Silj^ho- morpha oralis Cast. ,(6): ^. discoidalis Cast., (4).
No definite conclusions can be drawn from the small number of Carabidae which can be collected in any district during one short visit; at most, a fair idea of the species to be found at one period of the year can be gained. Fifteen species are definitely recorded as having been found below the level of 4,000 feet; and to these may be added three, widely distributed species which are without exact locality, but whicli undoubtedly do inhabit the lower ground; these eighteen species are all known species, which are found in various parts of the coastal districts of New South Wales between Sydney and the Clraence River. Twenty-eight species were collected above the altitude of 4,100 feet; these are of far more interest than those from the lower country, no less than eight of them l)eing undescribed species. One of these, Tri- chosfernns{l) ansfralirxs SI., is a remarkable and interesting species, evidently an ancient type, which is more allied to New Zealand than to existing Australian species. Another is Agono- chila rujicollis SI., hitherto only known to inhabit the forests of South-Western Australia, but which is closely allied to a Tasmanian species, and to A. binotata White, of New Zealand: the other species are members of typical genera of Eastern Aus- tralia. Altogether, the Carabidw of the Barrington Tops show a general affinity to those of eastern New South Wales, with some indications of a connection with the south.
BY T. G. SLOANE. l99
EURYLTCHNUS TYLINDRICUS, n.sp.
Elongate-oval, subcylindrical ; liead stout, one supraorbital seta on each side; prothorax cordate; elytra o\-al, lightly S-striate. Black.
Head convex (3-7 mm. across eyes); \ertex transversely im- pressed; frontal impressions strong, cur\'ed, diverging backwards; eyes round, prominent. Prothorax broader than long (4"6 x 5 mm.), widest before middle, wider at apex (4 mm.) than base (3 mm.); sides rounded; anterior angles wide, rounded; basal angles rounded: lateral border thick, merging with surface of prothorax at basal angles; a short, deep, foveiform, basal im- pression connected with posterior extremity of lateral channel on each side; one, setigerous, marginal puncture on each sifle at about one-half the length of prothoiax; median line not strongly impressed. El3'tra convex ( lO'S X .5 8 nnn.) ; strife shallow, simple, distinct on disc, faint on sides; interstices depressed. Apex of abdomen with one seta on each side in both sexes. Prosternum bordered along anterioi- margin. Anterior tarsi similar in l)i»tli sexes; outer angle of two basal joints })r(jmiuent. Length 17-"_M), breadth 5'4-(i nun.
Rah. — Mount Tloyal Range, N.8.W. Common under logs in the Fagus-brushes, from 4,500 to 5,000 feel.
A distinct species allied to R. rpciHlarh SI., but narrower (especially prothorax) and more cylindrical; prothorax smallei-, narrower at apex, less ampliate at widest part, anterior angles less distant from head and less marked; elytra far more lightly striate.
Meonis semi.striatus, n.sp.
Elongate-oval, convex, i^lack.
Head ordinary (2-7 nun. across eyes). Prothorax truncate- cordate (4 X 3-S unn.), of nearly equal width at apex (2-75 mm.) and base(2-Smm.): sides lightly rounfled, lightly sinuate to base; base truncate, sloping forward to basal angles, these sharply marked. Elytra oval (8-5 x 5-1 mm.), lightly 3-striate on disc; sides and ai)ical declivity lajvigate; humeral angles marked, sub- dentate. Length L5-5, breadth 5-1 nun.
200 CARABIDi® FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W.,
Hah. — Mount Royal Range, N.S.W. Five specimens were found under logs in the Fagus-brush along the Williams River, at 4,500 feet.
A distinct species, diifering from all the species hitherto de- scribed by having only the three inner strife on each elytron present; these stripe ai-e only marked before the apical declivity, which is lajvigate, as is also the lateral part of each elytron out- side the third interstice; in these respects, it agrees with the small species, M. nunw described below.
Meonis minor, n.sp.
Elongate-oval, convex. Black.
Head ordinary (TT mm. across eyes). Prothorax truncate- cordate, about as long as broad (2-4 x 2-5 mm.), of equal width at apex and base (1-8 mm.); sides lightly rounded, strongly sinu- ate to base; base truncate; basal angles sharply marked. Elytra oval (4-7 X 3 mm.), lightly 3-striate on disc; sides and apical de- clivity laivigate; humeral angles marked, subdentate. Length 8 "5-9, breadth 3 mm.
Hah. — Mount Royal Range, N.S.W. Three specimens in brushes at the source of the Barrington River, 5,000 feet.
Allied to M. semistriafus SI., but the great diiference in size (which is constant in the five specimens of J/, semistriatus, and the three specimens of Jf. minor, which I have seen), constrains me to regard it as a distinct species. In the case of M. an<ivsti' Gollis SI., of which I found examples of two distinct sizes at Dorrigo, specimens of the different sizes occurred together; but with JA semistriatus and M. minor, the specimens were found several miles apart, at different altitudes, and on different water- sheds; further collecting to ascertain the range and variation in size of these two species is necessary before a definite opinion can be given on the position to be assigned to M. mhior; that is, whether, or not, it is merely a variety of M. semistriatiis. Com- paring M. minor with the smaller form of M. angusticollis, it is noticed that the prothorax is shorter, wider, less strongly rounded on sides, basal sinuosity shorter, elytra less rounded on sides, less
BY T. {;. SLOANE. 201
strongly sti'iate, fourth stria not marked, apical declivity non striate.
Table of species of the genus Me,oms. 1(6) Elytra with fourth and fifth strict well developed on apical declivity.
2(3) Elytra 5-striate on disc M. ni<jer Cast.
3(2) Elytra 4-striate on disc.
4(5) Strije of elytra deeply impressed, prothorax strongly rounded
on sides M. conrexus SI.
5(4) Strife of elytra lightly impressed, prothorax lightly rounded on
sides M. angusticollis SI.
6( 1 ) Elytra with apical declivity and sides beyond fourth interstice
Inevigate. 7(8) Elytra deeply 4-striate, prothorax with sides strongly rounded
and strongly sinuate posteriorly M. amplicollis SI.
8(7) Elytra lightly 3-striate, prothorax with sides lightl5' rounded
and lightly sinuate posterioi-lj'.
9( 10) Size large ( 15 '5 mm. ) M. semisfriaius SI.
10(9) Size small (9 mm.) M. minor SI.
xVote.— No specimen of J/, ater Cast., is available to me at present. It is said by Castelnau to differ from J/, idger Cast., by having four strife on the elytra, not five as in M. 7iic/er. It is allied to M. anyusticollis SL, from Dorrigo, N.8.W., which requires comparison with it; specimens of M. n.i</er are in the Howitt Collection at the National Museum, Melbourne, ticketed " Brisbane. "
TRICHpSTERNUS(?) AUSTRALICUS, U.sp.
Elongate; head large, mentum with sinus parallel on sides, median tooth bifid; palpi elongate, slender; antennse slender, setaceous; prothorax subcordate, lateral mai'gins wide, basal angles obtuse, posterior marginal seta a little before base; elytra oval, strongly striate, interstices lightly convex, 3, 5, and 7 seriate-punctate, basal border a little raised at humeral angles, lateral mai'gins wide; prosternum glabrous between coxte; met- episterna short; legs long, light ; posterior- trochanters long, narrow, depressed on posterior side; anterior tarsi in ^ with three basal joints dilatate and biseriately squamose beneath. Nitid, occiput and disc of pronotum dark copper ; front and sides of pronotum brassy; elytra dark copper with bright cupreous
202 CARAB1D.E FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W.,
margin; under surface piceous; trochanters, tarsi, and mouth parts reddish-piceous.
Head a httle nairowed behind eyes (-l:-25 mm. across eyes); front widely biimpressed. Prothorax broader than long (4-5 x 5-3 mm.), widest before middle, wider at apex (4-15 mm.) than base (."3 -6 mm.): sides lightly rounded at anterior marginal puncture, obliquely narrowed to base (subsinuate before base from some points of view); apex lightly emarginate; anterior angles obtuse, hardly advanced; base lightly emarginate above peduncle; lateral border strongly reHexed on basal half, particularly towards basal angles; lateral basal impressions wide. Elytra mucli wider than ]jrothorax (11 x 7 mm.); sides strongly rounded to peduncle; stri;r a little crenulate; striole at base of first interstice short; inter- stices 1-8 equal, ninth depressed, third 3- or 4-punctate, fifth and seventh 2-punctate on basal half. Prosternuin, mesosternum, and metasternmn glabrous. Ambulatorial sette of ventral segments present; apex of abdomen iniisetose on each side, a slight notch in middle. Length 20 '5, breadth 7 mm.
llab. — Mount Tvoyal Range, N.S.W. One specimen ($) was foinid by me on the steep escarpment at the source of the AUyn river, 400 feet from the sunnnit, under a log on the stony bank of a rivulet, in a very damp situation.
This species is an isolated one in the Australian fauna, and is not truly congeneric with the other Australian species which have been referred to the genus Trlchostfrmis. It has not the interstices of the elytra costate, as have all our other species. It is more allied to New Zealand species, for which the late Tschitscherine proposed (though without diagnosing it) a new genus, JVesopterosHchiis, with Trichostemus gtie'rini Chaud., for the type.* I do not ls:no\\ T. </nerini in nature, noi- have 1 siifiicient knowledge of the species of New Zealand to say defin- itely that T. ausfralicas is actually congeneric with them; but 1 cannot think it will i-emain in the same genus witli the costate Australian species of Trichoi^terutts, when the classification of the Fterodichiui is revised.
* CV. Hor. Sue. Eiit, Ross., xxxv., lltO'i, i...v21. nutt.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 203
NOTONOMUS TRUNCATUS, n.Sp,
Elliptical-oval, convex; prothorax rounded on sides, angles not marked, posterior marginal seta before basal angle, not on border; elytra oval, fully striate, interstices depressed, third 3-punctate, eighth and ninth subeipial on basal half, basal border not raised above lateral border at humeral angles, apex truncate; hind tarsi elongate, narrow. Black.
Head convex (3 '5 mm. across eyes). Prothorax broader than long (4 X i'b mm.), convex, a little naiTOwer at base (3 mm.) than apex (3*5 mm.), hevigate; sides rounded; anterior angles close to head; basal angles obtuse; lateral marginal channel not defined near base; lateral basal impressions short, wide; lateral border narrow. Elytra oval (10 x 5"8 mm.) ; lateral apical sinuosities well developed; strife decided, less strongly impressed in 9 than in (J; interstices depressed on disc, eighth depressed, rather nari-ow, hardly as wide as ninth on basal half, tenth moderately developed, extending forward from apical sinuosity for one-third the distance to base of elytra. Tntercoxal declivity of prosternum wide, rounded; of mesosternum, concave. Four posterior tarsi without spinules beneath costa of external side of basal joint. Lensth lfi-lH'5mm., breadth 5-3-6'4mm.
Hah. — Mount Royal Range, N.S.W. Plentiful under logs in the Fagus-brushes, at the sources of the Williams ;iiid Harrington Rivers, 4,500 to 5,000 feet.
Allied to N^. Johnston i SI., and a memljer of thv '.rrisiprHius- gvouj)', but sharply differentiated from all the other species of the genus Notoiiomus by the truncate elytra, which have the apex truncate opposite the foui-, inner stria' of each elytron, so as to expose the apex of the abdomen.
JNOTOXO.MUS llEDLEYl, H.Sp.
Elliptical-oval, subdepressed; prothorax rounded on sides, basal angles rounded off, posterior marginal seta on bordei- at base; elytra oval, strongly and fully striate, third interstice 3-punctate, eighth and ninth rather narrow, subequal, basal border raised above lateral border at humeral angles. Black.
204 CARABID^ FROM THE UPPKR -WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W.,
Head ordinary (2 "5 mm. across eyes). Prothorax broader than long (3 "25 X 3-7 mm.), a little wider at apex (2*8 mm.) than base (2'6mm.); sides lightly rounded, roundly angustate to base; border extending round basal angles (which are indicated by the presence of the posterior setigerous puncture on the liorder) to lateral basal impressions, these short and wide. Elytra truncate- oval (8 X 4*5 mm.); lateral apical sinuosities wide, weakly de- veloped; tenth interstice moderately developed near apex. luter- coxal declivity of prosternum tiat, of mesosternum a little con- cave. First joint of four posterior tarsi without spinules beneath costa of outer side. Length 12-5-1 4*8, breadth 4'2-5mm.
^«6.— Mount Royal Range, N.8.W.
Not uncommon under logs in the Fagus-brushes, at the sources of the Williams and Barrington Rivers; 4,500 to 5,000 feet. I have dedicated it to Mr. C. Hedley, conchologist, in whose com- pany I found it.
I place it next S. niarginatns Cast., and N. Jergusoni SI. It has the facies of X. marr/inatnt<, var. si/dnei/ensis SI., but differs conspicuously by its lilack colour; prothorax with basal angles far less marked; elytra with third interstice ;3-punctate, lateral apical sinuosities less strongly developed; intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat. It resembles X. Jergusoni by colour, and the obtuseness of the basal angles of the pi'othoi-ax, l)ut differs by all the other cliaracters given above as differentiating it from X. 7)iarginnhi8, var. syrjnpifpiisis in facies, it is uuich less robust than N. fprgiii^oni. '
NOTONOMUS PROXTEVIRENS, n.sp.
Elliptical-oval, convex: prothorax subcordate, rounded on sides, nari-ower Mcross base (3-.") mm.) than apex (I mm.), posterior marginal seta on border at basal angle; elytra o\al, strongly striate, interstices convex, third 1 or 5-punctate, basal border not dentate at humeral angles. Head bright green on upi»er surface; pronotum nitid, bronze-copper; elytra bronzy, ninth in- terstice and marginal channel brighter (greenish or cupreous); undersurface and legs black; antennse with basal joints black.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 205
Head convex (3-05 mm. across eyes); eyes convex. Prothorax broadei- than long (4 x 5 mm.); sides strongly rounded, roundly angustate to base; border wide, reflexed; lateral basal impres- sions short, wide. Elytra oval (11 x 6"5 mm.), convex; lateral apical sinviosities wide, feeble; strife subcrenulate; eighth and ninth interstices short, well developed towards apex. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosternum lightly concave. Four posterior tarsi costate on external side without spinules beneath costte. Length 19-23, breadth (5 '25-7 '4 mm.
Hub. — Mount Royal llange, N.8.W. Not uncommon undei- logs in the Fagus-brushes, at tlie sources of the Williams and Barrington Rivers, 4,500 to 5,000 feet. Seven specimens have been examined.
Belongs to the aiist ralis-gro\\\:i. Tt is allieil to, and resembles K. colossus 81., but differs by form more convex; prothorax smaller, narrower across base, more strongly rounded on sides (pai'ticularly towards base), anterior angles more rounded and neai'er to head; elytra more in-al, border narrowei-; posterior femora less swollen in middle; upper surface of head bright green, prothorax cupreous, elytra coppery-bronze, antennae black (not reddish).
SlAGONYX BLACKBURNI, n.Sp.
Slcuiouyx anyustata Blackb., (not Lacordairia angustata Cast.), Trans. Roy. 8oc. S. Aust., 1901, p.llG.
Elliptical-oval, depressed; labrum bisinuate; prothorax very little broader than long (2-8 x 3 mm.). Black.
Prothorax narrow, strongly narrowed to base, widest before middle; apex and base of equal width (2mm.), apex lightly emarginate, narrowly bordered; anterior angles rounded; base emarginate, i-ounded at basal angles ; lateral margins wide. Elytra much wider than prothorax, oval (9 x 5-5 mm.), strongly striate; a short, distinct sti'iole at base of first interstice; third interstice bipunctate near second stria. Length 12 -5- 15 -6, breadth 4-5-6 mm.
Hah. N.S.W.; Fagus-brushes at the sources of the Williams
206 CARABIDiE FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W.,
and Barrinoton Kivers, Kiama, Biirrawang. — Victoria: Wood's Point, Marysville, Warburton, Yanagon, Ballarat, Princetown.
This is the species which Blackburn regarded as Lacordairia august at a Cast., but, with this opinion, I cannot agree. I regard L. ani/ti statu as a true La<;o7'dairia, in all probabihty conspecific with L. cychroides Cast., which I have from Raleigh, Comboyne, Williams Biver, and Gosford, N.8. VV. L. hlaekhurni is common in collections; it is over thirty years ago since I first found it in the Otway forest, but it has nevei' been described. Tn the pro- portions of the prothorax, it varies considerably: a specimen from [viama, in my collection, has the dimensions of the pro- thorax as follows — 3'5 X 3-6, apex 2*5, base 2*7 mm. Jt diti'ers from S. amplipennis MacL, (which extends as far south as Dorrigo) b}' labrum not rather deeply emarginate, but bisinuate (middle more pi'ominent than anterior angles), prothorax more elongate and narrower, elytra less deeply striate, etc.
DiAPHOROMERiis EDWARDSi Cast., var. VIRESCKN8, n.var.
Oval, convex; prothorax transverse, much wider at base than apex, basal angles obtuse; elytra truncate-oval, striate, interstices depressed, second with an elongate stride at base, third unipunc- tate at beginning of apical declivity, humeral angles subdentate. Nitid, minutely shagreened; upper surface rather bright green; undersurface virescent; labmnn, legs, antennae after second joint, and palpi (excepting their apices) black; first joint of antenna? reddish-testaceons. Length 7'7-8*5, breadth 3-2-3-5 mm.
Ilab. — N.S.W. : sources of Barrington River (Sloane), Ebor (Tillyard).
A single specimen (9) occurred to me in open country near Mr. Edwai'ds' house (5,000 feet). Mr. Tillyard had formerly found it at Ebor. It seems a variety of D. edwardsi Cast., which is said by Chaudoir to be shining olive-bronze; by Castelnau, "dark seneous-green, with a bluish tinge."
Sarothrocrepis corticalis Fabr., var. inpuscata, n.var.
Differs from <S'. corticalis Fabr., by pattern of elytra; the black apical patch extends foi-ward along interstices 6-8 to the base,
BY T. G. SLOANE. 207
and near the base overspreads intei-stiees 2-5, with tlie result that a (lull testaceous, sutural space on the basal half of the elytra is enclosed: at its widest part, this basal plaga extends outwards ti> the fifth or sixth interstice on each elytron, is divided posteriorly l)V a toi-ward pi-olongation of the ante-apical black area, and extends along the first interstice to the base. Tlie dark basal part of tlie elytra is infuscate, not nearly as black as the ante- apical patch. The abdomen is slightly more setulose than in »S'. cortu'dlis, but less so than in »S'. sptiilosa SI. As in S. corticalia, the hitei'stices are non-setulose, but have minute punctures along the coui'se of the fifth as in 8. cvrtiralis (these piuictures being- most noticeable towards the apex). Ijength 9-10-3, breatlth 4f) f) lum.
//rt6. -Mount Royal Kange, N.S.W.
Common under loose bark on the trunks of Kitcali/jjfiis cui-iarfd, at 5,000 feet.
I have specimens of tliis variety from >Sydnev, \'ictoria, and Tasmania.
Agonochila plai^ata, n.sp.
Depressed: elytra wide in propoi'tion to prothorax; head finely shagreened, sparsely punctulate: prothorax transverse, apex lightly emarginate, base strongly bisinuate, posterior angles marked, but obtuse, one or two marginal set;e mi anteinor half; elytra broad, densely and rather coarsely punctate, striae and interstices indis- tinct, third interstice 3-punctate. Legs, antennae, mouth-parts, lateral margins of prothorax, a wide posthumeral plaga on each elytron, and undersurface testaceous (sides of abdomen fuscous); head and disc of prothorax usually brownish; elytra brownish with a variable pattern — usually a wide, testaceous, posthumeral plaga on each elytron and an indefinite apical patch; sometimes the posthumeral plaga? join the apical patch by a narrow, ill- defined extension along the fourth interstice.
Head stout (1-3 mm. across eyes), minutely shagreened, and sparse 1}' piuictate under a lens; eyes prominent. Prothorax wide (1-2x2 mm.), widest before middle, a little narrower at apex (1-4 mm.) than base (1 -5 mm.), finely setulose-punctate under a
208 CARABIDiE FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W.
lens; disc rather convex; margins wide, depressed ; sides I'ounded anterioi"ly, narrowed and subsinuate posterioi'ly; apex lightly emarginate, anterior angles rounded ; base shortly lobed in middle, basal angles obtuse, median line strongly impressed. Elytra broad (4 x 3 mm.), widest about posterior third, a little narrowed to base, rounded on sides; humeral angles widely rounded. Length 7-7-5, lireadth 3-3-5 nun.
Hab. — Mount Royal Range, N.kS.W. Common under loose hark on trunks of K. coriacea, at 5,000 feet.
This is one of the largest species which has been attributed to the genus Ayonochila. Tts distinguishing characters are its broad elytra, with a wide, posthumeral, testaceous plaga on each elytx'on. The pattern of the elytra varies a good deal : — taking the ground- colour as pitchy-brown, there is usually a wide, testaceous, post- humeral plaga on each elytron, and an apical, duller-coloured pat<"h (more or less common to both elj-tra); sometimes the post- humeral and apical markings are wiflely separated by the brown ground-pattern; sometimes the plagae extend backwards and join the apical mark, so that the brown parts of the elytra become arranged in three, irregular stripes, viz., a sutural stripe and one near each side, these stripes being wide and near together about the apical third of the elytra. Compared with A. corticalis Erichs., A. playiata is larger and differently marked; prothorax with sides more strongly narrowed to base, elyti"a more strongly punctate. It is lemarkable to find, in this species, the prothorax with either one or two, anterior, marginal seta^ on each side; where there are two setse, these are wide apart, the posterior one situated as usual, the anterior one a little less than half-way between it and the anterior angle. Twenty-six specimens have been examined; of these, seventeen had one seta, and nine two sette. Specimens of both sexes occurred with one and two setae.
209 (uj; LIBRARY
r)K8CRIPTTON8 OF A NEW GENU8 AND THREE NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONID.E FROM BARRINGTON TOPS, NEW SOI^IH WALES.
By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S.
A week's visit at Christmas, 1915, to a region new to the collector, and Httle known to the tourist — Barrington Tops — revealed a mountain-district of above 5,000 feet altitude, that combines many of the characters of Kosciusko and Dorrigo. Situated some thirty-seven miles north-west of Dungog, this highland should prove an interesting field to the naturalist. Of volcanic origin, the I'ich soil possesses a magnificent forest, in parts approaching jungle, the higher slopes containing a rich brush, mainly composed of the beautiful Fagus Moure i. While the general collecting was a little meagre, due to the long pre- ceding dry weather, the results were specially rich in Carabidfe, while three new species of TenebrionidtB were taken, including one which requires a new genus for its reception.
Sloanea, n.gen. Tenebrioninarum.
Wide, depressed, with the facies of Cryptodus. Labrum emarginate and ciliate; mentum cordate, last joint of all palpi securiform; mandibles grooved, forked at apex. Eyes small and transverse. Antennte with the last four joints flattened and suc- cessively wider, the three penultimate joints transverse, last joint subcircular. Prosternum convex, its process arched down- wards at apex, and received into a triangular receptacle of the mesosternum; mesosternum short, body apterous; elytra costate, widely rounded behind, epipleura^ wide and horizontal; precoxse globose, middle coxse rounded. Legs short and stout; tibise much enlarged at apex, fore- and midtibite serrated externally. In the 3", the tibial, especially the foretibise, strongly bent inward
Itj
210
AUSTRALIAN TKNPIBRIONIDiE,
at apex. Tarsi tomentose, the claw-joint nearly as long as the rest combined, the first- longer than the second, intercoxal pro- cess wide, rounded in front and carinate at margins.
A genus not very near any existing Australian genus of the Tenehiionidfe. The head and thorax are somewhat as in Asphn/n.-i Pasc, but with a very different structure of leg, and elytra! sculpture.
Sloanka costata, n.sp. Ovate, depressed, glabrous, opaque brownish-black above, nitid beneath; palpi, tarsi, and apical joints of antenna' reddish, the tarsi clothed with red tomentmn.
//i^«c^trapeziform, densely and finely punctate, the sides slightly raised behind and arcuate; epistoma convex, straight in front and limited 1)eliind by a straight, obscure depression; antennse
with basal joints nitid and bead-like, third joint slightU' longer tlum fourth, the last four opacjue and hairy. Pro- tJiorax 6"5 x 7 nmi., widest in front of middle, trisinuate at apex, the middle with a wide triangular insertion, an- terior angles widely rounded and feebly produced, sides slightly rounded on an- terior half, sinuately narrowed behind, posterior angles acute, a little deflexed and produced, base bisinuate; foliate margins concave within, extreme bor- der narrowly raised, contiruied on apex, widened at the posterior angles, obsolete at base, surface finely and closely punctate on disc, the punctures subobsolete in the middle, coarser on sides and base, the foliate margins and regions near posterior angles coarsely rugose, a fine medial line sometimes traceable. Scutellum forming a strongly transverse, smooth ridge. Elytra wider than prothorax at base and not quite twice as long; shoulders prominent, squarely rounded and formed by the reflexed epipleural fold, sides feebly widened
Text-fig. 1. iS'. costata, n.sp.
BY H. .1. CARTER. 211
behind, apex widely rounded: each elytron with seven, shiniiii,', very slightly crenulate costye, the first (sutural), third, fifth, and seventh wider than the others, terminating before the ajjex, the second, fourth, and sixth narrow er and terminating considerably in front of these, the first, third, and seventh only extending to base, the sutural costse bifurcating some distance behind the scutellum to meet the third costse, but also narrowly extending in a straight line to the middle of the scutellum; on the wide interval between the seventh costfe and the margin a further, short, ill-defined ridge; all intervals opaque and rugo.se-punctate. Underside glabrous, submentum and prostei'num coarsely, abdomen more finely but densely punctate. Femora stout, finely punctate, tibiie rugose. In the J", the fore- tibite bent at right angles inwards near apex, with a triangular external emargination, all tibiae sulcate externally, and with two short spines at apex. Tibije of 9 nearly straight. Dimensions: (J, 17 x 8; $,20 x 9mm.
Hah. — Barrington Tops, 37 miles north-west of Dungog; alti- tude, 1,000-5,000 feet.
Seven specimens of this interesting insect taken by Messrs. Sloanc, Musgrave, and myself in the beautiful beech-forests (^rf'/".s- Moorei) that clothe the basalt mountain. In occurred in com- pany with PamJwrus p7-adierl Chaud., and Lissapterns pelorides Westw., in or inider the rotten logs of the Fagus; and seems to be peculiar to this district. I know nothing very near it, and place it with some diffidence in this subfamily. I have much pleasure in giving the generic name in honour of my friend and fre(i[uent companion on entomological quests, who found the first specimen. Type in the author's Coll.
CAEiDIOTHORAX INTERSTITIAUS, n.sp.
Elongate-ovate ; head and thorax subopaipie bronze-black; elytra dark bronze, underside and legs nitid-l)lack, tarsi and apex of tibi* with short, red hairs.
Head wide, sm(X)th; epistoma rounded in front, its suture straight, the usual frontal impression well marked; widened and raised in front of eyes, antennae very stout, joints pear-shaped,
212
AUSTRALIAN TETfEBRIONlDvE,
8-10 gradually wider and rounded, eleventh ovate, acumina.te. Prothorax 5x7 mm., cordate and flat, widest at middle; apex semicircularly emarginate, anterior angles strongly produced and rounded ; sides well rounded, strongly narrowed behind and sinuate before the dentate postei'ior angles, these deflexed and outwardly directed, base arcuate; foliate margins wide and a little upturned, with a wide, shallow, sepai-ating sulcus on anterior half, extreme border narrow and reflexed throughout; disc smooth, with
four small fovej^e, two on each side of the thin, well defined, medial channel; some- times with other irregular impressions. SGutellum triangular, smooth. Elytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, and nearly thrice as long, shoulders rather squarely rounded, the epipleural fold well raised in this region, extreme margin sharply raised, with an irregular row of large punctures within this; sulcate, each elytron with nine sub- costate intervals, continuous to and sharply ridged on apex, the sixth interval always broken near the middle, eithei' flattened, with a few large punctures, or with a chain of irregular ocellate pits formed, the seventh and eighth intervals narrower than the rest. Prosteruum transversel37^ wrinkled, abdomen and femora quite smooth, tibite strongly punctate near apex, legs without sexual differentiation. Dimensions: 19-21 x 6 '5-8 mm.
//rt&.__Barrington Tops, N.S.W. (Messrs. T. 0. Sloane, Mus- grave, and the author).
A species occurring very commonly in this region above the 4,000 feet level. I have 30 specimens before me, all of which have the peculiar elytral sculpture noted above, e.g., strongly sulcate, with the sixth interval broken. The species forms a link between some of the more nitid species, like C. cerijjennis
Text-fig. 2. C. intetstitialis, n.sp.
BY H. J. CARTER.
213
Blackb., and the subopaque species like C. Haagl Bates, with the prothorax similar to the latter, and the elytra more like the former; but it is very distinct from any described species, and is one of the largest in the genus. Types in the author's Coll.
Cardiothorax asperatus, n.sp.
Elongate-ovate, brownish-black, opaque.
Head and thorax densely rugosely shagreened; labrum pro- minent, epistoma incurved in the middle, oblique on sides; suture straight ; frontal impression obscure (only indicated by basal ridge); antennae with joint 3 nearly as long as 4-5 combined, 3-7 subconic, 8-10 oval, 11 very large, ovoid. Prothorao- b ■x.^vam.., scutiform, widest in front of middle, bisinuate at apex, anterior angles moderately produced and rather sharply rounded, sides slightly rounded anteriorly, then widely sinuately narrowed behind, posterior angles acutely dentate and pointing obliquely out- wai'd, base truncate, much narrower than apex, disc with two, wide, shallow depres- sions and a depi'essed middle line, the sculp- ture somewhat reticulate rugose, coarsely so at sides and base. Scutelhun triangular. Elytra ovate, wider than prothorax at base and twice as long, shoulders rounded, epi- pleural fold reflexed in this region and form- ing a sharply defined border throughout; punctate-striate, five alternate intervals (in- cluding the sutural) finely costate, the edge of costse very finely ci-enulate or subnodulose, the latter structure evident in the two sutural costse, the second, fourth, sixth, and eighth intervals also slightly raised, more divstinctly so on apical half, the interspaces filled with rather large, close, transverse punctures; submentum and prosterna very coarsely punctate, the latter bearing scattei-ed sets;, abdomen finely and sparsely granu- lose and opaque, legs with shoi't, dense hairs, tibia? scarcely enlarged at apex, with short terminal spines. Dimensions: 14-18 X 5-6 "5 mm.
Text-fig. 3. C. asptratxiif, u.sp.
214 AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDiE.
Hah. — Barrington Tops, N.S.W. (Messrs. Sloane, Musgrave, and the author).
Sixteen specimens taken by the above, belong to the sub- squamose group, C. egerius Pasc, C. mimus Cax't., C. nndidatus Cart. In form, it is nearest the last of these (from an adjacent region), but it is at once separated from it by the coarsely rugose pi-othorax and punctate elytra. In the latter character, it is near C. mimus Cart., which differs widely in size, form, and pro- thoracic structure. Types in the author's Coll.
Meneristes proximtis Cart. — In these Proceedings for 1914 (p.75), I described this as a possible variety of J/, tibialis Cart. With a number of fresh specimens from Barrington Tops before me, I am convinced that this is a good species, clearly separated from M. tibialis by the nitid, impunctate prothorax and elytrnl intervals besides the distinctions noted in the description.
215
A NEW SCALE-INSECT AFFECTING SUGAR-CANE
IN NEW GUINEA.
By the latk Dr. A. Rutherford: with a Note by Edmund
Jarvis, Entomologist.
(Communicated I >j/ W. \V. Froyyatt, F.L.S.)
AULACASPIS MAJOR, U.Sp.
Female scale thin, greyish-white, soniewliat uniform, large (longer diameter ."j-.'i'^.^ mm). Exii\'i:v pale yellow, the first pro- jecting, the second snbmarginal.
Adult female broadest in tlie cephalo-thoraci<; region. CephaUc end broadly rounded, sometimes with a slight median notch. Pygidiuin hyaline wdth several strands of chitin running cephalad from the apical margin.
Antenna : a small tubercle of ii-regular shape, and beai'ing a stovit, curved seta.
All stigmata with parastigmatic pores in a compact group. Three pairs of prominent, hyaline lobes. Median lobes not sunk, slightly expanded distally, apex broadly rounded, about one- quarter of their own wddth apart. A prominent chitinous area of the pygidiinn between the lobes.
Second lobes duplex, the mesal half expanded distally, broadly rounded at apex; lateral half with the mesal side straight, the lateral side oblique.
Third lobes of mucli the same shape, and quite as broad as the second. Laterad of the third group of plates are several broad, serrated projections associated w4th marginal gland-pores.
Plates: none between median lubes; thei'eafter in the usual positions 1, 1-2, 1-2, 2, 6-10. The penultimate segment bears 7-11, and the antepenultimate 5-8 similar plates. All plates stout, tapering, a few slightly pectinate at apex.
216 A NEW SCALE-INSECT AFFECTING SUGAR-CANE.
A seta on the base of the median lobes latei'ally, one between the halves of the 2nd and of the 3rd lobes, and one mesad of each of the fourth and fifth groups of plates.
Dorsal jtores in three longitudinal rows, the row immediately laterad of the level of the circumgenital pores of some 7-9 pores, and not reaching to the margin of the pygidium. A few, small, ventral pores. Anus cii'cidar, situated at the level of the caudo- lateral groups of circumgenital pores.
Circmngenital pores in 5 compact groups. Pores numerous; approximately 33 (49 and 52) (42 and 45).
Hab. — New Guinea; on stems of Sugai'-cane.
The specific name has reference to the size of the female scale.
Xofe by E. Jarvis. — Whilst inspecting sugai'-cane procured from New Guinea, [ noticed several sticks infested with a scale- insect, and forwai'ded specimens of them to the Botanic Gardens, Ceylon, foi- determination. The coccid was examined by the late Dr. A. Rutherford, who referred it to, the genus Aulacasjns, and, believing it to be a new species, named it A. major. In a letter enclosing the description given above, Dr. Rutherford said : — "I think there can be no doubt that the insect falls in the genus Aulacasjns. It does not agree with any species known to me. Perhaps it might be described under the genus Chionasjns, though it would not fall into that genus as at present understood, Froggatt, in his review of the Australian Coccidje (Agric. Gazette N. 8. Wales) refers to two species only of Aulacasjns, viz., A. pentayona Tai'g., and A. rosece Bouche. Yours is neither of these. Quite possibly it is a new species. I append a technical descrip- tion, which you are quite at liberty to publish."
217
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
June 28th, 191fi.
Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (31st May, 1916), amounting to 15 Vols., 112 Parts or Nos., 61 P>ulletins, 2 Reports, and 8 Pamphlets, re- ceived from 47 Societies, etc., and one private donoi', were laid upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. T. Steel exhibited the femur of an ox showing natural knitting of a very severe sliding fracture, the reunited bone being much shortened and thickened by deposit of fresh bone.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited the following indigenous grasses, being portion of a remarkably fine collection made on Kilmorey Station, Maranoa district, Queensland, by Mr. J. B. Thomson, who forwarded them to Messrs. Anderson &. Company, Seedsmen and Plant Merchants, Sydney, with a request that they should be sent to Mr. Turner for accurate botanical determiuation, and for reliable information as to their economic importance: Andropogon erianthoides F.v.M. ; A. intermedius R.Br. ; A. sericeus R Br. ; Anthistiria ciliata Linn. ; Chloris divaricata R.Br. ; Eriochloa pu7ictata Hamilt. ; Panicum decompositum R.Br. ; P. divaricatissirmim R.Br. ; P. flavidum Retz. ; P. leucophceum H.B. et K. ; P. trachyrhachis Benth. ; Pappo]>ho- rum nigricans R.Br. ; Perotis vara R.Br. ; Setaria glauca Beau v.; Triraphis mollis R.Br. Owing to the prolonged and disastrous drought in the northern State, the country where the grasses had been collected was absolutely destitute of pasture- herbage for months until the bountiful rainfall of December last. Since the beginning of this year, the country has made wonderful recovery, and grasses and herbage are now abundant, giving a verdant appearance to innnense tracts of country. The
17
218 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
grasses exhibited were an excellent illustration of the remark- able recuperative properties of the herbage composing Austra- lian pastures. No other vegetation, of an equal eeonomic value, in the world could have recovered in a shorter space of time than those indigenous grasses. Mr. Turner also showed 18 photographs, taken last month by Mr. Thomson on different parts of Kilmorey Station, showing the luxuriant grasses and forage pUuits now growing there,
Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited specimens from the National Herbarium, and contributed notes thereon, comprising a series of examples of the fruits of Angopliora cordifolia Cav., Killara (A. A. Hamilton; December, 1915), showing divergence in shape and size, apical and basal, together with variation in the degree of pilosity and calycal ribbing. The capsules range from quad- rangular to orbicular at the apex, and from broadly turbinate to attenuate at the base, the vestiture of the fruit-calyces varying from smootii to hispid, or rough and bristly. The rim of the capsule is seen, in some examples, to be more or less deeply sunk; in another group it is parallel to the border of the calyx-tube; while a further series shows a broad, conspicuous rim, recurved and folded outwards, overlapping the sides of the calyx-tube. The primary ribs of the fruit-calyx are 4 or 5 in number, in conformity with the angularity or degree of rotundity of the fruit, and they exhibit a marked variation in the measure of prominence attained. A range of dimension from 1-2 cm. in diameter occurs at the apex of the fruit, with a similar variation in length from apex to base. The pedicels vary in length from l-3i cm.; they are stout, slender, terete, angular, or more or less dilated. The series was gathered from a clump of apparently healthy plants growing in a sheltered position on a rocky (sand- stone) hill-side, under normal conditions (as far as could be ascertained). — Lambertia formosa Sm., Leura (A. A. Hamilton; November, 1915), showing variation in the fruit-appendages. The follicles vary from 1-lA cm. in length, with a similar range in breadth; the horn on the dorsal margin varies from broadly obtuse and 3 mm. long, to narrow-linear and 2 cm. long, straight or curved; that on the upper angle of the valve is from barely
NOTES AND KXHIBITS. 219
produced to 5 mm. long. Both young and old fruits were ex- hibited for comparison.— /S'^efte^'a Stephensoni Benth., La Perouse (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1916), showing aphylly due to environment. The specimens exhibited were taken from a shrub about 1 m. high, which had shed its leaves to within some 15 cm. of the tips of the flowering branches. The shrub was growing on flat, rocky country, subject to direct insolation, and it also suffei'ed from the effects of bad drainase.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited fresh flowering specimens, together with coloured drawings of Callisiemon, raised from seed received from a European firm of seedsmen, under the name of C. lanceo- latus var. lilacina. From the same batch of seedlings, the plants show two distinct shades of colour, (a) Filaments deep carmine- violet to reddish-violet or pure mauve, anthers light reddish- brown. (6) Filaments reddish-purple, anthers a shade darker than the filaments. The general habit of the plants, and the shading of the colours seem to indicate that they are intermediate forms between C. rngulostis DC, (C coccineus F.v.M.) and C. lanceolatus DC, both of which are frequently cultivated in Europe, the former having prawn-reddish filaments, and yellowish anthers, and the latter reddish-purple filaments and anthers. C . rtigulosus is common in the interior of this State, and South Australia, but rare in the Sydney district [vide Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 1903, xxviii., p.884); and C. lanceolatus is very com- mon along the coastal districts of this State. He showed also a branch from another plant of the same batch of seedlings, having solitary flowers in the axils of the leaves, an extreme departure from the normal, dense, cylindrical spike usually seen in this genus.
Mr. North, with the sanction of the Curator of the Australian Museum, exhibited four specimens of the Regent Bower-bird (Sericulus melinus), showing the various stages of the young male, from youth to maturity. The young male, as is so fre- quently the case in birds, closely resembles the adult female. One received in the flesh from the Council of the Royal Zoologi- cal Society of New South Wales on the 30th May, 1916, which the Director, Mr. A. S. Le Souef reported as received from
220 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Brisbane in October, 1913, among others, had lived in the aviary ever since — a period of two years and seven months, or there- abouts—precise date not given. This specimen exhibits the first indications of its approach towards maturity, having the feathers of the nape and hind-neck distinctly shaded with yellow on tlie apical portions, and around the tip with black; a few feathers on the centre of the throat also being black. A further advance towards maturity is shown in a specimen presented by Mr. J. T. Cockerell, and procured by him at Lismore, Richmond River, N.S.W., on the 2nd August, 1899, which has the general plumage black; the base of the forehead, a patch of feathers on the hind-neck, some on the centre of the nape, and the central portion of the secondaries and innermost primaries orange-yellow, the patch of feathers on the hind-neck having blackish tips. The only trace of the plumage of the adult female is exhibited in the feathers of the centre of the breast, the abdomen and the under wing, and under tail-coverts. A still closer approach to the fully adult plumage, in the amount of orange-yellow on the top of the head, centre of nape and hind-neck, is seen in a third speci- men, collected by Mr. Robert Grant in November-, 1895, in the Bellingen district, further indications of the adult female also being exhibited in the lesser and median upper wing-coverts, and the; feathers of the lower back and rump. The fourth specimen, a fine, old, fully adult male, with its rich and strikingly con- trasted velvety-black and orange-yellow plumage, was procured by Mr. J. Beveridge on the Richmond River, and was received from him in December, 1886. It will be noted that the fulh' adult, male plumage of the Regent Bower-bird is fir^t assumed, not by a moult, but by a gradual change in the colour of the feathers.
The Secretary called attention to a very interesting portrait of tile late Sir Richard Owen, for many years an Honorary Member of the Society, kindly presented by Mr. C. Hedley, on behalf of Mr. G. F. Bennett, of Brisbane, whose father, the late Dr. George Bennett, of Sydney, received the original portrait from his friend. Sir Hichard, many years ago.
221
.STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUHOPTEHA.
Nu.;3. The Wing-venation of the Chrysopidj^,.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.8, Linnean Macleay Felloav of the Society in Zoology.
[Plates X., x. />/.s (Transpai-ency), xi.; and eight Text-figures.]
Next to the Mi/rmfi/r<iiUid(e, whose wing- venation 1 have dealt with in No.l of this series of Studies,* the most striking and dominant group of Planipennia is undoubtedly the family Chry- sopidri'. The ty})e-genus (Jhri/Hopd is represented by a large number <»f species throughout all parts of the world, which are known to Engli.sh-.speaking naturalists as "Green Lacewings," "Golden Eyes," or "Stink-tiies" — the last name on account of the abominable odour which a number of the species give out. These nmnerous species are all \'ery closely related, and are often only U) be distinguished by small but constant differences in the wing-venation. Thus, on the one hand, the genus Chri/mp(t has all the marks of l)eing a fairly recent, highly si)ecialised, and dominant genus (and hence on(" In which specialisations in the wing-venation might reasonably be looked for); while, on the other hand, the very importance of the venation in the study of the genus demands that slipshod and haphazard ideas of the wing-structure ought to cease, and give place to a .system based on sound homologies.
Those workers who have been busy during the last ten years or so, adding lunuerous species of (Jhrjixopidtf to the list, all appear to have been content to regard the wing-venation in this family as easy of interpretation along typical Neuropterous lines, l.i\, they recognised, without any nuestioning, a radial sector with a number of branches, two series of gradate veins, a straight
* These Proceedings, 1915, xl., Part 4, pp.734-752.
222 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii.,
unbranched media, a forked cubitus, and two or three short anal veins. Right througli the family there is so little variation, except in minor details, that the limits of these veins, having been assigned without any sufficient reason to one species, soon became applied equally readily to all. From one point oi view, it may be argued that it did not matter that the determinations of the venation wei-e wrong, since they were all conawfently wrong, and so the numerous descriptions of new species all conform to a single plan, and are easy to follow.
Why is it necessary to disturb them] The answer is a very obvious one. It is not only that false homologies are not to be tolerated by anyone with the true scientific spirit, but also that they .actually seldom work well in practice. It is only by pure chance that some genus of Chrysopid(P has not turned up which would not have fitted in with the accepted venational plan, and would thus have started a series of evasions and explanations, on whose heels confusion might have followed fast. More than that, again, we can never hope to understand the phylogeny of such a group as the Chrysopidfp, unless we really understand its wing-structure, and its relationship to the general venational plan in the Neuroptei'a Planipennia.
The present paper was undertaken in the strong belief that the accepted venational scheme for the Chrysojndw was wrong in certain particulars. I was not prepared to admit (after my ex- perience in the Myrmeleontidoi) that the media, in the forewing at any rate, was an unbranched vein. I could not find any satisfactory explanation of the persistence of the peculiar "divisory veinlet" in the forewing (Text-fig. 4, dv), since it is obviously not in a position of maximum effect as a support to any main vein. It seemed to me that this veinlet must be some remnant of the lost lower branch of the media, and its absence in the hindwing further strengthened this belief. Finally, I realised that the connection between the venational plans of the Chrysopidce and Apochrysid(v was still entirely missing, and that we could never hope to offer any adequate phylogeny of the Chrysopidoe until this was cleared up. Such beliefs and sus-
BY R. J. TiLLYARb. 223
picions as these determined me to undertake a study of the puj)al wing-ti-acheation at the earUest fa\ ourable moment. The chance occurred chn-ing my recent visit to South Queensland. Chrysopido' were quite connnon, and it was easy to obtain, not only larvie from citrus trees and various conifers, but also eggs in great al)undance from mature females confined in i)ill-l)()xes. On my return to Sydney at the end of October last, T brought with me a number of eggs and larv;e. T also arranged with various correspondents to keep up the supply by post. In this connection, I desire to thank Miss C Jensen, of Caboolture, Queensland, and Mr. Luke Gallard, of Epping, near Sydney, for maintaining a plentiful supply of larv;e throughout an excep- tionally dry period of the year, during which the scarcity of aphides made the rearing of these little creatures a very difficult matter.
Most of the Australian species of Chrysopidcf are not named. I had four species to work on, three belonging to the geiuis (Jhri/Sdpa, and one to Xofhochri/.s(i. This last was of lai'ge size, and promised fine results. Unfortunately, of all the ])upie ob- tained (mostly from Mr. Oallard), not a single one was suitable for the work. About sixty per cent, of them were ichneumoned; the remainder were far too ath anced towards the imaginal instar to be of any value. The next most promising was a moderately large species of (Jhrysopa, not unconunon both in Brisbane and Sydney, which T shall designate (Jhrysopn \, for the purposes i>f this paper. Two broods of this species were reared from eggs laid in Brisbane. But owing to the extreme drought, I failed to find enough aphis to keep them ali\e, and only three pupatetl. From one of these, the photomicrograph in Plate xi., fig. -5, was obtained.
An exceedingly small species, (Jhrysopn B, pupated in numbers. But the cocoons were so small (diameter 1'4 nun.), and the pupje so delicate, that onlv moderate results were obtained with them. These results helped materially in the successful solution of the problem in hand, but none of the j^hotographs taken were good enough to publish.
224 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN VEUROPTERA, iii.,
Finally, I had a large suppl}' of larv?e and pup?e of a connnon species whose larva is found in all citrus-orchards around Sydney, as well as on rose-bushes. The cocoons were smaller than I could have wished, and the pupa? delicate enough to give me much trouble and many failures before good results could be obtained. But I was able to breed a number out, so as to obtain an imaginal venation-scheme exactly corresponding with the pupal wing-tra- cheation studied; this was, indeed, an c-ssential condition for a successful result. This species proved to be one which had pre- viously been determined for me by Mr. Esben Petersen as C. sujnata Walker. It turned out, therefore, very fortunately, that I am able, after the comparative failure of the work done on the unnamed species, to offer a result based in almost every detail of completeness upon the venation of a single, common, named species.
Methods of Study. The problem was first attacked along the exact lines already laid down for the study of the tracheation of the pupal wing in the Mynneleuntidie.. First of all, the exact date of the spinning- up of each larva was recorded, and the cocoons arranged accord- ing to date. Here, at the very start, an attempt to use the knowledge gained in the case of the Myrm.elmntid(t' led to disaster. It will be recalled that the Ant-lion larva does not j^upate at once after spinning its cocoon, but remains tpiiescent within it for seven or eight days. I thei'efore kept a number of cocoons of the large Nothochrysa for several days, examining them care- fully in a strong light each day. After four or fi\-e days (by which time the cocoons must have been seven or eight days old, since they had spun up before Mr. Gallard jjosted them to me), the contents began to darken in colour. The larva Ijeing covered with a white powdery bloom, I concluded that pupation liad taken place. This was, alas, not the case; the darkening was due, not to the pupation of the larva, but to the pujjation of half-a-dozen or more ichneumon-grubs within it. Thus several valuable days were lost; so that, when at last a cocoon was opened which revealed a Chrysopid pupa, it was much too far advanced
BT R. J. TlLLYAlil). 225
towards the imaginal stage to Ije of any use. In this way the most promising cocoons (i.e., the largest) were all wasted.
By this time both Chri/iiopa A and Chrysopa B were spinning up, so I turned my attention to the larger of the two (A). Here an additional difficulty presented itself in the smallness and greater delicacy of the cocoon, and the activity of the pupa Avithin it. The cocoon could not be cut open with fine scissors, owing to the fact that the pupa would keep wriggling round so as to face the cut, and thus sooner or later the delicate wing- cases became damaged, either by pressure or by the lower point of the scissors. I next tried to open a cocoon by means of a fine sharp needle, and was delighted to find that this could be done without damaging the wings of the pupa, if certain rules were adhered to. Firstly, owing to the method of spinning the cocoon, it appeared that the silken envelope does not tear unevenly in all directions, but can be made to split exactly along any parallel of latitude (taking the ends of the Icmgest axis as the poles) if the point of the needle is exerted in that direction. Secondly, if the point selected to ,„
, . 1 .1 ifXt-fig. 1."
start on is at about the level of the lid of the cocoon when opened by the pupa itself naturally, the split comes \ er\' readily, and the point of the needle is not likely to touch the wings of the Avrigglesome pujia. This position is about the same as that selected when "topping" a boiled egg at breakfast, and is shown in Text-fig. 1 .
Having solved the problem of how to open the cocoon without damaging the pupal wings, the next difficulty wa;^ to extract the })upa, which, as soon as the lid of the cocoon was lifted, became very actiAe, and kept wriggling round from sifle to side, so as always to face the point of the needle. I found the best plan was to continue the cut until the lid could be either taken com- pletely off, or turned over backwards, so as to expose the head of the pupa. If now the pupa, as it generally did, resolutely re-
* Cocoon of L'hr>/-^opa xiijiuifa Walk., cofiectlj- opened: ( - (i).
rp-
226 STUDIBS IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, lii.,
fused to leave the cocoon, T took a pair of fine forceps, seized it uickly just below each projecting eye, anil so lifted it out bodily. This (operation may flatten one or both eyes, but it will not damage the wings.
Piipje of Chrysopa A wei-e extracted fi'oin cocoons seven or eight days old. The wings were pale whitish, and appeared at the first glance to be in every way suited for my purpose. But, under a lens, it was seen that the imaginal wings were, in nearly all cases, strongly rucked or crumpled within the wing-sheath, so that the tracheation could not be properly followed out. Hence the whole of this batch of valuable larvje and pupi« had to be sacrificed, in order to discover, firstly, how long the larva re- mained in the cocoon before pupating, and secondly, how long it was before rucking of the imaginal wing in the pupal wing-sheath began to occur. In the course of these trials, I was fortunate in obtaining a photograph of the hind wing of a pupa of this species which T determined as being nearly three days old (the cocoon was over six days old, and the average duration of larval life, bef(jre pupation occurred, had been determined as three and a half days in the case of this species). In this photograph the rucking had just begun (Plate xi., fig. 3), and this condition helped to' elucidate a knotty question of venation, as I have ex- plained below on p. 240.
By this time I had hopes that my ditticulties were at an end, as I now had left over only material of the two smallest species, ijhrijsupa B and C . sujnata. The larva; of Chrymjm B fed up at a great rate, and spun up well ahead of those of C. xignatjt^ althovigh most of the eggs of both species hatched at about the same time. The weather was very hot and dry, and this may have been orte cause of their activity. One larva actually spini its cocoon on the ei(/hfh day after hatching from the egg, and emerged as an imago six days later! I found the cocoons and pupie of Chrysopa B most difficult tf» handle, since they were so small and delicate. However, one was extracted just after the act of pupation (the larval skin being even not fully cast oft"). This was killed by being dropped into a tube of water, in which
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 227
a drop of chloroform had been shaken up, and A\a,s then placed on a slide on its side, so that its \yings could be examined.
A further crop of new ditHculties now arose. The hiudwing could not be examined because the forewing co\'ered it almost completely, Iving obliquely across it; while the forewing ii\ its turn was partly covered by the large spiral coil of the immensely long antenna, which was pressed down Hat upon it. (see Text-fig. 2). Moreover, both antenna and wings were sticky, and could not be persuaded to separate, except by in- ni _^-"^^^ serting the point of a needle between them — \fir\ \ a a proceeding which seemed bound to cause ® L^ XX. some dislocation of the delicate tracheal plan. j/V\ \\ After this separation had been effected, the ^ //^ ^'j ] long antenna was cut off close to the base, N^Y^^y-n '^^ and removed. The two wings were then y ^^Q^- ■..a.c dissected away with fine scissors, and floated z<\ \ 7
off on to a glass slide. They were then ex- ^<^l \ \y amined under a low power, when it was seen that considerable displacement of the tra- "'"'
cheation had taken place. Enough of the main plan, however, could be made out to show how remarkably specialised it was, and how important it would be to obtain an absolutely perfect record of it.
By this time I was reduced to a single source of suitply. viz. Chrysopa Huinafn. Fortunately my own larvie were supplemented by two batches of larv?e received frtjm Mr. Gallard, so that, in all, I still had some two dozen larvie available. These began to spin up about the middle of Noxember, and had all completed their cocoons within a few days of one another. After waiting three days, 1 opened two cocoons, and found that they still I'oii tained larvte. These cocoons were closed up again, the lids being held in place by cotton-wool. The following day, one of the larvje pupated. This pupa was taken when less than one day
"Pupa of Chrysopa siijnata Walk., after extraction from cocoon; ( x 9). a, antenna: ac, its spiral coil adhering to the forewing; e, eye; Fir, fore- wing; //('•, hinilwing; in, pupal niandihle.s.
228 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN KEUROPTERA, iii.,
old, and was treated as explained for the pupa of Chrysopa B above. The dissection was carried out with the greatest care. But though tliere was scarcely any displacement of the trachea- tion, it was found that a certain amount of blood-plasma, and some fatty tissue, had found their way into the bases of the wings, rendering them too opaque for observation.
Further pupte were now taken, all about one day old, since it appeared that only on the first day or two were the wings free fi-om rucking within the wing-sheath. The wings were carefully dissected off, but in no case could T obtain a satisfactory result. The wing-sheaths were so delicate that the use of a cover-slip completely upset the tracheation; also it seemed quite hopeless to use the scissors without causing some alteration in the positions of the main tracheal stems.
I now tried the following plan, which 1 am glad to say proved entirely successful, and enabled me to obtain the results shown in this paper. Having determined that the tracheation must be studied without the use of any dissecting methods, I took a pupa of (J. sufnata about one day old, and killed it in the usual manner. I then took two glass slides, and moistened them so as to make them cling firmly together. The upper slide was selected so as to be as near as possible of a thickness e<(ual to the height of the [)iipal thorax up to the wing-base. This slide was then slipped back along the lower one, so as to leave nearly an inch of the latter exposed. T then took hold of the pupa by the legs with a fine forceps, cut off and removed the right anteinia, and carefully .Separated the two wings on the right side, with the point of a fine needle. (The mark made by the needle can be seen as an obli([ue depression ruiuiing in from near the middle of the pos- terior border of the hinflwing in Plate xi., fig. 1). The i)Upa was tlien i)laced carefully down, dorsum upwards, on the free portion of tlic lowei- slide, the right pair of wings being raised up so as to })roject at right angles to the body-axis, supported upon the upper slide. The pupa and its wings were kept thoroughly wet with water during this operation. Finally, the body of the pupa was gently pressed until it came to lie close up to and parallel
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
229
with the free edge of the upper slide, no tlmt the whole ni tlio two wings lay flatly out over this slide (Text-fig. 3). No cover- slip was used. (This same operation was afterwards performed on other pupa?, with the addition of a cover-slip let down gently upon tlie wings; but tliis was found to cause displacement of some of the trachea?). The wings were then photographed by njeansc^ Keichert's photo-micrographic apparatus, and the results
obtained which are shown in Plate xi., figs. 1-2. Tm- Miediately afterwai'ds, the camera- lucida drawing of the traclieation, shown in Text-fig.5, was obtained from this same pupa. Thus at last success was obtained. T may add that photographs and th*a wings were made from several other pujja' of C. Hiynata, and that all of theses agi^eed practically in ever}- single detailf ^^'ith tlie one figured. Thus the results do not rest upon a single observation, but ai-e hasefl up(ni a
Toxt-fig.3." considerable mass of evidence
Critical Htndij of the Wiiuf-Ycnation of Chrysopa signata Walker.
We can now pass to the study of the traclieation of the pupal wing, with a view to elucidating the venation of the imaginal wing. This latter is shown in Textfig.4 (p.230), with the usually accepted nomenclatui'e of the veins, according to the Comstock- Needham notation. This nomenclatiu-e has been employed b}- Banks, Petersen, Navas, and other systematists for the past ten years or moi-e. As far as I can gather, nobody has yet doubted
* Diagram to show method of studying the pvipal wings of Chrysopa; ( x8) : «. coil of left antenna; a , cut end of right antenna; Fir, forewing; Hw, hindwing: L, lower glass slide; m, pupal mandibles; l\ upper glass slide.
tin some specimens, there may be a small fork at tlie extreme tip uf Rs or Sj.
230
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUKOPTERA, ill.,
its general accuracy. Petersen, liowever, has recently stated to me (in litt.) his conviction that the venation of the Chrysojndcf is "the most abnormal of all the families" — a statement which certainl}' implies a strong suspicion that this venation is not quite as simple as the accepted scheme would make it appear to he.
Text-fig.4. — Wings of C/t /•//■■^o^xt su/nnta Walk.; imagi), ( x 9), with the generally accepted notation: cui-cii^, the three "cubital cells'" of Banks; dr, "divisoiy veinlet" of Bank.s; </, inner, and //' outer series of gi'adate veins; jit, pterostignia. Other letters as usual in the Comstock-Needhani notation.
The most striking feature of the Chrysopid wing, if we accept the usual notation (Text-fig.4) is the fact that it is divided longi- tudinally b}' a remarkably strong, straight, median vein (M), terminating on the posterior border, below the le\el of the ptero- stigma, some distance before the apex. In the hindwing, this vein leaves the radius (R) close to the base, and runs absolutely straight through the wing. In the forewing, however, it shows a slight kink not far f i-om its origin, at a point where an oblique cross-vein descends ti^ Cn. The curved portion of the vein M
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 231
hereabouts is supported underneath liy a small vein placed concavely to it, arisinfi; from the cross-vein, and curvinj^- up to join tlie media itself at or near the foot of the first cross-vein descendin*;- from the radial sector (Rs). This small concave vein has been termed the divisori/ vpiuJet (dv) by Banks, as it is supposed to divide the complete "third cubital cell'^c//,) into two unequal parts. The exact shape and position of this divisory veinlet have been used by Banks with considerable success in diagnosing the diftei'ences between numerous closelj" related species. The two undivided cells lying between M and Cu proximad to the "kink" are teraied by Banks the first and aecond ciibital celh respectively {cii-^, cuo). As it is usual, in the Comstock-Needham terminolog)^, to name the basal spaces after the main veiias bounding them above, and not below, it would have been moi-e consistent to have termed these thi'ee cells the "median cells," reserving the term "cubital cells" for those in the row below them.
The gradate reins {y, y') are very constant in position in the Chrysopidce, forming two series of cross- veins rising, as it were, in a series of steps from the media upwards through the parallel branches of the radial sector. Often, as in the species under discussion, the inner series of gradate veins {y) is one less in number than the outer series ((/'); sometimes the inner series is much reduced in number.
The form of the pterostiyma {pf) varies greatly in the different species, and is never of more than specific value. In C. slynata, there is a distinct greenish pterostigma on both wings. That of the forewing is confined between C and Sc, and svipported beneath by six cross-veins between Sc and R. In the hindwing it is denser, and is continued into the space between Sc and R. The cross-veins in this space are, however, present, though not easy to see.
The result of a study of the pupal wing-tracheation (Text-fig. 5) shows us that the accepted interpretation of the imaginal venation is quite incorrect as regards the media and cubitus of both wings, and also as regards the origin of the radial sector in
232
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii.,
the hindwing. 'I'he supposed media and cubitus prove to be two excessively complex veins peculiar to the Chrysopidc^. The original media and cubitus of this extraordinary wing-venation have become reduced and contorted, so that their courses could not even he guessed at without reference to the pupal trachea- tion. The two new complex veins do indeed more or less fill
Text-fig.5. — Tracheation of wings of pupa of C. siffnata Walk.,( x 54). For lettering, see Explanation of Plate x. (Camera-lucida drawing from freshly-killed pupa).
the places usually occupied by the media and cubitus in un- specialised Neuropterous wings. Therefore, as it is quite impos- sible to give to these veins the complex names that would indi- cate their true nature, I propose to name them at once the pseudo-media and the pseudo-cuhitus respectively, in order to facilitate discussion, and to distinguish them clearly from the true media and cubitus. I suggest also the notation M' for the pseudo-media, and Cu' for the pseudo-cubitus, as shown in Plate X.
In order to trace the courses of the true media and cubitus, and to understand how the pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus have supplanted them in the Chrysopid wing, let us turn now to the study of the pupal tracheation, as shown in Text-fig.5 and
BY R. J. TILLYAUD. 233
in Plate xi., figs. 1-2. As a further aid to this study, I have given tlie correct interpretation of the imaginal wing- venation in Plate x., overlaid in red, on transparent paper, by a diagram- matic representation of the pupal tracheation, to show the part played by each trachea in the formation of the veins. We shall divide our study up into three parts, viz., (1) the radial sector and its branches, (2) the true media, and (3) the true cubitus. Having traced these out, we can then visualise the extraordinary structure of the pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus.
(1) The Riidial Sector (Rs) and its Branches. — The radial sector (Rs) arises from R, in the forewing, at a considerable distance from the wing-base, at a points called the radial fork {rf). Pupal tracheation and imaginal venation agree on this point. In the hind wing, however, the supposed origin of Rs in the imaginal venation (the point x) is seen by reference to the pupal trachea- tion to be a false origin, and really represents the origin of the first cross-vein between R and Rs. The true origin lies mucli closer to the base, at the point marked rj\ which has up till now been taken as the origin of M.
In both wings, if we look at the tracheation, Rs gives off ten posterior branches. These J have named Sj, &?2 • • • S}o ^or con- venience of reference (instead of the more cumbrous Rs^^, Rs^, etc.), Sj being the most distally placed. Turning to the imaginal venation, we see that only six branches of Rs are visible, viz.. Si to Sg. What has happened to the other four, viz., S>. to Sjq'? The answer is supplied by a glance at Text-fig.5, followed by a reference to the ti-ansparency overlying Plate x. These four branches are, in fact, bent in their middle portions so as to ruii lonyitudinally, and thus give rise to a continuous Banksian Li7ie, homologous with that already shown to exist in a number of Myrmeleontid genera.* For this reason, I propose to call these four branches the four Banksian sectors, Bj to B^. Thus
* See No. 1 of the.se Studie.s, in these Proceedings, 1915, pp. 734-752, Vol. xl. , Part 4. Navas has termed this line in Myrmeleontidce the "linea plicata," a singularly inappropriate term, it seems to me, for a formation which, though of composite origin, is in its highest expression an absolutely straight line without any folding in its composition.
18 yf^
LIBRARY
234 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii.,
Bi = S-, Bn^Sg, B, = 89, and B4— -Sk,. It will be seen at once that the Banksian Line formed by the middle longitudinal por- tion of these four sectors is the distal portioti of the pseiidu media.
The importance of these four Banksian sectors does not, how- ever, end here. Three of them, viz., B., to B4, after dropping below the level of the pseudo-media, again become bent longi- tudinally to form a second Banksian Line. This is clearlv seen to 1)6 the distal portion of the pseiido-cubit^is.
(2) The true Media (M). —In the tracheation, the stem of M is distinct from R; in the venation, the two are fused basally for a short distance. The true media then divei-ges slightly from R, and runs to a point called the median fork (mf), lying imme diately below the radial fork in the hindwing, but a little proximad to it in the forewing. From here onwards, the course of M in the venation is so disguised that it is necessary to turn to the tracheation for elucidation. Then we see at once that M has two branches, Mj and M.,, arising at 7uf — a fact which could never have been proved from the imaginal venation alone. The problem is also complicated by the very different behaviour of these two branches in fore and hindwing respectively; so that it will be necessary to trace them out in each wing separately.
In the forewing, Mj on leaving m/ arches slightly upward, but does not come into contact with Rs, from which it remains separated by a full cell's width. It then runs longitudinally towards the down-curving portion of B4, and passes close under the sector for a short distance, before it (MJ turns downwards in a second bend. It then turns to run longitudinally again for a second short distance, and again approaches and runs alongside B4 Finally, it breaks up into two small branches descending to the wing-border. Thus we see that M, performs the part of another Banksian sector, and helps in turn to form both the pseudo-media and the pseudo-cubitus.
The lower branch, Mo, on leaving m/, runs concavely to Mj, and then approaches it again, so as to isolate between Mj and itself a small oval area, which can be recognised at once in the imaginal venation as the cell lying just above the "divisory
BY H. J. TILLY-ARD. 235
veinlet"— the latter, of course, being a portion of M^ itself. After running close below Mj for a short distance, M„ drops down to the level of the pseudo-cubitus, and plays a part, in helping to form that vein, exactly similar to the part played by Ml. Finally, it branches into two, and drops to the wing- border.
It will be seen that, owing to the fact that M, and Mg in the forewing twice recede from and approach towards one another, two curved areas are isolated off between them. In the imaginal venation, owing to the fusion of Mj with Mg for about half a cell's-length along the pseudo-media, these two cells are widely separated. The first is the small cell above the "divisory veinlet " ; the second is the large hexagonal cell lying next distad from the so-called third cubital-cell of Banks (cti^ in Text- fig. 4). These two cells being enclosed by both branches of the true media, I propose to name them the Jii'st and second intra-median cells respectively, with the notation im^, im,, so as to distinguish them clearly from the three median cells, ni^, m^, and m^, which are of course the "cubital-cells" of Banks. As regards the term "divisory veinlet," this is obviously a most misleading and inaccurate term, since it is, firstly, not a veinlet at all, but a portion of the main vein Mg, and, secondly, it does not divide anything, since the true third median cell ("thii'd cubital" of Banks) lies entirely outside it. I propose, therefore, to term this small portion of M„ the median loop, with the notation m.1. It should not be lost sight of, also, that the upper part of the cross- vein from which rtil appears to arise is also a portion of Mo, and is therefore analogous with the upper part of the well-known formation in the Dragonfly wing, called the arculus. It is not homologous with it, however, since in the Dragonfly wing it is the main stem of M which drops from R to form the arculus, whereas in the present case it is Mj dropping from M at mf. Th§ term rnedvin arculus (ma) is suggested as a suitable name for this formation.
In the hindwing, the behaviour of the true media is different. The main stem M is very short, so that the median fork mf comes directly under the radial fork rj\ not far from the base of
236 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NRUROPTEKA, iii.,
the wing. Thus Mj, on arching up from mf^ conies at once close up under Rs. There follows an extraordinary adaptation on the part of this latter trachea and its most proximal branch 1^4. By means of an upward curving of Rs below a?, and a bending of B4 convexly to Mj, the triangular area between the thiee trachefe Rs, Mj, and B4 is reduced to a minimum. This area is represented in the imaginal venation by the minute triangle /. Several consequences arise at once from this, which can l)e best noticed by comparing the venation of the hindwing with tliat of the forewing. Firstly, the portion of B4 descending from Rs is almost completely obliterated. Consequently, the place of B4 in bounding the cell marked h is taken by the obliquely ascending portion of Rs, which meets the cross- vein below x. As a further consequence of this arrangement, the cross-vein from x appears to be the real basal part of Rs, and x appears to be the radial fork. It is, indeed, no slur on tlie intelligence of all those who have hitherto worked on this family, that they assumed this to be so without any doubt; for who could possibly have supposed otherwise, unless he had the pupal tracheation before him as convincing proof % A second consequence to be noted is that the true basal portion of Rs, being fused with Mj for almost its whole length, takes on the appearance of being actually the stem of the media; and this appearance is even more definite when we note how closelv the true stem of the media in the forewing resembles this. Thirdly, M, itself, being fused with Rs for such a great part of its length, becomes quite lost in the imaginal venation, except indeed for the small vein ascending from mf to Rs, which is, of course, its extreme basal portion. Fourthly, the true main stem of the media in the hindwing (as will be more fully seen below) comes into line with the pseudo-cubitus, and forms the basal portion of that extraordinarily complex \ ein.
The course of M, in the hindwing, after it leaves B4, is similar to that in the forewing, and need not be further discussed. M., however, from its origin at mt\ follows a considerably simpler course than it does in the forewing. There is no median arculus, and no median loop. Indeed, M.j simply runs parallel to and below Mj for a considerable distance, finally meeting Mj where it
BY R. J. TILLTAkt). 237
drops upon the pseudo-cubitus, and dividing to send" two branches to the wing-bordei'. Thus, instead of two isolated separate cells being enclosed between Mj and Mn, as in the forewing, only one elongated cell lies between them. In the imaginal venation, this long cell is divided across the middle by a cross-vein. The two portions may be called the frst and second intra-mediau cells, with the notation im-^ and im„, as in the forewing. It will be noticed that Mo in the hindwing forms about twice as large a portion of the pseudo-cubitus as it does in the forewing.
(3) The true Cubitus (Cu).— The course of this trachea, and of the resulting veins in the imaginal wing, is so different in fore and hindwings that these must be dealt with separately. In the forewing, trachea Cu bends sharply up towards M, quite close to the base. It then runs almost straight to the cubital fork, cw/; which lies at a level half way between the base and mf. From cuj\ Cuj runs almost straight on until it meets M„ dropping on to the pseudo-cubitus; it then gives ofi" two descend- ing branches, and finally drops to the wing-border. In the venation, the basal approach towards M becomes a fusion, the bend being excessive. Then follows a nearly straight portion, which expands laterally so as to appear almost like two veins running side by side for some distance from cw/" (shown in Plate X., by a thickening of Cuj). I do not know the reason for this, and have not been able to detect any thing but the single trachea Cu, in this region of the pupal wing. The rest of the vein Cu, forms a portion of the pseudo-cubitus, together witli the three transverse veins descending to the wing-border. Cuo diverges slightly from Cu,, and runs in a gentle curve to the wing-border, ending up just before the most proximal branch of Cu,. In the venation, two cross-veins connect it with Cu,, and a short, strong cross- vein descends from it on to lA, just distad iromcuj'.
In the hindwing, Cu is not fused basally with M. The main stem of Cu is shortened, so that cu/ comes to lie very close to the base, at a level proximad to that of m/! From cuf, Cu, runs straight on until it gives off its most proximal branch, when it performs the extraordinary evolution of arching up to meet M.^, and so reaches the level of the pseudo-cubitus, of which it now
238 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, iii.,
forms apart. I have called the point where the arching begins the second cubital fork (cuf). It is clear that we have in the hind wing a more specialised condition of Cuj than is shown in the forewing, and that it is correlated with what we may call the shifting of the levels of the basal portions of Ks and M downwards in this wing. In other words, the distal portion of Cuj still plays its part in helping to form the pseudo-cubitus, even though the basal part of that vein is no longer formed from Cu (as in the forewing), but from M. Finally, Cu„ in the hind- wing is a simple vein leaving Cu at cuf, and connected with lA basally by a cross-vein. Its actual appearance is rather as if it belonged to lA than to Cu.
Just as intra-median cells are formed between the two branches of M, so intra-cnhital cells are formed between Cuj and C\x„. There are three of these in the forewing, viz., icrti, icu^, icu^, owing to the development of two cross-veins. In the hind- wing, there is only one narrow undivided cell, icu. The cubital cell (cu) is simple, and lies between the main stems of Cu and 1 A.
Having completed our study of the radial sector, the true media, and the true cubitus, we are now in a position to analyse the complex veins which I have called the pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus respectively. These may be tiaced out with the aid of Plate x., and the overlying transparency.
7'^e Pseudo-media (M'). — ^In the forewing, this vein arises from R near the base. Up to 7nf, it is formed by M; beyond mf, it is formed by Mj above im^, then by Mj and M, united for half a cell's length, then by Mj, B^, B3, B2, and B, overlapping each other in turn, and finally by Bj alone. This last vein forks just before reaching the wing-border. In the hindwing, the pseudo- media likewise arises from R close to the base, but it is formed first of all by Rs for a short distance, then by Rs and M, united, then by B^ and M, united, then by B4, Bg, Bo, and Bj overlapping each other in turn, and finally by Bj alone, with a distal forking as in the forewing.
The cells formed above the pseudo-media between the descend- ing Manksian sectors are four in number in the forewing, three in the hind (omitting the minute triangle t, which is the remnant
BY R. J. tlLLYARi). 230
of the fourth). These may be termed the upper series of Banksian cells (6). The cells formed below the pseudo-media between these same sectors are four in number in each wing, and may be called the lomer series of Banksian cells (b'). They lie distad from im„. The Pseudo-cuhitus (Cu'). - In the forewing, this vein is formed basaJly by the main stem of Cu up to cuf. It is then continued by Cui, Mo, Ml, B4, Bj,, and Bo overlapping each other in turn, and finally ends on Bj alone, with a small distal forking. In the hindwing, the pseudo-cubitus arises from R, proximad to the origin of M'. It is formed basal ly by the main stem of M as far as mf, then by M2 alone, then by M., and Cuj fused for two cells' length, then by M„ alone again for a cell's length, then by M2, Ml, B4, B3, and Bo overlapping each other in turn, and finally by B„ alone, with a distal forking as in the forewing. The cells between it and the posterior wing-border may be termed the posterior series of cells (p).
We are now able to realise how exceedingly complex these two apparently simple longitudinal veins really are, and how impossible it would be, by any protracted studies in the com- parative venation of the imagines of the family and its allies, to arrive at the solution which was all the time ready to our hands, for anyone who cared to take the trouble to obtain the pupae in the right stage. That solution shows us, indeed, that the wing-venation of the Chrysopidte is not only, as Petersen suspected, " the most abnormal of all the families," but that it is indeed one of the most abnormal and highly specialised vena- tions to be found within the Insecta. Judged from this stand- point, the (Jhrysopidcp stand far and away above all other Neu- roptera in the effect and extent of their wing-specialisation.
One point remains to be mentioned in connection with the complex veins M' and Cu'. If we compare Text-fig.5 and Plate xi , figs. 1-2, with the transparency overlying Plate x., we see that, in order to achieve the imaginal result, the overlappiny of the Banksian sectors, one upon another, needs to be much greater than it is in the pupal wing. In fact, as seen in Text-fig.5, these do not overlap at all, but barely meet. How can we explain thisi The answer is that the overlapping is not present in the
240 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPlERA. iii.
freshly formed pupal wing, but is formed during the subsequent rucking of the wing, which begins on the second or third day of pupal life. In Plate xi., fig. 3, I photographed the hindwing of a pupa of Chryso'pa A, nearly three days old. Here tlie trans- verse rucking is plainly to be seen beginning, and the overlapping is already very considerable. In a pupa four or five days old, the rucks are so great that a photograph is useless. However, the final amount of overlapping is easily determined by working back from Rs at the apex of the wing, and counting the number of distal forks {df). Thus in both wings of C . ^^gnata there ai'e no forks on Sj to 84; Sg and Sg are forked; Bj, Bo, and IJg are simi- larly forked; B4 has a branch as well as a small fork: Mj and M2 each send two veins to the border, and Cuj three. Counting backwards, therefore, these can all be correctly placed. As the positions of Bj to B4 on Rs are known also, it follows that the amount of overlapping of, say, B3 on B4, in order to carry each of tliese veins from its original level on Rs to its final level on the posterior wing-border, must be as shown in the transparency. The result might also have been deduced, with very little doubt, from a study of Plate xi., Hg.3, alone.
The Forviation of the PterosfAgyna. —This peculiar, thickened, green patch on the wing is not present in all species. Its forma- tion is rather striking. Instead of running along under the pterostigma to form its base, as we might expect, 8c only penetrates a very short way from the pi'oximal end of tlie patch. Beyond that, a series of small tracheas arises from R, and their ends bend over so as to continue roughly the line which we should have expected Sc to follow. This accounts for the pre- sence of the cross-veins between Sc and R in the imaginal vena- tion. It also probably explains why the pterostigma descends to R in the hindwing, since there is no continuous trachea 8c inter- posed between R and the costal margin.
The Anal Veins. — ^In the pupal tracheation there are three distinct anal veins arising somewhat in a bunch below Cu. In the forewing, lAis branched; likewise 2A, but the proximal branch descends upon 3 A, and appears as a cross-vein in the imaginal venation; 3 A is unbranched, but undergoes a double
BY R. J. TILLY AHL). 241
curvature which brings it into contact with the wing-border between the base and the anal angle. In the hindwing, the anal veins are smaller, and quite inconspicuous; lA and 2A are simple; 3A is short, but sends a small branch to the wing- border above the anal angle. In both wings, lA is connected with ("Uo by a cross- vein close to its origin; in the forewing, in addition, a short cross-vein connects lA with 2 A.
It seems probable that very satisfactory, constant, specific characters could, in many cases, be obtained from comparative studies of the anal veins in closely allied species. I5ut the differences in the regions of Rs, M', and Cu' are so numerous and striking that they should always be given preference over the differences in the anal region. The following appear to be the venational differences on which sound species of Chrysopa may be based.
(1) General shape of wing (breadth, acuteness or roundness of apex, etc.).
(2) Form of the costa and costal area, especially in forewing, where the costa is often arched upwards, as seen in C. sirpiata. Number of costal cross- veins.
(3) Presence or absence of pterostigma; if present, its extent and density; also the number and position of the hypostiymatic cross-veins between Sc and R.
(4) Number of free sectors {e.g., Sj to Sg in C. signata) and of fused or Banksian sectors (e.g., B, to B4 in C. signata) given oft' bv Rs. Dependent upon this would be also the number of cells between 11 and Rs, and the number of upper Banksian cells (6).
(5) Number of gradate veins in both inner and outer series.
(6) Form of the median "loop and arculus; position of distal end of ml upon M', in relation with the foot of the cross-vein depending from Rs.
(7) Number of closed cells beyond arculus, in space between M' and Cu' in forewing; number of same beyond mf in hindwing.
(8) Number of distal forks (rf/'); number of simple posterior cells ip) before the first (most proximalj distal forl<.
(9) Differences in the comparative lengths and widths of the three median cells {m^, m^, Wg) in the forewing. Amount of separation of im^ from ini._,.
242 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii.,
(10) Differences in the form of the three intra-cubital cells (icitj, ic?t.,, iciCg) in the forewing.
(11) Differences in the anal region: in particular, the curvature of 3A, and its relationship with the wing-boider.
It is possible that a careful study of these points might reveal a satisfactory method of subdividing the genus. No characters which are correlated merely with size (e.g., greater or less num- ber of branches from Rs) can legitimately be used in this con- nection, since species of different sizes are often most closely related.
Phytogeny of the Chrysopidcp,.
The results obtained in this paper appear to me to be suffi- ciently striking and suggestive to enable us to understand the phylogeny of the Chrysopidce along fairly broad lines, if not in every minute detail. We are still unable to make the full com- parisons between the scheme of venation in Chrysopa aiid that of allied groups, because we have not yet obtained the scheme of the pupal tracheation in those groups. For example, it would be very instructive to compare theChrysopid venation with that of the Apochjysidfe. But the pnpal tracheation of the latter is not known, and indeed is never likely to be discovered, since no larva of this family has yet been found. All we can do is to compare the imaginal venations, using them with the greatest care, and applying stringent tests to our conclusions. The same holds good if we desire to compare the venation of Chrysopa itself with that of other genera of Chrysopidce. The nearer the relationship, the closer will be the comparison: but we have to remember that, so far, no other genus except Chrysojm has had its scheme of tracheation worked out, so that this final court of appeal is denied to us.
It seems safe to lay down the following rule to enable us to distinguish at sight a true media from a pseudo-media, in what- ever wing it might occur: — The apparent median vein, is a true viedia if the branches of Rs nearest the base of the wiiiy do not descend directly on to it, but run long iludu tally above and more or less parallel to it. If, hotvever, one or more of these branches
BY U. J. TlLLYARD.
243
descend upon the apparent meiHan vein, then that vein must be considered to he a pseudo-media.
The same test cannot, of course, be applied to the pseudo- cubitus, the only sure arbiter in this case being the pupal tra- cheation. It seems, however, inherently probable that the two formations - pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus— must go together: since, if the true media is displaced and reduced sufficiently to allow of the formation of a pseudo-media, it seems almost essen- tial that the true cubitus must suffer displacement and reduction as well.
Text-fig.6. — Forewing and basal portion of hindwing of an Apochiysid, OUgochry)<a r/rarilis Esb. -Pet. ,( x -li) for comparison with that of ChrysojM. The median fork (mf) and the limits of Mi and Mj in the forewing cannot be clearly determined. Applying the above rule to the wing of an Apochrysid (Text- fig.6), we see at once that the apparent media must be a pseudo- media. Judged, therefore, on this very important point, the Apochrysidcc. are true allies of the Chrysopidce, and the two groups might perhaps be regarded as subfamilies within the single family Chri/sojjidrp. The ApochrysidcH are in many wavs so highly specialised, that they cannot be regarded as standing anywhere near the direct line of descent of the Chrysopidcr. They stand in the same relationship^ with the Chrysopido' that the genus Psychopsis does to the rest of tlie Osmylidoi. There is, in fact, a very obvious convergence of venational pattern between the Apochrysidfe and Psychopsis. In both, the wing is broad,
244 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, iii.,
with a central "disc" and a broad rim all round it; in both, So, K and Rs unite before the tip of the wing, and the disc is closed distally by a gradate series of cross-veins. All these characters are almost certainly the result of convergence. The only archaic character common to the two groups is the basal ly-placed origin of Rs in both wings. It seems to me that the Apochnjsidoi lie far off the main line of descent of the Chrysopidoi, and that it is useless to attempt to derive the latter from Apochrysid-like ancestors.
The stages by which the original plan of a true media and cubitus, with branches of Rs running above them, and all more or less parallel (the archaic Osmylid pattern), gave place to the Chrysopid pattern, are quite easily conceived, when it is remem- bered that the pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus are, in reality, for all except the most basal portions of their lengths, true Banksian lines. It will not be necessary to repeat the diagrams given in No.l of this series of Studies {I.e., p. 748, Text fig. 10), in which the formation of a Banksian Line in Myrmthontidcc was contrasted with the formation of a Gradate Series in Chry- sopid(P, and both were developed from the archaic Osmylid forma- tion. It is only necessary to understand that what we have discovered in this paper is the fact that only the distal branches of Rs, in Chrysopa, develop gradate cross-veins, whereas the proximal branches of Rs develop Banksian Lines (M' and (Ju') and thus behave in the same manner as tlie distal branches of Rs in the Myrmeleontidm. A combination, then, of the two series of diagrams, for the two portions of tlie Chrysopid wing, will bring about the required result. In this connection, we might also study with profit the irregular series of cross-veins between Rs and M' in Oliyochrysa. We must also, of course, allow that, from the very beginning, the true media and cubitus became encroached upon by the branches of Rs, until they finally underwent sucli reduction and displacement as we now see in Chrysopa.
We may postulate, then, for the Chryso2nd(e, an ancesti-al wing-form (Text-fig.7) in which the radial sector arose close to the base in both wings, and ran evenly parallel to and under the
r.Y R. J. TILLYAKD.
lib
radius. Sc, R, and Rs did not unite before the tip of the wing. The branches of Rs were numerous, and tended to run down- wards obliquely across the wing, rather than to turn and run parallel to and beneath Rs. M was two-branched, as was also Cu. Both were moderately short, and tended to curve down- wards to the posterior border of the wing, so as to run parallel with the more proximal branches of lis. Three anal s'eins were present, all short. The cross-veins between the branches of Rs tended to become arranged in series, with elimination of those that were unsuitably placed. Text-fig.7 shows a hypothetical ancestral Chrysopid wing conceived on these lines.
Sc ? T^s
^,0 ^7 ^' ^^
Text-fig.7. — Hj-^pothetical ancestral wing-fonn of tlie Chrysopidcp. Paloeontology here comes in, and affords us valuable proof that our theory of Chrysopid descent has a solid basis of fact. Text-fig.8 shows the wing of }fesochrysopa zitteli Meunier, from the Lithographic Chalk of Bavaria (Upper Jurassic). This wing was originally described by Meunier as a Termite (genus Hagenio- termes), hut was i-e-studied and figured by Handlirsch ("Die Fossilen Insekten," p.612, and Plate xlviii., fig. 14). This author proposed the generic name Mesochrysopa for it, and placed it as the unique representative of a new family, Jlesochrysopidte. His comment on the character of this family is very instructive, if read in the light of our new knowledge of Chrysopid venation. He says :^" Diese Gruppe bildet zweifellos ein Bindeglied zwischen den Prohemerobiden und Chrysopiden. JViiterstei'en hat sie den noch ungebrochenen Radius gemein," (here he un- doubtedly intended to say " Radial sector" for "Radius"); " mit letzteren die Bildung des Cubitus und der Analadern, sowie die
246
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii.,
stufenformigen Queradern zwischen den Aesten des Sector. Die Medialis ist noch urspriinglicher als bei den Chrysopiden, bei welchen sie in fast gerader Richtung iiber die Fliigelmitte hinaus fortgesetzt und von einer langeren Reihe viereckiger Zellen begleitet ist." It seems clear, therefore, that Handlirsch, if he had known the true structure of the media in Chrysopa, would have placed this form considerably closer to the Chrysopidce than he did.
Text-fig.8. — Wing of Mesochrysopa zitteli Meunier,( x 2). Lithographic chalk, Bavaria. Upper Jurassic. (Adapted from Handlirsch). In Text-fig.8, I have copied Handlirsch's figure of this inter- esting fossil, and have added to it my own interpretation of the venation. Also, as the wing was figui-ed with the apex to the left, I have reversed it, to facilitate comparison with my other figures. There are evidently twelve branches descending from Rs; these are labelled Sj to Sj.^. The limits of M, Cu, and the three anal veins are clear enough proximally (though the ex- treme base of the wing is lost), but the actual distal endings are slightly in doubt. What is cleai-, however, is that both M and Cu are two-branched, and of just about the shape and size pos- tulated in our hypothetical Chrysopid ancestor. Further, the more proximally placed cross-veins between the branches of Rs have begun to arrange themselves into two continuous series, upon which I have placed the labels M' and Cu' respectively, since I consider them to represent the primitive formation of pseudo media -H inner gradate series for the upper set, and pseudo- cubitus + outer gradate series for the lower set respectively. They are still very irregular, and one cross-vein appears to be
BY R. J. TILLVARD. 247
missing between Mj and S^^. But such a cross-vein may well have been present, though not visible in the fossil. If so, then Ml was already linked up and in line with M'; if not, a very slight bulging of Sj, downwards would give the necessary con- nection. Cui is already linked up with Cu', though, it must be confessed, very irregularly But it is just from such irregular and unstable forms as this that the most beautiful and perfect venational specialisations often spring.
The condition of JVli and M., in this fossil is very interesting, and leads me to suggest that the wing was a forewing. For there is already a weak median arculus present between Mj and Gui (at the point where Mj leaves Mj). Moreover, M, is pecu- liarly curved, so that, of the three elongated cells marked ofi" by cross-veins between it and Mj, the middle is already the narrow- est. If, therefore, at the time when M' definitely functioned with Ml, a further strengthening were needed, it would only be necessary for the middle cell to close completely up, and we should have the exact formation found in the forewing of Chrysopa.
The other obvious points in which Mesochrysopa diiTers from Chrysopa are just such as we might expect in an older and more generalised type of wing. The distal veinlets in the costal space are forked, so are the endings of R, Rs, and all its branches. Below Cu', the branches of Rs descend a considerable distance before they reach the wing-border, and are separated by two irregularly-placed rows of cross-veins. These cross- veins must have all disappeared, and the distance between Cu' and the border must have become considerably lessened, before this por- tion of the wing could take on the true Chrysopid facies. As for the distal forks, quite a considerable number of them remain in Chrysopa {df in Plate x.), but they have disappeared in the pterostigmatic region, and from the ends of several of the most proximal and most distal of the branches of Rs, leaving only the middle branches forked. We must note also that, in Meso- chrysopa, Rs is still "ungebrochenen." The weakly zig-zag course of this vein in Chrysopa is a well-known form of specialisation, of frequent occurrence— for instance, in the veins of Agrionid
248 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, iii.
Draofonflies. Alternation of straight and weaklv zie-zaffced longitudinal veins is a very advantageous and specialised arrange ment, and is developed to perfection in Chrysojya, where R is straight, Rs zig-zagged, M' straight and Cu' zig-zagged.
We may conclude, then, that Mesochrysopa stood very near, if not actualh' upon, the line of descent of our recent Chryso- pidrc.. As this is an Upper Jurassic form, the rise of the true Chrysopidfe probably began in the Cretaceous. About this time, or perhaps in the Eocene, our present Aphides became developed (man)' species are known from the Lower Oligocene). As the Chrysopid larvte feed upon Aphides and similar insects, the evolution of the two groups must have proceeded step by step together, until the present intimate association became fuUv established.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES X., X. his. XI. Plates x.-x. Iiis (Tran.spareney). Tlie iniaginal venation of Ckrysopa fiignata Walker, is shown, much enlai'ged. in black, on Plate x. Superimposed upon it, in red, on the transparencj', is a diagrannuatic scheme of the pupal tiaclieation, to enable the reader to trace the intricate formation of the pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus.
lA, 2A, 3A, the three anal veins — B1-B4, the four Banksian sectors ( — 87-8,0) — /*, upper, and h' , lower Banksian cells— C, costa — Cu, cubitus — Cuj, its upper, Cu,, its lower branch — Cu', pseudo-cubitus — cu, cubital cell — fuf, cubital fork — cuf\ second cubital fork — df, distal forks — (j, inner, //', outer series of gradate veins — leu, intra-cubital cell of hindwing icux-icu-i, the three intra-cubital cells of forewing — ///i], iin_, first and second intra-median cells — M, media — M,, its upper, M.,, its lower branch — M', pseudo-media — m^-m^, median cells — ma, median arculus — mf, median fork — ml, median loop ( = "divisory veinlef of Banks) — p, pos- terior cells — pt, pterostigma — R, radius — rf, radial fork — Rs, radial sector — 8^-81 0, its branches — Sc, subcosta — w.f, subcostal cross-vein — t, minute triangle ( — remnant of first upper Banksian cell in hindwing) — x, false origin of Rs in hindwing.
Plate xi. (Photomicrographs). Fig. 1. — Tracheation of pupal wings of ChryAopa xijnata Walker, ( x 40).
Pupa one day old. Fig. 2. — Forewing and a small portion of hindwing of same, ( x 66). Fig.3. — Hindwing of pupa of Chrympa A, ( x 27) to show rucking of the
wing. Pupa nearly three days old.
249
A THIRD CONTRIBUTION TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF EBOR SCRUB,
N.S.W.
By a. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S.
I paid four visits to this scrub this year, the dates being Jan- uary 3rd, 5th, 7th, and 11th, and made 128 captures belonging to 40 species. Of these, 2 '2 species have been already recorded by me. Of the remaining 18, there are six species which have been recorded from other localities, and 12 are here described as new. I describe also a very interesting Geometrid captured in 1914, but overlooked in my previous papers; it constitutes a new and primitive genus of the Acidaliancr.
This further material confirms without modifying my previous conclusions. We are here dealing with a small but highly peculiar fauna, which has distinct relationship to that of Mount Tambourine in Queensland, and, to a less extent, to that of Victoria. The number of recognised species (excluding those undetermined) amounts to 69, and, of these, only 24 are known from other localities. Of the (Ecophorivice, in which the fauna is particularly rich, there are 26 species, of which 21 are not known to occur elsewhere; of the Tortricidce, the corres- ponding numbers are 13 and 7; of the Geometridoi, 10 and 4.
Fam. ARCTIAD^.
Thallarcha erotis Turn. One $ rather rubbed. Expansion 1 6 mm.
Fam. GEOMETRID^.
Subfam. Larentian^. Eulype leiicophragma Meyr. One ,J, two 9- Diploctena panttea Turn. One ^, two $, all in poor condition.
19
250 LRPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, N.S.W., iii.,
8ubf am . G e o m r t r i n ^ . Prasinocyma lychnopasto. Turn. Three (J; in two of these, 6 is stalked shortly with 7; and, in two, 11 anastomoses first with 12, and then with 10.
Subfani. B o a r m i a n ^.
PhilolocJima celcvnochroa Turn. One (J, two 5, showing no variation in the neu ration.
Planolocha taUoptis Meyr. Three ^. This species and the preceding were beaten out of the dead fronds of treeferns.
Fam. PYRALID^.
Aboetheta pteridonoma Turn. Thirteen ^, three 9.
Fam. TORTRICID^.
Capua paraloxa Meyr. One Q. Capita hedyma Turn. Two ^. Cnephasia thiopasta Turn. Two 9.
Fam. TINEID^.
Subfam. OCcophorin^.
Dasycerca apvcrypha Turn. Three ^.
Ocystola symhleta Turn. Three ^.
Coesyra baihrophcea Turn. Six 9. Apparently the ^ should be sought for earlier in the season.
desyra syneches Turn. Three ^.
Protomacha leucophara Turn. Four (J, one 5. Antennal ciliations oi ^ \.
Philobota alypa Turn. One ^ Antennal ciliations 6.
Philobota isomora Turn. One ^, one Q.
Eutorna eurygramma Meyr. One ^.
Subfam. Amphitherin^. Enchoptila idiopis Turn. Thirteen ^, six J. This species was plentiful, and readily obtained by beating the dead fronds of the treeferns. The eyes are not divided as in Amphithera, but are strongly indented on their posterior edge by a median process, which reaches about | across. The. (J, i" addition to a
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 251
large, abdominal tuft, has a pair of hair-tufts from the under- surface of the penultimate segment.
Subfam. T I N E I N iE . Narycia ( Xysmatodoma) polystona Turn. Two ^; fore wings darker than in ^i being more generally sufiFused with fuscous, but pale sub-basal dorsal blotch well marked; antennal ciliations 1.
Fam. LYMANTRIAD^.
PORTHESIA EUTHYSANA.
Porthesia euthysana Turn., Trans. R. Soc.S. Aust., 1902, p.l75.
Four (J examples. I took also a $ at rest on a rock in the gorge beneath Ebor Falls. The species was previously known only from Mount Tambourine, Queensland. The Ebor males have the yellowish dorsal fringe on forewing.'- less marked, and the blackish colour on the dorsum of abdomen restricted to the basal segments.
Fam. GEOMETRID^. Subfam. Acidalian^.
EOIS HALMiEA.
Acidalia halmcea Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.846.
I took five (J examples of this variable species in the Scrub. A widely distributed species, occurring also in Queensland : Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Toowoomba. — K.S.W. : Sydney, Bulli, Kiama. — Yic: Gisborne.— Tasm.: George's Bay.
Gen. Prototypa, n.g.
TrpwTOTi'TTOs, primitive.
Face smooth. Tongue well-developed. Palpi moderately
long, projecting well beyond frons, shortly rough-haired, porrect;
terminal joint minute. Antennae of ^ dentate, ciliated. Thorax
not hairy beneath. Posterior tibise of ^ slender, with two pairs
of spurs. Forewings with 2 from 4, 5 from above middle, 6
separate, 7, 8, 9 stalked from before end of cell, 10 arising from
cell and anastomosing with 1 1 and 9 to form a double areole.
Hindwings with 3 and 4 widely separate at origin, 5 well-de-
252 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, N.S.W., iii.,
veloped, from middle of cell, 6 and 7 separate, 8 not connected with cell, but closely approximated from near base to middle.
Certainly a primitive genus in this subfamily, probably the most primitive known. The neuration of the forcwings and the structure of the male posterior tibia? agree with Rhodostrophia Hb., which, however, has 6 and 7 of hindwings stalked. Auta- nepsia Turn., agrees in antennal structure, but has also 6 and 7 of hindwings stalked, and has lost the middle spurs of the posterior tibife in the ^. Independently of these differences, the structure of 8 of hindwings is more similar to that of the ii onoctenianct and Boarmimue than of other Acidaliance; but the neuration of the forewings clearly shows that the genus belongs to the latter group.
Prototvpa dryina, e.sp. ^pvivo<i, of tlie woods.
$. 25 mm. Head whitish, face pale ochreous. Palpi 1^; pale ochreous, towards base whitish. Antennae whitish; in $ dentate, ciliations 1. Thorax and abdomen whitish. Legs whitish: anterior pair fuscous-whitish. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight, apex pointed, termen bowed, oblique, whitish; a slender, pale fuscous line from f dorsum towards, but not reaching, costa a little before apex; a pale fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen gently rounded, whitish; a pale fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish.
One specimen, taken on January 7th, 1914. This species was overlooked in my previous papers on the scrub-fauna.
Subfam. B o a r m i a n J5 . Gen. Lyelliana, n.g. Frons smooth or with a triangular, anterior tuft of scales. Tongue well-developed. Palpi rather long, porrect, shortly rough-haired; terminal joint short, concealed. Antennse of $ bipectinate, apex simple. Thorax not crested; hairy beneath. Femora smooth-scaled or slightly hair}'. Posterior tibiae of ^ not dilated. Forewings oblong, base of costa very strongly arched; in ^ with a well-marked fovea; 10 long-stalked with 7, 8, 9, 11 from cell free or connected with 12. Hindwings broader than forewings; neuration normal.
BY A. JEPFERlS TURNER. ^53
Characterised b}' the peculiar shape of forewings, broader liiud wings, and the long-stalking of vein 10. I dedicate thei genus to Mr. Geo. Lyell, who has given me so much generous help. In| addition to the following, I have two undescribed species, one from Ait. Tambourine, Queensland, and one from Victoria.
Lyelliana ph.eochlora, n.sp. <f)aioxX(i)iio'i, du.sky green.
(J^. 42 -16 mm. Head fuscous, crown pale green, face witli anterior tuft. Palpi 2^; fuscous mixed with ocineous-whitish. Antennse fuscous-grey; pectinations in ^ 4, apical j'., simple. Thorax pale green mixed with fuscous. Abdomen ochreous- whitish. Legs fuscous, tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous- whitish; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish. Forewings oblong, costa very strongly arched at base, thence nearly straight, apex rectangular, termen strongly bowed, slightly oblique; pale green marked and strigulated with dark fuscous and partly suffused with fuscous; basal arch of costa edged with long scales; an incomplete sub-basal line from costa; a dentate line from ^ costa to ^ dorsum, angled in disc; a dentate line from costa before middle to mid-dorsum; a circular, pale-centred, discal spot beyond middle; a line from | costa to ^ dorsum sharply and finely dentate; a dentate subterminal line; a terminal series of blackish dots; cilia grey. Hind wings with termen rounded, wavy towards apex; grey-whitish, towards termen pale fuscous; an indistinct, fuscous, subterminal line: a blackish terminal line, sometimes obsolete; cilia grey-whitish. Underside pale fuscous.
Two examples, one of each sex, beaten from undergrowth, and taken on the wing.
Fam. TORTKICID^. iStiljfam. T o r t h i c i x x..
ISOCHORISTA HELOTA.
Isochorista helola Meyr., Proc. liinn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1910, p. 168.
One (J example. Also from N.S.W.: BuUi. — Vic: Healesville. — Tasm.: Deioraine.
254 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, N.S.W., iii.,
Capua sp. One example, apparently of the species noted in these Pro- ceedings, 1915, p 189.
Capua euzoxa, n.sp, ei'^irji'os", well girdled.
(^.10-1 2 mm. Head and palpi pale hrown. Antennse pale brown annulated with blackish; cilia in (J 1. Thorax pale brown, with a prominent, posterior, dark fuscous crest. Abdo- men fuscous gradually darkening to apex, extreme base pale brown. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous- whitish: posterior pair, except tarsi, ochreous-whitish. Forewings moder- ate, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, oblique; without costal fold in J"; pale brown; a dark fuscous line from J costa to ^ dorsum, rather acutely angled on fold, outlining basal patch, which is scarcely darker than groundcolour; a well marked, nearly transverse, dark fuscous, median fascia, its anterior edge well-defined, sinuate, its posterior edge suffused; two dark fus- cous, costal dots follow this, and then a triangular, costal, sub- apical spot; a slender, fuscous, terminal line; cilia pale brownish barred with fuscous, flind wings and cilia fuscous grey.
Distinguishable by tlie dark, transverse, median fascia. One ^ example. I also took two examples under a waterfall, six miles from the Scrub. Also from Queensland : Killarnev, in November. In all, five examples, all ^.
Capua crypserythra, n.sp.
Kpv\pepx>dpos, with hidden red. ^.17 mm. [Head and thorax rubbed. Palpi broken]. An- tenniB whitish, upper surface finely barred with dark fuscous. [Thorax rubbedj. Abdomen pale grey. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior tibioe and all tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings broad, posteriorly dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rectangular, termen slightly sinuate, rounded towards tornus; dark grey ob- scurely reticulated with reddish-orange; costa finely strigulated with dark fuscous; a semilunar, whitish blotch on dorsum, not extending to base or tornus, on this the reddish-orange reticula-
BY A. .tEFFERtS TURNEK. ^55
tions are conspicuous; cilia fuscous, with an obscure, median, reddish line, apices whitish. Hindwings with termen strongly sinuate: grey-whitish obscurely strigulated with grey; cilia grey- whitish.
One example.
Subf am. C o s M o p x K K y g i N ^ .
,MlCROCOLONA CELiENGSPILA, n.sp. K€A,an'oo"7riAos, dark-spotted-
^2- 9-10 ™"^ Head pale fuscous Palpi whitish; second joint dark fuscous anteriorly exeept at apex; terminal joint with basal, median, and apical dark fuscous rings. Antennae fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous, with a posterior whitish spot. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs fuscous, inferior surface and tarsal annula- tions whitish. Forewings narrow; whitish suffused with grey, especially towards costa, and with scanty, dark fuscous irrora- tion; a blackish discal dot narrowly ringed with whitish at |, a second preceding first on fold, a third similar to first in disc at ^: a blackish, apical dot surrounded with whitish; cilia dark grey. Hindwings narrowly lanceolate; grey; cilia grey.
Three examples, two ^ in good condition, and a wasted $.
H0PL0PHANES(?) LITHOCOLLETA, n.Sp. XidoKoXXifTos, inlaid with precious stones. ^. 9 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-whitish. Antennae grey; basal joint ochreous-whitish. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdo- men grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous anteriorly; posterior tibiae grey on upper surface. Fore- wings rather broadly lanceolate; ochreous, suffused with whitish towards base and before apex; a lustrous, opaline, median streak from base to .^, edged with fuscous; a similar and nearly parallel streak from costa near base extending an equal distance; a short, transverse, opaline mark on midcosta; an opaline spot on dorsum before tornus, and another on tornus, the former thickly edged with blackish; a transverse, dark fuscous line from beneath | costa extending | across disc; a large, apical, fuscous spot; cilia fuscous, on costa, beneath apex, and on tornus whitish-ochreous. Hindwings lanceolate, acute; grey; cilia grey.
256 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, N.S.W., iii.,
I doubt whether this is a true Hoplophanes, but think it best included in this genus provisionally. One example, taken flying in the sunshine.
Subfani. Xyloryctin^.
Gen. Xylomimetes, n.gen. ^vAo/xtjLiT/TT/s, an imitator of wood.
Palpi moderately long, ascending, recurved; second joint long, reaching base of antennje, thickened with closely appressed scales, rather strongly expanded at apex; terminal joint about | second, more slender, smooth, acute. Antennse of ^ slightly serrate, shortly ciliated. Thorax not crested. Forewings with tufts of raised scales in disc on upper surface; 2 from |, 7 absent, 8 and 9 short-stalked, or closely approximated at base and for some distance. Hind wings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 weakly developed, 6 and 7 connate. Anterior tibia? expanded with dense hair-scales.
Type Pilustibes Irachyptera Turn., (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1900, p. 6). A very distinct genus, most nearly allied to Filostibes Meyr.
Xylomimetes scholastis, n.sp. o-\oA(/.crTis, .sluggish. (J. 40 mm. Head white, base of sidetufts and face brownish. Palpi brownish, terminal joint and apex of .second joint white. Antennse brown-whitish; ciliations in ^ |. "Thorax whitish, posteriorly brownish-tinged. Abdomen whitish; second segment and bases of succeeding segments on dorsum ferruginous irrorated with whitish. Legs brown- whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings oblong, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa moder- ately arched near base and apex, in middle nearly straight, apex rounded, termen slightly oblique, rounded beneath; four, strong tufts of raised scales, one at base of dorsum, one on fold about middle, and one at each posterior angle of cell; pale whitish- brown; a broad, suffused, white, costal streak, narrow at base, and not reaching apex; a fine, blackish, longitudinal streak from ^ to middle along upper edge of cell; two or three, fine, short, similar streaks on veins beyond middle; cilia pale brownish
BY A. .TEFFRRIS TURKER.' f2P)7
barred with whitish. Hind wings considerably Iji'oader than forewings; ochreous-whitish; cilia ochreous-whitisli.
Closely allied to A', trachyptera. which is also a scrub-species.
One example, beaten from undeigrowth. It fell to the ground and remained motionless, exactly resembling a fragment of dead wood.
Subfam. Q^coPHORiN.i:.
EULACHNA XAXTHOSPILA, n.sp. ^avdou-TTiXos., jellow-ypotted.
(J. 9 12 mm. Head blackish, lower edge of face ochreous. Palpi ochreous; terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennfe blackisli; ciliations in (J 1-i. Thorax and abdomen blackish. Legs black- ish; coxse and femora ochreous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous. Forewings narrow, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, terraen very obliquely rounded; blackish; markings ochreous-yellow, a narrow, oblique, sub-basal fascia from base of costa gradually expanding towards dorsum; a costal spot just beyond I, and another just beyond g; a larger spot on | dorsum, with an acute apex reaching mid-disc; cilia blackish. Hind wings ovate-lanceolate; dark fuscous; cilia dark fuscous.
Two (J examples.
OCYSTOLA OXYTONA, n.sp. d^'iToi'os, sharp.
(J. lJ-14mm. Head and thorax yellow. Palpi ochreous, terminal joint and a broad subapical ring on second joint dark fuscous. Antennae pale yellow annulated with blackish; cilia- tions in (J 6. Abdomen grey. Legs grey; anterior coxae, middle, and posterior femora ochreous-wliitish; anterior tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, termen very obliquely rounded; yellow; a broad, fuscous, terminal band; a transverse, dark fuscous, discal mark at §, confluent with terminal band; cilia yellow, on tornus fus- cous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; dark grey; cilia dark grey.
Two (J examples.
258 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOK SCRUB, X.S.AV., iii.,
CfESYRA BASILICA Meyr.
Ctesyra basilica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1884 p.770.
One 9 example in poor condition, probably referable to tliis species.
Also from N.S.W. : Sydney, Kiama.— Vic. : Melbourne. — Tasm.: Hobart. — S.A.: Wallaroo.
Philobota anarkecta Meyr.
Philohota anarrecta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales. 1888, p.l620.
Antennal ciliations of ^ 6. Two examples, one of each sex. Also from N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko(4,000 ft.).- Vic: Melbourne, (jisborne.
EULECHRIA EMBOLOGRAMMA, n.Sp. €/Lt^oAoy/3a/x//,os, wedge-marked.
(J. 12-14 ram. Head vvhitisli-ochreous. Palpi dark fuscous; terminal joint and apex of second joint wliitish-ochreous. An- tennie fuscous, ciliations of J" 1. Thorax wliitish-ochreous; patagiadark fuscous. Abdomen grey, apices of segments whitish, tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair wliitish- ochreous. Forewings moderate, not dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, terraen obliquely rounded; whitish-och- reous; markings blackish-fuscous; a broad, wedge-shaped, basal fascia, produced on costa to f; a triangular spot on costa beyond middle; an oblique streak from tornus towards but not reaching costal spot; a triangular, costal spot before apex giving rise to a subterrainal series of dots, which reaches tornus; several terminal dots; cilia whitish-ochreous with a few fuscous scales, on costa before apex fuscous. Hindwings grey-whitish; cilia ochreous- whitish.
Two ^ examples.
EuLECHRIA STRAMENTARIA, n.Sp.
Stramentarius, straw-coloured.
9.18 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous;
external surface of second joint dark fuscous except at apex.
Antennae grey. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish, bases of segments ochreous-brown. Legs fuscous; pos-
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 259
terior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings moderate, not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, ternien obliquely rounded; whitish-ochreous; markings blackish-fuscous, a large spot on base of costa; a spot on costa at j giving off a fine oblique line to near base of dorsum, a spot on midcosta; a minute discal dot at I, a second beneath it on fold, and a larger transverse mark at I; a spot on ;] costa giving off a curved, subterminal line to tornus; this is preceded and followed by more or less fuscous suffusion; some indistinct terminal dots; cilia whitish-ochreous, with indications of a median fuscous line. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-ochreous. Two 9 examples.
EULECHRIA EXIGUA, n.sp. Kviguus, little.
(J. 10-11 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish. Palpi grey- whitish ; external surface of second joint fuscous. Antennae dark fuscous; ciliations in ^ 3. Abdomen ferruginous-ochreous, apices of segments and tuft grey-whitish. Legs fuscous, tarsi with whitish annulations ; posterior pair, except tarsi, grey- whitish. Forewings narrow, costa gently arched, apex round- pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; grey-whitish; base of costa dark fuscous; some dark fuscous irroration toward dorsum and termen, and a dark fuscous discal dot at |; cilia grey-whitish, with a few fuscous scales. Hindwings narrow-ovate; pale grey; cilia pale grey.
Three J" examples.
Barea pasteodes
Compsotropha pasteodes Turn., Proc. Linn. boc. N. S. Wales, 1914, p.559.
Nine ^ examples, mostly in very good condition, in addition to the pair originally taken. This is a true Barea (Phlceojoola), in spite of vein 7 of forewings running beneath apex. It comes near B. nympldca Turn.
Subfam. L y o N e t i a N .E. Bedellia somnulentella.
Beddlia somnulentella Zel., Tsis, 1847, p. 894; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1880, p. 170.
260 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, X.S.W., ill.
One example. Also from Q.: Duariiiga, Brisbane, Coolangatta, Warwick. — N.S.W.: Murwillumbali, Glen Innes, Sydney, Bulli, Batliurst. — Vic: Warragul. -Tasm.: Hobart.— S. A.: Pt. Lincoln. — W.A.: Geraldton. Also from New Zealand, Europe, and North America. This insignificant species is one of the most generally distributed.
Subfam. T i n e i N ^.. Narycia nemorivaga, n.sp.
Nemori raijn'<, wandering in tiie woods, 9.15 mm. Head white. Palpi very short: fuscous. Antennae fuscous; basal joint white. Thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen grey; tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous: tarsi annulated with whitish-ochreous, posterior pair wholly whitish-ochreous. Fore- wings elongate-oval, not dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termeii very obliquely rounded; 7 absent; white, on costa ochreous-tinged; markings dark fuscous; a narrow, basal fascia slightly prolonged on costa; a broad, slightly oblique fascia from \ costa to mid-dorsum, edges slightly irregular but approximately straight and parallel; a triangular, subapical fascia, very broad on costa where it is interrupted by a white dot before middle, narrowing to tornus; a triangular, apical blotch containing a subapical, white dot on costa; cilia fuscous, twice interrupted by ochreous-whitish on costa, on lower half of termen and tornus ochreous-whitisli. Hindwings and cilia grey. One 9 example.
261
PETROLOGICAL NOTES.
No. ii. The Relations between some Western Australian
Gneissic and Granitic Hocks.
By M. Aurousseau, B.Sc.
The following notes are the results of three visits to Roelands and one to Albany. As I may not be able to resume the work, it is given here as it stands. Detailed mapping was begun at Roelands, but was not carried far enough to be of value. Prac- tically no laboratory-work was done, therefore all rock-names must be interpreted as field-names only.
The Geology op the Roelands District.
Roelands, 11 3| miles from Fremantle, on the South- West Railway, stands at the foot of the Darling Range (fault-scarp), east of Bunbury. The surrounding country was examined by a number of traverses between the Collie and Brunswick Rivers, as far east as Shenton Elbow on the former, and Olive Hill Siding on the latter. The formations met with are, in order of
increasing age-
Alluvials. Laterite. Conglomerate. Basic dykes. Pegmatites. Gneiss.
Porphyritic granodiorite. The Alluvials occur all along the foot of the range, and in the Brunswick River Valley, where they are stratified.
Laterite is sparingly distributed as a capping on the highest hills, about two miles east of the foot of the range.
An outcrop of Conglomerate, to be correlated tentatively with the Donnybrook Series, occui's as a low hill between tlie railway and the foot of the range, but separated from the range by
262 PETROLOGICAL NOTES, ii.,
alluvials, about a mile north of Roelands. The matrix is a fine- grained, reddish-brown grit, and contains well rounded pebbles and boulders of pegmatite, aplite, light quartzite, dark sandstone, and decomposed, basic, igneous rocks, from |" to 2' in diameter.
The granodiorite, gneiss, basic dykes, and pegmatites form all the high land east of the railway, except where capped by laterite. They are intimately associated in the field.
The basic dykes intrude the acid rocks, forming a plexus, with only occasional approaches to parallelism. They show no distinct trend, and vary in width from mere veins to 50 feet and more. They are coarsely holocrystalline, variable in grainsize and basicity, and appear in most cases to be amphibolitic. They are often gneissic, sometimes passing from a granitoid texture in the middle, through a gneissic or schistose phase, to biotite- schist on the edges. They are generally associated with gneiss, rather than granodiorite.
The Granodiorite-Porphyry forms a number of sporadic out- crops, some of which are of large dimensions, and are fairly free from basic dykes. It is well developed just north of the Collie River, half-way between Shenton Elbow and the railway, also around Olive Hill Siding, and between Brunswick Junction and the Roelands quarry. It is a coarse, granitic rock, with very numerous felspar-phenocrysts, up to 2" long, distributed entirely without arrangement in the most characteristic outcrops, where it weathers into small, rough tors. In the neighboui'hood of the gneiss, it is rudely fluidal.
The Gneiss is most varied in character, and outcrops as irregu- larly as the granodiorite, but shows no definite boundarv-rela- tions to it. It is very well exposed along the Collie Tramway. There is not the slightest evidence that the granodiorite intruded it. All varieties, from fine, even-grained gneiss to coarse augen- gneiss occur, some of the latter bearing a suspicious resemblance to the fluidal modification of the granodiorite. The foliation follows no constant direction; on the other hand, it is best developed in the neighbourhood of basic dykes, and runs parallel to them. The more intense the foliation in the basic dykes, the more perfect are the neighbouring gneisses. In places, it is much
BY M. AUROUSSEAU. 2ff3
contorted; it is then often associated with pegmatites, and may be intruded lit par-lit by amphibolite. The contortion is well shown in some cliffs on tlie north side of the Brunswick River Valley, near post 1997 on the Narrogin railway. A zone of con- tortion seems to run S.W. through this point, as it is met in several places south of the river too.
l^he Pegmatites are widely distributed, but are not abundant. In the hills south-east of Olive Hill Siding, they are associated with masses of a green, actinolitic mineral, and an earlier, talcose mineral, both as yet undetermined, the latter probably being a pseudomorph. These minerals also occur in the pegmatite-out- crops on the south side of the small valley beyond Flaherty Brook, S.E. of Roelands quarry.
The relations between the granodiorite, gneiss, and basic dykes, were most clearly shown in the Roelands quarry. Numer- ous dykes were exposed, some of which wei'e foliated. In many places, in the main quarry, the granodiorite Was seen to pass, in the direction of a basic dyke, by imperceptible gradations, into a fine-grained gneiss bordering the dyke, its foliations running parallel to the dyke, which was also slightly foliated, the edges being biotite-schist. Undoubtedly the gneiss is derived locally from the granodiorite, and its formation is connected with the basic dykes. At the south end of the quarry, a section was ex- posed showing three parallel dykes; between the first and second from the east, the granodiorite was unaltered, but between the second and third was a highly contorted gneiss, with a few felspar- phenocrysts.
The change from porphyritic granodiorite to fine-grained gneiss is very definitely shown by the felspar-phenocrysts, in the follow- ing; arbitrary stages in the transition : —
1. Unaltered, porphyritic granodiorite; phenocrysts not oriented.
2. Phenocrysts fluidally oriented.
3. Phenocrysts fiuidally oriented, and crushed peripherally.
4. Phenocrysts fluidally oriented, elongated and distorted.
5. Phenocrysts dragged out, and crushed into long streaks of granular felspar.
264 PETROLOGICAL NOTES, ii.,
6. Fine-grained gneiss, without phenocrysts.
Perfect series of specimens can be collected in the quai'ry.
The above facts lead me to advance the following hypothesis. The gneisses of the Roelands District were produced from the porphvritic granodiorite by uneven shearing processes, which accompanied the injection of basic dykes, under intense pressure. Earth-movement was prolonged after the intrusion of the dykes.
The pegmatites appear to belong not to the granodiorite, but to some neighbouring intrusive, perhaps the Collie granite, an entirely.different rock.
Physiogi'aphy. — The Darling Fault-Scarp has a more dissected and mature aspect in the Roelands District than near Perth. This is also expressed by the scarcity of laterite, and its retire- ment from the edge of the range. This greater maturity is pro- bably due to the heavier rainfall of the South-West.
There is a marked contrast between the valley of the Collie River west of Shenton Elbow, and that of the Brunswick. The latter is more mature, meandering, and well filled with alluvial; whereas, though the two are only three to five miles apart, the former, though the larger, is a straight, V-shaped trench, with more tributary gullies on the south than on the north. This sugforests that the Collie follows a fault from Shenton Elbow to the west, where it takes a sudden turn from its former course.
The material from the Roelands quarry is being used for the breakwater at Jiunbury, the quarry having been recently re- opened. The quarry-face has now a very difiierent appearance from what it had when I saw it last.
The Crystalline Rocks of Albany.
Previous observers have recorded only granites and basic dykes from the old crystalline complex of Albany. A number of different rocks occur there, however, and their relations are clearly shown in many fine exposures. The following types have been distinguished, and are arranged in order of increasing age —
Basic dykes (two series).
Pegmatites (two series).
Aplite.
BY M. AUROUSSEAU. 265'
Miciogranite. Porphyritic granodiorite. Gneiss.
They comprise, in all, a fundamental gneiss, and igneous rocks belonging to at least two, perhaps to three periods of activity.
The gneiss and granodiorite are very much alike in appearance, especially when weathered, which is probably the cause of their not having been separated before. Their boundary, likewise, appears to be a very complicated and irregular one.
The Gneiss is variable, but generally coarse, and porphyritic with felspar. It forms part of the mass of Mt. Clarence, and Mt. Adelaide. At the south end of Middleton Beach, the folia strike at 272° prismatic, a trend which is maintained elsewhere. Between Mts. Clarence and Adelaide is a contorted zone, where it becomes garnetiferous, finer in grain, more irregular in com- position, and contains dark schlieren. This zone is well exposed at the timber-yai'd between the deepwater- and town-jetties. Further south, near the entrance-beacon, a junction with grano- diorite is exposed.
The Porphyritic Granodiorite forms the bulk of Mt. Melville, and part of Mt. Clarence, and occurs also as dykes in the gneiss. It is remarkably like the Roelands rock, but its large felspar- phenocrysts are generally fluidally arranged along different directions. It weathers into large, characteristic tors, which are a feature in the scenery of the district. Two very fresh dykes, exactly like the main rock, cut the gneiss on the coast, about one-quarter of a mile south of the south end of Middleton Beach. They are each a foot wide, and ultimately run together. They are cut and faulted by a small vein of microgranite.
The Alicrog rani te occurs as dykes and veins in the granodiorite and gneiss. It is well exposed on the bare Hanks of Mt. Melville, and one large dyke runs from the summit of Mt. Clarence down through the reservoir. It sometimes contains large felspar- xenocrvsts. At a quarry on a bend of the Middleton Road, it is closely associated with a coarse, epidotic biotite-pegmatite, and is elsewhere bordered by pegmatite.
•2U
268
PETROLOGICAL NOTES, 11.
The Pegmatites occur in two series of veins and dykes, one set ■closely associated with microgranite, the other cutting it. The older can be seen occurring as irregular blebs, in a microgranite- dyke near the deepwater-jetty, where it also forms a border to the dyke at intervals. The younger occurs intersecting micro- granite in the railway-cutting south of the town-jetty. Both sets are exposed on the shore, north of the deepwater-jetty, where a N.W.-S.E. series cuts and faults a N.E.-S.W. set.
Aplite occurs only rarely, and its age is doubtful. It is older than the pegmatites, as the old one cuts it at the deepwater- jetty, but its relation to the microgranite has not been observed. It has intruded the gneiss, both transgressively and concordantly, on the coast, where the contorted zone appears, between Mts. Clarence and Adelaide.
Darwin recorded two series of basic dykes on the south side of the harbour. They cannot be distinguished on the north, as only a few dykes and veins occur. One dyke, near the deep- water-jetty, can be traced some distance seawards; it cuts gneiss, microgranite, and pegmatite, and is crammed with corroded xenoliths of acid rocks and xenocrysts of felspar. The smaller fragments are often associated with patches of sulphides. Some basic veins are to be seen in the railway-cutting, and on the shore, near the baths. They are marginally chilled, and cut microgranite and pegmatite. A slide of the junction of one of these veins with the gneiss, shows the cataclastic structure of the gneiss very well, while the basic rock is exactly like the so-callt^d andesites of the goldfields.
The microgranite, aplite, and pegmatites seem to be related, but there is nothing to show whether they are directly connected with the granodiorite or not.
There are numerous examples of miniature faulting in the district.
For Roelands District, see N0.II6A of 40 chain Maps, Lands Survey Department, West Australia.
267
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
July 26th, 1916.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair.
Miss M. Hinder, B.Sc, Mosman; Miss E. M. Hindmarsh, B.Sc, Sydney; Miss E. C. Pinkerton, B.Sc, Ashfield; Miss M. RosEBY, B.A., Neutral Bay; and Mr. C. E. Tilley, B.Sc, Syd- ney, were elected Members of the Society.
The President announced — That the Council had decided to suspend the publication of the Abstract of Proceedings while the prevailing conditions of shortage and increased cost of paper continue. Also that Members were requested to curtail the notices of their exhibits, and to omit details not directly bearing on the scientific significance of the objects exhibited.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previj^us Monthly Meeting (28th June, 1916), amounting to 5 Vols., 70 Parts or Nos., 7 Bulletins, 3 Reports, and 21 Pamphlets, re- ceived from 43 Societies, etc., and three private donors, were laid upon the table
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Hugh Dixson, fresh flowering-specimens of Kennedya nigricans Lindl., and K. Stirlingii Lindl., two West Australian species in cultivation at "Abergeldie/' Summer Hill. Mr. Dixson reports that both species are in a healthy condition; but although K. nigricans is an old plant, it does not mature its seed; while A'. Stirlingii seeds freely.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton showed a series of the fruits of Tribulus ■terestris Linn., ("Caltrops") [ZYGOPHYLLEiE] exhibiting much
268 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
variability in shape, and in the length of their spiny appendages; also an example of Notelcea ovata R.Br.,[N.O. Jasmine^e] exhibit- ing polyphylly, apparently due rather to multiplication, than to division of one or more ordinary leaves.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton exhibited five specimens of "Vegetable Caterpillars," Cordyceps Gumiii, collected near Albury, by the District Forest Ranger. The catei'pillais concerned probably belong to the Hejnaliikf. They burrow in the soil, and line the tubes with web. One of the specimens is surrounded by the silken tube. The type of the species showed no stipes to the fructification; but it is more usual to find a stipes varying in thickness. The specimens shown included both forms.
269
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA.
No. iv. The Families Ituonida:, IIrmkrobud.e, Si yhid^,
• Berothid^e, and the new Family Trichomatid.e; with
A Discussion of their Characters and Relationships,
AND Descriptions of new and little-known Genera and
Species.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Maclbay Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
(Plates xii.-xix., and ten Text-figs.)
Introduction.
In No. 2 of this series of Studies,* I dealt with the families Osmylidft', 3fyrmeleotttidce, and Ascalaphidce. There remained over for study a large number of tlie smaller and more generalised Neuroptera, usually included more or less loosely in the family HemerohiidcB. The working-out of this material, contained chiefly in my own collection, but augmented by the loan of specimens from the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, and from Mr. Froggatt's collection, has proved a difficult and protracted task. It would not, indeed, have been difficult to ofier merely descriptions of new species, for the great majority of the species studied were new to science. The problem lay rather in attempt- ing to form a conception of the true positions occupied by the smaller " Lacewings" within the Order Neuroptera. I was faced, at the start, with the fact that the family Hemerohiidoi had never been clearly defined from the very outset; that, as limb after limb had been chopped off from the old Hemerobiid tree (which originally embraced the whole of the Order Neuroptera, as we now accept it), the old hollow stump had become more and more the receptacle for any remnants which would not fit cleai-ly into
* These Proceedings, 1916, xli., pp.41-70,
31
270 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, IV.,
any of the numerous well-defined families cut off from it. I found, everywhere, that there seemed to exist no scientific con- ception of what the family Henierohiid(e meant; no attempt has been made to study its venation thoroughly; and the authors, who used the family, either offered short, non-committal defini- tions, which utterly ignored the fundamental characters of wing- venation [see, for instance, Sharp(13), p.465], or merely used* the name as a headline under which various genera might be placed, without troubling themselves why or wherefore. It was> therefore, of the utmost importance to carry out a thorough in- vestigation of the venation of the genus Hemerohius and its true allies, and to discover a clear and comprehensive definition for the family Hemerubiidfe, which should not only embrace all the members of one natural group, but should also exclude the extraneous material that had, for so long a time, been allowed to drift in and out of the family, with no apparent reason, other than neglect of the fundamental principles of classification.
The results of a close study of all the forms available to me were originally collected together with a view to publication as an extended introduction to this paper. I found, however, that it would be necessary to refer back continually to the general discussion, when I came to deal with the separate families. In order, then, to save much repetition, I have decided to give the main arguments under each separate family, where they will now be found. Those who desire to trace the fate of the family Hemerobiidce, its gradual narrowing down, and my own attempt to give it definite form and function, as a unit embracing only genera having true phyletic relationship with the type-genus Hemerohius, will find their information under this particular family, on pp. 282-293. Similarly, the vagaries suffered by Ithone and Sisyra will be found under Ithonidre (pp.274-279) and Sisyridcei^^.312-3U), together with analyses of the types of wing- venation found in these families. In dealing with Spermoj^hor- ella, gen.nov., I had to choose between forming a new family for it, or including it within the Holarctic Berothidce. I chose the latter, for the reasons given on pp. 3 15-3 16. No apology is needed for the formation of the new family Trichomatido' (pp.324-32f)),
bV R. i. TILLYAKD. 271
since the two new genera forming it difier most strikingly from all known Neuroptera.
The forms studied included also the beautiful genus Psi/chopsis, usually placed in the Hemerobiidce, but already recognised by N. Banks and Handlirsch as entitled to at least subfamily rank. The discovery of the complete life-history of one species of this genus, and the opportunity of examining the habits of the living larvae, pupje, and imagines, has so sti'engthened the conviction (which I had already gained from a study of the venation), that this group has nothing whatever to do with the Hemerobiidce, that I have cut it out of this paper, preferring to deal with it as a separate family, PsycJiopsidce, in a monograph to follow later.
The only true allies of the Hemerobiidce, as restricted by me, are the Ithonidce and Dilaridce, the latter not found in Australia. These three families might well be placed together as constituting the Sub-Order Hemerobioptera, constituting the only remains of a single phyletic line of descent, defined by the exceedingly ancient character of the possession of more than one radial sector in the forewing. This character, though it may have occurred more frequently in the past, in groups now extinct (as, for example, in the Protodonata), appears to be quite lost in other recent Insecta, a reduction to a single radial sector being the almost universal rule. Its persistence in the Hemerobioptei'a is correlated with the retention of an ancient wing form and venational scheme. Narrowing or lengthening of the wing would require the elimination of the extra sectors; but the Hemerobioptera on the whole, though undergoing, through the course of ages, extreme reduction in size, have retained a very uniform and unspecialised venational pattern.
Distinguished from these by the possession of a single radial sector in the forewing, the whole of the rest of the Order Neu- roptera stand out as an Osmyloid stock, and might fittingly form a Sub-Order Osmyloptera. These insects, though probably not in the main aquatic in their life-histories, have been continually throwing off aquatic or semi-aquatic remnants, while the great mass of forms progressed rapidly onwards along the more suc- cessful lines ofFei'ed by the rapacious, terrestrial, carnivorous.
272 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, IV.,
larval habit. Thus we have, as semi-aquatic offshoots, the Liassic and Jurassic Proheynerobiidce, the recent Osmylidce. ( some semi-aquatic, some terrestrial), and the highly-reduced Suyridce, whose larvae dwell in freshwater sponges. From the first of these, our Australian Psycliopsidce undoubtedly arose, by a unique specialisation of the wing-venation, and by the adoption of a larval habit closely resembling that of the Raphidians in the Northern Hemisphere. From the Osmylidce, a small, terres- trial side-branch, the Nymphidce, favoured by an exceptionally fortunate larval development, started out on the upward patVi which led to the great dominant groups of the Myrmeleontidce and Ascalaphidce. A small side-branch of the Prohemer-obiidce, the Jurassic Mesochrysopidce, probably gave rise to the modern Apoclirysidce and Chrysopidce. The highly-reduced remnant of the main stem, after throwing off the aquatic Sisyridce, reached the extreme limits of reduction in the Coniopterygidce. The positions of the Nemopteridce and Mantispidce are uncertain, but the former are probably allied to the Nymjjhidce, the latter to the Chrysopidce.
We see, then, that of the five families dealt with in this paper, only two are of the true Hemerobioid stock, while the other three possess Osmyloid affinities. The resemblance between Hemero- biidce and Sisyridce is purely due to convergent reduction, both these families being specialised in comparison with the other three, though generalised enough when contrasted with the more dominant groups, such as the Clirysopidce. Of the three most ancient families, the Ithonidce appear to possess traces of Sialoid affinities, while the Bervth^dce and Trichomatidai must not only stand very close to the base of the Neuropteroid stem, but may even lie not far off from the more specialised line which led to the Micropterygidce in the Lepidoptera. Lepidopterists cannot, indeed, afford to ignore the growing importance of the Neurop- tera in helping them to a true view of the phylogeny of their Order. In this connection, the scales on the wings of Berothidce, the fringe of long hairs in this family and in the TnchovicUidce, the very obvious resemblance between the venation of the Mici opteryy'dct and the most highly reduced Neuroptera {Coniop-
feV R. J. TlLLYARb. 273
tenjijidoi), and the persistence of a coupling apparatus for the wings, homologous with that of the Frenate Lepidoptera, in all but the most reduced forms of these archaic families, ought to be sufficient to attract their attention from the more humdrum duties of classifying and describing an immense mass of new forms.
The following is a list of the families, genera, and species dealt with in this paper : —
Family ITHONIJ)^; fam.nov. Genus Ithone Newman. (Type, I.fusca iSewm.). \ . lihone fusca Newman.
2. Ithoiie fuliia, n.sp.
Family HEMEROBTTDyE (a mc restricta). Genus Drepanepteryx Burm. (Type, D. phalcandides Linn.).
[Z). phalcendides Linn.] Genus Drepanacra, n.g. (Type, D)-epane/>teryxhuviUis McLach).
3. Drepanacra Ji-amilis McLach.
4. Drepanacra instabilis McLach.
5. Drepanacra hiitooda Newman.
6. Drepanacra hardy i, n.sp.
7. Drepanacra froggatti, n.sp.
Genus Drepanomina, n.g. (Type, D. gibbosa, n.sp.).
8. Drepanomina gibbosa, n.sp.
Genus Megalomina Banks. (Type, M. acutninata Banks).
9. Megalomina acuminata Banks.
Genus Oxybiella, n.g. (Type, 0. bridwelli, n.sp.).
10. Oxybiella bridwelli, n sp.
Genus Psychobiella Banks. (Type, Ps. sordnia Hanks).
11. Psychobiella J'usca, n.HTp.
Genus Mickomus Rambur. (Type, M. variegatus Fabr.).
12. Microm,us tasmanue Walker,
Genus Notiobiei.la Banks. (Type, N. unita Banks).
13. N otiobiella viridis, n.sp.
14. Notiobiella multifurcata, n.sp.
274 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Genus Carobius Banks. (Type, C. pulchellus Banks).
15. Carohiiis subfasciatus, n.sp.
Family SISYRID^. Genus Sisyka Burin. (Type, S.fuscata Fabr.).
16. Sisyra turneri, n.sp.
J 7. Sisyra rujlstignia, n.sp.
Family BEROTHIl)^. Genus Spermophorej^la, n.g. (Type, Sp. disseminata, n.sp.).
18. Spermophorella disseminata, n.sp. (also egg and larva).
19. SpermojjJiorella maculatisshna, n.sp.
Family TRICHOMATID^, fam.nov. Genus Trichoma, n.g. (Type, T. yracilipennis, n.sp.).
20. Trichoma gracilipeniie, n.sp.
Genus Stenobiklla, n.sp. (Type, St. hirsutissima, n.sp.).
21. Stenohielln hirsutissima, n.sp.
22. Stenobiella gaUardi, n.sp.
A list of all publications referred to during the writing of this paper is placed at the end in the form of a Bibliography. Re- ferences to this are printed in thick type.
I desire to thank Dr. A. J. Turner, F.E.S., of Sherwood, Bris- bane, Mr. G. Hardy, F.E.8., of the Tasraanian Museum, Hobart, Mr. O. Lower, F.E.S., of Broken Hill, and Air. J. C. Bridwell, of Honolulu, for rare specimens dealt with in this paper, and received from them either by gift or by exchange; also Dr. R. Hamlyn-Harris, Director of the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, and Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., F.E.S., New South Wales Government Entomologist, for the loan of material for study.
Family ITHONIDvE, fam.no\'. (Plate xii.)
Rather large insects, expanse 45-50 mm., with stout body, broad, short, sessile prothorax, and small head closely united with it; antennoi of moderate length and stoutness, tapering, very finely pectinate, with numerous close-set cylindrical joints; ocelli absent. Wings smooth, membranous, semitrans
BY R. .T. TILLYARD.
275
parent, the hairs on the veins very minute; surface of forewing not a plane, Sc being sunk in a deep furrow, and R raised up on a high ridge above it; M lying in a deep furrow, and Cuj raised on a high ridge, which is partly continued by Mo. The same ridges and furrows on the hindwing, but the ridge of Cu, straighter, and not continued by Mg. Sc and R not fused dis- tally. Three radial sectors in forewing, two arising close to base, unbranched, a third arising a little distad from these, running parallel to and under R, and giving off numerous branches. In hindwing, only one radial sector, with numerous branches. M branching into two at a level about one-third of the wing-length in both wings Cu branching into two close up to base in both wings. Numerous irregularly placed cross-veins present. Costal area of forewing slightly enlarged, a recurrent veinlet present, the other crossveins seldom forked. A coupling apparatus well developed, but without a specialised frenulum on the jugal process. A well-developed false origin to Rs in the hindwing.
I propose this new family for the reception of the very isolated and peculiar, archaic, Australian genus Itlione, whose relation- ships have long been a puzzle to entomologists. Two of the most striking characteristics of this genus are (1) its resemblance, when alive, both in general appearance and behaviour, to a Hepialid moth, the mode of flight (especially when attracted to a light), the resting position, and the form of the head and body all contributing to heighten this similarity; and (2) its un- deniable similarity to the SiaUdce, the family in which Walker placed it. As the life-history is quite unknown, we cannot even guess what the larva may be like; but, as will be seen below, I have collected evidence tending to show that it may be aquatic or semi-aquatic. The strong ridging of the wings along R and Cu is most certainly a Sialoid character; and it must be confessed that the term Planipennia is quite unsuited to the Order which contains this genus. But a study of the venation will convince us that Ithone belongs to the Neuroptera, s.str., and not to the Megaloptera {Sialidce), since the arrangement of all the main veins and their branches is typically Neuropterous, I should
276 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
like, however, to point out that, in my opinion, Ithone stands not very far from the point at which the Megaloptera may be supposed to have diverged from tlie main Neuropteroid stem, and that it is quite possible that the larva may be of a general- ised type, and not possessing the sucking mandibles of the true Neuroptera. Tf this be so, we must perhaps consider the separa- tion of the Order Megaloptera from the true Neuroptera to be unwarranted.
The character which seems to me to be of the greatest import- ance in this family is the peculiar generalised condition of the radius and its branches in the forewing. Naming the three radial sectors Rg, B3, and R4, respectively, from the most distal backwards towards the base, there can be little doubt that it is Rj, with its course laid parallel to and beneath Rj (the main stem of the radius), and with its numerous subparallel branches, which is the true homologue of the single lis, found in all Neu- roptera except the HeTnerohiidce, DiJaridce, and lihowdcu. The two sectors, R3 and R4, arising closer to the base of R, are strongly suggestive of an archaic formation, which we know occurred in the forewing of the great Protodonate Meganeura (Upper Carboniferous), and which was once probably of frequent occurrence in archaic unreduced types with dense venation. Not a trace of these two sectors exists in recent Odonata, in which the specialisation of the wing-venation appears to have set in earlier, and to have been of a far more drastic character, than we find in the Neuroptera. In the Odonata, the wing is essentially utilitarian, the last word in the development of a magnificent flying type. Tn the Neuroptera, on the other hand, the wing is, if I may say so, purely artistic, a beautiful expres- sion of the development of a symmetrical plan, which conserAcs almost all the archaic features of the insect-wing, and, as a result, is of little value for strong flight. How the two sectors, R3 and R4, have been eliminated in the newer forms, we are not in a position to determine. Either they have been simply sup- pressed during progressive simplification of the venation, or they have passed distad on to the base of Rg. where they would take on the character of branches of the radial sector. In either case,
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 277
it is clear that Comstock and Needhain's proposition(3), unsup- ported, as far as I can see, by any evidence, cannot be accepted. This proposition was to the effect that additional sectors of R had been added, one after another, from the distal end, and had thus progressed gradually basad. Now the whole study of Neu- ropterous venation emphasises the fact that the tendency of branches of R (and of M and Cu likewise) is to move progressively distad, as we pass fi'om the older to the newer forms. Again, if Comstock and Needham were correct, the old original Es, with its many branches, would have to be the most basally placed, whereas it is actually the most distally placed in all three families where more than one sector exists. Thirdly, Comstock and Needham's proposition would necessitate a recognition of the smallest simplified Hemerobiida', with only two sectors, as archaic types, from which, by progressive elaboration of the venation, the forms with many sectors (such as Drepanepteryx, ' Megalomus) have been built up; whereas it must be obvious, to the most superficial student of the Order, that the very opposite is the case. The only argument in favour of Comstock and Needham's proposition is the fact that fossil Neuroptera, so far as they are known, all have a single Rs in the forewing. But the only fossils known, other than those of Tertiary age, are a a small group of forms from the Upper Lias and Upper Jurassic (the Prohemerohiidce of Handlirsch, together with one or two other forms) which are clearly allied to our Osmylidce and Psychopsidcf, and show already, in the Lias, a degree of special- isation which places them very far from the beginning of the Neuropteroid stock. Nobody would claim, I suppose, that such an admittedly archaic group as the Neuroptera arose in the Lias, or even in the Trias. It must have been already in existence alongside the Carboniferous Protodonata, these latter being, in fact, a very vigorous side-branch of the main stem, specialising in the assumption of an aquatic larval life-history. Why, then, have we so small a recoi'd of fossil Neuroptera ? The answer is obvious, viz , that they have all along been essentially a non-aquatic group, with a preference for dry climates. We cannot hope, then, to find their record written completely in freshwater beds,
22
278 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
nor can we ever expect that the ancestry of any part of them is preserved for us in fossils, except that of the semi-aquatic Osmylidce and their nearest allies. As for the Hemerobiida', essentially a forest-dwelling group, we should expect to find them in Baltic amber (where several species do occur), but to look for their ancestors in freshwater or estuarine deposits, such as those at Solenhofen, is unreasonable, since they were neither aquatic, semi-aquatic, nor strong-Hying, as far as we are able to judge.
I conclude, therefore, that the Ithonidce are an exceedingly archaic I'emnant of the old Neuropteroid stock, from which, later on, the Dilaridce (with only two sectors) branched oiF, and whose main stem is represented to-day in the more highly reduced Hemerobiidce. Apart from these three families, all the rest of the Neuroptera, with their single radial sector, must 1)6 con- sidered as a more recent and highly specialised stock, of which the Osmylidce and their near allies stand closest to the ancestral form, and from which the Myrineleontida', A seal aphid ce, Chryso- pidce, and Maittispidce arose, as the most vigorous and dominant offshoots.
The nearest relatives of the Ithonido' are undoubtedly the Dilaridce (not found in Australia), which may be distinguished by their smaller size, slenderer build, the strongly pectinate antennee of the male, the presence of a lai'ge ovipositor in the female; and, in the venation, the lack of strong ridging of R and Cuj, the possession of only two radial sectors in the forewing, and the presence of fewer unspecialised crossveins.
Genus Ithone Newman. (Plate xii.).
Newman, Ent. Mag., v., 1838, p.l81.
Characters as given above for the family, with the following additions : — No setse or fine hairs on any of the crossveins except the costals. Foreteys placed close under the head, with the coxae much enlarged and close together (Plate xii., tig.2). Tibice of all legs with a pair of short spurs. Tarsi five-jointed, the basal joint very long, a large bilobed empodiiom between tlie claws. Anal appendages of male strongly forcipate.
Genotype, Ithone /nsca Newman.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 27'J
The two known species of the genus may be separated as follows : —
Larger and darker species, expanse 50 mm. or more, colouration fus- cous; antennw about half as long as forewing; appendages of male enormous I. fiisca Newman.
Smaller, less robust and paler species, expanse 45 nmi. , colouration dull fulvous; antenna? two-thirds as long as forewing; ap- pendages of male of moderate size /. fu/ra, n. sp.
1. Ithone pusca Newman. (Plate xii., tigs. 7-9).
Newman, loc. cii., p. 181.
This species appears to be well known, and represented in a number of collections, but I have not seen any good description or figure of it published. Newman's description of it is very short, but quite to the point : — " Fusca, setosa, subtus dilutior et paullo flavescens, alae fuscescentes, venae longitudinales setis tecta?, transversfe nisi supracostales nudse.'' The general appear- ance is much like that of I./ulva, n.sp., as figured in Plate xii., fig. 1, but the whole body is stouter, hairier, and darker, the antennje shorter, thicker, and darker in colour, the wings broader and much darker. The appendages of the male are very remarkable, being in the form of an immense pair of forceps of very peculiar shape; the dorsal, profile, and posterior views are shown in Plate xii., figs. 7, 8, and 9 respectively.
}Jab. — Sydney District, N.S.W., where it appears to be at present very rare. I ha\e a male and female taken at light in my house at Hornsby, but they are the only specimens that I have seen in the course of many years collecting. I also have some torn pieces of the wings of a specimen sent from Tasmania, but almost completely destroyed in the post, which probably belong to this species. It has also been recorded from Western Australia, but I do not know whether this is really the same species.
2. Ithone fulva, n.sp. (Plate xii., figs. 1-6).
^. Total length 17, abdomen 11-5, forewing 21, hindwing 18-5, expanse 45 mm.
Head : eyes button-like, shining black, wide apart; antenna' 14 mm., filiform, tapering, dull fulvous; epicranium brown, clypeus brownish, yac^ and mouth-parts dull fulvous.
280
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Thorax brown above, with short, blackish hairs, dull fulvous beneath; prothorax massive, wider than head. Legs dull fulvous, densely clothed with short, dark brown hairs; tibial spines straight, black, blunt, very short compared with first tarsal joint (Plate xii, fig. 3), the latter nearly as long as the other four joints put together. Between the claws is a large empodium or jmlvillus (Text-fig. 1), formed of a single projecting piece, cylindrical basally, bilobed distally, but on the dorsal side only; below the lobes is seen a somewhat irregular black mass, which appears to be the dried, gummy exudation from the lumen of the organ. There can be little doubt that the pulvillus is essentially an adhesive disc, which, with the aid of a sticky secretion, enables this heavy-bodied insect to walk safely on slippery surfaces, and to rest for long periods on the outside of
foliage.
«■ § b. c.
Text-fig.l. — Tarsal claws and empodium of It hone Jul m, n.sp.,(x30): a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, nearly profile view.
Abdomen subcylindrieal, tapering slightly towards apex; in profile, segments 3-7 somewhat swollen. Colour dull fulvous. Appendages: superior strong, forcipate, 2mm. long, pale brownish, with short hairs; inferior OS mm. wide, rounded, dark brown, hairy (Plate xii., figs. 4-6).
Wings pale semi-transparent testaceous, with a tinge of mauve towards costal border. In Plate xii., fig.l, the radius and subcosta appear to be fused, but actually R stands on a high ridge, with Sc sunk far beneath it, so that the two come into line when viewed from above. (In /. fusca, R and Sc are separately visible, owing to the greater breadth of the wing).
The peculiar flattened head, sessile upon the large prothorax, the crossed mandibles, short maxillaiy and labial palpi, and the
BY R. J. TTLLYARD. 281
enlarged, contiguous procoxfE, are all shown in position, viewed from in front, in Plate xii., fig. 2.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. {^, Stradbroke Island, September 20th, 1915).
//a6.— Stradbroke Island, S. Queensland. Two males taken on September 20th, 1915; one beaten out of a cypress-tree, another found resting on reeds in a swamp.
The following note on this species may help to throw some light on the question of whether Ithone is an aquatic genus or not. The town of Dunwich, on Stradbroke Island, is supjjlied with water from two large tanks, set high up on the side of a hill. Water is pumped from a perennial stream near the coast, about two miles distant, by means of a pipe-line, which discharges into tank A. Tank B is connected by a base-pipe, so that its level rises with that of A, but it receives no water direct from the pipe. When returning with Mr. H. Hacker, of the Queens- land Museum, on September 21st, 1915, on our way to Dunwich to catch the steamer for Brisbane, we took the track up the hill to the Tanks. As the day was very hot, on arriving at the Tanks we stopped for a rest, and Mr. Hacker climbed the ladder placed between the tanks, in order to drink the cool water dis- charging into tank A. On looking into tank B, he noticed a large number of Ithone lying dead on the surface of the water, and called my attention to them. I ascended the ladder, but found that the depth of water in the tanks was so low (owing to the prolonged drought) that it was quite impossible to reach any of the Ithone with ray net; also, they were all very much spoilt, and not worth securing as specimens. I noted, however, that they were of both sexes, and all appeared to be of a pale colour, as if newly emerged, while, in some cases, the wings were badly crumpled. In tank A, where the water was disturbed by the jet from the pipe, I did not notice any Ithone at all.
Now the question is, did all these Ithone fall into this tank and get drowned, while flying at night-time, either by pure acci- dent, or perhaps because they are attracted by water ? Or did their larvse actually live in the still waters of tank B, and the imagines fail to escape on emerging, owing to the lack of reed-
282 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
stems or other supports on which they could hang while their wings were drying 1
As the pumps do not work at night, when these insects fly, I think that, if the former supposition were correct, both tanks should have contained numbers of this insect. But, of course, the strong jet of water in tank A may have drowned any insects that fell into it, and rendered them invisible. The abundance of Ithone in tank B (I counted over thirty), their evident imma- turity, and the presence of both sexes, suggests the strong pro- bability that the insect is aquatic in its larval stages.
Family HEMEROBIID^ (a me restricta).
Original! V, the family Hemerobiidca was formed to include all those insects which had a complete metamorphosis, a larva with suctorial mouth-parts, and an imago with densely-veined wings and mandibulate mouth-parts. That is to say, the insects in- cluded in this family comprised just exactly those which now form the well-defined and almost universally admitted Order Neuroptera Planipennia Unfortunately, the old, unscientific and out-of-date treatment of the Order continues to be used in many general works on Insects, as, for example, Sharp's "Insects'' in the Cambridge Natural History, 1901(13), and Froggatt's "Australian Insects," 1907(5). The initial step forward was the recognition of the fact that the old Order Neuroptera was a composite grouping. This fact was fully accepted by both Brauer (1885) and Packard (1886), both of whom restricted the Order Neuroptera to the two families Hemerohiida' and Sialidce. The term Neuroptera Planipennia was originally used to include three families, viz., the two just mentioned, and the Panorpidce. With the elevation of this last family into a separate Order (Mecaptera or Panorpatte), and the Sialidce into a further Order Megaloptera,the Neuroptera Planipennia (or, simply, Neuroptera) was left with only those insects which went to form the old family Ilemerobiidcti. The seven subfamilies {Myrmeleontides, Ascala- phides, Nemopterides, Mantispides, Hemerobiides,Chrysopides, and Coniopterygides), into which Hagen (1866) originally divided the family Ilemerobiidce, were then elevated to the rank of separate
BY R. J. TILLTARD.
283
families. Six of these families are extremely well defined, and form natural groups well marked oil" from one another. The seventh, the old Hemerohiides of Hagen, was mei'ely a common receptacle for all the archaic remnants of the Order. It was
-i^A-
Text-fig. 2. — Venation of Micromus tasmanue Walker, (Hemerobiida'). Notation as usual; in addition, cua, cubito-anal furrow; cii/, cubital fork; cuj", secondary ditto; ,/, jugal lobe and process; mf, median fork; rf, radial fork; rni, radio-median furrow; c, false origin of Rs in hindwing.
originally subdivided into four tribes, viz., the Dilarina, Nymphina, Osmylhui, and Hemerobiiiia. The first three of these are now generally recognised as good families. Even with the removal of these, and the elevation of the fourth tribe, Hemerobiiiia, to the rank of a family, I am still unable to find any general agreement as to what constitutes a Hemerobiid !
284 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Thus, N. Banks, in 1909, dealing with our Australian Hemero- biid(e{i), included both Sisyra and Psychojjsis in that family. But the same author, in 1913(2), in a more general paper, includes, in the Hemerobiidce, four separate subfamilies, viz., Dilarince., Psychopsince, Osmylince, and Hemerohiince,, without offering any diagnosis of characters common to the four. It would, indeed, be difficult to indicate any. Sisyra is here put into Osmylincf, to which it more properly belongs, but the same subfamily is made to include the whole of the Nymphidce, Myiodactyhis, Poly- stcechotes, and the exceedingly archaic and isolated Ithone 1 On the other hand, Handlirsch, in 1908(6), recognised the Sisyridcf, Polystoechof.idce, Dilaridce, Nytnphidce, and OsmylidcB as separate families, retaining, in the Hemerohiidce, only thi'ee subfamilies, viz., Berothince, Psychopsince, and Hemerobiince.
There can be little doubt that Handlirsch has most nearly achieved the task of cleansing the Augean stable, though he is certainly wrong in including Berotha with the Hemerobiidce, since it is more closely allied to the Osmylidce, as Banks supposed. I have already given my reasons for separating out the Psychojy- sincE as a very distinct, archaic family. What, then, are the characters by which the family Hemerobiidce, when reduced to its correct limits, may be known ? Nowhere have I been able to find any satisfactory diagnosis— chiefly because, as we have already seen, the family has always been so cumbered with ex- traneous elements that a diagnosis was impossible.
I think that the family Hemerobiidce may be very clearly defined by the combination of the following characters (Text-figs. 2-4) : —
(1). I'he presence of more than one radial sector in the foretving. This character appears to me to be of the utmost importance, since it separates out the Hem,erobiidce at once from all the rest oj" the Order, except the Ithonidce and Dilaridce.
(2). The absence of unsj^ecicdised cross-veins. In the Hemero- biidce, the few cross-veins left are all put to some important use, either by forming gradate series (cf. Chrysopidce) or, in single cases, as special supports or junctions for longitudinal veins. Unspecialised cross-veins are present in the Ithonidce and Dilaridce.
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
285
(3). The presence of at least one false or secondary origin for the radial sector in the hindwiiiy (Text-fig. 2). At least one false origin (a?) is present in all Hemerobiidce known to me, as well as in all Chrysopidce. Owing to the true origin of Rs being placed too close to the base of the wing to afford the necessary support to the vein, the cross-vein placed next distad from it, between R and Rs, becomes strengthened and oblique, while the portion of Rs lying basad to it becomes weakened and often bent, and, in many cases, fuses basallv with M. The result can be seen
Text-f5ff.3. — Venation of Hemerohius humnli Linn.
very clearly in Text-fig.4. The false origin a; (originally a simple cross-vein) appears to be the real origin of Rs, while tlie small portion of Rs, lying just basad to x, takes on the form of a cross- vein. In Drepanepteryx (Plate xiii.), a second cross-vein follows suit, and we have two false origins, x and x!. In Megalomina (Text-fig. 8), we see an intermediate condition, the second cross- vein being only partly specialised, though the first has become greatly lengthened. In Hemerohius (Text-fig.3), two false origins are present, but are very short, owing to the close approximation of Rs to R basallv.
23
286
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.
A single false origin is always present in Chrysopidce, Ithonidce, and SisyridcB.
(4) The presence, in all except very reduced forms, of a coupling apparatus at the base of the wings. The coupling apparatus (Text-fig.2, j: also Plates xiii.-xiv, jl, jp, fr) consists of two parts : —
(a) On the forewing, a convex, pro- jecting, oval lobe, the juyal lobe (jl), occupying the extreme base of the pos- terior margin.
(b) On the hindwing, a concave, pro- jecting, and somewhat angular process, the jiigal process (jp). The upturned edge of this process is fringed with fine setas, while its apex, or angle, carries one or more very strong and stiff bristles of a larger size, constituting a true frenulum ffr J directed outwards.
During flight, the two wings on one side are coupled together by the pro- jecting jugal process with its frenulum of bristles, which passes beneath the base of the forewing, so as to project upwards into the concavity of the jugal lobe.
These structures have frequently been remarked upon in Drepanepteryx, where they are, indeed, very conspicuous, and have been well figured by Sharp (13; p. 468). McLachlan also described them as present in Megalomus, though less conspicuous. It seems extraordinary, therefore, that nobody should have noticed their presence in other genera of this family. I have examined the Palsearctic genera £o7'iomyia, Hemerobius, Micro mus, and Sympherobius, and I find the coupling apparatus quite
* Diagrams to show phylogenetic development of false origins of Rs in hindwing : a, archaic stage, crossveins unspecialised (e.g., Spermo2^horeUa, PI. xvii.); />, intermediate stage, first crossvein becoming ol)lique, Rs hitched on to M; c, false origin completed at x, second crossvein becoming oblique (e.g., Megalomina, Text-fig.8); d, two false origins completed at X and x' (e.g., Drepanepteryx, PI. xiii.).
feY R. J. TILLTARb. 287
conspicuous in all of them. Tt is also present in all Australian genera: though, in extremely small and reduced forms like Carobius and Notiobiella (Plate xvi.), the jugal process is either absent or only represented by a frenulum.
That the apparatus is of very archaic origin is shown, not only by its being most highly developed in the oldest and most densely-veined forms of Hemerobiida', but also because it is pre- sent and well formed in Ithone, which stands very close to the ancestral stem of those in.sects.
(5). The absence of any distal fusion betiveeii So and R. This is the character relied upon by N. Banks. Unfortunately, in some of the most reduced genera (e.g., Carobius), Sc and R are so close as to be practically fused throughout their length. Also, in the Chrysopid(e, there is no fusion between Sc and R distally. How- ever, from a phvlogenetic point of view, the character is import- ant, since it shows us a point in which the Osmylido' and Fsychopsidre have undoubtedly progressed beyond the Hemero- biidce. In the Chrysopida', Sc runs into the pterostigma well above R, and ends weakly there. This appears to be most certainly a specialisation from an original Hemerobiid-like con- dition of Sc and R. Lastly, in Ithone, there is the same condi- tion of Sc as in the Hemerobiidce., but Sc is deeply sunk under the high ridge of R.
(6) The archaic, unspecialised form of Rs. This character is shared with most other families of Neuroptera, but serves to enable us to distinguish the Hemerobiidoi from the Chrysopidce, in which Rs is zigzagged.
(7). The retention of the archaic branchings of the veins as they approach the ivincj-horder. In the Hemerobiidce, these branchings are present, and usually numerous, for all veins from the ptero- stigma outwards to the apex, and round along the posterior border to the base. In the costal space of the hindwing, from base to pterostigma, the cross-veins are regular and unbranched. In the forewing, however, these same cross-veins are elongated and usually branched. Only in those genera, in which the costal space of the forewing is not enlarged, do we find any consider- able number of these veins unbranched.
288
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Phylogenetically (if we may take the venation of the Mesozoic fossils as a true guide), there can be little doubt that the most archaic condition is that in which the costal space is not undulv enlarged, and the costal cross-veins either slightly, or not at all, branched, while the veins approaching all the rest of the wing- border are freel\^ branched. Thus the costal space of the hind- wing retains the archaic form, while the great enlargement of the same space in the forewing, seen in such genera as Drepunep- teri/x, together with the formation of the rectirrent costal veinlet (Plate xiii., Cr) must be regarded as specialisations correlated with increase in wing-breadth.
(8). The fusion of M with R hasally in the forewiny, and the fusion of M in the hindtving with the. weakly formed^ original^ basal portion of Es. These are distinct specialisations in the venation, which, though found in the Chrysopjidce and Dilaridoi also, offer a definite distinction from the Ithonidce and Osmylidce, where M is fused with R in both wings.
(9). 'The unspecialised form of the antennae. These are formed of very numerous, small joints, the basal joint being usually slightly enlarged. The antenna; may be described as slender, moniliform, and very finely pectinate. In length, they vary from a little less than half the wing-length {Drepanepteryx), to about the full length of the wing (Oxybiella). They most closel}' resemble the antennae of Osmylidce (probably the most archaic form of these organs), but these latter have the separate joints longer and thinner by comparison. The antemise also serve to distinguish the Hemerobiidoi from the Psychopsido', in which these organs are exceedingly short; from the Chrysopidce, in which they are exceedingly long; and from the Nymp)hida', in which they are disiinctl}' thickened.
(10). Position of rest: the wings completely hiding the body, and placed almost vertically to the resting-plane, with the costal margins downwards, the posterior margins meeting in a high ridge above the body; the head bent downwards, and often partly hidden by the projecting costse of the forewings.
This resting-position is very like that of the Osmylidoi, and C oiiiopterygidd', in both of which, however, the head shows much
BY K. .T. TILLYARD. 289
more freely in front of tlie wings, while the approximation of the two pairs of wings towards the mid-vertical plane is not so great. The Psychopsi(/a' rest quite dilierently, with the wings forming a very fiat roof over the body, the angle between each forewing and the restiug-plane being very small. The resting position of Ithone resembles that of a Hepialid moth.
Having thus indicated the principal characters of this (as it seems to me) exceedingly clearly defined family, we may summa- I'ise them in the following short definition. Small, short-bodied insects with short jyrothur ax. Antennoi (yf t)ioderate length, mon- ili/orm, finely pectinate. Ocelli absent. Wings held almost vertically in repose, ivith custid ■margins downwards, completely hiding the body. Generalised form of Rs(not zig-zagged), and numerous branchings of the veins at the margins of the wings. Sc and Ji not fused distally. M fused basally vnth E in forewing, ivilh v)eak base of Rs in hindivvng At least two radial sectors in forewing; only one in hindicing, bid this one strengthened by the development of at least one false origin, formed from a cross vein placed distad from the true origiti.. Absence oj all unspecialised cross-veins; tlie feio that are present forming either gradate series or special braces between the main veins. A coupling apparatus, in the form of juyal lobe and process, nearly always present at base of icings.
The Hemerobiidcc, then, are distinguished from the other families with which they are likely to be confused, as follows (the characters are numbered as above;:—
From all except the Ithonido' and Dilaridif, by (1): from the Ithonidcs and DilaridcB by (2). In particular
From the Psychopsida- by (1), (3j, (4), (5), (9), and (10).
From the Osmylidce by (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (8;, and (9), as well as by the peculiar, elongated and upcurved mandibles of the Osmylid larvae.
From the Chrysopidw by (I), (4), (6), (7), (9;, and (10).
From the Sisyridct by (1), (5), and the important dilierences in larval form and life-history.
From the Berothidce by (1), (3), (4), and (5), and the absence of any scales on the wings of the female.
290
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPIERA, iv.,
The genera, Rapisma Siud Oliarces, induded in the H einerohiidce by N. Banks(2), must be removed from that family as defined above, on account of the presence of only one radial sector, and numerous, unspecialised cross-veins. I think that a new family will be required for these two genera. They ai^e not found in Austialia.
I have not attempted to divide the Uemerobiidfe into sub- families, because it seems to me that a single phyletic line of descent is clearly indicated, with all the intermediate stages still present, from the comparatively large, densely-veined, and most generalised form {Drejmnejjteryx) right down to the smallest forms (Sympher'obius, Notiohidla, etc.) in which the venation is comparatively simple, and in which all the signs of a liigh specialisation by reduction are evident. Thus, if we attempt to separate Drepanp,pteryx and its allies oif on a very important venational character (as I had hoped to do), viz., the presence of the original Cuj in the hindwing, we shall make an unnatural grouping: for a new genus ( Drepanomina) has just come to light, which is most certainly a close ally of Drepanepteryx, but lacks this important vein. Nor does the falcate form of wing justify us in elevating this same group into a subfamily, since, in other respects, Drepanoniina, Megalomus, and Megalomiita are very closely allied. Again, while we can pass in a descending scale (by reduction) from Drepanepteryx to Drepanacra, thence to Drejyauoinina, and thence directly to the pointed-winged forms Megalomina and Oxybiella, the connection with the smaller, round-winged forms is supplied by Micromns, which is clearly a specialisation from Megalomina (loss of recuirent costal vein by narrowing of costa), and in a somewhat different direction by Psychobiella (fusion of the two basal radial sectors of forewing into one). Thus we arrive, at last, at a form with only three radial sectors in the forewing. The final reduction to two radial sectors is actually accomplished, in the Paltearctic region, within the range of the type-genus Hemerobms itself; while, in Aus- tralia, the line of reduction passes on from Psychobiella to Motio- biella, with Carobius as a side-branch.
In the actual practice of determining genera of HemerobiidcH
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 291
from tables or keys based upon venation, it seems to me that much confusion would be avoided (especially for those whose knowledge of the group is not extensive) if two points were carefully borne in mind. Firstly, it is necessary to be able to pick up the median vein at a glance. But, owing to the basal fusion of this vein with R or Rs, how can we recognise it with certainty, except by recourse to the pupal tracheation 1 This can always be done by looking for the radio-median Jurrow (Text-fig. 2, rm), a deep groove which separates the last (most basal) branch of R in the forewing, or Rs in the hindwing, from M. This furrow runs just anteriorly to M, and, in certain lights, it shows up as a white, shining line, even more conspicuous than the veins themselves. The median vein also is always two- branched in Bemerobiidce, the fork being called the median fork (Text-fig. 2, mf). In the Plates, rm is represented as a dotted line. A similar, very distinct furrow separates Cu from A, and is designated the cubito-anal furrow (Text-fig.2, cm«). Occa- sionally, as in Z)/(Sprt«eji;<ert/.r (Plate xii., fig. 1), a third furrow, the medio-cuhital, separates M from Cu, but usually this is absent.
Secondly, it must be remembered that the cubitus of the hindwing in Hemerobiidce is a highly specialised vein. In most genera, it forms a high ridge, and is much stronger and thicker than any vein near it. Now the sharp forking of this ridge, which can often be seen at a level distad from that of mf, is tiot the primary fork (cuf) dividing Cu into Cuj and Cu.,, but the secondary fork (cuf) dividing Cuj into Cuj^ and Cun,.* This can be seen at once by referring to Drepanepteryx or Drepanacra (Plate xiii.), where c?t/'may be seen very close to the base of the wing, with Cu, as a weak vein running parallel and close up to Cuj. How Cug has been lost, can be clearly seen in Drepano mina (Plate xiv., fig. 18), where the cubito-anal furrow is double,
* The re-semblance of this secondary fork to the cubital fork in Myrme- leontidw has led me to re-examine the structure of the cubitus in this latter family. As a result, I have discovered, in the Dendroieontiiue and Acan- thaclis'is, the remnant of the true Cu., near the base of the forewing. It follows that the branch hitherto called Cuj is in reality Cujb for the fore- wing, and probably for the hindwing also.
292
the anterior portion representing the just-vanished vein, the posterior the true furrow.
If these points be kept in inind, there should be no difficulty in determining all the Australian genera from the key here offered. As most of the Australian forms are exceedingly rare in collections, I have figured every known genus, in the hope that our Lepidopterists and Coleopterists, even if they cannot be expected to master the intricate venation of the wings, may recognise their captures from the figures, and save them for the advancement of the study of this interesting family, of which Australia may yet be proved to possess a large number of representatives.
Key to the Australian Genera of the Family Hemerohiidce."' Forewing distinctly falcate at tip, the margin of the wing V)eing distinctly excavated posteriorly to the apex {Drepan-
epferyx-group) 1 .
Forewing either rounded or pointed at apex, but not falcate.
( Hemfrobiu.s-growp ) 2.
'Costal area of forewing broad at base, narrowing graduallj' and regulai'ly towards ptei'ostigma. Ou^ present in hind- wing -i.
1 . -( Costal area of forewing narrow at base, then swelling out into a kind of hump, and finally becoming very narrow again towards pterostigma. C\i„ absent in hindwing, its position occupied by a furrow Dnjjanoinina, n.g.(Typei). ijibhosa, n.sp.).
rForewing distinctly pointed at apex 4.
I Forewing rounded at apex 5.
'Forewing with numerous (ten or more) radial sectors, and with M^ and M„ both branched again close to mf. Hind- wing with Cu, not united to Cuib distally. Three complete
gradate series in forewing, two in hindwing ,
Drepanepteryx Burm. , (Palajarctic). (Type D. phalteno'idei^ L. ).
'A. J Forewing with fewer (four to six) radial sectors, and with no secondary branchings of M, and Mj. Hindwing with Cuo and Cuib united distally. Only two complete gradate series ill forewing; hindwing with outer gradate series complete,
i liner series represented by a few cross-veins
Drepanacra, n.g. (Type J). A?6???/fe McLach. ).
* The Pahcarctie genus Drtpantpttryx is included, in order to show the differences between it and the Australian species, which have hitherto been included in it.
ti. i
RY R. J. TILLYARD. 293
^Forewing broadly lanceolate, with three gradate series
Mega/omina. (Type M. acuminata Banks).
Forewing narrowly lanceolate, with only two gradate series,
of which the outer is irregular and incomplete
Oxyhiella, n.g.(Type O. hrklireJ/l, n.sp. ).
(Three to six radial sectors in forewing 6.
I^Only two radial sectors in forewing 7.
'Forewing with only three radial sectors, one aiising near base, and two close together near middle of wing; recur- rent costal veinlet present
Pftychohklla Banks. (Type Ps. mnlida Banks).
Forewing with from four to six radial sectors; recurrent costal
veinlet absent Micromm Ranib. (Type M. rarkgatun Fabr. ).
'No distal gradate series in either wing
NotiohieUa Banks. (Type N. unita Banks).
A long, distal gradate series pi-esent in forewing, a short one
in hindwing Carohim Banks. (Type C. puh-he/lus Banks).
Genus Drrpanepteryx Burni. (Plate xiii., fig.l).
1 propose to restrict this genus to the PaUvarctic species with the characters given above in the table. Genotype, D. pha- henoides L.
Genus Drepanacra, n.g. (Plates xiii.-xiv., figs. 12-1 7).
This genus is proposed for the reception of all but one of the Australian and New Zealand species, hitherto placed in Dre- pancptpryx. Characters as given above in the table. Geno- type, D. hiwiilis McLach.
Three species of this genus have so far been described, viz., D. binocnla Newman (1838), from "New Holland," D. instabilis McLachlan(1863), from New Zealand, and D. humilis McLachlan (1863), from Australia and New Zealand. McLachlan gave excellent descriptions and figures of both his species. Newman's description of B. hinocula is very brief, and gives no details of the shape or venation of the wings. The date of Newman's specimen makes it fairly certain that it came from New South South Wales, and probably from neai- Sydney. I have seen a large number of specimens of the genus from different parts of Australia, chiefly from the neighbourhood of Sydney, and I have never seen any form that possessed the conspicuous, round spot, encircled by a pale ring, near the posterior angle of each fore-
24
294 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
wing, which can be seen in Newman's type. All the species are, however, so exceedingly variable in ground-colour and mark- ings, that it seems almost certain that Newman's type was an extraordinary variation, which may not turn up again for a very long time. As D. humilis McLach., is, at the same time, the commonest and the least variable species, it seems wise to fix this species as the type of the new genus Drepanacra.
In this genus, variability is not confined to the colouration, but extends also, within certain limits, to the venation of the wings, while the limits of size for any given species are also con- siderable. The task of working out the material which has passed through my hands has been a very laborious one; though, indeed, it would prove delightful enough to the confirmed "splitter," who could describe new species to his heart's content, on the extraordinary variations of colour-scheme. A peculiar difficulty is met with in this and many other Hemerobiid genera, viz., that, after death, the body, inconspicuous enough even in life, shrivels up so completely that it is quite useless for specific diagnosis. As for the colour of the antennje, this varies with age, being palest in freshly emerged specimens. We must have recourse, then, almost entirely to the wings for our specific characters. Even here, we must proceed with great caution, and define our species so as to take account of the extremes of vena- tional variation.
Two characters that are of the greatest importance generally in the Hemerohiidce, and that have been used for de- fining species in Drepanacra by McLachlan, are found to be variable when any large number of specimens is examined. These are (1) the number of cross- veins in the gradate series, (2) the number of radial sectors in the foi'ewing. In order to explain the reason for ^^ ' ^' ' the variability in these characters, reference should be made to Text-figs. 5 and 6. As regards the outer gradate
* Diagrams to show inconstancy of number of erossveins in the outer gradate series of Drepaneptery.v : a, usual condition; h, approach of a fork to gradate series; c, interpolation of an extra erossvein in the gradate series,
^
St R. .J. TILLtARll. 295
series (Text-fig.5), we see that a distal forking of one of the sectors may become interposed between two of the gradate \eins, and thus allow of the occasional introduction of an extra cross- vein. I propose, therefore, to lay down two rules for numbering these cross- veins: — (a) only to count cross-veins from the most anterior branch of Cu, upwards; (2) to give, as the normal num- bei", the number counted in specimens in which no extra cross- vein is interposed in the manner shown in Text-fig.5, c.
Secondly, as regards the number of i-adial sectors in the fore- wing. In all specimens of Drepanacra which I have examined, the most distal branch of R, viz., Rj, gives off one or more posterior branches, while the most basal branch gives off one or more anterior branches. The branching of the former is nearly constant, there being only fwo posterior branches (small forkings distad from the outer gradate series are not taken into account). But, for the most basal branch, we find two conditions almost equally prevalent. Either this bi-anch gives off only a single, anterior branch, and is followed distally along R by a fixed number of simple sectors; or else it gives off two anterior branches, and is followed by one less than this fixed number of simple sectoi's. The explanation of this is, that what is really the second sector from the base frequently be- comes detached from R, and fuses on to the most basal sector, giving it an extra branch anteriorly. This is shown in Text-fig. 6. A single specimen sometimes has the condi- tion a on one side, and the condition b iext-ng. . on the other. To deal with this Aariability, I propose the follow- ing plan. An imaginary line, drawn approximately parallel to and just inside the outer gradate series, will cut all the radial sectors and their main branches. If we denote a single sector by the figure 1, a sector with one branch by 2, and so on, and reckon from the distal (anterior) end of our imaginaiy line
* Variation in condition of branches of radius in forewing of Drepanep- ttryx : a, archaic condition; h, the second bianch from the base becomes hitched on to the most basal branch.
256 STUDIES IN AUStRALlAK XEt'ROPTERA, iv.,
downwards to Mj, we obtain what I shall call the radial formula, which may be equated to the total number of branches passed. Thus for D. hninilis, as figured in Plate xiii., fig. 2, we have
Radial formula, 3 4-1 + 1 + 1 + 2 = 8 (the count stopping short at the vein lying above the radio-median furrow, shown as a dotted line). An equally common, radial formula for this species is 3 + 1 + 1+3 = 8, representing the case shown in Text-fig. 6, h.
One of the most remarkable structures to be seen in the wing of Drepanepteryx phalceno'ides is the peculiar transparent patch, at about the middle of the posterior border of the forewing, resembling a split or tear in the wing. Such a structure I pro- pose to call a fenestella (Lat. = a little opening). It occurs in a slightly less conspicuous form in some species of Drepanacra. Its effect is to give the insect, when at rest, the appearance of a dead leaf, with a small tear in it. It is clearly a development correlated with the falcate type of wing, for the eft'ect of a dead leaf is obtained primarily by this latter formation, and there is no record of a fenestella occurring in any but a falcate wing. This is a nice little problem in protecti\e resemblance, which has long puzzled entomologists.
If we examine a fenestella (Plate xiii., figs. 11, 13), we shall see that the apparent interruption of the veins is a very simple deception brought about by the absence of pigment. The veins are all present, and are all easily seen under a moderate power of the lens, the actual condition being such as I have shown in my di'awings, and not as figured by Sharp (13; p.4()S). The "split" efl'ect is obtained (1) by the complete absence of pigment on the wing-uiembrane within the fenestella itself, and (2) by a certain amount of increase of the pigment surrounding it. To understand how the fenestella arose, we must first of all realise that it is foi-med around a small series of cross-veins which have been brought into line; they are, in fact, a posterior extension of the outer gradate series, originally, no doubt, arranged in step- form, but later on combined to form a single line running trans- versely in from tlie wing-border. Now we have many cases of the enclosui-e of gradate cross-veins in small pigmentless areas,
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 297
in an otherwise pigmented wing. For instance, in Psychopsis UUdyei, the whole of the outer gradate series runs through a deeply pigmented brown mark on the wing; but each separate cross- vein is enclosed in a tiny clear area of the kind shown in Text fig. 7, a. If we admit that the fusion of our cross- veins, in the case of Drepanepteryx\ took place originally as a specialisa- tion for mechanical advantage, and that, at the same time, these cross-veins happened to be enclosed in small, clear areas as they are in Psychopsis illidgei, we get at once a weak fenestella of the form seen in D. hii.tnilis. A slight extension of this gives us the well-formed fenestella of D. phalcendides. Thus it would seem that the formation of this peculiar structure may well be due to the accumulation of small, advantageous variations to the benefit of the species, and that it is really an excellent illusti-ation of the action of "natural selection" in the strict. Darwinian sense.
In Drepanacra, the forewing is considerably less falcate than it is in Drepaneptery.):. It is interesting, therefore, to find in this genus the development of still another structure of the same nature as the fenestella, \iz., a set of one or more, white (unpig- mented) lunides along the falcate border of the wing. One of these lunules is shown in Plate xiii., fig. 14, enlarged, Avhile the set of three, usually present in D. humilis, is shown in fig. 12 of the same Plate. These structures not only serve to increase the appareiit falcafioit of the wing, but, when well developed, they sugge-st a series of small "bites" or " tears"' out of the edge of the dead leaf, which the wing so closely repi-esents in repose, and thus contribute, presumably, to the innnunity from attack enjoyed by these archaic insects.
As regards the, frenulum of Drepmmrra (Plate xi\-., fig. 19), it is of a more specialised form than that figured by Sharp(13; p. 168) for Drepaneptery. If. I find, in the males of D. humilis, that the
"' Diagrams to .show the evolution of a fenestella : a, gradate crossvein.s in small, clear areas; b, alignment of .same; c, fenestella completed.
298
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NECROPTKRA, iv.,
frenulum consists of a single, strong bristle, usually blackish; while, in the females, there are two, somewhat shorter and paler biistles, one longer than the other. In D. insfabilis, it is pro- bable that the same condition holds, but I have seen only three females of this species. Thus it would seem that the form of the frenulum is of no help in specific diagnosis, but that it enables us to distinguish the sexes, when, as is usually the case, the abdomen is too shrivelled for that purpose. The average expanse of the females is about 1 mm. greater than that of the males, for any given species.
The following key will separate the five known species: — ''Forewing with a conspicuous, nearly round, dark spot, en- circled by a pale ring, situated near the posterior angle.
Expanse l.^mm D. h'uwcida (Newman).
Forewing with no such spot 1.
ASmall species, expanse 15-16 mm., without any definite fenes-
I tella, radial formula 3 + 1 -f 1 + 2 = 7, rarely 4+1 + 1+2 = 8. 2. Larger species, expanse 16-22 mm., fenestella present; radial
I formula totalling 8 or 9 3.
'Tip of forewing barely falcate; deep mottled giey-brown
colouration on forcwings D. hanlyi, n. sp.
Tip of forewing distinctly falcate ; forcwings pale, with irregular, 1 )rowi lish markings D. Jrogijntti, n. sj).
/'Ground-colour of forewing uniform ochreous or medium brown, without numerous irregidar markings, and with little or no sign of numerous, oV)lique fascia- extending in- wards from costa. Forewing slightly falcate, with moder- ately rounded tip. Usually three luniUes. Radial formula nearly always totalling 8. Hindwing \\'\(\\ 5-6 branches of
Rs. Expanse 16-18 nnn D. humilis (Isiiiheach.).
Forevvdng much more irregularly marked, Avith numerous, distinct, oblique fascise extending inwards from costa; very distinctly falcate, with pointed tip. Radial formula total- ling 8 or 9. Hindwing with 6-7 branches of Rs. Expanse 1 9-22 mm D. inAabilis (McLach. ).
3. Drepanacka humilis McLachlan. (Plate xiii., figs. 12-14). McLachlan, Journ. Ent., Nov. 1863, pp.1 11-116. The venation figured in Plate xiii., fig. 12, is that of a female, expanse 1 8 mm. The following seem to be the most important
3.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 299
characters. Radial formula usually either 3 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 = 8 (as in figure) or 3+1 + 1 + 3 = 8 (as in specimen figured by Esben-Petersen, These Proceedings, 1914, xxxix., PI. Ixxiv., fig. 8); very rarely 2+1 + 1 + 1 + 1+2 = 8. Ilindwini/ with 5-6 branches of Rs, usually 5, the two false origins of Rs well-formed but short; very little cloudiness on hind wing, usually only along costa and proximal part of posterior mai-gin to Cujb, and a cloud on Cuib itself. Fenestella usually fairly distinct, sometimes not very clear. Lunules distinct, three in number, veiy rarely four. Number of gradate cross-veins above Cuj, in forewing, 9-10 in inner, 11-13 in outer series; in hindwing, 4 in inner, 10-11 in outer.
As regards Australian specimens, it may be given as a general rule that the most northern forms are the smallest and palest, the most southern forms the largest and darkest. McLachlan's type, from Moreton Bay, is smaller than any specimen I have examined. The specimen from Melbourne, examined by Mr. Petersen, and determined as conspecific with McLachlan's type, has an expanse of quite 18 mm.; while the expanse of the type- specimen is given as "7 lines," i.e., just over 14 mm., which is considerably smaller than any specimen of Drepanacra known to me. I think, however, that the printed measurement is an error, since the body-length is given as "3 lines," and the very care- fully drawn figure shows the expanse to be quite thrice the body- length.
The following varieties, or forms, may be distinguished.
a. — The type-form; ground-colour of forewings greyish-ochrenus, subhyaline, with a few, scattered, black dots; hindwing with ochreous pterostigma.
This form is typical of S. Queensland and Ne\v South Wales; Victorian specimens are, on the whole, slightly darker and more distinctly marked, usually with a distinct row of black spots along the inner gradate series. One Victorian specimen in Mi-. Froggatt's collection has the forewings a rich brown, the hind- wing shaded with brown.
300 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Localities. — Brisbane district, S. Queensland; Sydney district, N.S.W., common (including two specimens bred from lai'vpe found in rolled-up leaves of Eucalyptus saplings, feeding upon the com- mon Sugar-lerp, Psylla eAtcalyjiti, at Hornsby); National Park, N.S W., fairly common; Melbourne, Victoria; Mt. Wellington, Tasmania.
h. — Var. fasmanica; ground-colour of foiewings rich russet- brown; hindwing with reddish ptei^ostigma. The usual form taken in Tasmania; Hobart; Maria Island.
c. — Var. longifi(,dinalis\ a dark, longitudinal streak runs from base to apex of forewing.
National Park, one specimen, November 20th, 1915; Maria Island, Tasmania, one specimen, December 31st, 1915, taken b}^ Mr. G. H. Hardy. I'his latter has the ground-colour of var. b. The National Park specimen has a radial formula,
•2-f-l + l+H-l+2 = 8.
4. Drepanacra instabilis McLachlan. (Plate xiv., fig. 15).
McLachlan, Journ. Ent., Nov. 1863, pp. 111-6.
The venation figured is that of a female, expanse 21 mm.
Badial formula 3 4- 1 -f 1 + 1 -I- 3 = 9, or 4 + 1 + 1+3 = 9, or 3+1 + 1+4 = 9. Very rarely, 3 + 1+1 + 1 + 2 = 8. Hindwing with 6-7 branches of l^s, usually fi; the two false origins of Rs are longer than in D. hnmilis; cloudiness usually much more marked than in D. hnmilis. Fenestella usually quite distinct, and placed more perpendicularly to the wing-margin than in B. hnmilis. Lnnnles very distinct, usually four, rarely three or five. JVnmber of gradate cross-veins above Cu,, in forewing, 10-11 in inner, 12-14 in outer series; in hindwing, 4-5 in inner, 10-12 in outer.
Differs from D. humilis in its larger size, stouter thorax, more falcate wing-tips, slightly denser venation, and generally much more varied colouration.
McLachlan's type was described from New Zealand; his figure shows a beautifully variegated form. The three specimens which
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 301
I have seen, and which T refer to this species, are of very differ- ent appearance from one another, as follows : —
a. — A beautifully variegated specimen from Brisbane, not unlike the type in markings.
h. — Var. piillidn. An almost colourless, transparent specimen from Hobart, Tasmania, taken by Mr. C. Cole, December Kith, 1915, and forwarded by Mr. G. H. Hardy. The lunules and fenestella are deeply bordered ^\ ith blackish. There is also a black patch near the base of the hindmargin of the foi-ewing, and s(^me dark specks along Sc 4 li. Iladial formula is :') + 1 + 1 + .3 =- S on one side, 3 + 1 + 1 4- 1 + - = -"^ on the other.
c. — Yar. rubrinervU. A richly marked specimen from IVIaria Island, Tasmania, taken by Mr. Q. H. Hardy, April 3rd, 1915. Ground-colour of forewing rich brown, with a patch of russet on costa; many of the veins crimson; numerous darker irrorations all over the wing, and several oblique fascia- extending into the wing from the costa; hindwing clouded all round the margin and along Cuib.
5. Drepanacra binocula Newman.
Ent. Mag., v., 1838, p.400. See also McLachlan, loc cif.
The expanse is given as "'6 unc" = about 15 mm. As I have already stated above, I think that this type will prove to be an exceptional variety of one of our commoner species, in which case the name now in use must sink as a synonym of binocula Newm. I know of no specimens of Drejicmacra with a conspicuous eye- spot on the wings. The type is in the British Museum, so that it may be possible to get a detailed description of the form and venation of the wings later on.
6. Drepanacra hardyi, n.sp. (Plate xiv., fig. 16).
A single specimen taken by Mr. C. Cole at Hobart, Tasmania, on December 18th, 1915, and forwarded by Mr. G. H. Hardy, is so distinct from all other specimens seen by me, that I have no hesitation in naming it as new to science. Expanse 15-5 nun.
Radinl formnla 3 -F 1 + 1 -h 2 = 7 on left side, 4 -^ 1 4- 1 -f 2 = 8 on right side. Foreiviny broad, scai'cely falcate, deep grey,
25
302 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.
spotted and marked all over with darker grey-bi'own, hindwiiiff much clouded. Cross-veins of the outer o-i>adate series in both wings sti'ongl}' marked with black. Hindiriny with six branches to Rs. FenestpJla absent. Litnvhs of forewing coalesced intf) a single, long lunule. Xamher of iiradate crost^-vpins abo^■e Cu,, in foi'ewing, 9 in inner, 11 in outer series; in hindwing, '^ in inner, 10 in outer series.
T y p e in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
Easily distinguished by its small size, broad and scarcely falcate forewings, dark grey-brown colouration, absence of fenestella, and fusion of lunules.
7. Drepanacra froggatti, n.sp. (Plate xiv., fig. 17).
A small specimen, expanse If) -5 mm., in Mr. Froggatt's col- lection. Resembles D. hardyi in size and venation, and in the absence of fenestella; differs from it in possessing a much more falcate forewing, and a totally different colouration, this latter being variegated as in the type-form of D. instabiUfi McLach., but duller. rrround-colour of forewing pale greyish-ochreous, semi-hyaline ; an ii-regular, dull brownish cloud behind the lunules, which are separate, four in number, but not very dis- tinct; a slight brown cloud around the median fork, and five or six, faint, oblique, brown fasciie running into the wing from the costa. About five of the cross-veins of the outer gradate series, situated behind the lunule, marked wath black. Hindwing marked with greyish-brown on pterostigma, along base of hind- margin, along whole of outer gradate series, and on Cu,,,.
Type in Coll. Froggatt. Unique. Not labelled, but Mr. Froggatt tells me that it was taken in Victoria. It resembles a very dwarfed D. instahilis.
Genus Drepanomina, n.g. (Plate xiv., fig. 18).
Characters as given above in the table.
A very distinct genus, easily recognised by the costal hump on the forewings, the extreme falcation of both fore- and hind- wings, and the absence of Cuo in the hindwing.
BV R. J. TILLYARD. 303
Genotype, D. (lihhosn, n.sp.
Apart t'l'om tlie })eculiar shape of the wings, the venation shows this genus to be closely allied to Megalunilua Banks, with which it agrees in the number and form of the gradate veins, there being three in the forewing and two in the hindwing, though the middle series of the forewing and the inner of the hindwing are more complete than in Mcgcdomina.
8. Drepanomina gikbosa, n.sp. (Plate xiv., fig. IS).
TafdJ h'nijfh 7 mm., J'(»r/rini/ 10 mm., expanse 21 "5 mm.
Head brown, heavily marked with shining black on epi- cranium and face; eyes dark brown; antenncH pale brow n at base, the rest ochreous, annulated with dark brown. T h o r a x : pra- thorax blackish, with a rich orange-brown median patch on notum; rest of thorax blackish, with a paler brown border posteriorly on metathorax. A b d o m e n (shrunken) brownish; markings indistinct. W i n g s : forewiiuis with all veins alter- nately speckled with dull whitish and dark brown, the general eftect being a medium brown colour all over the wing; posterior margin fi'om apex nearly to base marked with dark brown in regular patches, isolating paler areas suggestive of the lunules of Drepanacra\ a darker brown cloud runs obliquely aci'oss the Aving not far from the falcate border, and is widest on the posterior margin, and tapering almost to a point towards the costa, not far from the apex; a number of short, dark, oblique streaks on R, and just proximally to the brown cloud. Hindivlngs with venation around the margins, and in distal half of wing, dull brown; in basal half of wing, whitish; pterostigma pale straw- colour. No fenestella.
Radial formula 2-f-l-fl+l+l=6. Hindwing with tiAe branches to lis; only one false origin, but that very strongly developed, Rs being strongly looped concavely to R, and strongly bent at origin (jf its most basal branch.
Type in Coll. Froggatt. Unique. Not labelled; but Mr. Froitiratt informs me that it was taken in V^ictoria.
304
STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, IV ,
Genus Megalomina Banks. (Text-fig. 8).
Bankfs, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, xi., 1909, p. 78.
Wings rather broad, hmceolate. Forewiug with four radial sectors, all simple except the most distal one, which lias two posterior branches; three series of gradate cross- veins; costal space nai-row at extreme base, and then broadening considerably; recurrent costal veinlet present, but not conspicuously branched. HindnHug with no true Cuj; Cuj strongly formed, sharply branched at cuj": Rs Avith one false origin, Aery oblique and elongated, and a second cross-vein slightly oblique; between the two, Ks is curved concavely to R, and gives off sca eral branches; five branches to Rs altogether; two gradate series.
Genotype, M. acuminata Banks.
Text-tig.S. — Wiiijis uf Mc'jKfoiiiiiia acuminatn Banks.
9. ]Me(;al0xM1NA acuminata Banks. (Text-fig. 8).
Banks( 1; p.78). Esben Peter.sen(ll; p.642, and PI. lxxi\ ., fig.9).
This species appears to be very I'are. Banks' type came from Bundaberg, (^). A second specimen is in Mr. Froggatt's collec- tion (loc. Queensland), and is the one figured by Petersen. The specimen, whose venation is figured in Text-fig. 8, was taken by me at One-Tree Hill, Brisbane, on September 23rd, 1915, by
BT «. J. TILLYARD. 306
sweeping the lower branches of a Hoop-Pine {Arancaria Cmi- )t,inf/haniil) with a large net.
Tliis is the only species of the genus.
Genus OxYBiELLA, n.g. (Plate xv., fig. 20).
Antenme, nearly as long as forewing. Witu/s narrow lanceolate, \ery sharply pointed. Foreivlng with four radial sectors, all simple except the most distal; inner gradate series present, and arranged close under, and nearly parallel to R: outer series not regularly formed; no middle series; costal space very narrow at base, then somewhat broadened; recurrent costal veinlet present, but very weakly formed. llitidwhiij with no true Cu,; Cu,,j rathei' weak and curved; a single rather long and oblique false origin to Rs; Rs with four branches; jugal process very pro minent. Hind fihuH broadened, blade-like.
Genotype, 0. bridwelli, n.sp.
This genus is most closely allied to Megalomiita, from which it differs by the narrower and more pointed wings, and the absence of the middle gradate series in the forewing.
lU. OXYBIELLA BRIDWELLl, n.sp. (Plate XV., fig. 20). Tdffd Ifiuith 4 "8, anlfumti b'f>, J'orfiviny 8, expanse 17 '5 mm. ' Head pale brownish; eijes black; anteitnai long and slender, basal joint swollen, pale yellowish-brown, rest brownish with darker annulations. T h o r a x : profhorax large, divided into three by two fine transverse furrows, brownish. Pterofhorax broad, brownish. Legs : femora brown, tibise testaceous, just touched with rose-pink, tarsi testaceous with black claws. A h- domen dark brown, apex rounded; no visible appendages. Wings : /ureicing semi-transparent bi'own, with a clear whitish streak running longitudinally through distal three-fifths of wing to tip, a less distinct and more irregular white streak belo^- it in region between M, and Cu,; also a subtriangular whitish area between Cu.j and lA. All these white areas bordered irregularly with black blotches; a number of smaller black spots along R. Venation of forewing brownish, except branches of R and M, which are rose-coloured. Hindwiiu) hyaline, shaded with brown lightly on costa, pterostigma, and hindmargin.
306 STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN IfHUIlOPTERA, iv.,
T y p e in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
This very striking insect was taken by Mr. J. C. Bridwell, of Honolulu, on .September 1 2th, 1915, Avhile collecting with nie at Kedron Brook, Brisbane. It was beaten out of a small wattle- tree whose foliage was completely covered, and almost destroyed, by a small species of Psyllid.
Genus PsYCHOBI^:LLA Banks. (Plate x v., fig. 21). Banks (1; p. 7 9).
Atifrinui' quite two-thirds as long as forewings. U'itufs ^ell rounded at tips. Forewing with three radial sectors, two arising close together near middle of R, and the third close to the base, just distad from M; this last gives off an anterior branch, strongly arched upwards: the middle sector is simple, the most distal sector many-branched. Costal space of forewing broad near base, the recurrent veinlet present, with a number of forked branches. Two gradate series in both wings, the outer veiy long and running nearly parallel with the wing-margin, the inner with much fewer cross- veins. //Indwiug with two well-developed false origins to Hs; Cu.j absent, Cu,^ fairly well formed, but not diverging strongly from Cu,^ at en/". G e n o t y p e, Ps. sordida Banks.
The genus is a \erv tlistinct one, but may be considered as a rather specialised derivative from Mcffa/omina, in which the number of radial sectors in the forewing is reduced from four to three, by the shifting i)f the origin of the second sector from the base on to the stem of the most basal one. This gives, as a fixed generic condition, the arrangement which occurs as a frequent variation in Drepaiiacra, as shown in Text-fig. 6, />.
There are two closely allied species, which may be distinguished as follows: — Furewiugn bruwii. Mith reddish s(ij,'ma; liindwiii^'s with throi-
branches tu Rs; middk' tihiii' fusit'oriti /*••<. iordid't Banks.
Forewings fuscous, stigma dull brown ; hindwings with five branches to Rs; all the tibise slightly fusifoi'iii, those of hind- legs elongated and s(jniewhat flattened P?. J'nsca, n. sp.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 307
11. PSYCHOBIKLLA FUSCA, 11. sp. (Plate XV., fig.21).
Total hmith 4'7, forewing 8"5, fxpauHP 18 mm.
Head : eyt's dull black: aiitmiui' brown with darker annula- tions, basal joint semitransparent orange-brown, enlarf^ed; ep-i- craniit/m hairy, brown: facf yellowish-brown. Thorax atid Abdomen dark brown. Lp(/s : forelegs dark brown: the rest pale testaceous. W i n g s : forennmifi deep seniitranspai-ent t'lis- cous, tinged with blackish along basal half of hind-border; ptero- stigma dull lirown, with a fine yellow line passing through it just below costal margin. il'mdirmy hyaline, with brownish stigma.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. A unique specimen, captured by me at One-Tree Hill, Brisbane, on September 23rd, 191.^, while sweeping the branches of the same pine-tree from which 1 (jb- tained Mft/a/omi/ia acuminata.
Genus MicROMUS Rambur. (Text-fig. 2).
Rambur, Hist. Nat. N<^vroptt'res, [Hi'I.
irim/.s' rounded at tips. Forfu-hui with four or more radial sectors, regularly and evenly spaced off from one another, all simple except the most distal. Tw(j series of gradate cross-veins in both wings. Hlndimmj with only one false origin to Rs; Cuo absent, Cuj close to M, Cu,„ weakly formed. Ftfroat'igma strongly formed, especially in hindwing. Genotype, M. iririegattis Fabr.
The two Australian species of this widely distributed genus may be separated as follows: —
'Smaller species, with only five radial sectors in forewing
M. ta»mam(f (Walker).
Larger species, with bi'oader wings and six ladial sectors
M. vinacenf< Gerst.
12. MiCROMUS TASMANi^*(Walker). (Text-fig.2). Walker, "Characters of undescribed Neuroptera in the Col- lection of W. W. Saunders, Esq.", Trans. Ent. Soc, v., 1859.= M. austraJis Froggatt, Agricultural Gazette of N. S. Wales,
* In 1852, ^^'alkel■(14) described Hemerobhis anftrali'^ from New Holland
308 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
1904 (nec J/, aimtralis Hagen, 1858). = ^1/. froygaffl Banks (l; p.77, 1909).
In spite of the brevity and futility of Walker's desci'iption, which ignores ahnost ever}' point of real importance, there can be no doubt that he described this conunon species, for three reasons. Firstly, it is the only Hemerobiid known from Tas. mania (where it is quite common), except species of the genus Drepauacra. 8econdly, the measurements given by Walker ("length '2-^^ lines, wings 5-6 lines") agree with the size of Tas- manian specimens of this insect. Thirdly, Walker's remark "veins rather few, with brown points," indicates the speckled character of the venation, one of the most noticeable character- istics of the species. Hence the more familiar names given by Banks and Froggatt must sink as synonyms of Walker's name tasmani((i.
This species is abundant, not only in Tasmania, but also in all, except the driest, parts of Australia. It varies greatly in size, as well as in the amount of speckling on the veins of the forewing, some specimens being very pale, others much darker and more variegated. A black mark covering mf and Cu, just below it, and black on the cross-veins of the outer gradate series above the lowest radial sector, appear to be constantly present in the forewing. The expanse of wing varies from 1 1 to 22mm., females being larger than males, and southern specimens gener- ally larger than northern ones. More specimens of this insect exist in collections than of all the other Australian Hfmerobiidif put together. It is one of our most beneficent insects, the larvae destroying annually immense quantities of aphides in orchards and gardens.
M. vinacens Gerst., is a rarer species, confined to the N. Queensland coast-line.
(p. 289); his description agrees with this species fairly well for size and colouration, but his statement "radii sector primus unifureatus, do. secundus unifureatus, do. tertius trifurcatus'' does not agree with the venation, unless his type was an anomalous specimen.
BY R. .T. TILLY ARD. 309
Genus Notiobiella Banks. (Plate xvi., figs. 22, 2o).
Banks (1; p..^0).
Small insects, with well rounded wing-tips, forewing much ongerand wider than hindwing. Forewim/ with onl}' two radial sectors, hoth hranched, and connected by a cross-vein running from the fork of the basal one to near the base of the distal one. llindwiny with false origin of Rs strongly formed, very oblique; Cu., absent. Outer gradate .'^eries completely absent in both wings; the inner series represented by three oi' four cross-veins in forewing, only one in hindwing (connecting Mj to basal branch of lis). Costal space of forewing moi'o or less widened, with the recurrent veinlet present.
G e n o t y p e, N. nnifa Banks.
This genus is a highly specialised reduction from a type re- sembling Psychitbiella, by the elimination of the long, outer gradate series, and the loss of one of the two radial sectors arising from near the middle of R in the forewing.
N. Banks has described five species, N. extrema, K. stigmatica, X. II II ltd, N. ohliqita, and JV. pvetiosa, the last from Fiji, the others from Middle Queensland. None of these species is known to me. Two species from S. Queensland appear to be very dis- tinct from any described by Banks.
1:5. Notiobiella viridis, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig. 22).
Total lenyth :i,/orfiwiny 6-5, hiudtving 3-8, pxpaiistp 13-5 mm.
Head yellow ; pi/es black ; antennce yellowish shading to brown distally. T h o r a x and A b d o m e n binght yellow. Leys testaceous. W i n g s hyaline, with pale green venation. Forewiny with costal space only of moderate width, but all the cross-veins densely branched along costa; distal radial sector branched only once. All the veins approaching the distal border of the wing divide into two once only, and each branch divides into minute forkings at the margin. Some of the veins near the base are much thickened, particularly M in forewing; Cuj in forewing arches up after leaving cuf.
T y p e in Queensland Museum Coll., Brisbane; taken at Bris- bane on June 26th, 1911, by Mr. H. Hacker. Unique.
•26
310 STimiES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
This very distinct and peculiar species might well form the type of a new genxis, since it differs from all other species of XotiobiAla by its green venation, very reduced hindwings, and by the peculiar thickening of the veins near the base of the w ing. I prefer, however, to leave it in Xofiohiplla until we know more about that genus.
14. NOTIOBIKLLA MULTIFURCATA, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig.23).
Total Ipugth 4, antennce "i'T, forewiny 0"7 bv :2"9 wide, /linfl- iriiH/ 4 '8 by 2'\ wide, pxpansc 14 mm.
Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the last with pale creamy annuli or crescents on the segments (much shrunken). Leyx testaceous, middle anfl hiiul tibia^ strongly fusiform. W i n g s with subhyaline, rather nacreous membrane, the reflec- tions on the forewing in the fresh specimen being pink basalh-, greenish near the middle, and purplish towards the tip. Vf na- tion didl Ijrownish in forewing, paler in hindwing: cross-\eins and forks dark bro\\m, except the vein connecting the two radial sectors, which is black. The veins approaching the distal bordei- of the wing fork strongly at tiro hveh, so that the branches which fork minutelj' along the margin are veiy numerous and close together. In the forewing, M is very close to the basal radial sector, and is connected with it by a short cross-vein from mf ; the veins are not thickened near the base, and Cuj is not arched upwards.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. Taken by Dr. A. J. Turner, at Coolangatta (Tweed Heads), 8. Queensland, on April 17th, 1915.
This species is closely related to X. miUa Banks, from which it rliffers in the dark colouration, the broader and more closely veined costal space, and probal)ly also in the peculiar and abund- ant distal forking of the veins (not mentioned by Banks in de- scribing X. itnita). From X. oh/ujiia Banks, it differs in possess- ing narro\\ei' and more elongate forewings, the less broadened and less densely-veined costal space, the much darker general colouration, and larger size (expanse of X. ob/iqua, 12 mm.).
6T R. J. TltLTARD. 3ll
Genus Carobius Bankts. (Plate xaI., fi;:»s.24, 25).
Banks (1: p. 78).
Small insects witli well-rounded wing-tips. Forrwhtg with only t^^'» radial sectors; the distal one arising from K neai- the middle of the wing-length, and gixing off two posterior branches; the basal one arising from R at al)out one-third distance from the base of the wing, simple, but connected with Mj (and also with R anteriorly, in the specimens examined by me) l.)y short, strong cross- veins. Iliudwittg with a single false origin to Rs; Cu.j absent, Cun, weakly formed. An outer gradate series present in both wings, complete in forewing, but with only four or five cross-veins in hindwing. No inner gradate series, but two cross- veins connect Cu, with INI in forewing, and one lies between CU( and Cu.,. In forewing, .Sc and R run exceedingly close together, so as to appear almost fused; the costal space is fairly broad, and the recurrent veinlet is present.
Genotype, C. pidchellus Banks.
Three species are known, which may be separated as follows:
i'FuiL'wiiigs luuTuw, over twu and a half times as luiij; as bioad C'. uiiyn-ifus Banks.
Foro\\iuj,'s hroadur. k'ss than two and a half times as long iiH
liioad b
rExpanse about 13mm. Foiewinj^s with tluee weakly iiidi-
eated hrowiiisli waved faseiie C. sah/uxrlafn", n.sp.
'• "j Exiianse ll-I-Jmm. Forewing.s veiy prettily marked with
I irre,mdaf dark l>r<jwn streaks and patches C. pnlrhilhi-: Banks.
15. Carobius subkasciatus, n.sp. (Plate xvi., tig.24).
FuriiciiKj () mm. Iliod, f/tom.r, and abduntt'n brownish (nuich shrunken).
W i n g s : /nnuciiKj subhyaline, lightly suffused with brown; three indistinct, wavy, transverse fascise near middle <>f wing, the most distal one being the broadest. Venation very pale, touched with brown on the costal cross-veins; cross-veins of the gradate series mostly dark brown; a short black streak on R
312 STUt)lES IN AUSTRALIAN NtUROPTERA, iv.,
bet-vveen the origin of the basal sector and the connoutiug ciuss- ^ein. llindivivfi hyaline, a touch of pale brown on stigma.
Type in Coll. Tillyard, received by exchange from Queens- land Agricultural Department; label "F. P. Dodd, Toowong, Brisbane, " no date.
This species can lie separated from C. mujustus, not only by its broader wings, but also by the position of the brown shading of the forewings, which, in the latter species, is darkest on the hindmargin and at the apex; also the black streak on K is not present in C angudvt!. C. pidchMnti is a very distinct and clearly-marked species, which could not be mistaken, although there seems to be a considerable amount of variation in the shape and extent of the markings. I figure, in Plate xvi., fig. 25, a specimen in my Collection from Brisbane, whicli evidently belongs to this species.
Family SISYKID^. (Plate xvi., tigs.26, 27; Text-fig.9).
Small insects witli a general resemblance to Ifnnerubiidfe. Sc and R distinctly J'vscd distal ly. Ovly otw. radial sfclor in Jhre/vinijs. M unbranched in forewings, branched in hind wings. Original archaic Cu. present in both wings, c/(/' being close to base of wings. Hindwing with a single false origin to Us, ihe basal remnant of Rs attached to INI. A weak coupling-apiiaratus may be present. Costal space of forewings not strongly broad- ened, and not carrying either a recurrent veinlet or forked cross- veins. No unspecialised cross-veins.
Larva with peculiar specialised hair-like mouth-parts; lives on freshwater sponges.
As is generally recognised at present, the Sisyridc owe their resemblance to llemerobiidoi not to any close phyletic relation- ship, but rather to convergence by i-eduction. They must be regarded as a highly reduced offshoot from the ancient semi- acjuatic Osmylidre. The marks of Osmylid ancestry are the fusion of Sc and R distally, and the single radial sector in the forewing; while the peculiai- larval mouth-parts could only conceivably be
BT R. t, TlLLYAHD.
315
derived from the elongated .sucking mouth-parts of the Osmi/lidcr', and In' no stretch of imagination from the form of mouth-parts foiaid in the Heiuerobiido'..
Under the n&me Branchiosfoma i^pongillm A\'e8t\\ood, the lar\a of Sini/rff was, for long, a puzzle to entomologists, and indeed to
Tcxt-Hi;.!!. — Vuuation of Sisi/r<( rii/i-'<lli/in<(, u.sp. : S,-S.,, hranchcs of Ks; .(•, false (jiigiii of Rs in hiiulwing.
zoologists in general. NeedhamO) has reared the larva of si)ecies of both the American genera, Slsijra and C/imacia, but we do not yet know whether they feed on the tissues of the sponge, or whether they use the latter only as a shelter, from wlhcli to attack other small animals. The same author has suggested for the imagines of this family the appropriate name "Spongilla- tlies."
['
3l4 STUDIES IN AUStRALtAN NEUItOtTERA, iv.
Genus Sisyka Burin. (Text-fig. 9). Burm., Handb. Entom., ii., Part 2, p.'J75. To the character.s of the family we must add, for this genus, the absence of gradate series of cross-veins, and the form of the jirothorax, which is not elongated. These two characters separate it from Climacia^ which has not been found outside America, (te no type, S. fu.srrrfa Fabr.
Four species of Si'^i/ra occ\ir in Australia, and may be dis- tinguished as follows: —
Anteiiiui' witli basal juiiit cluui^atcil, nearly [wiw as Itjiig as
usual '^'. pundafa Banks,
Au't-nna' with liasal joint uf nminal k'n^tli 1.
^Antenna' l)lack tluou<,'huut; foicwini^'s varicyated with ])ak'
I and daik patches N. turntrl, n.sp.
■ I Antenna; not black on distal half , fuirwin^'s almost unifoinily
I 1 )iown -•
rrteroslii'nia ilaik lirown S. hntiinta Banks.
"■ ^ Pterostigaui reddish ^. rujisfiyma, n.sp.
16. SisYKA TUKNEUi, ii.sp. (Plate xvi., fig.27).
Aufciuiir '1-lJ; /univlmi 5"5; expuntse 11 '5 nun.
Head: '//ts and (oitennoi jet black, epicranium shining brown, rest of head black. T h o r a x and A b d o m e n black. Leys dull yellowish. Aiud appendays in the form of a pair of strong forceps. AV i n g s : forewmy pale brown, mottled with darker patclies. Pterostigma 2 nnn., dark brown. An oblitpie triangular dark patch across nnddlc of wing, tapering posteriorly; a second less oblique triangular dark patch below stigma, taper- ing anteriorly; smaller i)atches near l)ase and apex; the interven- ing spaces pale; posterior border mostly shaded. llindtclny hyaline, with long, dark pterostigma.
Type hi Coll. Tillyard. Four specimens taken by Dr. A. ■) . Turnei-, F.E.S., at Armidale, N.S.W., altitude :3,:50U feet.
IT.SisYHA RUFiSTKJMA, n.s}). (Plate xvi., tig.26). Aii/'inKf, ^ 2, 9 2-5: /orr/rui'j, ^ 1-5, $ 5-5; expanse, ^ 9-5, 2 1 1 nnn.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 31. '^
Head rich brown: rifex dark bi-owii: antenna' with basal joint ricli brown, rest dark brown. Tliorax blackish: A'y.s- testaceous. Abdinncn blackisli, with no clearly visible ap- pendages in ^: end of abdomen in 9 ^^ith two closely appn^ssed pi-ocesses, with Hattenefl, upturned ends. W i n .i;; s : forciv'imi uniformly brown all over, with lai-i^e, reddish pterostigma. Most of the cross-veins stronj^ly darkened. All the veins .shaded with darker brown, except near base and apex. Hindwiiuj hyaline, with Ion*,', reddish-brown pterosti,i;ina.
Types, (J9, in Coll. Tillyard. .V long series taken in No- vember, 1915, along the river-side at National Park, N.S.W.. by sweeping wattle-trees and bushes overhanging the water.
This species appears to be closely allied to ,S'. hrinrni'n P.anks, from Queensland, but is clearly distinguished from it by the much darker bodv-colouration and the i-eddish pterostigma. >'. puDcfafn P>anks, also from Queensland, is distinguished by its Itl'oader hindwings, and bv the elongated basal joint of the antenna\
Family liEROTHTD^:. (Plates xvii.-xviii., fig.s. 28-33).
Rather small, somewhat slenderly built in.sects; antenna* short or uioderate in length; wings variable in shape. No unspecialised cross-veins. Sc and P fused distally. A single Rs present in forewing, with four to eight, subparallel, and i-egularly arranged branches. No false origin to Rs in hind wing. M forked in both wings. Cu forked in forewing, but no true Cuo present in hindwing, where Cu,,,, however, comes oft' from Cu, not far from posterior border of wing, and runs close to, and parallel with it. Wings hairy, especially along the posterior border, which carries a fringe of long hairs. Peculiar scales, of a seed-like form, de- veloped from modified hairs, present on some part of the wing (either on the posterior fringe, or on some of the main veins). Females with long, caudate appendages.
I propose to include in this family the two closely allied Holarctic genera, Jlfivotha and hoacfliptproii, together with the very remarkable, new Australian genus SpermophovfUa, described below. These may be distinguished as follows: —
316 STUDIES IN AUSTRAIJAN NEUROPTEHA, iv.,
'Wings evenly rounded at tips; in the female, small, seed-like scales present on the main \eins of tiie liindwinjf, over at least tlie middle portions of M,, M„, and some of the
hranches of Rs fipennoplior^lla, n.g.(Type, S. dhseminat((. n.sp).
Foiewings subtriangular, with the outer margin excavated; no seed-like scales on the main veins of tiie hindwing in the female, but flattened, seed-like scales may l)e present among tlie hairs of the posterior fringe 1.
j Onlj' four to five branches of Rs Berotha Walker.
• ' |^]<]ight l>ranches of Rs Ixosx-elifitcrnn A. Costa.
I doubt whether Berotha and Imscpli])tron are really generic- ally distinct. The relationship <^f Spprmophovella with these two genei'a may well be open to question. They represent two, isolated end-twigs of a veiy old stock, now nearl}' extinct, rathei- than two, closely-related offshoots of a single stem. However, I think that the agreement in venational scheme, the hairiness of the wings, and, above all, the very remarkable development of scaJps from some of the hairs of the wings, justifies us in placing them together, in spite of some very obvious differences in form of body and shape of wing. The excavate form of wing crops up continually at diffei-ent places within the Neuroptera, as also in the Lepifloptera, and should not l)e made a bar to the recognition of closer affinities.
With regard to the development of scales, McLachlan was the first to discover them, in Jsosc:e/iptPi-on(6). He noticed that the hairs of the fringe, on the posterior margin of the wings, appeared to be very coarse and thick. On examining them with a lens, he discovered that they were, in I'eality, somewhat flattened scales, "like the seeds of certain Umbelliferous plants," but pro- bably not striated. McLachlan further remarks that all the specimens which he examined wei'e males, on account of their long, caudate appendages I
Now, in Spn'mophorel/a, it is the Jhna/e.<i which possess long, caudate appendages, and they have apparentl}' some use in con- nection with the process of ovipositing. I had myself taken the females to be males at fii'st, owing to these appendages, and was only convinced of my error when T kept the insects in glass-
nv F. .T. Tir.i.vAHi). 317
bottomed pill-boxes, and noticed that those which laid eg<j;s all possessed caudate appendages. The eggs are stalked as iii ('hry- sopido', and the stalk is formed much in the same mannei'. The appendages appear to be of value in helping tlie insect to draw out the stalk to its full length, as they act as a kind of lever to the end of the abdomen. When not in use, thty are folded under it, w ith their tips directed forwards.
Bearing in mind, then, the foregoing facts, it seems fairly certain that McLachlan was examining fhnalt's, and not males, of hoscelipteron, and that the development of the scales on the wings is confined to the females.
The scales on the hindAvings of the females of Sp^nnttjiliori'Iln are interspersed with hairs of the usual form. They ai-e small, black, club-shaped, arising from a short stalk, and scarcely flattened at all. Their insertions in the cliitin of the vein do not (bfler, as far as I could see, from the ordinary form of inser- tion of a hair. (Plate xviii., fig.30).
Genus Sprrmophorklla,* n.g. (Plate xvii., ligs.2S, l*9).
Characters as given in the table above, with the following ailditi«ms. No ocelli, antennte of moderate length (a little less or greater than half the length of the forewing). Coupling ap- paratus of wings absent, except for a rudiment of a jugal pi'ocess. Costal area of forewings exceedingly narrow at base, then widen- ing rapidly, then narrowing towards pterostigma. Costal cross- veins branched; no recurrent, basal, costal veinlet. Pterostigma well developed in all four wings. P>etween Sc and Pi, only one cross-vein, continued downwards on to Cu,. Rs connected to 11 by three cross-veins in the forewing (one under the pterostigma, just beyond the fusion of Sc with R), and by two only in the hindwing. Four or five branches of Rs in both wings. M fused basally with R, and with a cross-vein between it and R close to its origin. A single gradate series of cross-veins in the forewing, running parallel to R obliquely through the middle of the wing;
* Greek (TTrkpjxa, seed; ^o/aa, a bearing or producing; -ella, diminutive •' the little seed-bearer,"
*7
318 STUniKS IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
in the hindwing, only the lower half of the series is present, con- sisting of four cross-veins. Tibiic without spurs.
Females larger and more darkly coloured than males, the latter without any scales on the hindwing. Genotype, Sp. disseminata, n.sp.
The two known species may be easily distinguished as follows : Bocly-coloin-ation pale fawn, marked with brown; antennre les-s than half as loni; as fore^^ing; costal cross-veins only once forked; forewing clouded irregularly with pale fawn, and one darker brown blotch; scales on hindwing of female covering
nearly the whole of the wing >^p. diniieimnaln, n.sji.
Bodj'-colouration l)lackish and dark grey; antennie longer tlian half the length of the forewing ; costal cross-veins much branched ; forewing- marked all over with dark, irregular streaks and blotches; scales on hindwing of female confined to a small area along the middle portions of j\l, . M._> , and three branches of Rs ^p. mandafissima, n. sp.
18. Spkrmopiiorella disseminata, n.sp. (Plate xvii., fig.'28).
Totai Jpngfh, $ 5-5, 9 6-5; ahdomiu. $ 3, 9 3-5; /ornrlvif, ^ 9, 9 11-5; exj)ansp, ^19, 9 24 mm.
Head: eyes grey, head and antenn;v pale fawn, a touch of brown on epicranium. T h o r a x brownish, with paler mai'kings on notum; legs pale fawn or creamy, moflerately long, slender. Abdomen fawn-coloured, with an interrupted brown dorsal band. Appendages of 9 1-2 mm., cream}', slender, cylindrical, hairy; there are also two, pointed, triangular processes, 0-3 mm. long, closer to the base of segment 9, and nearly hidden by the long appendages. (Plate xviii., fig. 31). W i n g s with pale, almost white, venation, which, in forewing, is speckled all over with brownish dots. Several of the costal forks darkened, also cross- veins at each end of the pterostigma. Pvunning obliquely up- ward, from a point about one-third of the way along the posterior border, is a brown mark, which reaches up to M,,; many irregular fawn-coloured blotches and streaks also occupy the middle of the wing, especially below the pterostigma. All these markings vary much in intensity, and are more conspicuous in the females than i]\ the males, Hindwings without mai-kings, except a touch of
Bv U. .). TiI,l,^ .\i;i). 3l9
brovn at each end of i)tei'o.stignia; in ^, IMi and the three branches of lis above it are clouded with black for a short dis- tance below the pterostigma; scales very numerous, black, causing the hind wing to appear smoky.
Types, (J9, in Coll. Tillyard (Kenthurst, N.S.W., January •j;h-d, 191(5).
JIab. — Rocky sandstone-clifts and gullies north and north-west of Sydney, Murphy's Creek, Kenthurst, three males and three females; Long Island, Hawkesbury River. Decembei'-February.
This very peculiar insect was discovered by Mr. Luke Gallard, of Epping, in 1914, at Kenthurst. My specimens were taken A\hile on a visit to the original locality with Mr. Gallartl. The insect rests with the wings in the usual Osmylid position, on the fretted fac.es of caves and hollows in the sandstone-cliffs and escarpments. It makes no attempt to escape, its colouration rendering it absolutely invisible, unless one has previously marked the spot where one of them alights. In company with it, but less common, was the remarkable ghost-like Myrmeleontid, Xait- fhoh'on hi'Initti, whose colouration is very similar. Mr. Gallard's method of disturliing these insects was very ingenious, and I found it most etiective. Using a thick, leafy branch about a yard long, cut from some tree or bush, he rustled it ^ igorously into every hole and corner of the cave. All the lacewings, which were touched, \\ould flutter out from their hiding-places, and settle a yard or two further on, when theyAvere easily pill-boxed.
Several patches of the stalked eggs were found, there being from thirty to fifty eggs in a patch, which closely resembled the fructification of a small patch of moss. The eggs are very similar to those of Chrysopa, but slightly rounder; both egg and stalk are cream-coloured. My three females, confined in pill-boxes, set to work almost at once to lay eggs, from twenty to fifty apiece. The egg is an elongate spheroid, length 0-75 nun., and breadth through middle 0-3.5 mm. (Text-fig. 10, n). It is supported on an excessively fine stalk, varying in length fiom -5 to 5 nnn.. and so delicate that it does not always support the egg firmly, but may bend with the weij^ht of it. This stalk is hollow throughout
320
STUDIKS IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEE.V, IV.,
except at the extronc base and tip. It is stoutest at its base, where the diameter of the cross-section is O'Ol."} mm., that of the lumen being 0"005 inn). It then tapers rather rapidly until, at about one-fifth of the total length from the base, it is only U'007 mm. wide, with a lumen of about O'OO.'Jmm. It then con- tinues to taper more gradually, reaching a width of only ()"005 nmi., with a hniien of only 0*002 nun., close up to the egg.
a During the embryonic period, the egg becomes
curiously speckled, until it appears an absui'd- looking object. This peculiar marking is due to the early dcN elopment of a pair of dark patches of })igment on alternate segments of the embryo. As the latter is very elongated, it becomes curved round the egg, so that a double band of five pairs of dark spots is clearly visible (as shown in Text- tig. 10, b). These spots appear on the fourth day, and are followed, on the fifth, by a pair of smaller spots, marking the position of the inesothorax. The unpigmentetl prothorax and head lie curved around the anterior pole of the egg, which, there- fore, appeal's unspotted. On the eighth day, smaller mid-dorsal spots appear on all the segments. The young larva (Plate xviii., fig.'32) emerges on the tenth day after the egg is laid. It is a long, slender creature, some 2"5 mm. in length, and exceedingly active. It descends the egg-stalk at once, and moves ofi" at a rapid pace, with the loKpiiig gait of a Geometer caterpillar, using its small legs and anal clasper for walking. Unfortunately, I could find no food suital)le for these peculiar larvaj; so, after fixing and mounting a numl)er of them, I let the rest go free on the rocks at the bottom of my garden. The only food which suggests itself to me as at
■■'■ fStalked fj^ji^s of Sjieriiiophortlla diKsein'matu, n.sp. , ( x 12'5) : a, freslily laid; /*, five days old. Piotile-view, showing the five pigment-spots on one side of embryo only. Tlie sixth, smaller spot indicates the position of the mesotliorax.
I'c.vl-Ji;;. 1(1.
RY R. .r. TtLLYARt). 351
all likfly is tht- catcrpilljirs of the small Pyralid moths which inhabit the caM's and rocks so almndantly. These caterpillars are nut known for certain, but it is supposed that they ai-e nocturnal, and feed upon the patches of lichen on the rocks. As will be seen from the figure in Plate wiii., fig..")2, the larva of Sp)'nn(i/)/iori'//a might easily pass unnoticed amongst such cater- pillars. It is ]irobal)le that its great activity and protective colouration enable it to discover the colonies, or hiding-places, of the Pvralid hir\;e, and to dwell with them without causing them any alarm. I'liev ccjuld then be attacked and eaten at leisure. The mouth-parts of the larva^ are very peculiar, adapted for sucking, but the mandibles are neither elongated, as in Ounii/lidce,, nor cur\etl, as in Chrysopidce and Unnn'obiidte.
The young larva, when hatched, has the head, prothorax, and legs cream-coloured, except for the black eye-spots, ami a touch of pale brown on the head and neck. The metathorax and the e\en segnu'nts of the abdomen, from the second to the eighth, are dee]»l\' shade*! n\ ith br(.)wii, each carrying two, very large, lateral blotches, and a smaller, central, dorsal patch. The mesothorax and the odd segments of the abdomen, from the first U) the seventh, are cream coloured, with a small, central, dorsal patch of brown. The ninth abdominal segment, carrying the anal clasper, is pure cieam-coloured.
The figure in Plate xviii., fig.32, shows the larva after being fixed and mounted. In actual life, however, when at rest, it is considerably more elongated, and, m hen tra\elling quickly akmg, it extends itself to a great length.
The mouth-parts (Plate x\iii.. fig. 3."]) are rather peculiar. The matidibles (md) are broad at the base, about as long as the head, and taj)ering to a point, the inner margin being strongly curved. They ai-e strongly grooved beneath, the maxilke fitting into the grooves. The nia.cUlti' {niXt) resemble the mandibles, but are less strongly chitinised, narrower at the base, and grooved on tlu! upper surface. iiie comljine<i maxilla an<I mandible form a sucking tube who.se lumen is very nearly straight, except at the base. I here are no maxillary palpi. The labiid 2J(d24{ip.)\- ~^,^-^
L I B R A ft
323 STUDIES IS AUSTlJALtAN XElJROPTERA, IV.,
are placed dose tugethei', three-jointed, and slightly longer than the mandibles. The basal joint is short and njoderatelv narrow, the second longer, broader, and somewhat fusifoi-ni, the third long, very narrow and seta-like The lal>' nvi (Ir) is merely a weak, slightly bifid projection betw^een, and slightly above, the mandibles.
The head itself is curiously elongate, the black eye-spots being placed lateralh' close up to the anterior border. The atitrmnr {ant) are situated just in front of the eye-spots, above the man- dibles, and closely resemble the labial palpi. They are, however, longer, and four-jointed. The basal joint is short and fairly thick; the second joint is somewhat bioader and slightly fusiform as regards its distal two-thirds, but the basal third is narrower, and the outer border is slightly dentate or ridded at one-third from the base; this ridging probably repiesenting the beginning of the formation of a number of small segments from this joint. The third joint is long and \ery slender, the fourth merely a sharply-pointed, seta-like tern)i nation. The iieck or niicrothorax (nic) is very conspicuous, elongated and rather narrow.
Larval Types in Coll. Tillyard. Three, mounted on one slide; hatched on February Snd, 1916, from eggs laid by tlie type 9? on January 23rd, 1916.
I'J. Spekmophorklla MACULATis.siMA, n.sp. (Plate xviii., fig. 2"Jj.
Total If'nijth, (J 5"3, 9 '' '; abdoni'm, (J 3, 9 3iS: Joravimj, ^ 9'5 9 11"5; r.cpaiisi', ^19-5, 2 23"5mm.
Head hairy, dark grey; ei/fs blackish: antenna' brownish, more than half as long as fuicwing. Thorax dark greyish black, prothorax hairy, metathorax paler on posterior border of notum. Z>i?^^s slender, hairy, testaceous, spotted with blackish on femora, tibije, and apices of tarsal joints. Abdomen blackish, with a pair uf grey-biown spots placed latero-dorsally on each segment near its apex Appfudayes of 9 closely resem- bling those of Sp. disftnuinata 9 in size and shape. Colour testaceous. W i n g s : foretviny with venation speckled alter- nately with straw-colour and black, the black spots and mark- ing's beinu very frequent: many of the small, branching veins
HY It. .r. TILr.YARI). 323
around tlie wing-border strongly outlined and thickened witli black. The whole of the forewing is heavily marked with irregular grevish-black streaks, spots, and blotclies, tending to form oblique fascia* across the wing. Ptpvostiyma well-formed in both wings, spotted with black along costa. Tip of forewing more evenly rounded than that of Sp. disseminafo, and costal area of same wing more abruptly dilated near the base; costal cross-veins more irregularly placed, and much branched. Iliiid- wimj not speckled, venation testaceous along Sc, R, and Rs, dark grey to black on the rest of the wing: in 9, M,, M„, and the three liranches of Rs above them, are provided with scales over a moderate-sized area in the middle of the wing.
[Note. -In figuring tlie two species of Spermopliorella, 1 have omitted the short, bristly hairs whicli are present on all the veins, in order to show up the venation more clearly.)
Types: (J9, in Coll. Tillyard ( Mrisbane; .September 23rd, 1915).
Hab. -One-Tree Hill, Brisbane: two males and two females, taken on a hot afternoon, disturbed while resting on the face of a cutting about half-way along the road to the summit. Sep- tember.
The four specimens captured were put separately into pill- boxes alive. The same evening, both females laid a number of stalked eggs, from twenty to thirty apiece. These were very similar to those described for Sp. disseminata, but the eggs had a slight greyish tinge. They hatched on the tenth day after being laid. During the embryonic period, the eggs darkened to a semiopaque grey, through which a double band of black markings made itself visible on the developing larva. The young larva, when hatched, resembled that of Sp. disseminata in size, shape, and actions: but it was of quite a different colour, the ground-colour being pale grey, with large blaci< .spots on alter- nate segments. It would seem, then, that this larva inhabits the darker rocks which are so common around Brisbane, and probably preys upon Lepidopterous caterpillars, which feed on the lichens of the rocks. I was unable to obtain suitable food for my larvae, and they all died.
324 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEI^A, iv.,
Family TKICHOM ATII)^,* fam.nov. (Plate xviii., tig. '34; Plate xix., fig. 3a )
Small or moderate-sized insects, with the wliole l)()dy, and the veins and margins of the wings, densely elotlied with thick hairs. Head moderately wide, the hasal joint of the anteiinje much enlarged, .sometimes hypertrophied. Wings variable in shape. Costal area of forewing narrow: recurrent veinlet at base either absent or rudimentary. lu forewing, Sc and R run close together, but remain (juite .separate thioughout their length: cross- veins between them either al).sent, or one only. Jn the hind wing, Sc and R also remain (juite separate, but are some- what further apai't. A single radial sector present in both wings, with 3-5 branches. M fused basally with K, and forked in both wings. Cu forked in forewing, simple in hindwing (original Cu., absent). No unspecialised cross-veins present, there being only a .single (distal) gradate .series in forewing, two or three cros.s-veins connecting Rs with R, and a few others placed in suitable positions for supporting the main veins: in hindwing, very few cross-veins, and no gradate series. Along posterior bojder <jf wing, there are numerous, short branches from the main veins: tliis border also carries a dense fringe of very long hairs, whicli may even exceed in lengtli the width of the wing itself. A small coupling apparatu.s, with frenulum, present at bases of wings. No false origin to Rs in hindwing.
1 propose this family for the reception of two extraordinary in.sects recently captured at light, one b)' Mr. O. Lower, at Broken Hill, N.S.W., the other by Dr. A. J. Turner, at Rri.s- bane. Though very different in appearance, these insects are united by a large number of common characters. They also differ from all Neuroptera, except the Chrysopiofc, in combining the absence of fusion of Sc and R with the presence of only one Hs in the forewing. Their differences from Chrysopidcc are so great and obvious as scarcely to need commenting upon, since they possess none of the striking specialisations of that family. They difller from all other Neuroptera in the immense development of
* Greek rpi^oixa = a .shock of hair.
in i;. .1. TiMiVAHi). 325
hairs upon the body and wings; indeed, I know of few Tricliop- terous insects even that have such a hairy appearance.
Two genera are repi-esented, which may be separated as
follows, —
Wings of moderate breadtli, sliglitly falcate, the margin below the apex being slightly excavated. Antennre with basal joint
not unduly enlarged
Genus Trichoma, n.g. (Type, T. yracifipenne, n.sp.).
Wings elongate, excessively narrow, fore and hind margins par- allel, apex almost in line with hind margin. Antennas with
greatly hypertrophied basal joint
iienufi Stenohie/Ia, n.g. (Type, <S'<. A/VaM/AWma, n.sp.).
Genus Trichoma, n.g. (Plate xix., fig.34).
Characters as given above in the generic key, with the follow- ing additions. Size moderate (about 1 inch expanse), antenna- nearly as long as forewing; three branches to Rs in forewing. four in hindwing. In hindwing, Cuj runs parallel to posterior margin from just above the ending of lA to the point where M„ branches, and then curves down to meet the wing-border just before the tornus: from this part of Cu,, oblique, much-branched veinlets descend to the border: Cu, is also connected with lA, from just above the end of the latter, by a vein running back to 1 A parallel with the border. Costal cross-veins in forewing all branched before ptei'ostigma; the most basal one is tending to become a true, recurrent veinlet.
Genotype, 7'. gracilipentte, n.sp.
20. Trichoma gracilipenne, n sp. (Plate xix., tig.34).
Total length, 10: abdomen, 6; forewing, 12; expanse, 25 mm.
Head dark brown, eyes very dark; antenna; with basal joint dark, hairy, the rest a medium brown, barely pectinate. Thorax : prothorax dark brown, hairy, divided into two by a transverse, median groove. Pterothorax dark brown, about as wide as head, moderately hairy, rather shiny, with pale brown markings along the sutures and posterior border. Legs oi medium length, hairy, brown; tibiae ^fithout spurs: tarsi 5-jointed, the basal joint nearly as long as the other four together. A b d o m e n dark brown, hairy; appears narrow when viewed dorsal ly, broad in
28
326 stui)if;s in Australian nkuroptera, iv.,
proHle (probably cylindrical and of moderate breadth in life); two, short, subconical, anal appendages present. (Sex indeter- minate). Wings subhyaline, clouded with pale brown. Veins and hairs mostly brown, but a ver)^ delicate effect of silvery-grey patches is produced in forewing by the areas on either side of the gradate series, and a few smaller patches along M and the margins, possessing a whitish venation with whitish hairs upon it; this effect is heightened by patches of dark brown along the gradate series, on the pterostigma, and irregularl}- round the wing-margins. The hairs of the fringe are chiefly pale brownish or brownish-grey, but there are a number of conspicuous patches of dark brown hairs, especially along the posterioi* margin, in both wings. Cross-veiiis in forewing : five in the gradate series from M.T up to R; three between R and Rs (inclusive of the uppermost one of the gradate series); one below Rs just proximad from the gradate series; one from base of R,s to M; one between Mj and Mj, and a second just below it; also an oblique one sup- porting the wide forking of Mo: one between Cu, and Cu._, and one between lA and 2 A not far from base. Cross-veins in hind- wing : one between Sc and R above middle of wing; one only, distad from this, between H and Rs, and two exactly below this, one above and one below Mj ; an oblique one supporting the forking of M._,: one connecting mf to Rs; and one from base of M to Cu.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. Taken at light by Mr. O. Lower, at Broken Hill, N.S.AV. Undated.
Genus Stenobiella, n.g. (Plate xix., fig.35).
C/haracters as given in the generic key, with the following additions. Size rather small (expanse about three-quarters of an inch): antennje about two-thirds the length of the forewing: three branches to Rs in both wings. In hindwing, Cu, comes very close to posterior margin at the level of the ending of lA, and thence onward, for about one-third of the wing-length, runs parallel to, and just above, the wing-margin, giving off a number of exceedingly short, unbranched veinlets to it: Cuj is connected with 1 A bva cross-vein. Costal cross-veins in forewing branched
n\ n. .). iTLiAvxRit. 327
only to about half the wing-leiigth from the base. O-wing to the narrowness of the wing, all the main veins tend to assume a nearly parallel course: the hindwing has only six specialised cross-veins, three near the base, and three just beyonfi the middle. Fringe of posterioi' margin very long: in hindwing, near the base, its hairs are longer than the wing is wide. Genotype, -SV. hlrHutissima, n.sp.
21. 8TEN0BIELLA HIKSUTISSIMA, n .sp. (Plate xix., fig.35).
Total length, 5: abdomen, 2'b; J'uretviny, 9: expanse, 18 "5 mm.
Head blackish, hairy, touched with brown on epicranium: some of the hairs pale gre\ish: ei/es dark grey; antentw black, the basal joint 0*8 nan. long, swollen, very hairv. Thorax hairy, blackish, touched with dark brown: .some pale grey hairs on prothorax. Leys short, dull b)-o\vnish-grey: tibia^ without spurs: tarsi with five shoi-t joints. Abdomen very short, slender, hairy, blackish, touched with pale grey apically on each segment. Appendayea very minute, conical. (Sex indeter- minate). Wings subhyaline, clouded with dull greyish-brown: forewing with slightly darker patches, irregularly placed around the margins and along the gradate series: three indistinct patches along Rs, and two lying upon Cu: apex slightly darkened. Pterostiyma slightly darkened in both wings: fringes uniformly dark grey. Cross-veins in foreiviny : five in the gradate series from M.^ up to R; another from R to Rs a little proximad to the top vein of the gradate series: one between R and M near base, anotlier between M and Cuj just distad from ciif. and one below it from Cu.j to lA; two more placed more distally between M„ and Cui, and one joining Uuj to the upper branch of Cu.^. Cross- tieins in hindwing : three at about the same level, distad from middle of wing, one from R to Rs, one from Mj upwards to the lowest branch of Rs, and one from M„ to Cuj ; three more near the base, one from Rs to M, one, nearer still, from M to Cu, and one, more distally placed, from Cuj to lA. Numerous, small veintets descend upon the posterior margin in both wings.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. Taken at light by Dr. A. J. Turner, at liis house at Shei'wood, ncai- J^risbane. November 10th, 191.^).
3'2S STUDIES IX AfSTRALtAX VEt-ROPTERA, IV.,
Thiseitraordinary insect is clearh- a highly specialised offshoot from the more normal form represented in Trichoma. The very narrow and elongated wings, with long fringes, mark it off from all otiier Neuroptera.
Puslscripl, added May 1st, 1916. — tSince tlic completion of this paper, I have received from ^Jr. Luke Gallard, of Epping, N.S. W., a living specimen of a tine new species of ^tenobieUa, Avhich he captured while beating bushes and low trees at Kenthurst, N.S.W. Tliis remarkable insect, when alive, rests with its wings forming a steep roof over its back, and projecting far bevond
tlie end of its body. When resting on a twig, the antenna- are directed straight for- wards, while the body and
wings are held rigidly at an
angle of about 30° to the Text-fit;. 1 1.- plane of rest. As the wings
are a dull brownish colour with irregular grey markings and numerous hairs, the effect pro- duced is that of a broken-off' stump of a small side-twig. The principal factor in the success of this disguise is, of course, the length of the wings. A pencil sketch, which I made of the insect at rest, is reproduced in Text-Hg.ll. I append a short description of this new species, which ] have dedicated to its discoverer.
Stenobiella gallardi, n.sp. (Text-figs. 11-12).
Total feiKjth, 5'5: abdomen, 2"8; J'orewing, 9"3; hindtving, 8'i mm. [Measurements of the dried specimen; the living insect was considerabh' larger]. 8ex indeterminate.
Head dark brown, touched with grey; ei/es dull blackish; anteimce 5 mm. long, dark brown, basal joint 0'8 mm., very hairy, not quite so much enlarged as in St. hirsatissima. Thorax and legs dark brown. Abdomen brownish black. Wings
'' Sft-ituhifJla (jaUardi, ii.sj). , at rest on a twig, to show natural position of holding wings and alxloinen (drawn in outline only); ( x 3g).
BY R. .t. TlLLYARl).
329
dull semi transparent brown, hairy, the forewing irrorated with grey in irregular patches, and with a few, indistinct, dark brown spots; a pale spot on the costa just beyond pterostignia, and an oblique, faint, dark band along the gradate series. Shape much as in St. hirsutisnima, but forewing slightly wider in comparison with lenirth, hindwinj; narrower at base and more broadened towards tip Fringe of uniforndy dark brown hairs, not so long as in St. hi vsutissima Venation (Text-fig. 12) broadly as in St. hirsutissima. Ijut differing in the following points. Jn both
Text-tig. 12. — Veualiuii ul' S/oiohii/lu giil/ardi, n.sp. ; ( x 9).
wings, Sc is shorter; and hence there are more branch- veins running up to G from distal end of R In forewing, the cross- vein from near the distal end of CUj up to M.^ is strongly oblique (normal in St. hirs^itissinia); in hind wing, there is an extra cross-vein placed distally between Mj and Mg, exactly in line with the one above it.
//a6. — Kenthurst, N.S.W. Taken by Mr. Uallard on April 23rd, 1916.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
BIBLIOCiRAPHY. 1, 1909. JjANKS, N. — "IJtmerobiido' fioin (ihieei island, Australia." Proo. Eut. yof. Washington, xi., 1909, pp. 70-81. [Si.'^i/ra hrinuita, n.sp., S. punctata, n.sp. , Mlcromu'tfrogyatt'i. tioin.nuv., Jfeya/o/niiia, n.g.,
330 .VrUDlES tX AUSTt^ALtAN* VEUROPTE^., iv.
M. r/.ciiini)uUa, u..sp., C'arohiu-i. n.y., C. <uirfit--<tius. n.sp.. C. piil- rfie./(ns, n.sp., Psychohklla, n.g., /*•■*. sordida, n.sp., XotiohlvJlu, n.g.. N. t.cttnm, n.sp.. X. ■•'■fiijinafica, n.sp., X. iinifa, n.sp.. X. oh/ii/mi, n.sp.. A', pntioxa. n.s[).(Fiji).]
2, I'.H.S. "Sj'nop.sesand Desciiptiuns of Exotit- Neuropteia."'
Trans. Amor. Ent. Soc. xxxix.. 1913. pp.201--24-2. [Table of 1,'enei-a of (>siiii/Hn<i- (pp.21 1-"JI2), of //f//;ip/-o/</«w (pp.216-217).]
3, I<S!tS. GoMyTucK, J. H., and Nkeuham, J. (4. — "Tiie Winijjs of In.sects."
American Naturalist, xxxii., 1898 (seven Parts). [Tracheation of pupal wing of Hemtrohias figured, and formation of blanches of radius discussed]. ■1, 1904. Frouuatt, W. W.— Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. [M icrot/ni,-< aiiMra/is described and figured ( = Httntrohhi.^ ta-tmunhi- AValker)].
5, 19U7. Australian Insects. {Microii)u>^, p.(>4J.
6, 1908. Hanuliksch, A. — Die Fossilen Insecten. [Neuroptera, Liassic
pp. 473-478; Jurassic pp.604-tjl.'); also Atlas of Plates; Liassic. PI. xl.-xli. ; Jura.s.sic, PI. xlviii.].
7, 18<)3. McLachl.vn, R. — "On some new .Species of Xeuropterous Insects
from Australia and New Zealand."' Journ. Entom., Nov. IS(i3, pp. 11 1-1 1(5. [Drepanepftri/.c iri-'ilal/i/i-''. n.sj). , /J. kwmllis, n.sp.].
8, 18f>4. "On the Existence of Scales on the Wings of
the Neuro[)terous geims L^oxceUpteron Costa."" JJnt. Mo. Mag., xxii., 18(i4, p.2L").
9, 1901. Nekdham, J. O. — "Aquatic In.sects in the .\dirondacks."" Bull.
N.Y. State Museum. No. 47. Sept. 1901. pp. 383-«12. [Slsyni, pp.oo2-.-)87].
10, 1838. Newman, E. — "Entomological Notes." Eut. Mag., v., 1838;
{It hone /iisra. n.g. et sp. (p. 181); Drepanepteri/.c hinocnia, n.sp. (p.400)].
11, 19b"). Petersen, Esren. — "Australian Neuioptcra." Part i. Proc
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, xxxix., pp.(J3.'>-(j4"). [Drcpaiitp/tri/.f Intini/is and jMegK/oiniiiu acifmhiafn figured, PI. Ixxiv. ].
12, 1S42. Rambl'k, p. — "Histoire naturelle des Insectes Nevropt«res. "
Suites a Buffon, 1842. [Micromn-s, n.g.].
13, 1901. Sharp, i). — Cambridge Natural History. Vol. v. Insects,
Part i. [Dre/iuiicpftri/A- (p. 408)].
14, 18.52. Walkek, F. — Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropterous
In.sects in the Collection of the British Museum. Vol. ii.,p. 19."). [Ifhoiie /ii.vcd, placed in SiaUda-].
15, bS")9. : "Chafacters of undesi libed Neuroptera in the
Collection of W. W. Sauntlers, E.'^q. "" 'I'rans. Ent. Soc, v., I8r)9. [flcmcroliinx tttsinnnin'. n.sp.].
RV \i. .1. I'll.LV \HI). 331
KXIM.AXATTOX OF I'LAIKS XIT. XIX. Plate xii.
Fig. 1. — Ithont fill rn . ii.sp. ; ( x 4).
Fig.'2. — Ithont J'nlra, n.sp. ; head, prothorax, and forelegs, viewed lioin in front; ( xH); (aiit, anteima?: <•/, olypeus; cr^, coxa of foreleg; «, eye; ep, epieraniuni; ;/, gena; l)>, labial palp; //•. labruni; nid. niandiljle; in.cp, niaxillai'v palp; pr, prothorax).
Fig.3. — Itlione fulra, n.sp.; tibial spines; ( ■ l.'{): .vyy, spines; //. tibia; (■■<. basal joint of tarsus.
Fig.4. — Ithont fii/ra, n.sp.; appendages of male, dorsal view; ( x>S); /, in- ferior; •>•, superior.
Fig..j. — Ithone fulra, n.sp.; appendages of male, pi-ofile view; ( x S); /, in- ferior; ^s superior.
Fig.t). — Ithone fulra, n.sp.; appendages of male, posterior view; ( x8); /, inferior; •*. superior.
Fig.7. — Ithone fusca Newman; appendages of male, dorsal view; (x 8); /. inferioi'; ■<. superior.
Fig.S. — Ithone fu-'<ca Newman; appendages of male, profile view; (x 8): /, inferior; s, superior.
Fig. 9. — Ithone fuAca ^ewm&n: appendages of male, posterior view; ( x 8); /, inferior; >■. superior.
Plate xiii. V\)i.\^).-- 1 >r< iiiiiii filiri/.v jihi\lii'iioiil( ■■^ (Linn.). W'liation; ( ■ S). I'"ig. 1 I, — Dn jiniii pli ri/.r /i/iiil<fvoi<le--< (Linn. ). l''enestella; ( x "iOI. V\)l.\'2." DrejKUKlcra hu//)ili.-< (MeTjaeli ). N'enation; ( :S). Fig. l.S. — I)rtjiaiiacra IniiniH-s (Mei^aeii. I. l'\-nestella; ( x-2t)). Fig. 14. — Drejiaiiarra /iiinnli'< (McLacli. ). Third (ir most posterior iiinule; ( X 20). Venational notation as u.sual. In addition, ruf cubital fork; ruf. secondaiy cubital fork; fn, fenestella: ,//, jugal lobe; jp, jugal process with freiuilum; //(, lunule; Si-Sj,, branches of Rs in hindwiTig; .r. first false origin of Es in hindwing; x', second ditto.
Plate xiv. Fig. 1."). — ])ri'pauacra InstahUi-'' (McLach.). Venation; ( x 8|. Fig. 16. — iJrepanarra hardi/i. n.g. et sp. ^'enation: ( x 8). Fig.lT. — Drejtamirra froi/i/nt/l. n.g. et sp. \'enation of apical tliiril of
forewing; ( x 81. Fig. 18. — Dre.jtotiouiinn ijlliliosa, n.g. et sp. Venation; ( x 6). Fig. Ift. — Drepnuarra /(7>«mV/-« (jMcLach.), 6. Coupling apparatus of the
wings : /■/•, ficnuhim: //. jugal lobe; ///. jugal process; ( x .S*2).
Plate x\-.
Fig.20.— 0.*7y/>/<//^/ l,riilirfilh'. n.g. et .sp. ; ( • 10). Fig.2L — P-^ycliobitlla fusca, n.sp,; ( x 10).
332 STUDIES I\ AUSTRALIAN XRUROPTERA, iv.
Plate xvi. Fig.2'2. — Wings of Notiohitlln riridi.s, n.sp. ; ( x i»). Fig. 23. — Wings of NotiohieUa muUifurcata, n.sp.; ( x 9). Fig.24. — Wings of CarobiuH ■'<uhfaiiciatu-'i, n.sp.; ( x 9). Fig.2.j. — Wings of Caroliinn pvlcheUnn Banks; ( < 9). Fig.20. — Wings of Si'^i/ra rn/iatii/tna, n.sp.; ( x 9). Fig.27. — Wings of SiKyra furiifri, n.sp.; ( :< 9|-
Plate xvii.
Fig. 28. — Spermop/ioref/a dlftmm'nmta, ? , n.g. ot sp. ; ( x 7). Fig. 29. — Spermophorclhi maciilatiiimma, 9, n.g. et sp. ; ( x 7).
Plate xviii. Fig. 30. — Sper»iop/iore.//a (/iy-^ciiiinafa, ? , n.g. et sp. Small portion of a
vein from hindwing. sliowing liairs and seed-like scales; { x 90). Fig. 31. — .S'. disfieminafo, 9 . n.g. et sp. Appendages, profile view; ( x 14). Fig.32.— aS'. ditfieminata. Newly-hatched larva; ( x 32). Fig.33. — S. f//W/«mrt/o. Head of ditto; ( x 90) : niif, antenna; /p, labial
palpi; //•. labrum; mc, microthorax or neck; //id, mandible; //ij.\,
maxilla. Fig. 34. — Tficho//ia (jrarUvpenne., n.fam,, gen. et sp. ; ( x 7).
Plate xix. Fig, 35. — Stenohiella hin^ntis-^i/na. n.fam., gen. et sp. ; ( x 1j).
333
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA. By a. Jkfferis Turnrr, M.D., F.E.S.
OECOPHORINiE.
^Ir. E. Meyrick, F.R.S , has asked me to describe some species of this group, which I have sent to him under MS names at various times during the last twenty years; and he has very kindly assisted me bv sending me a tabulation of the Australian genera according to his most recent revision, not yet published, I find that I have such a large number of undescribed species, that, in the present paper, I can deal only with those belonging to M r. Meyrick's groups Oecophorides and Eulecliriades, leaving the Phifobofides and Depressariades for a future occasion. Unless otherwise stated, the types of new species are in my Collection.
Macrobathra rubicundella. Gelechia rnbicunde/fa Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p. 649. Macrobathra rosea Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1 896, p. 33. Q.: Brisbane, in November and February.
Macrobathra puncticulata. Afacrobathra puncticulata Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p.32.
Q.: Brisbane, in October. The type is still unique.
Macrobathra chrysospila.
Macrobathra chrysospila Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1885, p.822; M. chrysobaphes Turn., Trans. Roy Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p.32.
N.Q.: Townsville, in September. — Q.: Brisbane, in September, January, and March.
Macrobathra honoratella. Oecophora honorateUa Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxx., p. 1030. Macrobathra chlorosoma Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N, S. Wales, 1885, p.810.
29
334 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA^
Q.: Duai'inga, Caloundra, and Brisbane: in August, September, December, February-April.
Macrobathra bigerella.
Gelechia bigerella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p. 644. Macrobathra crymalea Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 188f), p.816.
Q.: Brisbane, Toowoomba. — S.A.: Port Lincoln.
Macrobathra myriophthalma.
Macrobathra myriophthalma Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1885, p.822.
Q.: Brisbane, Toowoomba.— N.S.W. : Sydney.— Vic. : Mel- bourne.
The larva feeds on various species of Acacia. Mr. Meyriek records it from A. puhescens. I have found it on A. deacrrens and A. complanata.
Macrobathra xuthocoma.
Macrobathra xuthocoma Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1885, p.813.
Q.: Brisbane.— N.S.W. : Sydney.— Vic. : Melbourne. I have found the larva on Acacia penninervis.
Macrobathra callispila, n.sp. KaAXirr7riAo5, prettily spotted. 9. 17 ram. Head ochreous-grey, back of crown blackish; face whitish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous- whitish ; a slight fuscous suffusion towards apex of second joint, terminal joint fuscous. Antennae blackish annulated with wliite. Thorax blackish; patagia, except at base, whitish-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous- brown, terminal half irrorated with dark fuscous. Legs blackish, with whitish-ochreous annulations, which are specially broad on the posterior pair. Forewings blackish, with one fascia and three spots whitish-ochreous; fascia evenly broad, from \ costa to \ dorsum; a small spot on midcosta; a large, triangular, sub- apical, costal spot ; a large, triangular spot on tornus ; cilia blackish, on tornal spot whitish-ochreous. Hindwings dark fus-
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 335
cous; cilia fuscous, bases ochreous-brown, on costa before apex and on tornus wholly ochreous-brown.
N.A.: Port Darwin: two specimens, received from Mr. G. F. Hill.
Macuobathra ex^.ta, n.sp. e^atTOs, choice.
9.16 mm. Head blackish; face white. Palpi whitish; ter- minal joint dark fuscous on external surface. Antennte blacki.sh with ochreous-whitish annulations. Thorax ochreous-whitish with a posterior blackish spot. Abdomen pale ochreous. Legs fuscous, with ochi'eous-whitish annulations ; outer surface of anterior tibiae whitish; posterior pair ochreous-whitish, femora, base of tibiae, and a broad subapical band on tibiae fuscous. Forewings blackish, with one fascia and four spots ochreous- whitish; fascia evenly broad from i costa to \ dorsum; a small spot on midcosta: a large, rounded spot on dorsum before tornus, connected on dorsum with a small, tornal spot; a large, more whitish, triangular spot on 1 costa, its lower angle tending to be connected with toi'nal spot; cilia dark fuscous, apices whitish between apex and midtermen, on tornus and dorsum wholly ochreous-whitish. Hind wings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, on dorsum ochreous-whitish.
N.Q,: Kuranda, near Cairns; in November; one specimen, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Macrobathra rhvthmodes, n.sp. pi)^/xwSr;9, symmetrical.
9. 13 mm. Head dark fuscous; face fuscous. Palpi fuscous, inner aspect of second joint whitish towards base. Antennae dark fuscous annulated with whitish. Thorax yellow; tegulae and bases of patagia dark fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, beneath ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings dark fuscous; central area broadly yellow, bounded by lines from | costa to \ dorsum, and from f costa to | dorsum; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous, cilia fuscous.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns; in October; one specimen.
336 STUDIES IN" AUSTRALIAX IMICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Macrobathra allocrana, n.sp. «AAoK/>ai'09, witli dissimilar head.
(J. 1 1 mm. Head and thorax pale yellow; face ochreous- whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish. Anteniiii' fuscous, with whitish annula- tions, towards apex whitish; ciliations in (J 1. Abdomen fuscous, beneath ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle pairs somewhat infuscated. Forewings pale yellow: a fuscous basal spot bounded by a line from 1 costa to } dorsum; a large, fuscous, apical l)lotch bounded by an inwardly curved line from costa near apex to dorsum before tornus; cilia fuscous. Hind wings and cilia grey.
Similar to the preceding, but with head and thorax wholly yellow.
N.Q.: Innisfail; in November; one specimen.
BORKHAUSENIA SPHiEROIDES.
Oecophora sphcerdidi's Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S Aust., 1896, p.31.
Q.: Brisbane.
BoRKHAUSENIA HEMILEUCA.
Oecophora hemileuca Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p.31.
Q.: Brisbane I have not been able to re-examine this species, as I possess no example.
BOKKIIAUSENIA NEPHEf.ELLA.
Crossophora iiephelella Turn., op. cit., 1898, p.31 2.
Q.: Brisbane and Coolangatta; in August and September.
BOBKHAUSENIA THOLOPA, n.Sp. ^oAwTTos, muddy. (J9. 14-16 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations of ^ 3. Abdomen fuscous; in ^, apices of segments and tuft ochreous-whitish. legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings very elongate-oval, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen ver}^ obliquel}' rounded; ochreous-whitish densely and evenly irrorated with fuscous; cilia fuscous. Hindwings very elongate-ovate: ochreous-
t'.Y A. jiotu-'Kins tuUnkIj. 337
wliitisli, towards apex greyish-tinged, in 9 wholly grey; cilia ochreous-whitish, at apex greyish-tinged, in 5 wliolly grey. Q.: Mount Tambourine; in October: three specimens.
BORKHAUSENIA PAUKOPHYLLA, n.Sp. ~u.iipocfivXXoi, small-winged. (^5. 10-12 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi wliitish-och- reous: second joint witli subapical ring and basal half of external surface fuscous ; terminal joint with base and apex fuscous. Antenn{« white, annulated with fuscous ; ciliations in ^ H. Thorax fuscous, posterior and anterior margins whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous, tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous annu- lated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair mosth' ochreous- whitish. Forewings rather narrowly elongate, not dilated ; whitish-ochreous with fuscous irroration and markings : an ochreous-yellow line along basal lialf of fold ; an ill-defined, basal patch produced along costa: a median discal dot at I, preceded by a second on fold, a third in middle at H; an ill- defined squarish blotch on midcosta and another on tornus; a series of dots on apical fourth of costa and on termen: cilia wjiitish-ochreous with fuscous irroration, on apex and tornus wholly fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; grey; cilia pale
grey.
Q.: Burpengary, near Brisbane, in April; Stradbroke Island, in February; Coolangatta, in September; five specimens.
BoRKHAUSENIA TETRAPILEA, n.Sp. Terp(/,<^(/.ios, four times dusky. (J. 11 mm. Head and palpi ochreous. Antenn;c fuscous; ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous. Legs fuscous; anterior pair dark fuscous. Forewings moderate, not dilated ; pale ochreous-yellowisli ; markings dark fuscous ; a narrow, basal fascia somewhat produced along costa; a broad spot on dorsum from | to |, with rounded outline, extending nearly to middle of disc; an oblique fascia, slightly outwardly curved from costa beyond middle to tornus; a large, apical spot; cilia fuscous, at apex whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia dark grey.
338 ' .STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEWOOPTERA^
N.S.VV.: Mt. Kosciusko (5000 to 0000 ft.); in January; four specimens.
BOKKHAUSBNIA MACHOPTEKA, n.8p. jhaKpoTTTtpoi, Ion J,'- winged.
(J. 20-21 inm. Head whitish-ochreous ; face grey. Palpi fuscous: terminal joint whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations i^ $ i{- Thorax and abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous, tarsi ob- scurely annulated with whitish. Forewings elongate, nut dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, very strongly oblique; grey densely irrorated with whitish; a fuscous, discal spot at \, a second beneath it on fold, a third below middle, and a fourth transversely elongate at |; cilia grey, bases mixed with whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey.
N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko (4500 to 5000 feet): in January: two specimens.
BORKHAUSENIA <4YPS0PLEURA, n.sp. yvxpoirXiVpos, with chalky costa.
(J9. 20-23 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi grey; terminal joint whitish, except anterior edge. Antennae grey-whitish ; ciliations in $ -j'. Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey; posterior pair whitish. Forewings narrow-elongate; costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely round-- ed; grey rather densely irrorated with whitish; a broad, whitish, costal streak from base to 2, gradually narrowing posteriorly; a grey, subcostal streak from base to costa before apex; costal edge towards base grey; a grey dot in disc before middle, a second before it on fold, and a third in disc beyond middle; cilia whitish mixed with grey. Hindwings and cilia grey- whitish.
W.A.: Cunderdin, in November and December: three speci- mens received from Mr. R. Illidcre.
'o^
Gen. P A L I M M E c E s, n.g.
7raAt/x/x>/K?;s, elongate.
Palpi long; second joint exceeding base of antennie, with a
tuft of loose, spreading hairs towards apex beneath: terminal
joint slender. Antenna; with strong, basal pecten; ciliations in
BY A. .(KFl'-KKIS TURNER. 339
^ moderated). Forewings elongate, not dilated; veiu 7 to costa. Hind wings elongate-ovate.
Readily distinguished by the tufted palpi.
Palimmeces ithysticha, n.sp. ldva-Ti\os, straight-lined.
(J9. 20-23 mm. Head pale fuscous, side-tufts white. Palpi white, tuft and base of second joint pale fuscous. Antenn;e fuscous: ciliations in (J 1. Thorax white, tegulre and patagia pale fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whiti.sh. Legs fuscous; external surface of anterior pair white; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated; pale fuscous; a white, median streak from base to apex; more or less white irroration on termen, better marked in $; cilia pale fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; grey ; cilia ochreous- whitisli.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes; in March; five specimens.
Gen. CoPRiODES, n.g. K07rpuo8y]'i, resembling excrement.
Palpi moderate; second joint somewhat dilated with loose scales anteriorly towards apex; terminal joint moderately stout. Antennce of ^ with moderately long ciliations. Thorax smooth. Anterior tibiae and tarsi strongly dilated with scales. Forewings with a tuft of scales on costa at or befoi'e middle; vein 7 to costa.
Type, PUoprepes aristocratica Meyr. In this species, the antennal pecten is strongly developed; in C. lophojitcra, it is absent; but the two species are certainly nearly related. Per- haps C. anassa Meyr., also belongs to this genus.
COPRIODES ARISTOCRATICA.
Filoprepes aristocratica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1888, p.l598.
Q.: Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Coolangatta. — N.S.W.: Sydney. — Vic: Fernshaw.
COPRIODES LOPHOPTERA.
Pi/oprepes lophojytera Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1894, p.96.
Q.: Namboui', Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Coolangatta.
340 yiLDlES IN AL'STKALIAX it iCI.'OLKt'lDUPTERA^
Gen. A G L A o D E s .
Aijhiodes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1898, p.205.
This genus is distinguislied by the very long, second joint of the palpi, and the short, terminal joint, not more than \ of the second.
Aglaodes ciiionoma.
xiglaodcs chionoma Turn., Trans. Roy. 8oc. S. Aust., 1898, p. 205.
I have seen no second example of this species.
PiLOPREPES GELIDELLA.
Cryptolechia gelidella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p.766. Piloprepes Lncasii Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 19. Antennal ciliations in ^ 2i. N.A.: Darwin, in June (G. F. Hill). — Q : Brisbane, in January.
PiLOPREPES GLAUCASPIS.
Pifoprepes ylaucasjns Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1896, p 19.
Antennal ciliations in $ 4. The type is still unique. Q.: Brisbane.
Gen. B A u E A .
Barea Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus. Phlmupola Meyr., Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, 1883, p. 34 7.
Barea consign atella.
Barea conshjuatella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus. Phhmpola pyrgo- Hota Meyr., Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, 1888, p. 1594 ; P. mrJanospila Turn., Trans, lioy. 8oc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 17.
Q.: Brisbane.— N.S.W.: Sydney.— Vic: Melbourne, Gisborne.
Barea eucapnodes.
Phhropola fmcapnodes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 16; P. euprepes Turn., loc. cit , p. 17: P. trizyya Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i., p. 169(1914).
This species varies in the presence or absence of geneial fus- cous irroration.
t!Y A. jkffekis turnku, 341
N.Q.: Herbei'ton, from December to Fcbruaiy: Kuranda, near Cairns, in November.— Q.: Claynclah, Gympie, Dulony near Nam- bour, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, and Southport; from Decem- ber to April.
Barea subviuidella. Fhluiopola snbviriddla Turn , Trans Hoy. 8oc. S. Aiist., 1896, p.15.
Q.: Bi'isbane, Mt. Tambourine.
Barea basioramma. Phlwopola basujranima 'I'urn., Trans. Koy. Soc. S. Aust., 1806, p.16.
Q : Nambour and Brisbane, in November and December.
Barea leucocephala.
Phheujjola leucocephala Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p.l8.
N.Q.: .Stannary Hills. — Q.: Brisbane; in October, December, and January.
Barea chlokeis. Pkhnopofa chlure'is Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, p.561.
N.8.W.: Ebor.
Barea panarcha. FhUcopola pauarcha Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1916, p. 193.
N.S.W.: Ebor.
Barea arbitra.
Eulechria arbitra Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i , p.l67 (1914). Vic: Lome, Gisborne.
Barka pvroka.
Eulechria pyrora Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i., p. 166 (1914;.
^. 18-23 mm. Head fuscous: face dull whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous with some fuscous scales; terminal joint and a subapical ring on second joint fuscous. Antennie fuscous;
342 8TLTDIES l^• AL'.sTRALlAX .MlCROL-Kl'lMOPTERA
in ^ slightly serrulate, ciliations 1. Thorax fuscous, tips of patagia and crest whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Le^^s fuscous aunulated with whitish-ochreous; posterior pair most)}- whitisli-ochreous. Forewings moderate, slightly dilated poste- riorly, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; blackish-fuscous with patchy, whitish-ochreous irrora- tion; a short, blackish streak on fold; a short, blackish, median streak from I to | interrupted by two whitish-ochreous dots; cilia fuscous. Hindwings ochreous-yellow: a dark fuscous, terminal band, thickened at apex and tornus, rather narrow between; cilia dark fuscous.
Easily recognised by the colour of the hindwings. I have redescribed this species, as Meyrick's type seenus to have been in pcjor condition. Mr. Lyell has lent me his (;o-type, and it is identical with my examples, but with the thorax badly rubbed. In worn examples, there appear dark streaks on veins towards termen.
N.S.W.: Ebor (4000 feet), in January and February; eleven specimens, taken Hying close around the farmhouse at daybreak: Gosford.
Barka bkygchhua, n.sp.
^. 15mm. Head whitish; face fuscous. Palpi fuscous; second joint white at apex, and with a longitudinal, white stripe on basal 'l of internal surface; terminal joint white, with a dark fuscous, median band. Antennse greyish, annulated with dark fuscous. Thorax greenish-fuscous, with a square, whitisli, anterior spot Abdomen dull ochreous. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous, with whitish annulations. Forewings moderate, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded; whitish irrorated with greenish-fuscous scales, which form markings; a narrow, basal fascia prolonged along costa to I; a rather large spot on costa beyond middle, broadening and becoming suffused in disc to form an obscure fascia; a discal dot at ;'., and a second before | are connected with this fascia: a suffused spot on costa before apex: <;ilia gre\'ish. Hindwings and cilia pale grey.
BY At JRFPEGIS TURNER. 343
From tlie other two species with greenish t'orewings, B. sitb- viridella Turn., and B. hyludroma, it may be readily distinguished by the basal fascia prolonged along costa.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine (1800 ft.); two specimens, in November.
Bakka uvlodroma, u.sp.
^. 18-22 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous- whitish: terminal joint with a broad, fuscous band below middle. Antennte ochreous-whitish annulated with fuscous. Thorax ochreous-whitish; base of patagia greenish-fuscous. Abdomen dull ochreous ; apices of segments whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish ; anterior and middle tibia^ and tarsi fuscous with whitish annulations. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin slightly oblique, rounded beneath; ochreous-whitish, markings suffused greenish- fuscous; a broad line from base of costa along fold to 1; a small suffusion on costa at |, tending to be connected with a large spot in disc above fold; a large spot on costa beyond middle, connected with a large spot in disc above and before anal angle; a small spot on costa before apex, from which an obscure series of dots proceeds to anal angle; a line along hmdniargin; cilia whitish irrorated with fuscous. Hindwings and cilia greyish.
Distinguished from the other two greenish species by the basal line. It appears also to be allied to B. eacapnodes Turn.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine (1800 feetj; two specimens, in iS'ovember and December.
Earea nvmphica, n.sp. vvji<^)iKos, biidal. $. 12-16 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish mixed with pale fuscous. Antennae whitish annulated with fuscous; ciliations in (J 1. Thorax whitish, bases of patagia and a median transverse bar fuscous. Abdomen pale ochreoiis-fuscous, apices of segments and tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish with some fuscous irroration. Forewings not dilated; whitish; markings fuscous; short, costal and subcostal streaks from base; a dot on base of dorsum, and two on costa at .1 and z: a discal dot before middle.
.344 S'J'UDil'lS tX AUST11.VLIAN .\iI(;i;Ul>El'll>Ui'TEnA^
a second preceding it on fold, and a third in disc at H; more or l(!ss fuscous suffusion towards apex, terinen, and tornus: cilia whitish mixed with fuscous. Hindwings whitish, towards apex and termen grey; cilia Avhitish.
N.Q.: Kuranda near Cairns, in June, October, and November. — Q.: Brisbane, in October; Mt. Tambourine, in September, Oc- tober, and November. Thirteen specimens.
Barea anerasta, n.sp. dvepu.crro'i, unlovely.
jj^. 17-"J0 mm. Head whitish-brown. Palpi with apical joint rather stout; fuscous. Antennje fuscous: ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax fuscous mixed with whitish-brown. Legs ochreous- whitish; anterior and middle tibite, and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings not dilated ; brown- whitish with dark fuscous markings tolerably well-defined, and some dark fuscous irroration towards base; a dot on ba.se of costa, and another on base of dorsum, the former more or less produced along fold; a discal dot before middle; a second preceding it on fold and form- ing the apex of a triangular spot on mid-dorsum; a third dot at H forming the apex of a triangular spot on § costa; a subapical costal spot connected by an outwardly curved line of dots with tornus ; cilia brown-whitish. Hindwings ochreous-whitish ; towards apex pale fuscous; cilia ochreous-whitish, towards apex fuscous-tinged.
Q.: Brisbane; in August and .September. — N.S.W.: Kiama. Six specimens.
Bahea eusciast.a, n.sp. erirKtainoi, well-.shadcd.
^^. 16 18 mm. Head fuscous; lower edge of face ochreous- whitish. Palpi fuscous; apex of terminal and secontl joints, inner surface and a subapical band of second joint, ochreous- whitish. Palpi fuscous; ciliations in ^ I. Thorax fuscous, apices of patagiu and crest ochreous-whitish. Abdomen pale "■rev. Leirs fuscous; annulations of tibia- and tarsi, and hairs on posterior tibias ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa
BY A. JEFPERIS TURNER. 345
moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded: ochreous- whitish irrorated and shaded with fuscous; a broad, basal, fuscous suffusion; a rather broad, suffused, fuscous fascia from •? costa to tornus; a second fascia from costa before apex- narrowing rapidly in disc, and joining first fascia at tornus: from this, several short streaks run parallel to veins to termen; cilia fuscous mixed with ochreous- whitish. Hind wings pale grey; cilia grey-whitish.
Q.: Brisbane: in September and October: three specimens.
Barea psologramma, n.sp ^oA-oypa/i/xo?, snot-niaiktMl.
(5^9. -1-34 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, with a few fuscous scales ; apical joint dark fuscous with a few whitish scales. Antenna* with segments triangularly dilated in apical half; whitish, witli fuscous annulations : ciliations of ^ \h- Thorax fuscous, apices of patagia and crest whitish Abdomen ochreous-fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs dark fuscous, with whitish annulations; posterior pair whitish, with very long, dense hairs on tibia\ Forewings not dilated: whitish, with patchy brownish suffusion and fuscous irroration: a dark fuscous discal dot at .',, a second preceding it on fold, a third in middle of disc, a fourth obliquely before and beneath third; a larger spot between second dot and dorsum; an ill- defined, fuscous spot on ?. costa; another on -i costa produced to mid-disc beyond third dot and darker at apex; a subapical, fuscous spot with a brownish suffusion between it and termen; cilia whitish, with a broad, interrupted, fuscous line. Hindwings whitish tinged with grey towards apex; cilia grey-whitish.
Tas.: Hobart, in January; ten specimens, received from Mr. A. M. Lea.
Barea atmophora, n.sp. drjtAOc^opos, smoky.
(J. 20-25 mm. Head fuscous; face ochreous-whitish. Palpi fuscous; second joint with apex and a broad, ill-defined ring beyond middle, ochreous-whitish. Antenna* fuscous; in ^
346 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPinOPTERA,
sliglitly serrate, ciliatiuiis I. Thorax fuscous, apices of patagia and crest ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitisli. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ocbreous-wbitish; fore and middle tibia? and tarsi annulated witb ocbreous-wbitisb. Fore wings sHgbtly dilated, costa gently arcbed, more strongly towards base, apex rounded, terraen obliquely rounded; ocbreous-wbitisb, witli general fuscous irroration; mai-kings fuscous and dark fuscous; an oblique fascia from base of costa, gradually broadening and extending on dorsum from | to middle, its posterior edge show- ing a rounded projection above and below middle, of which the latter includes the plical dot; a discal dot at },, another at |, and another beneath middle of disc; three costal spots, first at \, second at middle connected witb second discal dot, third before apex connected with a circular blotch above tornus; an inter- rupted, terminal line; cilia ochreous-whitish mixed witli dark fuscous, apical half grey, apices whitish. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish, with some basal, gre}' scales.
Best distinguished by the basal fascia of forewings.
Vic: Gisboi-ne, in February. — Tas.: Hobart, in December and January. Seven specimens.
Gen. LoPHOPRPLA.
Lophopepfa Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 10. Perhaps allied to y'rachypepla, with which it agrees in the tufted forewings, but vein 7 runs to termen.
LoPHOPRPLA IGNIFERRLLA.
Hypercallia igniferelJa Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat., xxix., p. 670. Lophopepla iyniferella Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 10.
Antennal ciliations of (J 1.
N.A.: Darwin. — N.Q.: Thursday Island, Townsville. — Q.: Bris- bane, Toowoomba.
LoPHOPRPLA TRISRLRNA.
Eomyslis friselena Low., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1902, p. 240. Antennal ciliations of ^ 11. N.Q.: Townsville,
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 347
LOPHOPEPLA ASTEROPA.
Eomystis asteropa Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1900, p.410.
Antennal ciliations of (J H. N.Q.: Townsville.
TRACHYPEPr,A POLIOCHROA.
Linosticha poliochroa Turn., Trans. R.Soc.S. Aust., 1898, p. 208. Q.: Mt. Tambourine.
TrACHYPEPLA ATillSPERSA, n.sp. Atrispersiis, speckled with black.
(JQ. 12-14 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white: base of second joint, and a spot before apex on external surface, dark fuscous; terminal joint with a median, dark fuscous spot on ex- ternal surface. Antenna^ whitish. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous anteiiorly. Forewings nar- row, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded: white, sparsely irrorated with pale fuscous and black scales; a black dot in disc at H; cilia white mixed with pale fuscous. Hind wings and cilia whitish-grey.
Q.: Brisbane; in August and September; three specimens.
Trachypepla h^malea, n.sp. at^aAeos, bloocl-ied.
(J^. 18-22 mm. Head and thorax reddish irrorated with dark fuscous. Palpi whitish, more or less reddish-tinged with dark fuscous irroration; terminal joint mostly dark fuscous. Antennai fuscous; ciliations in ^ 1^-. Abdomen ochi'eous-fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi obscurely annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pairochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated; pale reddish, with more or less general dark fuscous irroration; an irregular, dark fuscous streak from base of costa along fold, and thence through middle of disc to apex, sometimes interrupted; usually two or three, dark fuscous dots in disc above median streak; cilia pale reddish, apices ochreous-whitish, with some fuscous irroration. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish, with a pale grey, sub-basal line.
Q.: Eidsvold; Brisbane, in August; seven specimens.
348 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Gen. Atribasta, n.g. ttT/3/./3a(rT05, unusual.
Head with clen.se, anterior and side-tufts. Palpi with second joint exceeding base of antennae, shortly roughened with loose scales towards apex anteriorly; terminal joint short, less than half second, slender. Antennfe with strong, basal pecten; in ^, moderately ciliated. Thorax with a small, postei'ior crest. Fore- wings svith 7 and 8 coincident and running to apex, 2 and 3 connate. Hindwings with 2 and 3 connate, or short-stalked. Atribasta fulvifusa, n.sp. Fi(/ri/itsii-'<. suti'used with hrown.
^. 23 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous- whitish; outer surface of second joint brownish. Antennje whitish; cilia- tions in ^ H- Thorax whitish, patagia and a few scattered scales fuscous brown. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, on bases of segments mixed with brown. Legs fuscous- brown; [posterior pair broken]. Forewings moderately broad, posteriorly dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish, generally' suflPused, except on central area, with pale fuscous-brown; discal dots dark fuscous, a dot in disc at I, a second beneath it on fold, a third streak-like beyond and mid- way between these, a fourth above middle, a fifth before 5, a sixth below fifth prolonged crescentically towaids third; some fuscou.s dots on termen; cilia whitish, with faint brownish suffu- sion. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.
Of ordinary /aciVs, but cui-ious in structure.
Q : Warwick, in April; one specimen.
Qi^NOCHROA OCHROSOMA.
OiJnoehroa ochrosoma Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 13. Q ; Brisbane.
(Enochroa gnophodes. QJnochroa ynophodes Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 14. (J9. 14-19 mm. Q.: Brisbane, in August and April; three specimens.
Placocosma phaeina. Placocosma phaeina Turn., op. cit., 189G, p. 14. Antennal ciliations in ^ 1^. Q.: Brisbane,
BY A. JEPFERIS TURNER, .'UO
Gen. P H Y L L O P H A N R S .
Phyllophaiies Turn., op. oif., 1896, p. "21.
f am in some doubt as to tlie correct location of this genus.
Phyllophanes dysrureta. Phyllophanps dyscurefa Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 21 Q. : Brisbane. The type (^) still remains unique.
"Kt.^egnoma lathr^.a, n.sp. Au^pufos, hidflen, secret.
(J. 20-26mm. Head and thorax fuscou.s-brown. Palpi ochreous- whitish irrorated with dark fuscous, especially on external surface. Antennte ochreous- whitish; ciliations in ^ r! Abdo- men whitish-ochreous with some fuscous irroration towards base. Legs whitish-ochreous irrorated with fuscous. Forewings some- what dilated posteriorly; pale brownish, with some fuscous irro- ration: markings fuscous; a dot in disc at .'., a second beneath it on fold, and a third before |; abroad, inwardly oblique line from i costa, suddenlv ani^led outwards and narrow, then angled again parallel to termen and sometimes dentate to dorsum before tornus; an interrupted, terminal line not reaching tornus; cilia pale brownish, with some fuscaus irroration. Hind wings broadly ovate: ochreous-whitish greyish-tinged; cilia ochreous-whitish.
Q.: Brisbane, in June, July, and August; seven specimens.
ELi5;0N0MA ACROPHiEA, n.Sp. f(K/iO(^aiO'i, witli dusky apex. (J5. 14-16 mm. Head whitish-ochreuus. Palpi fuscous, in- ternal surface whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in ^ 5. Thorax ochreous-whitish, bases of patagia fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair ochreous- whitish. Forewings not dilated; whitish; markings dark fuscous; more or less fuscous suffusion beneath costa; a discal dot at Jj, a second beneath and slightly beyond it on fold, a third before 5, a fourth above middle, and a fifth beneath and beyond third; a more or less marked, fuscous, apical blotch; a terminal series of dark fuscous dots; termen ochreous-tinged; cilia grey. Hindwings elongate-ovate; pale grey; cilia pale grey, bases ochreous-tinged.
3U
350 STFinKS TX AT^STRALTAX MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Q.: Nambour (including Euuiundi and Montviile) in August, October, and November: Bunya Mountains, in December: five specimens.
Gen. E F I T ii v m e m a, Eplthiimema Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, p.562.
Epitiivmema dlsparile. Efilhymfima disparUe Turn., op. c.it., 1914, p.562. N.S.W.: Ebor.
Eulechria pacifera. Eidechriapnci/<!ra Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i., p. 165 (1914). I have one ^ example from Port Darwin, received from Mr. G. F. Hill. Antennal ciliations in (J 1-
Eulechria stigmatophoha. Eulechria stiymafophora Turn., Trans. Ii. Soc. S. Ausr., 1896,
p.ll.
Antennal ciliations of (^ 2^.
N.Q.: Herberton.— Q.: Nambour, Caloundra, Brisbane, Strad- broke Island, Mt. Tambourine, Coolangatta, Killarney. — N.S.W.: Ebor.
Eulechria baryptera.
Ealfichria baryptera Turn., op. ciL, 1896, p.ll.
Antennal ciliations of (J 1.
Q.: Nambour, Caloundra, Brisbane.
Eulechria euchloba. Eulechria enchlora Turn., op. di., 1896, p. 12. Q.: Brisbane. The type is still unique.
Eulechria curvilinea. Eulechria curvilinea Turn., op. cit., 1896, p.l2, Antennal ciliations oi ^ I. Q.: Brisbane, Southport.
Eulechria tetraploa. Eulechria tetraploa Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 13, Antennal ciliations of (J 2. Q.: Brisbane. The type is still unique.
RY A. JEKFRmS TURNER, 351
EULECHRIA XIPHEKES.
PhUohota xiphet'f's Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 23.
Anteriiial ciliations oi ^ \.
Q.: Brisbane, in December; Mt. Tambourine, in November.
EULECHRIA SILVICOLA.
Eulechria silvicola Turn,, op. cit., 1898, p. 206. Antennal ciliations in ,J 1 .
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November and February; Coolangatta, in November and May.
Eu LECH IMA CONGO LOH.
Eiilcchria concolor Turn., op. cit.. 1898, p. 206.
Antennal ciliations of $ |.
Q.: Warwick, Stanthorpe, in February and Marcli, — N.S.W.: Bathurst. The last locality is liased on a specimen in Mr. Meyrick's collection, which was confused with PhUohota mono- litha. The Bathurst locality for the latter species should be deleted.
Eulechria cANDinA, Eitlfichria Candida Turn., op. cit., 1898, p. 206. Antennal ciliations oi ^ 2-
Q. : Brisbane, Stanthorpe. —N.S.W. : Tabulam, Tentertield, Glen Innes, Ben Lomond, Armidale,
Eulechria chkyseres. Eulechria chryseres Turn., oj). cit., 1898, p. 207. Antennal ciliations oi ^ I. Q,: Brisbane. The type is still unique.
Eulechria diaphanes. Etdpchria diaphanes Turn., op. cit., 1898, p. 207. (J^. 14-20 mm. Antennal ciliations of (J 1^. Q.: Eumundi near Nambour, Mount Tambourine, and Killar- ney, in November,
Eulechria bathroph.ea.
Eulechria bathrophrea Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S Wales, 1914, p.562. N.S.W.: Ebor.
352 STT'DTKS IN ATTSTRATJAX MIOROLEPIDOPTERA,
EULECHKIA MODICA, 11 .sp. .\/ot/iriis, niflinaiA'. niipi'otenrliiitf.
(J9- 12-1 4 mill. Head wliite. Palpi fuscous; apex of second joint, and terminal joint, except apex, whitish. Antennae grey: ciliations in ^ \. Thorax white, base of patagia fuscous. Ali- domen grey-whitish or grey, tuft ochreous-whitisli. Legs fus- cous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings narrow, not dilated; white, with scanty, fuscous irroration: markings fuscous: a spot on base of costa; a discal dot at i, a second loeneath it on fold, a third before and above middle, a fourth at S indistinctlv double, and suftusedly connected with toriius: a broadly suffused line from ^ costa, at first inwardly olilique, then bent outwards, then inwards and parallel to, and near termen to tornus; some fuscous irroration along termen : cilia whitish, with fuscous irroration. Hindwings palegrey; cilia whitish, at apex greyish.
Q.: Warwick and Killarney, in October; five specimens.
ECJLECHRIA DECOLOR, n.sp. l)(color, cliscolouifd.
^<^.'2Z-2imm. Head and thorax whitish-grey. Palpi fus- cous anteriorly, whitish-grey posterioi'ly. Antennse whitish-grey; ciliations in (J ^. Abdomen ochreous-fuscous; apices of segments and tuft whitish-grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded: pale fuscous-grey, densely irrorated with whitish scales; first two discal dots obsolete (in my specimens); an okscure, fuscous dot above middle, and three or four similar dots in disc lieyond middle, coalescing to form a semilunar mark, all these sometimes obsolete ; cilia whitish. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish-grey.
Type in Coll. Lyell.
Vic: Gisborne, in February; three specimens, received from Mr. G. Lyell.
EULECHRIA PSAROPHANES, 11. Sp. \papo(f)<un]<;, oreyish. (J5. 23-24 mm. Head and palpi grey-whitish. Antennae whitish; ciliations in ^ },. Thorax whitish: a central spot and
]5v A. jKKi''i;i;is TrijxKk. 353
bases of patagia grey. Abdomen pale ochreuus-bruw ii, apiees of segments and tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs grey-wliitisb. Fore- wings moderate, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; grey-whitish; some- times a terminal series of grey dots: cilia grey-whitish. Hind- wings grey; cilia grey-whitish.
Like E. decolor, but without discal markings. It may prove to be a local race of that species.
Q.: Stantliorpe, in February. — N.S.W.: Gleu Innes, in Jan- uary. Three specimens.
EULECHRIA APHANOSPILA, n.sp. d(/)aro<r— tAo>j, ^\'itl^lmt sjkjIs.
(J. 20-22 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-grey-whitish. Palpi ochreous-grey-whitish ; outer surface of second joint fuscous- Antennae ochreous-grey-whitish; ciliations of ^ H. Abdomen ochreous-grey; apices of terminal .segments and tuft pale ochreous. Legs fuscous, posterior pair pale ochreous. Forewings moder- ately elongate, not dilated; ochreous-grey-whitish without mark- ings- cilia pale grey. Hindwings grey: cilia whitish-ochreous, towards apex greyish-tinged.
Allied to E. coucolor, but without the brownish colouration of both fore and hind-wings.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in March; eight specimens.
EuLECHRIA SYNCHROA, n.Sp. cri'y^poos', ot one colour.
^.17 ram. Head pale ochreous; face fuscous. Palpi fuscous, apex of second joint whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in ^ h- Thorax dark brown; teguhe pale ochreous. Abdomen brownisli, apices of segments and tuft pale ochreous. -l-^egs fuscous; pos- terior tibite and tarsi pale ochreous. Forewings not dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; brown; cilia fuscous, bases whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia srev, bases whitish-ochreous.
Not unlike E. (■oiicofor, \)ut at once distinguished by the pale ochreous head.
N.S.W.: (lien Innes, in December; one specimen.
354 STtDlES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
EULECHUIA NIPHOGRAMMA, Il.Sp. yi<j)oyi>afiiwi, snow-maiked.
^. 18 mm. Head brownisli-fuscous, side-tufis mixed Avitli white, face whitish. Palpi whitish, external surface of second joint brownish-tinged, anterior edge of terminal joint fuscous. Antennie grey, towards base wliitish: ciliations of (J 1. Thorax brown. Abdomen ochreous- whitish; bases of segments on dorsum dull ferruginous. Legs brownish-fuscous: post» rior pair whitish- ochreous Forewings moderate, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa gentlv arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-brown; a white costal streak from base to ^•. cilia ochreous-brown. Hindwings pale grey: cilia whitish- ochreous.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in March: one specimen.
EULECHRIA CIRRHOPEPLA n.Sp. Ki.pi>oTr€ir\u^, flutliecl in yellowisli.
^.20-22 mm. Head pale ochreous. Palpi ochreous-whitish, external surface fuscous except at base. Antenna? whitish ochreous: ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax whitish-ochreous, anterior edge sometimes fuscous-tinged. Abdomen dull ferruginous on dorsum, apices of segments whitish, tuft pale ochreous. Legs pale ochreous : anterior and middle pairs fuscous anteriorly. Forewings rather narrowly oljlong, not dilated, costa gently arched, more strongly at base, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded: whitish-ochreous; cilia wliitish-ochreous. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-ochreous.
The thorax and abdomen of this species are stoutly built.
N.A.: Port Darwin in November and December; four speci- mens received from Mr. G. F Hill, and Mr. F. P. Dodd.
EULECHRIA LEPTOCHORDA, n.sp. XeTrTo\oi)Oos, with fine lines, f^. 25-26 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi grey-whitish. An- tenna? whitish: ciliations in ^ 2. Abdomen whitish, bases of segments dull ferruginous. Legs grey-whitish; anterior pair fuscous anteriorly: posterior pair ochreous-whitisli. Forewings elongate, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounds
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 355
pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; pale grey, with numerous, fine, whitish streaks parallel to veins: cilia wliitish. Hindwings and cilia pale grey.
N.Q.: Magnetic Island near Townsville, in July; three speci- mens.
EULECHRIA PLAGIOSTICHA, n.sp. 7r/\'/.yto<rTi^o9, with oblique lines.
9.22 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint, except apex, and a subapical ring on terminal joint, fuscous. Antenna^ grev. Thorax white, anterior margin and a subapical bar dark fuscous. Abdomen grey, paler towards base. Legs whitish; anterior tibia? and tarsi fuscous; middle pair with apex of femora, and a subapical ring on tibiiv, fuscous. Forewings elongate- oval, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; white; markings dark fuscous; a moder- ate, basal fascia slightly produced on costa; an outwardly oblique streak from I dorsum to middle of disc; a triangular spot on costa before middle, touching dorsal streak before extremity: an inwardly oblique streak from | costa; a second, dorsal streak from tornus, parallel to first, slightly posterior to costal streak; a subapical spot; a fine, terminal line; cilia grey-whitish. Hind- wings grey, paler towards base; cilia whitish, towards apex grey.
Q.: Brisbane, in March; one specimen.
EuLECHRIA PYCN0C4RAPHA, n.sp. TrvKi'oypa.(f)o^, thickly markeil. ^9. 20-23 mm. Head white. Palpi fuscous; inner surface of second joint, except at base, and terminal joint, except apex, white. Antenna; fuscous; ciliations in ^ ^. Thorax white, anterior margin broadly fuscous. Abdomen grey tinged with ferruginous, apices of segments and tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate- oval, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen very ob- liquely rounded ; white : some fuscous irroration on dorsum; markings fuscous, well-defined; a short, oblique streak from base of costa; a discal spot at .1, and a second beneath it on fold, these often confluent, forming a brcjad, transverse bar connected
356 STUUlKS lis AUSTRALIAN MlCltOLEPlDOPTERA,
with costa Ijy some fuscous irioratioii ; an inwardly oblique, broad streak from 'i costa; from the costal end of this arises a straight fascia to tornus: a longitudinally oval spot below middle of disc precedes this fascia; a sigmoid fascia from costa before apex to tornus, thick towards costa, slender towards tornus: a tine, interrupted, subterminal line; cilia ochreous-grey- whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey.
This and the following two species belong to the rariegata- group. The oblique streak from base of costa is a good dis- tinguishing point.
N..S.W.: Ebor, in January; six specimens.
EULKCIIRIA VICINA, n.sp. Vicinuf, neighbouring.
^<^. li0-23mm. Head white. Palpi white; apex of terminal joint, and exteiuial surface of second joint, except at apex, fus- cous. Antennas fuscous; ciliations of ^ |. Thorax white, anterior margin broadly fuscous. Abdomen grey, apices of seg- ments and tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulaled with whitisli; internal surface of posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-oval, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; white, with tine, grey irroration; markings fuscous-grey; costal edge at base blackish; a fine, sub- costal streak from base to \; a discal tiot at \, a second beneath it on fold, a third in middle, a fourth beneath and beyond third; a straight fascia from r! costa to tornus; a sigmoid fascia from costa before apex to tornus, broad towards costa, narrow towards tornus; some terminal dots; cilia grey, bases mixed with white. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Allied to the preceding, but with markings less pronounced, and with more general irroration, discal dots smaller and more discrete; especially distinguished by the subcostal streak from base (not costal as in E. varieyala).
N.S.W. Ben Lomond and Ebor, in January; four specimens.
EULECHKIA LEUCOSTEPHANA, n.Sp. Aei'KorrTef^tti'os, white-crowned. (J9- 2-!-24 nun. Head white. Palpi fuscous, mixed, especially orj internal surface, with whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations
nV A. ,noi-'KKK'18 TUIJNKU. 057
ill ^ ^. Thorax fuscous; tegulte, apices of patagia, and a large, posterior spot, white. Abdomen dark grey. Legs fuscous, with some whitisli irroration; posterior pair grey. Forewings lather elongate, not dilated, costa moderately arclied, apex round- pointed, ternien obliijuely rounded; white, with more or less fuscous irroration; costal edge at base blackish; markings daik fuscous; a very short, slender, subcostal streak from base; a discal dot at I, a second beneath it on fold, a third, not always present, above middle, and a foui-th at 'r^\ a streak from fourth dot to tornus; a broad, inwardly oblique streak from ^ costa, soon narrowing and angled outwards, and continued parallel to termen to tornus; a submarginal series of dots; cilia whitish, bases pale fuscous. Hind wings grey: cilia whitish, bases grey.
The markings are dark fuscous, not grey, as in the proceeding species; and the subcostal streak much shorter.
N.8.W.: Mt. Kosciusko(5000 feet), in January; five specimens.
EuLECHlilA EUTIIETA, n.sp. ei'^eros, well arranged.
(J. 11 inm. Head white; face grey. Palpi white, basal half of second joint fuscous. Antennte fuscous; ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax dark fuscous, with a large, posterior, white spot. Ab- domen fuscous, tuft whitish. Legs fuscous ; posterior pair whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique : wliite: markings dark fuscous; a broad, inwardly oblique fascia from r costa to \ dorsum, giving off a strong process along fold to tornus; a large, triangular spot on costa at H, its apex coalescing with a broad, terminal fascia; cilia white, on apex and tornus fuscous. Hindwings grey, near base whitish; cilia grey, on dorsum whitish.
Q.: Brisbane, in March; one specimen.
EULECHRIA AXIERASTA, n.sp.
a^upotTTo-i, wurthy uf afR-cliuii.
^. 10-11 nun. Head ochreous-fuscous; face whitish. Palpi
whitish, apex of terminal joint fuscous. Antenns^ fuscous;
ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax ochreous-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous.
Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior tibiaj and tarsi fuscous annulated
358 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
witli white. Forewings rather narrow, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded: whitish: mark- ings ochreous edged with fuscous: a small fuscous sufl'usion on base of dorsum: a sub-basal median spot or dot; an outwardly oblique fascia from .^ costa to dorsum beyond middle, and a second, rather broader from § costa to tornus; an ill-defined terminal or subterminal fascia: cilia whitish, with a few fuscous scales, sometimes pinkish-tinged on costa. Hindwings and cilia pale grey.
Q.: Coolangatta, in October: Toowoomba, in November; two specimens.
EULECHKIA UIPLOCLETHKA, n.Sp. SnrkoKXifdpos, twice barred-
(J9. 13-14 mm. Head white. Palpi white, basal half of second joint fuscous. Antennae fuscous: ciiiations of ^ \^. Thorax fuscous: tegulw, and sometimes a posterior spot, white. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, dorsum, except apices of segments, dull ferruginous. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair fuscous. Forewings moderate, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa moder- ately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; white: markings fuscous; a narrow, basal fascia sometimes produced on costa; an antemedian fascia sharply defined anteriorly, suflused posteriorly; a second fascia from costa before apex to tornus: a narrow, interrupted, terminal fascia; cilia whitish. Uindwings and cilia grey-whitish.
Cj. : Mt. Tambourine, in November: two specimens.
Eulp:chria semantica, n.sp.
(njitMVTiKOs, distinct. ^9. 14-"20mm. Head yellow-ochreous. Palpi yellow-ochreous; external surface of second joint, except apex, dark fuscous. An- tenna} dark fuscous; ciiiations in (J 1. Thorax yellow-ochreous: teguhe dark fuscous. Abdomen ochreous; apices of joints paler. Legs whitish; anterior pair dark fuscous: middle pair spotted with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-oval, costa moderateh* arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin veiy obliquely rounded; yellow-ochreous; markings dark fuscous; a narrow, basal fascia
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER, 359
prolonged as a broad streak along costa to |; an elongate spot on costa beyond middle, and a small, oblique mark before apex: several minute dots on apex and termen; cilia yellow-ocbreous. Hindwings grey; cilia yellow-ochreous.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November, December, and January; seven specimens.
EULECHRIA EUHYGKAMMA, 11. sp. f.vpvypajijt.o'i, Ijioadly marked.
(^$. 18mm. Head paleochreous-yellow. Palpi fuscous; apical half of second joint oclireous-wbitisli. Antenntc fuscous; cilia- tions in (J 1. Thorax fuscous, with a posterior, ochreous spot. Abdomen fuscous; tuft ochreous. Legs ochreous; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous, with whitish-ochreous annulations. Forewings moderately broad, not dilated; costa arched at base, thence nearly straight; apex rounded, termen obliqUely rounded; pale ochreous-yellow; a broad, transverse, fuscous fascia before middle, biconcave, with a slight, posterior projection below middle: a second, fuscous fascia from | costa to tornus: a broad, fuscous line from second fascia along costa and termen to fascia again at tornus; cilia fuscous, apices pale ochreous, except at tornus. Hindwings fuscous; cilia fuscous, apices pale ochreous beneath apex.
N.Q.: 8tanirary Hills: three specimens received from Dr. T. Bancroft.
EuLECHRlA BATHROGKAMMA, n.Sp. /i'/.^poy/j(',///xo'», with basal marking. ^5. 11-16 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi fuscous; apex of second joint, and terminal joint, except towards apex, och- reous-whitish. Antennte pale fuscous; ciliations in (J 1. Thorax whitish-ochreous; bases of patagia fuscous. Abdomen whitish- ochreous, bases of segments brownish, Forewings not dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; whitish-ochreous; markings fuscous; a narrow, ba.sal fascia, slightly produced on costa; a small, costal spot on ^, sometimes obsolete; a larger spot on costa beyond middle: a minute, discal dot at \, a second beneatii it on fold, a third
360 :S'rLl)JB8 L\ ALIS'L'I{ALIAN MlClfoLKl-inoFTEltA
above luiddle, and a fourth transversely crescentic at |; a line from j costa obliquely inwards, acutely angled outwards beneath costa, then curved, parallel and near termen to tornus; a terminal series of dots; cilia whitish-ochreous, apices greyish. Hindwings grey-whitish; cilia ochreous-whitish.
Q.: Montville, Dulony, and Eumundi, near Nambour, Bris- bane, Coolangatta, and Bunya Mountains; in October-December, and March. This is a "scrul)"-species.
EuLECHIilA ATMOSPILA, n.Sp. aTjwcnriXos, with smoky .spots.
(J. 19 mu)^ Head, thorax, and palpi whitish-grey, with a feM' darker scales. Antennje whitish-grey; ciliations in ^ Ik. Ab- domen grey-whitish, with three or four, ferruginous bars before apex. Legs whitish; anterior pair gre}'. Forewings rather broadly dilated, costa moderately aiched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish-grey; markings and a few scattered scales dark fuscous; a dot on base of costa; a subcostal dot near base; a spot on base of dorsum; a dot in disc at .';, a second beneath it on fold, and a third at |; a subcostal median dot: a series of dots from | costa, at first subcostal, then near termen to tornus; a rather large, circular spot above tornus, extending to near third discal dot; cilia whitish, with some fuscous irroration at tornus. Hindwings broad: whitish, irrorated with pale grey; cilia whitish, with a grey, sub-basal line towards tornus.
Q.: Killarney, in Koveraber: one specimen, received from Mr. K. Illidge.
EULKCHKIA THRENODES, n.Sp. Oin]vio?i)j'i, inounifiil- (J$. 17-18 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous- whitish, outer surface of second joint, and anterior edge of terminal joint, fuscous. Antennae pale fuscous; ciliations in ^ 1-|. Thorax ochreous-whitisli more or less suffused with pale fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, bases of segments more oi- less ochreous-fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterioi' pair pale fuscous anteriorly. Forewings not dilated: ochreous-whitish: costal edge near base fuscous; sometimes a pale fuscous, discal
r.Y A. .TEFFEHTS TURNER. ^^C)^
dot at #. but tliis is usually obsolete: cilia ochreoiis-wliitisli. Hindwings grev: cilia oclireous-wliitisli.
Distinguishable from E. corsotn by the lunger, antennal cilia- tions; from E. exaniviis by the absence of a fuscous spot on base of patagia; from E. pallidfUa, by the darker hindwings.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October: Townsville, in 8ep- tember and January.— K. 8. A\'.: Tabulam, in December. Eight specimens.
EULECHRIA CATIIARISTIS, n.Sp. KaOapL(TTi<;, spf)tloss.
(J9. 14-20 mm. Head and thorax whitish. Palpi whitish, external surface of second joint and apex of terminal joint fus- cous. Antennae grey-whitisli; ciliations in ^ 1|. Abdomen whitish, bases of segments brownish-ochreous. Legs ochreous- whitish: anterior pair fuscous-tinged. Foi-ewings moderately broad, not dilated; whitish; cilia whitish. Hindwings grey- whitish or "rev; cilia whitish.
E. pallidella has more whitish hindwings, and longer, antennal ciliations (2). E. homochroa has narrower, ochreous-tinged fore- wings, and shorter, antennal ciliations (5).
Q.: Eumundi near Nambour, in November and December; Brisbane, from November to April ; Toowoomba, in April ; Stanthorpe, in November; twenty specimens.
EULECHRIA HOMOCHROA, n.sp. ono^poo^, (if one colour. (J9. 12-lGmm. Head and thorax pale ochreous. Palpi pale ochreous, outer surface of second joint fuscous except at apex. Antennae ochreous-grey-whitish: ciliations in ^ f.. Ab- domen pale ochreous. Legs fuscous: posterior paii- pale och- reous. Forewings rather narrow, not dilated; uniform pale ochreous; cilia pale ochreous. Hindwings grey-whitish; cilia whitish-ochreous.
Distinguished by the pale ochreous, narrow forewings, and short, antennal ciliations.
Q.: Brisbane, in February and March: Southport, in Novem- ber; Stanthorpe: six specimens.
362 STUDIES IX AUSTRALTAK MIOROLEPIDOPTERA,
EULECURIA TEPHROCHKOA, 11. Sp. Ti<f)po\poos, ash-coloured-
^. 15-17 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish; external surface of second joint, except apex, brownish-fuscous: terminal joint dark fuscous towards apex antex-iorly. Antenna? grey- whitish; ciliations in ^ 2h. Thorax ochreous-whitish, more or less suffused anteriorly with l)rownisli-fuscoiis. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, bases of segments on dorsum dull ferruginous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings rather narrow, not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish, sometimes with a few fuscous scales in disc: a median, fuscous, discal dot slightly beyond J, a second beyond it on fold, and a third at §, but these may be faintly marked or absent: a series of fuscous dots close to termen more or less marked: cilia ochreous-whitisli. Hind- wings ochreous-whitish, faintly greyish towards apex; cilia och- reous-whitish.
Near E. exanimis, which has the forewings proportionately broader, and the antennal ciliations consideiably shorter (Hj.
Q.: Rosewood, in .September; seven specimens.
EULECHRIA GALACTINA, n.Sp. yakaKTivo'i, milk-white.
(J9. 14-19 mm Head white. Palpi white; second joint dark fuscous anteriorly except at base and apex. Antennae whitish: ciliations in ^ 3. Abdomen whitish grey; tuft whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior and middle pairs dark fuscous anteriorly. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindraargin obliquely rounded: white; in male, without mark- ings; in female, with three, fuscous, discal dots; cilia white. Hindwings and cilia white.
N.Q.: Cairns and Cardwell; abundant, from August to Oc- tober.
EuLECHRIA THETICA, n.Sp. ^//TiKos, menial. (^91^"^^™™- Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous. Antennse fuscous, obscurely annulated with dark fuscous; ciliations in ^ 3.
BY A. JEFFERIR TURNER. 36:'
Abdomen fuscous, bases of segments on dorsum ferruginous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair wliitisb. Forewijigs ratlier broad, dilated posteriorly, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; fuscous; markings dark fuscous; a discal dot at I, a second slightly beycmd it on fold, and a third at |; a few, scattered, dark fuscous scales; a terminal series of dots; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous, paler towards base; cilia fuscous- whitish.
An obscure species of the compete/ la-grouTp; fortunately the long, antenna) ciliations furnish a good point of distinction.
Q.: Killarnev, in November; four specimens.
EULECHRIA DELOSPILA, n.sp. 8't]\o(nTiko<i, plainly spotted.
^2. 20 mm. Head grey, irrorated with whitish. Palpi grey, apex of second joint whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax fuscous. Abdomen whitish, with lateral, fuscous streaks, dorsum, except apices of segments, ferruginous. Legs fuscous, with whitish annulations; posterior pair whitish. Forewings moderate, somewhat dilated posteriorly; grey-whitish, with dark fuscous irroration and spots; base of dorsum suffu.sed with fus- cous, a discal dot at \, a second slightly beyond it on fold, and a third in middle; a line of spots from before middle, at first sub- costal, slightly indented at apex, then near and pai'allel to termen, then subdorsal to before middle; cilia grey, bases barred with dark fu.scous. Hindwings and cilia pale grey.
This species belongs to the siccella-group.
Q.; Stanthorpe, in November; six specimen.s, at rest on the granite-rocks.
EULECHRIA EUCRYPTA, n.Sp. evKpvTrTOi, well-concealed. ^. 18 mm. Head pale fuscous. Palpi fuscous, .second joint whitish towards apex. Antennae with apices of joints triangu- larly dilated, fuscous; ciliations in ^ L Thorax fuscous, mixed with whitish-ochreous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings posteriorly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded;
364 STUDIES IN ATTSTRALIAX ]\IICROLEPIDOPTERA,
fuscous, mixed witli whitish-oclireous; iriarkings dark fuscous, obscure; a dot at 1, with a second beneath it on fold, and a third above and before middle; a pale spot beyond middle edged anteriorly and posteriorly with dark fuscous; a fine, interrupted line near and parallel to termen, and a similar line on termen; cilia pale fuscous, apices ochreous-whitish. Hind wings pale grey; cilia whitish-grey.
Q.: Adavale (in western interior), in April and May; three specimens.
EULECHRIA MELANOGRAMMA. 11. sp. [j.eXavoypaiJ.iio's, insciihed uitli l)lack.
(J. 14-17 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous Palpi dark fuscous; apices of second and terminal joints whitish. Antennae dark fuscous; ciliations in ^ 1. Abdomen fuscous-whitish, bases of segments, except first, ferruginous. Legs dark fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings moderate, not dilated: fuscous, with numerous, dark fuscous streaks; a costal streak from base to middle; a median streak to end of cell, interrupted bv whitish in cell; submedian and dorsal streaks, with a short, whitish streak between them towards base; streaks on veins interrupted by whitish near extremitie.s, and ending in whitish, terminal dots; cilia fuscous, barred with whitish, apices grey- whitish. Hind wings and cilia grey.
Q. : Brisbane, in September, October, and December; seven specimens.
EULECHRIA MESOCHRA, n.Sp. lu<r(<)^po^, pale in tlie middle. ^. 14-17 mm. Head blackish; face whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish ochreous, with a few blackish scales; terminal joint, ex- cept apex, blackish. Antennae blackish, annulated with whitish- ochreous. Thorax whitish-ochreous; tegula», bases of patagia, and a few posterior scales, blackish. Abdomen pale ochreous, variably sufiused with fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, tibiie and tarsi annulated with whitish-ochreous; posterior pair pale och- reous, with some fuscous irroration. Forewings narrow-elongate; pale brownish-ochreous, with patchy, fuscous irroration; mark-
BY A. JRFFKRTS TURNKR, 365
ings blackish; a dot on costa near base: a short, broad streak on base of dorsum; a discal dot at 1, a second close beneath it on fold, and a third at |; an apical spot; a triangular, tornal spot connected with third dot; cilia on apex blackish, oti termeu pale ochreous, witli some blackish scales, on tornus grey. Hindwings grey; base sometimes pale ochreous; cilia grey, towai-ds tornus pale ochreous.
Q.: Brisbane, in October, November, and April; three speci- mens.
Gen. Callithauma.
Callithnuma 'I\irn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., J899, p. 15.
Type, C. basilica Turn. This genus is closely allied to Tiso- barica, from which it differs only by the absence (or extreme shortness) of the male antennal ciliations. The posterior tibite are rough-haired above, not smooth-scaled, as stated in my de- scription. To this genus must be referred HopUtica caUianthes Meyr.
Mr. Meyrick's division of the Oecophorinse into those with, and those without, antennal ciliations, must not be applied too rigidly.
Callithauma basilica. Callithauma basilica Turn., op. cit., 1899, p. 15. Q. : Toowoomba, in September; Killarne}', in October.
Callithauma pyrites
HopUtica pyrites Turn., o]'). cit., 1896, p. 9.
Q.: iVIontville near Nambour, in October; Brisbane, in )Sep- teraber; Stradbroke Island, in September; Mt. Tambourine, in October and November; Killarney, in October and November; not uncommon.
Callithauma glycera, n.sp.
yXvKepos, sweet.
(J. 12 mm. Head I'eddish-orange; face whitish. Palpi whitish;
second joint with fuscous irroration and apical ring; terminal
joint broadly dark fuscous in middle. Antenna? whitish, sharply
annulated with blackish. Thorax pinkish mixed with whitish.
31
366 STUDIES IN AUSTRALTAKT MTCROLEPIDOPTERA,
Abdomen purple-fuscous; tuft wliitish-ochreous. Legs pale fus- cous, annulated with whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings posteriorly dilated, costa slightly arched, strongly so before apex, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded; pink; mark- ings pale yellow, partly outlined with dark fuscous; a short, oblique line from base of costa; a narrow, outwardly curved fascia from costa at ^ to inner margin at ^; a narrow fascia from costa before middle to tornus, dividing and reuniting in disc, so as to enclose an island of ground-colour: a fine, irregularly waved fascia from costa at | to termen above tornus; a broad, dark fuscous line along costa from middle to |, thence continued as a submarginal band to termen above tornus; an orange line on apex and upper part of termen ; cilia orange. Hindwings whitish; cilia whitish-ochreous, at apex grey.
Differs in shape of forewing from the other species; the dark, costal and submarginal line is characteristic.
Q.: Killarney, in October; one specimen.
Callithauma leptodoma, n.sp. AeTTToSo/xos, slightly built.
(J. 8-9 mm. Head whitish-ochreous; face whitish. Palpi whitish ; an apical ring on second joint, and a subapical on terminal joint, dark fuscous. Antennae whitish, with blackish annulations. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdomen whitish. Less whitish; anterior femora and tibiae fuscous; anterior and middle tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings narrow, costa strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; pale crimson; markings pale yellow, edged and partly mixed with fuscous; an illdefined, basal fascia; a moderately broad, slightly outwardly curved fascia from ^ costa to -| dorsum; a broader, irregular-edged fascia from midcosta to before tornus, enclosing a spot of ground-colour in middle, and giving off a branch to mid-dorsum; a narrower, curved fascia, mostly suffused with fuscous, from costa before apex to termen above tornus; a line on apex and upper part of termen edged anteriorly with fuscous; cilia pale j^ellow, towards tornus grey mixed with pale crimson. Hindwings lanceolate; grey-whitish; cilia grey- whitish.
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 367
Smaller and more slender than C. pyrites, the markings broader, and with much more fuscous irroration ; certainly distinct.
Q.: Coolangatta, in September; Ki'llarney, in October; three specimens.
Gen. TisoBARicA.
7Vso6a?"ica Walk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p. 812. Hieropola Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1883, p.363. A very natural genus, narrower-winged than Machimia {Hop- litica Meyr.), and with terminal joint of palpi shorter.
TiSOBAKICA PYRRHELLA.
Hoplitica pyrrhella Turn., Trans. R. Soq. S. Aust., 1896, p. 8.
Antennal ciliations of $ 2.
Q.: Bi'isbane, in September and March.
TiSOBARICA ERANNA, n.sp. epavvos, lovely. Hieropola jucundella Meyr., op. cit., 1883, p. 364, nee Wlk. This species is very constant in colour and markings, and is certainly different from the following. Antennal ciliations of
Q.: Brisbane and Toowoomba, in September. — N.S.W.: New- castle, Sydney.
TiSOBARICA JUCUNDELLA.
Tisoharica jucundella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p. 813; nee Meyr., op. cit., 1883, p.363.
jj^. 12-13 mm. Head whitish; second joint with a narrow, subapical ring, and terminal joint with a broad, median ring, fuscous. Antennae whitish, annulated with fuscous; ciliation.s in (J 1-|. Thorax whitish, anteriorly pale purplish, bases of patagia yellow. Abdomen pale purple-fuscous; tuft and under- side whitish. Legs whitish; anterior and middle pairs annulated with fuscous. Forewings rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; pale purple, with four fasciae yellow, narrowly edged with fuscous; first from base
368 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA
of costa very obliquely outwards, then curved downwards to dorsum at |^; second rather broad, evenly curved, from J costa to dorsum; third from midcosta to tornus, narrow, interrupted beneath costa, its edges irregular and nearly enclosing a spot of ground-colour on posterior margin; fourth subapical, very broad on costa, narrowing to a point on termen above tornus; a yellow line anteriorly edged with fuscous on apex and upper part of termen; cilia ochreous. Hindwings and cilia ochreous-whitish.
Distinguished from the preceding by the purple colour of fore- wings; entire, second fascia; broad, fourth fascia; whitish head and thorax, and other points.
Q.: Brisbane, in October; two specimens, apparently attached to iMelaletica. — N.S.W,: Sydney (Walker's type).
TiSOBARICA LAROTYPA, n.Sp. XapoTXiTTOs, daintily marked.
^. 13 mm. Head reddish, face white. Palpi whitish; apex and a few scattered scales on second joint, and a subapical ring on terminal joint, fuscous. Antennae whitish, annulated with fuscous; ciliations in (J 1. Thorax red, with a suffused, whitish, median, longitudinal streak; patagia yellow, bases red. Abdo- men grey-whitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair with some pale fuscous irroration. Forewings rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; pale red, costal portion of disc, except near b^se, broadly suffused with grey; markings pale yellow; base of dorsum yellow; a very oblique fascia from base of costa, bent inwards above dorsum to dorsum at i; a second fascia from i costa to mid-dorsum, dilated and containing a spot of groundcolour above middle, constricted and nearly interrupted above dorsum; a third fascia from mid- costa to tornus, interrupted beneath costa, dilated and contain- ing a spot of gi'ound-colour in middle, connected by an oblique bar from below middle to dorsal end of second fascia; an incom- plete, narrow fascia from | costa towards, but not reaching, termen above tornus; a yellow line on apex and upper part of termen; cilia ochreous, apices grey. Hindwings whitish; cilia ochreous-whitish.
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 36^
Differs from T. eranna in the grey suffusion of forewings, with red spot in second fascia, and narrow, fourth fascia. The dark scales on edges of markings are very slightly developed.
N.S.VV.: Sydney(near Middle Head), in October; one specimen.
TlSOBARICA HEDANOPA, n.Sp. eSavtoTTOS, of pleasant appearance.
9. 12 mm Head yellowish. Palpi yellow, with some reddish suffusion. Antennje whitish, with blackish annulations. Thorax yellow-whitish, with patchy reddish suffusion. Abdomen och- reous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior tibife reddish, anterior tarsi aunulated with reddish. Forewings narrow, costa arched near base, thence nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; pale red, with some patchy grey suffusion mostly in median areas, markings yellow edged with brio-ht red; an outwardly oblique line from base of costa not reaching dorsum; a rather broad, slightly curved, nearly trans- verse, uninterrupted fascia from \ costa to \ dorsum; an obscure spot on mid-dorsura; a very narrow fascia from mid costa to tornus, dilated and enclosing a spot of ground-colour above middle; a very narrow fascia from | costa to termen above tornus, dilated on costa; a fine, yellow line on apex and upper part of termen; cilia ochreous-yellow, on tornus reddish. Hind- winjrs whitish; cilia ochreous-whitish.
Narrower-winged than the other species, the markings edged with red, not fuscous, the grey suffusion differently placed to that in T. larotypa, and the nearly transverse fascia at \ very different.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November; one specimen.
Machimia modekatella.
Depressarm modnratella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p. 566. Hoplitica leucerythra Meyr., Proc. Linn.Soc. N.S.Wales, 188L', p.501; H . nifimaculella Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 7.
N.Q.: Townsville. — ^Q : Nambour, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island. — N.S.W.: Glen Innes, Sydney, Bathurst, Mittagong, Mt. Kosci- usko (4000 feet). — Vic: Gisborne.— Tasm.: Launceston.— S.A.: Mt. Lofty.
370 studies in australian mickolepidopteea,
Machimia eoxantha.
Hoplitica eoxantha Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 7. Q.: Brisbane and Stradbroke Island, iu August; Mt. Tam- bourine and Warwick, in October.
Machimia atripunctatella.
Hoplitica atripunctatella Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 7. Q.: Ga3nidah, in October; Brisbane, in August and Septem- ber; Toowoomba, in November.
Machimia miltopsara. Hoplitica miltopsara Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, p.560.
N.S.W.: Ebor.
Machimia zelota, n.sp. ^rjX(OTOS, enviable.
^. 21 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous; external surface of second joint pinkish-tinged. Antennae pale grey, towards base whitish-ochreous tinged with pink; ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax leaden-grey; anteriorly broadly whitish-och- reous; two, reddish-ochreous, posterior dots. Abdomen pale ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair pinkish ante- riorly, except coxse, which are whitish. Forewings moderately broad, not dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rounded-rectan- gular, termen slightly oblique, rounded beneath; leaden-grey; a pink, costal streak; extreme costal edge whitish; a whitish-och- reous, basal spot; an irregular, whitish-ochreous blotch reticu- lated with reddish-ochreous, extending from near base of dorsum as a broad streak roughly parallel to costa as far as middle; a dark fuscous, circular spot beneath this before middle of disc; two, dark fuscous spots edged with whitish-ochreous placed transversely in disc beyond middle; a whitish-ochreous, subapical blotch traversed by an interrupted, reddish-ochreous, obliquely transverse line; cilia pale ochreous, towards termen grey. Hind- wines and cilia ochi-eous.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in January; one specimen.
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 371
Machimia ph(ENOPIS, n.sp. (^otrojTTt?, reddish.
9. 14-18mm. Head dull reddish mixed with whitish-ochreous; face whitish. Palpi dull reddish; second joint with base, apex, and most of inner surface whitish. Antennae ochreous- whitish, sharply annulated with blackish. Thorax dull reddish mixed with whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous-grey, beneath pale ochreous. Legs whitish; anterior pair reddish-tinged; posterior pair pale ochreous. Forewings not dilated, costa arched at base, then nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish, mixed with dull reddish; costal edge narrowly pink; no defined markings, but a reddei", apical area preceded by an ill-defined, paler fascia from mid-costa to tornus; cilia whitish, irrorated with reddish. Hind wings ochreous-fus- cous; towards apex fuscous; cilia grey.
N.A.: Port Darwin. — Q.: Brisbane, in September and Novem- ber; Mt. Tambourine, in November; Toowoomba, in September. Seven specimens.
Machimia MEsoGiEA, n.sp. /xtcroyatos, inland.
(J9- 16-18mm. Head, thorax, and palpi ochreuus-grey-whitish. Antennae grey, towards base pinkish-white; ciliations in ^ 4. Abdomen pale ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair pinkish-tinged. Forewings broadly oval, not dilated, costa arched near base, then straight, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-grey-whitish; discal spots obsolete, or one or two spots faintly indicated; costal edge pink; cilia whitish, apex pinkish-tinged.
Q.: Adavale, in April; four specimens.
Machimia ochrophanes, n.sp.
wX/ao^avT^S, pale.
^9.19-23mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi whitish; second joint fuscous except on base, apex, and internal surface: terminal joint fuscous anteriorly. Antennse in ^ whitish, with fuscous annulations, ciliations |; in 9 grey. Thorax ochreous-whitish
372 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICR0LEPID0PTERA_,
or pale grey. Abdomen pale ochreous-grey, in ^ gi'ey, apices of segments ochreous- whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous ; anterior pair, except coxae, fuscous. Forewings suboblong, not dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen rounded, slightly oblique; ochreous-Avhitish, in 9 sufiused with grey; discal dots obscure or nearly obsolete; sometimes a fuscous dot above middle; a dot at |; sometimes one or two fuscous scales representing a dot at I, and another beyond it on fold; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hind wings ochreous-grey-whitish, in ^ darker; cilia ochi'eous-whitish.
Very similar to some species of Eulechria; the absence of pecten, and short, antennal ciliations should be carefully noted.
Q.: Warwick, in October.
Machimia micropteka, n.sp. /iLKpoTTTepo'i, small-winged.
(J9. 12-14 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in ^ l^. Abdomen ferruginous-fuscous, apices of segments and tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair and middle femora ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa arched at base, thence nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; pale fuscous, sparsely irrorated with fuscous; a discal dot at |, a second beneath it on fold, and a third at 4; cilia pale fuscous. Hindwings ochreous- whitish, at apex tinged with fuscous; cilia whitish, with a basal pale fuscous line towards apex.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November; fourteen specimens.
Machimia an^mica, n.sp.
di'aijLLKOs, bloodless.
(J^. 12-14 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi ochreous-whitish, with very slight, fuscous irroration. Antennae whitish; ciliations in (J 3. Abdomen wliitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair with slight, fuscous irroration. Forewings not dilated, costa moder- ately arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish, with very fine, sparse, fuscous irroration; a
CY A. .IKFKIj;i;iS TURNER. 373
fuscous, discal dot at I, a second beneath and beyond it on fold, and a third at|; cilia ochreous-whitisli, with fine, sparse, fuscous irroration. Hindwings and cilia whitish.
Q. ; Sandgate, near Brisbane, in September and October ; Coolangatta, in December; five specimens.
Machimia mitosema, n sp. lxiTO(ri]ixo<i, thread-marked-
(J9. 17-23 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, closely irrorated with whitish. Palpi dark fuscous; terminal joint, and apical third of second joint, irrorated with whitish. Antennse fuscous mixed with whitish; ciliations in ^ 1|. Abdomen fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs whitish, more or less irrorated with fuscous; anterior surfaces of anterior and middle pairs mostly dark fuscous Forewings not dilated, costa moder- ately arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded: whitish, irrorated with fuscous: numerous, longitudinal, dark fuscous streaks; a whitish dot in disc at §; cilia fuscous, irrorated with whitish.
Structurally, a true Alachimia, but very different from other species; colour and pattern evidently a protective adaptation.
Q.: Brisbane, in October- April. — N.S.W.: Tabulam, in Decem- ber. Eleven specimens.
Gen. HoPLOMORPHA, n.g.
OTr\ojxop(f>0'i, shield-shaped.
Antennas without pecten, or with two or three fugitive scales only; in ^ with moderately long ciliations. Paljji rather long; second joint exceeding base of antennae, thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint hardly shorter than second, rather stout, strongly recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings suboblong, moderately broad; 7 to apex. Hindwings somewhat narrower than forewings; 6 from cell nearly midway between 4 and 6, not curved and approximated to 4 at base.
Distinguished from Machimia (lloplitica) by the structure of vein 5 of hindwings. A distinct and natural genus. Type, Crypiolechia abalienella Wlk.
374 STtJDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
HOPLOMORPHA ABALIENELLA.
Cryplolechia ahalienella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p. 762. Hoplitica colonias Meyr., Proc. Liun. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.942.
N.Q.: Herberton. — Q.: Brisbane. — Vic: Bairnsdale.
HoPLOMORPHA PORPHYRASPIS.
Hoplitica porphyraspis Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p.8.
Q.: Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine.
HoPLOMORPHA CAiMELiEA.
Eulechria camelcBa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.943.
Q.: Stanthorpe. — Vic: Beechworth, Gisborne.
HoPLOMORPHA EPICOSMA, n.Sp.
cTtK-ocr/xos, adorned.
J". 14-16 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous; internal surface of second joint whitish. Antennae dark fuscous; cilia- tions in (J 1. Thorax dark fuscous; posterior third, including apices of patagia, whitish. Abdomen fuscous; anterior extremity and tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded; whitish; base of costa dark fuscous; costal edge grey, with a short, oblique mark at |; a large, dark fuscous blotch on inner margin from ^ to |, attenuated anteriorly, reaching to fold, its upper edge concave, angulated at each extremity of concavity; along its posterior edge is a leaden-fuscous line, surmounted by a leaden- fuscous dot in disc at |; an outwardly curved, fuscous line from costa at I to anal angle, its anterior edge suffused with greenish- grey; along its posterior edge is a narrow, white line not reach- ing to anal angle; apical area purple fuscous irrorated with leaden-fuscous scales; cilia greenish-grey, bases purplish, irrorated with fuscous. Hindwings ochreous-whitish, apical half fuscous; cilia whitish, at apex fuscous, at anal angle ochreous-whitish.
BT A. JEFfERIS TURNEK. 375
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November and December; two speci- mens.
HOPLOMORPHA CAMINODES, H.Sp. Ka[itvw8y)<;, fiery, red-hut.
(J^. 13-15 mm. Head and palpi reddish-ochreous. Antennae grey, towards base reddish-ochreous; ciliations in ^ 2. Thorax reddish-ochreous, paler posteriorly. Abdomen grey mixed with reddish-ochreous, apices of segments whitish-grey, tuft whitish- ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior tibiae and tarsi, and base of middle tibiae, reddish anteriorly. Forewings not dilated, costa moderately arched, more strongly towards base, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; pale reddish-ochreous, darker towards costa, a dark i-eddish, dorsal streak, edged with whitish, from i to j, abruptly truncated posteriorly; a fuscous spot, indented posteriorly, before tornus; from this a reddish- ochreous suffusion containing two, minute, fuscous dots extends more than half across disc beyond middle, and is preceded by a whitish dot; a short, outwardly oblique, reddish-ochreous streak from I costa; an interrupted, fuscous line from beneath ^ costa to termen above tornus; a fine, fuscous, terminal line; cilia pale reddish-ochreous, on tornus grey. Hindwings dark grey; towards base ochreous-whitish; cilia grey.
In this species, the usual dorsal blotcJi is reduced to a dorsal streak. The specimen from Killarney is much brighter red, the markings reduced, the dorsal streak ci'imson-red and not white- edged.
Q.: Brisbane, in October; Mount Tambourine, in December and January; Southport, in December; Killarney, in November; five specimens.
Gen. Lepidozancla, n.g. AeTTtSo^ayK'A.O's, with scaly sickles (palpi). Palpi long; second joint exceeding base of antennae, thickened with loosely appressed scales in front, slightly expanded at apex; terminal joint about | second, rather stout, acute. Antennae without pecten. Thorax smooth. Abdomen stout. Forewings with vein 7 to apex. Hindwings normal.
376 .STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICRDLEl'IDOfTERA.
In the absence of the ^, the correct position of this genus is uncertain. It may be distinguished from Machitnia by the stouter, second joint of palpi, which is roughened with scales anteriorly.
Lkpidozancla zatrephes, n.sp. ^aTpe<^7;s, fat.
9. 18-22 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antennae pale grey. Abdomen ochreous-grey, apices of segments grey-whitish Legs pale grey ; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings narrow- oblong, costa straight except near base and apex, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; ochreous-grey-whitish ; a fuscous discal dot at 1-, and a second considerably before it on fold, both of which may be obsolete, and a third in disc beyond middle; sometimes a few fuscous scales in a median line before and after third dot; cilia concolorous. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.
Q.: Brisbane, in Fel)ruary and March. Although this species comes commonly to light at my residence, I have never seen any but female examples.
377
SOME CPvYPTOGAMIC NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC
GARDENS, SYDNEY.
By the Rev. W. Walter Watts.
(Plate XX.)
This paper deals with Ferns and Mosses. Two new species and one new variety are described. Notes are added concerning other species, including some new records. A new Tribe of the Polypodiacece is also proposed and defined.
Ferns. i.
DRYOPTERiDEiE : a Suggested new Tribe of the Polypodiaceff.
It was long the custom to classify a large section of the Poly- podidcecp. on the basis of the presence, or absence, of a superior indusium. The species bearing such indusium were classed as the Aspidiere (do-Trt?, a shield), while those lacking such indusium were the Polypodiect. Under this classification, the genus Aspidium covered a large range of species and numerous sub- genera. But it was at length realised that, by this arrange- ment, ferns that had many natural affinities, especially in frond- formation and venation, were needlessly and unscientifically kept apart. Hence the conviction that the older classification attached undue importance to the presence, or absence, of an indusium - a conclusion that was strengthened by the discovery of exindusiate forms of indusiate species, and by the fact that, in some supposedly exindusiate species, traces had been found of a small and extremely fugacious indusium.
In these circumstances, an old genus of Adanson's, dating back to 1763, was revived and expanded, viz., Dryopteris, a genus, as the name implies, consisting of ferns whose fronds showed a supposed resemblance to the oak-leaf. I have not
378 SOME CRYPTOGAMIC NOTES,
access to Adanson's original description, but, judging from C Christensen's " Enumeratio,"* his Dryopteris consisted of aspidioid ferns with free veins ; i.e., it was the equivalent of Presl's ^'■Lastrcea " (1836). In recent times, Dryopteris has been used in at least two, different senses. On the one hand, it has been made to cover all the oakleaf-like ferns, whether indusiate or exindusiate; and, on the other hand, it has been limited to the indusiate ferns alone of this class. Tn the former case, the indusiate species have received the subgeneric name Eudry- opteris, while the exindusiate species have constituted the sub- genus Phegopteris. Where, on the other hand, Dryoj^teris has been limited to the indusiate species, Phegopteris has been made a separate genus.
The wider signification of Dryopteris has been adopted bj' Christensen (ojo. ci^.), and K. Domin.f, Capt. van Aldewerelt van Rosenbergl has divided all the Polypodiacece into the " In- dusiatse" and the " Exindusiatee" ; and has, therefore, separated Phegopteris from Dryopteris, placing it in a new tribe, Pheyo- pteridece. Domin, with justice, calls Van Rosenberg's scheme in question^; but in following Christensen and making Phegopteris a subgenus of Dryopteris, Domin is in danger of seeming to support a classification that includes exindusiate ferns under the Aspidiece; to my mind, an undesirable arrangement, and indeed a conti'adiction in terms.
It is only fair to Domin to state that he avoids this situation by carefully refraining from any use of tribal divisions under the Polypodiacece, a procedure, however, that is scarcely to be followed in dealing with a family that includes the great bulk of the ferns of the world.
To avoid, (a), the unscientific separation of Phegopteris from the vicinity of Dryopteris, (b), the inclusion of exindusiate ferns
* Index Filieum, 1906, p. xxi.
t Pteridophyta. J Malayan Ferns, 1908. § Van Rosenberg liiniself (op. cit., p. 486) says, in a note on Phegopteria, " Its proper place is near Dryojiteris, from which it differs by the wanting indusiura only."'
BY W. WALTER WATTS. 379
among the Aspidiece, and (c), the growing cumbrousness of the genus Dryopteris, as defined in Christensen's Index, I venture to suggest the separation of the supposedly oak-leaf ferns, in order to make them a new tribe, Dryopteridem.
The new tribe will include Dryopteris in what appears to have been Adanson's original sense ( = Lastrcea), Nephrodium, Phcgo- pteris, Goniopteris, andMeniscium, all considered as genera.
I put forward this suggestion after much hesitancy, but in the belief that it will serve the double purpose of bringing within manageable bounds the, at present, unwieldy genus Dryopteris, and of promoting the interests of a more natural classification.
In accordance with the requirements of the Vienna Rules, I submit a Latin description, and an analysis, as follows : —
DRYOPTERiDEiE, Trib.nov. Stipes ad rhizoma non articulatus; frondes foliorum quercus memorantes, venis solutis vel plus minusve unitis; sori indusiati vel exindusiati, reniformes vel rotundati vel plus minusve oblongi, ad venas mediales vel terminales, interdum confluentes, indusiis, si exstantibus, soris sequiformantibus.
1. Dryopteris Adans., 1763; Lastrcea Presl; Endryopteris auctt. Soi'i, for the most part, distinctly indusiate; veins free.
2. Nephrodium Schott, 1834; Aspidium^ Christ; Eunephrodium
auctt. Veins more or less united, especially alongside the costa; sori indusiate.
3. Phegopteris (Presl) Fee; Euphegopteris auctt. Exindusiate, or indusium early shrivelling and disappearing;
veins free. This includes Leptogramma (sori oblong or linear).
4. Goniopteris Presl, 1836; Phegopteris^ auctt. Exindusiate, or indusium early shrivelling or disappearing;
sori never confluent; veins more or less as in Nephrodium. This includes Stegnogramma (sori oblong or linear).
5. Meniscium Schreb.; Phegopteris% auctt.; Dryopteris^ auctt. Veins uniting as in Goniopteris; exindusiate; soi'i often con- fluent at the junction of the transverse veinlets and "not rarely running along the excurrent veinlets."
3S0 SOME CRA'PTOGAMIC NOTES,
Adopting the above arrangement, our Australian species will stand as follows : -
Dryopleris decomposita (R.Br.j O. Ktze.
D. glabella (A. Cunn.) C. Chr.
D. acuminata (Lowe) \\'atts.
D. tenera (R.Br.) 0. Chr.
D. velutina (liich.) O. Ktze.
D. (ilbovillosa Watts.
D. Baileyana Domin.
D. lanciloba (Bak.) O. Ktze.
£). dissecta (Forst ) O. Ktze.
Nephrodmm yonyylodes (Schkr.) Suhott; K. unitnm R.Br.
iV. pteroides (Retz. ) Desv.
iV^. parasiticnm (L. ) Desv.
iV. truncatum (Poir.) Presl.
N. decorum (Dura.) Watts.
Fhegopter is punctata (Thunb.) Mett.
P. setiyera (Bl.) Bak.
/'. ornata{yJ&\\.) Fee.
P. queenslandica (Dora.) Watts; Polt/podium asjndioides Bail.
P. tropica (Dora.) Watts; P. aspidiuides var. tropica ~B-di\.
P. rufescens (BL; Mett.
P. wurunuran (Dom.) Watts.
Goniopteris urophylla (Wall.) Presl.
G. Danesiana (Dom.) VN'atts.
G. Hillii (Bak.) Watts.
G. pmcilopJdebia (Hook.) Bail.
G. prulifera (Retz.) Pr.
Meniscium tr'tphyU am Sw.
ii.
Athyrium humile Watts, sp.nov.
(Plate XX., fig^l.)
Rhizoma repens, subtenue, dense paleaoeum, paleis pallide
brunneis, basi lati-ovatis, apice breviter vel longe acuminatis,
cellulis diplazioideis, rhizomatulis numerosis, longis, ramosissi-
inis, fuscis ad subatris, madore carnosis. Stipites approximati,
subtlexuosi, ad 1 dm. longi, basi fusci, incrassati dense paleacei,
BY W. WALTER WATTS. 381
paleis rhizoraaticis conformibus, deinde tenues, pallescentes, plus minusve paleacei, paleis tenuibus, longe et flexuose acuniinatis, cum glandibus articulatis pallidis intermixtis. Frons anguste ovato-lanceolata, longe acuminata, falcatula, ad 1-5 dm. longa et 5 cm. lata, facie antica fusco-viridi, postica pallido-viridi, baud nitenti, infra pinnata, delude pinnatifida, gradatim breviter lobata, apice subintegra; pititiis injimis subsessilibus, plus minusve distantibus, oppositis vel suboppositis, obovatis, squar- rosis vel deflexulis, ad 2 cm. longis et 1 cm. latis; pinnis mediis approximatis, sessilibus ad decurrentibus, alternantibus, longi- oribus (ad 3 cm. longis et 0-75 cm. latis), oblongo-lanceolatis, supra gradatim suberecto-patentibus, paullulum sursum curva- tis, lobis apicem versus gradatim abbreviatis, in summo apice evanidis; pinnis et lobis omnibus (superioribus exceptis) plus minusve crenato-lobatis, segmentis oblongo-rotundatis, apice interdum crenulatis, segmento primo acroscopico evolutiori; lobis frondis apicem versus subcrenulatis ad integris; rhachi parce hirsuta, in superior! dimidio alata; pinnis et lobis penni- nervatis, nervis ssepe indistinctis; faciebus et rhachi et costis cum glandibus articulatis pra?ditis. Sori breves, in pinnarum et loborum nervis, juxtacostales, stricti vel subarcuati; indiisio membranaceo, pallido, margine crenulato vel subcristato, in- trorsum aperienti. Texhira subcoriacea.
Damp base of rock in The Rapids, Ellenborough River, the Bulga, via Wingham: leg. W. W. Watts, April, 1915.
iii.
Notes and Records.
1. Hymenophyllum peltatum (Poir.) Desv.; H. Wilsoni Hook.;
JI. unilaterale Willd.
This interesting fern was collected by Mr. J. L. Boorman, on Barrington Tops, in January, 1916. Mr. Wilson published a description, with an admirable figure, of the species in "English Botany, Suppl.,t.2686"(1831 ), as Hymenophyllum Wilsoni Hook., (Brit. Fl., i., 446, 1830). In Hooker and Baker's "Synopsis," p. 67, it is made a variety, "/?, " of //. tunbridgense Sm., but a note is added, '■'H. peltatzirn (Poir.) oldest name." Christenseni also (Index) identifies H. Wilsoiii with II. peltatum (Foir.) Desv.^
82
382 SOME ORYPTOGAMIC NOTES,
Prod., 333, 1827. Assuming this identity, the name H. peltahhm must stand. Poiret published his species, in 1808, as Tricho- manes peltatum. In 1810, Willdenow published it as Hymeno phyllum unilaterale (certainly the most appropriate name): and in 1830-31, it was, as already stated, described and figured as H. Wilsoni Hook., (specimens collected in Ireland by Mr. Wilson). It is interesting to know that we have this fern, as well as H. tnnbridyense, in Australia. I have no hesitancy in separating the two species, even on the ground of the unilateral pinna? of H. peltatum, to say nothing of its differently-shaped and entire indusium.
There are specimens in the Herbarium (Sydney) collected on the Snowy River by Mr. W. Bauerlen, as also specimens from Tas- mania (Archer &, Gunn), but these have, until now, been placed in the H. tunbridgense box. Mr. Boorman's specimens are ample, quite characteristic, and in good condition.
2. Hymenophyllum rarum R.Br. This southern species was collected on Mt. Wilson by Mr. Boorman and myself, in May, 1915. Not previously recorded north of Illawarra, though Mr. Whitelegge reports having found it in Blackheath Glen.
3. Dryopteris acuminata (Lowe) Watts; Lastrcea Moore.
A small, dark green, shiny Dryopteris, found here and there in New South Wales, has hitherto been identified, for the most part, with D. decomposifa (R.Br.), from all forms of wiiich it certainly differs. Mr. Thos. Whitelegge, for many years, has regarded it as luovfe^a Aspidium acuminatum (¥'\\., vi., t.ll, 1857). Lowe's description is scarcely adequate, but his accompanying figure leaves little or no doubt in my mind that Mr. Whitelegge's view is correct. Lowe's species (supposed by him, apparently, to have been Willdenow's A. acum.inatum, which is, according to Christensen, a syn. of Nephrolepis biserrata) was based on speci- mens grown at Kew, but he did not know to what country it belonged. Many years ago, Mr. Whitelegge sent specimens of our Australian fern to Mr. T. Rogers, of Manchester, who con- firmed its identification with Lowe's species. Hooker and Baker
BY W. WALTER WATTS. 383
(Syn., p. 281) make Lastra'a acumhiata Moore, (1858) a syn. of Aspidium Shepherdi Ktze., (Linn., 23, 230, 1850), which Chris- tensen (Index FiL) identifies with D. decomposita. Not having access to Linniiea, I can oidy keep Lowe's nonienclatuie: but if A. Sliepherdi and A. acuminatum are identical, then Kuntze's •name must have the precedence. Dryopteris (jlabella (Cunn.), is an entirely different plant.
I collected this fern (Z). acM?/ima<a) plentifully, in 1915, on the Bulga Heights, via Wingham; and Mr. Boorman and I found ample specimens on Mt. Wilson, in the same year. Var. CRISTATA, var.nov.
Among the specimens of Dryopteris acuminata found on Mt. Wilson by Mr. Boorman and myself, in 1915, was one large plant which exhibited a distinctly cristate habit, and I submit it as a well-marked variety, as follows :■ —
Frondis et pinnarum apicibus elongatis, sjepe dichotome ramosis, cristatis, ramis erectis vel suberectis, linearibus, mar- ginibus lobatis, lobis acute senatis.
4. Platyzoma microphyllum R.Br. This most interesting fern was descriVjed by Robert Brown in his " Prodromus " (1810) under the generic name Platyzoma. Baron von Mueller, in 1864,* regarded it as a Gleichenia, and published it as G. platyzoma. Dr. Christ, in 1897,t described this fern under the name Gleichenia microphylla (R.Br.). Domin makes it Gleichenia microphylla Christ. The fact that Brown published a Gleichenia microphylla in close proximitj' to his Platyzoma microphyllum makes this an inconvenient nomencla- ture; and if his Platyzoma is to be included in Gleichenia, we must follow Christensen, who adopts F. von Mueller's name, G. platyzoma. But Platyzom.a exhibits such unique cliaracters, especially in the presence of the subordinate filiform leaves, which, though described by Brown (loc. cit.), and figured by Guillemin,; have been so much overlooked, that it seems to me the genus Platyzom^a must stand.
"■■ Veget. Chat. Isl., H3.
I^Fainkr., p.:«<>.
+ Icone.s Lithoi^raphica; (1827), t.!8.
384 some cryptogamic notes,
Mosses. i.
FissiDENS ( AmblyolhaUla) humilis Dixon et Watts, sp.nov. (Plate XX., figs.2a-c?.)
AtUoic^is, riore inasculo ad surculum brevem terminali; humilis^ dense caespitosus, pallide virens, baud nitidus; caulis 3 mm. a.d 5nim. usque altus, simplex vel subsimplex, basi radiculosus, infra laxe supra dense ioMosus; folia usque ad 18-juga, infima parva, supra sensiui majora, ligulato-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, superiora usque ad 1"0 mm. longa et 0*25 mm. lata, omnia immar- ginata, integra vel prope apicem indistincte subcrenulata, s;epe in unica triangulari hyalina cellula terminata, humida erecto- patentia, subfalcata, sicca appressa, rigida, falcatula, superiora incurva, nervo infra summum apicem evanido, in foliis inferiori- bus amoene rufo, in superioribus flavo, pellucido, subflexuoso, falcato; lamina vaginalis lamina apicali longior, in foliis infimis^ omne fere folium occupans, lamiiia dorsalis inferne angustata, ad basin nervienata; cellulis in lam. vaginanti rotundato-quadra- tis, subpellucidis, 0'005-0'007 mm. in diam., in lam. apicali et dorsali densioribus, minutioribus; perichfetium terminate; vagi- nula cylindrica, fusca, circa 0*26 mm. alta: seta ad 3-4 mm. usque alta, basi subito curvata, flavo-brunnea, deinde suhstricta, davescens; theca suberecta, symmetrica, humida ovato-oblonga, sicca ovata, sub ore constricta, fusco-viridis, e cellulis exothecii turgidis, laxe hexagonis, subrugulosa : operculum § vel ultra longitudinis thecje, rostratum, leniter curvatum, acutum basi brunneum, supra pallidum; peristomium simplex, dentes 16, basi connati, erecti (sicca valde incurvi), purpurei, dense papillosi, indistincte trabeculati, inlus appendiculati, deinde in cruribus longis duobus, filiformibus, dense papillosis dividi; spori flavo- virides, levissimi, circa 0015mm.; calyf,tra pallida, longa, mitri- formis.
Surculus masculus brevis, 3-4-juga, foliis latioribus, breviori- bus, lamina vera omne fere folium occupante, cellulis laminafr apicalis et dorsalis majoribus.
On silt, near the Harbour, Newcastle, N.S. W., leg. Chas. L. Burgess (ex herb. W. H. Burrell).
BY W. WALTER WATTS. 385
Comparable with F. intcuerrivins Mitt., but readily distin. guislied bv its smaller size, tlie form of its leaves, and their acuter apex, the smaller and denser cells of the lamina apicalis, and other characters.
ii. Notes and records. 1 . Lrptostomum inclinans R.Bi\; L. ^/lexipile CM..
This fine moss, not hitherto recorded from New South Wales, though often found in Tasmania and Victoria, was collected by Mr. Boorman on Harrington Tops in Januar}', 1916, in ample material in good condition. Our only Leptostomum, up to now, has been L. erectma li.Br. New South Wales records of L. macrocarpiim Hedw , existed formerly in the Melbourne Herba- rium, but the specimens proved, upon examination, to be L. erecHim.
2. Hampeella fallens (Lacoste) Fleischer.
This unique little moss is a tropical and subti'opical species. In Australia, it was first found by Mr Thomas Wliitelegge on Cambewarra Mountain in 1885, and was regarded bj' Dr. V. F. Brotherus as a new genus, Whiteleggea (australis). It was pub- lished, however, in the first Part of Brotherus' "Some new Species of Australian Mo.sses," as Lcpidopilnm ansfrale, the de- scription being based on specimens collected at Harvey's Creek, North Queensland, by the late F. M. Baile3^ Mr. Whitelegge found it again, in 1891, at Lilyvale; and I was fortunate enough to find it at several places on the Richmond and Brunswick Rivers, N.S.W., between 1895 and 1901. When my specimens were sent to Dr. lU-otherus, he remarked on "this interesting rediscovery of Whiteleggea australis," having apparently, up to this point, ovei'looked its identity with his Lepidopilum australe. liut in his " Bryales" (Engler's Pflanzenfamilien), we have the remark (p. 963) that Lepidopilnm australe belonged to the new genus, Whiteleggea. IJefore, however, this great work was com- pleted, the distinguished author had discovered that he had been anticipated, and he desci'ibed and figured this curious moss under the name Hampeella pallens (Lac.) Fleisch. It turned
33
386 SOME CPYPTOGAMIC NOTES.
out that it had been first found in Java, and published, by Lacoste, in 1872, as Cladonmioii. pallefis. In 1881, what proved later to be the same plant was published, by Dr. Carl Mueller, as a new genus, HampeeUa {II. Kurzii). The species, therefore, after a chequered career, has settled down under the name HampeeUa pallens (Lac.) Fleisch.
Three years ago, I collected it at TuUy Falls, N. Queensland, and at different times I have come across it at Wyong, and even at Mt. Wilson, in New South Wales. Mr. Boorman has recently brought it from the Dorrigo, and records having seen it on Mt. Lindsay.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. Fig. L — Athyrinm hmnile Watts, sp.n. rii^.'2. — Fi^><l(hnii Immilis Dixon et Watts, sp.n.
o.. Plant (nat. size).
Ji., Plant (enlarged).
c, Male sureulus.
(/. , Leaves (enlarged).
387
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
August 30th, 1916.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair.
Miss M. J. Collins, B.Sc, Wahroonga, was elected a Member of the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (26th July, 1916), amounting to 11 Vols., S4 Parts or Nos., 13 Bulletins, 3 Reports, and 2 Pamphlets, re- ceived from 46 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table.
388
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE EMERGENCE
OF DRAGONFLY-LARY^ FROM THE EGG, With Special Reference to the Problem of Respiration.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Felloav op the Society in Zoology.
(Five Text-figs.)
Tn March, 1014, I was fortunate eriougli to observe the process of hatching- of some larv?e of Annx papiiensis Burm., and was able to discover soni(^ intei^esting facts with regard to the pro- nymphal stage, the nature of the pronymphal sheath, the action of the peculiar organ which I have termed the cephalic heart, and the nietliod by which gas first appears in the tracheal system of the emerging larva. These observations were published in a condensed form in a short papei^,*read at the British Association Meeting in Sydney, on August 25th, 1914. Last year, when studying the problem uf the physiology of respiration in these aquatic larvse, I was struck with the importance of the question as to how the tracheal sy.stem first becomes filled with gas, and the possibility of a causal connection between the action of the cephalic heart and the expulsion of the blood from the tracheal tubes of the emerging larva. In a recent paper,! I have shown the importance of these questions as part of the larger question of the phj^siology of respiration in aquatic larvae, and, in par- ticular, their bearing on what I have termed the " Difivision Theory" of Aquatic Respiration.
The opportunity of some further research on these difiicult problems occurred on March 18th of this year, when I obtained, from the river at National Park, a piece of a large stem of the
* Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. Aus- tralian Meeting, Sydney, August, 1914, pp. 424-425 (191o).
These Proceedings, 11)15, xl.. Part 3. pp.422-437, Plate xlvii.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 389
common Water-lVEilfoil {Myriopkijlhivi sp.) containing more than sixty eggs of Anax papuensis. These eggs were laid in a regular spiral, down the stem, throughout a distance of about five inclies in length, viz., that part of the stem from about an inch l)e]o\v water-level downwards. In the present paper, I propose to give an acc(junt of the important results obtained from some experi- ments carried on \\ ith these eggs, together with some further observations made upon the eggs of a Zygopterid dragonfly, ob- tained from the same locality in November, 1915. These latter were not determined with certainty, but there is little doubt that they belonged to Austrolesf.es leda Selys, a very common species around Sydney.
1 desire to thank Dr. H. G. Chapman, Lecturer in Physiology in the University of Sydney, for some valuable suggestions and advice in connection with the experiments carried out on the eggs of Anax.
I propose to divide this paper into five sections, dealing with the several problems which present tliemselves for solution. These are : —
1. The exact origin of the first gas in the tracheic of the emerging larva.
2. The composition of the gas in the tracheal system.
3. The nature and action of the cephalic heart.
4. The eliect of abnormal conditions upon embryonic dexelop- ment.
5. Kectal respiration in newly-hatched Zygopterid larviv. Sections 1-1 represent the studies carried out on Anax papu-
i^»cS'i*'(Anisoptera); Section 5 those on An ><f rol cstes I rd(i{'/Ay^ffo\)ievA) .
Section 1. — Tlv Exm-t Orujln of ilw Jirsf (riix in fh<- TrarJiar of
the BmeryiiKj Larrn.
hi my former account of the emergence of the lar\a of Anax. jiapiiensis from tlie egg, I pointed out how difficult it was to make accurate observations, owing to the rapidity with wliich the hatching takes place. The pronymphal stage lasts only a few seconds, and the whole period of emergence occupies only half-a-
390 EMERGEXCE OF DRAGONFLY-LAEV.E,
minute or a little longer. During most of this time, convulsive struggles on the part of the emerging larva make direct observa- tions very ditiicult. I was unable to see the actual beginning of the entry of the gas into the tracheal system of the larva. In the pronymph, the whole tracheal system is filled with a pale yellowish liquid, indistinguishable from the blood in the general body-cavity or ha^mocnele, except that it contains no corpuscles. When, after a short but active struggle, the young larva is free from the prouymphal sheath, gas can be seen travelling down the main tracheal trunks from the anterior mid-gut region backwards. I was able to watch this gas gradually occupy the rectal i-egion, where every tiny capillary in the gill-basket can be seen becoming filled with gas, in a very regular and beautiful manner.
Now we cannot be content with the imperfect observation that the gas comes into, the tracheip at some level anterior to the rectum. That is, indeed, an important point, since it removes the initial difficulty of understanding how rectal respiration could be carried on by diffusion of oxygen into the rectal capillaries, from the circum-ambient water. But it is not enough. What we need to find out, and what is precisely the most difficult fact to discover, owing to the rapid nature of the emei'gence, is exactly where, when, and how the first gas enters the tracheal system. The following method of solving the problem suggested itself to me, and proved more successful than I had dared to hope.
It is a well-known fact that dragontly-eggs are always laid so as to avoid direct contact with the aii', even for a few seconds. Such contact seems to be fatal, probably owing to the dessicating influence of air upon eggs constructed especially for submergence under water, or for existence in other moist conditions. In the case of pxcrphytic eggs, i.e., those laid outside the tissues of plants, a gelatinous envelope protects them from the air during the short time that elapses between their passage from the body of the female and their being dropped into water. In the case of endophytic eggs, i.p., those laid Inside the tissues of plants, the female bores with her ovipositor well into the cambium of the plant, and deposits her eggs in the moist tissues.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 391
Thus it appears that considerable moisture is essential to the survival and development of the embryo. Consecjuently, the oxygen necessary for the metabolism of the growing embryo cannot be obtained directly from the air, but nuist be alisorbed from the moist medium surrounding the i^i^g. Tt appeared to me, therefore, that if I could lessen the necessary oxygen-supply in some manner, I might succeed in so weakening the embryo, that its emergence from the egg \vould take a long time to accomplish, instead of being completed vigorously in about half- a-minute. By this means, it would be possible to observe at leisure those processes which could only be imperfectly noted under normally active conditions.
Having brought the eggs of Anax pnpuensis safely home in their piece of stem of Water-Milfoil, I placed them in a fairly large Petri dish, with plenty of water. The stem was then broken up inttt small pieces, from which a number were selected for examination. From these pieces, Ucenty-eight eggs were extracted without any damage, and were cleai'ed as far as pos- sible from vegetable tissues clinging around them. Several eggs were inadvertently damaged, and were thrown away. Eight eggs were cut out from a hard part of the stem, and were left sur- rounded by small blocks of vegetable tissue. All the pieces of tissue not containing eggs were returned to the Petri dish, which also contained twenty eggs in situ in the remainder of the Milfoil stem.
The twenty-eight eggs free of vegetable tissues were then placed all together in a small crystal dish, two-thirds filled with tap-watei', and covered with a glass slide. The eight eggs enclosed in small blocks of vegetable tissue were similarly placed in a second crystal dish. The Petri dish was also kept covered. The three dishes were only occasionally uncovered for purposes of examination. Fresh tap-water was only added sutiiciently to make up for slight losses by evaporation.
If wi' now denote the twenty-eight eggs as Series A, the eight eggs as Series B, and the twenty normall}' placed eggs as Series C, we can easily state the object of the experiment. Firstly,
o92 EMERGENCE OP DRAfJONPLY-LAnViE,
Series A has nut only l)een subjected to a serious limitation of possible oxygen-supply to be derived from the water, but it has been entirely deprived of any aid in this direction which the plant-tissues might offer. Secondly, Series B, though presumably partially restricted in its possible oxygen-supply from the watei-, has the advantage of still being able to obtain some gas from the surrounding plant tissues, assuming that such tissues play a part in the oxygenation of the egg. Thus, Series B becomes a cwiUnd upon Series A. Thirdly, Series C, placed under normal con- ditions, plays the part of a control upon both Series A and B.
At the start, I examined the eggs to determine to what stage of embryonic development they had attained. T found that all, except one, had just completed the revolution of the embryo. This particular one was in Series A, and was kept under careful observation. It finally yielded very remarkable results. As the eggs of Ana.c papuensis normally take about three weeks to hatch, I concluded that my eggs had been laid on or about March 7th, and had still ten or more days to go before hatching. At^ first, I feared that development had proceeded too fai' already for my experiments to yield successful results. Fortunately, how- ever, this was not the case.
On Man-h 'iTth, i.e., nine days after the experiments liegan, I examined a large number of the eggs with special reference to pidse. Those in Series C could not be well examined: but, as one or two eggs in the less opaque tissues showed embryos with the dorsal vessel pulsating fairly regularly, I concluded that all was well in this series, and turned my attention to Series B. Here, again, most of the eggs were not favourably placed for observation, and I was compelled to reduce the amount of vegetable tissue around several of the eggs to very small dimen- sions. I then found that the emljryos appeared to l)e perfectly healthy, with a pulse of about 70 per minute. Turning next to Series A, I found that, in many of the embryos, I could not detect any visible signs of heart-beat. In a few, the heart was beating very slowly and intermittently — on an average, not more than four or five times per minute. It was thus clear that
BY R. .T. TILLYARD. 393
removal froin the vegetable tissues had seiiously attectetl llie emhiyonic development of .Series A. T at once introduced a considerable amount of fresh tap-water into the dish, fearing that otherwise I might not succeed in obtaining any larva? at all from this Series.
On March 28th, two lai'v;e had hatched out in Sei'ies C, and were normal and healthy. On March 29th, three more hatched out in Series C, and one in Series B. This last was transferred to the Petri dish, where it lived for three days. On March oOth, two more larvse hatched from Series C, two from Series B, and two also from Series A. But these latter were both dead when I found them, though they could not have been hatched more than three hours before (i.«., the time of my previous examination of the dish).
It was now necessaiy to spend every available moment watch- ing Series A. For the four days, March 31st to April 3r(l, T spent the whole of daylight ami portion also of the nights in watching these eggs, only desisting for the shortest possible intervals for meals and rest. On March 31st, I selected in particular one embryo with a very slow but fairly regular })ulse of about 20 to the minute, and watched it for four hours. I then desisted for half an hour's rest, and, on returning, found that this egg had hatched, and the larva was pi-actically moribiuid. The next day, I watched tlie eggs for fourteen hours, selecting four especially that showed a fairly regular pulse. But I met with no luck, as not a single egg hatched on that day.
On April 2nd, I got up very early, and was rewarded by find- ing one of the four eggs above mentioned _/?t6'^ in pr-ocess of hatch- in</. I was just in time to see the pronymph pass out from the egg-shell. The cephalic heart was acting very sluggislily; in fact, I had barely time to locate it before it subsided. The pro- nymph failed to pass completely out of the egg-shell, and re- mained with the last three oi' four abdominal segments inside it. The pulse of the dorsal vessel was 52 pei' minute. The larva made repeated attempts to remove the pronymphal sheath, by moving its head up and down, and also by forcing its midgut
394 EMERGENCE OP DRAGONFLY-LARV^,
forwards. The (esophageal valve became deeply sunk into the midgut, where it was worked strongly up and down. The mid- gut was gradually forced further and further forward, until it came to occupy a considerable part of the thorax, as well as the first three or four abdominal segments. At the end of an hour, the pulse had dropped to 4<S; after three hours, it had fallen to 44. Half-an-hour later, it was down to 40. It then appeared that the pronymph was completely exhausted. I therefore re- moved it to a watch-glass, and fixed it immediately in hot Avater at 95^C.
It will be seen that this pronymph existed for about three and a half hours, and never succeeded in bursting open its sheath. During all this time, my attention was principally concentrated upon the tracheal system. As both egg-shell and pronymph lay upon their sides, and as the struggles of the latter to free itself were not sutiiciently violent to displace it from this favour- able position, I had a unique opportunity of watching for the appearance of gas. When the pronymph first emerged from the egg-shell, the whole tracheal system was clearly filled with a pale yellowish Huid (which could scarcely be anything else than the clear litjuid part of the blood) without any corpuscles. A simi- larly coloured licpiid could be seen passing along the dorsal vessel, accompanied by a small number of oat-shaped corpuscles. The whole head-cavity, and all the thorax and abdomen, except the midgut, also apjaeared to be full of the same coloured liquid. The midgut showed up as a darker cylindrical barrel or plug, evidently enclosing the remains of the yolk. The dorsal tracheal trunks could be easily made out, and their prolongations into the head could be followed as far as the eyes. The rectum could be distinguished, but no details of the tracheation of the gills could be made out. The \'entral trunks could be picked up only with flifiiculty, as they were so much smaller than the dorsals. At no time was I able to see the visceral trunks, owing to the dark mass of the midgut being placed so close to them.
For three hours, I watched the tracheal system of this pro- nymph iritlwHf detecti'ity (uiij sign of y<(s In it. A few minutes
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
395
later, I thought that tlic dtirsal trunks were beginning to become a Httle more distinct. Watching very intently, 1 now perceived that their outline was becoming definitely harder, and that the yellow liquid was most certainly being slowly replaced by gas. In ten minvites, the outline of the dorsal tracheal trunks in the meso- and metathorax, and in the first four segments of the abdomen, had become so harden'^d up that it was quite evident that this portion of the tracheal system was now filled with gas. Turning my attention to the ventral trunks, I found that these also were just in process of being filled with gas. At the end of a quarter of an hour, the parts of the tracheal system filled with gas were the dorsal and ventral trunks between the two ends of the midgut (in this case, in segments 1-4 of abdomen and '2-'\ of thorax), and the five branches coiuiecting them. This is shown in Text-fig. 1, where the parts filled with gas are represented in black. No gas could be seen in the \'isceral trachets, which re- mained, as before, practically invisible.
Text-fig. 1. — Anterior portion ot pronynipli uf Auax papntnsiv Burm., Lo show the entry of gas into the ti'acheal system. Lateral view. Diagrammatic. The part of the tracheal system into which the gas entered is represented in black ; the midgut is lightly shaded; ( X 55) : ah^-abi, abdominal segments; ant, antenna; da, dorsal aorta; DT, right dorsal tracheal trunk; di\ dorsal vessel or heart; c, com- pound eye; h, head of larva; /n\ head-vesicle; /;«, labial mask; Pi-Ps, legs; .s/, stomodseum or foregut; th-^-th^, thoracic segments; VT, right ventral tracheal trunk.
During the next five minutes, the gas in the dorsal tracheae extended gi-adually as far back as the sixth abdominal segment,
396 EMERGENCE OF DRAOONFLY-LARV.E,
and sliglitly turwai-d into the prothorax. It never reached the branchial basket and the head, nor did any get into the visceral trunks via tlieir connection with the dorsals, which, in this pro- nymph, lay in the anterior portion of segment 7. As no further changes took place, and the pronymph was evidently utterly exhausted, it was killed as described above.
It seems to me very important to emphasise th(' vfry (/radual nitd even (vppearanw of the gas in the trachese. No separate hnhhles of gas were to he seen; in other words, the gas did not coiiie in at separate points, but passed slowlv into the trachese over a large area represented by two thoracic and four abdominal seg- ments (roughly defined by the limits of the midgut). The pro- cess, as I watched it, can only be compared with the slotc de- velopment of a retarded photographic plate. At first, it was impossible to say whether any change had taken place or not, and it was only after sevei'al minutes that one could realise the steady growth in distinctness of outline in the tracheie into which the gas was entering.
By great good fortune, a second e^^^ hatclied out about an hour and a half after the one which I was observing. This egg had been placed close alongside tlie latter, as it appeared to me to be on the verge oi luitching. I had forgotten its existence, until, quite suddenly, the head-capsule of the emerging pronymph ap- peared in the field of \ision, and pushed gently against the pro- nympli wliic-li 1 was watching. This pronymph was even weaker than the one 1 had been watching, and only succeeded in getting about half-way out of the egg-shell. I could not locate the cephalic heart at all, and it must ha\e ceased pulsating before the pronymi>h came into my field of view. As this egg-shell and pronym})h were also lying on their sides, I took a fine needle, and gently pushed them so that they came to lie exactly alongside the one I was observing. Thus I had the midgut regions of two pronymphs under observation at the same time. The most important result of this was, that when the changes began in the tracheal system of the first pronymph, the tracheal system of the second, remaining filled with liquid, served as a most valuable
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 397
means of gauging the extent of the change. But for this, T doubt if I should have noticed the gradual beginning of the change at all.
The behaviour of the second pronymph was not exactly tlie same as that of the first. After remaining weak and inert for about two hours (by which time the first pronymph had been just disposed of), I found that it had become much more vigorous, making many attempts to burst the pronymphal sheath, all of which, unfortunately, were failures. A count of the pulse, during tlie most active of these attempts, showed 70 beats to the minute. A few minutes later, I took a fine brush, and coaxed the pi"o- nymph out from its egg-shell. It at once began to bend up 'and down vigorously, and made frantic ett'orts to break its sheath. Soon after, I noticed the pulse quicken greatly, and a count gave 120 beats to the minute. On searching for the cause of this, I found that the sheath liad l)iu'st dorsally over the sixth abdominal segment, and that the hir\ul intestine was pi-ojecting through the slit. This, of course, meant a speedy death to the larva. This second pronymph, therefore, lived just over two hours, and no gas appeared in its tracheal system during that period.
Watch was continued throughout April 3i-d. On that day, two more pronymphs emerged, both, unfortunately, after dark, and at a time when I was only able to pay occasional visits to the microscope. Complete] v tired out with the four days' watching, I \\as in no mood to continue the watch far into the night, and contented mj'self with noting that the general course of events, in the cases of these two, was \ery similar to that in the first pron3"mph. The tracheal system showed no signs of gas until about three hours after hatching; and the gas, when present, did not extend beyond the limits stated in the first case. Both these nymphs were found dead in the morning, having failed to burst their sheaths.
Before describing the remaining experiments made upon these eggs, it would be best to give in tabular form the full record of emergences for the Series A, B, and C, in order that references to the table may make these experiments clearer.
398
EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARViE,
Table showing hatchings of Eggs of Anax jKipuensis, March 2 8th- April 11th, 1916.
|
Date. |
Series A. |
Series B (control upon A). |
Series C (control upon A and B). |
|
28 eggs in tap- |
8 eggs in tap-water |
20 eggs in original |
|
|
water without |
with small pieces of |
stem of Water-Mil- |
|
|
vegetable tissues. |
vegetable tissues hi |
foil, with plenty |
|
|
situ around them. |
of water in Petri |
||
|
March— |
dish. |
||
|
Tues. 28th |
— |
— |
2L |
|
Wed. 29th |
— |
IL |
3L |
|
Thurs. 30th |
2L |
2L |
2L |
|
Fri. 31st |
IL |
2L |
3L |
|
April- |
|||
|
Sat. Ist |
— |
IL |
4L |
|
Sun. 2nd |
2P |
— |
3L |
|
Mon. 3rd |
2P |
— |
— |
|
Tues. 4th |
— |
2L |
|
|
Wed. 5th |
IP |
— |
IL |
|
Thurs. 6th |
|
— |
|
|
Fri. 7th |
IP* |
IL |
|
|
Sat. 8th |
IL |
— |
|
|
Sun. 9th |
|
IL |
|
|
Mon. 10th |
2L |
— |
|
|
Left over on |
|||
|
April 11th |
16 dead embryos |
nil |
nil |
|
Total hatched |
6P + 6L |
8L |
20L |
L denotes that the emerging embryo reached the full larval stage, P that it did not succeed in getting beyond the pronyniphal stage. None of the larvte obtained from Series A lived more than two or three hours. The pronymph marked * was from the unreversed embiyo, and came out of the egg-shell backwards.
Section 2. — The Composition of the Gas in the Tracheal System. The question next arose — What could be the composition of the gas which I had seen enter the tracheal system from the body of the pronymph? It seemed to me, as soon as I observed the phenomenon, that it must be one of two things, viz., {a) car- bonic acid gas, or (6) oxygen. The former would naturally appear to be the most likely solution, since C0„ is the only gas formed in large quantities within the body of a living animal. On the other hand, one naturally recoiled at the idea that such a
BY R. .T. TILLYARD. 399
gas should completely fill the respiratory system of the larva. The second solution, that it might be oxygen, would require the existence of some oxygenating substance in the blood, which would act on the C0„ produced by metabolism in the developing embryo, and release oxygen therefrom, in some manner analogous to that of chlorophyll in the leaves of plants. But, though the blood of Odonata is always of a yellowish or greenish colour, we have it, on the high authority of Cuenot,* that the pigments hcemoxanthine, h(emochlorvne, and hcemojwasme, which are the only substances that might conceivably perform such a function, are quite absent from the blood of these insects.
It seemed necessary, in any case, to obtain some definite result by experiment, and not to rely upon arguments alone, however conclusive they might appear. Unfortunately, by the evening of April 3rd, as the table already given will show, most of my eggs had already hatched, and I could not expect to obtain many more larvae. I was forced, therefoi-e, to limit my experiments, both in variety and in the number of larvre on which they could be performed. I decided to employ only two test-solutions, whose combined results should indicate, with considerable certainty, the composition of the gas in the tracheae. These wei*e {a) a 10% solution of caustic potash. (6) a 4% solution of Azol.f As a stand-by, I also prepared, (r) a 4% solution of caustic soda, in case solution (a) should prove too strong.
Control Experiments :— As a control upon the experiments, two live larvae were taken from the Petri dish (Series C), and killed by being placed in a tube of water, in which a single drop of chloroform had been well shaken up. They were then removed to tap-water in a crystal dish, and the times taken for the tracheal system to collapse were noted.
* Etudes sur le sang et les glandes lymphatiques dans la serie animale, 2'"'' partie. Invertebres. Arch. Zool. exper. 2""* serie. ix., 1801.
t Azol, the proprietary name for an excellent, one-solution, photographic developer, which acts as a verj' strong reducing agent. The connect strength for use on plates is 1 part in 24 of water, or roughly 4%.
400 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARVii;,
Result : — The rectal capillaries collapsed in from 2-3 hours, the main tracheal system (whole length of dorsal trunks) in from 5-6 hours.
Experiment 1. — Two larvse, aged from one to two days old (strongly pigmented), were placed alive in 10% solution of KOH. The solution was regularly sucked into the rectum and expelled again, causing considei'able irritation to the larvae, both of which died within an hour. A close examination showed that the rectum became swollen and somewhat opaque. The rectal capil- laries remained quite unaft'ected, except where the gill-tissues became very badly damaged. The main tracheal system was not aifected in any way.
Conc/vsion. — No appreciable CO.^ present in tlie tracheal system of larvae 1-2 days old.
Experitnent 2. — Two larvse, which emerged from Series C on Api'il 4th, were taken before they were two houi's old, and placed alive in 10% solution of KOH. Both died within half-an-hour, after having repeatedly sucked the solution into the rectum and expelled it again. In three-quarters of an hour, the doi'sal trunks began to collapse from the region of the rectum forwards, but the i-ectal capillaries remained unaltered. At one hour, the dor.sal truidvs were very badh' collapsed. At two hours, all the trachea^ in the abdomen had collapsed, except the rectal capil- laries, which remained only partially collapsed. At three hours, tlie whole tracheal system had collapsed, including the parts in the head and thorax, but there still remained a number of the rectal capillaries only partially collapsed. At four hours, all the capillaries had collapsed {of. Control Experiment).
Conehision. — The gas in the tracheal system of larva? 1-2 hours old is CO 2, except in the rectal capillaries, which are, at any rate, partially filled with some gas not extracted by KOH.
Experiment 3. — Two larva? were taken from Series B and C respectively, the latter between two and three days old (sti-ongly pigmented), the former between six and twelve hours old (just beginning to become pigmented), were placed alive in 4 % solu- tion of Azol. The larvae lived for two or three hours, and ap-
BY R. .1. TILLYARD. 401
pearf-d to suffer little inconvenience oi' irritation, tliouyh the liquid was repeatedly sucked into the rectum. In both larva?, the main tracheal system remained intact for fioehi' hrntrs (a very strikin,y lesult, cf. Control Experiment). In the younger larva, the rectal capillaries remained absolutely intact at the end of tNselve hours (again, <■/. Control Experiment). In the older larva, the rectal capillaries collapsed partially at tlie end of three hours.
Conclnttiou. — The action of the Azol is clearly resisted by chitin, and hence, no safe conclusions can be drawn as to what gas was present in the main tracheal system. In the rectal capillaries, there was little or no oxygen present in the case of the younger larva, but enough oxygen was present in the case of tlie older larva to affect the stability of these tubes when it was withdrawn by the Azol.
Experiment 4. — A moribund larva, taken fi'om Series A, soon after hatching, was placed in a solution of 4% NaOH. This larva remained inert, without sucking the solution into its rectum, and died within an hour. lifKiilt, same as stated for the larvte in the Control Experiment.
Conclusion. — No guide as to composition of gas. Either the solution was too weak to penetrate the chitin, or else the fact that the larva was moi'ibund, and did not draw the solution into its rectum, prevented contact between the solution and the most permeable part of the animal {i.e., the thin, chitinous cuticle of the rectal gills).
Besides the larvae used in the above experiments, a single larva emerged from Series B on April 9th, at a time when I was unable to make use of it, and two moribund larv?e emerged from Series A on April 10th, dying before I could make use of them. No more larvai emerged, and no less than sixteen dead embryos remained inside eggs of Series A until April 20th, when they were thrown away.
The results of my experiments, few though tliey were in number, appear to point definitely in the following direction: — While there is no appreciable quantity of CO.^ in the tracheal
34
402 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONPLY-LARV^.,
system of larva; more tlian a day old (Expt.l), yet, in larvw only an hour oi- two old, the whole system is filled with COj, except the rectal capillaries, where there is a mixture of gases (Expt.2). Also, though the Azol solution appeared to be unsuitable for penetration of chitinous membranes, yet the fact that it ex- tracted some of the gas from the rectal capillaries of a 2-3 days old larva, and failed to do so in the case of a 6-12 hours old larva, suggests that the proportion of O in the gills of the former was considerably greater than that in the gills of the latter (Expt. 3). We are thus led, on all three counts, to the definite con- clusion that, (i. ) the original gas which fills the, tracheal system of the larva chiving the pvocei^s of hatching is COo, but that, (u.) the estahlishment <>/' regnlav rectal respiration sets np a process of diffusion hetween the rectal cajnllaries and the water in the rectum, ivhereby the COo in the tracheal system is gradually with- drawn, and replaced by air, or a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen not differing much from the ordhmry composition of air.
It is easy to show that these results are in agreement with the physiological aspects of the problem. Firstly, the exertions of the larva to burst open both the egg and the pronymphal sheath involve a sudden and rapid increase of metabolic activity. Thus, just at the period when large quantities of CO^ are being liberated by the activities of the larva, gas replaces the liquid in the trachea;. If this gas be CO., as our experiments suggest, we have solved at once the problem of what the larva does with the large amount of CO^ liberated by its new exertions, and why it is that the gas comes into the tracheal system in the manner it does. Secondly, if we grant that this gas is CO.,, the gradual change to air, or a mixture of gases not difiering appreciably from air, is not only to be expected as a result of rectal respira- tion, but must inevitably take place, by the ordinary laws of diffusion. Eor, in the tracheal system of the newly-hatched lai'va, the pressure of COo will be 760 mm., or atmospheric pressure. But in the aerated water of the rectum, the partial pressure of O is approximately 150 mm., that of N approximately 610 nnn., and that of CO. less than 1 mm. It follows that the
BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 403
CO .J in the trachea? must eventually be replaced almost completely by a mixture of O and N" closely resembling air. (As the larva must be continually using up the O, it is not necessary to assume that the total amount of gas in the trachepe at any given moment, if analysed, must have the exact composition of air). The rate at which the exchange takes place will be governed bj' the mor- phological coiulitions in the rectum. As the expanse uf the rectal chamber is limited, only a certain amount of aei'ated water can be drawn in at one time. Hence, if this water bathes an}' given length of cylindrical tracheal tubing, it is cleai- that, the smaller the bore of the tube, the quicker will the exchange of gases take place. The rate of exchange of gas may be roughly taken as inversely propoi'tional to the area of the cross-section of the tube, i.e., to the square of the diameter of the tube. Also, any increase in the length of tube exposed to the watei- will facilitate the rate of exchange. Thus the ideal conditions for a rapid e.rchatu/e are fidjilled in tlir case of a lan/e number of e.vceediuyl y Jini' tubes hatnny a c/reat portion of their lenyth bathed by the water. This is exactly the morphological condition developed in the rectal gills of Anisopterid larva\*
Section 3. — The Nature and Action of the Cephalic Heart.
Tn my previous study upon the larva of Anax papuensis {I.e.),
T described the action of the peculiar pumping-organ of the head,
and suggested for it the name of the cephalic heart. Owing to
the rapidity of the act of hatching, and the fact that this organ
* Note. — In a letter received from Mr. G. L. Purser, B. A., of Trinity College, Cambridge, in which he di.scusses my papei' on the Phj^siology of the Rectal Gills, lie remarks on the peculiar problem of tlie first appearance of gas in the trachea^: — "I don"t see why the gas slioald appear just where it does. My idea is this : the gas appears first in the thickest part of the embryo; it appears just when the larva is making a series of strong muscular efforts for the first time. Why, therefore, should it not be CO., ? Tiie gas appears wliere COo will be most concentrated; it appears mlien it is most concentrated." This letter was received only a few days after my expei'iments were completed, and was, therefore, written some time before
them. I desire, therefore, to give Mr. Purser due credit for the first eou- ^ -^
ception of the idea stated in liis letter. — R.J.T. /vNV3' ^ A ^
Lul LI 8 R A F
404 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARV^,
is only in action fpr about half-a-minute, it is most difficult to determine its exact nature and position. We know that it is situated above and somewhat posterior to the mouth, and below the dorsal aorta; that at first it is very small, that it increases rapidly in size and in the force of its pulsations; and then, after performing about twenty-five I'egular double-beats in half-a- minute, subsides veiy quickly. In appearance, it is two-cham- bered, but whether there are actually two pulsating chambers, or a single one constricted at some point by the tentorial structures of the head, I had not been able to determine. With Balfour Browne,*! agree that this organ pumps a pale yellowish liquid, which can be none other than the liquid part of the blood. I did not observe any corpuscles passing through the organ. Balfour-Browne states that the blood is pumped upwards and backwards. This appears to me also to be correct as regards the first few pulsations of the organ; after that, I confess that 1 could not follow a definite course of the blood, and I must hold to the opinion that most of the blood pumped into the anterior chamber (or auricle, as I previously termed it) was again pumped out into the posterior chamber (or ventricle), and served to cause the immense distension of that chamber which takes place just before the larva bursts its pronymphal sheath. What the exact nature of the organ is, and whence and whither the blood was actually pumped, I had not been able to determine.
In entering upon the experiments already detailed in Section 1 of this paper, I had strong hopes that the general retardation of the process of hatching might be accompanied by a correspond- ing I'etardatioii in the action of the cephalic heart, and that thus T might be able to examine this oi-gan more minutely. It will be seen already, however, that these hopes were frustrated, since the cejahalic heart barely came into action before it subsided again, at the birth of the pronymph, and failed altogether to come into action again during the whole of the pronymphal stage, lasting over three hours. Indeed, it is very probable that
""The Life-Historj' of the Agrionicl Dragonfly." Proc. Zool. Soe. Loudon, UHKI, pp.2u3-"285.
BY R. .T. TII.r.YARD 405
tlie failure of tlif larva to emerge from the pronymphal sheath was correlated with its failure to bring this strong iuini})ing apparatus into action, to aid in the required distension of the head.
My one remaining hope of discovering something about this important organ lay in a study of sections of a pronymph. As already stated, the pronymph studied on p. 394 was remo\cd in a moribund condition, after it had lived for three and a half hours, and was fixed in hot water. Though it was almost dead when the hot water was poured upon it, the sudden contact with this li(|uid caused it to burst the pronymphal sheath, and flow c<jmpletely out of it. Thus the animal that T had fixed was, in a sense, the true larva, but irlth the form af the proni/mph; for its eyes and head did not expand t(^ the true larval form, its labium and legs remained directed backwards as in the embryo, and its abdomen was still of the slender form seen in the pro- nymph. This little animal was carefully double-embedded in celloidin and paraffin, and cut into sagittal sections of 7/a thick- ness. One of these, a little to the right of the median sagittal plane, is shown in Text-fig. 2.
In order to understand this section, I have also shown, in Text-fig. 3, a drawing which T made, by means of the camera lucida, of the anterior portion of the same pronymph, at about two hours old. It must be remembered that the cephalic heart had ceased to beat almost directly after the pronymph had hatched. Thus we cannot see the shape and position of that organ in the drawing; and if we want to search for it in the sections, we must bear in mind that it had either collapsed, or assumed some stable form pri(jr to the period of fixation. Text- fi<j;.3 shows us the exact course of the blood-circulation in the head-region during the pronymphal stage, and also the peculiar position of the midgut, pushed forward into the thorax, with the oesophageal valve and gizzard sunk deeply into it, and the crop projecting in front of it, just below the end of the dorsal aorta.
Now, if we study the series of sections, we at once notice the very remarkable fact that, at the time of fi.\:ation, ///'' (infrrior
406
EMEiUJENCt; Uf DUAiiONt'LV-LARV^,
irt<(>iili(i(ii'(il ri'(jli>it iff strongly distended with blood, in which, hotc- ever, no corpuscles are visible. A search througli the whole series of sections hkewise fails to show the presence of any special organ which might be interpreted as the collapsed cephalic heart. There is nothing to be seen except the usual organs of the head and thorax present in any insect-larva. If we combine these two facts together, the conclusion is very strong that the cephalic heart is really only (t special temjwrary developvient in the teso- phmjns, and that, therefore, the pumping of the liquid blood must take place through the month.
cla ^^ cr c£v
-Vll
\(\^-
fg...
]r-
Text -fig. 2. — Nearly median, sagittal section through pronymph of Anax jinpHnnsis Biirni.. with the pronyniphal sheath removed. To show mass of blood-coaguhim, without corpuscles, distending the reso- phagus and crop. ( x l(Ml) : l>r, brain; cr. crop; da, dorsal aijrla; ffj, frontal ganglion; ,7, -.7,;, thoracic ganglia; ,'/z, gizzard; Im. labial mask (cut off); Ir. labrum; m, mouth; ;»//, muscle; >rs, (esophagus; » r, fvsophageal valve (junction of fore- and midgut); i^orf, subicso- ])hageal ganglion; 'vV, vitellophags in ^\all nf midgut.
Let us now see how this conclusion agrees with the observed facts of the hatching of the egg. Before the pronymph emerges, there is a large '' head vesicle" fitting closely under the pedicel of the egg. When the cephalic heart comes into action, the liquid in this vesicle (which must obviously be a space between the
bY K. J. TiLLYARt).
407
proiiymplial sheatli and the true larval head) is withdrawn, the head oi the larva swells up greatly, and, by this means, the pedicel of the egg is pushed aside, and the pronynij)!! emerges. After a short period of time (from a few seconds to half-a-minute at the most in Anax), the activity of the cephalic heart increases rapidly, the head again swells up, but this time to almost twice its previous size, and the larva escapes through the dorsal split- ting of the pronymphal sheath. .
Now there is no possil)le connection between the "head- vesicle" and the interior of the embryo, except via the lai-val mouth. If the cephalic heart be merely t^ temporary formation in the ((esophagus, acting somewhat in the manner of a sucking- pharynx, it would be able to exhaust all the liquid in the "head-
Text-Hj^.3. — Head and poitiuii ut' thoiax nt' [jrunjiiiph ut' Ajia,i: jjajiHeiisi,-< Buiiii., tu nhow, (a) (jouise of hlood-corpii-scles in tlit- head-rejfi(jii (single arrows), and (h) suggested course of liquid Ijlood (lymph) drawn into resophagus by action of cephalic heart (double arrows). Diagrammatic. ( x 60) : aiif. antenna; da, d(jrsal aoita; e, eye (dotted outline); It, larval liead; /ir, liead-vesicle; /c, larval cuticle; /ill, labial mask; m, mouth; my, midgut; jji^ foreleg; ^>?-.v, pro- iiymplial sheath; st, stomodteum or foregut.
vesicle," by sucking it into the lumen of the oesophagus. Text- fig.3 shows, in a diagrammatic manner, how this would be done. The accumulation of all this volume of liquifl in the anterior part of the oesophagus, together with the extra pressure caused by the
408 E>tERGE?fCE OP DRAGOKFLY-LAftV.f;,
fio-wanl moxenieiit of the midgut, would he quite sufficient to cause the spHttiiig uf the pronyiuphal sheath, as well as the lif ting-up of the egg-pedicel.
As regards the twu-chambered structure of the cephalic heart, a reference to the section in Text-fig. 2 shows the exact position where the tentorium would cause a definite constriction in the (csophajrus, if that organ were to distend itself in anv manner. The i:>assage through this tentorial foramen, below the brain(/jr) and above the suba?sophageal ganglion (soy) is small, and the tentorial bars are hard aild rigid. Moreover, the oesophagus, both at this point and throughout its entire length, is capable of very great expansion, as may be seen in any tran.sverse section of that organ, both by reason of the longitudinal pleating or infolding of its epithelium, and the strength of it;- muscular tunic. It seems reasonable to suppose that the division into two chambers is caused by the tentorial compression. The notes and drawings that I made for my previous paper show the point of constriction placed somewhat further back than the position of the tentorium. I think, however, that too much weight nuist not be placed upon this fact, as it was manifestly impossible to make accurate drawings of all the different parts of the larva, during the single half-minute of vigorous struggle for emergence. If, howevei', future observations should confirm my original drawing's,* then there is reason to suspect the existence of a special sphincter muscle at some definite position on the (eso- phagus. Such a structure would have to be searched for in transverse .sections.
Section i. — The pjf'irt of nhnonna/ coudifivu.s upov I'lnhryoiiic
development.
We can now turn to some problems of a moi-e general nature arising from the experiments described in Section 1.
If we examine the table of results given on p. 398, we see that Series B and C gave identical results, viz., in both cases all the
* These will l>e found in V\^^.2A of my hook, "The Biology of Dragon- tiles," shortly to he ]mhlishe(l hy the Camhridge University Press.
BV R. .t. tlLLVARt). 409
eggs hatched, and yielded liealthy larvse. We miifst coneliide, therefore, that the restriction of the amount of water allowed to Series B, and the covering-over of the crystal dish (except on rare occasions for a few nioments) by a glass slide, to prevent free aeration of the water, liad no appreciable effect upon the course of development.
The only difference between Series A and Series B was the /■'')Nt)nf/ of the vPAjetahle tissues from around the eggs of the former series. The results, as we have seen, were disastrous. Sixteen embryos died, six reached the pronymphal stage, and six just got as far as the larval stage, but were too weak to go on living. We can only conclude that ilv vexjetahle tissues play an important jxirf in the oxyyenation of the embryo.
Let us nt)w consider the peculiar case of the pronymph in Series A, which emerged on April 7th (marked IP* in the Table). .Vs ahead V stated, this was the only embiyo in Series A, which, when iirst subjected tti the conditions of the experiment, had not undergone the process of reversion. The fact that it was already behind the rest of the eggs 'u\ development might suggest some inherent weakness in this particular individual; but there is no i-eason to suppose that it would not have gone on developing normally, if left to itself. That it was not parasitised is clear from the fact that it finally hatched out. Also, since the eggs were all laid together in a regular spiral, on the single piece of stem, we have no reason to believe that it was not one of the same batch of eggs as all the rest. The fact that, in Series C under normal conditions, the eggs continued to hatch over a period of nine days, shows us that considerable variations in the length of embryonic existence are to be expected. This egg merely happened to be tlie most backward of the whole set. The effect of the new conditions upon it was most marked, because it had developed less far under normal conditions. It was, however, a very unexpected and extraordinary thing, to my minfl, that the process of reversion, which should have normallv followed in this case within a dav or two, should Ix' completely pri'vented, and that the embryo should go i>n developing, as it did, liead
410
EM^:Rr;ENCH: OP DRAGONFLY-LARV^,
Text-tiji.4. "■
doiLuiicarrh, and .still coutiiiuc to li\e. Yet such was the case,
and the final result, which I have depicted in Text- fi,ijf. 4, is botli ludicrous and pathetic. The mature embryo emerged as a pro- nymph " tail- foremost," until it finally became
caught in the egg-shell, and died while still only partially free I
Section 5. — Rectal Respiratioit in newly-hatched Zygopterid larva'.
In November, 1915, a large number of eggs of a counnon Zygopterid dragonfly (probably Austrolestes leda Selys, but not determined with certainty) were found in the tissues of a reed at National Park. These were kept hi fiitu in the reed, in water in a Peti'i dish. Some of them were parasitised by a small Hymenopterous insect new to science. The majority, however, hatched out about a week after they were taken. No attempt was made to observe the actual process of hatching in this case. The principal object which I had in mind was the examination of the caudal gills and tracheal system of the young larva-. The eggs were examined several times a day. Consequently, a num- ber of freshly hatched specimens, ranging from a few minutes up to two hours old, and all of them perfectly transparent, came under mv observation.
The most striking discovery about these lar\;i> was that, fiuiu the time of hatching onward for half-an-hour or more, rrijidar rectal respiratioti icas carried on ivith yrcat vigour. The action is exactly like that observed in the young lar\a of Ana.r. The rectal cavity is alternately expanded and contracted, so thai water is drawn in and expelled (juite regularly. No true fraclH-al gills are to be seen, such as are visible from the first in the rectum of Ana,c; but there are two, slightly opaque, longitudinal folds, placed latero-ventrally, and evidently carrying a thickened
"■' Abiiunnal hatching of pionymph P" of Anax papiitnsi-s Burm., " tail- foi-emost"" ( x3U).
fiV R. .1. TILLYARD.
411
ht
DT
epithelium, which })n)ject into the rectiuii, i-i.siiig ami falling with a somewhat luiclulating motion. These folds are shown in Text- fig. 5. I could not detect any sign of a mid- dorsal fold, such as can he seen in older larvae No trachea? can he seen in these folds.
AVhen the larva is half-an-hour old, or a little older, the regular movements of the rectum cease. Thereafter, the rectum is, for the most part, closed. But, every now and again, it is opened for a short period, during which the movements are again renewed. Larva- were watched from time to time until they were one or two days old, always with this same result. We must conclude, there- fore, that intermittent rectal respiration is carried on by young Zygopterid larva? during the Hrst day or two of their existence, but that it is only regular and viyoroKs/or a, short period directly after hatchliuj.
Calvertt has given an excellent summary of the present state of our knowledge of rectal respiration in Zygopterid larvje. His own experiments on the larvae of Calopteryx macidata {l.c.,pA'SS) are of more value than all the isolated observations of previous authors. By the use of carmine-particles, he proved that this larva expels water regularly from its anal aperture, '-Vo or more times per minute. He also made similar observations on larv;e of Het(erina{l.c., p. 440), and Anjia {I.e., p.442), in both of which he proved that rhythmic pulsations of the rectum were carried
Text-fiff.5.*
* Last four abdominal segments of newly-hatched larva (jf Avxtrolestes I tela iSelys; ( x 100); dorsal view, U> show the paired, latero- ventral, rectal tolds(*;/"). DT, dorsal tracheal trunk; hf, heart (dotted outline); Icj, lateral caudal gill, witii single main trachea; mr<j, median, caudal gill, with two main trache;e; /;/", rectal folds; 7-10, abdominal segments.
t " Studies on Costa Rican Odonata. vii. Internal Organs of Larva, and the Respiration and Rectal Traeheation of Zygopterous Larva; in General."' Ent. News, Philadelphia, xxvi., pp. 435-447, 1915.
41 2 EMERfiENCE 6F DRAGONFLY-LAkVyE,
Oil. No observatiuu.s appear to ha\ e been made, up to the present, on newly hatched or \ery young larvse.
Asa general rule, the caudal gills of newly-hatched ZygopLerid larv;« are exceedingly slender, almost filiform, and fringed with long, delicate hairs, few in number and irregularly placed. Whatever may be (»ur o[)ini()n on the efficacy of these organs at a later period, when they have taken on their tinal form, and tle^ eloped within themselves a rich tracheal system, nobody, we suppose, would claim that they are very efficient organs of respira- tion in the newly-hatched larva. If we combine this well-known fact of the slender and weak formation of these organs with the results of the experiments carried out in Section 2 on the larva of Anax (experiments which, one can scarcely doubt, must hold good for the great majority of dragoiiHy lai'Vio), we see at once the reason for the vigorous rectal respiration carried on in tlie case of our Zygopterid larvic during the first half-hour after hatching. It is xoi merely aih ordhtary act of resplrallon, bat is necessary /or the quick rcplacemeibt of t)ie CO^ in the tracheal system by air. Once the tracheal system has reached the normal state, so that the necessary supply of oxygen to the tissues is assured, rectal respiration will be governed, in larvtB of different kinds, by the efficacy of the total of other respiratory activities. Respiration through caudal gills, through lateral abdominal gills when they occur, and througli the integument in such cases as it may occur, all differ from rectal respiration in heing practically coiifinaous, carried on without special efforts on the part of the lar\a. Consequently, if the caudal gills have a poor tracheal sup})lv, or a very tough integument, or if the general integument of the larva be unsuitable for respiration by diffusion, the call on the larva for rectal pulsations must be heavier. If the caudal gills are accidentally lost, we should expect that the rate of rectal respiration woidd be increased. Similarly, we might e.xpect to find a higher rate of rectal respiration towards the end of each instai-, when the general integument tends to become tough and hard, than at the beginning, when it is soft and delicate. Ex- periments along these lines should lead to. interesting conclusions
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 413
as to the true respiratory value of the caudal gills and general integument.
It remains true, in spite of the fact that rectal respiration has now been shown to be carried on both in newly-hatchefl and in well-grown Zygopterid larvj^, that no trn.r trachi'dl (/ills are developed in the rectum of these larvae The diffusion of COo outwards into the rectal water-supply, and the diffusion of air inwards, is undoubtedly effected tlirougli the rectal epithelimn n-itlnmt any sjiecialisation of the tracheal supply of that rpgion, and the exchange must be regarded as being primarily one between the blood of the larva and the water in the rectum, cjuite irres- pective of the tracheal system, which is bound to benefit sooner or later by the change. Where the Anisoptera differ from the Zygoptera is in the fact that a set of definitely new structures, viz., trachpal ijilh, of great complexity and efficacy, have been developed in the rectum in such a manner as to do away with the need for an}' other method of respiration, and to bring the necessary oxygen direct from the water to the tracheal system, by means of the thousands of minute capillary loops which lie in the projecting gill-folds. The thickened folds of rectal epithelium in Zygopterid larvpp are structurally not homologous with the gills of Anisopterid larvse, but rather with their basal pads, to which they bear a close morphological resemblance, especially in the more archaic types. It would seem, therefore, highly pro- bable that the elimination of CO^ may be one of the principal functions of these pads, seeiilg that, before special tracheal gills were developed, such elimination must have proceeded outwards pari passu with the entry of air inwards, by diffusion.
In conclusion, we would suggest that there is some definite correlation between the general asthenogenetic trend of develop- ment of the Zygoptera as a whole, and their failure to develop any single set of highly efficient respiratory organs in the larval stage. They cannot compete on equal terms with the highl}-- endowed Anisopterid larvie in this respect. Inherent weakness in the respiratory system is as fatal to the development of a strong evolutionary line as inherent inability to obtain food easily.
414 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARVAE,
Only ill the case of the Pseitdosfiymatinrp does this inability seem to have been removed (not unlikely, it appears, by bringing the stigmata themselves int(j play for breathing air directly); and the result has been, in this case, the evolution of a race of giants.
Summary. '\. Coiicl n.^ions fu hf drairn from Sections J -^ conceruirui An'iKop-
terid larvce. A. Tlic (rits in /ht' Tirichral System, and tit p Method of Ri'spiratioii
(Sections 1 and 2). 1. Before hatcliing, the tracheal system of the embryo contains no gas, but only a clear pale yellowish liquid, which is the liquid portion of the insect's blood, resembling lymph.
i. During the short pronymphal stage, this liquid is replaced by gas throughout the legioii coterminous witli the midgut; I.e., the gas enters practically simultaneously into the dorsal and venti'al trunks and theii- five pairs of connecting tracheje in that region. What happens in the visceral trunks could not be observed.
3. By a rapid extension, the gas passes forwards into the head, and backwards into the posterior abdominal segments, until it fills the whole tracheal system, including all the capillaries of the rectal gills.
4. The gas in the tracheie is almost certainly carbonic acid gas.
5. Regular respiration via the recti;m sets up a process of difi'usion between the capillaries of the rectal gills and the cir- cum-ambient water, so that C'O^ passes out into the water, and a mixture of O and N, closely resembling air, passes into the capillaries, until, finally, the partial pressures of all these gases become the same in the tracheal system as in the water {i.e., N, 610 mm.; O, 150 mm.; COo, less than 1 mm.). The experiments suggest that a considerable time must elapse before this final equilibrium is fully established.
B. The Nature and Action of the Cephalic Heart (Section 3). While this f)rgan could not be examined actually in situ and in action, the following suggestions ai-e made concerning it, and
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 415
need to be tested by further experiments if an opportunity offers itself —
1. The Cephalic Heai't is probal)ly not a separate structure, but simply a temporary formation in the (lesophagus.
2. It pumps liquid blood (without corpuscles) from the "head- vesicle," /.''., from between the pronymphal sheath and true larval liead, via the larval mouth, into the oesophagus.
'^. The consequent distension of the oesophagus, aided b}' forward pressure of the midgut, enables the larva, (a) to lift the pedicel of the egg, and (h) to burst the pronymphal sheatli dor- sally on the head,
4. The apparent two-chambered condition of this organ is pro- bably due to the I'igidity of the ientoi-ial framewoi-k, which con- stricts it while in operation.
C. (JnK'ral (Section 4).
1 . Deprivation of oxygen for the developing embiyo is effect- ively brought about by removal of the vegetable tissues in which the egg was lai<l, and restricti<m of the amount of water and access of fresh air.
2. Of twenty-eight embryos so deprived of oxygen, sixteen died without hatching, six reached the pionymphal stage, and six reached the true larval stage, but died soon afterwards.
3. Eight embryos in eggs confined in small blocks of vegetable tissue, but otherwise subjected to restriction of the amount of water and access of fresh air, in the same way as those in "2, all reached the complete larval stage, and showed little or no signs of impaired health.
4. The single embryo which h;id not undergone revei'sion, before being subjected to the treatment described in 1, contiuncd fo develop ivifhout reversiiuj, and finally emerged as a pronymph " tail foremost."
ii. Co7iclusions to he draivtt.fnmi Serftoti o, coiicerrbinii Zyiiojiferld
larxHi'. 1. Rectal respiration is cari'ied on regularly antl \ igorously during the first half-hour or so of larval existence.
410 EMERGKNCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARViE.
2. This vigorous respiration is necessary in order to effect a quick exchange of the COo in the tracheal system for air derived fi'om the rectal water-supply.
.'3. Thereafter, for the first two days of larval existence, rectal lespiration is intermittent only.
4. This indicates that, for the rest of larval life, rectal respira- tion is only accessory, and is regulated by the sum-total of clH- ciency of the other means of respiration used by the larva.
o. No true rectal ti-acheal gills are developed in young Zygo- pterid larvie, but two latero-ventr-al folds of thickened epithelium are seen to play a prominent part in the rectal movements. No special ti-acheal development can be seen in tliese rectal folds.
[Printed oft', 8th Septemher. lUlfi.J
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1016.
•.L.e.N.s.w. i9ia.
;., bis.
tioii i)f Chri/sopa sujnatii Wall;. Tracheatioii of Chrysopa (diagranimiitic)
.gicf ,.x lo
416
KMER'iKSOE OF DRAOONFLV-LARV-E.
8»«t .W.».M.«.-I«
f*^ K» .
r
l>. This \ iiionm.s respiration is nw-essary in oi'dei^tA'Clfeot a 5j quick exchange of the CO, in the tracheal sys^em^i-^aTy #fi'^l from the rectal water-supply. /^ V
:\ '^^.^a^-Hftea-, for the first two days of ^rval ^x respiTJ' intermittent only. 'oj / \ \/
i. Xlrjs ji.tthY-atesv..that, for the rest o|^lar ti.\^.^i4 .mW f^r-^Xf^, and is regulafe^d/by ^ Vf fhte otijer Hieans of respiration \is^ -,. ^N\itme\^c\al /tracheal gilt^ar^d^^
,.t,.Ai.f1-Vvl\li)ei^ V" M:ero-venti;#l foKJs
•oniiiljetit part iJ^ ^le \ opi^nto^aai he ^<efin i
sptu
viiiBiatitm-^iiiii) rt"\o»('»AO k) noWijarlOBiT
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
^' m in jr^ xa
\eiiatioii iif Chriisdpd xii/nalu Walk.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918.
l-'ii. I'lipiil uiiig-trachcatidn of Cliriisupii.
P.L.S.N.S W 1B18.
1-G. Ithunc fulra. ils]). 7-9. Illiuni' fiisca Xewiu.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19!6.
^? .A ...R,
iA;'..' /
10-11. Dicixiiifplcryx pliuUenoidfs (Ijiiiii.).
12-11. DrciKiiKK-ra Iniiiiilix (McLachl.).
P.L.S.N.S.W. 191fl.
RJ.T.dd.
Urvpaitarca spp.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19!6
R.J. T.dd.
■M. O.ci/hiclla briilirvlli, ii.sp. 21. Payvhobiella fiisra, ii.sp.
P.L.S.N.S W. 1916.
22
23
R.J.T.dtl
22-23. Nutiobiclla spp. 24-25. Citnihiii.'i s|)ii. 20-27. Slsi/ra spii.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 191B.
RJ. Tdei
28. SperniopJiorena i.\sseni\nata, ilsji.
29. S, inaculatissima, n.si).
P.L.S.N.S.W 1919
oO-3t). Sjii'i-iiioj//iort'Ho dissciiiliiuta, a.sp.
34. Trichoma firiiriVrpcinif, u.si>.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
35. Stenohiella hirsntissima, n.sp.
417
NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY.
PARTHENOaENKSIS IX AQUATIC PHANEROGAMS.
By a. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.
Elatine triandra Schrank [ELATiNACEiE].
Plants of Elatine were brought under my notice by Mr. J Bi'ooks, who has charge of the freshwater aquaria at the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, in February last. The plants were growing submerged in a glass tank. They had grown vigorously for some months, with roots fixed in the soil at the bottom of the tank. Now, fragments were being detached freely, with rootlets grow- ing out into the water, Mr. Brooks wanted to know — " Whv are the plants breaking up in this way 1"
Capsules in various stages of development were grow ing on the plants, but no flowers or flower-buds could be discovered. There were no signs of calyx- lobes, corolla, stamens, or even bracts. A few of these capsules contained apparently fully de- veloped, brown seeds presenting the characteristic sculpturing.
Thinking that by modifying the conditions we might be able to induce normal flowering, I asked Mr. Brooks to plant some in earth in a flower-pot surrounded by water, and to expose these gradually to full sunlight.
A few days later, I discovered the plant growing in the Lily- Pond of the Centennial Park, Sydney. Large, floating frag- ments, up to 9 inches in length, with abundant roots, bore fruits similar to those formed in the tank. At one spot, the floor of the pond was dry, owing to the prolonged drought. Here the plant was growing on firm mud. The leaves were very much shorter, and the plant altogether smaller, than in the submerged form; but it bore numerous, small flowers, with 3, broad, green sepals; 3, spreading, red pistils; and 3 stamens I brought some home, with the surrounding mud, and planted them in an ordinary flower-pot. I did not place the pot in water, but kept
35
418 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,
it well watered, and exposed it to sunlight. The plants spread, and continued to flower well into the month of May. Mr. Brooks' plants naturally took longer to accustom themselves to the greater change of conditions, but, early in April, they were in full flower. Thus, the suggested experiment had succeeded. It was plain that the condition necessary to produce flowers was exposure of the growing plant to air and sunlight.
I then tried the converse experiment of placing some of the flowering plants in soil, at the bottom of a glass jar, which I filled with water. They did not resent the sudden change, but speedily grew out into the elongated form with longer leaves, and now (in May) are producing the capsules of the submerged form freely.
The capsules of the submerged form closely resemble those of the flowers, and, as no stamens are present, we have a clear case of parthenogenesis.
Glossostigma spathulatum Arnott [Scrophulariace^].
In another glass tank in the Gardens, were growing vigorously, a number of plants of a Glossostigma, which, while spreading freely in the water, never rose to the surface. The roots were fixed in the soil at the bottom. These plants also bore capsules of various stages, in none of which could I detect floral envelopes or stamens. The plants had been growing for years in the tank, but had never produced flowers.
We experimented with these in the same way as with Elatine. Mr. Brooks placed his in a flower-pot in ordinary mould, and placed the pot in a large saucer filled with water. In about a month, the plants had quite accommodated themselves to the new habitat, and produced a number of tiny, blue, perfect flowers. I arranged my plant in a diminutive, artificial pond I had made, so that part of the creeping stem was fixed by the roots to soil at the bottom, and the other part, unsevered, ex- tended over a small bank of earth at the side of the pond. Thus, part of the plant was submerged, and part exposed to air and direct sunlight. It seemed at home at once, and both plants grew quickly. The submerged part spread far and wide over
BY A. H. S. LUCAS. . 419
the bottom of the pond, and formed capsules; and, in less than a fortnight, the terrestrial portion had spread over the bank (which was now and again inundated, when the pond was filled up) and formed the fully developed, blue flowers. The number of stamens was constantly 2, and, therefore, our plant must be placed as G . s'pathulatwm Arnott. The other Australian species, G. Drumviondii Benth., and G. elatinoides Benth., have 4 stamens.
It was naturally a pleasure to have thus succeeded in obtaining the normal flowers. Curiously, perhaps the only passage in the severe pages of the Flora Australiensis which is "tinged with emotion," occurs in relation with this plant. Bentham quotes a remark of O'Shanesy, who gathered this species at Rockhampton, that " the numerous little blue flowers look like tiny drops of dew." (Vol. iv., p.502).
We had thus succeeded in inducing flowering in both plants. In a submerged state, they do not produce a distinct calyx, petals or stamens, but freely produce capsules. To test the fertility of the seeds produced in the submerged capsules of Glossostiyma, I asked Mr. Brooks to sow the seeds. He placed some in soil exposed to air, and dropped some on to the soil at the bottom of a tank containing water. Both sets germinated, the latter with extreme freedom.
Thus habitual parthenogenesis is seen to occur in Glossostiyma spalhulatum — so long as the plant remains entirely submerged. When the plants obtain a footing on mud uncovered with water, they will develop flowers in the season, and produce ovules fertilised in the usual way. . Incidentally, we may find a reason- able answer to Mr. Brooks' original question in regard to Elatine. The submerged plant tends to break up into fragments or sections in the season proper for flowering. These fragments float, and, as we saw in the pond in the Centennial Park, under natural conditions will have a chance of reaching a mooring ground, and thus of attaining to a terrestrial habitat convenient for flowering.
We have not yet experimented with the seeds of Elatine, pro- duced in the submei"ged capsules, but the mature form of the seeds found makes it nearly certain that they are fertile.
420 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDKNS, SYDNEY,
These two instances of parthenogenesis in two, submerged plants of so widely separated families seem to lead up to the conception, that such a habit is likely to be very generally char- acteristic of plants growing under similar conditions. At all events, I have obtained considerable evidence in favour of this view. Further investigation is in progress, and I hope to bring further results before the Society, as opportunity occurs for experimentation.
Note on the Species of Elatine.
The plant experimented on is our common Elatine. The Southern species, in which Bentham includes the Australian form, has been labelled E. minima Fisch. &. Meyer, (Linnasa, x., 73), E. grat.ioloides A. Cunn., (Ann. Nat. Hist., iii., 26, on New Zealand forms), E. americana Arnott, by von Mueller, and E. am,ericana Arnott, var. australiensis by Bentham. E. triandra of Schrank was founded in 1791; and E americana Arnott, in 1814.
Bentham says " The Australian species is considered b}' some as endemic, by others as identical with an American one." And aoain, " This plant, whether a distinct species or a variety of
the N. American one, is very variable." He then notes
various forms, those under water with elongated stems, and very few with petals. There is no doubt that the external form varies at once, as we have seen, even in the same individual, when the conditions change.
Britton and Brown, in their "Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States," 1897, ii., p. 437, give descriptions and figures of both E. americana and E. triandra. Of E. americana they state, " Sepals, petals, stamens, styles 2 (rarely 3 in terrestrial forms)"; and of E. triandra, "'Sepals commonly 2; petals, stamens, and stigmas 3." In our specimens, the ti'imerism of all the parts is conspicuous. Thus Bentham writes (I c), "The N. American plant " [i.e., E. americana^ "differs chiefly in the flowers almost constantly dimerous, which does not occur in any southern specimens I have examined."
Inasuiuch as the number of stamens present in the flowers is
BY A. H. S. LUCAS. 42l
one of the chief points relied on in the differentiation of species of Elatine, the discrepancy in the numbers seems fatal to the inclusion of our plants, with flowers almost constantly trimerous, in E. americana, with flowers almost constantly dimerous. On the other hand, there is much less reason for separating the Aus- tralian form from the older species, E. triaiidra.
I have lieen able to compare our plants with specimens, in the Herbarium of the Botanic Gardens, of E. americana and E. triandra, both from the United States. The facies of the Aus- tralian form agrees well enough with either — as do the dimen- sions of parts ^but the predominance of trimerism of parts brinss it into much closer relation with E. t7-iandra. The differ- ences appear to be too small to justify the creation of a new species, and 1 propose, therefore, to include our Elatine in E. triandra Schrank.
422
REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES. Part v. Mulochtus and Ctihicorrhynchtis.
By Eustace W. Ferciuson, M.B., Ch.M.
MoLOCHTUS Pascoe.
Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc, xii., 1873, p. 18.
Type of genus, M. gagates Pascoe.
r^arge, or very large species. Head convex, separated from rostrum by a transverse impression; supraorbital crests in tbe form either of a raised ridge, or of two, dentiform tubercles. Rostrum deeply concave above, the lateral margins strongly raised. Prothorax rotundate or suliquadrate, with two, small spicules at anterior and two at posterior lateral angles, these more marked in the female; disc closely granulate. Elytra broad, flattened more or less on disc, strongly declivous; striate, the punctures often transverse, crossing interstices as a series of transverse wrinkles; interstices granulate or tuberculate. Under- surface in the male concave at base and granulate, at least at base of abdomen; in the female, convex, non-granulate. Anterior coxae contiguous. Legs stout. Tarsi broad, with claw-joint flattened above, broad and parallel-sided in greater part of its length.
The position of Molochliis, in relation to other genera, has been variously regarded by different entomologists. In de- scribing the genus, Pascoe referred it to the neighbourhood of Talaurinus, at the same time noting that the type-species (J/. gagates) was not very unlike Cuhicorrhynchits niaxirmis Macl. Sloane (Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., 1893, p. 232), in describing Acantholophus granulatus, stated that it seemed to him the affinities of Molochtus were more to Ctcbicorrhytichus and Acan- tholophns. Lea (Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, ii., 1909, p. 222) regarded C. viaximus as certainly congeneric with M. gagates, and placed that species under Cuhicorrhynchns, thus deleting the genus Molochtus altogether.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. . 423
To my mind, though unquestionably related to Cubicorrhyn- chus, the genus Molochius, as exemplified by Jll. gagates, seems worthy to be maintained as distinct. Also, I do not regard C . niaximus as congeneric with M. gagates; it seems to me unques- tionably congeneric with Ac. granulatus and Ac. Blackburni { = Ac. simplex Blackb.), though the position of these three species is open to question. The head, in all the species of Molochtus, is very strongly convex, the intercristal portion being feebly transversely concave, and separated from the rest of the head by a more or less distinct impression; the crests are repre- sented either by a feebly elevated ridge, or by two, small, denti- form projections. The rostrum does not differ materially from that of .4c. C?) maximus, but is decidedly more excavate than that of Cuhicorrhynchus, with the lateral margins more strongly raised. Theprothorax is quadrate or rotundate, with two, small denticles in the region of the antero-lateral angle, and two more near the postero-lateral angle. In the male, these, or some of them, may be obsolete, but they are always well marked in the female, which also has theprothorax invariably narrower. The granules on the thorax are always more or less flattened, and closely set. The elytral sculpture is fairly characteristic, though that of .4c. C?) maximus is not unlike; the interstices are granulate, the granules being generally depressed, though, in some forms of M. gagates, they become conical tubercles posteriorly and later- ally; they are separated by more or less distinct, transverse im- pressions, often extending over two or more interstices; the whole sculpture is often confused, and difficult to describe. The metasternum and ventral segments, at any rate the basal two, are strongly granulate, a feature which I have not noted in Cubicorrhyiiclius. The tarsal structure, howevei", is the feature to which I attach most importance in separating the two genera. In Molochtus, the fourth or clawjoint is broad, flattened above, with subparallel sides throughout the greater portion of its length, and not narrowed till quite close to the base. In Arait- tholophiis and Cubicorrhynchus, the clawjoint is not flattened above, and is gradually widened from base to near apex.
Two species of Molochtus have, in past years, been described,
424 EEVISIOK OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
M. gagates Pasc, {I.e., p. IS), and ^f. tibialis Sloane, (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1893, p. 229); while I have recently named a third, M. hercules, (Trans. R. Soc. IS. Aust., xxxix., p. 74, 1915). To this number, I have now to add a fourtli species, M . rol.undicollis. Geographical Distribution. — The species are all inhabitants of the western half of the continent, stretching from west of Lake Eyre in Central Australia to the seacoast of Western Australia; the genus appears to be absent from the south-west corner. The range of M. tibialis and M. hercules appears to be almost co- extensive with that of the genus. M. gagates is known princi- pally from the neighbourhood of Geraldton and the Murchison River, though inland, at Cue, its place is taken by J/, tibialis; I have also a specimen labelled Central Australia. M. rotundi- collis occurs on the Ashburton and Gascoyne Rivers.
Table of lSpeciei<.
l(4).vSupiaorl)ital crests represented by a slight ridge.
2(3). Anterior tibite not emarginate in the male M. gagatts Pasc.
3(2). Anterior tibia; with a subapical emargination in the male
M. tibialis SI.
4(1). Supraorbital crests Ijidentate.
o(6). Prothorax subquadrate, size large M. hercides Ferg.
6(5).Prothorax rotundate, size comparatively small. ..J/, rotundicollis, n.sp.
MOLOCHTUS GAGATES PaSC.
Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc , xii., 1873, p.l8, PI. ii., fig. 9.
A recent visit to the British Museum has enabled me to examine the type, a female, of this species, and to confirm its identity with the species so named in Australian collections It is closely allied to J/, tibialis Sloane, but may be readily distin- ,'uished by the shorter and stouter legs, the difference being more marked in the male; this sex further differs from the male of M. tibialis in lacking the subapical emargination of the front tibiae.
There are, in my collection, two forms, which I regard as belonging to this species, differing in the elytral sculpture, one form having the elytral tubercles distinctly larger than in the other, which is the typical form.
?3
BY E. ^V. FERGUSOK. 425
I have specimens of the typical form from Champion Bay and Mullewa ; and of the more strongly tuberculate form from Onslow, Murchison River, and Central Australia.
MoLOCHTUS TIBIALIS Sloane.
Sloane, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xvi., 1893, p. 229; Lea, ibid., 1903, p. 11 3.
Tn his description, Sloane has given a number of characters differentiating M. tibialis from M. gagates Pasc; Lea, however, has pointed out that these differences will not hold, and, after examination of a number of specimens, I find that they will not, without modification. The differences in the head, rostrum, and prothorax do not appear to be constant; and I do not think that they can be made much use of in separating the species. The elytral sculpture vaiyes considerably; some of the specimens, including the types, have the sculpture flatter and more obliterate than in others, which approach closely to the less strongly sculptured form of J/, gagates (see under that species); but I have never seen specimens of M. tibialis with sculpture approach- ing that of the more strongly tuberculate form of J/, gagates. There is, however, another difference which will enable the males of the two species to be readily determined, and that is the leg- structure. In il/. tibialis, the tibiae are longer, and the anterior tibia has a subapical emargination or notch on the undersurface. The females of AI. tibialis have also longer tibiae than the females of 3f. gagates, but the difference is only really apparent when specimens of the two species are compared together.
The specimens of M. tibialis in my possession include, in all probability, the tj'pes; the female type is marked as such, but there is also a male from Fraser Range (the type-locality) which agrees exactly with Sloane's description and measurements, whereas none of the South Australian Museum specimens agree exectly with Sloane's measurements.
The species has a wide range, from Central Australia to the coast-board of Western Australia in the neighbourhood (at least) of the Ashburton River.
426 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES; V.,
MOLOCHTUS HERCULES Fei'g.
Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix, p. 74, 1915.
Hah. — W.A.: Kookynie, Kalgoorlie, Cue. — Central Australia: Hermannsburg.
MoLOCHTUS ROTUNDICOLLIS, n.sp.
J". Size comparatively small; elongate-ovate. Black; without clotliing; setye light brown, for the most part absent from the upper surface.
Head separated from rostrum above by a deep V-shaped im- pression, becoming indistinct towards the sides; strongly convex, the intercristal portion separated from the I'est of the head by a transverse impression ; the extreme posterior portion finely transversely strigulose, elsewiiere finely and irregularly reticu- late, intercristal puncto-granulate; supraorbital crests composed of two, small, dentiform tubercles, the posterior slightly the larger, conjoined at base. Rostrum widely and deeply concave above; the lateral margins raised, curved inwards and broadened at base: convex in profile, anterior end bluntly acuminate, less so than in M. hercules; upper surface rather coarsely punctate. Prothorax (5x6 mm.) broad, strongly rounded on sides, the anterior lateral denticles hardly traceable, the postero-lateral ones small, but evident; anterior margin without ocular lobes; disc widely depressed in centre, with a feeble, deeper, median impression traceable anteriorly ; closely set with flattened granules, separated by tine, impressed lines arranged in a con- centric manner around each half of the disc, the central impres- sions on each side running transversely; sides granulate above, the granules becoming smaller and fewer towards the coxje; with impressed lines arranged concentrically with those on disc. El3^tra(10 x 7mm.) broad, flattened on disc, sides rather strongly rounded at base, more gradually to apex; apex not acuminate; base not emarginate, humeral angles rounded; striae narrow, punctures small, the ridges between not granulate; interstices not raised, with small, obscure granules more definite on declivity and towards sides. Undersurface feebly concave over meta-
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 427
sternum and base of abdomen, all the segments granulate, the granules largest on the second ventral segment, smallest on the metasternum, on the fifth interstice coalescing near apex to form a series of transverse strigse. Tibite simple, with a row of granules on undersurface; tarsi and claw-joints as in the genus.
9. Differs from the male in being more ovate. Head more obsoletely punctate; rostrum with lateral margins less widened at base. Prothorax (4 x 5 mm.) narrower, not widely dilatate, less strongly rounded on sides: disc not so widely depressed, but with a deeper, median, impressed line; granules less flattened, with the concentric impressions less definite; lateral margins with denticles more strongly developed. Elytra (11 x 7 mm.) rather longer than in the male, apex not acuminate, base with shoulders rounded; sculpture as in the male. Undersurface more convex, basal segments slightly flattened, not granulate, but with a somewhat shagreened appearance; apical segment rather feebly, transversely rugulose. Dimettsions : ^, 16 x 7 mm; 9, 16x7 mm.
f/ab. — W.A.: Onslow, Ashburton River, Carnarvon (ex C. French).
Type in Coll. Ferguson; cotypes in National Museum, Mel- bourne.
This species is allied to J/, hercules Ferg., but differs in the strongly rounded prothorax, in the non-acuminate elytra, with the basal angles rounded, and in the more granulate undersurface, as well as in its smaller size.
A second male before me has the prothorax less strongly dilatate; the head is also more obsoletely punctured.
CuBicoRRHYNCHUs Lacordaire.
Lacordaire, Gen. Coleopt., vi., p. 314.
Size small to moderate, never very large. Head convex, separated from rostrum by a transverse impression; supraocular crests present, simple. Rostrum short, wide, flat or feebly de- pressed above, the lateral margins not strongly raised. Scape long; second joint of funicle generally longer than first. Pro-
428 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
thorax rounded or dentate at sides; subapical and basal trans- verse impressions well marked, the latter often hidden from above; disc granulate. Elytra suboval, basal angles generally strongly rounded; disc regularly striate-punctate ; interstices granulate, occasionally showing extraordinary sexual characters. Undersurface generally depressed at base of abdomen in the male, convex in the female. Femora and tibia? showing, in many species, marked sexual characters; tarsi with clawjoint not flattened as in Molochtus.
The genus Cubicorrhy nclbus was described by Lacordaire for a group of species of which he knew of no described example, although he alluded to several known under MS. -names, as pro- bably belonging to the genus. His generic diagnosis leaves it quite clear, however, to what group of species he intended the name to belong; and Macleay has rightly claimed the name for those species which now bear it.
This genus, and Molochtus, are the first of a section of the Amycterides which seems, to me, distinct from the Psalidura- Talaurinus-Sclerorinus complex; and which contains two large genera, Cubicoi-rhynrhiis and Acantholophus, as well as a number of smaller ones. I do not propose at present to define the limits and characters of the different sections of the family; as such will require much further study. I merely indicate here the existence of these sections, in passing from one to another.
The essential characters of Cubicorrhytichiis, as distinguishing it from its immediate allies, lie, to my mind, in the rostral structure. In Cubicorrhyiichus, the rostrum is short and broad, and the upper surface is at most feebly concave, the lateral margins not being raised; although, in profile, they are more or or less convex. The rostrum is separated from the head, above, by a transverse, linear impression; in a few species, this line turns backwards along the inner sides of the crests. The pre- sence of supraorbital crests is constant, although these vary somewhat in direction and development. There are also two small granules present in most species, although in some they aie absent; and they are present in a few species at present re- ferred to Acantholophus. The prothorax varies in different
BY E. W. FKRGUSON, 429
species; in the most typical examples of the fjenus, the prothorax is strongly and evenly rounded on the sides, whereas in others it is strongly dentate, this form reaching its highest develop- ment in (J. spinicoUis, which has been regarded by some author- ities as being generically distinct. With this, I do not agree, as the transition between the various species of Cubicoirhi/iichus is too gradual to admit of a violent separation of this species; moreover, in the females of the species with rounder prothorax, the sides are distinctly ridged as in the dentate species. The pz'esence of a subapical and a basal, transverse impression is constant, while the median line is, as a rule, impressed. The elytra are, as a rule, subovate, with the humeral angles strongly rounded, and strongly declivous posteriorly. The disc is regu- larly striate, the punctures open, and rather indefinite, never very large; the interstices are, as a rule, granulate, though the granules may be obsolescent on the disc; they are situate rather to one side of the interstice, in some cases simulating intrastrial granules. Some of the species, in addition, present extraordinary features, in the development of spines or tubercles. The under- surface is, in the male, gently concave over the metasternum and basal, ventral segments, whereas, in the female, the under- surface is convex. The front coxse are, in a few species, sepa- rated; in the others, they are contiguous. The legs, and in particular the posterior tibiae, show exti*aordinary features of specific importance. These are present in the male only, and it is impossible, in many cases, to distinguish the females from each other, although the males may be readily identified.
Of the Amycterides described previouslv to the institution of the genus, only three can be referred to it.
C. Bohemani Bohem., (Schonh., Gen. Cure, vii. (1), 1843) is a well known Western Australian species; while C. crenicollis Waterh., (Trans. Ent. Soc, 1854), and C. Dohrni Waterh., {I.e.) are also Western Australian species, and readily identified from their descriptions.
The name C. niorosus has been in use for a species of Cuhi- corrhynchus, but incorrectly so. I have seen the type of Ainyc- terus THorosus, and it is a Sclerorinus; although the species which
430 REVISION OF THE AMTCTERIDES, V.,
Boheman and later entomologists identified as A.morosus Boisd., certainly is a Cubicorrliynchus.
Macleay (Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1865) added five new species to the genus. Of these, I would exclude C. maxim^is from the genus, and refer it provisionally to Acantholophns; while C. sepidioides is regarded by Lea as a synonym of C. valcaratus. The other species are distinct, though C. jnceo-setosns should possibly be regarded as a variety only of C. maculalus. Subsequently, Macleay {op. cit., 1866) described three additional species, C. aiigularis, C. spinicollis, and C eximius. The first of these is a synonym of C. Bohemani, while C eximius has been referred by Lea to Acantholophns.
Pascoe* described two species, C. cichlodes and C. steri/is. Sloane has made the former of these the type of a new genus, iVotonophes.
Blackburn was the next entomologist to add any further species to the genus; the descriptions of these are distributed over a number of papers. C. Mussonij is a very distinct species: as is also C. taurus.\ C. dUataticeps\\ is not a species of Cnbi- corrhynchus, and I have already referred it to Notonophes. C. tortipes% is a synonym of C. Hohemani Bohem. Hyborrhynchus aurigena^ is a species of Cubicorrhynchns, and is closely allied to C. spinicellis Macl.
. Sloane** described two species, C. occultus and C. modeshis. I have seen the types of these, and they are distinct species; unfortunately the type of C. modeslus is a female.
Lea has added three species to the genus, besides commenting on the types of a number of Macleay 's species. C valgus\'\ is a very curious species, but may prove to be the male of C. modestus;
* Journ. Linn. Soc, xii., 1873.
tProc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 18ft-2, p. 124.
:r Trans. R. Soo. S. Aust., 1895, p. 220.
II Report Horn Exped., 1896, p.293.
§ Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1897, p.9r3.
Hi/.f., 1899, p. 89.
■* Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1893.
tt Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, p. 221.
BY E. W. FERnUSON. 431
C. maculicollis* is closely allied to C. maculatus Macl.; while C. globicoUisf is a thoroughly distinct species.
I have recently described six new species, C. strigicollis, C. quadraticollis, C. substrigos-us, C. cnrvipes, C. aureomaculatus, and C. rectipf>s;l C. quadraticollis now proves, however, to be synonymous with C. stp.rilis Pasc.
In the present paper, seven new species are described, which, with the elimination of synonyms and species removed to other genera, make a total of twenty-eight species in the genus.
Geographical Distribution. — The genus is almost universally distributed in Australia, but is unrecorded from Tasmania. I have never met with it in the Sydney district or on the Blue Mountains; it seems absent from the entire area of the Hawkes- bury Sandstone formation. On the western slopes and inland plains, specimens of one or more species of Cubicorrhynchus are plentiful, and are, indeed, very characteristic of the inland areas. In South and Western Australia, it seems equally common. The genus has not been recorded, however, from North Australia or North Queensland, though it probably occurs in the inland portions, but not in the jungle-areas. The dentate forms are almost exclusively western.
Table of Specief^. 1(8). Anterior coxfe separated. 2(5). Anterior femora bent almost at right angles. 3(4). Third elytral interstice with a lai'ge, backwardly directed spine
at declivitjf ; fifth interstice with a row of outwardly directed,
spinose tubercles C. Dohrni Waterh.
4(3). Third interstice without such a tubercle; fifth interstice with a
ro w of erect tubercles, extending down declivity
G. BohtmaniHohem.
5(2). Anterior femora strongly, but more evenly curved.
6(7). Size moderately large ; head granulate ; posterior tibiae less
strongly bent than in C. valgus C. occuHus SI.
7(6). Size small; head not granulate; posterior tibia? with lower end
bent forwards, almost at right angles C. valyus Lea.
8(1). Anterior eoxse contiguous.
"Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1910, p. 163.
tMem. See. Ent. Belgique, 1910, p.84.
:;: Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix., pp. 76-83, 1915.
432 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
9('2'2).Prothorax founded at the sides.
10(15). Prothoracic granules more or less closelj' set.
11 (12). Posterior tibite with more or less pronounced sexual characters.
A. With a strong subapical spine C. caJ curat n>i Mael.
B. With a strong subtriangular incrassation about the
middle f • taurii-'< Blackb.
C. Short, almost straight, with three rows of large granules,
the outermost row most conspicuous C. Aerraflpe-% n.sp.
D. Longer, with a moderateh' strong, antero-posterior curva-
ture, and also incurved; granules strong, but less con- spicuous.
Retfe light yellowish -brown / C. mncnlatufi Macl. ;
V C macn/icol/is Lea.
Setse dark C. piceoxeto.mf< Mael.
12( 11). Posterior tibi» in the male not markedly differing horn the
female. 13(14). Size moderately small (11mm.); supraorbital crests very
small ; 1 lase of elytra not emarginate C. mrdidn ^, n. sp.
14(13). Size smaller (8 mm.); base of elytra feebly emarginate
C. Il/idi/ei, n.sp.
15(10). Prothorax with granules more or less dispersed.
10(17). Prothorax non-strigose C. (/lohico/li-i Lea.
17(16). Prothorax strigose,
18(21 ).Strigosity pronounced, the granules very small.
19(20). Prothorax strongly rounded on the sides C. sfri(/icoJli^ Ferg.
20(19). Prothorax less strongly I'ounded, with a distinct impression
at middle of lateral margin C. .^terili.^ Pasc.
21(18).Strigosity less marked, obscured by granules... C. .viJtstrif/ovts Ferg. 22(9). Lateral margins of prothorax dentate, or witix at least a granu- late ridge in posterior portion. 23(40). Supraorbital crests not as in C. anriculatn^. 24(37). Lateral margins strongly dentate. 25(30). Dentation in the form of two spinose tubercles anteriorlj',
and a granulate ridge in posterior half. 26(29). Prothoracic granules small; obscure; seta? small.
27(28). Small species; elytra suboval C. f<}>!niro//l.9 Mad
28(27). Somewhat larger, more parallel-sided C. aur'Kjtna Blackb.
29(26). Prothoracic granules notably larger, bearing long set*
C. setofiUf<, n.sp.
30(25). Lateral margins more irregularly dentate. 31(34). Elytral granules large, nitid.
32(33). Posterior tibiaa gently, but distinctly, curved
C. aureomacnlatm Ferg.
r.\ K. w. PKnnusoN. 433
3;^(H'2). Posterior tibiiv straight C. rectipes Ferg.
;U(31).Elytral granules more or less obscured liy clothing.
.S.")(3()). I'osterior tibia- strongly curved C. ciirriptx Ferg.
H()(8.")).Posteiior tibi;f nnich less strongly curved C. (■re»iR-o///.s Waterh.
87(24). La teial margins not strongly dentate.
;W(89).With a granulate ridge posteriorly, and two minute spicules
anteriorly; granules on disc remotely sepaiated. . . . C. ■•'jiarxiis, n.sp. 89(38). With a posterior, granulate ridge only; granules on disc
closely set C. minor, n.sp.
40(28). Supraorbital crests laid back, with the inner surface directed
forwards.
41(42). (xranules on prothorax distinct C. ann'ru/n/ii.'^, n.s\).
42(4 1). (.granules on prothorax very small, concealed by clothing,
almost obsolescent C. MiiAxoni Ulacldi.
Notes on the liable.
The table has, of iiecessits^, been drawn up from males only, consequently C. mo'festus has been omitted.
C. maculicollis Lea, may be distinct from C. maculatiis Macl., but I am not prepared to tabulate tlie difterences.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS BoHEMANI iJohem.
Boheman, Schtinh., Gen. Cure, vii., (1), 1843, p.83; C.anyu- laris Mac]., Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1866, p.331; C. turtipes lilackb.. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1897, p.P6.
(J. Size large. Head with scattered granules; supraorbital crests small, little projecting. Prothorax (4-u x 5 mm.) strongly rounded on sides; median line impressed, carinate in depression; closelv set with regular, rounded granules. Elytra (9-5 x 6mm.) with interstices granulate; on the third and fourth, the granules more strongly raised and subacute posteriorly; fifth interstice with a row of strong tuberculiform granules, largest at edge of declivity and extending halfway down declivity. Anterior coxse separated; anterior femora with a narz-ow basal pedicle, then bent forwards almost at right angles; anterior and posterior tibise strongly falciform.
^. More ovate; third and fifth eiytral interstices with granules slightly more conspicuous ; ventral surface convex ; legs more feebly curved. Dimensions: ^, 14x6 mm.; 5, 16x7-5 mm.
36
434 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
Hah. —Western Australia : King George Sound, Swan River, Kellerberriii, Cue.
The male of this well known species can be readily recognised b}' the projection of the fifth interstice. The bent front femora are also present in C. Dohrni; in the other species, the anterior femora are more evenly and less strongly curved. C. Dohrni differs, inter alia, in the very different elytral sculpture. C. occultus Sloane, is the species closest in general appearance, but has the fifth interstice much less strongly granulate, and the anterior femora and the tibite less strongly curved. C . valgus and C. modestus are considerably smaller species.
The female is distinguished from the female of C. Dohrni by the granulate head, and by the absent e of the projections at the declivity; from the female of C. occnhns, the present species differs principally in its larger size.
CuBicORRHYNCHUS DoHiiNi Waterh.
G. R. Waterhouse, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1854, p.5.
^. Large. Head convex, slightly depressed in front, with two small granules on forehead, lightly strigulose; supraorbital crests short, very little prominent. Rostrum little excavate above; external margins slightly raised. Prothorax (4-5 x 5-5 mm.) rotundate, with a small spicule anterior to middle, and one at postero-lateral angle; moderately closely set with small, round, slightly umbilicate, discrete granules; sides only granulate above. Elytra (10 x 7 mm.) suboval, the upper surface almost fiat from side to side, vertically declivous behind; base not emarginate; disc with rows of small punctures, the stride rather narrow; interstices broad, with small granules, third with slightly more conspicuous granules, the last two or three larger, and the last acutely conical; with a large, backwardly-projecting tubercle, with the apex upturned, extending over the first three inter- stices, and situated on the edge of the declivity; fifth interstice with a row of outwardly-projecting tubercles, smallest near base, becoming progressively larger, acutely conical and extending to the edge of the declivity, thence turning inwards across fourth interstice; seventh interstice with a row of three spinose tuber-
BY K. W. FERGUSON. 435
cles at base, followed by a row of small granules. Prosternum with an obtuse tubercle in front of coxse; ventral segments sub- nitid, with fine subobsolete punctures. Anterior coxa? separated; anterior femora strongly bent; anterior tibia? moderately strongly falciform, posterior tibiae strongly curved forwards in posterior third, intermediate tibia? with a moderately definite, subapical notch.
9. Elytra more convex; third interstice with the granules slightly more conspicuous towards the declivity, curved inwards and ending in a short, acute spine; fifth interstice with the granules somewhat larger and more conspicuous than on the other interstices, and larger posteriorly; seventh with a row of three small tubercles at shoulder; prosternal tubercles smaller than in the male; abdomen convex, with scattered punctures; anterior coxa? separated; anterior tibijB almost straight: inter- mediate tibiae not notched; posterior tibiae less strongly curved than in the male. Dimenaions : $, 17x7 mm.; 9, 16x7 mm.
Hah. — Western Australia : Perth.
I have given a full description of the male, as, so far as I know, only the original description, which appears to have been based on a female, has been published. I know of no other species with which this one can be compared. The spines, which are outwardly-projecting, are very different from the tuberculi- form granules on C. Bohemani, and do not extend down the declivity, but turn inwards across the base to the large tubercle at the end of the thii-d interstice. The fourth interstice thus bears a spine. In specimens from Beverley, W.A., the spines are smaller near the base, and the spine on the fourth is repre- sented by a small acute granule, the row of spines thus appear- ing interrupted. The tubercles at the base of the seventh inter- stice are also smaller. The female also difiers in having the apical spine hardly larger than the other granules. Possibly the form is distinct, but I regard it as a variety only, as the species seems to vary a good deal in the size of the spines.
A specimen marked "^4. Dohrni Wat. var. B " was sent to me for examination by Mr. Blair, of the British Museum. It was a large, obese female, with the tubercles larger than usual.
436 UEVISIOX OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
CUBICORRHYNCHUS OCCULTUS Sloane.
Sloane, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1893, p.232.
Hab. — Central Australia : Fraser Range. — W.A.: Kalgooi-lie, Coolgai'die, Ankertell.
This species is most nearly allied to C. Buhemani, from which species it differs in its smaller size, much less strongl}' granulate fifth interstice, and less strongly curved anterior femora and tibiae (these structures, however, strongly curved compared with the majority of other species).
CUBICORRHYNCHUS MODESTUS Sloane.
Sloane, loc. cit., p. 233.
Sab. — Central Australia : Barrow Range.
I have examined the type of this species; it is very close to the female of C. valgus Lea, hut, until a male from the type- locality can be procured, it is impossible to identify the two species as one.
CuBICOKIiHYNCHUS VALGUS Lea.
Lea, Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens (Curculionida?), p. 221. Hab. — W.A.: Bardoc, MuUewa, Ankertell, Onslow.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS CALCARATUS Macleay.
Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1865, p.294. C. sepi- dioides Macl., I.e., p.294; Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1910, p.l67.
(J. Size moderately large. Clothing dense, yellowish-brown; prothorax vittate towards sides with white, and with a few white spots on disc; elytra maculate with white.
Head convex; forehead longitudinally impressed in the middle, with two small granules above; supraorbital crests prominent, acute. Rostrum shallowly concave above, lateral margin rather strongly convex in profile. Prothorax (4x5 mm.) strongly rounded on the sides; subapical impression conspicuous, median line impressed, with a fine carina along middle; set with small, discrete granules; sides granulate above. Elytra (9x6 mm.j suboval, somewhat flattened on disc ; strife moderately deep; interstices flattened basally, without evident granules in anterior
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 437
portion; granules larger and more conspicuous on the posterior portions of the third and fourth interstices, on the fourth form- ing a moderately strong projection on either side of the elytra; fifth, sixth, and seventh interstices with rows of smaller but evident granules, on the fifth more conspicuous near shoulder. Undersurface depressed at base; with small, scattered punctures, the apical segments more coarsely punctate. Anterior coxk contij,'uous; anterior tibiai moderately strongly curved; posterior tibia; strongly curved at apex, with a strong projecting spine on undersurface, above apex.
9. More ovate; prothorax feebly dentate at, sides, with a small tooth anterior to subapical constriction; elytra without pro- minent granules on the fourth interstice; anterior tibiae very feebly curved, posterior straight, without spur. Binievsionx : ^. 15x6 mm.
H<tb.— ^.A.: Port Lincoln, Mt. Lofty, Blanchetown, Terowie, Ardrossan, Gladstone, Moonta, Port Pirie.
Mr. I-ea has identified C. sejndioides as the female of C calcaratus; Sir W. Macleay, however, gave the habitat of C sepidioides as the Murrumbidgee, which suggests that it is rather a synonym of C. maculatus; personally, I agree with Mr. Lea's identification, as the type is much more strongly dentate than the female of C. maculatus; probably the locality given is wrong. I think the name sepidioides should be dropped, although it is unfortunate that the species was described before C. calcaratus, but on the same page.
The male of C. calcaratus may be readily recognised by the spur on the posterior tibife. The granules on the fourth inter- stice give the insect somewhat the appearance of a smaller edition of C. }joheniani, though, in that species, the granules are lar<rest on the fifth interstice.
A male from Tarcoola differs from the usual type, in having the sides of the prothorax dentate anteiior to the' middle, as in the female; the prothorax is also more closely granulate.
Another male has the protlioracic granules almost obliterated. A third male has the posterior tibise less strongly curved, but with the spur distinct.
438 EEVISIOX OF THE AMYCTEEIDES, V.,
CUBICORRHYNCHUS TAURUS Blackb.
Blackburn, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., ]89o, p. 220.
The type of this species was from Lake Callabonna, in the north-east of South Australia, but the species has a wide dis- tribution. I have seen specimens from Victoria, New South Wales, and Queensland, as well as from South Australia. The species, however, is essentially an inland one, not having been recorded as far east as the inland slopes of the eastern table- lands.
There exists a good deal of difference between the specimens from the limits of this wide range, and, quite possibly, more than one species has been included by me under this name. All the forms, however, possess the curious hump-like thickening on the undersurface of the posterior tibise, which I regard as the essential feature of the species.
The Victorian and southern South Australian specimens have a more rounded prothorax than the northern forms, the granules being also less conspicuous : the elytral granules are almost absent on the inner and anterior portion of the elytra. In the specimens from Longreach, Queensland, the elytral granules are quite distinct, and the whole insect is smaller. The New South Wales specimens before me are small, and agree with Queens- land examples.
Hah. — S.A. : Lake Callabonna, Oodnadatta, Blanchetown, Adelaide, Lucindale. — Vic: Lillium, Dimboola.— N.S.W.: Nar- romine, Coolebah, Moree. — Q.: Longreach, CunnamuUa.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS MACULATUS Macl.
Macleay, Inc. cit., p. 295; Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1910, p. 164; var. brevipes Lea, I.e., p. 165.
^ Size moderately large. Clothing dense ; on prothorax brownish, with a few small whitish spots; elytra mainly clothed with greyish squames, with interrupted darker marks along the alternate interstices; sides and legs thickly clothed with white; setae yellowish-brown.
BY E. W. FERGUSOK. 439
Head convex, slightly flattened in front, separated from rostrum by a distinct, transverse impression; forehead with two small granules above; supraocular crests conspicuous, upright, projecting forwards and upwards. Rostrum short : upper surface very feebly concave, median line not sulcate; lateral margins not raised. Prothorax (4 x 5 mm.) widely rounded on the sides, disc feebly convex from side to side; subapical con- striction well-marked; median line distinctly impressed, carinate in middle; closely set with rather small, rounded granules: sides granulate above. Elytra (9x6 mm.) suboval, humeral angles rounded; striae moderately deep, punctures slightly transverse; interstices with feeble granules, concealed by clothing, on the central interstices, with more distinct granules towards the sides. Undersurface depressed at base, coarsely punctate, especially on second and fifth interstices. Anterior coxse contiguous; anterior tibiffi moderately strongly sinuate; posterior tibiae with an antero-posterior curvature most marked in upper portion, and with an inward curvature most marked in lower portion; the undersurface of the posterior tibiae distinctly thickened, all the tibiae granulate beneath.
5. Smaller than male, with narrower prothorax, vith lateral margins ridged; undersurface convex; tibiae simple. Dimen- sions : (J, 13x6 mm.
Hah.- New South AVales, Victoria, South Australia.
Type (9) in Macleay Museum.
The above description was drawn up from a male from Mul- wala (Riverina) in my own collection. With it, I group the majority of New South Wales specimens in my collection; but it is quite possible that some of these will prove worthy of specific rank. The chief variation lies in the size of the elytral granules, and in the degree of curvature of the posterior tibiae. The variety called hrevipes Lea, is included amongst the number, also the species frequently identified as C. morosus Boisd. Much more study and dissection will be necessary before the question of specific distinctness of some of the forms can be regarded as settled.
4:40 REVISIOX OF THE AilYCTERIDES, V.,
CtiBICORRHYNCHUS MACULICOLLIS Lea.
Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitsclir., 1910, p.l63.
I have examined the type of this species, but can find no valid feature to differentiate tlie species from C. vinciihtus. Lea only gives differences in the clothing, which will not hold vvlien compared with unabraded specimens of C. niacrilalus. At the same time, I am unwilling to sink Lea's species out of hand, particularly as T am not prepared to say that, under C. macula- tns, I liave not included more than one species.
CUBICORHHYNCHUS PICEOSETOSUS Macl.
Macleay, Inc. cit., p.295.
The type of this species is a female, and evidently closely allied to C. maculattis, dift'ering mainly in the darker seta>. I have specimens of species with dark setse from several places in I»>'ew South Wales, including Culcairn, Mudgee, Bangaloie, and Quirindi. These present certain dift'erences, inler se, and may possibly represent more than one species. The Qu-irindi speci- mens approach nearest to the type of C. picensetosns, tlie principal difl'erence being the less strongly granulate elytra. ]n C. piceo- setosns, the lines of setigerous granules are more conspicuous than in any of the specimens before me. In the males of all the forms, the posterior tibiie are more or Itss stiojigly turvtd much as in C. maculatus, and it is possible that C. piceosfU stis should be regarded as a variety only of C. maculatus. Until a male from the type-locality (Yass) can be jimcured, I prefer to treat C. piceusetosus as a valid species,
CUBICORRHYNCHUS SERRATIPES, H.Sp.
^. Size moderate. Ulack; densely clothed with light brown squamosity; prothorax trivittate with white, and with a few white spots; elytra albomaculate: wliite predominating on sides, sternal segments, and legs: setse lifrht.
Head convex, somewhat depressed in front, separated from rostrum by a transverse, linear impression; with a few, small, scattered granules : crests moderately strong, rather obtuse. Rostrum short and wide; upper surface moderately concave.
BY E. W. FERGUSOX. 441
Scape rather slender, moderately strongly incras&ate at apex. Prothorax (3 X 4 mm.) rotundate, evenly rounded on the sides: disc feebly convex, the subapical impression distinct at sides, less so in the middle: median line distinctly, but not deeply, im- pressed, with traces of a median carina: moderately closely set with small, discrete, rounded, nitid granules: sides gianulate above. Elytra (8x5 mm.) suboval, humeral angles rounded, base not emarginate ; disc flattened; stri« little impressed, punctures small; interstices not raised, granules small, liardly traceable in the middle, larger and more distinct towards the apex and sides. Lateral interstices without evident granules [Abdomen wanting]. Anterior coxae contiguous: anterior tibise almost straight, with rather coarse granules along uiidersurface: intermediate tibiw straight, granulate beneath; posterior ti])i8e rather short, practically straight, coarsely granulate beneath : with a conspicuous row of nitid granules aldng outer edge of undersurface. Dimensions : ^, 12x5 mm.
Hab. — W.A.: Kookynie (C. French).
Type in Coll. Ferguson.
Although there is but a single specimen, with the abdomen missing, before me, I have described the species, as it is a thoroughly distinct one. The granules on the posterioi' tibiae are larger than in any other species I know; they appear to Ije arranged mainly in three rows, one in the centre, one along tlie outer, and one along the inner edge of the undersurface: the outer row is the most conspicuous, and can best be seen when viewed from behind.
CUBICORKHYNCHUS SORDIDUS, n.Sp.
(J. Moderately small. Black; [specimens almost completely abradedj: seta* yellowish-brown.
Head convex, slightly flattened in front: longitudinally and obliquely strigose, with a few, small granules; separated from rostrum by a transverse impression; supraorbital crests small, very little prominent. Rostrum broad, very slightly depressed in centre; upper surface with a few, obsolete, transverse ridges; lateral margins not raised. Prothorax (25 x 35 mm.) broad.
442 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
strongly rounded on the sides : subapical constriction well marked, median line impressed, subcarinate at bottom of impres- sion; closely set with small, rounded granules; sides granulate above. Elytra (6 x 4mm.) subobovate, strongly rounded at humeral angles, base not emarginate; stripe moderately deep, punctures small, open, indefinite, extending as transverse wrinkles across interstices; interstices feebly granulate, the •granules somewhat more distinct towards the sides. Sides non- <Tranulate. Undersurface depressed at base; ventral segments coarsely punctate. Anterior coxae contiguous; anterior tibi?e rather feebly curved towards apex, granulate beneath; posterior tibije practically straight, rather stout, thickened beneath, set with moderately coarse granules.
9. More ovate; elytra feebly granulate; undersurface strongly convex, with obsolete punctures; tibiae not thickened beneath. Dimensions: ^, 11x4 mm.; 9, 10 x 4-5 mm.
ZTaft.— N.S.W.: Jindabyne (H J. Carter), Bombala (H. V. Macintosh).
This species is typical of a number of forms from various parts of New Sou til Wales. Some of these may be distinct, but I can detect no decided differences between them. Specimens from Lockyersleigh have the posterior tibiaj slightly curved; and one from Coonabarabran has decidedly larger, prothoracic granules; this specimen is probably representative of a distinct species, but I have not sufficient material to decide this point.
CUBICORKHYNCHUS STERILIS PaSC.
Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc, 1873, p. 19; C. quadraiicollis Ferg., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1915, p.79.
The type of this species, which 1 have recently seen, is a female in good preservation: unfortunately, however, the clothing obscures the sculpture. The prothorax is shaped as in G. quad- raiicollis, with a conspicuous indentation at the middle of the sides; the pronotum is set with very small, widely scattered granules; I believe the derm is strigose between the granules; unfortunately the clothing is too dense to see the sculpture, but the arrangement of the clothing is suggestive. It is possible.
BY E. W. FERGUSOX. 443
therefore, that C. sterilis and C. quadraticollis are not really conspecific, but I have little doubt that they are so. T have never seen a specimen of C. quadraticollis from the type-locality (Melbourne) of C. sterilis, the only Cubicorrhynclius I have seen from Melbourne being C ylohicollis Lea, which has quite a differently shaped prothorax. C. strigicollis Kerg., which also occurs in Victoria, is likewise close to C. sterilis, but has a more rounded prothorax.
flab. — (C. sterilis), Vic: Melbourne- — (C. quadraticollis), S.A.: Nairne, Mt. Lofty.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS STRIGICOLLIS Ferg.
Ferguson, Trans. K. Soc. S. Aust., 1915, p. 77. Nab. — Victoria: Nathalia.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS SUBSTRIGOSUS Ferg.
Ferguson, loc. cit., p. 79.
Hnb. — S.A.: Mt. Lofty, Coorong.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS GLOBICOLLIS Lea.
Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1910, p.84.
//a6. — N.S.W.: Albury.— Vic: Melbourne, Sea Lake.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS IlLIDGEI, n.Sp.
(J. Small; elongate-ovate. Black; clothing brownish; setse long, stout, dark.
Head convex; separated from rostrum by a distinct, trans- verse impression ; front longitudinally and obliquely, rather coarsely strigose, vertex finely and closely reticulo-punctate; with two, small granules on the forehead; supraorbital crests small, noduliform. Kostrum short; upper surface flat, obscurely rugulose, with a small granule on each side of base ; external margins not raised, hardly at all convex in profile. Scape moderately robust. Prothorax (2 x 2-5 mm.) comparatively nar- row, rounded on the sides, widest slightly in front of the middle, basal angles obtuse; subapical and basal impressions moderately broad, median line shallowly impressed, set with small, somewhat depressed, discrete granules, absent from transverse impressions,
444 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
and from an area internal to the lateral margins; sides with a few granules above. Elytra (5 x 35 mm.) gently rounded on the sides; base gently emarginate, humeral angles feebly marked, not produced; disc gently convex from side to side; seriate punctures rather large; interstices without evident granules. Undersurface subnitid, feebly depressed at base; with rather distinct punctures, coarser on the apical segment. Anterior coxte contiguous; tibiae straight, the undersurface feebly sinuate, each side with a row of small granules. Dimensions : ^,S x 3"5 mm.
Hab. — Queensland : JNIt Tambourine (R. Illidge).
Described from a single male, received some j'ears ago from Mr. Illidge of Brisbane, who has other specimens from the same locality in his collection. This species is not close to any other known to me, and may be recognised chiefly by its small size, feeble crests, prothoracic granulation, and slightly emarginate base of the elytra. The sette are also unusually long. The type is caked with an ochreous meal, or perhaps mud, which conceals the colour of the clothing; the seta3 appear light from some directions.
CUBICORKHYNCHUS MINOR, n.sp.
^. Small, elliptical-ovate. Black; densely clothed with grey and brown squamosity, the grey extending as a broad patch across the prothorax, atid clothing the median impression, on the elytra the colours irregularly distributed, the brown with a submetallic appearance from some directions; setae long, stout, dark.
Head convex: separated from the rostrum by a transverse im- pression, towards the sides extending back and outwards along the inner sides of the supraocular crests; crests elongate, directed backwards and slightly outwards, appearing as processes of the rostrum lying back against the head. Rostrum short, hardly concave above, with two, short, oblique, little evident ridges, converging inwards to base of rostrum: external margins not raised, running back to base of supraorbital crests. Prothorax (1'5 X 2 mm.) narrow, widest slightly in front of the middle; not
r.v K. w. I'KrjrjTTsoN'. 445
strongly rounded on the sides, with a rather feeble, granular ridge towards the base; subapical constriction rather feeble; median impression only traceable in front and behind: closely set with rather large, round granules; sides granulate above. Elytra (5x3 ram.) suboval, elongate; base not emarginate, humeral angles rounded; disc moderately convex from side to side; stria? moderately deep, punctures small; interstices with small, setigerous granules, more evident towards the declivity and sides ; lateral interstices non-granulate. Undersurface flattened, base feebly concave; punctures obscured by clothing, apparently small and sepai'ate. Anterior coxa- contiguous ; anterior tibiae feebly curved, posterior straight.
^. Somewhat larger ; undersurface very slightly convex. Dimensions : (J, 7 x 3 mm.; 9' ^ ^ ^'^ mm.
Z^a6. — Western Australia: Ankertell (H. W. Brown).
This species is the smallest one known to me, and may readily be recognised by the peculiar, supraorbital crests, in conjunction with the non-dentate sides of the prothorax. In general habit, however, it appears closer to species like C. spinicollis, than to the maculatus-sectiou of the genus.
I am not absolutely certain whether I am right in considering the type a male; apart from size, there seems little diflerence in the three specimens before me; in the one I take to be the male, the undersurface is, however, slightly more flattened than in the other two specimens.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS CRENICOLLIS Waterh.
G. R. Waterhouse, loc. cit., p. 5.
(J. Corapai-atively small. Black ; prothorax trivittate with grey, elytra maculate, femora with a rather conspicuous, pre- apical, grey ring, knees pale.
Head flattened in front, the transverse impression between head and rostrum hardly traceable; longitudinally rugosely granulate, with two small granules on the forehead; supraorbital crests moderately large, acute, upwardly projecting. Bostrum very shallowly depressed above ; lateral margins not raised. Scape moderately stout, thickened at apex, rather strongly
446 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDRS^ V.,
curved backwards. Prothorax (2'5 x 3-5 mm ) very feebly convex from side to side; lateral margins strongly dentate, with a deep notch about middle; median line deeply impressed in front and behind, briefly carinate in middle; disc set, moderately closely, with small, round granules; sides with a few granules above and in front. Elytra (6x4 mm.) gently rounded on the sides, more strongly rounded off to base: base subtruncate, humeral angles marked by a small granule; seriate punctures small, obscure; interstices set with small granules, obscured by the clothing, more evident on the declivity and towards the sides. Under- surface gently concave at base of abdomen; apical segments with moderately large punctures. Anterior cox£e contiguous; anterior tibise evidently, though feebly, curved; posterior tibiae feeblv curved, also feebly curved inwards.
2- More robust and more ovate; undersurface convex; anterior tibia? very feebly curved, posterior practically straight. Dimen- sions : (J, 10x4 mm.; ^, 13x5 mm.
Hab — W.A.: Swan River, Fremantle, Dirk Hartog Islands.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS CURVIPES Ferg.
Ferguson, loc. cit., p. 76.
Hab. — W.A.: Geraldtown, Perth.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS AUREOMACULATUS Ferg.
Ferguson, loc. cit., p. 80.
Hab. — W.A.: Cue, Onslow, Roebourne.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS RECTIPES Ferg.
Ferguson, loc. cit., p.82. Hab.—W.A.: Cue.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS SPARSUS, n.sp.
^. Small, elongate-ovate. Black; clothing dark brown, pro- thorax with a basal greyish patch, elytra maculate with greyish.
Head strongly convex, hardly depressed in front; separated from rostrum by a transverse impression; closely and finely strigulose, in centre almost reticulate; supraorbital crests small, but prominent, obtuse. Rostrum slightly depressed at base- lateral margins not raised. Scape slender at base, moderately
BY K. W. PKRGUSON. 447
strongly incrassate towai'ds apex. Prothorax (2-5x3 mm ) slightly broader than long; lateral margins with two, small, dentiform projections anterior to middle, and with a lidge of small granules extending from middle to base; base truncate, latero-basal angle well marked; subapical constriction moder- ately well marked; median impression distinct only in basal portion, bordered on each side at base by two, small tubercles; disc elsewhere distantly set with very small granules; sides with a few granules above. Elytra (6x4 mm.) obovate, broadest rather anterior to middle ; base not emarginate, humeral angles rounded; disc rather strongly convex from side to side; seriate punctures small, the striie moderately deep; interstices set with small granules, more distinct towards sides; lateral . interstices not granulate. Undersurface subnitid, with scattered punctures at base, these coarser and closer together on the apical segment. Anterior coxae contiguous ; anterior tibiae feebly curved, intermediate and posterior tibiae practically straight.
9. More ovate; prothorax with lateral, dentiform projections hardly traceable; elytra broader. Dimeiisions : (J, 9x4 mm.- 9, 11 X 5-5 mm.
Hab.- W.A.: Darling Ranges (A. M. Lea).
Type in Coll. Ferguson.
I think I am right in sexing the specimens before me; there are four, two small and two larger; but, apart from the larger size, the only difference in the presumed females is the broader elytra. In all, the undersurface appears to be feebly convex at the base; this is usually a female character, but I am certain that the type is a male, as the abdomen is protruded sufficiently to enable the two, apical, dorsal tergites to be seen.
The species is readily distinguished from all the other de- scribed species with dentate sides, by the sparseness and fineness of the prothoracic granules.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS SETOSUS, n.Sp.
(J. Small, elongate, subparallel. Clothing dense, brownish, on elytra indistinctly maculate with greyish, rostrum and legs clothed with grey; setse long, light-coloured.
448 REVISION OF THE AHYCTERIDES, V.,
Head convex, slightly concave between the crests, with two, small granules on forehead; supraorbital crests comparatively large, upstanding. Rostrum shoi-t, wide: upper surface gently concave. Scape rather robust. Prothorax ("2 x 3 mm.) dentate at sides, with two, moderately large, conical projections anterior to middle, and a row of smaller, conical granules, about four in number, posterior to middle; a small, conical granule also pre- sent in front of subapicai constriction; disc with median line shallowly, but distinctly, impressed, elsewhere closely set with rather large, upright granules, each bearing a long seta; sides granulate above. Elytra (7x4 mm.) subparallel on the sides; base not emarginate, humeral angles rounded; stria- modeiately deeply impressed, punctures small, indistinct; interstices each with a single row of small granules, more distinct posteriorly and laterally; sides with interstices non-granulate. Under- surface gently concave at base; with scattered, setigerous punc- tures, rather coarser on the apical segment. Anterior coxae contiguous, anterior tibise feebly curved, posterior feebly curved, also veiy feebly curved inwards; all the tibiie clothed with long, setose hair, most noticeable on the undersurface, the posterior with a few, fine granules traceable among the set*.
^. More ovate ; undersurface more convex, posterior tibise practically straight. Dimensions : (J, lOx 4 mm.; 5, 11 x 5 mm.
Hab. — North-west Australia, Onslow.
Type in Coll. Ferguson.
Closely allied to C. spintcoUis, but a larger species, with larger, almost conical granules on the prothorax, and longer sette, par- ticularly on the prothorax.
The type is possibly immature, as it is of a decidedly reddish colour, other specimens being black. The Onslow specimens differ slightly in the prothorax, and the elytral granules are slightly more evident; I do not think, however, that they are distinct.
CuBicoRRHYNCHUS MussoNi Blackb.
Blackburn, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1892, p.l24.
This species is very distinct from all other described Cubi- corrhynchi with the exception of the following, C uuriculatus.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 449
From that species, it differs in the more rounded sides of the prothorax, and in the more obliterate granules, on both prothorax and elytra. The sides of the prothoiax, tliougli appearing evenly rounded from above, have the basal half distinctly ridyed, tliis ridge being conspicuous only when viewed from the side. In both species, the supraorbital crests differ considerably frcni the usual form: instead of projecting more or less forwards from the plane of the head, they project upwards and somewhat outwards, the inner surfaces looking almost directly forwards. I have not. however, thought it necessary to separate these two species generically from Cubicorrhynchus. I have specimens of C. Mnssoni from Walcha and Muswellbrook; these have been C(jm- pared with specimens from the type-locality (Tamworth) in the Macleay Museum. More recently, I have had an opportunity of inspecting the tvpe in the l)ritish Museum, and am able to confirm the identification.
CUBICORKHYNCHUS AURICULATUS, n.sp.
(J. Moderately small: elongate-ovate. Black; clothed with muddv-brown squames, feebly emarginate with grey: teta^.
Head convex, separated from rostrum by a transverse impres- sion ; forehead with two, small granules; supraorbital crests elongate, the apices directed upwards and outwaids, the inner surfaces looking forwards as well as inwards. Rostrum with upper surface slightly depressed; median line carinate, two oblique, almost obsolete, internal ridges traceable; lateral margins not raised, slightly depressed at base of crests, somewhat divergent at base. Prothorax (2'5 x 3-5 mm.) feebly convex on disc, with a marked, subapical, transverse impression; median line impressed in basal half; lateral margins with a lather dis- tinct notch about middle, this continued across disc as an in- distinct impression, obtusely bidentate in front of notch, and with a row of granules behind notch, lunning backwards and inwards to latero-basal angle, which is marked and rectangular; disc closely set with large, round granules, with two, rather large, backwardly directed tuliercles overhanging the base, in the middle; sides with rather coarse granules above, becoming
37
450 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
finer below and reaching almost to coxse. Elytra (6 x 4-5 mm.) subparallel on sides, shoulders rounded ; base, from certain directions, appearing very feebly emarginate; striae shallow, punctures small, open, rather indefinite; interstices with small granules, the third and fifth slightly more elevated, with some- what larger granules; lateral interstices non-granulate. Under- surface somewhat depressed at base; with large punctures sepa- rated bv narrow ridges, forming an irregular reticulum, these punctures most marked on second and apical portion of first segment, obsolescent on metasternum. Anterior coxpe con- tiguous; anterior tibiae feebly curved, posterior feebly incurved. 9. More ovate; undeisurface convex, with fewer and smaller punctures, not reticulate. Dime^isions : ^, 10x4-5 mm.; 5, 10x5 mm.
Hab.—S. Queensland: Dalveen, Darling Downs, Dalby, Daan- dine, Maryland, Stanthorpe. — N.S.W.: Tenterfield.
The onlj' species known to me at all similar to the above, is the species I have identified as C. Mussoni Blackb.; from that species, the present one differs in the coarser, prothoracic gran- ules, and in the different ventral'punctures.
The head, with its outwardly and upwardly directed crests, is reminiscent of Notonophes, but the structure of the pi'othorax clearly shows the aftinity of C. auriculatns to the Cubicorrhyn- chus-Acantholophus complex. The basal ti'ansverse impression or sutterinir is concealed from above, but can be seen from the side; when viewed from the side, the posterior portion of the lateral margin is seen, to bend downwards to the latero-basal angle.
It is possible that C . auriculatus and C. Mussoni should be separated from Cubicorrhynchus, but I do not think that they can be referi'ed to Acantholophus.
Cubicorrhynchus spinicollis Macl.
Macleaj', op. cit., 1866, p. 332.
^. Small, elongate. Clothing dense, brownish: rostrum and median line of prothorax, anteriorly and posteriorly, clothed
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 451
with white; elytra variegate with grey; undersiuface with a broad, white vitta along each side; sette short, dark.
Head convex, separated from rostrum by a transverse impres- sion in front, curving backwards along inner side of supraorbital crests; forehead with two, small granules; crests prominent, directed upwards with a slight inclination outwards. Rostrum not excavate, lateral margins not raised, median line slightly depressed, base with feeble indications of two oblique ridges. Scape moderately robust. Prothorax (2-5 x3nim.) with a strong dentiform tubercle or spine about middle, a slightly smaller one more anteriorly, and a small spine anterior to subapical constric- tion; lateral margins, from middle to base, formed by a strongly granulate ridge, sloping inwards to base; disc with median line impressed anteriorly and posteriorly, sometimes carinate in middle portion; set with small, upright granules, absent from anterior and posterior portions of the disc, also with two, small tubercles on each side of median line at base; sides with a few granules above. Elytra (5 x 3-5 mm.) suboval, strongly rounded to base, humeral angle with a small granule; disc striate-punc- tate, punctures small, each set with a small seta; interstices with small granules obscured by clothing, more evident posteriorly and laterally. Undersurface rather feebly concave at base, set with rather small punctures, obscured by clothing. Anterior cox£e contiguous; tibiae feebly curved, almost straight.
^. More ovate; undersurface convex. Dimensions: (J, 9 x 3 5, ^, 9x;4 mm.
Hah. — W.A.: King George Sound, Kellerberrin.
Closely allied to C. anrigena and C. setosus, from the latter of which it may readily be distinguished by its smaller size, and smaller, prothoracic granules. The difi'erences between C spiui- collis and C. aurigena are noted under the latter species.
Some doubt has been cast on the assignment of this species to Cuhicorrhyiichus. In general appeai'ance, the species is strongly suggestive of a small Acantholophus, but the structure of the rostrum is essentially that of a Cubicorrhynchus, and it is united to the typical forms of the genus by intermediate species.
452 REVISION OF TTIE AMYCTKRIDES^ V.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS AURIGENA P>lacklj
Hyhi>rrhy7ichnii aiirigena ]'>]ackburn. Trans. 11. Soc. S. Aust., 1899, p.89.
Though referred by the author to J'ybori-hyiicli'ns, this species is certainly a Cubicorrhynchus, and allied to C. sjyiiiicoUis. From that species, it differs in being somewhat larger, with more parallel-sided elytra. The internal, oblique ridges on the rostrum are more evident, and the supraorbital crests are larger and more outwardly directed. The prothorax is rather bioader, with the lateral spines slightly larger.
My onlv specimen is a female, which 1 received from Mr. H. W. Brown; a secoTid specimen was sent to the British Museum, and determined as this species by comparison with Blackburn's type.
A recent visit to the British Museum has enabled me to ex- amine the type of C. aicriyena: it is probably a male, l)ut the abdomen is displaced: it differs from the specimen I have com- mented on abo\e in having the supraocular crests smaller: in other respects, it agrees well, antl I think the two specimens are conspecitic.
Hab. — W.A.: Kalgoorlie, Cue, Beverley.
453
A REVISION OF THE GENERA WITH MICR0SCLERE8 TNCLUDEP, OR PROVISIONALLY INCLUDED, IN THE EAISIILY AXIXELLID.E ; WITH DESCRIP- TIONS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. Part i.
(PoiUFERA.)
By E. F. Hallmaxx, R.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of THE Society in ZooLora'.
(Plates xxi.-xxix., figs.Ul'; also xxxix., figs. 6, 7: and Text-figs. 1-9.)
Genus T H A c H Y c L A D u H Carter.
Dffi/iiitiou. — Axinellida'(?) typically of arborescent haliit; with an axially condensed, reticulate skeleton of spiculo-spongin fibre. The megascleres are diactinal and of a single category, varying in form horn oxea to strongyla. The characteristic microscleres are spinispirul*, to which are usually added smooth microstrongyla.
Type-species, 7\ laiviiijnrulifer Carter.
Inclusive of those here added to it, Trachycladus comprises now se\en species (together with several \arieties), all of ^\hicll are from the southern and south-eastern coasts of Australia. Tlie hitherto-described species referable to the genus are four, nIz., T. la-visjjirulifar Carter (the type-species), and the thi'ee described by Lendenfeld, very im})ei'fectly, under the names Spirophora di<ji(afa, S. hdcterinm^ and Splruphui'e/ladigitata; but, for reasons already indicated in my previous paper, I reject the last-named, relegating it to the synonymy of 7'. diijitahis — a redescription of which is given below. The other two species, T. lo-viiijiiridifer and 7'. Ixictrrivvi, arc apparently unrepresented among those ex- amined by me; Init the latter mav prove to be identical with T. pnsttdosus, sp.n. The specimens from Port Phillip recorded and briefly described as examples of T. hnnspindifer by Dendy(7) appear to me to represent at least two distinct foims, \\ Inch T describe below as varieties of T. rfit,eponi.sn:<, sp.n., and of T. dhjitatiia respectively.
454 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, i.,
Til the characters whicli it combines, the genus is a most aiiomaluus one ; and the (juestion of its relationship affords scopt^ for considerable speculation. The form of the spini- spiruhe irresistibly suggests their derivation from spirasters ; and this view of their origin receives strong support from the fact that identically similar spicules — which undoubtedly are de- rived from spirasters — occur in Spirastrella l^i) sjnnispirtdifera (Carter) Dendy(7), and Spiradrdla (I) dUatata (Kieschnick) Thiele(39), and from the fact that, in the latter species (which is a|)parently unique in this respect among the Spirasti-ellidfe), the megascleres are united into definite fibres by means of spongin. Also in support of this view, is the fact of the presence of niicro- strongyla. On the other hand, in structural features of the skeleton, the genus conforms to a ty^kt which is characteristic ^^i genera in which the microscleres are sigmata or ai'e such as are known to occur in association with sigmata. Ti'achycladus, therefore, ai)})ears to form a connecting link between the Sjjira- strellidie and the signiatophorous section of the Monaxonida, and provides ground for the view that these two groups are derived from a common Monaxonid stem.*
As the several species agree \'ery closely in by far the greater number of their characters, a preliminary general account of them is desirable in order to obviate to some extent the necessity of repetition in their separate descriptions.
With the possible exception of T. hacterhtm — which is described by Leiidenfeld as " eiformig, niit schmaler Basis festgewachsen " — all the species are of ramose habit, typically stipitate and more or less arborescent, with branches which are circular or nearly so in cross-section (occasionally somewhat compressed in T. reteporonKs), and never of considerable stoutness; in T. piiatulosus alone, the branches generally remain much abbreviated, closely crowded, and more or less coalesced together proximally, thus sometimes (through excessive reduction and fusion) producing a
■^ In tliis connection, I may menti(jn that evidence is not wanting which would justify the hypothesis that sigmata and clieht have originated from spirasters, peiliaps independently; and it is even possible that the acan- thoscleres of the Desmacidonidic aie similarly derived.
BY E. P. HALLMANK. , 455
compact solid mass, or lieail, with di^itiform protuberances (PI. xxi., fig.5); occasionally, in the case of T. reteporoniif<, the sponge may remain unbranched — consisting simply of a long and slender, undivided stem. According to the species (or variety), the branches may be either cylindrical, distally expanded {i.e., more or less clavate), or gradually tapered. Anastomosis between the branches occurs to a greater or less extent almost invariably, except perhaps in the case of T. retepurunns. The mode of branching is probably never dichotomous, thougli occasionally it may appear so; normally at any rate, the bi'anches arise laterally and fidventitiously.
The oscula are of small size, very seldom as much as 1 mm. in diameter, and are generally sca'ttered over the surface irregularly; in T. rctt'iiornsns, however, they show a decided tendency to l)e arranged in longitudinal series, especially along the edges of the bi-anches when these are compressed. In T. piLstidosii^, the oscula are restricted almost entirely to the distal pai'ts of the branches, while in T. hactrviimb they are said to occur arranged in groups.
The surface is smooth, or is provided with numerous minute prominences (up-pushings of the dermal layer) produced by the extremities of impinging skeletal fil)res. These elevations con- stitute a marked featui'e of the surface only in T. p\tstulos7is (and T. hacteriuin I) in which they have the appearance of small pimples, and in T. acabrusus (PI. xxi., fig.4; PI. xxviii., fig.6), ir, which they take the form of minute sharp conuli; in the remain- ing species, they are either imperceptible or produce merely the appearance of granulation. In any case, whether surface-eleva- tions occur or not, each point on the surface at the extremity of a skeletal fibre is the location of a small ai'ea over which the dei'mal membrane is adherent to the underlying tissues and free from dermal pores, whilst elsewhere it overlies subdermal spaces and is perforated by numerous pores. The pores are either scattered singly and for the most part subequidistantly, at an average distance apart not much exceeding their own diameter, as, for example, in T. di<jitatus and its varieties (Pis. xxvi., xxviii.);
456 REVISIOX OF THK AXIXELLIIVE, i.
or they are closely arranged in subcircular, sieve-like groups, as in T. reteporosns and T. pustidosus (PI. xxvi., figs. 4, 5, 7, <S; PI. xxvii., figs. 5, 6). In the latter species, the surface presents a minutely reticulate appearance.
Dried specimens are whitish on the surface, owing to the presence of a thin dermal crust of spinispiral microsL-leres; in alcohol, the colour varies in the different species, from whitish- grey to pale orange-yellow. The colour of li\ing specimens — known so far only in the case of 7'. rrff-jtorosxt^, in which it is brilliant orange, red or scarlet — is probably always to some extent determined by, or dependent upon, that of a symbiotic Myxoph3'cean alga, which appears to be invariably present in all the species, often in enormous numbers.
The main skeleton, which is composed of non-pluinosu spiculo- spongin fibres, is almost exactly similar in its conformation (except, presumably, in 7'. bacterium) to that described by Vosmaer* as typical of the genus Axinella (s.str.). In the central region of each branch, it forms an abruptly delimited dense core, or axial fune, composed of ramifying and interuniting l<jngitudinal main fibres additionally connected (more or less obliquely) by a greater or lesser number of transverse fibres, and presenting (in longi- tudinal section) a s(jmewhat lattice-like arrangement (PI. xxvi., fig. 1); and extra-axially it consists mainly or almost solely of very sparsely ramifyijig, radial fibres, which arising as branches from the longitudinal fibres (usually at some distance within the axial fune), run outwards to the surface at approximately equal distances apart, and are connected, onlv at irregular and usually distant intervals, by spongin-ensheathed single spicules and l)y paucispicular fibres of a single spicule's length (PI. xx\-., fig. 1). The fibres are composed chiefly or almost entirely of spicules, which are arranged for the most part parallelly or nearly so (though not, as a rule, very compactly nor in a very orderly fashion); and this arrangement is maintained to the very ex-
■■* Vosniaer, (4. C. J., "On the distinction between tlie genera A.vine.Ua, Phaktilia, Acanfhel/a, etc. ' Zool. Jahrh. Suppl. xv., 1912, p.31U, PI. xvi., ti>'.s.5, (5.
BY E. F. HALLMAXK. 457
treinities of the (radial) fibres, the terminal spicules of which show no tendency to spread penicillately. The outlines of the fibres, as seen in cross-section, are very irrei;ular (PI. xxvi., fi,>;.0). In the axial re,i,'ion of the skeleton, the fibre-spicules are less compactly and less regularly arranged than in tlie radial fibres, and the appearance of irregularity is much increased by the presence of many additional spicules lying between the fibres; outside the axial region, interstitial megascleres are exceedingly rare. The characteristic microscleres — the spinispirult« — are scattered always in great abundance throughout all parts of the interior, and at the surface occur closely crowded in a welldetined layer, which constitutes the dermal skeleton. The microstrongyla, when present, are confined to the extra-axial choanosome.
The chief specific differences, in so far as structural features of the skeleton are concerned, are with respect to: — (i.) the dejisity of the axial fune; (ii.)the ratio between the diameter of the fune and that of the whole branch; (iii.) the stoutness of the skeletal fibres: (iv.) the amount of spongin entering into the composition of the fibres; [v.) the frequency of connection between the radial fibres by means of transverse fibres; and (\i.) the angle of in- clination oi the radial fibres, i.e., their direction relatively to the longitudinal axis of the branch. A further difi'ei'ence, ho\ve\er, is presented by T. pi(.'<tii/(isnf<, in which the skeleton is axially condensed only in the stalk and in the lowermost porti(jns of the branches: while in T. bacteruim, apparently, an axial condensation is not developed. In order most readily to perceive, and also most accurately to determine, the distinctive characters of the skeleton in the different species, it is necessary to study the skeleton freed of the soft parts.
The megascleres are slightly curved oxea and strongyla (and I'are styli), occurring intermingled, and coiniected by intermediate forms; the oxea, on the average, are slightly longer and stouter than the strongyla and not so nearly of uniform diameter, but otherwise differ from them only in the character of their ex- tremities. Both in regard to the sha})e and the size of the megascleres, the two species differing most widely are T. scabrutsas
458 BEVISION OF THE AXINELLID^^ i.,
and T. reteporosus: in the former, strongyla are extremely rare, and the megascleres are ahnost exclusively sharp-pointed, fusiform oxea, attaining a maximum size of 530 by 27 /z; in the latter, strongyla and oxea are about equally numerous, the oxea are mostly more or less blunt-pointed and but very slightly fusiform, and their maxinnnn size usually does not exceed 300 by 8/x. In most of the species, a certain proportion of the megasclei'es (ap- parently those alone which occur extra-fibrally in the axial region of the skeleton) are found to attain an increasingly larger size as one proceeds towards the older portions of the sponge, with the result that, in the stalk, the maxinnnn size of the megascleres is notably greater than in the uppermost parts of the branches; and these largest spicules, even in the species in which strongyla abound, are almost without exception oxea. The spicules of the fibres are no larger in the stalk than elsewhere.
The spinispirulaj are mirmte, entirely spinulous, for the most part regularly corkscrew-shaped spicules, rarely of more than two complete turns; in addition, they comprise a series of simpler forms, of various shapes ranging from that of a much contort §, through C «baped forms, to straight or nearly straight rods (Text- fig. 3). The proportionate number of these simpler forms varies in the different species^ but the degree of variability in this respect, as well as in other characters of the spirulaj, is not sufficient to be of diagnostic value. An exception to this rule, however, is possibly afforded by the spirulaj of T. kevisjnridi/er, which have been described by Carter as smooth; but it is more probable that the spicules, in this case, were not examined under a sufficiently high power to render their spination visible.
The microstrongyla are inconstant in occurrence, and they may be either ninuerous or scarce, or perhaps sometimes entirely absent, in difi'erent specimens of the same species; at any lute, this was found to be the case in T. dvjitahis (typical variety), and T. reteporosus (var. ?) — of which alone a number of specimens were available for examination. That they are proper spicules, however, and not merely pathological products, is rendered certain by their degree of uniformity in size and shape. Occasional
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 459
malformed individuals (occiirriiiif least rarely in T. diyilatn,^) are met with amongst them; and, in T. pit^fuloans, they are in part reduced to spheres: but otherwise they have the form of short straight rods, rounded at the extremities, often centrotylote, always cpiite smooth, and usually relatively stout.
The canal-system (PL xxiv., fig.3; PI. xxv., fig.2) is of the a})hodal type, with oval to spherical Hagellated chambers, though with extreinely short aphodi. The chambers measure from 25 to 35/'. in diameter, and occur closely scattered throughout the entire extra-axial choanosome; witliin the region occupied by the axial skeleton, however, they are absent, except in the youngest portions of the sponge {i.p., towards the extremities of the branches). In conformity with tlie symmetry of the skeleton, the main inhalant canals proceed from the subdermal spaces towards the interior in a radial direction, parallel to that of the radial skeletal fibres, and are traceable inwards almost to the axial fune; at their commencement, they are of such diameter as to be very distinctly visible to the naked eye, when a thin layer is pared from the surface (PI. xxvi., fig.2). The subdermal spaces are inextensive — least so in T. pustidusus. The ecto- somal layer, or dermal membrane, varies in thickness in the diff"erent species, from 50/'. in T. nirporosufi to (occasionally) 140/i. in T. fa^tifjatus, and, when best developed, has very much the appearance of a thin coi'tex; it is densely packed with sjiirula? usually throughout, or nearly throughout, its entire thickness.
In none of the species were ova or embryos observed.
Trachycladus scabrosus, sp.nov. (PI. xxi., fig.4; PI. xxiii., fig.9; PI. xxviii., fig.6.) Diaipiosis. — Branches cylindrical, rather slender; of approxi- mately unif(jrm diameter throughout their length, Surface densely beset with small, sharp conuli formed by the exti-emities of the radial skeletal fibres. Dermal layer comparatively thin; superfici- ally packed with si)irula^. Oscula and pores ('). Skeleton with an extremely dense axial fune of diameter exceeding the length of the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed nearly perpendicularly to the skeleton-axis, mostly between 120 and 170/a in stoutness, com-
460 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLUVE. i.,
posed almost solely of spicules. Megascleres, sharp-pointed fusi- form oxea, rarely passiii<f into strongyla, and less rarely into styli; maximum size, iXO x 1*3 /x in the branches, occasionally as much as 530 x 2S// in the stalk. Microstrongyla scarce.
Loc.—Oa Port Jackson. ("Thetis" Expedition).
External fratiirfis. — The species is known fi-om a single example (Pl.xxi., hg.4), lOS mm. in total height, c(»nsisting of an elongated slender stalk and irregularly displosed cylindrical branches from 2'5 to 4 mm. in diameter. The specimen (wliicli is invested over portion of the exterior by a calcareous bryozoan) is only imper- fectly preserved, having evidently suffered some amount of dessi- cation prior to being placed in alcohol — in consequence of which the dermal layer, while remaining quite intact, has to S(jme extent shrunken inwards upon the underlying skeleton. To this circumstance, in all probability, is largely due the marked degree in which the surface is rendered conulose by the outer ends of the skeletal fibres (PL xxviii., fig. 6): nevertheless, so coarse and stiff are these fibres that, e\en in the best-preserved specimens, the surface would almost certainly show some decided visible effect of their impingement on it, and at least would Ije asperous and harsh to the touch. The conuli aze seldom much above \ mm. in height, very close-set, and of hard feel; they are such that the surface has much the appearance of that of a fine rasp. The dermal membrane is very thin and \eiy closely adherent, accomyiodating itself exactly to the sharply contoured surface-inequalities ; presumably it has undergone considcral)le contraction, since iieither pores nor oscula are detectible. In consistency, owing }jartly to its somewhat dried and shrunken condition, but perhaps mainly to its very dense skeleton, the specimen is tough and hard, almost incompressible; the branches are stiffly iiexible. The colour is brownish-grey on the surface^ and dark brown in the interior.*
Skeleton. — The prepared skeleton, as sei'n in its entirety (PI. xxiii., fig. 9), is of a faintly brownish, light grey colour, and con- sists of a veiy stout and solid looking core, with coarse and stiff, bristle-like, short radial fibres projecting therefrom on all sides.
IIY E. F. HALLMANN'.
in moderatel}' cIdsp array, almost at right an,i;les; when (hy, it is hard and brittle. The core occupies never less than halt' the diameter of the branches, and the radial tibres seldom exceed 1 nnn. in length. The latter, whicli are connected only very sparsely b}' paucispicular transverse fibi'es (of a single spicule's length), vary in stoutness from about 110 to 190/x or so, and are composed almost solely of spicules, — their spongin being insufficient in ([uan- tity to form an external sheath, and becoming discernible only after staining. The fibres of the central axis, which also are but very scantily provided with spongin, have their spicules less closely compacted than the radial fibres, and form so dense a lattice-like reticulation that, ex- cept in moderatel}' thin sections, the outlines of individual fibres can seldom be distinguished, and open meshes do not appear.
Meyasclpvps. — These are almost exclusively oxea, slightly and usu- ally somewhat angulately curved, fusiform, with gradually and regu- larly tapered, nearly always acutely- pointed extremities; but strongyla and scarcer styli also occur — more especially in the stalk, where the proportional numbei' of the former may exceed one in fifteen. In the
, ,, , ... 'l\•xt-fi>^ 1. — Trucln/cliKlus sca-
stalk also, occasional anisoxea are /„.o.,„„, :^ieaascle'ies: a, from
tJie stalk; h, from the branches.
462 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^.^ i.,
met with, as in T. dlyitatus and T. pusfu/osiis; and the mega- scleres are there of nutablj' greater size than elsewhere. The strongyla are mostly not quite cylindrical in shape, but slightly fusiform; they are of lesser length, on the average, than the oxea, and, in tlie case of the shortest, are I'elatively much stouter. Although sti'ongyla are pi'esent in far greater number than styli, spicules iiitei-mediate in form between them and oxea are of less frequent occurrence than those intermediate between styli and oxea. The maximum size of the megascleres is not greater than 480 X 23//. in the bi^anches, and about 530 x 28/^ in the stalk; the oxea are very rarely less than 330/x in length, and propoi'- tionately slender, but the shortest strongyla (which may exceed 20/x in stoutness) fall below 200/x.
MlcrusclpTfix. — The spirulaj are mostly of between 1 and 2 turns and from 2 to 3/x in stoutness; (J-shaped forms are rather scarce, and straight rc^ds rai'e. The microstrongyla are very scarce, seldom centrotylote, and from If) x 3 to 20 x 5/x in size.
Trachycladus fastigatus, sp.nov. (PL xxi., fig.l; PI. xxiii., fig. 10.) Diagnosis. — Profusely branched. Branches elongated and tapering; anastomosing at points of contact. Surface smooth and glabrous. Oscula (?). Dermal layer strongly developed, dense, opaque; with ck)sely packed spirulie forming a layer 70- 140/i. tliick. Inhalant pores dispersed singly. Skeleton with a rather dense axial fune, of diameter generally less than the length of the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed at an angle of from 35° to 60° with the skeleton-axis; very rarely more than 20-25/a in stoutness; their spicules cemented by a scarcely perceptible amount of spongin. Extra-axial connecting fibres few, mostly unispicular. Megascleres almost exclusively diactinal, mostly more or less rounded ofi' at the ends, very commonly approximat- ing in form to strongyla, but nearly always more or less (slightly) fusiform; only slighter, if at all, of greater dimensions in the stalk than elsewhere; in maximum size very rarely exceeding 520 x 9/u, and at most 560 x 12/u. Microstrongyla abundant in some parts, scarce in others.
BY E. F, KALLMANN. 463
Loc. — Great Australian Bight.
External features. — The single specimen (PI. xxi., fig. 1) is of luxuriantly arborescent habit, and measures 360 mm. in total height, being thus the largest example of the genus yet obtained; the number of its ultimate branches exceeds one hundred and tifty. The branches are elongated and relativel}' slender, gradu- all}' tapered, distall)- nuich attenuated and flagelliform ; the stoutest are at most S nnn. in diameter at their base. They are richly ami, in places, intricateh' anastomosed, forming thus, as well as b}' their uudtitude, a dense and somewhat tangled mass. Unfortunately the specimen, although in alcohol, is not very perfectly preserved, owing to its having temporarily become par- tially dried (through breakage of the vessel containing it) \\hile in course of transit from tlie collecting ground. In consequence of this — mainly, if not solel}' — the branches are without exception much wrinkled longitudinally, presenting a shrivelled appear- ance: in life, apparently, their outline in cross-section was cir- cular. The dei-mal layer, notwithstanding, remains intact, and exhibits no outward indication of having been detrimentally affected : it has the form of a dense and tough, opaque membrane or skin, with an outward appearance and texture much resembling that of rubber; is composed almost entirely of closely crowded spirula? \ and is even now (after possible shrinkage) usually between 90 and 120//, and occasionally as much as 140/x, in thickness. Into the dermal membrane the skeletal fibres do not enter, nor do their extremities ever cause the surface to appear granular.
Examined with the naked eye, a transverse section of a branch shows, superficially, a sharply delimited dense layer, 0*2 to 0*4 nnn. in width, the appearance of which is extremely suggestive of a cortex. Under the microscope, however, the seeming cortex is seen to consist in part of a layer belonging to the choanosome, which layer, unlike the I'emainder of the choanosome, is so densely- packed with parasitic algal rods as to assume a whitish-opaque appearance similar to that of the dermal layer itself. But, in all probability, this is not a constant feature.
464 REVISION' OF TITE AXINELLID/E, i.,
Preisumably owing to their having become closed — as a result of the contraction undergone by the specimen — oscula are not indicated; in life, tliey must, at any rate, have been of very small size. The dermal pores, for the most part, have also disappeared: but traces of them remain, sufficient to show that the}' are dis- tril)ut(Hl singly as in T. diyitatm^ and its ^■arieties.
Skplpfon. — The prepared skeleton, viewed in the gross (PI. xxiii., fig. 10), is of a pale creamy-white colour, and shows a sharpl}'- circumscribed, dense core-region, of diameter rare! v less than one- third, and frequently exceeding one-half, the total diameter of the branches. The extra-axial skeleton presents somewhat the appeai'ance of fur, being composed apparently only of fine silky- lo(jking* onlivardly-directrd (i.fi., radial) fibres; under the micro- scope, however, the radial fibres are mostly found to be connected, though as a rule only at .very distant and irregular inter\als, by delicate transverse fibres, often in the form merely of single spicules unensheathed by spongin. Even the component spicules of the radial fibres are I'arely more than 4- or 5-serial, and the spongin cementing them, seldom sufficient to form a visible sheath, is usually so small in quantity as barely to be perceptible even in stained sections of the skeleton. The main fibres of the axial skeleton, save in the stalk and the basal portions of the older bi-anches, are, for the most part, almost equally deficient in spongin, Init the spicules composing them are less compact 1}- arranged than in the radial fibres, and are all mostly somewhat greater in number: they form, with the aid of numerous connect- ing fibres and spicules, as well as by interunion among themselves, a close and rather intricate meshwork, in whicli the course of individual main fibres cannot be easily traced.
Megascleres. — The megascleres (which are approximately the same — though, on the average, perhaps not tjuite so slender — in the stalk as in the branches) comprise a goodly proportion of sharp-pointed oxea; but the great majority are intermediate forms showing every stage of transition between oxea and strongyla; moderately scarce styli also occur. The more sharply pointed spicules are very often irregularly ended, sometimes mucronate.
r.Y E. F. HALT.MANN.
465
Their curvature, in proportion to tlieir lengtli, is sliglit, and often affects only a very limited portion of the central region of the spicule, the actines throughout nearly their whole length remaining straight: they are frequently, theiefore, more correctly to be described as sym- metrically bent, than as curved. Except in this respect, and in their much greater length, they most resemble, on the whole, the megascleres of T. diyitatm^ var. xtroii- Liyhifus ; the strongyla, however, differ from those of the latter, as^well as from those of the other two species in which they occur plentifully, in that they are ne\er quite cylindrical, but always taper slightly, with nearly uniform gradualness, from the middle to either end. Their diameter is rarely more than one-fiftieth of their length, which ranges from about 330 to 560 /x.
Microschres. — The spiruUv are, without exception, of less than 2 complete turns, and a very considerable proportion (amounting to at least 25%) are of less than 1 turn — i.e., are more or less Q- shaped; they frequently attain to 2 "5 or 3 /J. in stoutness. Rod-shaped derivatives are common, but are very seldom more than 8 /i in length.
The mici'ostrongyla — which in most parts of the sponge are fairly abundant — are, with rare exception, centrotylote and
Text-fig. 2. rather slender, very seldom exceeding Trachycladns fu.itit/Kfns.
'I-Oixin diameter; but occasional stouter Megascleres : a, tiom " the stalk; /', tioni tlie
ones without the dilatation also occur, bianches.
38
466 REVISIOX OF THE AXINELLin^^ i.,
which attain a diameter of 4 or 5/x; the length does not exceed 17/x. Malformed individuals, such as are of frequent occurrence in T. diyitatus and T. pusUdusus, are i-arely to be found.
Trachycladus digitatus Lendenfeld, et varr.
Gpucral diai/nosis. — Branches moderately short, cylindrical to clavate, occasionally (abruptly) pointed, but never, so far as known, gradually tapered. Surface even, smooth to faintly granular. Oscula scattered irregularly over the entire surface, or (in the var. clavatus) arranged, or tending to become arranged, in two longitudinal rows on opposite sides of the branches. Dermal membrane varying (in the different varieties) from 50 to 120/x in maximal thickness; with closely packed spirulae through- out its entire thickness (except in the var. sfronyyiatus, in which the spirula> are confined tt) a superficial layer). Dermal pores dispersed singly, at a distance apart from one another generally greater than their own diameter. Skeleton with moderately dense axial fune of diameter greater or less than the length of the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed at an angle of between 30° and 60° degrees to the axial direction; varying (in different varieties) from 50 to 90 /x in maximal stoutness; with spongin x'arely sufficient in quantity to form a distinct ensheath- ing layer external to the spicules. Megascleres — except in the var. stronyylatus (in which strongyla are the more numerous) — consisting chiefly or almost exclusively of sharp-pointed oxea; of considerably greater maximum size and generally of more fusi- form shape in the stalk of the sponge than in the branches; maximal size in the stalk varying (in diffei^ent varieties) fi'om not less than 350 x 10/i to 530 x 23 /x.
Hab. — South-eastern coast of Australia.
Trachycladus digitatus, typical form. (Pl.xxii., figs.l, 2; Pl.xxiii., fig.l; Pl.xxvi., fig.2; Pl.xxvii., fig.l.)
1887. Sjiirophm-a digitata; Lendenfeld(26), p.794.
1888. Spiroj)horel1a digitata; Lendenfeld(27), p. 236. 1914. Trachycladus digitatus; Hallmann(13), p. 429. Diaynosis. — Branches moderately slender (4 to 6 mm. in
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 467
diameter); approximately of uniform diameter throughout their length, or slightly pointed terminally. Oscula scattered irregu- larly. Dermal membrane up to 80 or 90/* in thickness. Radial fibres of greater length than the diameter of the axial fune; rarely as much as 75/x in stoutness. Megascleres almost ex- clusivel\' more or less sharp-pointed oxea, varying in maximal size (in different specimens) from 300 x 9 to 3S0 x 11/' in the branches, and from 440 x 15 to 510 x 17-5/x in the branches.
Loc. — Port Jackson.
Introdihctory. — The following description is based on four specimens (all in the collection of the Australian Museum), two of which are labelled Spirophora diffifafa in Lendenfeld's hand- writing. Examination has also been made of a small piece of a Bi'itish Museum specimen labelled with the same name, and, so far as one can judge from its spiculation, — the fragment being insufficient to provide all the requisite information as regards other characters — this is of the same species. The specimens, nevertheless, are considerably at variance with Lendenfeld's de- scription of *S'. digitata, — according to which the digitate branches are much compressed (4 mm. broad and 2 mm. thick), the surface shows "ein feines Netz erhabener Leisten," and the megascleres are styli. The statement regarding the megascleres one may reasonably presume to be erroneous, inasmuch as st3di are other- wise unrecorded as occurring in the genus except sporadically as variants of oxea; but the other discrepancies are only explicable on the assumption either that the specimens (of both Museums) are mislabelled, or that the species is wrongly described in respect of its external characters. The view here taken is that the lattei- explanation is the true one.* As regards the evidence for the identification of SpirophorfUa digitata with the present species, the I'eader is referred to a previous paper (13, p. 429).
* Certainly no implicit reliance can be placed un the description; fur it is beyond question that in "Die Chalineen ties austialischen Gebietes," as already has been proven to be the case in the "Catalogue of Sponges in the Australian Museum," some (if not many) of the descriptions confound two species (by ascribing to the one the external features of the other),
468 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, i.,
The specimens labelled by Lendenfeld are in a dried and shrivelled condition, and look as if beach-worn, the more exposed portions of the surface being more or less denuded of their dermal la3^er and appearing as a consequence (owing to the projecting ends of the skeletal fibres) hispid or slightly shaggy. Their appearance is thus considerably different frona that of the other two specimens, which are in alcohol and well preserved. As regards the latter, it is to be noted that in one of them, as in the two dried specimens, microstrongyla are present in great abundance, whereas in the other, microstrongyla are exti'emely scarce; but as both are exceedingly alike in other respects, and, moreover, were collected in the same haul, it is impossible t(j regard their differences as other than due to individual variation; and it was perhaps owing to Lendenfeld's having examined a specimen provided with only rare microstrongyla that no mention is made of such microsclei'es in his description of the species.
External fpahires. — The external habit is sufficiently portrayed in the figures (PI. xxii., figs. 1, 2) illusti'ating the two better-pre- served specimens, the larger of which measures 125 mm. in height. The branches have a diameter of from 4 to 6 mm.; and the peduncle is of about the same stoutness. The surface is smooth, and glabrous or nearly so — the utmost effect occasioned bv the impingement of the skeletal fibres upon it being (in the case of the alcoholiq examples) a faintly granular appearance here and there; should the sponge be removed from alcohol, however, and allowed partially to dry, the surface assumes a minutely pustu- lated appearance, much resembling (on a small scale) that of the human tongue. The irregularly, and rather distantly scattered oscula are never much greater than -^ mm. or thereabouts in diameter. Some of the main exhalant canals, in the terminal
and even the figures cannot alwaj's be trusted. In proof of the last asser- tion, one need onlj' compare, for example, the description with the figure in the cases of tlie following species: — Ce7'aocha/lna refephix (p.lSii; PL xix., fig. 17); EurliulmopMs miii'ima (p. 816; PI. xviii., fig.3); CJia/iuodeii- dron exii/itiim (p. 819; PI. xxvi., fig.Ho); CJtaUnodendron minimum (p. 820; PI. xxvi., fig.Tl); and Chalinorhaphi-< diyitata (p.82'2; PI. xxvi., fig.62).
BY E. F. HALLMAXX. 469
part of their course, run for ;i short distance close below the dermal membrane, and, being visible through it, present an ap- pearance as of veins radiating to the oscula. The colour (in spirit) is a faintly yellowish pale grey witli the least possible tinge of olive-green; at the same time, the sponge has a slightly subtranslucent appearance, somewhat recalling that of wax. The consistency is rather fleshy, moderately soft, yet fairly tough and elastic; the branches stand firmly erect.
The dermal pores are disposed in the manner shown in PI. xxvi., fig.2, and PI. xxvii., fig.l. They vary from 30 to S5//. in diameter, and number, on the average, between 60 and 70 per sq. mm.
Skdetun. — The skeleton, as seen in its entirety (PL xxiii., fig.l), is of a hght greyish colour, tinted very faintly with brownish pale yellow in the condensed axial region and in its older por- tions. By reflected light alone, the axial condensation can barely be perceived, being obscured fi'om view by the extra-axial skeleton ; but with the opposite illumination, — as when the skeleton is held directly between the eye and the light — it is seen as a sharply delimited, apparently solid core, occupying about one-fourth the diameter of the branches. The extra-axial skeleton appears, at first sight, to consist solely of radially directed fibres — 2 to 3 nnu. in length — which are inclined to the forward direction of the axis at an angle varying from about 30" in the distal region of the branches to about 45" in tlie basal; but, on closer inspection, transverse fibres (very rare towards the periphery of the skeleton, but becoming fairly numerous as the axis is approached) connecting these can be made out. The extra-axial skeleton is rather scanty — itt efi'ectiveness in conceal- ing from view the axial condensation being due mainly to the very oblique inclination of the radial fibres.
The radial fibres are from 30 to 70/x (rarely more) in stout- ness, and, speaking generally, consist almost entirely «f mega- scleres regularly arranged in close parallelism, — the spongin cementing the spicules seldom forming a very well defined sheath, and more usually being so small in cpiantit as to be
470 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID^, i.,
barely discernible unless stained. The main fibres of the axial skeleton are mostly coarser — up to 90 or 100//, in stoutness — and much more sponginous, and the spicules composing them are less compactly arranged; they form by interunion among them- seh es, and with the aid of lunnerous short connecting fibres, a dense, lattice-like meslnvork, in which the course of the indi- vidual fibies is rather difficult to trace. The extra-axial con- necting fibies occur at irregular intervals, and are either single (spongin-ensheathed) spicules or, more usually, are composed of several (seldom more than five or six) disorderly-arranged spicules interunited by spongin.
Meyasclere)<. — The megascleres are oxea and relatively few styli, the number of the latter being approximately somewhere between one-fifteenth and one-thirtieth that of the formei' ; among them, an occasional strongyle is also to be met with. They are almost invariably curved, — as a rule a little angulately; are (with the exception of the very stoutest) of uniform, or nearly unif<jrm diameter throughout their length to within 25 /x or less of their extremities; and usually taper thence, either regularly or witli the intermediacy of one or two more or less abruj)t contractions, to a sharp or only slightly njunded-off point. Spicules with much blunted extremities, however, are, in some specimens, Ijy no means uncommon. A certain proportion of the irregularly-ended spicules terminate nuicronately. Among the megascleres of the stalk — rarely, if ever, in other parts of the sponge — occasional (yet constantly occurring) ones are met with which taper almost (or, if stylote, quite) from end to end in one direction, I.e., are markedly anisoactinal. In the stalk, also, the n)egascleres attain to a much greater maxinunn size than elsewhere, and are often slightly more fusiform in shape. In three of the examined specimens (including among them the one with raie microstrongyla) the megascleres are of appioxi- mately the same dimensions — ranging from about 160 (l)ut rarely below 200) to 300 /a in length, and up to 9/x in stoutness, in the branches, and attaining a maximum size of 440 x 15/i. in the stalk: in the fourth specimen — in which, also, the megascleres
BY E. F. HALLMAKK.
471
are much more fi^equently blunt-pointed — they are notably lar 180 to 370/x long and (at most) ll/z stout in the branches, occasionally attaining to 510 x 17"5/;. in the stalk.
Microsdercs. — (i.) The spirula; (Text- tig. 3) are mostly of less than 2 turns, rarely of more than 2^. Rod-shaped derivatives of them, of all lengths be- tween 4 and 23/a, and from 2 to 3"5/a in diameter are fairly common — num- bering, say, one to every forty or fifty of the coiled spicules; the latter rarely exceed 2"5/j( in diameter.
ger, and
c^,^.^.-
U
Text-tig. 3.
(ii.) The uiicrostrongyla are imper- fectly differentiated into two kinds ; ( 1 ) slenderer, invariably centrotylote forms ranging in length from 12 to 27 /x and ill diameter from less than \\i up to 3 t)r 3"5/jt, and (2) stouter, rarely centro- tylote ones, occasionally as much as o/x in diametei', and seldom more than 20 /x in length. The former are present in great abundance in three of the ex- amined specimens, but are almost, or entii-ely absent from the fourth; the latter are scarce in all four specimens.
Text-Hg.4.t
'%Spirula? and niicrostrongyla of Trnchydadw^ dir/lfafii-s. t Tvachyi-hidva dinitatux. Megascleres : n, fiom the stalk; //, fiuin the branches.
472 REVISIOK OF THE AXIKELLID^, i.,
Abnormal forms among the microstrongyla (of the kind shown in the Text-fig.) are of more frequent occurrence in the present, than in any other of the species excepting T. pustulosus, their proportionate number being not less than one in thirty.
Trachycladus digitatus var. gracilis, var.nov. (PL xxii., fig.3; PI. xxiii., fig.2; PI. xxvii., fig.2.)
Didynoais. — Branches slender (2 to 3"5mni. in diameter); of uniform diameter throughout their length. Oscula scattered irregularly. Dermal layer with closely packed spirula- through- out its entire thickness. Radial fibres of lesser length than the diameter of the axial fune. Megascleres almost exclusively sharp-pointed oxea; stylote modifications much more frequent in occurrence than strongylote; maximum size, 530 x 23/x in the stalk, rarely as much as 430 x 15// in the branches.
Loc. — Port Jackson.
Occurring in the collection is a single specimen (labelled as from Port Jackson, and well-preserved in alcohol) which, while presenting the more essential features displayed by the typical form of the species, yet differs in many respects so appreciably from the above-described specimens that it seems advisable, pi'o- visionally at least, to regaid it as constituting a separate variety. The differences which distinguish it externally (PI. xxii., fig.3) are chiefly these : the cylindrical, untapered branches are com- paratively slender, measuring only from 2 to 3'5mm. in diameter (the specimen itself being 115 mm. in total height); the con- sistency is very firm, the branches being stifHy flexible and but slightly compressible; and the colour superficially is a subtrans lucent slaty-grey. The size and distribution of the pores and of the oscula are much the same as in the typical variety, except that the pores are smaller (not exceeding iShp. in diameter), and their linear reticulate arrangement (PI. xxvii., fig.2) is more pro- nounced. As in the typical variety also, the main exhalant canals leading to the oscula are visible through the dermal mem- brane, presenting an appearance as of veins; but they are here very • much more distinct, and are traceable for a much greater distance
BY E. F. HALLMANX.
from tlie oseula. The dermal mem- brane varies from 5U to over 1 00 (rarely to 130/x) ill thickness, and is closely packed throughout with sjuruUe.
The distinctive internal features are the very much greater relative develop- ment of the axial f une as compared with the extra axial skeleton, the slightly stouter and more spoiiginous fibres, and the greater dimensions of the mega- scleres. In the first-mentioned respect, as n+ay be seen from the figure(Pl. xxv., fig. 2), the skeleton (which is of a pale brownish-grey tint) a})[)roaches rather closely to that of T. sr<ibrosns — inas- much as, throughout the greater part of the length of the branches, the axial condensation occupies not less than three-fourths of their diameter; only towards the extremities of the branches do the radial fibres become distinctly apparent, and even there their length never much exceeds 1mm. The diam- eter of the radial fibres varies from 30 to ovei' 80 /x, and their spicules are always surrounded by a well-defined, though usually very thin layer of spongin. The spongiii does not extend to the very extremities of the fibres, but terminates quite abruptly a short distance therefrom, leaving the ciul- most spicules free.
In correspondence with their greater stoutness, the megascleres (c/". Text-figs. 4 and 5) are slightly more fusiform than in the typical variety; and their apices
Text-lig.5. — Trachycladas digi/atus var. gracilis. Me^asclciL's : a, horn the stalk; /', fium the branches.
474 REVISION OF THfE AXINELLID^, i.,
are nearly always sharply and regularly pointed. Styli are of rather frequent occurrence, their proportionate number being approximately one in ten; anisoxea are met with in the stalk and very rarely also in the branches. They range in length from about 280 to 420 or 430//. (with a maximum stoutness of 14 or 15/x) in the branches, and up to 5.30//- in length by 23/x in stout- ness in the stalk.
The spirulie and their derivatives are without distinctive features, either as regards size or relative lunnbers.
The microstrongyla appear to be exclusively of the stouter kind occurring in the typical variety, and never centrotylote; they are moderately scarce, and attain a size of 20 by 5/i.. •
Trachycladus digitatus var. clavatus, var.nov.
(PL xxii., fig.-l: Pl.xxiii., fig.3: PI. xxv., fig.2: PI. xxvii. fig.3:
PL xxviii., fig. 5; PL xxix., lig.l.)
Diatjiiosis. — Branches gradually increasing in diameter distally, thus becoming elongately club-shaped and attaining to fair stout- ness. Oscula in part scattered irregularly, and in part (or some- times almost without exception) arranged more or less distinctly in two longitiKlinal series on opposite sides of the branches. Radial fibres generally nearly twice the diameter of the axial fune. Megascleres chiefly sharp-pointed oxea, but intermediate forms between these and strongyla are more or less frequent; stylote modifications comparatively rare; maximum size varying (in different specimens) from 400 x 14 /a to 480 x 17/x in the stalk, rarely exceeding 300 x 9 /a in the branches.
Luc.—Vovt Phillip.
This variety is based upon three specimens markedly distin- guished from all the remaining available examples of the species by the shape of the branches, which gradually increase in diam- eter upwards from their base, attaining their maximal stoutness at no great distance from their extremities. Two of the speci- mens are comprised amongst those recorded by Dendy(7) as ex- amples of Trachycladus Irevisphndifrr Carter, — being, namely, the two (with the reg. nos. 415 and 1046) referred to by him as distinguished from the others by their more robust and stouter
BY E. F. KALLMANN". 475
branched habit and the more evident microspination of their spiriilse; the third, which T select as the tyije-specimen, is in the collection of the Australian Museuni.
External chnracterti. — Of the three specimens, two (wliich are excellently preserved in alcohol) — viz., the Australian jNluseum specimen and R.N. 1046 — are exceedingly alike in all but size; the former (PI. xxii., fig.4) measures 145 mm. in total height, the latter 100 mm. Their bi-anches are, without exception, circular or nearly so in cross-section, attain a maximal stoutness distally of from 10 to 12mm., and are seldom more than 5mm. in diameter at the base; the extremities of the branches are never in the least degree fiointed. The surface is perfectly even and glalirous, without the faintest trace of granulation. The oscula are minute, seldom as much as 0-4 mm. in diameter, and for the most part are scattered irregularly ; in places, howe\er, they exhibit a tendency towards a longitudinal serial arrangement. Excurrent canals leading to the oscula are not visible th-rough the dermal membrane. The colour in alcohol, both superficiall}- and for some distance interiorly, is an opatpic [jale creamy-white; pro- ceeding towards the axis, it gradually becomes more yellowish, owing to the closer approximation of the spongin-ensheathed skeletal fibres. The consistency, in the more expanded, distal parts of the branches, is soft and resilient; the branches are flexible and elastic.
The other specimen (K.N. 415), measuring 108 nn)i. in total height, exhibits the following differences (PI. xxix., fig. 1): (i.)The branches (which vary from 10 to 14nnn. in stoutness) are mostly pointed at the extremities, and rendered irregular by occasional swellings and protuberances (incipient secondary branches) ; (ii. ) the oscula, almost without exception, are arranged along the branches in irregular opposite rows, and the largest are nearly 1 mm. in diameter; (iii.-) the surface is minutely wrinkled, and in parts slightly granular; and (iv.)the consistency is compara- tively firm and hard, and the branches are brittle rather than flexible. Otherwise, however, with the exception of the single ditierence mentioned in the next paragraph, the specimen agrees
476
REVISION OF THE AXIKELLID.i:. 1.,
ill all essential respects with the preceding; and, fuithermpre, the differences (iii.)aud (iv.)are, almost undoubtedly, due merely to tlie fact of the specimen's having been allowed to become par- tially dried before being placed in alcohol.
The pores are notably larger in size than in the two preceding vari- eties, varying in diameter from 40 to 120/x, and are more uniformly distributed (PI. xxvii., fig.3). The dermal layer is from 40 to 90 /i in thickness, and, in the case of the two similar specimens, is closely packed throughout with spirula?. But in R.N. 415, only a superficial layer of the dermis — usually less than 25 II in thickness — is packed with spirulye, the remaining portion being occupied by numerous para- sitic algal cells.
The skeleton presents no appre- ciable point of difference from that of the typical variety excepting that the radial fibres are generally much longer — their length, in the ex- panded portions of the branches, beinii' about twice the diameter of the axial fune (PI. xxv., fig.3). The fibres attain, at most, a stoutness of 70 to 80/x, but are usually much slenderer, and are always ])ro\'ided with a distinct, though thin sheath of pale-coloured spongin. The skeleton, seen in its entirety, is pale golden-yellowish.
The megascleres of the stalk are scarcely difi'erent from those of
Text-ti <'.().
* Trachydadus dhiitatufi var. c/aratn.^. Ik from the branches.
Megascleres: «, from the stalk;
r.Y E. F. HALLMANF. 4-77
the typiciil variety, wliile those of the branches are difterent only in the fact that their extremities are most frequently more or less blunt-pointed, and strongylote f^rins are common. The branch-spicules are of the same dimensions in all three specimens, I'anging in length from about 170 to slightly above 300// and attaining to about !)/i in stoutness: the stalk-spicules have a maximum size, in the type-specimen, of (rarely) 480 x 15/a; in R.N. 1046, of 450 X 17//.; and in R.N. 415, of 40o x 14//..
The spiruhe are not distinguishable from those of the typical variety. JVLicrostrongyla are rather scarce in R.N. 415, and in the other two specimens are extremei}^ rare or absent; apparently they are never centrotylote, and are at most 15x."5/><. in size. Abnormal forms of the microstrongyla, such as occur in the typical variety, were not observed.
Thaciivcladus digitatus var. strongvlatus, var.nov. (PL xxii., fig. 5; PI. xxiii., fig. 4; i'l.xxvi., figs.:;,G; PI. x.xvii. tig. 4.)
Dmiiiums. — Branches cylindrical, untapered, moderately slendei'. Oscula irregularly scattered. Dermal membrane with closely packed spiruhe confined to a superficial layer seldom as much as 25/ji in thickness. Radial fibres of lesser length than the diameter of the axial fune. Megascleres chiefly strongyla and ver}' blunt-pointed oxea, — those in the branches rarely ex ceeding 290 by 7/^ in size.
i,oc.— Port Phillip. ^ This variety is represented by a single incomplete (but ex- cellently preserved) example (PI. xxii., fig. 5) — consisting only of a pair of united branches — the appearance (of the proximal part) of which suggests its having grown from a small broken-oli' piece of another specimen. As compared with the representatives of the preceding varieties, the specimen is distinguished chiefly by the more or less strongylote character of the majority of its megascleres — in which respect it rather resembles an example of T. rfte'porosiif;: this statement, however, is possibly true only as regards the megascleres of the branches, since a stalk is lacking. The branches are cylindrical and slender, 3-5 to 5mm. in diameter.
478
REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.j:^ i.,
The surface is minutely granular. The oscula are scattered irregularly, and \-ary in diameter from ()-8 to 0-75 mm. The colour superficially is pale brownish-grey. The dermal pores (PI. xxvi., figs. 3, 6; PI. xxvii., fig. 4) are for the most part scattered singly and irregularly, as in the variety davatus, but here and there, especially on some parts of the surface, they exhibit also a tendency to become arranged several together in incipiently sie\e- like groups; they range from 40 to 1 10/x in diameter. The dermal
membrane is rarely, if ever, more than 50 or 60/v, in thickness; and the dermal spirula? are confined to a superficial layer which is at most 2f)jh in thickness.
Examined in its entirety, the prepared skeleton (PL xxiii., fig.4) is of a pale golden- yellow colour, fine-textured, and of soft feel, and of denser appearance extra-axially than that of any other of the varieties or species owing to the greater numbei' and closer arrangement of the radial and coiuiecting fibres, which quite conceal the axial core from view; the core itself is less dense than that of the other varieties. The radial fibi-es, \\hich are of slightly lesser length than the diameter of the core, are mostly between 30 and 50 /x — i-arely as much as 60/x — in stoutness, and are seldom provided with j. spongiu suificient in quantity to form a dis- tinct ensheathing layer.
The megascleres in the uppermost part of the branches consist almost entirely of strongyla and blunt-pointed oxea (the former somewhat the more numerous), and rarely if ever exceed 300 by 7-5/x in size; the length of the shortest spicules is less than 150/x, and individuals below 200 /x in length are common. At the
Text-fig.
*]Trachydadus diyitatns var. strongylatuH. ilegascleres.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 479
lowermost extremity of the (iiicumplete) specimen, the megascleres are still chiefly strongyla, but they comprise also a quite appre- ciable number of more or less sharp-pointed oxea, and range in size up to 350 by 10/x. The spinispirulse and their more or less rod-shaped derivatives (the latter of which are rather rare) are very seldom, if ever, more than 2/xin stoutness. Microstrongyla were not observed.
Trachycladus reteporosus, sp.nov. (et vaiT. ?).
General difu/nosii^. — Branches elongated and tapering. tSurface smooth to slightly granular. Oscula entirely, or for the most part, disposed in longitudinal series. Dermal membi*ane at most 50/x in thickness; with closely packed spirula^ occurring only in a thin superficial layer. Dermal pores arranged wholly or in part in subcii'cular sieve-like groups; in an}' case, the distance separ- ating adjoining pores is generally very much less than tlieir own diameter. Skeleton with a relatively very dense axial fune of diameter ecpial to or less than the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed at an angle varying from (rarely less than) 45° to nearly 90" to the skeletal axis; never more than about 50ju in stoutness; generally with a well-defined, though thin spongin-sheath. Mega- scleres chief!)' strongyda and very blunt-pointed oxea, the forniei- somewhat the more numerous; only occasionally slightly larger in the stalk than elsewhere; varying in maximum size (in difierent specimens) from 290 x 7 to rarely (in the stalk) 330 x 10/x.
Zoc-.— Port PhiUip.
The specimens which I ascribe to this sjiecies exhibit in certain respects considerable variability, so that it is impossible to be certain whether they are representative of several genetically distinct forms or owe their diiiei'ences merely to individual vari- ation. A second difficulty in connection with the species arises from the fact that, in certain of the specimens, the mode of dis- position of the dermal pores approaches somewhat closely to that characteristic of T. digitatus, and in others again, owing to their shrunken condition, the pores are not discernible: in the case of these specimens, accordingly, — since no appreciable difFex'ence
480 REVISION OF TTIE AXIKELLIJ)^, i.,
exists in spiculation between the present species and T. diyitatus var. strouyylatus, — the only definitely definable ehai'- acter justi£yin,(f their inclusion in the present species, rather than in T. diyitatns, is the elongate tapering habit of their branches. Among the remaining specimens, however, there is one which in various respects stands considerably apart from all the rest, and in these respects also is by far the must divergent fi-om 7'. dii/ifa- fufi. I therefore select this specimen to represent the typical form of the species, and the remainder I refer pi'ovisionally to an undesignated variety, leaving the problem of their correct alloca- tion to be determined in the future.
T. RETEPOROSUS, typical form. (PI. xxi., fig.'2: PI. xxiii., fig.5; PI. xxiv., fig.3; PI. xxvi., figs. 1,4,7;
PI. xxvii., fig.5. The single, excellently preserved specimen (PI. xxi., fig. 2), — whicli measui'es 340 nun. in total height — consists of a half-score of long, lax, straight, gi-adually tapered, main branches (160 to 250 mm. in length), arising dichotomously and sub-dichotomously within a comparatively short distance of the short stalk, and of about the same number of shorter (10 to 120)um. long), but other\\ise similar, sporadically occurring secondary branches. But for overlapping and occasional sliglit torsion, the branches would be disposed in a single plane, and the habit of the sponge tiabellate. The branches, in addition to tapering distally, are also more or less narrowed proxiinally (attaining their maxinuun stoutness usually at some considerable distance above their base), and, with the excep'tion of a few of the shorter ones, are gener- ally more or less compi'essed in the plane of branching; the stoutest measure at most 12 or 13 mm. in the major diameter of their cross-section, and 9 to 10 mm. in the direction at right angles thereto. Anastomosis between the branches does not occur. The oscula, which measure up to 075 mm. in diameter, are arranged almost exclusively, though not always very regu- larly, in two longitudinal series situated on opposite sides of the branches, or occasionally in a single longitudinal series. The surface is smooth and even, without the faintest trace of granu-
BY E. F. HALLMANN.
481
lation; on close inspection, it presents a minutely reticulate ap- pearance due to tlie dermal pores (PI. xxvi., fig.4). The dermal membrane is thin and (owing to the multitude and close apposi- tion of the minute pores) of gauzy appearance,— permitting to be perceived through it, more or less distinctly, the subdermal pinhole-like openings which are the entrances of the incurrent canals. The consistency is rather fleshy, soft, and resilient, and the branches ai-e flexible and lax. The colour in alcohol is pale orange-yellow.
'I'he dermal pores are arranged in closely approximated, oval to circular groups or "pore-sieves" (PI. xxvi., figs. 4, 7; PI. xxvii., fig 5) containing each from 3 to 8 pores, and measuring up to 350/i in diameter; the pores themselves measure from 50 to about lOOji in diameter. Very commonly, the boundaries between the sieves are scarcely more pionounced or wider than those sepa- rating the pores, so that, in places, the lines of demarcation between the sieves become obscure and the pores appear almost to be uniformly distributed. Witliin the pore-sieves, the dermal membrane is extremely thin, and contains but very few spirulae sparsely scattered.
Skeleton. The skeletal axis or core is much more sliarply de- fined and delimited tlian in any other of the species, and is equalled in density only liy that of T. fastiyatus; in comparison with the stoutness of the branches, it is rather slender, measur- ing in diameter generally not more than two-thirds of the length of the radial fibres. The radial fibres proceed outwards from the axis in a direction inclined to it at an angle of 60° and upwards, and arrive at the surface almost perpendicularly thereto. Con- necting fibres between the radial tibres are extremely few; con- sequently, in the prepared or macerated skeleton (PI xxiii. fig.5), the radial fibres are easily disarranged and thus usually present a somewhat dishevelled appearance. The colour of the skeleton is pearl-grey except axially, where it is brownish-grey. The i-adial fibres are rarely as much as oO/^t in stoutness, and are usually provided with a distinct layer of spongin external to the spicules. The connecting fibres consist frequently of only a single spicule, and .seldom of more than two,
39
ij L I s?J R A K
482
rtEVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^, 1.,
Megascleres. — Contrary to what is the case in the other herein- described species, 'f . fastigatns excepted, the megascleres are but
very larely, and then only very slightly, of larger size in the stalk than in the branches. They are chiefly strongyla and blunt-pointed oxea approximating more or less in form to strongyla; quite sharp-pointed oxea are comparatively scarce. The strongyla are usually cylin- drical or nearly so througljout their whole length, the oxea to within a short distance of their extremities. They attain a maximum size of 300 by 8-5/x. Individuals above 280 by 7/x are rare, and these for the most part are slightly fusiform oxea with more or less sharp- pointed exti'emities. The shortest spicules are less than 130//. in length, and almost invariably strongyla.
Microscleres. — The spirulse are usually of less than 2 complete turns, rarely, if ever, of as much as 2|; they are somewhat slenderer than those of other species, their diameter very seldom slightly exceeding l"5/i. Rod-shaped derivatives of the spirulae, attaining a maximum size of about 17 by 1'7/Jt, are very scarce.
Microstrongyla are apparently absent.
T. RETEPOROSUS, var. (aut varr. ?). (PI. xxi., fig.3; PI. xxiii., figs.6-8; Pl.xxiv., figs.l, 2: PI. xxv., fig.l;
PL xxviii., figs. 1-4; PI. xxix., fig.2.)
The remaining specimens referable, or seemingly referable, to
the present species (but distinguished in various respects from
the above-described typical example) are eleven in number, —
comprising ten of those recorded by Dendy(7) as T. Ictyispirulifer
Text-fig. 8."
* Trachycladuii reteporomis. the branches.
Megascleres: a, from the stalk; h, from
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 483
Carter, together with an incomplete specimen occurring in the collection of the Australian Museum: the register-numbers of the former are 297, 366, 426, 470 (two spms.), 983, 984, 1000 (two spms.), and 1061. So far as skeletal features are concerned, the specimens exhibit no marked differences (either among them- selves or from the typical example), except in certain details of their microspiculation; but the extra-axial skeleton is somewhat less sparse than in the type-specimen, — as may be observed from a comparison of the figures illustrating the appearance of the entii'e skeleton, — and the colour of the skeleton (in the denser portions thereof) is not brownish-grey, but varies from pale straw-yellow to light golden-yellow. The megascleres are, in all of them, of approximately the same forms and dimensions as in the typical specimen, the greatest deviation by far occurring in in the case of R.N. 426, in which the megascleres of the stalk attain a maximum size of 325 by 9'5/x, while those of the branches rarely exceed 290 by 7'5/x. All likewise agree with the type- specimen in possessing long and relatively rather slender branches, which attain their maximum stoutness at some distance above their base; and, with rare exceptions, the branches taper more or less distally. On the other hand, in a number of other ex- ternal features, and especially in the distribution of the dermal pores, considerable variability is displayed. Non-anastomosis between the branches is the rule. The colour, except in one instance, is some shade of pale yellowish-grey.
Exact resemblance to the typical specimen, as regards the mode of disposition of the dermal pores, is shown only by the incomplete specimen which is in the collection of the Australian Museum. In this specimen, the surface is somewhat ruggedly uneven (PI. xxi., fig.3), the branches (with a maximum stoutness of only 8mm.) are not at all flattened, and thecolour is a slightly salmon-pinkish stone-grey. Microstrongyla are absent. (A photograph of the macerated skeleton is shown in PI. xxiii.,fig.6).
R.N. 1061 approaches the typical specimen in general habit (PI. xxiv., fig.l), but the branches are much less tapered (occa- sionally of nearly uniform diameter throughout their length), the surface is faintly granular and somewhat uneven, and the oscula,
484 IJKVl.SION OF THE AXINELLID^^ i.,
are almost as frequently scattered as arranged serially; the con- sistency, also, is comparatively firm. Tlie branches vary from (rarely) cylindrical to much compiessed, and are usually some- what lenticular in cross-section. The pores are almost or quite as closely situated and numerous as in the typical specimen, but for the most part they are not arranged distinctly in gi-oups. The spirula? are peculiar in the fact that they are much less closely coiled than in any other example of the genus, the shape of most of them approaching more or less to that of a contort §; more or less Q- or (-shaped forms are also common, but straight or nearly straight rods are extremely rare. Scarce (though bj' no means rare) microstrongyla are present, vaiying from 9 to 16/i in length and from 2 to 4// in stoutness, and almost invari- ably centrotylote. (A photograph of the macerated skeleton is reproduced in PI. xxiii., fig.8).
The two specimens R.N. 1000 are much alike in general habit, — which probabh' accounts for their being registered under the same number, — and differ from all the other specimens, with the exception of R.N.. 'Sii'2, 983, and 984, by the occasional coales- cence of their branches; the branches are slender (5 to 8 mm. in diameter), gradually tapered, and not at all compressed: and the surface is somewhat uneven and slightly granular. Neverthe- less, in one of the specimens the pores are arranged (PI. xxviii., fig.2) very nearly as in the typical specimen, while in the other they are distributed singly (PI. xxviii., fig. 1 ) almost in the same manner as in 7'. digitatus. In both, microstrongyla are exceed- ingly rare.
In R.N. 983 and 984 the arrangement of the pores (PI. xxviii., figs. 3, 4) is intermediate between that obtaining in R.N. 1061 and that characteristic of T. diyitatus var. strongylatus. The former specimen consists solely of two long branches (one simple, the other with a partially coalescent secondary branch towards its upper extremity), measuring respectively 200 and 300 mm. in length, and both arising almost independently from a small common disc of attachment without the intervention of a stalk. The branches are only 4 mm. in diameter proximally and increase in stoutness upwards very gradually, the larger one attaining a
BY E. F. HALLMANX. 485
maximum diameter of 12 mm. at a distance of aliout 50 mm. from its apex, and thence gradually tajiering to a point, the smaller one 8 nmi. in greatest stoutness and distally untapered. The other specimen, H.N. 984, consists only of a broken-ofi' pair of fused branches somewhat similar to those just described.
R.N. 426 is in one respect unique : the surface is finely hispid, being rendered so by the extremities of the radial skeletal fibres, which everywhere project J to 1 mm. beyond it, presenting the appearance of delicate hairs. Furthermore, although the speci- men appears to be excellently preserved, the dermal pores have entirely disappeared, and even the oscula are completely closed. Since the skeletal fibres are altogether too slender and weak to be considered capable of withstanding the bending strain which a shrinkage of the sponge due to the action of the preservative fluid would exert, the peculiar condition of the specimen must almost certainly be the result of contraction while in the living condition. In general outward habit, as is evident from the figure (PI. xxiv., fig. 2), this specimen rather resembles the typical specimen. Scarce strongyla are present, similar to those of R.N. 1061.
The two specimens R.N. 470 consist each of only a few de- tached brandies, which, apart from being non-hispid, are exactly similar in every way to those of the preceding specimen. In one of these specimens, no microstrongyla were observed; in the other (and in this alone of all the specimens) they are fairly abundant, resembling in form and size those of 1».N. 1061. (A photograph of the macerated skeleton is shown in PI. xxiii., fig. 7).
In R.N. 297 and 366, — both of which are in a dried, much shrunken condition, and consequently afford no information regarding the pores, — the spirula3 are distinguished by being mostly of less than one complete turn and hence more or less Q-shaped; straight rods of all lengths from 3 to upwards of 15/x are also common, especially the shorter ones. R.N. 366 consists of a main stem or branch, about 200 mm. in length, attached by its base (which spreads to form a thin incrusting disc about 4 mm. in area) to the surface of a shell, and sending oft' on one side, at the distances of 50, 60, and bO mm. respectively from its
486 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, 1.,
base, three secondary branches which become coalescent with one another. R.N. 297 is unique in consisting solely of a long slender unbranched stem, 250 mm. in length. In both speci- mens the extremities are tapered. Jn neither were niicro- strongyla observed.
Trachycladus pustulosus, sp.nov.
(Pl.xxi.,fig.5; PI. xxvi., figs.5, 8; PI. xxvii. fig.6; PI. xxxix.,
figs.6, 7.)
1887. {1)Spirophora bacterium Lendenfeld(26), p.795.
Diagnosis. — Branches quite short and distally expanded; sometimes so abbreviated as to be little more than mammifoim lobes. Surface closely studded with small pimple-like elevations, and exhibiting, on close inspection, a minute reticulate pattern due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores. Oscula situated only on the more distal parts of the branches. Dermal pores arranged in close-set, subcircular, sie\e-like groups, usually with from 3 to 7 pores in each group. Dermal layer loosely packed with spirulse usually throughout its entire thickness— which varies from 40 to 80/x. Skeleton in the upper, more ex- panded, parts of the branches not forming an axial fune. Fibres stout, and provided with much spongin. Megascleres in the upper parts of the branches consisting almost exclusively of strongyla and oxea in about equal numbers, and rarely attaining to 320 X 9/x in size; peduncular megascleres chiefly oxea (together with occasional styli and only rare strongyla), attaining a maximum size of 460 x 15/x. Microstrongyla extremely abund- ant, frequently assuming various abnormal shapes, and in part reduced to spheres.
Loc. Port Phillip.
This species, — of which two well-preserved specimens are at hand, one incomplete, consisting only of a few branches, — is characterised especially by its short stunted branches and very noticeably pimpled surface, and by the fact that the skeleton, except in the stalk and the lowermost part of the longer branches, is only slightly or not at all condensed axially (PI. xxxix., fig.6). Whilst these features sharply mark it off from all the other
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 487
0
known species, it is still further distinguished by having the pores arranged in sieve-like groups (PI. xxvi., fig.5) — in which respect it is approached only by T. reteporosus — a.nd by the reduction of the microstrongyla in part to spheres. An adequate idea of the external habit will be obtained by reference to the figure (PI. xxi., fig.5) of the single complete example, which measures 60 mm. in total height : in the case of the other speci- men, the branches are somewhat longer, several of them attain- ing a length of 25 mm. The colour in alcohol is a minutely mottled, slightly brownish pale grey, and the consistency is firm, fairly tough, compressible and resilient.
The surface-pimples, — which coincide in position with, and to some extent are the expression of, the points of impingement of the skeletal fibres upon the dermal membrane, — are fairly uniformly distributed over the whole surface at a distance apart approximating to their own breadth, which on the average is about 0-4 mm.; they are rounded or flattened above, not conule- like, and are conspicuous not so much by the amount of their projection — which at the most is but slight— as by their whitish colour and more opaque appearance compared with the inter- vening portions of the surface. At the locations of the small areas formed by these elevations, the dermal membrane is closely adherent and non-porous; but between them it overlies sub- dermal spaces, and is so perforated by numerous small pore- sieves as to appear minutely reticulate. The pore-sieves (PI. xxvi., tig. 7; PI. xxvii., fig. 6), are oval to circular in outline and generally between 40 and 120/a in distance apart, range from less than 100 up to about 200/x in diameter, and contain each, according to their size, from 2 to 8 pores of diameter varying from 20 to 60//.
Skeleton. — Except in the stalk and the lower portions of some of the lower branches, the skeleton exhibits no well-marked axial condensation or core, but is rather of the dendritic type (PI. xxxix., fig.7) consisting chiefly of longitudinally-running and of gradually outward-trending, continually branching main fibres, which are not distinguishable as axial and radial respectively; transverse or connecting fibres are numerous between the main
488
KkVLSION of the AX1NELLIU.4:, i.,
fibres in the central region of the branches, but comparatively scarce and somewhat irregular in occurrence towards their surface The main fibres attain a stoutness occasionally of nearly 200/x in the axial region of the skeleton, but diminish in diameter periphei'ally to between 60 and 1 00/x; they are composed
of somewhat looselvand irregularly pacUed spicules united by abundant spongin-cement. The connecting fibres are usually less than 50/i. in stoutness and are composed almost entirely of spongin. The spongin shrinks considerabl}' on drying, so that in the dried skeleton the stout- ness of the fibres is much less than stated above. The skeleton seen in its entirety (PI. xxxix., fig 6,> is of a golden-yellow colour.
Jlegasc/ei-es. — The differences be- tween the megascleres of the stalk and of the branches are more mark- ed than in any other of the species herein described, the former con- sisting almost entirely of sharp- pointed oxea, ranging from seldom less than 250 up to 460/a in length and up to 16/x in stoutness, and very similar in form and size to those of 7'. digita/us var. strongy- latus, while the latter are strongyla and more or less blunt-pointed oxea — the strongyla being if anything Text-fig.9. — Tmchycladufi pnslu- somewhat the more numerous — /o.s7(.s. Megascleres : a, from the ranging in length from occasionally .stalk; h, from the branches. j^^^ ^j^^^ j^q^^ ^^^ ^^ ^j^^^^. 3^0 or
330//,, and seldom exceeding 8-5 or 9/x in stoutness. Occasional stvli are met with, which are most frequent among the pedun- cular megascleres; among the latter also anisoxea are not
uncommon.
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 489
Microscleres.'- The spirulse are of all forms between corkscrew- spirals of a little more than 2 turns and straight rods, the latter faii'ly common and mostly between 12 and 25/x in length and from 2 to 3-5//, in diameter. Tlie spirulse are less closely coiled than in any other of the species, and are also slightly larger (occasionally attaining to 18/i, in length).
I'he microstrongyla are rarely less than 2 or more than 3-5//. in diameter, and of all lengths up to 18/i,; a notable proportion are reduced to spheruhe. They are mostly not centrotylote. Abnormal forms of various shapes are rather common.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXL-XXLX., figs. 1-2; XXXIX., figs.6-7.
Plate xxi.
Fig. 1. — Trachydadus J'usI iijni uf, .'^p.iiuv.; fioiii the (paitially dried) type- specimen; ( X g).
Fig.2. — T. rtteporoms, sp.iiuv. ; fioin the type-specimen; ( x s).
■pig.3. — T. reteporosua, sp.nov. (var. ?); from an incomplete specimen with slightly rugose surface; ( x i). Of. also PI. xxiv., figs. 1-2.
Fig. 4. — T. .-cahrosiis, sp.nov.; from the type-specimen; ( x g).
Fig 5. — T. pustitlomi.'i, sp.nuv. ; from the type-specimen; ( x* nearly).
Plate xxii. Figs. 1-2. — Tntrltycludna digifatxs Lendenfeld, typical furm; ( x f approx.). rig.3. — T. di(jitaim var. (jraci/is, var.nov. ; from the type-specimen; ( x f). Fig. 4. — T. diijUaitus var. r/andtis, var.nov.; from the type-specimen; {x^
nearly). l.'ig.5. — T. d'Kjitaliis var. ■■^troiKjylalus, var.nov.; fium the (incomplete?') - type-specimen; ( x {'^).
Plate xxiii. Fig. 1. — Tntrhycladns d'Kjilaiiix Lendenfeld, typical form; skeleton; (nat.
size). Fig.2. — T. di'jifatiis vav. ijracl/is, var.nov.; skeleton; (nat. size). Fig.3. — T. diyitafu-f yav. claratm, var.nov.; skeleton; (nat. size). li'ijr.4. — T. diyitatus yav. sfroiiify/alitfi, var.nov.; skeleton: (nat. size). Figs.o-6. — T. reteporosufi, sp.nov.; skeleton (of the type-.specimen and of
the specimen illustrated in PI. xxi., fig.3, respectively); (nat. size). Figs.7-8. — 7'. rtttporomx, sp.nov., (var. ?); skeleton (of the specimens
figured in Pl.'xxiv., figs. 1-2); (nat. size). Fig.9. — T. scahrosii!^, .sp.nov.; skeleton: (nat. size), Fig. 10. — T. J'astiyatus, sp.nov.; skeleton; (nat. .size).
490 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, i.,
Plate xxiv.
Fi<^. 1. — Trachyclailuji rtteporoftus, sp.nov., (var. ''.); R.N. 1061; { x i).
Fig.2. — T. reteporosu.s, sp.nov., (var. ?); R.N. 42(5 (a specimen in which the dermal pores could not lie seen); ( x i).
Fig.3. — T. rtfeporom.s, sp.nov., typical form; one-half of a (desilicified) longitudinal median section of a branch of the type-specimen, show- ing the deiinal layer (in part torn away), subdermal spaces, excur- rent and incurrent canals, flagellated chambers, and (on the left) portion of the axial skeleton; ( x 18).
Plate XXV.
Fig. 1. — Trachpcladns reteporosus, sp.nov., (var. ?); longitudinal median section of the skeleton; ( x 10).
Fig.'i. — T. di(/itat>is Lendenfeld, var. claratiis, var.nov. ; portion (slightly less than one-half) of a transverse section of a branch, showing the arrangement of the flagellated chambers, etc. ; ( x 18).
Plate xxvi.
Fig. 1. — Tfachycladw rtttporo/^ux, sp.nov., (typical form); longitudinal median section of the skeleton, showing the pattern of the axial fune; ( x 10).
Fig.2. — T. digitatn-^ Lendenfeld, (typical form); portion of the surface (from part of which the dermal membrane has been pared off) showing the disposition of the dermal pores, and also of the main incurrent canals; ( x 6).
Fig.3. — T. di(jit,atu>< var. HtrongylatiiK, var.nov.; portion of the surface, showing the arrangement of the dermal pores and the character of the oscula; ( x fi).
Fig. 4. — T. ref eporo.in>i, up. nov.; portion of the surface, showing the arrange- ment of the dermal pores; ( x 6).
Fig.o. — T. pasfn/ofiii.'^, sp.nov. ; portion of the surface, showing the arrange- ment of the dermal j^ores; ( x 6).
Fig. 6. — T. diijitatHS \-AV. stron<jylatiis, var.nov.; portion of the surface, showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 20). (From a drawing).
Fig.7. — T. reteporoxiis, sp.nov., (tj'pical form): portion of the surface, showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 30). (From a drawing).
Fig.8. — T. pnsfii/oxus, sp.nov.; portion of the surface, showing the arrange- ment of the dermal pores; ( x 30). (From a drawing).
Fig.9. — 7'. digitafiis hendenteld, var. <jracUix, var.nov.; moderately thick, transverse section of a branch; ( x 18).
BY E. F. MALLMANIJ. 491
Plate xxvii.
Fig. 1. — Trachydadm diyitatum Leiidenfeld, (typical form); siuface-sectiun,
showing tlie arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Fig.2. — T. diititatUK var. yracilis, var.nov. ; surface-section, showing the
arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Fig.3. — T. diijifatiis var. c/aratus, var.nov.; surface-section, showing the
arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Fig. 4. — T. di(ji/atii.s \sii\ i<troii</i//atu><, y&v. nor.; surface-section, showing
the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Fig.o. — T. reteparosm, sp.nov., (tj'pical f(jrin); surface-section, showing
the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Fig.o. — T. pHstido'fUft, sp.nov.; surface-section, showing the arrangement
of the dermal pores; ( x 40).
Plate xxviii.
Fig.l. — Trac/ii/c/adiis rtteporosus, sp.nov., (var. ?); portion of the surface (of one (^f the specimens R.N. 1000) showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40).
Fig.2. — T. re(epo)-Ofiiis, sp.nov., (var. ?); surface-section (of R.N. 1061), showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40).
Figs. 3, 4. — T. refeporo»u», sp.nov., (var. '!); surface-sections (of the speci- mens R.N. 983, 984), showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( X 40).
Fig.o. 7'. dl(/ifa/iis Lendenfeld, var. claratu.^, var.nov.: rather thin (unde- silicified) transverse section of a branch; ( x 15).
Fig.6. — T. ■•<cal>ro.'<iis, sp.nov.; rather thin (desilicilied) transverse section of a branch; ( x 20).
Plate xxix., figs. 1-2.
* Fig.l. — Trachydadus diijiiatus hendenield, var. claratus('i), var.nov.; speci- men R.N.4I0; (xA). Fig.2. — T. retejJorosuK, sp.nov., (var.?); thin, transverse section of a branch • (of specimen R.N. 1000); ( x 15).
Plate xxxix, figs. 6-7.
Fig.6. — Tradii/c/adiis pU'<tu/o.'<U'<, sp.nov. ; skeleton photographed by
transmitted light; (nat. size). Fig. 7. ^7'. pustulosiiM, sp.nov.; showing pattern of the skeleton as seen in
thin longitudinal section (passing through three branches and the
upper part of their common stem); ( x 5).
492
XOTKS AND P:XHIBITS.
Mr. Fred Turner exliibited a number of fruits of Fusanus muminatus R.Br., var. chryaocarpus Turner, the "Yellow Quandong," forwarded to him by the Venerable Archdeacon P. E. Haviland, of Cobar, who collected them from a tree in an isolated locality on Kergunyah Station, about 35 miles north-east of Cobar, IST.S.W., a new record for this remarkable tree.
Mr. Baker exhibited sections of the trunk of the Grey Man- grove (Avicennia ojficiitalis Linn.), and explained the peculiar structure of the wood oi this tree. .Sections of leaves were also shown.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited fresh specimens of Azalea, with " Rhododendron Galls," Emha^idinm sp., probably E. rhodu- dendri Cram., affecting a plant cultivated in the Botanic Gardens. Conidia only were present, which measured 7-12x1//; spores were not found. Exajnples had previously been collected by the late Mr. A. Grant in October, lcS98, and by Mr. J. H. Camfield in August, 191;].
Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited, from the National Herbarium, examples of (1) Rabiits vtuhirranuK Linn., showing irregular, foliar fission, and a varicoloured tomentum. A gradual reduction from a compound (trifoliate) leaf to a simple one may be found. Ex- amples collected at Douglas Park (A. A. Hamilton; December, 1915) range frt)m ti-ifoliate to tripartite; and a series from Gos- ford (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1916), continues the irregular dissection, from a simple but deeply lobed leaf to one slightly constricted. The tomentum of the specimens from Dcniglas Park is pale grey, while that of the Gosford series is ferruginous. — (2) Sjyreni/elia incaruata Sm., from National Park (A. A. Hamil- ton; December, 1915), showing leaf- variation. The leaves ex- hibit a gradual increase in size from 10 to 15 mm. in length
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 493
with a basal width t)£ 4-6 mm., tu 5 cm. long and 15 mm. wide at the base. — (3) Danvinia taxifol'm A. Cinni., two examples show- ing variation in foliage and habit due to environment. A .speci- men from Cowan (A. A. Hamilton; May, 1915), from a .sand- stone-hillside, has comparatively luxuriant foliage, and is a much more robust plant (3-5 feet) than that from the Centennial Pai-k (W. Forsyth; October, 1896), which grew in a swampy environ- ment and has the crowded, narrow leaves clustered at the top of the otherwi.se bare branches, typical of the swamp-xerophyte.
Mr. North, by .sanction of the Curator of the Australian Museum, exhibited a specimen of an adult male of the Superb Fruit Pigeon, Ffilopus superbus Temm., received from Mr. Percy K. Gorrick, of Wickhani, through Mr. Julian Windeyer,of New- castle. It was obtained at Wollomombi, 394 miles north of Sydne}'. Mr. Nox'th stated that although this species was fairly common in the coastal districts of North-eastern Queensland, it is extremely rare in New South Wales, only three specimen.s in the ilesh, procured in this State, having come officially under his notice during the last thii'ty years. The bird was a beautiful specimen, being plump and in fine condition, the mouth and crop being absolutely crammed with the berries of a Lily-pilly. Two other specimens of this pigeon, procured at North Shore, in 1876, are in the Museum.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton exhibited a coloured drawing of an undetermined orchid, now flowering in the bush-house of a friend at Noi'th Sydney, allied to Dendrobium fptragonum A. Cuiui., but with the thickened portion of the stem longer and larger and the flowers somewhat differently marked.
Mr. Allan R. McCulloch showed an attractive .series of lantern- slides illustrative of the fauna associated with Australian Man- groves. Mr. R. T. Baker followed with a complementary set illustrating the characteristic botanical features of the Mangrove- association.
494
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
September 27th, 1916.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair.
The President offei-ed a very cordial welcome to Mr. C. F. Laseron, a Member who had served and been wounded at Gallipoli. He also made sympathetic reference to Mr. M. Aurousseau, another Member, recently reported as having been wounded in France.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (30th August, 1916), amounting to 8 Vols., 55 Parts or Nos., 4 Bulletins, one Report, and 4 Pamphlets, received from 38 Societies, etc., and two private donors, were laid upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. J. L. Froggatt showed specimens of a third, at present undescribed, species of Chalcid wasp, parasitic upon the Sheep maggot-fly, from Hay, N.S.W.
Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited a series of specimens illus- trating the life-history of the Ribbed Case-Moth (Thxjridopteryx herichii), recently damaging the foliage of the Sugar-Gums (Encalypfus corynocalyx) at Yanco, at the Irrigation Area at Leeton, and elsewhere.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited an example of prolification of an apple given to him by Mr. J. H. Beatson, Managing Director, Messrs. Anderson & Co., Seedsmen and Plant Merchants, Sydney, who had received it from a client of his firm. There were no true carpels produced in the abnormal fruit, but a whorl of leaves (probably enlarged sepals) were developed at its summit, a very curious and interesting form of vegetable teratology.
495
A REVISION OF THE GENERA WITH MICROSCLERES INCLUDED, OR PROVISIONALLY INCLUDED, IN THE FAMILY AXIKELLID.E ; WITH DESCRIP- TIONS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. Part ii.
[Porifp:ra.]
By E. F. Kallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of THE Society in Zoology.
(Plates xxix., fig.4; xxx.-xxxii ; xxxiii., figs. 1-5; xxxiv.-xxxvii.: xxxviii., tigs. 1-3: and Text-figs. 10-1 6.)
Genus B I E M N A Gray (sens. lat.).
Definition. — Axinellida? typically of massive or encrusting habit, occasionally tending to become lamellar or calicular, almost invariably provided with conuli or other surface-eleva- tions of less regular form, or with digitate processes either solid or tubular; or, finally, consisting almost entirely of tubular pro- cesses. The skeleton varvina;, sometimes conformintr more or less to a halichondroid type, but more frequently consisting of definite fibres, which sometimes are arranged reticulately. The spicules composing the fibres are sometimes (in the less typical species) arranged more or less plumosely, or even in part echinatingly. The megascleres are typically of a single order, — either styli alone, or styli together with oxea of similar dimen- sions; special dermal megascleres are absent. The microscleres are invariably sigmata and trichites (or microxea), the latter usually or perhaps always occurring (partly at least) in dragmata; and to these may be added commata, microstrongyla, or spherulae.
Type-species, B. peachi Bowerbank.
The species for which the genus Allantophora was proposed by Whitelegge(58) differs in the combination of its characters so notably from any species known previously to it, and, in one important respect at least, so considerably also from any which
496 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
has since been described, that its true affinities were until recently(13) unsuspected, while the propriety of maintaining a separate genus for its reception has not hitherto been called into question. Whitelegge, disregarding the evidence afforded by the microscleres present, and attaching overmuch importance to the echinate arrangement of some of the spicules composing the skeletal fibres, ari'ived at the <;()nclusiou that Allanto]>ho7-a is intermediate between Echiuodathriii and 0])Mitaspon(/ia; whereas T, in my earlier remarks in reference to the genus(12), expressed the opinifjn that, provisionally at least, it should be placed in the Mycalinse, and suggested the possibility of its relationship with <'r(imhe( = TetrmitheUa). Since then, as I more recently have found occasion to remark(13), a second species possessing microstrongyla as microscleres in addition to sigmata and tricho- dragmata, has been described by Hentschel(15) under the name Tylode.ama 7nicrostrongyIa, which in spiculation accords so closely with Alhmtophora plicata as to leave no room foi' doubting the close genetic affinit}' of the two, yet the skeleton of which con- forms, or at any rate closely approximates, to a halichondroid type. Hence it seems to follow that the essential feature to be taken into account in deciding as to the proper systematic posi- tion of these species is not, in either case, the precise configura- tion of the skeleton, but rather the constitution thereof from the point of view of the spicular elements composing it, both mega- scleric and microscleric; and accordingly one is led to suspect the probability of their relationship with such species as Biemna raegalosiyma Heiitschel(15), and Biemna chileusis 'lhiele(42), the spiculation of wliich is essentially the same as theirs except only in this respect, namely, that instead of microstrongyla the micro- scleres include spherulse, — and in which, furthermore, the skeletal arrangement is of a somewhat intermediate type. In support of this, there now comes to light a third species with microstrongyla (and, significantly, with spherulse also), -described below as Allantophora victoriana, — which forms a definite and absolute connecting-link between A. plicata and SigmaxiaeUa rioca/yp- toides Dendy, it being even questionable, indeed, whether both it and the last-named should not be looked upon merely as
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 497
varieties of A, plicata : and Siymaxinella ciocalyjdoides, in turn, is found to provide no feature definitely justifying its separation generically from the majority at least of the species at present included in Biemna. Accordingly it becomes necessary to decide upon what grounds, if any, the genera Tylodesma, AUantopJiora, and Sigmaxiiiella admit of being retained.
The distinction between Tylodfsma (olim Biemna) and Biemna (olim Desmacella) deemed essential by Topsent(46), — to whom the separation of the species of Ridley and Dendy's group Des- macellinae into these two genera is due, — was with respect to the mode of conformation of the skeleton, a halichondroid type of skeleton being regarded by him as characteristic of the former genus, a disposition of the megascleres in definite fibres as char- acteristic of the latter : whether the megascleres were styli or tylostyli was looked upon as of minor importance The same distinction was emphasised by Lundbeck(30) in defining these genera, though at the same time he attached equal value to certain differences in their microscleric spiculation; other authors, however, — -as Thiele(41), Dendy(8), and Hentschel(15), — seem disposed, like Topsent, to regard it as fundamental. Neverthe- less, a critical survey of the species concerned renders it evident that the distinction is an arbitrary one, and incapable of being maintained; in proof of which one need only refer to the fact that in certain instances, as, for example, in the case of Biemna microxa Hentschel(14), and of the so-called Biemna humilis Thiele(41), the authors themselves show uncertainty as to the genus to which the species ought rather to be assigned. Tf, how- ever, the species with tylostyli or subtylostyli as megascleres (typical of Tylodesma) be compared with those in which tylo- stylote megascleres are absent (typical of Biemna), it is found in the case of the former that the microscleres present frequently comprise toxa in addition to sigmata, but never trichites or microxea, whereas in the case of the latter, with one highly questionable exception — viz., Desmacella frayilis Kieschnick(24), — trichites or microxea are invariably present, but never toxa. Accordingly there is excellent ground for the retention of the genus Tylodesma, but its definition requires amendment.
40
498 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
The three species, for the reception of which Dendy(7) proposed the genus Sigmaxinella, agree in having both monactinal and diactinal megascleres and, as microscleres, signiata and tricho- dragmata, but in a number of other important respects they differ very considerably; and, as already indicated, one at least of them equally admits of inclusion in AUantophora or in Biemna as hitherto defined. However, the first-described of the three, S. aiistralia?ia, as well as several of the species which Kirk- patrick(20) and Whitelegge(60) have ascribed to SigmaxineUa, differ from all other known species possessing similar micro- scleres, firstly in being of ramose habit, and secondly in having an axially condensed skeleton. Consequently, with an amended diagnosis, the genus Sig^naxinella also admits of being retained.
The third species assigned by Dendy to SigmaxineUa — S. JlabeUata — is (among the species having sigmata and tricho- dragmata as microscleres) quite unique, not only as regards skeletal structui'e, but also in the fact that the megascleres are of two distinct kinds, viz., styli composing the fibres, and elongated flexuous strongyla (and tornota) occurring inter- stitially, — the latter of which are strikingly analogous to the spicules of similar form characteristic of many species oiAxinella, Phakellia, Acanthella, and Tragosia. Were it not for the presence of sigmata, there would be no adequate reason, apart from the flexuous character of the interstitial megascleres, for excluding the species from the genus Z)ra^?nacit£o?i (g.n.), which in turn comprises species hitherto assigned to 2'hrinacophora; whilst, if both kinds of microscleres were absent, it would almost certainlv have to be included in the genus Phakellia && defined by Dendy{8). Being such as it is, however, the species undoubtedly deserves a new genus for its accommodation, and for this I propose the name Sigmaxia.
The question whether AUantophora admits of separation from Biemna is a much more difficult one, and at present cannot be satisfactorily decided; for although there exists with respect to skeletal structure a profound difference between the typical species of the two genera, — as is very obvious from a comparison of Topsent's figure of B. peachi{5i; PI. iv., fig. 3) with mine of
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 499
A. victoriana (PI. xxxi., figs.l, 2), — yet the descriptions of other species seem to indicate that intermediate (as well as additional) types of skeleton occur, while in not a few instances, furthermore, the requisite information relating to the skeleton is lacking. At the outset, a satisfactory line of division between the two genera seemed to me possibly securable by taking into account the fact that in most if not all of the indubitable species of Biemna the microscleres include commata, but neA'^er microstrongyla, whereas in the remaining species commata are absent; but the service- ableness of this as a means of distinction appears to be ruled out of court by the circumstance, recently announced by Topsent(54), that in B. peachi commata are apparently sometimes missing. A further difficulty is created by Topsent's discovery {loc. cit.) that "commata" are present in his Bievina Jistulosa, which have not the form of curved microstvli but "s'y montrent flexueux avec un bout renfle et I'autre un peu aminci," so that their form "rapelle un peu celle de sigmaspires deroulees": and it is possible that these microscleres are a connecting-link between the stvliform commata of B. peachi, etc., and the microstrongyla of typical AUantophora-s,Y>ec\GS,. Consequently, since one is unable so to define the genera as to render them mutually exclusive, there is no alternative for the time being but to combine them, and I have therefore formulated the diagnosis of Biemna accordingly. Inasmuch, however, as I am confident (hat the necessity for this is onl\' temporary, and that a fuller knowledge of the species concerned will furnish occasion for the rehabilitation of the genus AUantophora, I have refrained for the present from dis- carding the name in the designation of the species described below, to which it must necessarily apply if the genus be ulti- mately readopted.
The amendment which I introduce in regard to the distinction to be drawn between the genera Biemna and Tylodesvia affects the position only of five species, namely, of Tylodesvia micro- strongyla Hentschel, and 2\ microxa Hentschel, which (as their spiculation consists of styli, sigmata, trichites, and, in the former, also of microstrongyla) must be included in Biemna; and of Biemna hnviilis Thiele(41), B. vulgaris Topsent(4i5), and
500
REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
B.truncata Hentsche](i3), which (having a spiculation composed, in the case of the first, of subtylostyli, sigmata, and toxa, and in the others, of tylostyli and sigmata) must be transferred to Tylodesma. In order to frame a satisfactory definition of Biemna, which will serve effectually to distinguish it from Dragmacido7i and Rhaphoxya (gg. nn.), it is necessary to insist upon the presence of sigmata as an essential character of the genus : for this reason, if for no other, Topsent's Desmacella aherrmis (with trichodragmata alone as microsclei'es), which Lundbeck has I'eferred to Biemna, must be removed therefrom: and for its reception I propose a new genus, DragmateUa, which I provisionally regard as occupying a position between Dragma- cidon and Rhaphoxya. Lundbeck is inclined to refer also Schmidt's imperfectly known Desmacella vayabunda and D. pnmilio to Biemna. Of these two species I have not seen the descriptions; but judging from Schmidt's original diagnosis of Desmacella, quoted by Ridley and Dendy(83), the microscleres present are sigmata and (or) toxa, in which case the species cannot in my estimation be assigned to Biemna, but belong most probably to Tylodesma. As regards Kieschnick's Desmacella fragilis, referred to above, it is impossible, owing to the un- reliability of its description, to express any definite opinion. If it be true that its microscleres are sigmata, trichodragmata, and toxa, as stated, I think that this would render necessary the erection for it of a new genus; until rediscovered, however, the species must be regarded as incertce sedis. 'J'he only other species about which there can be said to exist any occasion for doubt is Desmacella cavernula Bowerbank(l), in which the microscleric spiculation is described as consisting solely of sigmata; but as the megascleres are styli (and not tylostyli), and, furthermore, as there is ground to suspect, owing to the dried condition of Bowerbank's single specimen, that the occurrence of tricho- dragmata therein was overlooked, the probability is that the species is correctly to be assigned to Biem,na. Nevertheless, the species is peculiar, regarded as a member of this genus, in the fact that the megasclei^es are distinguishable into two groups, the one kind composing the fibres, the other occurring inter-
BY E. P. KALLMANN. - 501
stitially and also forming a dermal skeleton: and this peculiarity may possibly prove to be associated with other distinctive features of a character that would justify its exclusion from the genus. According to Thiele(40), a partial differentiation of the megascleres into several groups is exhibited in the case of B. korenii also, but) apparently this occurs without relation to the particular position which the spicules occupy, since he makes no mention of the fact; and Lundbeck(30) further notes that in H. capillifera there are present, in addition to the skeletal spicules proper, smaller styli which are found only in the part of the sponge nearest to the substratum, where they form a thin layer. In all the remaining species of iJiemwa, so far as I am aware, the megascleres are definitely of a single order (though occasionally comprising both monactinal and diactinal forms).
Hentschel(15) has recently referred to Biemna (under the name B. aruensis) a species possessing neither sigmata nor tricho- dragmata, but having as flesh-spicules small slender curved tylostyli, which he terms " kommaformige Rhaphiden " and ap- parently regards as homologous with the commata of species like B. peachi. Inasmuch, however, as the remaining spicula- tion consists of megascleres (of two distinct kinds) in the form of (longer) subtylostyli and (very much shorter) tylostyli respect- ively, and as, furthermore, the sponge is regularly dome-shaped and prolongs itself upwards into a tubular process, it seems to me practically certain that the species is one requiring to be included in the family Polymastiidse. Unfortunately Hentschel has neglected to investigate the structure of the skeleton, and one therefore lacks the information necessary to decide whether the species requires a new genus for its reception, or permits of inclusion in the genus Polymastia itself. But, for the present, I would recommend that the species be known as PoIymastia(l) ariheiisis.
Of species referable to Biemtta which have been assigned to genera other than Biemna, Desmacella, Tylodesma, or Allanto- phora, there is apparently only one, viz., Siymaxinella incrustans l\irkpatrick(20).
A few fragments of a sponge have been recorded from Christ-
502
REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
mas Island by Kirkpatrick(21) as BesmaceUa sp., in which the megascleres are oxea, fewer styli, and rare strongyla, all of approximately the same dimensions (viz, 180 x 7/i, 150 x 9fi, and 126 X 6/x respectively), and the microscleres are very rare sigmata, rare toxa, and . rare trichites; but in which the skeleton is a unispicular renieroid meshwork, with triangular and quadran- gular meshes. Obviously, if the microscleres are really proper to it, this species should be assigned, provisionally at least, to the genus Gellius.
The genus Biemna, as now defined, accordingly comprises the following species : —
i. With commata - typical species of the genus.
/>'. i^eachi Bowerbank(l; 30). English Channel; Scotland;
off Norway: off Iceland. B. capillifera Levinsen(28; 30). E. Canada; Iceland; Kara
Sea. B. Aami/era Lundbeck (30). Off Iceland.
/)'. groenlandica Fristedt(10; 30). E. Coast of Greenland.
B. stellifera Fristedt(9). (With Sweden.
asters?). B. fistulosa Topsent(48; 54). Amboina.
B. sp. Thiele(41). Ternate.
ii. Without commata (so far as known), and without micro- strongyla; but apparently otherwise conforming rather to the species with commata.
B. Iwrenii Schmidt(35;40). Off Norway.
B. variantia Bowerbank(l). Bristol Channel.
{^.)B. {l)caveruula Bowerbank(l). Shetland Islands.
B. trirhaphis Topsent(48; 41). Amboina; Ternate.
{^.)B. fords Topsent(48). Amboina.
iii. Without commata (so far as known), and without micro- strongyla; but apparently otherwise conforming rather to the species with microstrongyla.
B. incrustans Kirkpatrick(20). Cape Colony.
B. tubulata Dendy(8). Cevlon.
B. macrorhaphis Hentschel(l6). Antarctic Ocean.
BY E. F. HALLMANN. 503
B. microxa Hentschel(l4). Sharks Bay, W. Australia.
B. sp. Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea.
B. chilensis Thiele(42). (With Chili.
spherulse).
B. megalosigma Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea.
(With spherulse).
B. megalosigma var. liposphcera Arafura Sea.
Hentschel(l5). B (AUantophora) ciocalyptoides Port Phillip, Victoria.
Dendy.
iv. With inicrostrongyla.
B. {AUantophora) plicata White- New South Wales.
legge. B. {AUantophora) victoriana, sp.n. Port Phillip, Victoria. B. {'^;AUantopho7-a) raicrostrongyla Arafura Sea.
Hentschel(15).
Allantophoka plicata Whitelegge. (PI. xxix., fig.4; PI. XXX., iigs.l, 2, 3.)
I'^Q'l .AUantophora plicata Whitelegge(60),p.505,Pl.xlv., fig.28.
Diagnosis. — Sponge consisting of a cluster of erect, proliferous lamellae, sometimes interunited more or less by anastomosis, and frequently tending to become more or less pointed above or to divide distally into digitate processes. Surface irregular, and provided with many slender tapering conuli. Dermal membrane moderately thick, without contained megascleres, and without pores visible to the naked eye. Skeleton an irregular reticula- tion, of fairly uniform density throughout, consisting of ascend- ing multispicular main fibres (mostly between 100 and 200/a in stoutness) and numerous slendei'er, for the most part pauci- spicular, connecting fibres. Spicules of the main fibres rather loosely (and often somewhat plumosely) arranged. Both main and connecting fibres provided with moderately numerous, more or less nearly perpendicularly-directed, echinating spicules similar in kind to the coring spicules. Spongin present only in moderate quantity. Megascleres: styli and (relatively few) oxea,
504 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, U.,
ranging from less than 300 to upwards of 500/x (occasionally to upwards of 600/i) in length, and (in different specimens) varying from 16 to 22/x in maximum stoutness. Microscleres: (i.)numer- ous sigmata of two sizes, respectively 11 and 21/x in maximum length; (ii.) trichodragmata typically of two sizes, together with scattered trichites of similar length (viz., up to about 60/i,) to those composing the larger dragmata; and (iii.) numerous micro- strongyla, the largest measuring 20 by 8/x.
Zoc— Off Crookhaven River, N.S.W. ("Thetis"). Introductory. — In addition to the single example originally described, there are now available three other complete speci- mens of the species, and a fragment of a fourth. Of these, only the last-mentioned is preserved in alcohol, the remainder (with the exception of the type-specimen, which has been di*ied — pro- bably after having been some time in alcohol — without complete removal of the sarcode) being washed-out and otherwise more or less damaged beach-specimens.
External features. — In all four specimens, the general habit is the same. The sponge consists of an often more or less intricate cluster of erect lamellse, which are joined each to another along one lateral edge, — the other edge either remaining free or (less frequently) becoming connected by anastomosis Avith some portion of another lamella, — and which tend most fre- quently to become narrowed and more or less pointed a^ove, or sometimes to partially resolve distally into several pointed digiti- form processes. The iamellaj vary from 2 to 12 mm. in thick- ness: and the largest specimen measures 130 mm. in height. Usually, a main or primary lamella is to be distinguished, and from this secondary lamellse proceed, which in turn give rise in a similar way to others of higher order. The lamella? are not always directed perpendicularly to those from which they arise, but often more or less obliquely; and occasionally some of the larger ones may be vertically curved or folded. The sponge is sessile, and is sometimes attached only by a limited portion of the base of the primary lamella; but more usually the area of attachment is much more extensive, and is formed partly by the bases of other lamellse as well. The surface is rendered more or
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 505
less uneven by irregular, longitudinally disposed ridges and furrows, and by numerous acuminate conuli. The former in- equalities are much more marked in dried and washed-out speci- mens (PL XXX., fig. 2) than in the perfect sponge (PI. xxx., fig.l), since in the case of the latter the depressions are largeh^ filled up with fleshy tissue and covered over by dermal membrane. In the washed-out condition of the sponge, numerous lesser inequalities also are in evidence, causing the surface to present a somewhat cellular or roughly pitted appearance, and giving rise here and there- more especially in the case of thinner lamellse to actual pei'forations : it is the depiessions producing this appearance that are somewhat misleadingly referred to in the original description as "pores." The conuli are conspicuous in the well-preserved sponge, but may be entirely missing in the case of beach-specimens owing to their fragility and the ease with which they become broken off when dry; they are narrow at the base and thread-like at the apex, are traversed axially by a single skeletal fibre, and vary in length from 2 to 5 mm. Oscula were not observed.
The consistency of the sponge in alcohol is firm, fairly tough, compressible, and resilient; and the colour is yellowish-brown. Dry specimens vary considerably in their consistency and textural appearance according to the extent to which the sarcode has been removed. When thoroughly washed-out, the sponge is tough and elastic, and its texture (as compared with that, say, of an ordinary washing sponge) is loosely and coarsely fibrous : the fibres that terminate at the surface run towai'ds it in an obliquely ascending direction, and being free from one another (i.e., unconnected by transverse fibres) for some distance from their extremities, give to the surface a slightly shaggy appear- ance (PI. xxx., fig.3). On the other hand, if dried without (or with only partial) removal of the sarcode, the sponge (as in the case of the type-specimen) is inelastic and rather brittle, and of a texture that might be described roughly as pumiceous (Pl.xxx., fig. 2). In this latter condition of the sponge, the interstices of the skeleton are frequently tympanised by delic'ate parchment- like membranes (erroneously referred to in the original descrip-
506 REVISION OP THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
tion as being portions of the dermal membrane). The colour of dry specimens varies from light to brownish-grey.
The dermal membrane is very distinct and fairly tough, and overlies numerous, usually not very extensive, subdermal spaces; it is not (to the naked eye) visibly porous. The dermal pores, over limited areas of the surface, are similar in their arrange- ment to those of A. victoriana {cf. Pl.xxxviii., figs. 1-4), except that the circular groups they form (which, in rare instances, attain a diameter of 130 to 150/ji) are relatively less closely apposed: but generally they occur only several together in much smaller groups -or, in rare cases, even singly — and the groups are separated by distances sometimes exceeding their own diameter.
»S'^e^e^o?i. — N^ hilst in regard to spiculation no definite distinc- tion can be drawn between the present species and A. victoriana, the arrangement of the skeleton in the two differs very con- siderably This will be evident from a comparison of the figures of the skeleton (prepared by treatment with caustic potash) in the two cases, as seen in section,— especially PI. xxix., fig. 4, and PL xxxi., fig- 1, — the former of which is from a lamella (varying in thickness from less than I nun. at one edge to 8 mm. at the other) of the present species, and the latter from a thick vertical slice (from 6 to 10 mm. in thickness) of a massive specimen of A. victoriana. The chief points of difference are two. Firstly, there is an entire absence, in the present species, of any observ- able differentiation in the structure of the skeleton relative to a number of separate axes, and the pattern is accordingly every- where (including even the incipient processes into which the lamellae sometimes tend to resolve) much the same; and secondly — in necessary correlation with this— the main fibres are never transversely directed, but always run in a more or less ascending direction, with gradual trend surfacewards, branching (not very frequently) as they go. As in A. victoriana, the connecting fibres are numerous, and interunite with one another to form (along with the main fibres) a rather small -meshed reticulation; but the reticulation is here very irregular, and there is no marked tendency on the part of the connecting fibi'es to be confined (as
BY E. P. KALLMANN. - 507
in A. victoriana) to vertical planes; in some parts, however, — more especially in the processes— a slight tendency towards such an arrangement is occasionally exhibited. A further notable point of difference is the frequency of occurrence, in the present species, of megascleres disposed more or less perpendicularly to the tibres, — with their bases implanted therein, — in the manner of echinating spicules. The main fibres are composed chiefly or (not seldom) almost entirely of spicules, an-anged usually in a loose, often in a more or less dishevelled or somewhat plumose fashion, and are usually between 100 and 200/x in stoutness: in the oldest portions of the sponge, however, they occasionally attain a diameter of from 300 to 400/^.. The amount of spongin cementing their spicules is rather variable, but is seldom suffi- cient to form a well-defined sheath; as seen in cross-section, the outline of the fibres is very irregular. The connecting fibres are uniserial to multiserial in spiculation, and are relatively more sponginous than the main fibres. But very few megascleres are scattered between the fibres. Sigmata (of two sizes) and micro- strongyla occur in great abundance throughout all parts of the interior, together with moderately numerous trichodragmata and singly scattered trichites; the last-mentioned, howe\er, are not very evident owing to their extreme tenuity. In the dermal membrane, sigmata are again very abundant, and single trichites almost equally so, but trichodragmata and microstrongyla are extremely rare, and megascleres are altogether absent.
Spicules. — {{.) The megascleres are styli and relatively few oxea — the proportionate number of the latter variable, ranging from less than 1 in 100 (in the type-specimen), occasionally to as many as 1 in 10. Though somewhat scarce as echinating spicules, the oxea occur in all the same situations in the skeleton as the styli, and are undoubtedly only variants of them; never- theless, transitional forms between the two are extremely rare. The styli are slightly curved, with the curvatui-e most pronounced in, and usually confined to their basal moiety; are evenly rounded at the base, and of uniform or nearly uniform diameter thence to beyond the middle of their length; and taper gradually to a sharp point. The oxea — apart from their being diactinal —
508^
REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, 11.,
differ from the styli only in being curved symmetrically and more strongly, and also somewhat angulately. In different specimens, the megascleres vary from 520 to 670/x in maximum
length and from 16 to 22/u. in maximum stoutness; and the shortest spicules in any specimen are between 200 and 300//, in length. The longest spicules are seldom much more than one-half (very rarely, if ever, as much as two-thirds) the maximum stoutness, the greatest diameter being at- tained by those of inter- mediate and lesser lengths, (ii.) The sigmata are, almost without exception, more or less contort, but seldom to such an extent as to appear J-shaped when viewed from the side. I hey are of two sizes, the larger 15 to 21/ji, the smaller 7 to 11/x, in length, and mea- sure respectively 1'5 and about 0'75/A in maximum stoutness. The latter are by far the less numerous, but are nevertheless by no means scarce.
(iii.) The trichites are typically of two sizes; the longer ones immeasurably thin, 50 to 65/i. in length in some specimens, only 35 to 50/a in others, and occurring both in dragmata and scattered singly; the shorter ones relatively stouter and slightly fusiform in shape,
Text-tig. lU. Allantophora pUcata. a, megascleres; li, c, larger and smaller sigmata; rl, e, miero- strongyla from each of two different specimens.
BY E. F. HALLMANN. 509
15 to (rarely) 30/x in length, and apparently occurring only in dragniata. In two (dry) specimens, however, the shorter trichites were not observed. The dragniata fiequently take the form of dense roundish masses of trichites, sometimes exceeding 300/x in breadth, which refract the light in such a way as to appear blackish and opaque.
(iv.)The microstrongyla are seldom less than 10/x in length and 2/x in diameter, but are usually much stouter, and have a maximum size of 20 by 8/x. They are nearly always- slightly curved and more or less distinctly centrotylote. Abnormal forms occur, in which the annular swelling is irregular in shape, excentric in position, or several times repeated, but thev are not very numerous and seldom depart from the normal shape to any considerable extent.
Allantophora victoriana, n.sp. (Pl.xxx.,figs.4,5; Pl.xxxi.,figs.l-4; Pl.xxxii.,figs. 1-5; Pl.xxxviii.,
figs.l-4;Pl. xl.,figs.5, 6.) Diagnosis. — Sponge erect, either entirely massive or sub- dividing superiorly into separate tapering digitations. Surface slightly irregular, and provided with numerous, fairly uniformly distributed, more or less acuminate conuli. Dermal membrane very distinct; without contained megascleies: usually showing to the naked eye a minutely reticulate pattern due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores. Skeleton (in the body of the sponge) consisting of a congeries of similar components, each constructed on the same plan as the entire skeleton of a single digitation. In each component, the main fibres (except- ing, usually, one or a few longitudinally-directed primary fibres occupying its axis) are disposed more or less perpendicularly to the axial direction of the component, i.e., in a radial or pinnate fashion ; and these are joined together by connecting fibres which are almost exclusively confined to vertical planes. The main fibres are relatively very stout (up to over 300/i in diameter), and are composed chiefly of spicules arranged more or less compactly ; the connecting fibres are slender, mostly paucispicular, and composed chiefly of spongin. A few echinat-
510 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^E, ii.,
ingly-disposed spicules occur on the main fibres, but are rare or absent on the connecting fibres. The spiculation is almost identically the same as that of A. plicafa, the chief point of difference being that the microstrongyla are much more various in form and size, and frequently pass into spherulse.
Zoc. —Port Phillip.
Introductory. — The species is represented in the Australian Museum by two half-specimens from Port Phillip, and a com- plete spe^men (of somewhat different habit) the locality of which is uncertain; in addition, a third half-specimen is included among the original specimens described, by Dendy, as Sigmaxi- nella ciocalyptoides, — viz., the one referred to by him as R.N. 338. The last-mentioned, liowever, does not constitute a fouith ex- ample of the species, but is plainly only the other half of one of the Australian Museum specimens. All the specimens are well preserved in alcohol.
External features. — The two Port Phillip examples are massive sponges, of erect, somewhat quadiangulately prismatic shape, slightly narrowed below to form a broad base of attachment, and with a very rugged, monticulate upper surface (PI. xxx., tigs. 4, 5) : the slightly larger is 115 mm. in height, and would measure, if complete, about 60 or 70 mm. in breadth and in thickness. The third specimen (PI. xxxi., fig.3), which is very much smaller, — measuring only 55 mm. in height,— is similarly massive in its lowermost portion, but divides above into many separate (or more or less incompletely separate) tapering digita- tions of various size, the largest measuring 25 mm. in length and 5 or 6 mm. in diameter at the base. The difference in habit in the two cases, however, is probably to be regarded only as one of degree, since the rugged character of the distal surface of the more massive specimens is such as might be due to incipient digitation.
The whole surface, including that of the processes, is covered with conuli formed in the same manner as 'vi\ A. plicata; they are sometimes low and sharp, sometimes acuminate or even filiform, up to 2 or 3 mm. in length, and situated at an average distance apart varying from one to several millimetres. The
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 511
surface is rendered uneven by low, irregular undulations and indistinct, longitudinal furrows. On the upper surface only of the more massive specimens, between the nionticular elevations, there are many oscula-like openings, the appearance of which (although they are plainly seen to be the orifices of main exhalant canals) suggests that they have been caused by laceration of the dermal membrane; and it is possible, therefore, that in the perfect sponge the dermal membrane is continuous across the debouchures of the exhalant canals, thus producing a condition of lipostomy. This may account for the fact that, in the smaller, digitate specimen, oscula were not observable.
The main exhalant canals run longitudinally upwards through the sponge, increasing in diameter as they ascend; they attain a maximum diameter, in the largest specimen, of about 3 mm., but in the smallest specimen, only of about 1 mm. Many of the canals, especially in the upper part of their course, run for a considerable distance immediately below the surface, their outer wall consisting of scarcely more than the dermal membrane Immediately underlying the dermal membrane, also, there are, elsewhere, numerous and fairly extensive incurrent spaces.
The consistency of the sponge in alcohol is firm, fairly tough, compressible, and resilient ; and the colour varies from pale cream to light yellowish-brown. The colour in life, as recorded in the case of a single specimen by Dendy, is "cinnamon, [with] the projections deep chrome." The skeletonised sponge is very loose-textured, and not of uniform density (PI. xxxi , fig.l): the coarseness of the fibres is about the same as in A. plicata, but, in the present species, the skeleton is of considerably smaller bulk relatively to the bulk of the entire sponge.
The dermal membrane — owing partly to the many spaces im- mediately underlying it, and partly to its being of considerable thickness — is very distinct, and, except on the upper surface of the sponge (i.e., in the region of the oscula-like openings) pre- sents a minutely reticulate appearance due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores (PI. xxxviii., tigs. 1-4). The reticulate pattern is conspicuous, even to the naked eye, in the two massive specimens, but requires a lens for its detection in
512 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^., ii.,
the case of the digitate example. Where the reticulation is apparent, the dermal pores are arranged in closely situated, oval or rounded groups, or "pore-areas"_(P]. xl., figs.5, 6) measuring up to 0-5 mm. in diameter, the pores themselves varying in diameter from less than 20 to upwards of 80/*; within the pore- areas, the dermal membrane is reduced, owing to the presence of the pores, to a fine, lace like network. Where the dermal membrane is apparently non-reticulate, this is due to the fact that the pore-areas are much smaller and much more widely separated.
Skeleton. — The structure of the skeleton is such as would result if the sponge had consisted, in the first place, of a number of independent, simple or branched, digitifoim upgrowths, each with its own separate skeleton, and if subsequently these indi- vidual upgrowths, by lateral expansion and coalescence, had grown together into a single mass,* and their skeletons become more or less interunited : or, in other words, the skeleton is resolvable into similarly constituted, simpler components, the arrangement of which conforms to that of a system of ascending, branched axes. In order to convey an idea of the general con- formation of the skeleton, therefore, it will be sufiicient to de- scribe the structure and mode of arrangement of the skeleton in a single such component (as shown to best advantage in a digitate process of the semi massive specimen), and to explain the manner in which interunion is efiected between the skeletal fibres of different components.
In each simple digitation, the skeleton consists (PI. xxxi., fig.4; PI. xxxii , fig.l): (i.) of stout multispicular main fibres radiating outwards, almost invariably without branching, from the axis of the process in a direction perpendicular or nearly perpendicular thereto, and at a considerable distance (usually not less than 1 mm.) apart from one another; and (ii.) of very much slenderer connecting fibres, most abundant towards the axial region of the
■■' Tlie occurrence of pebbles and small patches of coarse sand liere and there in tlie interior of all these specimens, more especiallj' towards theii- base, lends colour to the view that the massive body of tiie sponge actuallj' has been formed by the coalescence of originally separate digitations.
BY E. F. HALLMAXX. 513
diffitation, which reticulate amonjjr themselves to form a narrow- meshed network between the main fibres {of. PI. xxxii., figs. 3, 4, 5). The first-mentioned, or radially directed fibres appear usually to arise by the branching of one or a few axially situated fibres running lengthwise : but, in some instances, no such primary main fibres are observable, the radially-directed fibres each arising independently. In addition to the paucity or absence of longitudinal main fibres, the skeleton also presents two other characteristic and distinctive features : the radial fibres are arranged for the most part in a more or less ortho- stichous manner, and, almost without exception, the connecting fibres between them occur only between those belonging to the same orthostichies. Hence it follows that the connecting fibres are confined almost exclusively to vertical (or, as one might almost sav, to meridional) planes; and thus, in a transverse section of a digitation (PI. xxxii., fig.2), the main fibres appear to be without connections. The pattern of the reticulation formed by the connecting fibres is also characteristic, the meshes usually being elongated and narrow, with their long axis in the direction perpendicular to the main fibres. The main fibres vary in stout- ness from 120 to 350/a; tlie spicules composing them are fairly closely and regularly packed, seldom slightly plumose in their arrangement, and are cemented by a relatively small amount of spongin, seldom sufiicient in quantity to form a distinct sheath. The connecting fibres are peculiar in being thin and ribbon- shaped, and are mostly paucispicular and composed chiefly of spongin. Echinating spicules occur similarly as in A . pficafa; but they are here very rare upon the connecting fibres, and are scarce even upon the main fibres. Interstitially scattered megascleres are relatively very few. The microscleres have the same distri- bution, and are equally as abundant as in A. plicata.
In the massive body of the sponge, as already stated, the skeleton consists of interunited components each constructed on the same plan as the above-described skeleton of a single digita- tion. The interconnection between the components is effected simply by the prolongation of the radial (main) fibres of one component, and their ultimate union with connecting fibres of
41
514
REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^E, U.,
another; as a rule, the fibres only of one of any two connected components are thus prolonged. A feature not observed in the skeleton of a separate digitation is provided by the fact that the fibres proceeding surfacewards from some of the more peripheral components (more espe- cially from such as are situated not very close to the surface) run in a more or less upward direction (instead of perpendicularly out- wards), and may thus attain a considerable length, and may also several times branch (PI. xxxi., fig.2).
Spicules. — The spiculation is almost identi- cally similar to that of A. plicata, not only as regards the forms, but also the sizes, both of the megascleres and microscleres,— the only noteworthy point of difference in the case of the present species being the much greater in-egularity in the forms of the microstrongyla and the frequency of occurrence among them of spherulse. In all three specimens, the mesascleres are of about the same dimen- .sions, ranging in length from about 230 or 240/x (rarely, however, less than about 300/x) up to 680/x, and having a maximum stoutness of 16 or 17/x; the sigmata, which appear not to be separable into two groups as regards size, vary in length from 8 to 20/x, and up to 1 -5fi in stoutness; the longer trichites attain a max- imum length of 70/x, while the shorter ones are rarely longer than 30/a: and the micro- strongyla vary in diameter from less than 1 up to 5 or 6/x, and in length up to 17 or 18/x.
Allantophora ciocalyptoides Dendy, (et var.). 189&. Sigmaxinella ciocalyptoides Dendy(7), p.243. Diagnosis. - Sponge in the typical form of the species incrust-
\J
Text-%.11.
Allantophora victwiana. a, megascleres; b, c, sigmata; d, microstrongyla.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 515
ing to lowly-massive, rising above into short, slender, digitiforrn processes; in the varietal form (so far as known) consisting of a compressed, plate-like, sessile basal portion soon completely dividing above into a single series of long, slender, tapering digitations. Surface acuteh^ conulose, the conuli usually not ver}' distinct except on the processes, where they are slender and acuminate. Surface minutely reticulate, though not always visibly so to the naked eye. Skeleton in the typical form of the species approaching in structure to that of A. victoriana; in the variety similar to that of A. plicata. Spiculation differing from that of the foregoing two species only in the absence of micro- strongyla.
Loc. —Port Phillip (typical form). Off Botany Bay (variety).
It is very probable that the two forms which I associate under this species, - one of which I distinguish as a variety, reducta, — have separately originated from, and should be regarded as no more than varieties of, A. plicaia and A. victoriana respectively. In the absence of more conclusive evidence than is furnished bj' the specimens available, however, it has seemed to me advisable to regard them as constituting a species distinct.
Allantophora ciocalyptoides (typical form). (PI. XXX., figs. 6, 7.) Of this, there are four examples, — the three originally recorded by Dendy,* and an additional one in the collection of tlie Aus- tralian Museum Two of these (the last-mentioned and one of the originals) are almost identically similar (PI. xxx., fig. 7), each having the form of a comparatively thin crust which spreads extensively over the surface of a flattened water-worn stone, and from which arise, short, tapering, digitiform processes — in part occurring singly at wide and irregular intervals, and in part dis- posed closely in clusters (usually with some amount of coales- cence). The digitations are from 5 to 15 mm. in length and seldom more than 2 or 3 mm. in stoutness except near their base, and are provided with moderately numerous, filosely acuminate
* In the original description, four specimens are referred to; but, as alreadj- mentioned, one of them (R.N. 388) is an example of A. rictoriana.
516 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
conuli, 1 to 2 mm. in length, which give to them a somewhat spinose aspect. The enci-ustiug base of the sponge attains a maximum thickness of about 10 mm. centrally, and thins out peripherally almost to a film; its upper surface is sliglitly irregular and uneven, and provided with usually inconspicuous jonuli. The thin and semitransparent dermal membrane is-- underlaiti, between the conuli, by extensive subdermal spaces, and is not of reticulate appearance. The other specimens (one of which is shown in PI. xxx., fig.6) are much less extended horizontally, and are relatively more elevated than the preceding two, and might be described as intermediate in form between them and the specimen of A. victoriana illustrated in PI. xxxi., fig.3. Otherwise, they exhibit no noteworthy point of difference, excepting that the dermal membrane is, for the most part, minutely reticulate. The colour in life has been described as " cinnamon, with the projections deep chrome." The consistency, especially of the encrusting specimens, is rather soft and lacking in toughness.
The skeleton in the digitate processes is similarly constructs d as in the processes of A. victoriana. In the encrusting base of the sponge, it consists, in the thinnest portions thereof, simply of single, vertically-running, stout main fibres connected in a somewhat irregular fashion by inter-reticulating slender trans- verse fibres; but, in the thicker portions of the base, the main fibres, as they ascend, become irregularly branched and also interunite with one another by anastomosis. On approaching the surface, the main fibres (which vary from 150 to 300/a in stoutness) usually become slightly plumose. The spiculation differs in no way, except in the complete absence of microstron- gyla (and of spherulai), from that of the preceding species.
Allantophor.\ ciocalyptoides(?), var. reducta.
(PI. xxx., fig.8.)
The single specimen (PI. xxx., fig.8) consists of a sessile erect
plate, — 5 to 10 mm. in thickness, 110 mm. in length, and 35 to
45 mm. in height, — prolonged above, in a pectinate fashion, into
3, series of very gradually tapered, almost subuliform, digitate
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 517
processes varying in length from 35 to 70 mm. The specimen is in a much macerated condition, the dermal membrane and most of the superficial fleshy substance having disappeared, leaving exposed the surface of the skeleton. The texture is coarsely tibrous and fairly dense, and the consistency is flexible and moderately tough. The exposed surface, both of the basal plate and of the processes, is irregularly and closely furrowed in the vertical direction. From the surface, at distances of from 1 to 2 mm. apart, there project single bristle-like fibres, which are most conspicuous on the processes, where they frequently attain a length of 1-5 to 2 mm.; these fibres no doubt represent the remnants of conuli.
The skeleton is of the same structure as in J. plicata. In the processes (in which it is but very slightly condensed axially) it consists of numerous more or less longitudinally running, stout, multispicular main fibres, frequently branching and interuniting with one another, and connected by numerous, inter-reticulating, slender transverse fibres. The bristle-like fibres, which project from the surface, arise as branches from longitudinal fibres situated towards the axis, and run surfacewards in a direction obliquely upward and outward; at first they are comparatively slender and paucispicular, but increase in stoutness and become more densely spicular as they proceed, finally attaining a diameter of between 150 and 200//.. Without removal of the sarcode, the pattern of the skeleton is rather difticult to determine owing to very faint outlines of the almost colourless spongin, and to the numerous, mostly longitudinally-directed megascleres lying scattered between the fibres.
Tylodesma Thiele.
Dimjnosis. — Axinellida^C?) typically of massive (or rarely in- crusting) habit, the outward form irregular or somewhat com- pressed, occasionally more or less leaf-shaped. Skeleton consist- ing of a more or less irregular network of spicules, or of fibres that are most frequently not very well-marked and reach no great length, or finally, of well-developed spicular fibres. .Spongin present only in i-elatively small amount, or altogether wanting.
518 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
Megascleres of a single order : tylostyli, subtylostyli, or tylo- strongyla, occasionally in part reduced to styli. Microscleres: sigmata and (or; toxa, the latter sometimes in dragmata. Type-species. — T. inornata Bowerbank.
In proposing the name I'yJodesma, in lieu of Desmacella, for the genus wrongly designated Biemiia (misspelt Biemma) by Topsent(46), Thiele(41) omitted to indicate which species was to be considered the type : since, however, two species only (other than those described by him as new) were enumerated by Topsent as belonging to Bietnna, — viz., B. inornata Bowerbank, and B. corrugata Bowerbank, — it is one of those, no doubt, which should be preferred, and I select the former, both because it is that which was named first in order by Topsent and is the better known. The name Tylodesyna is adopted here in preference to Des))iacella, nut so much from conviction of the correctness of Thieles contention accepted by Wilson(61) and some other authors, but not by Dendy(8) — that the latter name is properly a svnonym of llamacantha, as owing to the fact that the original species of Desmacella described by Schmidt— viz., D vayahunda and D. p«mi/!to are imperfectly known, and may possibly prove not to belong to the present genus
For reasons already stated above in my remarks on Biemnn, a slightly amended definition of Tylodenma is here proposed, necessitating the removal therefrom, to the former genus, of Hentschel's Tylodesma niicroslroiigyld and T. 7nic7'ocfa, and the addition thereto oi Bienina hu7nilis Thie\e, B. tvitncata Hentschel, and B. vulgaris Topsent.
Leaving out of account Topsent's Biem-iia daufzeiibergi and B. chevreuxi, the former of which is stated by Lundbeck(30) to be identical with T. rosea Fristedt, and the latter by Topsent(53) himself to be identical with T. atinexa Schmidt, the species which 1 regard (provisionally) as belonging to Tylode ma are as follows : —
T. inornata Bowerbank(l); (46); (53). Shetland Is.; Azores.
T. corrugata Bowerbank(l); (46). British Is.; Azores.
T. annexa Schmidt(36); (30). North Atlantic; widely
distributed.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 519
T.{1) pnmifio Schmidt(35). Florida.
T.{1) vagabunda Schmidt(35). Florida.
7\i')ifu7idibnli/ormisVosmaer{56);{Z0) Arctic Ocean.
7'. rosea Fristedt(9); (30); (53). E. Greenland; Azores.
T. vulgaris Topsent(38). Banyuls.
2\ yrimaldli Topsent(44); (46); (53). Azores.
T. humilis Thiele(41). Ternate.
T.jania Verrill(55). Bermudas.
T. alba Wilson(61). E. of Galapagos Is.
?'. vestibularis Wilson(61). E. of Galapagos Is.
T. truncata Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea.
T. informis Stephens.* W. Coast of Ireland.
Under the name Desinacella areni fibrosa, Hentschel(14; has described, from Western Australia, a species which evidently cannot be referred with propriety eitlier to 7'ylodesma or to Biemna: for although the megascleres are styli and subtylostyli, and the microscleres toxa (of two .sizes, the longer measuring 303 to 340//. in length and much resembling rhaphides), the main skeleton consists of stout fibres formed chiefly of sand grains, without visible spongin-cement. The constitution of the skeleton and the rhaphide-like character of the longer toxa suggested to me that the species might belong to Dendy's Stylotrichojyh<)ra{Q\ established for a single species— *S'. rubra from Port Phillip, and defined thus : " The main skeleton is a network of horny fibre cored with foreign bodies. In addition to this, there are smooth monactinal megascleres (styli) and hair-like microscleres (rhaphides)." Examination of the type-specimens of S. rubra, which were kindh' forwarded to me by the Curator of the Mel- bourne National Museum, has shown that such really is the case : for in this species also, small toxa are present, and the long rhaphide-like megascleres are frequently curved more or less in the manner of toxa. The chief points of difference between the two species are their somewhat different external habit, and the fact that in S. rubra the megascleres are styli only, the fibres are provided with a well-defined spongin-sheath, and the
* Stephens, J. — " Preliniinaiy Notice of some Iri.sh Sponges." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvii., 191(), p.234.
520 Rijvlsioisf of the axinellid^, ii.,
foreign skeletal elements are broken spicules. Sty loir ichoph ova was placed by Dendy in the family Haploscleridfe (Heteror- rhapliidte),in vicinity to Phoriospongia Marshall, and (J hond7-opsis Carter, but for reasons which I intend to publish in a subsequent paper, it appears to me rather that these genera are degraded Desraacidonidse, requiring at present to be included in the sub- family Mycalinie.
SiGMAXiNELLA Dendy (emeiid.).
Definition. — Axinellidte of ramose habit, with cylindrical or compressed branches, and witlioutconuli or otlierkind of surface- processes. Skeleton syminetrically arranged, consisting axially of a more or less condensed or core-like region formed bv a reticulation of spongin-ensheathed spicule fibres : extra axial skeleton consisting of paucispicular main fibres radiating out- wards to the surface, sometimes (when of considerable length) connected by frequent, typically aspiculous, transverse fibies, but more usually with relatively few, or altogether without, transverse connections. Megascleres typically of a single oider: styli, sometimes in part transformed into oxea or strongjla. Microscleres : sigmata and trichites (or microxea), the latter either in dragmata or scattered singly.
Type, S. (lustraliana Dendy.
As amended, the genus will include only three of the species which have formerly been assigned to it. Of the remaining four, S. ciocalyptoidett Dendy, and S. iiicruiytaits Kirkpatrick, are transferred to liiemiia; S. Jiabellata (Carter), redescribed below, is made the type of a new genus, Sigmaxio, while S. vianimillata \Vhitelegge(60), with its rhabdostylote megascleres (which are found to show traces of spination, and are accompanied by sigmata only), possesses a type of spiculation veiy similar to that of Carter's i/ic?06-io?ia intexta,— 'A species referred Avith liesita- tion by Topsent(53) to his genus Bhahderemia,- and requires for its reception a new genus, to be included in the Myxillina^, for which I propose the name lihahdostyma. On the other hand, two species are now added to the genus,— one new, the other long since described by Carter under the name Fhakellia ramosa.
BY E. F. f^ALLMAXX. 521
Sigmaxinello accordingly comprises at present five species, as follows : -
S. ausfraliana Dendy. S. arborea Kirkpatiick(20),
S. ckndroides Whitelegge. S. viminalis, sp.n. S. ramosa Carter(4). Whether S. arborea strictly belongs to the genus as above defined is not quite certain, inasmuch as its megascleres are stated by Kirkpatrick to be of three kinds, (i.) basally attenuated styli, 800-1150 X 25-37/x; (ii.) strongyla, 700-800x25-30/^; and (iii.) "rhaphide-like" oxea (very rare), 700-870x12-5//. The probability is, however, that the strongyla are merely variants of the styli and connected with them by intermediate forms: while very possibly the oxea are of foreign origin.
SlGMAXlNELLA AUSTRALIANA Dendy.
(Pl.xxxiii., figs. 1-3; PI. xxxiv., fig.l.)
1896. Sigmaxinella australiana Dendy(7), p. 240.
Diagnosis.- Ramose, erect, stipitate ; with cylindrical or slightly compressed, moderately slender, dichotomously dividing branches, usually of medium length and more or less arborescently outspread, but occasionally remaining much abbreviated and partially coherent together proximally. In outward appearance much resembling a Chalinine sponge. Surface even; non-hispid. Oscula in the form of shallow stelliform depressions, scatteied or serial along the branches. Dermal membrane thin and delicate, aspiculous. Skeleton fairly regularly reticulate, more or less condensed axially; formed of spicule-cored, non-plumose main fibres, and wholly sponginous connecting fibres. Mega- scleres : subcylindrical styli and oxea and forms intermediate between, often irregularly pointed, and rather variable in size in the same specimen; with a maximal size, in different speci mens, of from 360 to 4 50// by 7 to 17/a. Microscleres : slender sigmata of two sizes, respectively 16 to 20// and 45 to 50/<. in maximal length; and trichites, almost exclusively in dragmata, 20 to 45// in length.
Xqc. — Port Phillip; Maroubra Bay, near Port Jackson.
Introdxictory.—Oi this species, there have been examined, for
522 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID.E, ii.,
the purpose of the present description, six specimens, four of which, well preserved in alcohol, are from the original locality, while the other two are washed-out beach-specimens obtained in the vicinity of Port Jackson; examination was also made of a mounted section of one of the type-specimens. As the possibility of a mistake regarding the identity of tlie species was out of the question, and, moreover, as the available specimens presented a greater range of variation than that recorded in the case of the original specimens, the latter were not sent for to be consulted. The two specimens from the northern locality differ slightly from the Port Phillip ones (more especially in certain details of spiculation), but not sufficiently, I think, to warrant their being regarded as constituting a distinct variety. In order briefly to distinguish the specimens, the former are referred to in the description as the P.J. specimens, the latter as the P.P. or typical specimens.
External features . — The typical habit of the species, so far at least as regards the shape and mode of disposition of the branches, is that displayed by thespecimen illustrated in PI. xxxiii., fig. 1 — the largest and most profusely branched of those before me, measuring 180 mm. in total height —which may be very satis- factorily described, in the precise terms of the original descrip- tion, as "consisting of a bushy bunch of rather slendei', short, subcylindrical or somewhat compressed branches, sometimes anastomosing, and supported on a short stalk." But in two respects this specimen is perhaps exceptional : namely, in the great multitude and closely crowded arrangement of the branches (the number of which exceeds two hundred), and, secondly, in possessing oscula which in comparison with those of other speci- mens are conspicuously noticeable. In the four P.P. specimens available, the branches vary from 5 to 8 mm. in stoutness, and, except when somewhat compressed, are usually nearer to the latter figure than the former; but in the P.J. specimens, in tlie case of which also the stalk is comparatively long and narrow, they are slenderer, 3 to 5 mm. in diameter, and much more uniformly cylindrical (PI. xxxiii., fig.3). B)-anching takes .place chiefiy, if not entirely, by dichotomy, and successive dichotomien,
6Y E. F. KALLMANN. 523
as a rule, are in the same plane, the consequence being a well- marked tendency, most clearly expressed in sparsely-branched specimens, towards a tlabellate disposition of the branches; but with their multiplication in number and consequent dis- placement due to mutual interference, the branches gradually come to assume a more or less regularly arborescent arrangement. The maximum length attained by the branches rarely exceeds 80 mm., but is usually greater than 40 mm; occasionally, how- ever, as in the single case of one of the P.P. specimens (PI. xxxiii., fig.2), they remain quite short (even the longest not exceeding 25 mm.) and more or less colierent with one another proximally, thus forming, or tending to form, a cluster or "head" of (some- what palmately) lobed or digitate lamellaj.
The oscula are characteristic, having the form of shallow stelliform depressions, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, at the centre of each of which is a group of several (usually 3 or 4) minute exhalant orifices; their stellate shape is frequently enhanced by short, shallow grooves radiating from them. Most frequently, they are arranged along the branches more or less distinctly in two rows, but sometimes only one such row is apparent, and sometimes they are in part disposed in a scattered fashion; their arrangement appears generally to be the moie irregular in pro- portion as the branches are the more compressed. In most cases, the oscula are not conspicuous, and they are less evident in the desarcodised than in the perfect condition of the sponge; indeed, in the case of the two washed-out P J. specimens, they were altogether unobservable.
In general appearance and in texture, the sponge is nearly similar to an ordinary Chaliiiine sponge. The consistency is fairly tough and elastic; moderately soft, but not Heshy; com- pressible and resilient. The colour in life is recorded in the original description as brownish-red or orange-rufous; in alcohol, it varies from pale greyish-yellow to light brown.
The dermal membrane is extremely thin and delicate, and without spicules; it appears to be very easily destroyed, since, even in the specimens which otherwise are excellently preserved, only portions of it remain. The dermal pores are arranged in
524 Revision of the AXiNEiiLiD^, ii.,
small oval or circulai' groups, averaging about IdO/x in diameter but somewhat variable in size, scattered over the entire surface, and containing usually less than 10 pores each. Where the dermal membrane has disappeared, the surface is closely per- forated with minute pinhole-like apertures, which are the open- ings of the inhalant canals : the presence of these is discernible also where the dermal membrane is intact, but, as a rule, only faintly and indistinctly.
Skeleton.— The skeleton which remains, after complete macera- tion of a specimen by means of caustic potash, preserves exactly the external form of the perfect sponge; it is composed of pale- coloured, highly sponginous fibres, and is fine-textured and of sufficient density to render it difficult for one to perceive from external inspection whether a condensed axial region is present or not. In section, under the microscope, the pattern is seen to be fairly regularly reticulate, the reticulation being formed by longitudinal and obliquely outward-trending main fibres pauci- serially cored with spicules, and by numerous short connecting fibres containing no spicules (PI. xxxiv., fig.l). The reticulation is condensed axially, though not in any very marked degi-ee except in the older, more basal parts of the branches, the con- densation being the result merely of a progressive increase of stoutness of the fibres, — most rapid in connection with the axially situated ones, and scarcely at all aft'ecting those situated near the periphery, — with increasing age. Within the axial region of the oldest part of the branches, the fibres may attain a stoutness of over 100//; but throughout the greater part of the skeleton, they are comparatively slender, even the main fibres seldom exceeding 40/ji, while the connecting fibres are of all degrees of lesser stoutness down to below 5/x. Irregularity in the pattern of the skeleton is due to the fact that the connecting fibres rarely pass singly and directly between the main fibres (in such manner as to produce a rectangular or scalarifoim reticula- tion), but to a greater or less extent, — depending on the distance apart of the main fibres, — interunite among tliemselves, thus giving rise to an irregularly- meshed, somewhat plexiform reticu- lation. The avei-age width of the meshes is less than 100/a,
BY :■{• F. KALLMANN. f)25
while the average distance apart of the main fibres is not less than "-'OO/x. As the main fihi-es trend surfacewards, - with gradually increasing deflection from the longitudinal direction as they proceed, they increase in number, mainly by branching, but partly also (at least in proximity to the surface) through the formation of additional ones which take origin from connecting fibres; and they arrive at the surface almost at right angles. The spicules of the main fibres are seldom more than 4- or 5-serial in their arrangement, very rarely as many as 9- or 10-serial; as a rule they lie fairly closely together, forming a moderately compact core. The most superficially situated fibies of the skeleton, including the outermost of the connecting fibres, give support to relatively numerous outwardly-directed spicules, for the most part collected, or tending to be collected, into loose divergent tufts surrounding the extremities of the main fibres.
In balsam-mounted sections of the perfect sponge {i.e., with the soft tissues intact), the above-described features of the skeleton are to a very considerable extent obscured or di.sguised. This is due partly to the very pale colouration of the spongin, — in consequence of which tlie outlines of the fibres are usually almost or quite indiscernible,— and partly to the fact that the bulk of the megascleres are located externally to the fibres. These extra-fibral megascleres for the most part are not scattered irregularly through the mesogloea, but are situated chiefiy in proximity to the main fibres, lying in approximate parallelism therewith. As a consequence, it is often diflicult. or even im- possible, to distinguish between spicules lying immediately adjacent to the fibres and others enclosed within them; and the skeleton may thus appear as if composed solely of spicules, for the most part directed parallelly to the directions of growth of the sponge, and more or less collected loosely into ill-defined sti'ands. Irregularly scattered megasclei'es also are present, as well as relatively few transversely-directed ones, the latter of w^ich always occur singly. Sigmata and trichodragmata are present in moderate number, but the former are not readily perceived owing to their slenderness ; rare singly-scattered trichites also occur.
526
REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, 11.,
Spicules. —The megascleres are slightly curved, subcylindrical to subconical styli, fewer oxea, and scarce strongyla, the three forms differing in general only with respect to the character of their extremities, and connected with one another by numerous
intermediates. They are often irreau- larly ended and more or less blunt- pointed, and man)' of the oxea are markedly anisoactinate. Their size is very variable both as regards length and stoutness. In the P.P. speci- mens, they range in length from 120 or 130 to 360/x in some cases, up to over 400/x (rarely to 450/x) in others, and vary in diameter, irrespective of length, from 2 to 7 or (rarely) to 10//. In the P.J. specimens, they are gener- ally much stouter, attaining a max- imum diameter of from 15 to 17/x, and range in length from about lf)0 to 420/i. The styli are, on the average, stouter than the oxea, and the stout- est spicules are mostly those of inter- mediate and lesser lengths. In the case of the P.P. specimens, the shortest spicules, ^ — those of lesser length than, sa}', 200//, — are chiefly oxea, generally with abruptly, often mucronately pointed ends; but, in the P.J. specimens, the shortest spicules are nearly always styli.
(ii.) The sigmata are extremely slender, — invariably less than 1/i.in diameter,— and of two kinds, the smaller (and less numer- ous) varying in length from 9 to 16/x, the larger from 25 to 45//, measured from bend to bend. Both kinds are mostly more or less contort, - the smaller, however, usually onl}?^ slightly so, the larger often to such an extent as to appear S-shaped; both kiiifls
Text-fig. 12.
* Sigma.rine/fa avMrariana. a, megascleres; b. c, larger and smaller sigmata.
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 527
occur in dragraata, as well as scattered singly, but the shorter dragmata are rare.
(iii.)The trichites, both forming the dragmata and scattered singly, are exceedingly slender microxea, varying in length from 20 to 4;V.
SiGMAXINELLA DENDROIDES Whitelegge.
(Phxxxiv., fig.2.)
1907. Sigmaxinella dendroides Whitelegge(60), p. 51 3, PI. xlvi., fig.42.
Diagnosis. — Ramose, erect, stipitate; Avith cylindrical, tapered, dichotomously dividing, slender branches of moderate length. Surface even. Oscula presumably either very small or very shallow, at any rate not apparent in the skeletonised specimen. Dermal features unknown. Skeleton consisting (i.) of a con- densed axial reticulation, the fibres forming which are moder- ately rich in spongin, and (ii.) of fibres radiating therefi'om which are poor in spongin, are united only sparingly by (entirely sponginous) transverse fibres and by single spicules, and run (with occasional branching) in nearl}' parallel courses to the surface, becoming multispicular and somewhat plumose on near- ing it, and terminating each in a subpenicillate tuft. The spicules of the radial fibres are of greater average length than those of the axial x'eticulation. Megascleres : subcylindrical styli, usually tapering gradually to a sharp or slightly rounded point at the apex, and usually slightly curved, sometimes bent; frequently tending to become abruptly blunt-pointed at the base; occasionally passing into strongyla, very rarely into oxea; 300 to 640/x long by 10 to 26/x in diameter. Microscleres : slender sigmata of two sizes, respectively 20 to 40/i. in maximal length; and scarce trichites (microxea), 25 to 35/>i long, scattered singly.
Loc. South of Port Hacking, N.S.W. ("Thetis").
External features, — The only known specimen— a figure of which has been furnished by Whitelegge — is a stipitate arbor- escent sponge, 180mm. in total height, with moderately elongated, cylindrical, distally tapered branches, 4 to 6 mm. in diameter, rising erectly from an equally slender stem, and occasionally
528 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
anastornosing. The mode of branching is dichotomous, and successive dichotomies are visually in the some plane, but owing to irregularities, partly resulting through mutual interference, the branches come to be disposed in various planes : it is very probable, however, that specimens occur in which the branching- is confined entirely to the one plane. The division of the stem to form the first two branches takes place 25 mm. above the base, each of those again dichotomising at about the same dis- tance above their origin, and each of the resultant four branches also at about the same distance above theirs; the subsequent divisions for the most part occur at increasingly longer intervals, some of the terminal branches having an uninterrupted length of 70 mm.
The specimen is imperfect, consisting only of the dried skeleton, — in which condition it appears to have been also when first described. Nothing can be said, therefore, in regard to the dermal features; but evidently the outer surface was even, with- out conuli or elevations of any kind. Oscula are not indicated. The skeletonised sponge being held between the eye and the light, the skeleton is plainly perceived to consist, in each branch, (i.) of a sharply circumscribed C3'lindrical core, of diameter generally less than one-fourth and (except in the lowermost parts of the sponge, up to about as far as the third dichotomy) not greater than one-half the diameter of the branch, and (ii.) of an outer region formed of slender radiating fibres, which are inclined to the longitudinal direction of the branch at an angle varying from 60° to nearly 90°, and present collectively an ap- pearance somewhat resembling that of fur. The colour is a faintly creamy-tinted pale grey or dirty white, its paleness being due to the extremely small amount of spongin entering into the composition of the radial fibres. In the original description, the consistency is described as " tough, resilient, and compres- sible," but this is not strictly correct : the axial region is fairly tough and slightly compressible (and the branches consequently are flexible), but the extra-axial layer is soft, and on compression remains partially crushed.
Details of skeletal str%icture (PI. xxxiv., fig. 2).— Except towards
BY E. F. IIALLMANN. 529
the extreme apices of the branches, the demarcation between the axial region of the skeleton and the extra-axial, as seen in longi- tudinal section, is very pronounced (more especially if the spongin has been stained) notwithstanding there is no discontinuity between the main fibies of the two regions (i.e., between the longitudinal fibres of the former and the " radial " fibres of the latter), such as might be inferred from the terms "primary" and "secondary" used in the original description to distinguish them. The contrast is partly due to the much greater density of the axial skeleton, and also partly (i.)to the rapidity with which the fibres change in direction fi'om longitudinal to almost perpen- dicularly transverse, and (ii.) to the sudden and very considerable diminution in the amount of their C(mstituent spongin,— as they pass from the one region to the other; but there are other differ- ences also.
In the axial i-egion, the main or longitudinal fibres, which have a maximal stoutness of 80 or 90/x, usuall}' contain multi- serial spicules, for the most part not very conipacth* or regularly arranged; are rather closely juxtaposed, and frequently coalesce with each other for short distances; and are connected at close intervals by short, aspiculous, transverse fibres. Participating in the formation of the axial skeleton also are many spicules whose relation to the fibres is more or less indefinite, as well as many transversely and obliquely directed ones occurring singly. In the older portions of the skeleton, the meshes of the reticula- tion become much reduced in size, often to the point of oblitera- tion, through the continued growth in stoutness of the fibres. The more peripherally situated of the main fibres run, not longi- tudinally, but with a slight, and gradually increasing, trend outwards; ultimately they pass into the extra-axial region, and, curving surfacewards, immediately subdivide each several times in rapid succession to form the radial fibres.
The radial fibres, throughout the greater part of their length, are only two or three spicules broad; the spongin cementing their spicules is usually so small in quantity as scarcely to be discernible unless stained; and the connecting fibres between them occur only at comparatively wide and irregular intervals.
42
530
REVISION OP THE AXIXRLLIP^., 11.,
They run with slight divergence (gradually becoming more nearly parallel to each other as they proceed), and with occa- sional branching, generally at a distance of from 200 to over
300/A apart, to meet the surface almost at right angles. As the surface is approached, their spicules increase in number and become dis- posed for the most part in a some what plumose manner, the fibre un dergoing a gradual change in char- acter culminating in the formation, at its extremity, of a corymbifoim, slightly divergent tuft consisting frequently of as many as 10 or 12 spicules. Elsewhere in the radial fibres the spicules lie mostly with their long axis in, or only very slightly inclined to, the direction of the fibre ; but obliquely directed spicules, disposed more or less in an echinating fashion, are by no means uncommon. Some of the latter become united at their apices, by means of spongin, with adjoining fibres, and thus assist in the task performed by the connecting fibres; occasionally such spicules are en- sheathed with spongin. Tlie con- necting fibres proper, of which men- tion has been made abv.ve, are formed entirely of spongin, like those of the axial region; they are very slender, varying in stoutness from less than o/i to at most 20 or 2r)/x, and occur at distances apart usually exceeding, say, 300/i; where occurring clo.sely together, they generally interunite among themselves.
Text-fig. 13. Siymaxinella dendroides. a, megascleres; h, c, larger and smallei' signiata.
BY K. F. HALr.MANX 531
The megascleres forming the radial fibres are notably longer, on the average, than those of the axial skeleton; while the longest spicules of all ai"e found in the surface-tufts. Sigmata are present in great number, and occur for the most part arranged uniserially along lines which probably coincide with the courses of the main canals; they are of two sizes, the larger being much the more numerous. Short, slender microxea (un- mentioned in the original description) are also present, but appear to be rare; apparently also, they occur only singly scattered, never in dragmata.
Spicides. —(i.) The megascleres are almost exclusively styli, usually of slightly lesser diameter at the base than at some dis- tance therefrom, and tapering towards the apex; frequently more or less blunt-pointed apically, and occasionally passing into strongyla, those of the latter form being almost invariably of less than the average length; often abruptly somewhat blunt- pointed at the basal end, but very rarely becoming oxea; ranging in length from about 300 to 640/x, and in stoutness from rarely less than 10 to about 26/1. The shorter spicules are generally straight or nearly so, the longer are nearly always slightly curved, or sometimes bent, the flexure as a rule being mainly in the basal moiety of the spicule.
(ii.)The two kinds of sigmata are scarcely different except with respect to size. The smaller vary in length from 12 to (rarely) 20/x, the larger from 25 to 40/u, measured from bend to bend; the maximal stoutness is in each case about 2)u.. Thev are, without exception, more or less contort,— often (especially in the case of the larger ones) to such an extent as to appear 3-shaped.
(iii.) The microxea (trichites) are fusiform, 25 to 35/x in length, and at most l'5ju, in diameter.
SiGMAXINELLA VIMINALIS, Sp.nOV.
(PI. xxxiii., fig. 4; PI. xxxv., figs.l, 2; PI. xxxvi., fig.l.) Diagnosis. — Ramose, erect, stipitate; with elongated, slender, cylindrical, tapered branches, disposed irregularly. Surface hispid. Oscula, if present, small and inconspicuous. Dermal
532 KEVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^. ii.,
membrane thin, without contained megascleres. Skeleton witli a central axis, in which the megascleres for the most part are so disposed as to produce a lattice-like pattern, and in which (except in the older portions of the sponge) spongin is only scantily developed. Extra axial skeleton consisting of numerous, short, pauciserial lines of (relatively very long) spicules, radiat- ing from the central axis to the surface, — the spicules composing which are more or less divergently directed, and are not united by visible spongin. Megascleres : slightly curved styli, 320 to 1525//, in length by 18/x in maximal stoutness. Microscleres : sigmataof two sizes, respectively 18/x and 50/x in maximal length, the larger ones in part occurring in dragmata; and fusiform trichites, 22 to iSfj. in length, occurring both in dragmata and scattered singly.
Zoc — Great Australian Bight (exact localitj' unknown). External characters. — The single specimen (PI. xxxiii., fig. 4)^ — 280 mm. in total height — consists of about half-a-dozen more elongated or main branches, 130 to nearly 200 mm. in length, — one of which is a direct continuation upwards of the stalk and gives off the others at different levels,— and of a score or so shorter branches, ranging from 5 to over 100 mm in length, which arise from llie former at distant intervals, and nearly always proceed off from them at ver}' wide angles, often almost or quite perpendicularly. The mode of branching, therefore, is not dichotomous (as it usually is in the case of ramose sponges) but irregular. The l)ranches are at most 55 mm. in diameter proximally, and diminish in stoutness to slightly less than 2-5mm. at their extremities. Tlie stalk has a length of 55mm. measured from its base to the origin of the first branch, and terminates below in a tuft of branched rootlets. The species is very similar, in general habit, to Kaspailia tenuis Ridley and Dendy(^33).
The specimen, although in alcohol, is not in a very good state of preservation, the superficial layer being much damaged and the dermal membrane almost completely destroyed through maceration. Whether there are oscula or not, is accordingly not evident; but, if present, they must be rather small and in- conspicuous. The surface is everywhere hispid with far project-
bY E F. HALLMANi>r. 533
ing spicules. The branches are tiexibleand tough, with an outer layer of softer consistence; this layer has disappeared from the stalk, which is dense and tough tliroughout, and has a smooth and even surface. The colour in spirits is greyish-yellow.
Skdet07i. — The formation of the skeleton differs from that of .S". dendioides, described above, mainly in two respects; and these differences are to some extent consequent upon the much greater length (up to 1-5 mm.) of the megascleres in the present species, and upon the relative narrowness of the external layer intervenino; between the central axis and the surface. In the central axis, there ai'e not to be distinguished, as in S. dendroides, definite longitudinal fibres joined by transverse ones in more or less ladder-like fashion, but the megascleres are disposed rather loosely in ill-defined tracts which cross one another at acute ano-les, thus tjivino- rise to a somewhat lattice-like arrangement. And, secondly, the extra-axial skeleton(Pl. xxxv., fig. 2) is entirely without transverse fibres, and consists simpl}' of numerous, short, pauciserial lines of spicules running outwards to the surface in a direction nearly perpendicular thereto, — these spicules being arranged more or less penicillately and united by, at most, an infinitesimal amount of spongin, and the terminal ones project- injf far bevond the surface.
The axial skeleton clianges considerably in character with age, owing to gradual increase in the amount of spongin developed in connection tlierewith, and presents a very different appearance in the older and more basal parts fi'om that which it exhibits in the. uppermost portions of the branches. In the latter region, for a considerable distance (several centimetres at least) from the extremities of the branches, the amount of spongin present is so slight that its existence is apparent only in sections from which the fleshy tissue has been removed by maceration(Pl.xxxv., tig 1). In this portion of the skeleton also, the spongin appears difiused, and is without definite outlines. Proceeding towards the base of the sponge, the spongin gradually becomes more and more concentrated upon the sides of the lattice-like meshwork formed by the megascleres, which is thus converted into a reticu- lation of spiculo-spongin fibre. The elongated, narrow meshes of
634
REVISION OP THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
this reticulation ultimately (in the stalk of the sponge) become reduced in size slmost to the point of obliteration.
In addition to a gradual increase of density, the central axis also undergoes with aire a gradual increase in diameter. This is effected by the con- tinued formation, and addition to it externally, of fresh tracts of megascleres, which later similarly become ensheathed in spongin. In this way, the axial skeleton eventually comes to include within it the lines of spicules which previously constituted the extra-axial skeleton (PI. xxxvi., fig.l). 'J'he extra-axial layer, however, maintains about the same width —viz., about 1 to TS mm.— throughout the whole length of the branches.
.Sigmata of two sizes are scattered throughout all parts, the smaller in extreme abundance, more especially in the extra-axial layer; the larger ones, which are only moderately abundant, occur also in dragmata. Trichodragmata and singly scat- tered trichites are also moderately abundant, ex- cept in the axial region, where they are rare.
Meyasd,eres. — These are slightly curved, occa- sionally slightly flexuous styli, almost without exception evenly rounded at the base, and of uniform diameter therefrom to beyond the middle of their length, whence they taper gradually to a sharp point; in very rare cases only, the basal ex- tremity also is more or less pointed, and the spicule may become an anisoxea. They range from 320 to 1525/x in length and up to 18/a in stoutness. Spicules much below 700// in length are relatively scarce.
Microscleres. — (i.) The larger sigmata are always r L ^ "' more or less contort, though rarely to such a degi-ee V^jsV, > as to appear 3-shaped when seen from the side; the Text-tig. 14."' smaller are usually Q-shaped or but very slightly
* Siijmaxmella rimmalis. Megascleres and sigmata.
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 535
contort. The former vary in length from 27 to 50//, the latter from 12 to 18/*, measured from bend to bend; and their maximal stoutness is respectively I'S/x and 1/x.
(ii.)The trichites or microxea, whether in dragmata or scattered singly, are all of the same kind. They are slightly fusiform, from 22 to 48/a in length, and from 05 to Owo/x in stoutness.
SiGMAXiA, gen.nov.
DeJiiiition.—AxineWidss typically of erect habit, stipitate, without conuli or other kind of surface-processes. Skeleton a reticulation of spiculo-spongin fibre; the main fibres more or less plumose, the connecting fibres typically few. Megascleres of two distinct kinds,— styli forming the fibres, and flexuous strongyla occurring interstitially. Microscleres : sigmata and trichites (or microxea), the latter in dragmata and scattered singly.
Type, S.Jtabellata Carter; the only species.
SiGMAXIA FLABELLATA Carter.
(PI. xxxiii., fig.5; PI. xxxvi., figs. 2, 3.)
1885. Axinella Jlabellala Carter(3), p. 361.
1896. Signia.xinella flabeJlafa Dendy(2), p. 241.
Diagnosis. — Sponge composed of one or several proliferous, thick lamellie, or of a single more or less flabelliform lamella, springing from a short stalk. Surface coarsely granular. Oscula minute, marginal (or scattered ?). Dermal membrane very thin; no dermal skeleton. Skeleton chiefly formed of loosely con- stituted, semi-plumose, stout main fibres, comparatively poor in spongin, running longitudinally side by side in moderately close apposition, and gradually curving towards the surface; connect- ing fibres few, arranged in-egularly, mostly paucispicular, some- times without contained spicules. Megascleres : styli, curved or slightly bent, and gradually sharp-pointed, occasionally passing into oxea, from 300 to 350/x in maximal length and up to 18/jt in stoutness; and slender, flexuous strongyla and (fewer) tornota, 200 to (rarely) 580/i in length, and at most 7/x in diameter. Microscleres : slender sigmata 15 to 20/ji. long; and trichites of
536 REVlSION^ OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
two sizes, respectively about 30 to 60/a in maximal length, the former occurring only in dragmata, the latter in part also scattered singly. />oc. — Port Phillip.
The species is known now from six specimens, one of which forms the subject of the original description, wliile four in addition have been taken account of in the summary of specific characters furnished by Dendy. The present description, so far as it i-elates to the structure of the skeleton, is based almost entirely upon the sixth, the identity of which with the pieced- ing has been established by comparison of it with a mounted preparation of one of Dendy's specimens.
External characters. — The sponge may be simply flal)ellifoim, consisting of a single, erect, stout lamella narrowed below and prolonged into a stalk, as, for example, in the case of the single immediately accessible specimen (PI. xxxiii., fig.5),- in which, however, the lamina is not of uniform thickness, but is rendered irregular by a number of rounded hummocks and several low, compressed ridge.s, the latter evidently of the nature of incipient secondary lamellse: this specimen, 65 mm. in total height, lias an orbicular lamina about 50 mm both in height and breadth and from 8 to over 20 mm. in thickness, and a cylindrical stalk, 7 mm. in diameter, expanded proximally into a broad disc of attachment. Of somewhat similar, but of less regular form, — and of larger size, measuring 88 mm. high by 112 by 37 mm. horizontally, — was also the original example, described by Cartel' thus: "compressed, expanded, thickish, lobate; margin irregular; stem short, angular, and thick." But more usually, it seems, the form assumed is one of less simplicity owing to the develop- ment of additional lamellae, perhaps both pi'imary and secondary: for the specimens upon which Dendy's account is based are described as composed of "proliferous lamellae about a quarter of an incli thick, springing from a short thick stalk."
Oscula, unobserved by Carter, are stated to be present by Dendy, who describes them as minute, marginal or scattered; in the present specimen they are certainly absent from the lateral surfaces, and are not distinguishable on the margin,— but the
BY E. F. HALLMAXK. 537
latter circunislance may be owing to ilie slightly damaged con- dition of the surface there. The dermal meminane is tJiin and delicate, and easily destroyed. The undamaged surface lias a finely to coarsely granular appearance, due to minute pimple-like elevations of the dermal membrane produced by the impingement upon it of the outer ends of the main skeletal fibres; where the membrane has disappeared, the projecting ends of the fibres render the surface slightly shaggy. The texture is tough, fiVjrous, resilient. The colour in spirit is pule brownish or yellowish-grey.
The dermal pores are distributed singh', though often in rather close apposition; they are variable in size, "20 to oO/x in diameter.
Three of the four specimens recorded by Dendy are noted by him as being beset with parasitic Authozoa. The present speci- men is likewise infested, no doubt with the same organism : it is a small, solitary anthozoan, only 1 to 2 mm. in height and diameter, occurring almost completely imbedded in the sponge.
Skeleton. — The structure of the skeleton, as revealed in sec- tions of the completely desarcodised sponge, in which nothing remains but the spongin-cemented elements (or skeletal frame- work), is ver}' definite and uniform in character, and at first sight, more especially under the lowest powers of the microscope, appears as if more correctly to be described as dendritic than as reticulate (PI. xxxvi., figs.2, 3). It consists almost entirely of ascending, frequently branching, stout main fibres, running moderately closely side by side in subparallelism (at an average distance apart, say, of from 300 to 400/yi), gradually curving out wards, as they ascend, towards the surface. Connecting fibres, however, are by no means rare, but for the most part they are comparatively inconspicuous. The main fibres, which are seldom less than 100/x, and occasionally surpass 200// in stoutness, are formed chiefiy of spicules, for the most part rather loosely and confusedly arranged, a variable proportion (generally a .small minority) of which are dispcsed with their points directed more or less obliquely outwards. As the surface of the sponge is approached, however, the spicules composing the fibres become
538 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
gradually more and more divergingly disposed, as well as more loosely compacted, and the fibres finally assume, in consequence, a typically plumose aspect. The spongin cementing the spicules, — though necessarily fairly considerable in amount owing to their loose arrangement, — is, except in the stalk and oldest por- tions of the skeleton, usually of scarcely more than the minimal quantity required to hold them together, and seldom or never forms a distinct sheath: where the spicules lie more widely apart, it often becomes reduced to a mere film between them, and here and there even leaves small open spaces or fenestrse. Running upwards from the stalk, and continuing for some dis tance into the body of the sponge, gradually dissolving as they proceed, are a number of relatively stout strands of spicules, or funes, evidently formed each by the fusion of several originally separate fibres (PI. xxxvi., fig. 2). Connection between the main fibres, apart from occasional anastomosis or direct union between them by inosculation, is partly by means of relatively few, obliquely-running multispicular fibres, similar in character to the main fibres except in being usually of lesser stoutness, and partly by means of connecting fibres proper. The latter are mostly very slender, and usually contain few spicules or are composed of spongin alone; they occur at irregular intervals, sometimes singly, sometimes several together, and in the latter case usually interunite also among themselves
In sections of the sponge with the soft tissues intact, the appearance of the skeleton is somewhat different. The presence of spongin is scarcely apparent; the main fibres have a much looser and more plumose aspect; and the connecting fibres are seldom definitely recognisable as such, owing to the difficulty of distinguishing between the megascleres actually constituting them and others that are merely scattered between the fibres. The more diftuse and plumose appearance of the main fibres is probably due to the fact that some proportion of the more ex- teriorly situated (and likewise more obliquely directed) spicules entering into their formation are not attached by spongin, and consequently are absent from the skeleton that remains after maceration. In the more peripheral parts of the skeleton, the
bY E. F. HALLstANJi. - 53d
niejrascleres scattered between the fibres are relati\elv fev, and consist of styli only, similar to those composing the fibies. But at some distance from the surface, — usually a somewhat con- siderable distance, megascleres of a second kind make their appearance,- Hexuous strongyla and tornota, — which increase in number towards the deeper portions of the sponge and eventu- ally become very abundant; indeed, it is almost as much to the increased multitude of the latter, as to augmentation in tlie quantity of the spongin, that the greater density of the skeleton in the stalk and other older portions of the sponge is due. A considerable proportion of the latter spicules are developed in close contiguity to the fibres, and ultimately, owing to tlie sul)- sequent formation of additional spongin, become completely united to them. The presence of these flexuous megascleres, owinir to their extreme rarity in, or total absence from, those portions of the sponge usually selected for examination, hitherto has escaped notice.
Through all parts of the sponge there are scattered small sigmata singly in moderate abundance, trichodragmata of three kinds, and single trichites of similar size to those composing the larger trichodragmata. The trichodragmata of two kinds are in the form of neat sheaves of extremely slender trichites, and differ from each other onlv in length: the shorter of these are almost as numerous as the sigmata, while the longer are rela- tively scarce. The dragraata of the third kind are composed of trichites equal in length to those of the just-mentioned longer dragmata, but stouter and more fusiform, and occur for the most part in dense masses of irregular shape and size, which refract the light in such a way as to appear blackish and opaque, and are, therefore, very noticeable although comparatively scarce; some of the largest of these aggregations exceed 200/x in breadth. The singly scattered trichites, or microxea, are moder- ately scarce in the interior, but more plentiful near the surface.
Megascleres. — (i.)The styli are invariably more or less curved, are usually evenly rounded at the base and of uniform or nearly uniform diameter therefrom to beyond the middle of their length, and almost invariably taper throughout the remainder
540
REVISION OP TliE AXINELMDiE, 11.,
of their length gradually (except frequently for slight irregu- larities near the apex) to a sharp point; a gradual slight narrow- ing of the spicule towards the basal end, however, is not uncom- mon. The curvature as a rule is restricted to the basal moiety of the spicule, and is usually well-pronounced, but varies much
both in form and degree : frequently it is more or less angulate, the spicule ap- pearing slightly bent; and occasional spicules are bi- angulate. In odd cases of extreme curvature, the form of the spicule makes some approach to that of a rhabdostyle. Variability exists also in the shape of the spicule at its basal ex- tremity, which frequently shows a tendency to be- come abruptly more or less sharp-pointed, either has- tately or mucronately so; but sometimes the attenu- ation is more gradual, and the form assumed is that of an oxea. The propor- tion of oxeote forms is greatest amongst the slen- derer, presumably imma- ture spicules, which only occur scattered between tlie fibres, and are relatively few in number. The maximal size of the spicules in the case of Dendy's specimens is given as 290 x 166/x; in the present speci- men, the size attained is 350 x 15/x, but individuals much ex- ceeding 320/x in length are scarce; those composing the fibres are seldom less in stoutness than IO/7.. Developmental forms of all sizes down to less than 1 40 x l/x are to be met with. (In the
Text fig. 15. — SI(/i)i(Lvla Jiabe/Zala. a, nie<^asclei'es of tiie fibres; //, intei- stitial niegascleres; f, signiata.
BY E. F. HALLMANN. . 541
original description, tlie size of the spicules is given as 70 by 2-6000ths of an inch — i.e., 296 x 8"4/t, but this, I think, must be due either to an error of measurement or to a misprint;.
(ii.) Tlie variously curved, usually more or less flexuous mega- scleres are mostly strongyla, but individuals with sharp-pointed ends are also numerous. They range from about 200 to 580/x in length and from 1 "5 to 7/x in diameter. The acutely-ended spicules, as a rule, are more or less abruptly-pointed, i.e., are tornota; but more or less oxea-like forms are not rare. Some of the shortest among the latter spicules are hai-dly to be distin- guished from the oxea that derive from the stylote megascleies.
Microscleres. — {i.)The sigmata are invariably more or less contcu't, though seldom to such a degree as to appear 3-shaped when seen from the side; they are 15 to 20/x in length measured from bend to bend, and about 1/x in stoutness.
(ii.) The trichites are of two sizes as regards length, the shorter measuring from 15 to 28/x, the longer from 37 to about 60/x. As already mentioned, the former occur onl\' in dragmata, the latter both in dragmata and scattered singly.
Cehatopsis Thiele.
Definition.— XyiiixeW'idm of erect, lamellar or ramose habit; t3'pically with an axially condensed skeleton deficient in spongin. Megascleres either of two distinct kinds — styli (sometimes in part secondarily diactinal) and elongated flexuous strongyla, — or the latter spicules are absent. Microscleres: smooth microxea only, typically occuri'ing most abundantly in the dermal layer.
Type, C expansa Thiele.
The genus was instituted by Thiele(38) for four species from Japan, differing from all previously known Axinellidaj by the presence of microscleres of a single kind in the form of smooth microxea, and further characterised according to the generic diagnosis —(i.) by the presence of smooth stylote megascleres "die ein festes Axenskelett bilden, von dem nach Peripherie radiare Style ausgehen", (ii.) by the very small amount of spongin present, and (iii.) by the almost complete restriction of the microscleres to the ectosome, where they constitute a dermal
542 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
skeleton. The only additional information pi'ovided regarding the skeleton is to the effect that the " feste Axe" is similar in character to that of the genus Acmdhella-. whether the radially- directed styli are collected into fibres or not, or in what respects, if anv, the several species differ in skeletal structure, is not stated. Three of the species, — viz., C. expaiisa, C. erecta, and C. ramosa, — agree in their described characters verj' closely, and are undoubtedly congeneric; but the fourth, C. clavata, is dis- tinguished not only by its non lamellar (cauliforni) habit and conulose surface, but also by the fact that the megascleres are of two distinct kinds,- styli composing the main skeleton, and relatively few long flexuous strongyla (presumably occurring interstitially). Since it is not unlikel}' that C. clavata will be found to differ from the I'emaining three species in other import- ant respects also, its inclusion in the present genus must be looked upon as provisional.
More recently Kirkpatrick(20) has described from Cape Colony, under the name PhakeUia microxephora, a fifth species with microxea, which it seems necessary al.so to include provision- ally in the genus Ceratopsis. This species agrees with C. clavata in the possession of elongated flexuous strongyla, but the accom- panying megascleres are relatively few, and chiefly oxeote, and the external habit of the sponge is lamellar as in the case of the typical species of the genus. Concerning the structural char- acters of the skeleton in this species, no information is available.
By Thiele and Kirkpatrick, the oxeote microscleres were regarded as indicative of affinity with the genus lligyinsia. The evidence afforded by the spiculation of C. clavata and C. microxephora, however, much more strongly justifies the view that Ceratopsis is related to Siymaxia, and that it constitutes a connecting-link between the latter and such genera as Axinella, PhakeUia, and Acanthella.
It is necessary to refer here to the species designated Axinella frondula by Whitelegge(60), the spiculation of which has been described as consisting of smooth styli of two sizes and of scarce small oxea 110 by 3-5/x in size, occurring "chiefly in or near the dermal portion of the sponge", — and which consequently
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 543
might be thought to be related to Ceratopsis. I have re-ex- amined this species, and find that the oxea are merely variants of the smaller styli (differing from them neither in size nor in situation), and that the latter are differentiated into two kinds, one of which is distinguished by having the distal moiety vesti- gially spined, and by being very slighth' stouter and of more conical shape than tiie other. The species belongs, in fact, to the Myxillinje, and requires a new genus for its reception, for which I propose the name Echinaxia. The sponge is thinly lamellar, flabelliform; and the skeleton consists (i.) of a con- densed axial region formed mainh' of an irregular reticulation of the smaller smooth styli (which vary from 90 to 150// in length and up to 5/x in stoutness) and partly of fairly numerous, longitudinally directed, singly-occurring, long slender styli (varying in size from less than 200 by 2/li to upwards of 700 by 12/x), and (ii.) of short, fairly stout, echinated fibres radiating from the axial region towards the surface, composed both of smooth and spined short styli, and terminating in a compact bundle or tuft of long stout styli (apparently similar to the longer of those occurring in the axial region) the extremities of which project somewhat beyond the surface. I am inclined to think that the genus Echinaxia should be so defined as to include also the two species described by Thiele(38) as Haspailia folium and Raspailia hirsida.
DRAfJMAXiA, gen.nov.
Definition. — Axinellidfe of lamellar hal)it, typically Habellate or cup-shaped. Skeleton composed of dense spicule-axes x'amify- ing in the midplane of the lamina, and of plumose spicule-columns radiating therefrom, between which interconnection by means of transverse fibres is rare. Megascleres: styli only; either of a single sort, or more or less completely differentiated into two sorts, — one (of shorter length) forming the fibres, the other occurring interstitially. Microscleres : trichodragmata accom- panied or not by singly scattered trichites.
Type, D. variabilis Whitelegge.
The species for which I propose the genus was referred by its
544 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.*:, ii.,
author to the genus Spongosnrites, under the erroneous impression that the inicroscleres present — which are exceptionally slender trichite-sheaves, peculiar in being often more or less fusiform in shape — were microxea. Even had the microscleres been as stated, however, it is not to Sponyosorites that the species would have required to be assigned, but probably to Cerafopsis. Hitherto, all species with a plumose or with an axially-condensed type of skeleton, and with trichodragmata only as microscleres, have been included in the single genus Thrinacophora, but I now propose to regard them as representative of several distinct genera.
Dragmaxia variabilis Whitelegge. (PL xxxviii., figs.l, 2, 3.)
1907. SponyosoritPS variabUis Whitelegge(60), p. 5 13, PI. xlvi., fig. 45.
Diaynosifi. — Thinly lamellar, varying from ilabelliform to caliculate. The lamina alternately denser and less dense along lines running towards the margin, and thus presenting an ap- pearance as of venation, with corresponding faint ridges and grooves on the surface. The surface otherwise even. Dermal membrane distinct, aspiculous. Oscula inconspicuous. Skeleton consisting of dense spicule-axes corresponding in position with the "veins," and of stout plumose fibres running outwards there- from to the surface. Spongin rather scanty. Megascleres: styli only, not quite perfectly differentiated into two kinds ; those forming the fibres are shorter, stouter, and more curved, attaining a maximum size of about 900 by 33/x; the others, which are relatively few and occur only interstitially, occasionally surpass 1 300 or 1 400/A in length and are not more than 1 8/x in diameter. The trichodragmata vary from about 100 to 200/x in length and up to 5/1 in stoutness; singly scattered trichites, similar to those forming the dragmata, also occur.
Loc.—Ofi Crookhaven River, N.S.W. ("Thetis.").
Externa/ features. — The original specimen was rudely cup- shaped or, rather, compi'essed funnel-shaped, with a few laterally
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 545
arising' secondary laniellfn? disposod in vertical planes; and mea- sured, when complete, approximately 130 mm. in height l)v 120 and by SO nmi. i-espectively in the greatest and least diameters of tlie cup-orifice, and from 2 mm. (at the margin) to about onmi. in the thickness of the lamina or cup-wall.- it exists now in two pieces, one of which — figured bv Whitelegge — is in a dried but otherwise undamaged condition, wliile the other is well-preserved in alcohol. According to the original description, the latri'al lamella^ occur on both the inner and tlie outer surfaces of tlic cup, but this is really not the case; they are confined entii'clv to the interior side. J
A second specimen (also obtained by the "Thetis" Expedition^ l)ut from an unknown locality) is now known, which is simply tlabelliform without sect)ndary outgrowths. This measm-es 90nnn. in height by only 2 to .3 mm. in thickness, and is in a (h'ied, completely washed-out condition.
An exceedingly characteristic feature, — very clearly e^■id':"!lt wlicn the sponge is examined by transmitted light, — is the sti'uctural peculiarity of the lamina, whicli is alternately denser and less dense along slightly diverging, ever multiplying lines, or rather sti'ips, running in a direction from stalk to maigin: along the denser strips, the lamina is usually slightly thicker than it is between them, and the surface is accordingly marked witli radiating faint grooves and slight ridges. With respect to this structure, however, the two specimens exhibit a very appreciable dift'erence, which may prove to be varietally distinctive. In the smaller specimen, the strips (of greater density) are all directerl radially, increasing in number upwards by repeated branching, and are all similar in (character; they diminish in individual width from somewhat less than 2 mm. in proximity to the stalk to less than 0'5 mm. at the sponge-margin, and the width of the intervening strips of lesser density is about tlie same. In some portions of the type-specimen, the structure is veiy similar to this, except that the lines of greater density are generalh' much broader; but elsewhere there also occur a few relatively very powerful, dense, nervure-like thickenings of the lamina, ramify-
43
546 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, ii.,
ing through it, upwards from the stalk, in the manner of the pahnate leaf, and from these the lesser lines of density, in part, branch ott' (at small angles of divergence) in piiniate fashion (PI. xxxvii., fig.3).
As a result of maceration, the less dense portions of the lamina largely disappear, and the sponge becomes abundantly perforated by rounded holes arranged seriallj^ along radiating lines.
The surface is somewhat uneven, owing to inequalities in the thickness of the lamina; it is also slightly granular, but not hispid. The dermal membrane is thin and translucent, but not very delicate; situated beneath it, more especially along the grooves marking the less dense portions of the lamina, are numerous small subdermal spaces. Dermal pores occur on l)otli surfaces, but are relatively few and for the most part are scattered singly and irregularly on the one surface (viz., the inner one, when the sponge is cup-shaped), verj^ numerous, and generally so closely arranged as to produce a net-like appearance of the dermal membrane, on the other. In most places where the pores are numerous, the dermal layer appears as if consisting of two incompletely separated membranes, the outer one of which is provided with many, smaller pores, the inner with fewer and much larger ones. On the surface which has the fewer pores, there are also many circular openings, from 02 to 0'5 mm. or slightly more in diameter, situated only along the su if ace-grooves and principally in the positions where the lamina becomes per- forated when the sponge is macerated; these openings appear to be oscula.
The consistency of the sponge, when well-preserved in alcohol, is firm and tough, only slightly compressible, and resilient; and the colour is a pale yellowish-brown. Dried specimens are ligiit in weight and rather brittle, and of a pale greyish colour.
Skeleton. — The skeleton is resolvable into (i.)a system of con- densed, multifibrous axes or "funes," which ramify clendritically in the midplane of the sponge-lamina, progressively decreasing in stoutness as they ascend, — and which form the midribs, as it were, of the denser strips of the lamina above referred to; and
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 547
(ii.)of numerous, highly plumose, usually branched, short second- ary fibres, which proceed off from the former, apparently from all sides thereof, and run upwards and gradually outwards to the surface. Towards the margin of the sponge, the funes dissolve ultimately into similar plumose fibres (PI. xxxvii., fig.3), and the skeleton in this region accordingly is composed entirely of such (PI. xxxvii., figs.l, 2); these fibres are composed of a compact stout core (seldom less than 200/x and frequently surpassing 400//, in diameter) of longitudinally disposed spicules, cemented together b}" a relatively somewhat small amount of spongin, and of rather numerous, usually very obliquely (often nearly or quite perpendicularly) directed, outwardly-projecting or "echinating"' spicules of similar kind, the number of which is greatest towards the outer extremities of the fibres. The echinating spicules of immediately adjoining fibres usually intercross with one another, and very often, where two fibres lie sufficiently close together, tlie points of some of the spicules of each of them become embedded in the spongin of the other; occasionally, one or a few together of these connecting spicules become invested with a sheath of spongin, and a connecting fibre is thus formed, but such connections are comparatively rare. Megascleres scattered between the fibres are relatively few, and in part are much longer and slenderer than those forming the fibres. The funes are com- posed each of a dense, irregular plexus of stout, mostly non- plumose fibres with closely compacted spicules arranged usually in a more or less disorderly fashion, and cemented by a relatively small amount of spongin, which does not form an external sheath; the outermost-lying spicules of the fibres, indeed, ai-e usually almost or quite free from spongin. Towards the older parts of the sponge, the meshes of the plexus tend to become obliterated, and the skeleton has the appearance of consisting of a confused mass of spicules. The formation of the plexus ap- pears to be brought about by the continued addition of spicules to, and also in between, the plumose fibres of the original skeleton.
Trichodragmata are scattered fairly plentifully through all
548 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
parts of the sponge, including the dermal membrane, hut are nowhere extremely abundant: witliin the funes they ai-e, rather scarce. 8ingly scattered trichites in moderate number also occur, hut are difficult to perceive owing to their extreme tenuity. The dragmata are unusually slender, and are often notably longer than the individual trichites composing them.
]\fpya)idpres. — (i.) The styli composing the fibres are almost invariably more or less curved, anfl are, without exception, e\'enly roundetl at the hase and of uniform or nearly uniform diameter therefrom to be3'ond the middle of theii- length, whence they taper gradually to a sharp point. Their curvature, as a rule, is slight to moderate, and most frequently is confined to tlie basal moiety of the spicule, hut it varies in degree a ery consider- al)ly, and when most pronounced is usually somewhat angulate. Quite commonly in the case of the smaller specimen, nnich less f ret[uently in the larger, the basal part of the shaft, at a \ariable distance fi'om the extremity, is more or less sharply curved or l)ent to one side; occasionally such spicules have the form of rhabdostyli. In the latter, or typical specimen, a notable pro- portion (numbering between 25 and 50 per cent, of the spicules) exhibit a faint annular swelling close to the basal end, at a dis- tance therefrom varying from 15 to about SO/t, — the distance usually being greatest, and the annulation less distinct, in the case of the longest spicules; in some of the shorter spicules, the annular swelling is replaced by a slight basal inflation, the spicule becoming a subtylostyle. In the case of the smaller specimen, this peculiarity is exceedingly rare. In the typical specimen, also, the spicules increase in stoutness towards the base of the sponge, attaining in proximity to the stalk a maximum diameter of 45/^.; whereas in the uppermost regions thereof, and throughout all parts of the other specimen, their diameter is at most 33 or 34//.. Their length is aI)out the same in both speci- mens,— ranging from about 350/x (but seldom less tlian 400 or 450/x) to somewhat above 900/x.
(ii.) The longer and slenderer styli, occurring only between the fibres, and relatively few, ai-e generally sti'aight or (in comparison
BY E. F. HALlSIANN.
549
Text-tig. 10. — Vraijimi.fiii rariahi/i>'. '(. iiifgasult'i t-s ut tlie Hl)ies; /), iiitcistitial nicgasclercs.
550
REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, 11.,
with their length) but slightly curved, often somewhat flexuously; and with extremely rare exceptions are unprovided with a sub- basal annular inflation : otherwise, in shape, they are similar to the preceding, with which they form a continuous series. In the typical specimen, they range from somewhat less than 1000 to upwards of 1500/x (rarely to nearly 1600/x) in length, and up to IS/A in diameter, spicules between 900 and 1000/x in length being comparatively rare; in the other specimen, they are of equal stoutness, Init seldom surpass 1250/x, and veiy rarely if ever attain to more than 1400/a in length, while individuals between 900 and 1000/x long are comparatively frequent.
Mkrosderes. — The trichites, both composing the dragmata and scattered singly, are very slender, always less than 0-5/x in diameter, and vary in length from 75 to 110/'.; they are very frequently curved or Hexuous. The dragmata are seldom as much as 5/x in diameter, and as a rule they are very compactly composed and somewhat fusiform in shape; they are often much longer than the trichites, occasionally attaining a length of 200/a.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate xxix., fig. 4. Eig.4. — AVanlopliora jjliaihi AVhitelegi,'c; .showing the skeleton (photo- graphed by tiansniitted light) of portion of a lamella of the tyjx-- specimen, the lamella varying in thickness from 1-8 mm.; (nat size).
Plate XXX. Fig. 1. — A//(iiifojilinr<( j//iri(/(( \Vhitelegge; jjoilion of a spiriL-speeimen;
Fig. "2. — A. ^/^?V'r^/r6* Whitelegge ; portion of a lamella i>i the partially maeeiated, dried type-specimen; (nat. size).
Fig..'{. — A. plicata Whiteleggc; an entire lamella of a dry, wasiied-out specimen, showing the texture of the skeleton; (nat. size).
Figs. 4, o. — A. rictoriaii't, sp.nov.; specimens of massive form (r;/'. Pi. xxxi., Hg.3);(^A).
Fig.H. — A. ciocdlyptoides Dendj^ ; a subniassive, digitate .specimen, at- tached to a stone; ( x x\)-
Fig. 7. — A. ciocalyptoide^' Dendy ; a semi -encrusting specimen, growing upon a stone; (/j).
Fig. 8. — A. ciocaJyjdoklea, var. reducta, var.nov. ; ( x /j).
BY E. F. HALLMANN. 551
Plate xxxi.
AUantophora rictoriana, sp.nov.
Fij,'. 1. — Skeleton (photographed by transmitted light) as it appears in a
thiek vei-tieal slifc of an entire massive specimen; (nat. size). Fig/2. — Skeleton of a moderately thick vertical slice (jf the type-specimen:
(nat. size). Fig. 3. — Skeleton (photographed l\y transmitted light) of portion of a
digitate specimen, extending from the base upwards into two digiti-
form processes; ( x 1-^). Fig. 4. — Digitate specimen; (nat. size).
Plate xxxii.
Allantophorn ricforiaiia, sp.nov.
Fig. 1. — Petition of a longitudinal mesial section of tlie skeleton of a digiti-
form process, showing the axial region, the radiating main filjres,
and the connecting fibres; ( x 9). Fig. 2. — Portion of a transverse section of the skeleton of a digitation,
showing the paucity of the connecting fibres in the transverse plane;
(x9) ' Figs. 3, 4, 5. — Portions of the skeleton (of the two massive specimens),
showing the pattern of the reticulatiiai formed by the connecting
fibres.
Plate xxxiii., figs. l-o. Figs. 1, 2. — Sii/DKLcine/la aii.stra/laiia Dendj'; ( x ^\). Fig.3. — S. amtmliana Dendy, (?var. ); ( x^%). Fig. 4. — »S\ rimindlis, s]i.nov. ; ( x ^"v).
Fig.,'). — Si<ima.vin flah(fll(ila Carter; ( x /■„). [The (tscula-like pits on tlie surface are due to an epizoic Zooantharian.]
Plate xxxiv. l^'ig. 1. — Siijina.viiiclln uiislrdliatia l^endy; h^ngitudinal mesial section of
the skeleton of portion of a branch; ( x 18). Fig. 2. — S. dendroide'i Whitelegge ; longitudinal mesial section of the
skeleton of portion of a branch; ( x 13).
Plate XXXV.
SM/ma..vine//(( rim iiia/is, sp. nov. Fig. 1. — Longitudinal mesial section of the skeleton of tlic terminal portion
of a branch; ( x 14). Fig.2. — Longitudinal mesial section of a branch; ( x 14).
Plate XXX vi. Fior. 1. — Sii/via-vinel/a rii)i!iialij^, sp.nov.: longitudinal median section of the skeleton of the stalk; ( x 14).
552 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.
Fif,'.2. — Siifma.iia Jfaht//afa Carter: (portion of a) longitudinal section of the skeleton peipendicnlar to the plane of the sponge-lamina; ( x 3).
Fig.3. — Sii/maA'ia Jlahdlatri Carter; portion of the section sliown in the preceding figiue, more highlj- magnified; ( ^ 18).
Plate xxxvii. Dra;/ma.Lua rariahi./is Whitelegge. Fig. 1. — Skeleton as shown in a thin section parallel to and in the midplane of the sponge-lamina at its upper margin; from a typical specimen;
( X ].}).
Fig. 2. — Skeleton as shown in a tliin longituninal section perpcntlicular to
the sponge-lamina at its upper margin; from a typical specimen;
( X 1.5). Fig.3. — Skeleton (of an entire piece of the sponge-lamina) showing the
arrangement of the dense multi -fibrous axes or "tunes' and their
ultimate resolution into single filjres; ( x 1^).
Plate xxxviii., tigs. 1-4. Figs. 1 , 2, 3, 4. — A//an>op/iora rirforkina, sp.nov. ; photograph of portions of the surface of different specimens, showing the mode of disposi- tion of the dermal poves.
553
TJiE (JAMETUPHYTE OF PSILUTUM: PKEJ.IMINAUY
NOTES.
Bv Thumas ^A'ihti<:leg(;e, Mkdalist ok thk Koval .SuriETv OF Np^w South Wales, 1899.
(Vonnniinirafcd hji tJv^ Rrr. 11'. IT. Walls.) (Plate xlv.)
These Notes are an atteini)t to elucidate tlie luysterx' ot the sexual reproduction of FsUotiivi, which has hitherto ehided all the researches of investigatoi's.
As far back as 1899, at the request of Dr. J. P. Hill, late of Svdnev, now Professor oi Zoology in University College, London, I sowed spores of Fsilolinii Iriijiii'trniu, and these spores were subjected, by Dr. Hill and myself, to continuous observation for some time. The spores germinated, but as we failed to get any light upon the method of germination, the observatit)ns were discontinued. The spores, in this case, were sown on the dead, barren fronds of Platycerium alcicorne, and the aim of the ex- periment was to discover a visible prothallus. This search for a prothallus was evidently the reason of our failure, as it has pro- bably been the reason of the failure of other investigators.
After a lapse of 15 years, I decided, in 1915, to try growing the spores upon a living plant, and, for this purpose, selected the aei'ial I'hizomes of Davallia pyxidata Cav., seeing that the two plants were of ten found gi'owing in proximity to one another.
.Spores Were sown thickly, on prepared rhizomes, on November L'Oth, 1915; and the method adopted was as follows. A 5" pot was filled with soil to within an inch of the brim, the soil having Ijeeii sterilised by dry heat, and by soaking it in several changes of boiling water. When cool, the surface was covered with pieces of the rhizomes of D. pyxidatd. While the surface was fairly wet, Psilotum-spores were dusted o\ er it, after which a sheet of
554 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM
glass was placed on the tup of the pot, the inequalities of the lim providing sutlicient ventilation foi- the spores. The pot was placed on the window-sill in my room, and exposed to bright sunlight in the afternoon. Water was suppliefl by means of a saucer and by an occasional bath up to the soil-level, water on the top being, of course, avoided. It should be said that the i-hizomes used were soaked in water for a day or two, to get rid of spores, dirt, or insect-pests, which were removed with a soft brush. Decayed scales were also removed, and only healthy ones left.
In this experiment, instead of waiting for the appearance of jnuthalli, T made a thorough examination of some (jf the sjDores as often as possible, both day and night. The examination was continued until nearly all the spores were exhausted.
On December 20th, atlditional spores, freshly gathered, were sown on the same rhizomes, and these were continuously ex- amined up to the end of the year, but without any definite results.
On New Year's Day, 1916, however, I was rewarded by seeing the male gametophyte attached to the »pore. There were at least foui', or more, antheridia visible, some of them already discharg- ing antherozoids, and others almost ready to do so.
This discovery cleared vip what had been, to me, a mystery foi many weeks. I had frequently seen, and increasingly so towards the ^\\(\ of Decembei-, bodies that now proved to have been the antheridia of Fnilotnm discharging antherozoids. I had not dreamt, at the time, that these bodies were the sperm-cells of a vascular cryptogam; they seemed, to me, a phase of the life- history of some organism ipiite unknown to me: a surmise all the more probable seeing that every fresh collection of spores placed under the microscope was associated with many forms of life, including Tnfus(jria, Protozoa of various kinds, Tardigrades, Mites, and Worms.
The ditHculty experienced in recognising these antheridia will be understood when it is stated that the first examples seen were solitary spherical cells of various sizes, some of them equal in
BY T. WHITELEGGE. ' 555
diameter to the sniallei' diameter of the spore, and others of them about e«iiial to its nucleus. These cells were floating freely in water, anil seemed to have the j^ower of movement. These antheridial cells I will now try to describe, l^he cell-wall is thin, transparent, and devoid of structure, with the exception oi a bracket-like mark, which later becomes a slit, on some part of the wall. The contents of the cell consist of a large numl)er of extremely minute oval, or round, bodies; but a one-sixth object- ive reveals nothing definite, except semi-transparent dots and, when sharply focussed, a thin, dark line. When one of tliese cells is jjlticed in water, osmosis begins, and finally the cell-wall is ruptured at the bracket-like mark, enabling a small cloud of active bodies to escape, and swim rapidly away. When the I'upture takes place, the force is such that there is a kind of backward tlirust, which causes either rotation or chanire of position. The exit-slit appears now to close again, leaving the bulk of these bodies within the cell, where they continue to swim about, vigoi'ously endeavouring to escape. 8ome of them have so difficult an exit that their efforts often cause the cell to move. It takes an hour, and sometimes two hours, for all these bodies to emerge from the cell. There is no rest : they are active all the time; and, after escaping, they scatter rapidly.
After these bodies had been identified as antherozoids, search \\ as made for some spore in a suitable condition to attract them, but without success. Further observation, however, showed that the ripe spores, taken from an open synangium and placed in water, underwent, in the course of a few hours, a series of changes, by way of cell-division, which revealed the existence of two well-marked kinds of spores, differing from one another, in shape slightly, and greatly in the density of their cellular con- tents: the first indication that the spores were difecious. And it may be said here, though I shall be anticipating a later part of my statement, that the male-producing spores are subreniform in shape, a little wider, or deeper, than the female-bearing spores, with the ends more rounded. Moreover, cell-division in the male spore is definite, and in the female indefinite; in the male, also,
556 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM,
the spore-contents assume the form of a large bubble-cell, which fills up the whole of the spore.
This l)ubble-cell splits int(j two cells, whifh again subdiAide, until finally eight, or more, cells are formed. The whole of the protoplasm appears to be used up in the formation of these cells, which are unequal in size, free, and without a trace of any other cellular structure. When nearing uiaturity, some of these cells may be seen outside the sp(jre-case, while others remain inside, the relative inequality in size l)eing unaltered. All these cells produce antherozoids in abundance. There appears to be a thin deposit of gum binding the spoi-e-case and the cells to the sub- stratum on which the spore grows. These cells are usually spherical, easily separated, and often floating freely without any trace of their having been attached.
So far as concerns the male gametophyte of Psilotum, there- fore, I may claim to have got positive results. The numerous specimens I have had under observati(ni warrant the conclusion that there is one kind of spore that produces the male gameto- phyte; that this gametophyte consists of a series of free anther, idia, and that each antheridial cell, irrespective of size, forms mother-cells and antherozoids.
The seai-ch for the female gamctoph^^te has been a nuich more difiicult matter, and very disappointing. A careful look-out was kept for signs of the female throughout my investigations, and 1 have already indicated how I was enabled to conclude that the spores were dia'citnis. Curiously enough, the females were pre- sent all the time, and quite as plentifully as the males. The size, .shape, and colour of the peculiar structure, which ] have come to regard as the female gametophyte, required at least a one-sixth objecti\'e to distinguish it from small, malformed spores of the normal kind, and immature spores of various shapes and sizes. The presence of three or four testaceous amoebte, which resembled the gauietophyte in shape and colour, two species of Arcella, one Assulina, and one Euglypha, added to the confusion.
Even after 1 had seen the female iu situ, both in its early stages and in what I regard as the adult form, it required pro-
BY T. WHITELKGGE. 00/
longed examination to he certain of its identity. Tts minuteness aiul the fact that it was often so deeply stained that nothing in the way of structure could he seen, rendeiiMl the search extremely difficult. That I have found at least a stage of the female gametophyte, however, T have no douht; and the following ten- tative flescription of its structure' is submitted as being the nearest possible without a resort to sections.
Tlie spore producing the female gametoph^'te is, as already intimated, narrower, with the ends less rounded than in the male. The spore-contents consist of nuinenms small cells. Usually, one thick- walled body is seen as an outgrowth from the spore, as development proceeds, and a number of irregularly-shaped cells appear, some of which project from the surface: the appearance presented l)eing as if the cells were imbedded in gum. The structure, when complete, is dome-shaped, with at least two small clusters of projecting cells near the summit on opposite sides; these projecting cells I regard as possibly, and even pro- bably, the archegonia. The base presents structural features wldch render the identification of the female gametophyte certain ill all stages. At the point of union with the spore, there is a very distinct ring, consisting of a series of cells which are in- variably stained brown, the colour being much darker than that of the rest of the cells. Similar brown cells sometimes project on other parts of the dome, and produce rhizoids.
When this dome-like structure is detached from the spore, it is seen to be hollow, with the upper part thick-walled; and, in this thick wall, the aforesaid projecting cells are imbedded. Towards the base, the wall is thinner, and terminates in the ring previously mentioned, which surrounds tlie circular aper- ture leading into the interior.
After this multicellular structure had been definitely identified, I felt (juite satisfied that it represented at least a stage in the development of the female gametoplwte. Whether it is the young, or tlie mature, structure is a cpiestion that is not likeh' to be answered without a resort to section-cutting, after imbedding the material in a suitable medium.
558 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM,
The re-examination of all the material at my disposal tended to support the opinion that the dome-shaped structure may be the fully-formed female gametophyre. During the re-examina- tion, upwards of 100 specimens of this dome-shaped structure, in all stages of development, were carefully studied. The most sti'iking features noted were the uniformity as to structure and dimensions; and the great variabilit}' in tlie colour of the dome- shaped structure, according to age. In the young form, it is fairly transpai-ent, but, M'hen it reaches maturity, it assumes a slightl}' brownish tint, with the exception of the projecting cells, which remain clear and are visible through the ringed aperture, with their bases imbedded in the wall of the upper part of the dome. tSome of these projecting cells appear to be flask-shaped, but they are too much imbedded for the details to be cleai-ly seen. T assume that these projecting cells are the archegonia.
When the dome has attained a diameter of 0'05 mm., it ceases to increase in size, and gradually becomes darker in coloui', — the rusty-brown colour always developed in the unfertilised arclie- gonia of ferns.
On one of the slides examined, there were several examples of these domes, measuring about 0*08 mm., and these were fairly ti'an.sparent, except the ring, which was deeply coloured, and stood out very distinctly. The hollow of the dome appeared to be filled up; and, in some cases, there was an appearance of bulging at the opening, — perhaps showing that fertilisation had taken place.
The pavement-like character of the cell-structure (the cells being imbedded in gum) allows of expansion, within certain limits, to accommodate the growth of the embryo. The ring- may be regarded as a ready means of separation from the spore, the dome being left as a protecting cap on the broad end of the embryo, until further growth renders it unnecessary.
On the slide referred to above, there wei^e several peculiar bodies which may be said to reach the climax of the puzzles connected with the study of the gametophyte of Psilotum. The first specimen seen was wedge-shaped, the broad end of the wedge
BY T. WHITELEGGE. 559
capped by a series of cells resembling- greatly tlie cells on the dome; the narrow end consisted of a continuous cell-sbructure much like that of a prothallus, but smaller than any I have ever seen. There were other cellular structures present bearing the same kind of cells, but these having been l)roken in the mount- ing, the cells were visible only on the inside. These bodies appear to have been round. The outer surface presents a series of projecting cells, many of wliich bear rhizoids. The material from which the sUde was made was procured from the interior of a single synangium.
After the rough draft of this jtapei' liafl bee'n prepared, the Rev. W. W. AVatts called my attention to a note in Spring's "Lj'copodiaceie" (1842 and 1849), which is of great interest in the light of the researches recorded in the present paper. The following is jNIr. Watts" translation of Spring's observation, under Psilotum, on p. 268 of his work: "If tlie spores are thrown into water, they execute very rapid movements (mouvements de tre- pidation) and speedily envelop themselves in a kind of cloud. According t(j [Sir] Robert BiT)wn's observations (Prodr., p. 164), this cloud is due to a fine powder, which escapes from the spores. Kaulfuss has observed, upon the middle of the internal margin of the spores, a black point, which was in touch (en rapport) with a little vesicule, and which vanished, at the same time as this last, in the water. Although I have not had the good fortune to see that kind of 'aile seminal,' I recall this fact to induce botanists, who have living plants of Psilotum at their disposal, to direct their investigations to this point." Robert Brown's description of the species of Psilotum, although brief, gives an accurate account of what happens when antheridia bearing spores are placed in water. The observation recorded by Kaulfuss may possibly refer to the deeply stained female gametophyte, which is just as easily detached from the spore as the male.
After having studied Fxllofum, I turned to the closely allied Tnipxipteris. A>s I could not find spores in just the right stage for sowing, it struck me as possible that suitably developed
560 THK GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM,
spores miglit be found in old synangia. The surmise proved to be correct. When old s\'nangia liad been carefully soaked in water, and dissected by means of a brush and needle, spores were found, as I had expected, and some of them had germinated within the synangium, a fact that may be regarded as an im- portant .discovery, inasmuch as it offers a possible field in which the whole life-histoiy of the sexual generation may be obtained fi'om the study of spores germinated in Nature's own woi'ksliop, and, therefore, almost entirely free from sucli complications as affect the work of the culturist.
A careful examination of old fruits may be expected to furnish e\idence of the sexual developmeiit, and even provide some embryos. Possibly this is one of the means bv which tlie [)lant is propagated. The examinati(m of a large number of synangia will be necessary to success. Weather-conditions, at fruiting time, have an important bearing on the question, and the dryness, or otherwise, of the locality inhabited by tlie plant.
After my examination of the synangia of Tmesij^tpvi^, I came to the conclusion that the sexual reproduction, when known, will not differ materi.ilh' fi-om that of Fsi/ofuDr, and I express this opinion after having seen both the male and the female gametophytes. Old synangia of Psilofum, accidentally found in the rhizome-culture, furnished better results than those obtained by cultivation. One example, having been dissected and mounted, provided ample material for study, both the male and the female gametophytes being present in considerable numbers, and in all stages of development, the males predominating and being too numei'ous to count without special appliances.
In conclusion, believing th.at I have been able to point the way to the solution of the mysteiy of the sexual reprf)duction of Psi/otuni, I am desirous of placing the results of my observations on I'ecord, so that others, in command of better appliances and opportunities, may be able to carry the investigation to its final and successful issue.
My thanks are flue to Mr. W. Graham, of the University, Sydney, for excellent microphotographs of the male gametophyte,
BY T. WHITELEOOE. ' 561
and to Mr. Allan R. McCuUoch for the completed drawings which illustrate this paper; also to Mastei- Bert Deo,otardi for valuable aid in the search for plants of Tmesipteris and fruiting-speciniens of Psilotuni.
Measur(Mnents of spores, and reproductive organs (jf Psi/o/m)/.
Male spore. — Length, 0-00 to ()-08 mm. ; breadth, O-OM to 00^ 111111.; antheridial cells, O'OIS to 0"04 mm. Antherozoids as seen i/i .•^ifn, average diametei-, O'OO-'J mm.
Female sjwre. — Length, O-Ofi to 0-OS mm. ; breadth, ()-027 to 0-03 mm. Unfertilised gametophyte, ()■i)'^ to 0-04 mm. in dia- meter. Fertilised gametophyte, 0'04 to 0*08 mm. in diameter.
Additional Xotp. — Several months have elapsed since the pub- lished notice of the slides exhilnted at the Meeting of the Society in Ajiril last, and since the foregoing paper was completed. During the interval, much time has been devoted to a fiirther study of mounted slides, and examples preserved in formalin. The results have exceeded \n\ expectations. Many doubtful points have been cleared up, and some new phases of development observed.
The male spore produces eight or more antheridia; as many as twelve, in one instance, have been seen. When near maturity, the antheridia emerge from the ventral slit, as pear- or comma- shaped bodies, the cell-wall being thin and plastic; before the antherozoids are mature, the wall becomes consolidated, and the cell assumes a globular form. Tn many cases, the last one or two cells do not completely emerge, but remain deeply imbedded in the spore. So far, no traces of any cell or cells have been found, which might be regarded as a prothallus, either rudimentary or otherwise.
The female gametophyte emerges from the ventral slit as a small, thick- walled vesicle. It is situated in the centre of the nearly straight border, and is drop-like in outline. Structural details are difficult to see, until it has attained a diameter of about 0-015 mm. It is then seen to be a multicellular bjsdy,
44
L i J R A R Y
562 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM,
dome-like in shape, and of a slight brown tint. Very many examples have been seen, in sitx, in all stages of development. Each female spore produces one gametophyte; in no instance have two been observed. During my investigations, upwards of one hundred slides have been mounted in glycerine-jelly, and only about six show the gametophyte in situ.
The evidence that this dome-shaped structure is the full-grown prothallus, is now definitely established. Within the last fort- night, fex-tilised archegonia, and embryos filling the cavity of the dome, have been found on many slides; and one, in particular, lias at least a dozen embryos, some visible through the wall of the dome, and also through the ringed aperture at the base. There are also some in which the wall of the dome has been broken away, and the outlines and cell-structure can be seen. In one instance, the embryo is quite free, and exhibits certain in- dications of the division into regions such as are exhibited in the early stages of Archegoniates generally.
The female gametophyte appears to reach maturity when it lias attained to a diameter of about 0-035 or 0*04 mm. On opposite sides of the dome, near the summit, and in a line with the longer axis of the spore, two clusters of cells ma}^ be observed. These are transparent, and subtend the aperture in the neck of the archegonia. Each cluster appears to consist of four cells, two of which are more elevated than their fellows. The rest of the archegonium is imbedded in the wall of the dome. In two instances, archegonia have been observed only partly imbedded, more than half being visible. If fertihsation takes place, the whole structure rapidly increases in size generally, and some of the brown cells on the ring and on other parts of the dome become enlarged, and often develop into rhizoids. The inner, cellular portion of the dome appears to be absorbed to furnish nutrition foi- the growing embryo. The wall becomes thin, and, when fractured, Ineaks with an angular appearance like broken glass. As growth proceeds, the rhizoids increase in size, and it seems possible that they may be functional all the time, either as simple cells or when elongate.
BY T. WHITELEGGE. , '563
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV.
Fig. L — Spore, with inatiue antheiidiuni, before the discharge of the antherozoids. The curved line on the surface indicates the exit-slit by which escape is effected.
Fig.2. — Spore, bearing female gametophyte, showing basal ring of cells, and the apical cells of a pair of archegonia near the summit.
Fig.S. — (lametophyte, showing a fertilised archegonium projecting from the surface.
Fig. 4. — (iametophj'te, showing contained embryo, and a numlier of de- veloping rhizoids at the base. All the figures are greatly enlarged, and more or less diagrammatic.
564
CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF AUSTRA- LIAN CVLICIDJL No. iii.-
By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S.
(From the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Toumsville.)
The present paper contains descriptions of five new species, witli notes on synonymy, and additional records for previously known species.
The male of Hteyomyia tasmaniensis Str., and the female of Danielsia ininuta Taylor, are described for the first time.
The new species are distributed in the following genera : — Stegomyia (one), HuleGmteomyia (one), Culicada (one), Leucomyia (one), and Lopltoceratomyia (one). The type-specimens have been deposited in the Institute-Collection.
Stegomyia tasmaniensis Strickland.
Entomologist, xliv., No.578, p.249(1911).
(J. Similar to $; palpi black; antennae pale, nodes and last two segments dark, plumes black; fore- and mid-ungues unequal, the larger stout, uniserrate, hind equal and simple. Length, 5 mm.
Hab. — Tasmania: Devonport and St. Patrick's River, Spring- field, Bridport (F. M. Littler), New River Di.'-trict (W. H. Twelvetrees).
Evidently a widely distributed species, as it has been found in scattei-ed localities, from Northern to Southern Tasmania. Mi'. Twelvetrees has found it, in fairly large numbers, in tlae New River District. This is the first occasion on which the male has been found.
Co-type in Coll. F. M. Littler.
* Continued from these Proceedings, 1915, p. 184.
bY FhANK H. TAYLOR. 565
Stegomyia DALIENSLS, Sp.Il,
llead pale-scaled. Thorax with dark hmwu scales. Legs unhanded. Ahdonien with hasal handing.
J. Head entirely covered with pale scales, with hlack, upright- forked ones on the vertex; antenna^ dark hrown, basal lobes and base of second segment yellowish; palpi clothed with dark scales; proboscis black.
Thorax brown, cti)thed with dark brown, narrow-cui\ ed scales, and numerous black bristles over the wing-roots ; scutelhnn brown, clothed with pale scales; posterior border-bristles black; pleune yellowish, clothed with pale scales and a few dark bristles.
Abdomen clothed with black scales, first segment with numerous dark bristles in addition; segments two to four with pale basal bands, segments five and six with basal lateral pale spots, seventh and eighth without bands or spots; venter with pale scales.
Legs : coxa' and trochanters pale, clothed with dark bristles; femora w ith l)asal half pale beneath, rest of the femora, the tibiiv, and tarsi dark brown; ungues all equal and simple.
AVings with the scales on the costa, subcostal, and first long \ein dark brown, brown on remaining veins; first fork-cell loiiger and narrower than the second, base of the latter nearer the base of the wine:; stem of the first fork-cell more than two-thirds the lenjfth of the cell, stem of the second a little more than half the length of its cell; anterior basal cross- vein longer than, and about once and one-half its length from the anterior cross-vein; fringe light brown. Halteres with pale stems and dark knobs.
Length, 4 nun. (vix).
//r^/y.— Northern Territory: Daly River (G. F. Hill).
MiMETEOMYiA ORNATA Taylor.
Stcijiniiyia onuifa Taylor, Trans. Ent. 8oc. London, 1914, p. 1S9.
A re-examination of the unique type of the above shows that it should, properly, be placed in the geinis Minn'tt'ontyia, on account of the very bristly and truncated apex of the jibdomen, and other points of agreement with the genus.
566 AUSTRALIAN CULtCIDjE, iii.,
There is an error in tlie description, the specimen being a female, and not a male.
MlMETEOMYIA QUASIORNATA Taylor.
Stecjomyia quaaiornata Taylor, these Proceedings, 1915, p. 177, PI. xxviii., fig. 2.
This, like the above species, is placed in Mimeteomyia, as it is more closely related to this genus than to Stegoniyia. The $ sign in the first line of tlie description should be deleted, as ojily the 9 is known.
MixMETEOMYiA HiLLi Taylor.
Stegomyia hilli Taylor, these Proceedings, 1914, p.456, PI. XXXV., fig. 5.
Mr. Edwards recently suggested tome in ////., that this species and *S'. qiiasioriuita would be more correctly placed in the genus MimeMomyia. A re-examination of the type proves tliat such is the case, on the same grounds as stated under ^f. oruafd Taylor.
HULECCETEOMYIA MILSONI, Sp.n.
Head with brown and white scales. Thorax clothed witli bronze and pale scales. Abdomen with white basal band in <r. Legs ^\'ith basal banding.
$. Head clothed with dark brown and white fiat scales, white nurrow-curved and black upright-forked ones in the middle with a uai'row, median line of broad spindle-shaped ones in additi(»n: ])alpi black, first and second segments and apex with narrt)w apical banfUng; antenn;e black, basal lobes black, with small, broad, white, fiat scales, second joint similarly clothed; proboscis black.
Thorax with bronze-coloured, narrow-curved scales, and pale ones, more numerous laterally, a patch of broad white fiat ones anterior to tlie scutelhim, the latter clothed with white spindle- shaped scales: j)leura^ dark brown, densely clothed with white, HmI scales; jirothoracic lobes similarly clad.
Abdomen black, first segment black, with a few white scales
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR.
667
ill the centre, and iiunierou.s yellowi.sli l)i-istles, the second to sixth witli white basal banding: venter dark with white basal lateral j)atclies, penultimate .segment mottled with white scales.
Wings with vein-scales brown; first fork-cell longer and nar- rower than the secondj^ base of the former slightly nearer the base of the wing; stem of the first about half, of the second about two-thirds the length of the cells; anterior basal cross-vein longer than and al)()ut half its length from the anterior cross-vein; fringe brown.
Legs black, femora mottled with white scales, basal half pale beneath, knee-spot white; first three tarsals of fore- and mid-legs with white basal banding, that on the third not so prominent, first four tarsals of the hind-legs with broad white basal banding; ungues equal and uniserrate.
Length, 5 mm.
//«6._N.S.W.: Milson Island (Dr. Cleland).
Co-type in Coll. Cleland.
Danielsia minuta Taylor.
Bull. Northern Territory, No. i., p.60(1912).
2- Head clothed with pale fiat scales, with brown nai-row- cur\ ed and upright-forked ones in the centre; antennje and palpi brown.
Thorax light brown, with pale narrow-curved scales, border- bristles brown, scutellum pale [denuded]; pleurty brown with patches of white flat scales.
Abdomen brown-scaled, unhanded, first six segments \\itli white basal lateral spots; venter brown.
Wings: costa black, vein-scales brown; first fork-cell longer and narrower than the second, base of the former nearer the base of the wing, stem of the first about half the length of its cell, stem of the second about the length of the cell; anterior basal cross-vein shorter than, and about thrice its length from, the anterior cross-vein; fringe brown.
Length, 2 '5 mm.
i/^«6.— Northern Territory : Darwin ((^ F. Hill).
o6S
AUSTRALIAN CUDICID^, iii.,
Described from a single ^specimen. The tvpe (^) was in \ery poor condition, hence the above detailed description of the 9. There are certain discrepancies in the two descriptions concerning the abdomen, but I feel sure the}' belong to the same species.
Mr. Hill notes that, when at rest, the 9 carries the hind legs backwards over the abdomen.
CULICAUA HYBRIDA, Sp.n.
Head with pale and brown scales. Thorax w ith Ijronzc-coloured scales with golden reflections. Abdomen unhanded. Tarsi with basal banding.
9. Head densely clothed with pale and brown narrow-cur\ed scales, with mixed pale and black upright-forked scales; palpi black, with a few white scales at the apex of the second segment, apex white-scaled ; antenna- brown, verticillate hairs brown, pubescence pale; proboscis black.
Thorax chestnut, clothed with bnmze-coloured scales with golden reflections; scutellum paler than the thorax, with pale scales; pleuive i)ale brown, with small white flat scales.
Abdomen clothed \\ ith dusky scales, unhanded, segments four to six with conspicuous white lateral spots, border-bristles pale; venter inottled with brown and pale scales.
AMngs: costa, sub-costal, and first long vein with violet-black scales, remaining vein-scales dusky; first fork-cell longer and narrower than the second, their bases about le\'el, stem of the first about two-thirds the length of the cell, of the second about as long as its cell; antei-ior basal cross-vein al)out the length of, and aljout once and one-half its length from, the anterior cross vein; fringe dusky.
Legs black, femora mottled with })ale scales, knee-spots creamv, first three tarsals of fore- and mid-legs with white basal ])anding, fourth and fifth unl)anded, first four tarsals of hindlegs similarly l)anded, fifth unhanded ; ungues ecjual, uniserrate.
Length, 4 "5 mm.
Ilnb.—N.HAy.: Milson Island (J)r. J. B. Cleland).
Type uni([ue. It njay be distinguished from C. bujjatujariji'niiis
BY FRANK H. TAYLOK. o69
Theol).. 1)v till' (Hrt'ei-ently colourcil thm-ax, the alHlomeu witli Imt three sei^inents ^vith basal lateral spots, the Ijasaliy handed taisi, and the hind-iinuiies being uuiserrate.
CULICADA DEMANSis Sti-ieklaiid.
Entuiuolo-ist, xliv., No.577, p.l'Oli (I'Jll).
Hnb.—^.ii.W.: Milsou Island.— Tasni. : Hillwcod (F. M. Littler).
Two specimens received from I )r. C'lcland differ from the Tas- manian specimens in the InvStitute-CoUeetion only in ha\ iiig the stems of the fork-cells shorter.
CuLiCADA TASMANiENSis Htricklaiid.
Entomologist, xliv., No. 57 6, p. 181 (1911).
Additional specimens have been received from INIr. Littler, and Mr. W. H. Twelvetrees per Mr. Littler. This seems to be the commonest and most widely distributed Tasmanian species.
H<(h. — Tasm. : Devonport, JSpringtield, St. Patrick's River (F. :NL Littler), New River District (W. H. Twelvetrees).
Leucomyia vicina, sp.n.
Head and anterior two-thirds of thoi'ax white-scaled. Abdo- men with white basal banding. Tarsi basally banded white.
^. Head clothed with white scales; autenn;e pale, nodes black, })lumes dark; palpi black; penultimate and apical segments with a narrow white basal baud, apical half of the apical segment white, hairs black except on apical half of last segment; pro- boscis black, a white band at the apex of the middle third, with a small tuft of hairs beneath at its base.
Thorax with anterior two-thirds clothed with dense white scales, laterally a dense row of flat white ones, posterior third and scutellum covered with brown narrow-curved scales ; pre-alar bristles brown: pleurit broN\ n, clothed with scattered white scales.
Abdomen black-scaled, with white basal banding, seventh and eighth apically banded also, latei-al and [)Osterior border-bristles golden; venter pale-scaled.
570 austraLiax cultcida-:, iii.,
Legs black, feiiKjra pale beneath, first to fourth tai'si of fore- aud mid-legs with creamy basal banding, all tarsi of hind-legs with similar banding; ungues of fore- and mid-legs unequal, the lai'ger uniserrate, hind equal and simple.
Wings: costa dark brown, vein-scales light brown: first fork- cell longer and narrower than the second, base of the former nearer the base of the wing, stem of the first about two-thirds tlie length of the cell, that of the latter about the length of its cell; anterior basal cross-vein longer than, and about twice its length from, the anterior cross-vein.
9. Similar to ^ [head damaged]; ungues equal and simple. Wings more densely scaled; costa, subcosta, and first long \ein black, remaining veins with dark brown scales; in other respects as in the ^.
Length, ^, 4'5; 9, 5 mm.
^a6.— Northern Territory: Stapleton (G. F. Hill, No.313).
Closely related to L. annulatn. Taylor, but may be distinguished by the absence of apical banding on the pal})i and first tarsals, the brown-scaled scutellum, the pale venter, and wing-venation; from L. plpglpennis Theob., by the thoracic flat scales and the wing-venation.
CuLiCELSA ABDOMiNALis Taylor.
Report Aust. List. Tropical Med., 1911, p.5.3 (lOL'V). //a6.— Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill).
CuLEX siTiENS AViedemann.
(Jn/f'.i: t<aibail Taylor, Ann. Rep. Commissioner Public Health, Queensland, 1912, p.2S.
Having compared the type of C. saibaii with a long series of C sitiens, I find that they are one and the same species, and, therefore, place the former name as a synonym of the latter.
CuLEX SAGAX SkuSC.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, (2), iii., p. 1744 (188S); Taylor, op. cit., 1914, p. 758.
BY FRANK H. TAYLOft. 571
A specimen, received from Or. Cleland, differs SMincwhat from the type in having the thorax chestnut, with a median black- narrow stripe, and clothed with golden scales, the tarsi of the hind-legs with basal pale banding: the stem of the first fork -cell about two-thirds the length of the cell, and that of the second the length of the cell; abdomen, beneath, with basal creamy banding tt) the segments.
Until further specimens are available, it is thought best to retain it undei- the above name.
Hab.—^.H.W. : Wollongong.
CuLEX SOMERSETI Taylor.
Ann. Report Commissioner Public Health, Queensland, 1912, p. 28.
This species, though closely related to C. sitiens Wied., appears to be a good one, the leg-banding being prominent and well defined.
Through an error in setting up tlie type, the abdominal char- acters were omitted. They are as follows: — Abdomeii black, first segment black-scaled with numerous yellowish hairs, remaining segments with white basal banding; venter pale-scaled.
Hah. — N. Queensland : Somerset (F. H. Taylor).
Banksinella lineatopennis Ludlow.
Canadian Entomologist, xxxvii., p. 1 33( 1 9 1 5); PsciuhAoicai-dina lin.ealis Taylor, Rep. Aust. Inst. Trop. Med., 1911, p.57(1913); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Research, v., p.274(1915).
•Specimens of B. Ihieatojii'nHis Ludlow, were recently received from The Imperial Bureau of Entomology, which proved to be the same as P. linealis mihi. It is evidently a widely distributed species, as it extends from South Africa through the Philippine Islands to Australia.
Lophoceratomyia annulata, sp.n.
Head-scales dark and pale ; palpi longer than proboscis. Thorax with small, bronze-coloured, narrcjw-curved scales. Ab- domen dark brown, with Ijasal l)anding. Legs brown, unhanded.
572 AUSTRALIAN CULICID^, iii.,
(J. Head (lark l)i-(i\vn, clothed w itli brown narrow- curved scales medially, rest of head with small flat pale ones: proboscis l)rowii: paljji brown, with a conspicuous thumb-like process on each side at the base, longer than proboscis by the apical third of the penultimate and apical segments, apex of the first and the last two segments clothed with brown hairs; antenna; pale, nodes and last two segments brown, plumes brown, dense, the fiat plates on the sixth segment long and black, seventh and eighth segments with short black wavy plates, those on the ninth longer, black, spoon-shaped toward the apex, the pectinated pro- cesses on the nodes of the tenth to thirteenth segments con spicuous.
Thorax chestnut-bi'own, clothed with small narrow-curved, bronze-coloured sceles ; scutellum paler, with similar narrow- curved scales; pleurse brown, clothed with bi'own bristles.
Abdomen clothed with black scales, first segment densely clothed with l)rown hairs, segments three to seven with basal grey-white bands, scales on eighth segment paler; genitalia light brown with numerous brown hairs ; posterior border-bristles yellowish-brown; ^"enter brown.
Legs black, unhanded, femora pale beneath; ungues of fore- legs very uneijual, tlie larger with a stout tooth, mid- unecjual, the larger with a small tooth, in both the fore- and mid-ungues the larger is sickle-shaped, the smaller almost straight, hind small, e(pial and simple.
AMngs: the costa, subcostal, and first long veins with dark blown scales, remaining vein-scales paler; first fork-cell' longer and narrower than the second, base of the former slightly nearer the base of the winy; stem of the first fork -cell about half, of the second fork-cell about two-thirds, the length of their cells ; anterior basal cross-vein about as long as, and about once and a half its length from, the anterior cross-vein; second inci-assation well defined; fringe dusky; halteres with pale stems and brown knobs.
9. Similar to ^\ antenn;e brown, \erticillate hairs dark brown, pubescence pale; [lalpi witli mixed dark and pale scales; pro-
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. - 573
boscis dark bi'owii ; abdonieii, winys, and legs similar to ^, ungues equal and simple.
Length, ^, 3-75-4; $, 4mm.
Hab.—l^. Territory: 8tapleton and Daly River (G. F.Hill, Nos.309-312).
Related to L. fraudatrix Theob., but distinguished from it by the banded abdomen, ungues, and the palpi possessing but one process on each side of their bases. It differs from L. Ucniata Leic, by the length of the paljii, the ungues, and the wing-venation.
Co-type ((J) in Coll. Hill.
Etorleptiomyia eleoans Taylor.
Divomi/ia flegans T'a,y\o\\ Tians. Ent. 8oc. Lond, 1914, p. 703, Pis. xliii., xHv., figs. 19, 18.
There is a close similarity between Etorleptiomyia Theobald, and Divomt/ia Taylor, the chief difference being in the disposition of the head-scales of the two genera. Whereas they are all "mixed" in the former, thev are more or less separated into well defined areas in the latter. It is, perhaps, better that Di.vomyia be sunk as a synonym of Etorleptiomyia, and the species regarded, for the present, as an aberrant form of the genus Etorleptiomyia,
^DEOMYIA VENUSTIPES (Skuse).
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, (2) iii., p. 1761 (1888); Taylor, op. cit., 1913, PI. XXX., fig.3; ^E. catasticta Knab, Ent. News, xx., p. 387 (1909).
The above synonymy is based on specimens of ^E. catasticta Knab, recently received froai The Imperial Bureau of Entomol- ogy, which have been compared with specimens of jE. venustipes (Skuse).
The differences between the two forms are so slight, that they do not seem to me to be of sufficient value to warrant the reten- tion of the two names as distinct species, but the name catasticta might be retained as a varietal name for the form described by Knab. The only distinctions found between the specimens ex- amined were the presence of ochre-yellow scales t)n the base of
574 AUSTRALIAN CULICID^H, iii.
the wings of jE. catasticta, and the smaller number of white spots on the wings. Also, in ^E. vpuiistijies, the mesonotal scales are paler than in jE. catasticta, but are still a distinct ochre-yellow. Tn all other respects, the two forms agree.
The possibility of the above synonymy was suggested to me some time ago by Mr. F. W. Edwards.
The Institute-specimens of ^E. catasticta Knab, come from Bole, Gold Coast, AV. Africa. Knab described it from the Philippine Islands.
575
DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF AUS- TRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEAV ZEALAND MOSSES, vi.*
Bv Y. F. P>ROTHKKrs.
(Conimunicatfd hij thp Rev. IT. IT. Watts.)
190. Campylopus denticuspes Broth., n.sp.
DioicKs: gracilescens, cje-spitosus, cajspitibus densiusculis, viri- dibus, iiiferne iiigrescentibus, vix nitidiusculis; caulis ei-ectus, ad 3 cm. u.sque longus, parce radiculosus, inferne laxius, superne densiuscule foliosus, .simplex; folia horride patentia, canaliculato- concav'a, e basi oblonga lanceolato-subulata, obtusiu.scula vel aeutiuscula, marginibus superne subconniventibus, subintegris, nervo angusto, basi c. quintam partem folii latitudiuis occupante, cum apice evaiiido, dorso summo apice spinoso-dentato, cellulis stereideis dorsalibus et ventralibus instructo, cellulis lamiiiaribus anguste I'hombeis, valde incrassatis, lumine angustissimo flexu- osulo, marginalibus angustis, limbum angustissimum, hyalinum efformantibus, basilaribus iiiternis laxioribus, baud inci'assatis, alaribus numerosis, laxis, hyalinis. Castera ignota.
New South Wales : Richmond River, Wardell, heath (Watts, n.5260).
Var. lutescens Broth., n.var.
Ctespites densi, lutescentes, nitidiuscuH; caulis vix ultra 1cm. longus; folia nervo tenuiore, superne raptim multo angustiora^ apice vix conspicuo, cellulis alaribus paucioribus et pauluni minoribus.
N.S.W.: Richmond River., E. BaUina, heath (Watts, n. 4758), and swamp (Watts, n.l739).
* The preceding Parts were published in Oefversigt af Finska Vet. Soe. Forh. 1890-19(J0.
576 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NKW ZEALAND MOSSES,
•Species cum C. Kirkii Mitt., comparanda, sed foliis dnrsd summo apiee spinoso-dentato jam dignoscenda.
191. Fissidp:ns (Heterocau/o/t) bryoidioides Broth., n.sp.
Diounia: gracilis, cjespitosus, cajspitibus laxis, lutescenti-vii'i- dibus, opacis; planfa sterilis erecta, c. 1 cm. longa, gracillima, simplex, foliis inter se remotis, multijugis, sub«qualibus, asyin- metricis ; planla fertilig adscendens, vix ultra 5 mm. longa, simplex, densius foliosa, foliis 5-10 jugis, infimis minutis, cteteris multo majoribus, erecto-patentibus ; folia oblongo-lanceolata, planta? fertilis c. 1'2 mm. longa et c. 0-2S mm. lata, lamina vera tantum plus minusve distincte limbata, nervo crassiusculo, bre- viter excedente, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsali breviter decurrente, cellulis rotundato-hexagonis, superi- oribus c. 0-007 mm., chlorophyllosis, livvissimis; spta c. 1 cm. alta, tenuissima, lutea ; fheca subhorizontalis, asymmetrica, ovalis, sicca deoperculata curvatula, sub ore constricta, pallida. Cfytera ignota.
N.S.W.: Penshurst (Forsyth, n.676).
Species habitu Jh-yoidii, sed lamina vera tantvim limbata.
192. Fissidens {Bryoidium) Forsythii Broth., n.sp.
DioicHs: gracilis, csespitosus, cfespitibus densis, saturate viri- dibus, opacis; caulis adscendens, usque ad 1 cm. longus, infima basi fusco radiculosus, dense foliosus, simplex vel innovando ramosus; folia multijuga, falcata, sicca circinato-incurva, infima minuta, ciietera multo majora, ligulata vel ovato-ligulata, obtusa, apiculata, sunnno apice obsolete serrulata vel Integra, limbata, limbo angustissimo, hyalino, subcontinuo, nervo ad basin apiculi evanido, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsalis longe decurrens, cellulis minutissimis, rotundato-hexagonis, superioribus vix ultra O'OOo mm., chlorophyllosis, kevissimis; !<fta c. 7 mm. alta, tenuis, lutescenti-rubra ; theca horizontalis, asymmetrica, ovalis, sicca curvata, nutans, deoperculata sub ore valde con- stricta, pallida. Cetera ignota.
N.S.W'.; Gullies near Barber's Creek (Forsyth, n.566).
BY V. F. BFfOTHKRUS. 577
Species F. Dietrichue C. Milll., atiinissima, sed foliis densius areolatis diijnoscenda.
193. FissiDKNs {Jiryoidium) pkrangustus Broth., n.sp.
Dio'u-ns: gvacilliinus, ciiespitosus, ca?spitibus densis, liitescenti- \ iridibus, Dpaeis; canUs procumbeus, 1-1 '5 cm. longus, infima basi fu8co-radiculosus, laxiuscule foliosus, innovando-ramosus vel simplex; /o/jiV/ multijuga, erecto-patentia, stricta, linearia, acuta, c. 0-75 mm. loiiga et c. 0-15 mm. lata, integerrima, limbata, limbo luteo, 3-seriato, infra apicem folii evanido, nervo crassiusculo, infra apicem folii evanido, lamina vera lamina apicali parum [ongior. lamina dorsali paulum decurrente, cellulis subrotundato- hexagonis, superioribus O-OOT-OOIO mm., chlorophyllosis, l.ievissi- mis; .s("/a c. 3 mm. alta, tenuissima, lutea vel lutescenti-rubra; thpca suberecta, minuta, subs3'mmetrica, ovalis, sicca deoperculata sub ore vix contracta; opercnlum ignotum; calyptra ignota.
Planta mascula ignota.
N.S.W. : Manh', near Sydney, the Eyrie (Watts, n.6790A, 6792).
Species statura alata sed gracillima foliisque anguste linearibus oculo nudo jam dignoscenda.
194. FissiDENS {Bryoidium) rigidiusculus Broth., n.sp.
Dioicus: gracilescens, cfespitosus, cfespitibus densis, rigidius- culis, viridibus, inferne fuscescentibus, opacis; caulis adscendens, usque ad 2 cm. longus, infima basi fusco-radiculosus, densiuscule foliosus, simplex vel diclioiome ramosus, ramis fastigiatis; folia multijuga, sicca iKuiioiualla, bumida erecto-patentia, stricta vel homomalkda, intima minuta, cjetera multo majora, lanceolato ligulata, breviter acuminata, obtusiuscula vel acuta, usque ad I'Smm. longa et O'SS mm. lata, integerrima vel summo apice obsolete serrulata, limbata, limbo luteo, biseriato, continuo, nervo rufescente, continuo vel subcontinuo, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsalis ad basin nervi enata ibidemque angus- tata, cellulis minutissimis, rotundato-hexagonis, superioribus vix ultra 0"005 mm., chlorophyllosis, lievissimis; xpfa vix o mm. alta,
45
578 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES,
tenuis, rubra : fheca inclinata, minuta, paulum asymnietrica, ovalis, pallida ; operaidum e basi conica oblique rostratum ; operculum ignotum.
N.S.W.: Moss Vale, Fitzroy Falls (Forsyth, n.669).
Species pulchra, rigiditate nee non foliis minutissime areolatis dignoscenda.
Var. hptoclarhis (C. Miill.) Broth., n.var.
8yn., Fissidens leptocladvs C. Mull., in Herl). Weymouth. Grracilior, folia minora, nervo tenuiore.
Tasmania: Mt. Wellington, Guy Fawkes Rivulet, on wet rocks (Weymouth, n.385), on face of rocks (n.21o7), and on damp bank (n. 2281).
195. Fissidens {Bryoidinm) pr^emollis Broth., n.sp.
Robustiusculus, ca?spitosus, csespitibus densis, mollibus, pallide viridibus, opacis; can lis erectus, usque ad 3 cm. longus, basi fusco-radiculosus, laxe foliosus, dichotome ramosus, ramis fasti- giatis; folia multijuga, homomallula, flaccida, sicca conti'actula et flexuosula, late ovato-oblonga, obtusa, apiculata, l'4-l"6mm. longa, c. 0'57 mm. lata, summo apice minutissime serrulata, limbata, limbo biseriato, hyalino, infra sunnnum apicem evanido, nervo pallide viridi, infra summum apicem folii evanido, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsalis ad basin nervi enata, basi angustata, cellulis rotundato-hexagonis, superioribus c. O'OIO mm., parce chlorophyllosis, la^vissimis. Cpetera ignota.
N.S.W. : Richmond River, Skinner's Head, cliff, cave (Watts, n.537l).
Species distinctissima, mollitie foliorumque forma faciliter dignoscenda.
196. Fissidens {Bryoidium) aristatus Broth., n.sp.
Dioicus: gracilis, csespitosus, cjespitibus plerumque densius- culis, viridibus vel lutescenti-viridibus, opacis ; canlis erectus, 5-1 0mm. longus, infima basi fusco-radiculosus, densiuscule foliosus, simplex; yb^ia usque ad 10 juga, infima minuta, superiora multo majora, lanceolato-ligulata, bi'eviter acuminata, acuta, usque ad
BY V. F. BROTHERtrS. 579
I'Dmm. loiiga, integernma, limbata, limbo viridi, trisei'iato, contiuuo, nervo lutesceiite vel rut'escente, in aristain brevem excedeiite, laniiiia vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsalis ad basin nervi enata, basi angustata, eellulis rotundato-hexagonis, superioribus c. O'OIO mm., chlorophyllosis, Isevissimis; .w/« 7-10 mm. alta, tenuis, lutescenti-rubra ; theca inclinata, sicca sub- nutaiis, asymmetrica, ovalis, sicca deoperculata sub ore con- stricta, pallida; opercuhim e basi conica breviter rostratum. Calyptra ignota.
N.8.W.: Mossman's Bay, Falls, damp soil (Watts, n.4585); Brunswick River, on mud-covered log, by creek (Watts, n.r):^;38); Neutral Bay near Sydney, damp waterway (Watts, n.8080); Manly, the Eyrie, Upper Terrace, damp places in gutter (Watts, n.6790).
Species F. Incurvo Stark attinis.
197. FissiDENS {Bryoidium} sordidevikkns Broth., n.sp.
Autoicus : gracilis, csespitosus, ciespitibus laxiusculis, sordide et saturate viridibus, opacis; ccmlis erectus, c. 5 mm. longus^ inlima basi fusco-i'adiculosus, inferne remote dein densiuscule foliosus, simplex; yb^-ia 7-10 juga, erecto-patentia, stricta, infima minuta, superiora multo majora, oblongo-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, acuta, usque ad I'l mm. longa, integerrima, limbata, limbo lutescente, biseriato, continuo vel subcontinuo, nervo lutescente, infra summum apicem folii evanido, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsalis ad basin nervi enata ibidemque angustata, cellulis rotundato-hexagonis, superioribus c. 0007mm., chlorophyllosis, Isevissimis: seta 2mm. vel pauluni ultra alta, tenuis, inferne rubra, superne lutescens; theca uicUnsita, minuta, paulum asymmetrica, ovalis, pallida. Cjetera ignota.
N.S.W.: Cambewarra( Forsyth, n.lHO).
Species F. hryoidi Hedw., aftinis, sed foliis breviter acuminatis, acutis, luteolimbatis, nervo infra apicem folii evanido nee nun .seta brevi et theca minuta dignoscenda.
198. Leucobkvl'm Wattsii liroth., n.sp. Dioicnm: robustiusculum, csespitosiim, cjespitibus densis, rigidis, humilibus, glauco-viridibus, opacis; rcmlix procumbens.
580 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NKW izEALAND MOSSES,
dense rainosus, ramis erectis, 5miJi. vel pauluni ultra, rarius usque ad 1 cm. longis, densissime foliosis. obtusis; folia eiecto- pateiilia, sicca arete inibricata, e basi ovali sensim breviter laii- ceolata, acuta, fusco-uiucroiiata, c. 3-5 mm. loiiga et 0-85-0-95mm. lata, marginibus superne couniventibus vel subconniventibiis, integris, uervo dorso Itevi, leucocystis medianis o-+ stratosis, cellulis laminalibus basilaribus usque ad 12 seriatis, superne lirabum sensim angustiorem eftbrmantibus. Ca?tera ignota.
N.S.W.: Richmond River, Rous Falls, on rocks(Watts,n.4856): Brooklet, on retaining wall (u.4802): head uf 'J'even (n.2891); East Ballina(n.2261); and head of Wilson's Creek (n. 2097).
Species caule brevi foliisque siccis arete imbricatis, dorso Isevi- bus jam dignoscenda.
199. Leucobryum ballinense Broth., n.sp.
Dioicnm : gracile, csespitusum, caispitibus deusis, moUibus, humilibus, albescenti-viridibus, opacis: caulis erectus, vix ultra 5 mm. longus, basi fusco-radiculosus, ramosus vel simplex: yb/ict erecto-patentia, sicca imbricata, e basi oblonga sensim lanceolato- subulata, mucronata, c. 2 mm. longa et c. 0 35 mm. lata, margini- bus superne subconniventibus, integris, nervo dorso valde scabro, leucocj^stis bistratosis, cellulis laminalibus basilaribus pauci- seriatis, limbum angustum, superne sensim angustiorem eftbr- mantibus. Ctetera ignota.
N.S.W. : Richmond River, E. Ballina, heath, on sapling (Watts, n.2159, mixed with L. hradiyphtjUum Hamp., 4107).
Species L. hrachyphyllo Hamp.,affinis, sed foliorum forma jam dignoscenda.
200. ToRTELLA Nov^ Valesl*: Uroth., n.sp.
Autoica : robustiuscula, ctespitosa, ctespitibus densiusculis, mollibus, sordide viridibus; caulis erectus, usque ad 1cm. longus, inferne fusco-radiculosus, dense foliosus, dichotome ramosus: J'oUa erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, sicca circinato incurva, e basi oblonga linearia, obtusa, mutica sen mucronata, c. 3 mm. longa et superne usque ad 0-5 mm. lata, marginibus erectis, integris, nervo crassiusculo, supei-ne angustiore, cum apice
BY V. F. BHOTHERUS. 58 1
evanido vel in mucronem brevissimum excedente, cellulis minu- tissirnis, rotuiidato-quadratis, chloropliyllosis et dense verrucosis, basilaribus elougatis, angustis, teneris, hyalinis, limbo liyaliiio brevi tantuiii spatio ultra basin productu: sedt c. 1 cm. alta, tenuis, lutescenti-rubra : theca erecta, parum asymnietrica, anguste subcylindracea, spepe curvatula, tetate palJide fuscidula. Caetera ignota.
N.S.W.: Sydney, Greenwich (Watts, n.l797).
Species T. Knightii (Vlitt.) Broth., affinis, sed foliorum forma dignoscenda.
201 . Trichostomum aristatulum l3roth., n.sp.
Diuicum: robustiusculum, ctespitosum, ciwspitibus deiisiusculis, sordide lutescenti-viridibus; c«w/is erectus, usque ad Icni. longus, inferue fusco-radiculosus, dense foliosus, dichotome ramosus: folia erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, sicca circinato-inciirva, e basi ovali linearia, breviter acuminata, aristata, c. 3 mm. longa, superne usque ad O'-l mm. lata, marginibus erectis, integris, nervo crassiusculo, superne angustiore, in aristam lutescentem excedente, cellulis minutissimis, quadratis, chloruphyllusis, dense verrucosis, basilaiibus ublongo-hexagonis, hvalinis. Csu'tera ignota.
N.S.W.: liichmond River, Ballina, Alstonville( Watts, n.J918).
Species 7' brachydontio Bruch valde affinis, sed nervo longius excedente, cellulis basilaribus brevioribus dignoscenda.
■J02. Barbuda {Helicupoyou.) glaucui.a r.iotli., n.sp.
Dioica : gracilis, ctespitosa, csespitibus laxis, glaucescentibus, tetate fuscescentibus; caulis erectus, vix ultra 1 cm. longus, laxiuscule foliosus, parce radiculosus, simplex: folia patula vel subrecurva, carinato-concava, sicca crispatula, e basi semivagi- nante, vix latiore ligulata, obtusiuscula vel obtusa, mucronata, usque ad 2 ram. longa et 0'35 mm. lata, marginibus plus minusve alte anguste recurvis, integris, nervo crassiusculo, rufescente, i!i mucronem fuscidulum excurrente, dorso papilloso, cellulis min- utis, subquadratis, <iense verrucosis, obscuris, basilaribus bi't- viter rectangularibus, teneris, pellucidis. Ctetera ignola.
582 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIA^, AND NkAV ZEALAND MOSSfeS,
Victoria: Heyiiigton Road, near Melbourne, in drain (Watts, n.J58).— N.8.W.: Nowra, Falls, on ground (Watts, n.62G6).
203. PoTTiA (Eiipottia) SUBPHYSCOMITKIOIDES Broth., n.sp.
Auioica: tenella, ctespitosa, csespitibus deusiusculis vel laxis, sordide vel saturate viridibus; caddis erectus, vix ultra 5 mm. longus, basi fusco-radiculosus, dense foliosus, simplex; /(>/i«erecto- patentia, carinato-concava, inferiora niinuta, superiora niulto majora, spathulata, obtusiuscula vel late acuta, usque ad 1 9 mm. longa, superne usque ad 0'65 mm. lata, mai-ginibus erectis, in- tegris, nervo crassiusculo, plerumque in aristam brevem, strictam excedente, cellulis superioribus rotundato-hexagonis, 0 015-0020 mm., marginem versus minoribus, quadiatis, basilaribiis laxe et breviter rectangularibus, omnibus Ijevissimis; seta c. 3 mm. alta, tenuis, rubra; theca erecta, obovata, brevicollis, fusca, deoper- culata parum dilatata: miinilus longe persistens; peristomnim 0; sport 0*025-0030 mm., ochracei, papillosi ; operculxim oblique rostratum.
Vic. : Melbourne, 8t. Kilda Roail, on t'tjotpath in garden "Avoiihurst" ( VV'atts, n.l53); Heyington, on ground (Watts, n.181, 216). — Tasmania: Port Esperance, on ground (Hodway).
Species /''. physcomilrioidi C. Miill., ex Argentina, valdeaffinis.
204. ToRTULA (Syntrichia) kvanescens Brotb , n.sp.
Dioica : robustiuscula, ctespitosa, ctespitibus densiusculis, mollibus, glauco-viridibus, setate fuscescentibus: caulis ei'ectus, vix ultra I cm. longus, inferne fusco-radiculosus, densiuscule foliosus, simplex; folia flacoida, faciliter decidua, erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, spatbulata, in acumen breve, lanceolatuni con- tracta, superiora c. 4 mm. longa, superne usque ad 13 mm. lata, marginibus erectis, iiitegris, nervo rufe.scente, sat longe infra apicem folii evanido, dorso k\jvi, cellulis laxis, rotundato-hexago- nis, leptodermibus, Isevissimis, chlorophyllosis, 0030-0-040 mm., marginem versus minoribus, basin versus quadratis, dein bre- viter rectangularibus, byalinis, ad marginem brevioribus. Ca?- tera ignota.
N.8.W.: Green Gully, near Young, on ground( Watts, n.6914).
i;y v. k. nno'i'irKiiUS. 583
Species valde peculiaris, foliis Haccidis, faciliter deciduis, iiervo sat louge infra apiceni folii evanido cellulisque laxis facilliine dignoscenda.
•J05. Tayloria iDissodov) Maidenii Broth., n.sp.
Autoica: gracilescens, caespitosa, cjvspitibus laxiusculis, pallide yiridibus, a?tate lutescenti-fuscescentibus, nitidiusculis; canUs erectus vel adscendens, vix ultra 1 cm. lougus, basi fusco-tomeii- tosus, dein midus, superne laxe foliosus, simplex vel furcatus: folia difticiliter emollita, carinato-concaviuscula, e basi erecta, breviter spathulata patula vel subhorizontalia, inferiora breviter, comatia elongate oblonga, breviter acuminata, plerumque apicu- lata, usque ad 1-1-2 mm. lata, marginibus erectis, integris, nervo sat tenui, infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, superioribus ovali-hexagonis, dein sensim longioribus, basilaribus oblongo- hexagonis, marginalibus angustioribus, limbum indistinctum. uniseriatum efformantibus; se^a 7-10 mm. alta, tenuis, strictius- cula, straminea, fetate fuscescenti-rubra, Isevissima; theca erecta, cum bypophysi sporangio breviore ejusdemque latitudinis ob- longa, c. 2 mm. longa, sicca baud mutata, castanea, cellulis spo- rangii incrassatis, irregularibus, oblongo- vel ovali-hexagonis, ad orificium in seriebus pluribus transversis, eisdem hypophysis rotundato-hexagonis, leptodermibus, stomatibus numerosis, sub immersis; peristomium 0; S2)07'i 0'025-0 030 mm., fusci, punctu- lati: opercuhim minutum, cupulatum ; calyptra mitrseformis, lutea, summo apice fuscidula, longirostris, in laciniis 5 brevibus divisa, laevissima.
N.S.W. : Mt. Kosciusko, Merritt's Camp (Maiden et Forsyth, n.l84).
Species distinctissima, thecse forma peristomioque deficiente facillime dignoscenda.
206. FuNAHiA (Entosthodon) perpusilla Broth., n.sp.
Pusilla, gregarie crescens, fuscescenti-viridis; catilis brevissi- mus, basi fusco-radiculosus, superne dense foliosus, simplex; folia erecto-patentia, sicca vix mutata, concaviuscula, e basi ovata lanceolato-subulata, usque ad 1-5 mm. lunga et 0-5 mm. lata.
o84 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NKW ZEALAND MOSSES,
inargiuibus erectis, integris, elimbata, nervo rufescente, infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, oblongo-hexagonis, basilaribus lectaugularibus ; seta 3-4 mm., strictiuscula, lutescenti-nibra; theca erecta, minuta, cum collo sporangio lequilongo pyriformis, lutescenti-fuscidula. Isevis : annnlns 0; jjei-istomium 0; spori 002o-0030 mm., ferniginei, papillosi ; operculum com^exum ; calyptra vesiculoso-cucullata, integi-a.
Victoria : Railwaj^ Station, Heyington, on ground (Watts, n.lP6, 201, 202a, 205).
Species minutie omnium partium, foliis elimbatis, integris nee won peristomio nullo jam dignoscenda.
207. FuNARiA {Evtosthodon) bullata Broth., n.sp.
Tenella, gregarie crescens, pallide viridis; caulis erectus, vix ultra 1 mm. longus, infima basi fusco-radiculosus, superne dense foliosus, simplex; folia erecta, sicca vix mutata, cochlearifornii- concava, e basi breviter et late spathulata obovata, fusco- mucronata vel apiculata, c. I'Smra. longa et usque ad I'lmm. lata, marginibus erectis, integris, elimbata, nervo rufescente, longe infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, superioribus rotundato-liexagonis, marginem versus minoribus, basilaribus elongate rectangularibus; seta 5-7 mm., strictiuscula, lutescenti- rubra; theca erecta cum collo sporangio sequilongo turgide pyri- formis, fuscidula, laevis; annulus 0: peristomium simplex, infi'a orificium oriundum; exostomii dentes erecti, lanceolati, rubri, longitudinaliter striati, papillosi: spori 0 030 mm., ferruginei, papillosi ; opercidum subplanum, rubromarginatum ; valyptra vesiculoso-cucullata, Integra.
Vic: Railway Station, Heyington, on ground (Watts, n.l98, 208).
Species F. gracili (Hook. fil. et Wils.) Broth., affinis, sed foliis cochleariformi-concavis oculo nudo jam dignoscenda.
208. Mielichhoferia { Etimielichhoferia) Foksythii Broth., n.sp.
Paroica : gracilis, csespitosa, csespitibus densis, fusco-tomento- sis, Isete viridibus, opacis; caulis erectus, vix ultra 1 cm. longus, tiliformis, inferne remote, superne dense foliosus, innovando
BY V. P. BROTHERUS. 585
raraosus; folia inferiora minuta, erecto-patentia, superiora multo raajora, erectiora, carinato-concava, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, marginibus erectis vel inferno anguste recurvis, superne seiru- latis, iiervo infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis anguste linearibus, infiinis laxioribus; hractere perichfetii foliis niulto minores, erectae, cseteruni eisdem similes; seta c. I'D cm. alta, tenuissima, ilexuo- sula, lutescenti-rubra ; theca erecta, regularis, oblonga, collo sporangiara breviore, leptodeimis, pallide fusca; annulus latus, I'evolubilis; perisioTniiim simplex, internum: memh^una basilaris exserta, hyalina, Isevis; p7'ocess2is filiformes, c 0010mm. lati, appendiculati, sordide lutei, minutissime papillosi; spori 0-015- 001 7 mm., lieves; operculum ignotum.
N.S.W. : Tallewong Creek (Forsyth, n 641).
209. MiELlCHHOFEKiA (Jlielichhojeriopsis) turgkns Broth , n.sp.
Paroica : robustiuscula, cjespitosa, cpespitibus densis, fusco- tomentosis, pallide viridibus, nitidis; caulia erectus, usque ad 1 -5 cm. longus, filiformis, accrescenti-foliosus itaque clavatus, innovando ramosus; /b/ia inferiora inter se remotiuscula, erecto- patentia, superiora sensim majora, densiora et erectiora, imbri- cata, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, marginibus fere ad apicem late revolutis, apice serrulatis, nervo infra apicem folii evanido, cellu- lis linearibus, basilaribus laxioribus, oblongo-hexagonis, inno- vationum latioribus, brevius acuminatis, marginibus anguste revolutis; b actem perichcetii foliis multo minores, erectse, anguste acuminata?, marginibus erectis, subintegris; sporogonia 1-3 ex eodem perichsetio; seta c. 5 mm. alta, tenuis, sicca ilexuosula, lutea; theca erecta vel inclinata, regularis, oblonga, collo sporan- gium subsequante, leptodermis, pallida; annulus latus, revolu- bilis; perts<omi?tm duplex; exostomii deiites Ismceolati, c. 0*20mm. longi et c. 0'05 mm. lati, dense lamellati, pallidi, dorso basi transverse dein oblique superne longitudinaliter striolati, angus- tissime limbati, sublseves vel papillosi; eudostomium hyalinum, Isevissimum, membrana basilaris altiuscula, processus dentium longitudinis, carinati, baud perforati, cilia brevissima, singula vel nulla; spot'i 0015-0'017 mm., ochracei, minute papillosi; operculuiin minutum, conicum, acutum, rubellum, 46
586 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES,
N.S.W.: Koorawatha, on ground among rocks (Watts, n.7219, typus); The Gap near Young (Watts, n. 77 19, forma); Memagong near Young, under rocks (Watts, n.7902, forma); Mt. Coghlan, near Cootamundra (Watts, n.7867, 7890, forma).
Species pulchra, peristomii structura ab omnibus congeneribus diverse.
210. Plagiobryum NoViE SeklandIjE Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum : tenellum, gregarie crescens, rubescenti-argenteum, nitidiusciilum ; caidis brevissimus, basi radiculis numerosis, longis, fuscis instructus, dense foliosus, innovationibus phiribus, brevibus, julaceis; folia caulina erecto-patentia, ovato- vel ob- longo-lanceolata, plerumque obtusa, marginibus erectis, integris, elimbata, nervo tenui, rubro, infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, teneris, liexagono-rhomboideis, basilaribus oblongo-hexa- gonis vel rectangularibus, innovationum imbricata, cochleari- formi-concava, late ovata, obtusissima vel subrotunda, margini- bus erectis, integris, cellulis laxioribus; )>eta 1 cm. vel paulum ultra, e basi geniculata erecta, pallide rubra; theca nutans, cum coUo sporangio longiore clavato-pyriformis, asymmetrica, micro- stoma, cum collo c. 6 mm. longa et c. r75 mm. crassa, lutescens, ore aurantiaco; annuJus 0075 mm. latus; peristomium duplex, paulum infra orificium oriundum; exostomii denies lanoeolati, c. 0-28 mm. longi et c. 0075 mm. lati, ad medium aurantiaci, dein liyalini, laeves; endostomium aurantiacuni, Iseve, processus denti- bus longiores, lanceolato-subulati, angustissime rimosi, cilia 0; spori 0'030-0"045 mm., f usci, papillosi , operenlum minutum, aurantiacum, conicum, obtusum. New Zealand : Broken River.
Species PI. Zierii (Dicks.) Lindb., valde affinis, sed foliorum forma dignoscenda.
211. Bryum {Pseudotriquetra) subventricosum Broth., n sp.
Dioicum : robustiusculum, csespitosum, csespitibus densis, rigidis, fusco-tomentosis, lutescenti-viridibus, opacis ; caulis erectus, cum innovationibus usque ad 5 cm. longus, dense foli- osus, innovationibus erectis, elongatis, sequaliter foliosis; folia erecto-patentia, sicca adpressa, carinato-concava, caulina ovato-
BY V. F. BROTH ERUS. 587
vel oblongo-lanceolata, late acuta, mucronata, niarginibus usque ad apicem late revolutis, integris, nervo crasso, fuscesceiite, in mucronem l)revissiraum excedente, cellulis ovali-hexagonis, basilaribus breviter rectangularibus, intiniis rubris, marginalibus angustis, limbum pluriseriatum, luteum efformantibus, innova" tionum eisdem caulinis siniiiia, sed minora, plerumque obtusi- uscula; seta usque ad 3*5 cm alta, fusca; theca nutans vel fcub- pendula, obovata, collo sporangio subsequante, sicca deoperculata sub ore baud constricta, pa<-hydermis, fusco-lutescens; autinlus 01 5 mm. latus ; peristomium duplex, paulum infra orificium oriunduin; exostomii denies lanceolato-subulati, c.O 66 mm. longi et c OlUmm. lati, fusco-lutei, minutissime papillosi, apice hyalini et distinctius papillosi, dense lamellati; etidt stominm flavescens, sublteve, membrana basilaris ad medium dentium producta, pro- cessus late fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta, appendiculata; spori immaturi; opercuhim convexum, acute apiculatum, nitidi- usculum.
N.S.W.: distr. Tumbarumba (Forsytb, n.725).
212. Bryum [Pseudotriquetra) austtjo-affine Broth., n.sp.
Synoicum : robustiusculum, c^spitosum, csespitibus densis, fusco-tomentosis, fuscescenti-viridibus, opacis; c«w/is erectus, cum innovationibus usque ad 4 cm. longus, dense foliosus, innova- tionibus erectis, usque ad 1cm. longis, dense et sequaliter foliosis; fulia erecto-patentia, sicca adpressa, carinato-concava, caulina oblongo-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, longe aristata, niargini- bus recurvis, integris, nervo basi crassiusculo, rubro, dein sensim tenuiore, in aristam longam, plerumque reflexulam, rufescentem, integram vel minutissime serrulatam excedente, cellulis oblongo- hexagonis, basilaribus majoribus, infimis rubris, marginalibus elongatis, angustis, limbum lutescentem, pluriseriatum effor- mantibus, innovationum eisdem caulinis similia, sed minora, marginibus angustius recurvis, nervo brevius excedente; seta usque ad 4 cm., flexuosula, fusco-rubra: theca nutans, e collo sporangio breviore oblongo-ovalis, cum collo usque ad 4 mm. longa et 1-5 mm. crassa, sicca deoperculata sub ore plus minusve contracta, pachydermis, fusca; annuUis U'OlSmm. latus; peri-
588 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZKALAND MOSSKS,
stomium duplex, pauluni infra orificium oriundum; exosfomii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, c. 0*5 mm. longi et c. 0'085 mm. lati, sordide lutei, minutissime papillosi. apice hyalini, distinctius papillosi, dense lamellati ; eudostomium sordide luteum, minute papillosum, membrana basilaris ad medium dentiuin producta, processus late fenestrati, cilia tenia, bene evoluta, longe appendiculata; spori O'015-O 017 mm., lute- scenti-virides, Iseves; operculum convexum, acute apiculatum, nitidiusculum.
N.S.W. : Yarrangobilly Caves (Forsytb, n. 1012, 1014); Kiandi-a(Forsytb, n.lOlO, 1011).
213. I^FJYUM {Ccespitibryum) laxirete Brotb., n.sp.
Dioicuin : i-obustiu.sculum, csespitosum, cajspitibus densis, pallida vel lutescenti-viridibus, nitidiusculis; coulis erectus, cum innovationibus vix ultra 1 cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus brevibus vel longioribus, erectis, superne dense foliosis; folia erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, sicca im- bricata, caulina late oblongo lanceolata, longe aristata, margini- bus revolutis, integris, limbata, nervo crassiusculo, superne multo tenuiore, in aristam elongatam, tenuem, lajvem excedente, cellulis lax is, teneris, ovali- vel oblongo-bexagonis, mai-ginalibus angustis, limbum pluriseriatum, lutescentem efformantibus, basi- laribus majoribus, infimis rubris, innovationura eisdeni caulinis similia ; seta 2-3'5 ram. alta, strictiuscula, fuscescenti-rubra; theca pendula, e collo sporangio breviore oblonga, cum collo c. 4 mm. longa et c. TS mm. crassa, sicca deoperculata sub ore paruin constricta, pachydermis, pallide fusca; anmdus 0-10 mm. latus; peristoviiiim duplex, infra orificium oriundum; exostomii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, c. O'oomm. longi et c. 0"12mm. lati, lutei, minute papillosi, apice bj'alini, distinctius papillosi, anguste limbati, densissime lamellati, fundo rubro; endostomuiin sordide flavescens, papillosum, membrana basilaris ad medium dentium producta, processus dentibus breviores, lanceolati, late fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta, longe appen- diculata; spori O'OlOmm., lutei, Iseves; operculum hemispheericum; acute apiculatum, nitidiusculum.
BY V. F, BROTHERUS. 589
N.S.W.: Emu Plains (Forsytli, n.l019). Warrumbungle Ranges (Forsytli, ii.l022); Jenolan Caves ( Blakely, n. 970); Hill Top(Maiden, n.406); gullies near Barber's Creek (Forsyth, n.409).
Species Br. ccespiticiu L., affinis, sed foliis laxius areolatis jam dignoscenda.
214. Bryum {Argyrobrynm) calodictyon Broth., n.sp.
Dloicum: tenellum, csespitosum, csespitibus parvis, densis, lutescentibus, nitidis; caulis erectus, vix ultra 5 mm. longus, inferne dense fusco -radiculosus, dense et julaceo foliosus, inno- vationibus brevissirais, erectis; folia imbricata, concava, ovata, breviter acuminata, acuta, marginibus erectis, integris, nerve sat tenui, infra summum apicem folii evanido, cellulis anguste line- aribus, basilaribus laxioribus, alaribus numerosis, rectangulari- bus vel subquadratis. Csetera ignota.
N.S.W. : Green Gully, near Young (Watts, n.7206), and damp bank, back of Cemetery, Young (n. 7244).
Species ex affinitate Br. chrysel Mitt., sed foliis breviter acuminatis, nervo ante apicem folii evanido, cellulis augustiori- bus longe diversa.
215. Bkyum (Erythrocarpa) luteolimbatom Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum : tenellum, cpespitosum, csespitibus densis, lutescenti- viridibus, nitidis; caulis vix ultra 5 mm. longus, basi fusco- radiculosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus paucis, erectis, brevi- bus; folia sicca imbricata, humida erecto-patentia, carinato-con- cava, marginibus erectis vel recurvis, apice minutissime serru- latis, limbata, nervo tenuiusculo, subcontinuo, cellulis oblongo- liexagonis, teneris, basin versus sensim longioribus, basilaribus rectangularibus, marginalibus elongatis, angustis, limbum luteum, triseriatum efformantibus; sela vix ultra 15 mm. alta, tenuis, rubra; theca nutans, cum collo sporangio subpequante clavato- pyriformis, c. 2 mm. longa, leptodermis, fuscidula ; annulus latus, revolubilis; pet'istojniuni duplex, infra orificum oriundum: exostomii c^en^eslineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice hyalini, papillosi, limbati, dense lamellati; endoslomium sordide tlavidulum, papillosum, membrana basilaris ad medium dentium
590 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES,
producta, processus anguste lanceolati, anguste perforati, cilia ?; spori 0-015-0018mm., fusciduli, Iseves; operculum alte convexum, muticum.
New Zealand : Auckland (Petrie, in Herb. Naylor Beckett).
Species Br. chrysotiearoni C Miill., habitu similis, sed folii structura jam longe diversa.
216. Bryum (Apalodictyon) filarium Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum : gracillimum, c?espitosuin, ca^spitibus compactis, superne Isete viridibus, setate fuscescentibus, inferne fusco-rubris; cauJis fragilis, erect us, usque ad 2-5cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus, dense foHosus, simplex vel innovando ramosus; foha erecto- patentia, sicca arete adpressa, carinato-concava, oblongo-lancto- lata, breviter acuminata, acuta, usque ad 1 mm. longa et 0'38mm. lata, marginibus erectis vel angustissime recurvis, integerrimis, nervo crasso, rufescente, continuo vel brevissime excedente, cellulis ovali- vel oblongo-hexagonis, teneribus, alaribus abbrevi- atis, maiginalibus angustioribus, limbnm indistinctum, unieeri- atum efformantibus. Cfetera ignota.
N.S. W.: Richmond River, Skinner's Head, sea-cliff (Watts, n.4127).
Species Br. pachypotnatulo Broth , atfinis, sed caule dense folioso, foliis brevioribus, nervo crassu digiioscenda.
217. Bryum {Alpiniformia) subcurvicollum Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum: robustiusculum, csespitosum, cpespitibus compactis, riaidis, fuscescenti-viridibus, vix nitidiusculis; caulis erectus cum innovationibus usque ad 2 cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus erectis, vix ultra 5 mm. longis, strictis; folia erecto-patentia, sicca imbricata, carinato concava, cauliiia anguste oblongo-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, aristata, marginibus anguste revolutis, integris, limbata, nervo crassius- culo, fuscescente, in aristam brevem, rigidam, Isevem producto, cellulis rhomboideohexagonis, marginalibus elongatis, angustis, limbum angustissimum, lutescentem efformantibus, basilaribus laxioribus, oblongo-hexagonis, innovationum eisdem caulinis similia, Integra vel apice indistincte serrulata; seta usque ad
fiY V. F. BROTHERUS. 591
Scni.alta, tenuis, sicca flexuosula, inferne rubra, supenie lute- scentirubra; theca nutans, paulum asynimetrica, coUo sporangio oblongo-ovali subtequante, cum colloc. 4-5mm. longa et c. 1 -20301. crassa, pallide fusca, pachydermis, sicca deoperculata sub ore baud constricta; annulus c. 0-12 mm. latus; peristomium infra orificium oriundum; exostomii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato- acuminati, c. 0-55 mm. longi et c. O'lO mm. lati, lutei, apice hyalini, inferne minutissime, apice distinctius papillosi, estriolati, dense lamellati; endoslomium sordide tiavidum, minute papillo- sum; membrana basilaris ad medium dentium producta; pro- cessus dentium longitudinis, late lanceolati, carinati, fenestrati; cilia terna, bene evoluta, nodulosa, parce appendiculata; spori 001o-0'OI8 mm., lutei, l?eves; G])erculnin convexum, acute apicu- latum.
N.S.W. : Apsley Falls (Forsytb, n.749).
Species Br. curvicoUo Mitt., affinis, sed statura multo robusti- ore foliisque nervo tenuiore jam dignoscenda.
218. BryUiM (Alpini/ormia) Cheelii Broth , n.sp.
Dioicum : robustiusculum, csespitosum, csespitibus densis, in. feme pallidis, dein viridibus, apice purpureis, nitidiusculis ; caulis paulum ultra Icm.longus, inferne fusco-radiculosus, dense et sequaliter foliosus, simplex; Julia sicca imbricata, humida erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, oblongo-lanceolata, acuta, mucronata, marginibus recurvis, apice minutissime serrulatis, nervo crasso, superne sensim angustiore, brevissime excedente, cellulis laxe hexagono-rhombeis, marginibus multo angustioribus, basilaribus breviter rectangularibus; seta c. 2 cm. alta, fusees, centi-rubra; theca pendula cum collo sporangio aequante pyri- formis, c. 4 mm. longa, pachydermis, fusca; annulus latus, revo- lubilis; pei-istomiuni duplex, ad orificium oriundum; exostomii denies linear! lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice hyalini, papillosi, anguste limbati, dense lamellati; endosttmnim flaves- cens, papillosum, membrana basilaris ultra medium dentium pro- ducta, processus lanceolati, fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta, longe appendiculata; siJori 0-012 mm., lutescenti-virides, sub- laeves; operculum alte convexum, mammillatum, nitidum.
N.S.W. : Shellharbour (Cheel, n.407).
592 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, ANt) NEW ZEALANt* MOSSES,
Species Br. alpino Huds., habitu simillima, sed foliis nervo ciassiore, cellulis laxioribus jam dignoscenda.
219. Bkyum {Alpiniformia) KiAM^E Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum : gracilescens, cjespitosum, csespitibus densiusculis, viridibus, opacis; caulis vix ultra 3 mm. longus, basi radiculosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus paucis, brevibus vel simplex; yb^ia subsequalia, sicca imbricata, humida erecto-patentia, carinato- concava, oblonga, acutiuscula, marginibus erectis, superne min- utissime serrulatis, nervo crassiusculo, continuo vel subcontinuo, cellulis laxe rhomboideo-hexagonis, marginem versus angustiori- bus, loasilaribus rectangularibus: seta vix ultra 1 cm. alta, tenuis, rubra; theca pendula, cum collo sporangio sequante pyriformis, c. 3 mm. longa, pachydermis, fusca ; annulus latus, revolubilis ; jyp.ristoinium duplex, paulum infra orificium oriundnm; exostornii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice hyalini, papillosi, dense lamellati; endostomiuni sordide luteum, papillo- sum membrana basilaris vix ultra medium dentium producta, processus lanceolati, anguste perforati, cilia 1 ; spori 0018-0'020 mm., virides, sublteves; operculum alte convex urn, muticum.
N.S.W. : Kiama (Forsyth, n. 381).
Species Br. Sullivani C. Miill., valde affinis, sed thecjB forma dignoscenda.
220. Bryum {Rostdata) Forsythii Hroth., n.sp.
Dioicum : robustiusculum, caespitosum, cfespitibus densis, sordide viridibus, opacis; caulis usque ad 2 cm. longus, fusco- radiculosus, dense et comoso foliosus; yb^ia comatia sicca erecta humida patentia, carinato-concava, e basi breviter spathulata, breviter oblonga vel ovalia, obtusiuscula, brevissime aristata, c. 3 mm. longa et usque ad 1"3 mm. lata, marginibus fere ad apicem revolutis, superne minute et ajqualiter serratis, limbata, nervo crassiusculo, brevissime excedente, cellulis ovali- vel rhombeo- hexagonis, marginalibus angustioribus et longioribus, limbum pauciseriatum, infra apicem folii desinentem efformantibus; seta c. 2 cm. alta, rubra; theca nutans, minuta, cum collo sporangio longiore obconica, fuscidula; oj)erculnm alte convexum, mam- millatum.
6Y V. F. BKOTHERUS. 593
N.sSv. : Kiania (Forsyth, n.384).
Species Br. leptothccio Tayl., affinis, sed folii forma, limbo angusto, infra apicem folii evanido dignoscenda.
221. Papillakia { Enpapillaria) nitidiuscula Broth , n.sp.
Dioica : mollis, gracilescens, Ipete viridis, nitidiuscula; caulis elongatus, per totam longitudinem cortici arborum affixus, laxi- uscule foliosus, dense et regulariter ramosus, ramis baud com- planatis, plerumque brevibuSj dense foliosis, curvatulis, simplici- bus, attenuati.s, rarius elongatis, pendulis, multo tenuioribus, pinnatim ramulosis: fulia ccmlhia patentia, ebasi breviter decur- rente late cordata, lanceolato-subulata, piliformiter attenuata, alis iutlexis, marginibus erectis, minutissime crenulatis, nervo tenui, ad medium folii evanido, cellulis elongatis, anguste lineari- rhomboideis, minutissime papillosis, basilaribus laxioribus, alari- bus subquadratis, byalinis, Isevibus; fo/ia ramea angustiora, lanceolato-acuminata. Cjetera ignota.
N.S.W. : Richmond River, Alstonville Road (Watts, n.4032, 4043, 4062), E. Ballina (Watts, n.207, 3401, 4003, 4110, 4351), Tintenbar (Watts, n.43G3), Pimlico (Watts, n.4882), Uralba Road (Watts, n.3711, 3715), Pearce's Creek (Watts, n.441), Brooklet (Watts, n.4793), Teven Creek (Watts, n.4093, 4396, 4418), North Creek (Watts, n.4755); Brunswick River, Myocum (Watts, n.4337).
Species a congeneribus australiensibus foliis nitidiusculis, mollibus jam dignoscenda.
222. Anacamptodon Wattsii Broth., n.sp.
Autoicus : gracilis, ctespitosus, cpespitibus densiuscuiis, la?te viridibus; caulis elongatus, repens, laxiuscule foliosus, dense ramosus, ramis brevibus, adscendentibus, simplicibus; folia patula, concava, e basi ovata vel ovali sensira longe lanceolato- subulata, marginibus erectis, integris, nervo crassiusculo, con- tinuo, cellulis rhomboideo hexagonis, basin versus laxioribus, alaril>us numerosis quadratis; bractese perichsetii intern}* erecta?, sensim lanceolato-acuminatae, intcgrpe; sela c. 1 cm. alta, stricti- uscula, lutea, inferne rubra, aitate omnino rubra, Isevissima ;
594 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES,
theca erecta, ovalis, crassicollis, pachydermis, pallida, setate rubra: peristoniivm duplex, infra orificium oriunduni; exosfomii dentes incurvi, siccitate reflexi, late lanceolati, c. 037 mm. longi et c. 0085 mm. lati, fusciduli, papillosi; ]>rocessns filiformes, medium dentium attingentes, fusci, IseA'es; sjoo?-t 0-008-0-OlOmm., ochracei, Iseves; operculum e basi conica breviter et oblique rostratum.
N.S.W.: Richmond River, Cooper's Creek (or Wilson's Creek), on burnt wood (Watts, n.5189).
Species foliis longe subulatis, nervo continuo dignoscenda.
223. Amblystegium austro-hygrophilum Broth., n.sp.
Autoicum: gracile, cjespitosum, csespitibus densiusculis, pallide viridibus; caulin elongatus, repens, hie illic fusco-radiculosus, laxe foliosus, irregulariter et remote subpinnatim ramosus, ramis patulis, usque ad To cm. longis, laxe foliosis, simplicibus; /o^ia squarroso-patula, concaviuscula, e basi longe decurrente, ovata sensim longe lanceolato-subulata, marginibus erectis, subula excepta minutissime denticulatis, nervo tenui, in subula evanido, cellulis elongate hexagunis, basin versus brevioribus, alaribus numerosis, laxis, oblongis; bracte<e perichcetii internee erectse, e basi pallida, lata laneeolato-subulatae, marginibus subulie minute serrulatae; se^a 2-3 cm., tenuis, flexuosula, rubra, superne lutes- cens; theca horizontalis, cylindracea, sicca curvata et sub ore contracta, fusco-lutea; operculum ignotum.
N.S.W : Mt. Duval, near Armidale, wet places among ^rass in gully (Watts, n.7386).
224. PLAGIOTHKCIUiM NoViE SEELANDIiE Brotll., n.Sp.
Dioicum : rubustum, ciespitosum, cjespitibus densis, mollibus, turgescentibus, viridissimis, nitidis; caidis elongatus, procum bens, parce radiculosus, dense foliosus, subpinnatim ramosus, ramis patentibus, plus minusve complanatis, brevioribus, obtusis vel longioribus, arcuatis, siepe plus minusve attenuatis, simplici- bus; /o^ia concava, longe decurrentia, late ovalia, obtusa, integi-a, lateralia asymmetrica, nervo furcato, brevi vel usque ad medium folii producto, cellulis elongate sed laxe rhomboideis, alaribus
BY V. F. BROTHERUfe. 595
brevioribus et laxioribus; bractece perichcetii late vaginantesj breviter acumiuatji', integiw; seta c 2*5 cm. alta, flexuosa, rubra; theca erecta vel suberecta, e collo brevi oblongo-cylindrica, pallide fusca, l^vis; operculum conicum, acutuui.
New Zealand : Kelly's Range, Kelly's Creek, on dripping rocks, and at top of Otira Gorge, 2830 ft., damp rocks in scrub (T. W. Naylor Beckett).
Species inflorescentia dioica, statura robusta foliorumque forma faciliter dignoscenda.
225 Plagiothkcium Nov^ Valesi^ Brotb., n.sp.
Autoicum : robustiusculum, cfespitosum, ctespitibus densis, turgescentibus, lutescenti-viridibus, nitidis; caulis elongatus, repens, per totam longitudinem plus minusve fusco-radiculosus, densiuscule foliosus, subpinnatim ramosus, ramis patulis, vix ultra 1 cm. longis, complanatulis, simplicibus, obtusis ; folia concava, vix decurrentia, dorsalia et ventralia symmetrica, ovato-lanceolata, lateralia asymmetrica, ovata, breviter sed anguste acuminatis, margin] bus erectis, apice minutissime serru- latis vel subintegris, nervis binis, brevissimis, cellulis laxe elongate rhomboideis, alaribus brevioribus et laxioribus; bractece. perichcetii vaginantes, subulato-acuminatse, integral; seta 1-5 cm. alta, pallide rubra. Ca'tera ignota.
N.S.W.: Richmond River, Skinner's Creek, on rock (Watts, n.5619) and log in Byron Creek (Watts, n 5839).
Species PI. lamprostachydi (Hamp.) Jaeg., affinis, sed foliis vix decurrentibus, lateralibus anguste acuminatis, apice minu- tissime serrulatis, laxiiis areolatis optime diversa.
226. Vesicui.akia kivalis Broth., n.sp.
Autoica : gracilis, caispitosa, ciiispitibus laxiusculis, depressis, saturate viridibus, opacis; caulis elongatus, repens, { er totam longitudinem fasciculatim fusco radiculosus, laxiuscule foliosus, pinnatim ramosus, ramis patulis, complanatis, vix ultra 1 cm. longis, cum foliis c. 2 mm. latis, simplicibus, obtusis; yo^ia ramea jateralia patula, concava, plus minusve asymmetrica, ovalia, raptim plus minusve longe cuspidata, marginibus erectis, inte-
596 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES.
gei'riinis, enervia, cellulis laxe ovali- vel oblongo-liexagonis (superioribus 3:1 vel 4:1), basin versus longioribus, ventralia et dorsalia raulto minora, symmetrica, ovato-lanceolata; seta l'5cm., pallida rubra; theca nutans, ovalis, c. 1 mm. longa, sicca deoper- culata sub ore constricta, fusca; ojyerculnvi e basi convexa acute apiculatum.
N.S.W. : Richmond River, rock in Whian Creek (Watts, n.5666).
Species V. piiindtnUe (C Miill.) valde affinis, sed foliis lati- oribus, cellulis laxioribus, firmioribus dignoscenda.
597
NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIE8 OF CARABID.E BELONG- ING TO THE TRIBE SCARITIXI.
[coleoptera.]
By Thomas G. Sloane.
It had been my intention to have reviewed the tribe Scaritini as I'cpresented in Australia, as a whole, and to have dealt with the classification of the genera, and the arrangement and syno- nymy of the species; but the realisation of tliis idea has had to be postponed, so that only the new species (including the interest- ing species found by Mr. H. W. Brown in the Murchison District of Western Australia, at Cue and Anketell) which have accu- mulated in my hands; and for which, in some cases, my corres- pondents are waiting for published names, are dealt with herein.
Rhysocara, n.gen
Allied to Clivina. Head irregularly and strongly longitudin- ally furrowed, the median furrow deep; front with a strong transverse I'idge behind median part of clypeus; supra-antennal plates wide, obliquel}' tumid in front of eyes, external margin bordered; clypeus strongly angularly-emarginate, lateral parts* rounded; eyes large, globose. Anlennce short, incrassate; two basal joints glabrous, third cylindrical, hardly shorter than second, sparsely setulose; joints 5-11 short, wide, pubescent. Mentum with prominent median tooth; a setigerous puncture
* It is now proposed to use the term lateral parts for the side-pieces of the clypeiis situated between the median part of the clypeus and the supra- antennal plates of the head. Hitherto, I have followed Putzeys in calling the.se side-pieces the "wings" of tlie clypeus, Init there are decided olijee- tions to the use of the militarj' term irimj for the lateral part of a bodj-- segment; therefore, it is better to discontinue its use,
598 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CAKABID^,
beside each basal angle. Prothorax short, transverse, convex, widest at posterior angles, strongly narrowed to apex; basal curve short, inner angles hardly marked; apex truncate; anterior angles rounded; lateral furrow wide, closed behind by a transverse ridge connecting border with pronotum at posterior angles; two lateral setigerous punctures as in Clivina-. anterior transverse sulcus deep. Elytra stout, convex, strongly striate-punctate; stride free at base; interstices convex, most strongly so on apical declivity, extremities of 2-6 distant from apex, seventh convex on apical declivity. Ventral segments transversely sulcate. Prosternum convex, wide between coxa»; intercoxal declivity transversely sulcate; peduncle with a concavity on each side; metasternum not long. Legs stout; anterior femora short, wide; anterior tibiae large, 3 dentate, teeth strong, upper one opposite insertion of upper inner spine, middle one before insertion of inner apical spine, apical one long, stout, curved outwards, obtuse at apex; middle tibise incrassate, with a strong apical spur and an obtuse prominence on outer side above apical spur ; posterior cox^e contiguous.
A new genus has seemed necessary for the reception of this remarkable species, which, in facies, resembles the species of the American species Aspidoglossa, though it is not allied to that genus. I know of no species nearly allied to it; probably its position is between Dyschirius and Clivina. Attention may be drawn to the lateral furrow of the elyti-a, in which, towards the base, the punctures of the normal eighth stria of the Carabida- may be seen, as well as those of the seventh stria; between these rows of punctures, the umbilicate punctures of the normal ninth interstice occur; the ninth interstice itself is lost in the lateral furrow, as is always the case in Clivina, though not in Dyschirius.
Rhysocara crassa, n.sp.
Q. Robust, convex, winged. Head rugose, eyes prominent, clypeus with median part deeply emarginate, not divided from lateral parts; prothorax short, subtrapezoid; elytra truncate at base, strongly punctate-striate, strife entire, fi\e inner ones free at base, submarginal humeral carina obsolete; prosternum with
BY T. G. SLOANE. 599
intercoxal part cordiform, narrow and longitudinally sulcate anteriorly; pro-episterna smooth; lateral cavities of peduncle smooth; metasternum longer between median and posterior coxal cavities than the length of the posterior coxge; legs stout : anterior tibiae strongly 3-dentate; intermediate tibia? thick, wide at apex, a strong obtuse external spur at apex: posterior tibia- short, incrassate. Black.
Head not large (1-6 mm. across eyes); front strongly rugose; clypeus with median part deeply emarginate, lateral parts rounded externally, not divided from median part on anterior mar- gin, concave, the inner margin of this concavity sharply defining the median part; supra-antennal plates large, rounded externallv divided from lateral parts of clypeus by a sinuositj-; eyes globose, prominent. Labrum 7-setose. Palpi stout. Antenna' shoit, moniliform, incrassate, second joint longer than third. Pro- thorax smooth, convex, broader than long (2-1 x 2*75 mm.), widest just before posterior marginal puncture, strongly and roundly narrowed anteriorly (ant. width 1-7 mm.); basal curve short; anterior margin truncate; anterior line deeply impressed: lateral channel wide; border strongly developed, particularly on each .side of basal curve, not sinuate on each side of base, inner basal angles not marked. Elytra truncate-oval (5x2-9 mm.), convex, abruptly declivous at base, strongly declivous to apex; strise deep, strongly punctate the punctures reaching apical extremity — seventh entire; interstices convex, sixth and seventh uniting at base to enclose sixth stria, eighth narrow on apical curve. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum narrowed and strongh' transversely sulcate in middle. Anterior femora short, thick, compressed; anterior tibiae stout, strongly 3-dentate, apex stout and curving outwards; posterior trochanters shortly subreniform, obtusely pointed at apex. Length, 8-6, breadth 29 mm.
Hah. — Northern Territory. Type in Coll. Sloane (unique); given to me by Mr. C. French.
A ver}' remarkable and isolated species, representing a new genus among the Australian Clivinides. The head difl'ers from that of all Australian species of CJivina by the strong rugosity of the front; the clypeus, too, is more triangularly emarginate
600 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CAKABIDiE
than in any of our species of Clivina. The short, subtrapezoid prothorax, with the border thick behind the posterior angles, and not curved downwards to meet the median basal part of the border; the truncate, strongly punctate-striate elytra, with the five inner strise free at the base, and the third, fifth, and seventh interstices strongly developed on the apical declivity; together with the four posterior tibife stout and wide, are characteristic, unusual features of this species. I have been unable to see any trace of the usual four setigerous punctures of the third elyti'al interstice. ■ In a general way, it has the appearance of a stoutly built species of the genus Asjndotjlossa.
Clivina bkunnicolor, n.sp.
Allied to C. r'iverinct SI.: parallel, depressed. Head similar to that of (7. ohliquata Putz., and resembling that of C. riverince SI.; prothorax subquadrate; elytra subdepressed, strongly punc- tate-striate, fifth, sixth, and seventh stria? entire, fifth joining sixth at base, a humeral carina at base of seventh and eightli interstices; prosternum with intercoxal part very narrow ante- riorly, episterna minutely shagreened under a lens, and with lightly impressed wavy striolie; anterior tibia- 3-dentate. Hrowii- ish, head and prothorax piceous-brown, legs fuscous-red.
Head large; vertex wide between facial carinfe, punctate: facial carina.^ elongate, well developed; facial sulci recurved (recurved part longer and less oblique than in C. obliqiiata). Prothorax depressed, wide (1'9 x 2-1 mm.). Elytra lightly and widely subconvex, hardl}- wider than prothorax (4 x2-15mm ); strife punctate, extending on to apical declivity, seventh well- marked, entire, finely punctulate before apical cuive. Anterior femora wide, lower side arcuate; anterior tibia? wide, strongly 3-dentate, with a small prominence above upper tootli; inter- mediate tibia? with ante-apical spur well developed Length TT, breadth 215 mm.
//a6. - North-West Australia: King's Sound (Froggatt and W. D. Dodd). Type in South Australian Museum.
This is the species I have referred to in these Proceedings (1896, p.276) as a variety of C. riverince. An examination of
BY T. G. SLOANE. 601
three specimens from the South Australian Museum, ticketed "Derby, W. D. Dodd," indicates that it is a distinct, though closely allied species. From C. rirerivcp, it differs by its brown- ish colour, less depressed form (especially of elj'tra); elytia more strongly striate, the lateral striai strongly impressed.
Clivina dampieri, n.sp. v
Narrow, cylindrical. Front depressed, punctate; prothorax longer than broad; elytra strongly punctate-striate, fourth and 'fifth strife confluent at base, seventh entire, eighth interstice carinate at base; prosternum with intercoxal pai"t attenuate anteriorly, epistei"na feebly shagreened, overhanging anteriorly; anterior femora wide, posterior margin of lower side rounded, anterior tibise 4-dentate. Ferruginous.
Head ordinary: front punctate; vertex without punctures in middle, a few punctures on each side of extremities of facial carina?, these short; clypeus not divided from front, clypeal elevation lightly raised, arcuate, median part emarginate-trun- cate, bordered, angles slightly more prominent than lateral parts, divided from them by an angular notch, lateral parts small; supra-antennal plates raised, declivous to facial carinse; eyes convex, not much more prominent than supra antennal plates, standing out sharply from head at base. Prothorax longer than broad (135 x 1"2 mm ), hardly narrowed anteriorly, declivous to base, smooth (a few striolse near sides); lateral basal impressions obsolete; border narrow, not curving downwards at junction with basal border, inner basal angles marked. El^-tra a little wider than prothorax (26 x 1 "35 mm), parallel, strongly declivous to apex; base lightly emarginate; shoulders rounded but marked; striae strongly impressed, entire; interstices convex, depressed on apical declivity. Length, 5-5-5; breadth, 1 -35-1 -Smm.
Hah. — North-West Australia: Carnot Bay. Type in Coll. Sloane.
Three specimens are before me, one received from Mr. C. French as from Carnot Bay, and two belonging to the South Australian Museum, from the Blackburn Coll., ticketed "N.W.A."
47
602 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CARABIDiE,
Allied to C. hovillce Blkb., but much smaller, more cylindrical, more parallel; pi'othorax longer, less narrowed to apex. Com- pared with a species from Fortescue River (South Australian Museum Coll.), and Cue (Coll. Sloane) which is hardly larger (length 5-6 mm.), and which seems to me a dwarfed form of C. bovillre, it differs by prothorax longer than broad, less narrowed to apex; eyes less roundh' prominent; vertex depressed; facial carinte shorter. I am unable to compare it with C. australica SI, from the description of which it differs by size larger; clypeus with median part more strongly separated from lateral parts; facial sulci not "recurved"; elytra more strongly striate.
Clivina exilis, n.sp.
Parallel-elongate. Head small, eyes not protuberant, clypeus with median part angulate on each side; prothorax longer than broad, punctate; elytra long, parallel, punctate-striate, fourth stria free at base, seventh interstice narrowly carinate near base, eighth carinate near apex: prosternum with intercoxal part attenuate anterioi'h^, posterior declivity not transversely sulcate; anterior femora with posterior margin of lower side roundly pro- tuberant in middle; anterior tibia^ 4-dentate. Ferruginous- testaceous.
Head wide and convex between eyes, finely punctate; clypeus with median part advanced, decidedly angulate on each side (these intermediate angles sharply marked), lateral parts rect- angularly angulate, a triangular notch dividing lateral parts from supra-antennal plates. Prothorax depressed, long (1 x 0-7 ram.), parallel on sides; anterior margin truncate; anterior angles obtuse; lateral border narrow, lightly sinuate near apex, inner angles of base obtuse. Elytra long, narrow (2 x 0-75 mm.), parallel on sides; striae entire, not deep, seventh strongly im- pressed for the whole length. Prosternal episterna strongly transversely striolate near outer margin. Length, 3-8; breadth, 0-75 mm.
Hah. — Port Darwin (Dodd). Type in Coll. Sloane (unique).
A very distinct species, which may be placed near C. cribrifrons SI., but also shows some affinity to C. coronata Putz. It is the
BY T. G. SLOANE. 603
most elongate, and most depressed of the small Australian species of Clivina. Such species as C. inconspicua SI., C. cribri/rons SI., and C. nana SI., seem of quite robust form beside it. Its small size, slender form, head with non-prominent eyes, clypeus decidedly quadri-angulate, prothorax long with upper surface punctate, and elytra with fourth stria free at base, are features, which, taken together, help to distinguish it readily from all other Au.stralian species.
Clivina femora lis, n.sp.
Elongate, parallel. Head suhdepressed, punctate, clypeus emarginate (as in C. sel/ata, etc.); prothorax longer than broad, subdepressed; elytra punctate-striate, fourth and fifth striae uniting at base, basal striole of tirst interstice obsolete (faintly perceptible only on basal declivity), eighth interstice carinate at base; anterior femora strongly lobate on lower side; anterior tibiae 4-dentate. Ferruginous.
Head rather depressed; front and vertex punctate; clypeus not di\ided from front, clypeal elevation slightly raised, roundly truncate, anterior margin of clypeus lightly emarginate, median part not divided from lateral parts; supra antennal plates de- cidedly divided from lateral parts of clypeus, declivous to frontal impressions; facial sulci shallow; eyes not large, deepl}' set in orbits, convex, but not greatly more prominent than supra- antennal plates. Prothorax smooth, longer than broad (1 -5 x 1*3 mm.), very lightly narrowed anteriorly; disc rather depressed along median line; basal declivities very short; lateral basal impressions linear, distinct. Elytra parallel, a little wider than prothorax (3x1 "45 mm.), subcylindrical; strise strong, entire, seventh strongly marked in all its course; interstices convex. Prosternum with intercoxal part attenuate anteriorly, trans- versely sulcate on base; episterna lightly overhanging anteriorly, finely shagreened, a few fine transverse striolfe near sides. Anterior coxai prominent at apex beneath femora ; anterior femora with posterior margin of lower side strongly raised into a wide obtuse prominence at middle; intermediate tibife with ante-apical spur well developed. Length, 5-5; breadth, 1-45 mm.
604 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CARABID^E,
//rt6.— North- West Australia : Fortescue River, Hanimersley Range (W. D. Dodd). Unique in South Australian Museum Coll.
This species is such an important one, connecting C. pnnc- taticeps Putz., with C. ferriiginea Putz., etc., that I have ven- tured to describe it on a single specimen. It can be readil}' separated from all other Australian species of the genus (Jlivina by the presence of the following two characters which occur together in no other Australian species, viz., (fl)clypeus emargin- ate as in C. sellata Putz.; (5) femora with posterior margin of lower side strongly lobate; the lobe is about half-way between the point of the coxa and the apex of the femur, and is more suddenly raised, and more prominent than in C. pnncfaticeps Putz., or C. tumidipes SI.
Clivina darwini, n.sp.
Robust, convex. Head wide, clypeus deeply truncate-emar- ginate; prothorax as broad as long (2 x 2 mm.), anterior angles marked; elytra oval, fourth and fifth stria; uniting at base, seventh and eighth interstices uniting at base to form a short carina, eighth interstice not indicated by a carina near apex; prosternum with intercoxal part wide anteriorly, basal declivity non-sulcate, episterna shagreened, finely transversely striolate; metasternum between intermediate and posterior coxfe shorter than posterior coxse, episterna small and short; anterior tibiae 3-dentate. Piceous-black, undersurface and legs reddish-piceous, antennte and palpi ferruginous.
Head large, convex; eyes prominent, clypeus deeply and widely truncate-eniarginate (as in C. frogyatti SI.); lateral parts of clypeus not divided from median part, lightly and roundly advanced; supra-antennal plates rounded externally, divided from lateral parts of clypeus by a light sinuosity. Prothorax convex (2x2 mm.), lightly narrowed anteriorly; anterior margin truncate; anterior angles well marked, subrectangular; basal curve short. Elytra oval (3-7 x 2-1 mm.), convex; shoulders rounded; striae deep, finely crenulate; interstices convex near
BY T. G. SLOANE. 605
base, depressed on apical declivity; submarginal humeral carina short, feebly developed. Length, 5-5-7; breadth, 1-65-2 mm.
Hab.— Fori Darwin (Dodd, several specimens). Type in Coll. Sloane.
Closely allied to C froggaUi SI., with which it agrees in shape of head and elytra, but differs by smaller size; prothorax with anterior angles prominent (not rounded off); elytra with eighth interstice not showing as a carina on apical curve; metasternum shorter, the metepisterna much smaller and shorter.
Clivina kershawi, n.sp.
Allied to C. elegans Putz. : elongate, lightly convex. Clypeus emarginate-truncate, lateral parts advanced; prothorax longer than broad, narrowed to apex; elytra subdepressed, strongly punctate-striate, fourth stria joining fifth at base, interstices convex, eighth obsolete on apical curve; prosternum with inter- coxal part wide; peduncle smooth, concavities impunctate; meta- sternum and metepisterna short; anterior tibite 3-dentate; inter- mediate tibiaj with external spur above apex. Black; antennae, tarsi, and palpi piceous-red.
Head smooth; facial carina? narrow, a slight impression divid- ing them from supra-antennal plates; clypeus with lateral parts prominent, rounded, median part truncate; eyes prominent. Prothorax smooth, a little broader than long (3-4 x 3-6 mm.), narrowed to apex (2 6 mm.), subdepressed; basal declivity short; border narrow, hardly interrupted at basal angles, not wide at anterior angles. Elytra subdepressed, oval (7-6 x 3-75 mm.); stria? well marked to apex, strongly impressed and decidedly crenulate; seventh interstice lightly carinate at base; posterior setigerous puncture of third interstice near extremity of fourth stria?. Length, 12-13-7: breadth, 31-3-75 ram.
Hab. — Tropical Queensland : Claudie River (J. A. Kershaw). Tvpe in the National Museum, Melbourne.
In facies, resembling C. deyans Putz., but differing by antenna^ longer and less moniliform (joints 4-1 1 not so short, wide, and bead-like); facial carina? more or less divided from supra-antennal plates; orbits projecting less strongly from head behind eyes;
606 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES Of CAUABIDi*;,
peduncle smooth; elytra more deeply crenulate-striate, interstices more convex, eighth obsolete on apical curve; metasternum longer between middle and posterior coxse. From C. ubbreviata Putz., it can be differentiated readilv by the less moniliform antennte, and smooth peduncle From C. obliquicoUisH]., it may be separated by its more depressed form; metasternum much shorter between coxal cavities, etc. And from C. hrevisterna SI., by its more depressed shape ; longer prothorax ; elytra more strongly striate, posterior setigerous puncture of third interstice placed near apex, etc.
Clivina bkevistekna, n sp.
Allied to C. iiyctosyloides Putz.: robust, elongate-oval. Head as in C tiyctosyloidns, clypeus widely and deeply truncate- emarginate; prothorax hardly broader than long, strongly nar- rowed anteriorly; elytra oval, convex, punctate-striate, fourth stria joining fifth at base, interstices convex on disc, eighth obsolete on apical declivity, submarginal humeral carina feebly developed; prosternum with intercoxal part wide anteriorly, pro- episterna smooth, with some minute wavy transverse scratches; lateral cavities of peduncle smooth; metasternum shorter between intermediate and posterior coxal cavities than the length of the posterior coxte, metepisterna longer than broad; anterior tibiie 3-dentate; intermediate tibia? with external spur near apex. Black; tibiae piceous; tarsi and antenna? reddish-piceous.
Head large (2* 15 mm. across eyes); sides sloping forward ob. Hquely from a little before eyes (a vei-y slight sinuosity indicat- ing the division between the supra-antennal plates and the lateral parts of the clypeus); clypeus with median part truncate, lateral parts shortly advanced, oblique on inner side. Labrum 7-setose. Prothorax of almost equal length and breadth (3-2 x 3'3 mm.), widest a little before posterior angles, strongly narrowed anteriorly (ant. width 2-25 mm.), deeply declivous to base; anterior angles obtuse, widely bordered; basal curve short. Elytra oval (6-7 x 3-7 mm.), convex; shoulders rounded, stria? all strongly impressed towards base, fifth and seventh obsolete, or' nearly so, towards apex. Length, 11-5-15; breadth, 3-5-4 mm.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 607
//a6.— Northern Territory : Pine Creek District. Type in Coll. Sloane. I am indebted to Mr. C. French for several specimens.
Closely allied to C. nyctosyloides, but differing by metasternum shorter between intermediate and posterior coxal cavities than the length of the posterior coxte; prothorax longer (and, there- fore, appearing less strongly narrowed to apex); elytra with the shoulders more rounded off (i.e., less strongly ampliate from peduncle). The elytral interstices have a tendency to present four irregular raised ridges on the apical declivity formed by the first, third, fifth, and seventh interstices; a similar tendency is noticeable in C. nyctosyloides; but, owing to the greater con- vexity of the even interstices towards the apex in that species, the odd interstices are not so conspicuous as in C. hrevisterna, in which the even interstices are depressed.
Laccoscaphus doddi, n.sp.
Elliptical-oval, robust, convex. Head with two supraorbital punctures on each side; each elytron with four rows of deep fovese, and a row of small lateral ocellate punctures not placed in foveaj; anterior tibite 3-dentate.
Head large (3-3mm. across eyes), convex; frontal sulci lightly divergent backwards, out-turned to define the posterior margin of the lateral frontal spaces, connected by a rounded impression defining posterior margin of median frontal space; eyes lightly convex, not prominent. Prothorax convex, transverse (2-6 x 3-9 ram.); anterior margin truncate; anterior angles small, hardly advanced; sides subparallel in middle, lightly and roundly narrowed to anterior angles, rounded at posterior angles, lightly sinuate on each side of basal lobe; border narrow, lightly re- flexfd, forming a thick strongly raised ridge on basal lobe; two marginal setigerous punctures on each side. Elytra convex, oval (5-3 X 3-7 mm.); base widely and lightly emarginate; four rows of fovea? on each elytron, first (sutural) row with two small fovese on disc and two on apical declivity, second and third rows with five or six fovete, fourth row with four fove^e; border nar- row, strongly upturned at humeral angles; apical curve with a
608 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CARABIDiE,
narrow margin on each side; three setigerous punctures on eacli side of base. Intercoxal part of presternum with a setigerous puncture on each side near coxal cavity.* Posterior trochanters with a setigerous puncture. Length, 11; breadth, 3-7 mm.
Hah. — Port Darwin (Dodd). Type in Coll. Sloane (unique).
This small species is allied to L. darwiiiiensis ]\Iacl , from which it differs by its black colour, smaller size, etc. It differs from L. macleayi SI., by its shorter and more convex form; eyes less prominent; border of elytra and prothorax narrower; elytral foveje smaller, lateral ocellate punctures not placed in depres- sions, etc.
Cakenum LEPlDtiM, n.sp.
Elliptical, convex. Head depressed, frontal sulci short, lightly divergent; prothorax transverse, convex, margins wide, posterior angles rounded off; elytra convex, widely subemarginate at base, impunctaie, border dentate at humeral angles; anterior tibite 3-dentate. Head and undersurface black ; prothorax black, becoming violaceous towards sides, border viridescent; elvtra purple, bluish-green near sides.
Head transverse (6 mm. across eyes) ; front subdepressed ; frontal sulci arcuate-sinuate, lightly divergent backwards; eyes subprominent; intermediate angles of clypeus stout, triangular, obtuse at apex; preocular process small, lounded externally. Antenn:e submoniliform, setaceous. Prothorax convex, trans- verse (5'3 X 8-4 mm.); sides rounded, anterior angles wide, obtuse, decidedly advanced; posterior angles rounded, not marked; basal curve arcuate on each side behind posterior angles, lightly sinu- ate on each side of base; border retlexed, hardly wider at pos- terior angles; marginal channel wide; base shortly lobate; median line strongly impressed; two marginal setigerous punctures on each side. Elytra oval, wider than prothorax (13x9 mm.), wide at base; border folded over and upturned at humeral angles; lateral channel wide; four or five punctures on base of each
* A similar puncture is found in L. darimniensis Macl. , L. cyanens Fabr. , and L. humeraHs SI., but not, that I have been able to detect, in L. locn- losnii Newni., L. ^ipenceri Westw., and L. machayi SI.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 609
elytron; a row of closely placed punctures along lateral margin: suture strongly impressed. Anterior tibia^ 3-dentate; inferior ridge raised, strongly serrate; apical plate dentate at apex below tarsus. Length, 24; breadth, 9 mm.
JIab.~W.A.: Anketell, Cue District (Brown). Type in Coll. iSluane (unique).
A distinct species. From C. transversicolle Chaud., and C. hrevicolle SI., it is readily distinguished by the shape of tlie pro- thorax, which is less subquadrate and transverse, and has the posterior angles rounded ofi', not widely margined and prominent. From C. leai SI., it is separated by size larger; form less convex; prothorax more rounded on sides, more widely margined; elytra far less convex, wider across base, lateral border much wider. From C. madeayi Blkb., it difi'ers by head with preocular pro- cesses (anterior anglesj not prominent; protliorax less convex, margins wider; elytra with lateral channel wider.
Cakenum leai, n.sp.
lilliptical-oval, very convex. Head with frontal sulci short, one supraorbital puncture on each side; prothorax transverse, loliate, anterior angles prominent, posterior angles rounded; elytra very convex, Wvigate, impunctate; anterior tibiae 3-dentate. Head and undersurface black ; prothorax black, with wide bluish-green margins; elytra nitid, rich purple on disc, chaly- beous towards sides.
Head transverse (5'2 mm. across eyes); front subdepressed; preocular process small, rounded, not prominent; frontal sulci short, deep, hardly divergent backwaids; eyes convex, not very prominent. Prothorax transverse (4-5 x 66 mm.), convex, strongly declivous to base; a light impression on each side of base; sides subparallel; anterior angles narrow, prominent; basal angles I'ounded; basal curve short, sinuate on each side of base; basal lobe distinct, narrowly margined; border narrow, hardly more prominent at posterior angles; marginal channel narrow, slightly wider at posterior angles; median line lightly impressed. Elytra oval(10 x 68 mm.), evenly rounded on sides; suture deep: base not wide, very strongl}' declivous to peduncle; border on
6lO NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CARABIDA,
sides hardly divergent to humeral angles: lateral border narrow, strongly folded over and raised at humeral angles; marginal channel narrow; three or four punctures in a single row at base of each elytron; a row of punctures along lateral margins. Length, 19; breadth, 68 mm.
//a6. — Queensland : Cunnamulla (Hardcastle). Type in Coll. 81oane.
I owe my single specimen of this brightly coloured species to the generosity of Mr. A. M. Lea. It most resembles C. dispar Mad, but differs by elytra without discal punctures: marginal border and channel of prothorax and elytra narrower; elytra more convex, side-border of base less divergent to tlie humeral angles; elytra of a beautiful shining blue. Fiom C. macleayi Blkb., it differs by head with anterior angles (preocular pro- cesses) rounded, not prominent; prothorax much less narrowed anteriorly; elytra narrower, more convex, base narrower, more abrupt, side-borders far less divergent to humeral angles.
Note. — There is no trace of the usual setigerous punctures in the lateral channels of the prothorax in the specimen before me.
Carenum blackburni, n.sp.
Oblong-oval, convex, Isevigate. Head with one supraorbital puncture on each side; prothorax transverse, anterior angles strongly porrect, posterior angles widely reflexed, obtuse, but marked, base lobate; elytra bipunctate towards apex, humeral angles prominent, anterior tibipe 3-dentate. Black, polished; marginal channel of prothorax and elytra obscurely violaceous.
Head large (5-2 mm. across eyes), convex on occiput; frontal sulci deep, parallel; median frontal space convex; lateral frontal spaces abruptly declivous externally; clypeus with median part truncate, intermediate angles widely and obtusely triangular; preocular sulcus distinct, short; preocular process small; eyes a little convex, not prominent. Prothorax convex, transverse (415 X 7 mm.), about equally wide at posterior and anterior angles; sides subparallel, a little narrowed anteriorly; anterioi- angles prominent, but obtuse; posterior angles rounded, but marked; base decidedly lobate; border narrow in middle of sides.
bY T G. SLOAkE. 61 1
a little wider anteriorly, wide at posterior angles: median line strongly impressed; one marginal setigerous puncture on each side at posterior angle. Elytra not wider than prothorax(9-3 x 6-9 mm.), convex, lightly rounded on sides; base widely truncate- emarginate, strongly declivous, a few punctures on each side; border reflexed, erect at humeral angles: margin wide, especially on apical curve; a catenulate row^ of evenly and rather closely placed punctiares along sides. Prosternum with intercoxal part wide, lightly concave, two or three punctures on each side. Legs rather light; anterior tibia? 3-dentate; intermediate tibiae not dentate at apex on outer side. Length, 18-5; breadth, 7 mm. }lab. — South Australia : Nullabor Plain. Type in Coll. Sloane. Two specimens were given to me by Mr. C. French. The position of this species is in the C sm.aragdnh(m-<;rovp beside C. interiore SI.; it can be readily distinguished from the latter by size smaller: prothorax less quadrangularly transverse, pos- terior angles more obtuse, far less marked, base much more strongly lobate; elytra with humeral angles far more strongly marked and erect. The position of the posterior marginal setigerous puncture at the posterior angle will in itself differ- entiate it from C. emarginatnm SI., in which this puncture is considerably before the posterior angle.
Carenum virescens si., var. viridiventkis, n.var.
Robust, convex. Head with one supraorbital puncture on each side. Prothorax transverse (3-8 x 6*6 mm.), rounded at posterior angles, lobate; two marginal punctures on eachsid*. Elytra oval, bipunctate. Anterior tibiae 3-dentate. Green, nitid; legs, middle of prosternum, metasternum, and abdomen, also anterior parts of head, mandibles, and apical ventral segment black; disc of prothorax more or less atrous. Length, 17-8-20; breadth, 6 8-7 '7 mm.
Hab. — W.A. : Cue, Kalgoorlie, Lake Darlot. Type in Coll. Sloane.
This form differs from the typical C virescens by elytra wholly green; ventral segments, excepting apical, viridescent.
6i2 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OP CAkABlcJ;,
Note. — There seems a likelihood that C. virescens may itself be only a variety of C. sviaraydnluni Westw.; but, at present, C. sDKiragduhun is unknown to me in nature Its habitat seems to be the Swan River district.
Cakenum browni, n.sp.
Elliptical-oval, subdepressed, Isevigate. Head large, frontal sulci strongly divergent; prothorax transverse, sides rounded, anterior angles porrect, posterior airgles rounded, base bisinuate and widely sublobate, border reflexed, widest at posterior angles, lateral channel wide, 3-punctate; elytra truncate-oval, bipunc- tate above apical declivity, border wide, thickened at humeral angles, obsolete on base; anterior tibiae 3-dentate. Black.
Head transverse (7 mm. across eyes), lightly narrowed behind eyes, depressed; frontal sulci rather short, strongly divergent posteriorly; clypeus sloping gently to anterior margin, median part wide, truncate, intermediate angles prominent, triangular; preocular sulcus well marked; eyes convex, pi'ominent. Pro- thorax transverse (6-3 x 93 ram.); margins wide; sides rounded; anterior angles wide, rounded, strongly advanced ; posterior angles rounded, subprominent near basal sinuosities; basal curve short, bisinuate, median part wide, lightly rounded between sinuosities; border reflexed on sides, wide at posterioi- angles, narrow on middle of base; marginal channel wide; median line lightly impressed; three marginal punctures on each side, the posterior puncture a little before posteiior angle. Elytra o\al, hardly wider than prothorax (14'5 x 9 o mm ), lightly rounded on sides: base wide, lightly emarginate; apical curve wide, even; humeral angles thick, raised, not bordered on inner side; lateral border retiexed, thickened at humeral angles, closing lateial channel by uniting with body of elytra; lateral channel wide: a transverse row of four fine punctures on each side of base; a row of closely placed ocellate punctures along sides. Prosternum wide between coxse, two or three setigerous punctures on each side; basal declivity' wide, abrupt, its outer angles projecting strongly near peduncle. Length, 28; breadth, 9-5 mm.
Ilab. — W.A. : Anketell (Brown). Type in Coll. Sloans.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 613
I received this fine species from Mr. H. W. Brown, vlio dis- covered it, with other new species, at Anketell, 70 miles south- west of Cue.
It can be compared only with C. emargiiiafum SI., var. feqtcalis SI., with whicl) it forms a separate group in the genus Careitum, distinguished by liaving the posterior marginal seta situated considerably before the posterior angle. I cannot compare it with C . emarffinahim SI., but from its v ar . reqiiali s SI., also found by Mr. Brown at Anketell, it differs by head more narrowed behind eyes, frontal sulci strongly- divergent, eyes more pro- minent; prothorax less convex, less declivous to sides, more widely margined, three marginal sette on each side: elvtra with sides of base not bordered, etc.
Carenum emarginatum si., var. ^equalis, n.var.
Elliptical-oval, subparallel, Isevigate. Head with frontal sulci short, subparallel, one supraorbital seta on each side. Black, prothorax and elytra with a faint purple tinge in lateral channels.
Prothorax transverse (54 x 8"6 mm.), lobate, of equal width (6'8 mm.) at base and apex; anterior angles lightly prominent; posterior angles rounded; border widely reilexed, especially at posterior angles; lateral channel wide, bipunctate, the posterior puncture considerably before basal angle. Elytra truncate-oval (14 X 875 mm.), bipunctate above apical declivity: humeral angles prominent, obtuse; border retlexed, stiongly upturned and folded back at humeral angles, continued along sides of base. Anterior tibiae 3-dentate; posterior coxse and trochanters bearing a seti- gerous puncture. Length, 22-28; breadth, 7-8-10 mm.
Hab. — W.A. : Anketell (Brown). Types in Coll. Sloane.
Closely allied to C. emarginatum SI., the tj'pe of which is in Coll. French, at the National Museum, Melbourne, and with which I am not now able to compare it. Judging from the de- scription of C. etnarginattiin, the form found by Mr. Brown at Anketell offers the following evident differences :- form more elongate; elytra not more emarginate than usual in the genus: I believe, too, that the posterior angles of the prothorax are less
614 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPKCIES OF CARABID^,
marked.* The unusual length of the elytra, in proportion to the length of the prothorax, is a striking character of C. eniar- ginatum var. cequalis.
Note. — At first, I considered var. (eqnalis a distinct species, but having been given a specimen by Mr. H. M. Gile.s, taken b}' him on the Strelly River, wliich has the prothorax with the posterior angles more prominent than in var. (eqvalis, and which is evidently intermediate between the typical form of C. emar- ginatiim and var. (eqnalis; I have thought that the form from Anketell may not be truly distinct from C. emaryinatiim; it is, at least, a variety of C. emaryinaluiu, which seems to require a name, and being from an exact locality, can always be known, if specimens from Anketell are before one. Tlie specimen from Strelly River is 22 mm. in length.
Carenum nitidipes, n.sp.
Narrow, cylindrical, la?vigate. Head large, convex, with long strongly divergent frontal sulci, suborbital antenna! sciobes divided longitudinally in middle by a short oblique ridge, two supraorbital punctures on each side; prothoiax a little broader than long, widely lobate at base, two marginal setigerous punc- tures on each side; elytra oval, 4-punctate, inflexed margin nar- row behind first ventral segment; anterior tibia* 2-dentate. Head atrous, viridescent on lateral frontal spaces and occiput, "ulse, basal part of mentum on each side of median tooth brightly viridescent; prothorax atrous, with viridescent tints on disc and wide brassy-green basal and lateral margins ; undersurface brightly viridescent with atrous tints, especially on middle and near sides; elytra brassy-green, inflexed margins dark purple, brightly viridescent in middle of wide anterior part; abdomen viridescent; purplish-black in middle (between ambulatorial setse); mesosternum and metasternum black with side-pieces viridescent (metasternum viridescent laterally between inter- mediate and posterior coxae); legs, antennae, and palpi black;
*A mistake occurs in the description of C. emarginahim where it is written "posterior angles rounded not marked"; this should read "pos- terior angles rounded but marked," from my MS. notes.
BY T G. SLOANE. 615
posterior coxse laterally, and bottom of channel of lower sides of femora iridescent.
Head convex (3*5 mm. across eyes), transversely impressed behind frontal spaces; frontal sulci lonf(, divergent backwards, out-turned anterior part lightly impressed; lateral frontal spaces lightly depressed near frontal sulci; clypeus with median part declivous, truncate, intermediate angles narrow, prominent, a punctiform fovea at base of each intermediate angle, the usual clypeal setigerous puncture placed obliquely outward and back- ward from this fovea; preocular prominences small, prominent, divided from laferal frontal space Ity a sharply defined preocular sulcus; eyes depressed, deeply set in orbits, these sloping gently to sides of head, not thick or prominent. Labrum short. Pro- thorax a little wider than head (3 5 x 3 7 mm.), convex, shortly and rather strongly declivous to base, subparallel (hardly rounded) on sides; basal curve short, rounded on each side, strongly sinuate on each side of basal lobe ; apex truncate between anterior angles; border narrow, reflexed, wider and prominent at anterior angles (these obtuse). Elytra oval (6-8 x 38 mm.), convex ; base truncate, lightly subemarginate at suture, deeply declivous to peduncle; apex stronglj- declivous, rounded; suture strongly impressed; border narrow, folded back and prominent at humeral angles; four punctures on each side of base (three near humeral angle on a depressed space, the fourth larger, placed half-way between the suture and the three humeral punc- tures); a row of rather closely placed punctures along lateral margins. Intercoxal part of prosternum narrow posteriorly, with a setigerous puncture on each side of base near middle. Ventral segments 3-5 with a punctuie on eacli side of middle, apical segment with upturned edge foveate on each side. Anterior femora wide, compressed, lower side sinuate before apex; intermediate tibiae stout, incrassate, with an apical spur externally; posterior coxse and trochanters each with a setigerous puncture. Length, 13-6; breadth, 38 mm.
Hab. — Port Darwin (Dodd). Type in Coll. Sloane.
This species belongs to the C. quadi'ipwuctaHim-gvouTp, its affinity being towards C. digglesi Macl., which it resembles
616 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CARABIDiE
generally in size and appearance; but from M'liich it differs notably by its brighter colouring (C. diyglesi liaA'ing the uppei- surface of the head merely showing some obscure purple reflec- tions, mentum wholly black, guise purple; under-parts of pro- thorax, inflexed part of elytra, and ventral segments obscurelj' purple; mesosternum and metasternum wholly black): head larger, with preocular sulcus far more strongly marked, eyes more depressed, labial palpi far less securiform, median tooth of mentum longer, narrower, and more strongly kee^; prothorax shorter (in C. digglesi, 3*8 x3 8 mm.), anterior angles advanced (in C. digglesi, not the least advanced); elytra with inflexed margins wider anteriorly; anterior femora narrower, much less strongly sinuate before apex on lower side, etc. Compared witli C. qnadripunctatum Macl., the palpi are similar, but have the apical joint of the labial less securiform; antennae shorter, basal joint shortei", joints 6-11 shorter, more moniliform, less pubescent. This is the only Carenum known to me, which shows any bright colouring on the legs.
Carenum montanum, n.sp.
Narrow, subcylindrical. Head with frontal sulci long, sub- parallel, two supraorbital punctures on eacli side; prothorax with anterior angles obtuse, not the least advanced, two marginal setigerous punctures on each side; elytra subdepressed on disc, 4-punctate, a punctate fovea on base near each humeral angle; anterior tibife 2-dentate. Head black, violaceous beneath and behind eyes; prothorax black, with metallic tinge towards sides, particularly near posterior angles; elytra nitid, greenish-metallic, with chalybeous reflections; prosternum and abdomen violaceous.
Head large (3"65 mm. across eyes), convex, transversely im- pressed behind vertex; frontal sulci long, hardly divergent back- wards, united at posterior extremities by a light curved impres- sion; clypeus trisinuate behind labrum, intermediate angles pro- minent ; preocular sulcus obsolete ; eyes convex, prominent, strongly enclosed behind, moie piominent than postocular part of orbits, these rather prominent. Prothorax hardly as long as broad (3-8 x 4 mm.), lightly convex; sides subparallel, a little
BY T. G. SLOANE. 617
rounded to apex, rounded at posterior angles; basal curve short, subsinuate on each side; basal lobe short, wide, rounded, defined by a strong transverse impression on each side; border narrow, equal; marginal channel narrow, shortly but distinctly recurved at anterior angles; an impression on each side before basal lobe. Elytra subcylindrical, widely depressed on disc, parallel-oval (7"3 X 4 ram ); a strongly impressed discal puncture on basal fourth and apical third of each elytron; border thick, narrow, a little upturned and folded over at humeral angles; lateral channel well developed, seriate-punctate, the punctuies wide apart, except towards base and apex ; intra-humeral fovea of base 4-punctate. Anterior tibiae bidentate; intermediate tibiae wide at apex, external apical spur hardly developed; posterior tro- chanters impunctate. Length, 14-3; breadth, 4 mm.
Hab. — N.S.W.: Ben Lomond. Type in Coll. Sloane. A single specimen occurred to me under a log, near the Ben Lomond railway-station (4500 feet), in December.
Allied to C. tinctillatum Newm , but differing by colour, elytra 4-punctate, etc.; in these respects it resembles C. diggleai Macl., but I cannot regard it as conspecific with that species. Com- paring it with a small specimen of C. digylesi from Brisbane, I note the following differences : frontal sulci less strongly diver- gent, tooth of mentum narrower and more pointed; prothorax less convex, strongly impressed on each side of base; elyti-a much less convex, lateral channel well developed, and with its punc- tures more distant from one another, basal punctures placed in a well marked fovea beside each humeral angle; posterior tro- chanters impunctate; intermediate tibiae wider at apex; external apical tooth feeble, far less developed.
Carenum longulum, n.sp.
Elongate, parallel. Head with frontal impressions long, lightly divergent, suborbital scrobes to receive antennse short, single, two supraorbital set* on each side; prothorax parallel on sides, widely lobate at base, anterior angles prominent, two marginal punctures on each side; elytra hardly wider than pro- thorax, depressed on disc, 4-punctate, humeral angles obtusely
48
618 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIKS OF CAKABIDiE,
dentate, inflexed margins of elytra narrow ; anterior tibise 2-deutate. Head atro-viridescent: pronotum bright green with slightly cupreous tints towards sides, atrous in middle near anterior margin; elytra golden-green, disc purple-black neai suture; pro-episterna with viridescent tints: body black, nitid, with faint viridescent tints on sides of ventral segments: legs piceous-black.
Head large (4 mm. across eyes), convex, declivous to anterior margin, transversely impressed across occiput; frontal sulci long, deep, divergent^ frontal spaces convex, middle space filling all the interval between posterior extremities of frontal sulci ; clypeus with median part obsoletely 3-sinuate : intermediate angles short, obtuse; eyes deeply enclosed in orbits, not pro- minent; suborbital channel short, wide, concave, not divided by a longitudinal ridge; submentum strongly raised from gula*: foveate on each side behind genje. Prothorax a little wider than head (4'1 x 4'5 mm.), convex, strongly declivous to posteiior angles; basal area defined by a transverse impression ; sides parallel, rounded at posterior angles, sinuate on each side of base; anterior margin truncate: anterior angles slightly pro- minent; border narrow, thickened across basal lobe. Elvtia of about same width as prothorax (8-7 x 4-6 mm.), subparallel on sides; base truncate, vertical above peduncle, punctate; disc depressed; sides strongly and roundly declivous: 1. order narrow, thickened towards apex, upturned in a short subdentiform pro- minence at humeral angles; a closely placed row of punctures along sides. Ventral segments 3-5 bipunctate: reflexed border of apical ventral segment not foveolate on each side. I-egs long; anterior femora compressed; anterior tibia- strongly 2-dentate, apical plate witliout a dentiform process below tarsus; inter- mediate tibiae with a short triangular external spur at apex: posterior legs long, light; posterior trochanters narrowed to apex, bearing a setigerous puncture. Length, 16o; breadtlj, 4:"6 mm.
Uah. — Northern Territory : Darwin (Spencer). Type in National Museum, Melbourne.
Besembles (J. diyylesi Macl., in facies, but differs, apart from
BY T. G. SLOANE. 619
colour, by orbits more developed behind eyes, suborbital scrobes not divided by an oblique ridge, palpi more securiform, especially maxillary; prothorax more declivous to posterior angles, antei ior angles more prominent: el3'tra with disc depressed on each side of suture, punctures along sides more closely placed.
Var. ATROViRiDis, n.var. Colour not so bright as typical form; prothorax and elytra widely margined with green, having no golden tint; anterior angles of head less prominent: elytra not depressed along suture.
Ilab. — Queensland : Chillagoe District (Dodd). Type in Coll. Sloane.
Specimens taken by Mr. F. P. Dodd differ considerably from the type of C. longiihini as noted above, but do not seem more than a variety of that species.
Xoie. — There is a species of Carenum in my collection from North Queensland (my specimens are from Normanton, Ather- ton, and Herberton) which I have ticketed as "C diyylesi Mac\., var. tropicum^' ; it resembles C. lonyulum var. atroviridis so closely in shape and colour, that it is hard to separate them, but differs by having the subocular scrobes divided by an oblique longitudinal ridge; the lateral channel of prothorax shortly but decidedly recurved at anterior angles; legs shorter (especially posterior tarsi); palps less widely securiform. It is possible this may prove to be conspecific with C. angvstifenne Macl., but this could be determined only by comparison with the type of that species, to which I have not access at present.
Carenum eximium, n.sp.
Narrow, cylindrical. Head with frontal sulci long, divergent, labrum eraarginate; prothorax as long as broad, parallel on sides, posterior angles rounded, sinuate on each side of wide basal lobe; elytra convex, irapunctate, border folded over and raised at humeral angles ; anterior tibiie '2-dentate. Black ; elytra coppery-green, centre of disc atrous
Head large, convex (3-2 mm. across eyes), feebly transversely impressed behind vertex; frontal suki long, divergent, extending
620 NEW AUSTKALIAN SPECIES OF CAHABID^,
backwards to opposite postocular part of orbits; clypeus narrow, intermediate angles short, obtuse, median part emaiginate: pre- ocular sulcus obsolete; eyes convex, rather prominent; postocular part of orbits small but sharply protuberant; two supraorbital punctures on each side; suborbital scrobe narrow and close to gena, an oblique ridge forming its external margin. Labrum short, emarginate, six equally placed setre along its anterior margin. Prothorax convex (3-4 x 3-4 mm.), not declivous to base in middle; sides subparallel, rounded to apex, rounded at pos- terior angles, strongly but Avidely sinuate before base; apex truncate; anterior angles obtuse, not marked; basal lobe wide, defined by a strong transverse impression on each side; border narrow, equal; marginal channel shortly but distinctly recurved at apex; median line strongly impressed, a marginal setigerous puncture on each side of posterior angle.* Elytra ova) (6-5 x 3-5 mm.); suture lightly impressed; border thick, narrow; lateral channel narrow, not altogether closed and divided from basal punctate impression by humeral angle of border; base with a light oblique transverse impression on each side, these impres- sions with a double row of punctures (four punctures in lower row); a row of punctures along lateral channel, these punctures wide apart in middle. Ventral segments convex, 3-6 bipunctate, sixth with a fovea on each side of apex on upturned margin above inner apical seta. Posterior trochanters oval, obtuse, iinpunctate. Anterior tibise 2-dentate; intermediate tibia^ wide at apex, a very small external spur at apex. Length, 13-5; breadth, 3-5 mm.
//«6.— Australia. Type in Coll. Sloane. I obtained this species among the duplicates of the Van de Poll collection, where it was ticketed as from the Richmond River, N.S.W.
Very distinct in the genus Carenum, and a puzzling species to place in its true position; the emarginate labrum and clypeus show an affinity to Carenidium frenchi SI., but no species has yet been admitted into the genus Carenidium which has the
* The usual anterior marginal setigerous puncture is not present in my unique specimen.
BY T. G. siiOANK. 621
shoulders of the elytra angulate. The small, upturned protuber- ance at the humeral angle of the elytra in C. eximium is wholly a process of the border, and is not attached to the elytra to close the lateral channel, as is usually the case in Careniityi. In facies, C. eximium resembles C. tinctiHatiom Newm., but, from that and other allied species, it differs by labrum emarginate, clypeus not with two small tubercles behind labrum; prothorax more gently narrowed to base, Imsal curve not so short; elytra impunctate; from C. sjyJendidum Macl., it differs in many ways, e.g., labrum emarginate; elytra more convex, pluripunctate on base, etc.
Nkocarenum dingo, n.sp.
Elongate, cylindrical. Antennae short, moniliform; prothorax subparallel, base wide, arcuate, an antebasal sinuosity on each side, two marginal setigerous punctures on each side; elytra emarginate at base, humeral angles prominent, each elytron 4-punctate on apical third*; anterior tibite 2-dentate. Piceous- black.
Head moderate(4'5mm. acro.ss eyes), convex, lightly impressed across occiput; frontal sulci divergent backwards, curved ante- riorly; preocular sulcus well marked, acute; preocular process subprominent, clypeus declivous, truncate behind labrum, in- termediate angles prominent, a fovea on each side on inner side of base of intermediate angles; eyes not prominent; orbits small, two supraorbital punctures (close together) on each side. Pro- thorax hardly longer than broad (5*2 x 5*1 mm.), not declivous behind; sides lightly rounded at basal angles ; apex truncate ; basal curve lightly sinuate on each side; border very narrow, median line fine. Elytra convex, hardly wider than prothorax (12x5-2 mm.), slightly narrowed to base; disc not depressed; base emarginate, strongly declivous, two punctures on each side; border narrow; marginal channel distinct, seriate-punctate.
* My unique .specimen has, besides the four punctures towards the apex of the elytra, one on the disc of the right elytron towards the base; pro- bably it will be found that there is normally a puncture near the base on each elytron.
622 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPKCIES OP CAHABlb^,
Anterior femora wide, lower side protuberant, and with an ante- apical emargination; anterior tibiae with two long teeth and a small tubercle externally; intermediate tibia; slender, with a sharp external apical spur; posterior coxae and trochanters im- punctate. Length, 22; breadth, 5*2 ram.
Allied to N. i-ugulos7ini Macl., with the type of which I have compared it, but differing by the clypeus declivous, and with a lateral fovea on each side; prothorax less transverse, less rounded on sides, especially behind anterior angles ; elytra similarly emarginate at base, but with shoulders more sharply marked, each elytron 2-punctate towards apex; anterior tibia? with a small denticle above two large teeth. It somewhat resembles i\^. elongatum Macl., but is very distinct by small size, lighter form; eyes much less prominent; prothorax longer, more strongly sinuate on each side of base; elytra more deeply emarginate at base, humeral angles less strongly dentate, etc. From N. angus- tatum SI,, it differs by small size, more cylindrical form; clypeus not trisinuate, etc.
Carenidium atrum, n.sp.
Robust, elongate, convex. Labrum lightly emarginate; pro- thorax cordate, convex, shortly lobate; elytra narrow, convex, impunctate, bimucronate at apex ; anterior tibiae 2-dentate. Black.
Head large (6-7 mm. across eyes), smooth, convex ; frontal sulci long, deep, divergent; clypeus with median part strongly declivous, very lightly emarginate, intermediate angles sub- prominent, obtuse; eyes prominent, deeply enclosed in orbits posteriorly; two supraorbital punctures on each side. Prothorax broader than long (65 x 7-7 mm.), declivous to base; sides roundly curved, decidedly narrowed to apex, shortly ajid lightly sinuate on each side of base; apex emarginate; anterior angles subprominent, obtuse; base rounded; border narrow, thick, sub- equal, hardly reflexed, obsolescent on basal lobe; basal area well defined, lateral channel very narrow, impunctate. Elytra a little narrower than prothorax (15 x 7*3 mm.), convex, widest about middle, rounded on sides; base emarginate, deeply decli-
BY T. G. SLOANE. 623
vous; apical mucro of each elytron thick, conical, a little up- turned, points distant from apical margin ; border narrow, thickened posteriorly; four punctures in a single row on base of each elytron. Posterior coxae and trochanters, and ventral seg- ments impunctate. Length, 29; breadth, 7'3mm.
Uab. — W.A. : Anketell (Brown). Type in Coll. Sloane.
A thoroughly distinct species, characterised by its elongate, but robust, convex form, black colour, and mucronate elytra. The short, thick, pointed mucrones, distant from the apical margin, seem to indicate that the type-specimen is the (J; I should expect the 9 to have narrower and more pointed mucrones placed near the apical margin, as is the case with C. leai SI.
Carenidium bifurcum, n.sp.
Elongate, depressed, Isevigate. Head with two supraorbital punctures on each side, labrura deeply emarginate; prothorax strongly lobed, two marginal punctures on each side; elytra narrow, impunctate, two elongate sharp horns at apex, disc flattened, slightly concave towards base, border not dentate at humeral angles; anterior tibijie 2-dentate. Black; prothoi'ax and elytra widely margined with green, inHexed margins of elytra green inwai'dly.
Head smooth, large (6'4mm. across eyes), sub-depressed; mandibles with upper surface flattened towai'ds base; frontal sulci long, deep, diverging backwards; clypeus with median part widely arcuate emarginate, intermediate angles prominent; pre- ocular process narrow; preocular sulcus well marked; eyes pro- minent, convex, enclosed behind, postocular parts of orbits not as prominent as eyes, strongly and obliquely narrowed behind. Prothorax broader than long (5-7 x 7-3 mm.), widest just before posterior marginal seta, sub-depressed, hardly declivous to basal area in middle, strongly rounded at posterior angles, strongly sinuate on each side of basal lobe (this more developed than usual); anterior margin truncate; anterior angles lightly ad- vanced, widely obtuse; border wide (particularly behind anterior and posterior angles); median line strongly impressed; basal area defined by a strong transverse impression. Elytra narrower
624 NEW AUSTHALtAN SfECltS OF CARABit)*,
than prothorax (12-7 x 6-6niin.), widest about basal fourth; disc lightly concave between fifth interstice of each elytron, edge of this depressed area sharply defined (almost subcarinate towards base) ; sides strongly and subobliquely declivous from edge of discal area; lateral channel wide (particularly near beginning of apical curve); border narrow; a row of small, separate punctures along sides; two or three punctures on basal declivity of each elytron; inflexed margins wide anteriorly, gradually narrowed backwards; apical mucroiies long (l"5mm.), sharply pointed, distant from one another. Intercoxal part of prosternum with a setigerous puncture on each side; basal declivity abrupt. Legs light; four posterior coxae impunctate ; posterior trochanters irapunctate, narrowed, but obtuse, at apex; posterior femur with a setigerous puncture a short distance from apex of trochanter. Length, 25-5; breadth, 6'6mm.
Hab. — Western Australia. Type in Coll. Sloane. I do not know the exact locality of the type-specimen, which I received from Mr. French; but two specimens were given to me by Mr. H.M.Giles, ticketed " Mundaring, Giles," which, though not so brightly coloured, are evidently conspecific.
It belongs to the C . mucronatum-gro\iY>, and is closely allied to C. leai SI. It differs from C. mucronahim Macl., (also from the other two species of the group) by eyts more prominent; prothorax with basal sinuosities stronger, basal lobe more de- veloped; elytra with apical mucrones developed into elongate horns. It also differs decidedly from C. mucronatuni by the depressed and slightly concave, discal area of the elytra, which is sharply defined by the fifth interstice becoming subcarinate. It differs from C. leai [from comparison with a specimen {^) in my possession from Onslow, W.A ] by prothorax with border wider, particularly near anterior angle, a flat depression near each anterior angle; elytra with flattened discal area quite black, apex with two long single sharp horn-like mucrones (not with short mucrones, above each of which is a strong obtuse tubercle). From the description of C longipenne SI., it differs by its wider and less elongate form; prothorax more transverse, with border wider, posterior angles evidently less rounded off; elytra more
fey T. G. SLOAiJE. 625
depressed, the depressed area more sharply defined, apical mucrones more strongly developed.
Carenidium pektenue, n.sp.
Very long, parallel, cylindrical, disc of elytra depressed. Elytra impunctate, indexed margins very narrow. Head and under- surface black; prothorax black, with bluish-green margins; elytra violaceous, with viridescent reflections along sides.
Head large, as long as broad (4"2 x 4*2 mm.), convex, lightly narrowed behind eyes; frontal sulci long, narrow, deep, diverging lightly backwards; mandibles stout, right with upper margin arcuate; labrum emarginate; intermediate angles of clypeus short, prominent, triangular; preocular sulcus wide, shallow; eyes deeply set in orbits, depressed; jostocular part of orbits as long as eye, not prominent, gently raised from neck; two supra- orbital punctures on each side. Prothorax not wider than head, longer than broad (4-6 x 4-15 mm.), not declivous to base; a wide lightly depressed marginal channel across base; sides parallel, widely rounded at posterior angles, shortly sinuate before base, apex truncate; border very narro.w, slightly advanced at anterior angles, thick on base; median line finely marked. Elytra more than twice as long as broad (11 x 4'3 mm.), parallel on sides, declivous to peduncle; apex obtusely pointed; border very nar- row, not dentate at shoulders; a few punctures on each side of base. Anterior tibiae 2-dentate. Length, 21; breadth, 4-3mm.
Hab.—W.A. : Cue (Brown). Type in Coll. Sloane.
This is proportionally the most slender Carenum known, being narrower in proportion to its length than any of the species of Teratidium. It is allitd to C. frenchi SI., from which it differs, apart from colour, by head longer, with eyes and orbits less pro- minent; prothorax longer, more parallel; elytra longer, more depressed on disc.
Carenidium frenchi, n.sp.
(J.Long, narrovv, cylindrical. Htad very large, mandibles very stout, right mandible with upper edge strongly raised into an obtuse prominence near base, labrum and clypeus (in middle)
626 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OP CARABIDiE,
liglitly eraarginate, narrowed to base; elytra elongate-oval, disc impunctate,* liumei'al angles not dentate, inflexed margins nar- row behind first ventral segment ; anterior tibiae 2-dentate. Head black, becoming green above, behind and below eyes and in posterior part of frontal sulci; prothorax black, pronotuni widely margined with green, the green margins confluent behind, but the basal margin of the lobe black; elytra (including inflexed margins) green, blackish in middle of disc; body, abdomen, legs, and antennae black.
Head as wide as prothorax (4"3o mm. across eyes), convex, roundly declivous to anterior margin and above eyes, gentlv narrowed behind eyes; frontal sulci long, narrow, deep, diverg- ing lightly backwards; out-turned anterior part of their course obsolete; clypeus strongly declivous in iniddle, median part lightly emarginate, intermediate angles stiongly developed, pio- minent, triangular; preocular sulcus wide, shallow: eyes deeply set in orbits, not prominent; postocular part of orbits large, rising roundly and obliquely from head; thr^e supraorbital seta? on each side. Prothorax hardly broader than long (4'25 x 4-35 mm.), not declivous to base in middle; sides parallel, widely rounded at posterior angles, feebly sinuate on each side of base; anterior margin truncate; border narrow, prominent, but hardly advanced on anterior angles, thick on base, median line finely marked; a lightly marked wide depression on each side of base. Elytra narrow (9 '6 x 4-35 mm.), subparallel on sides, strongly declivous to peduncle, shortly and strongly declivous at apex, depi'essed on disc along suture; apical curve short; border nar- row, a little raised in a wide curve (but without any dentiform prominence) at shoulders; fouv or five punctures in a slight wide depression near each humeral angle; a marginal row of punctures on each elytron. A'entral segments 3-5 with two ambulatorial setie; apical segment with four setigerous punctures, and with a
* This refers to the discal, setigerous punctures so frequently found on the elytra among the Carenides (e.g., Carenidium rirerinre Mad.). The specimen before me shows rows of distinct punctures on the elytra, and their surface is covered witii minute punctures; Imt the presence of all these punctures I consider a post mortem eti'ect caused 1)3' long immersion in alcohol.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 627
punctiform fovea on upturned edge of segment, just above each posterior setigerous puncture. Anterior femora without a sub- apical seta on posterior face; posterior coxa with a setigerous puncture; posterior trochanters inipunctate. Length, 19-5; breadth, 435 nmi.
Hab. — Northern Territory: Katherine River. Coll. French (unique). The type is now in the National Museum, Melbourne. Mr. F. P. Dodd afterwards sent me a specimen (9) from Port Darwin.
In facies, this remarkable species resembles a species of Tera- tidium, but is at once distinguished from that genus by having the anterior tibise bidentate. It is allied to C. aberrans SI., from which it differs by ^ with head larger, less strongly nar- rowed l^ehind eyes, posterior parts of orbits and eyes less pro- minent, paragense much more developed, right mandible with upper side near base I'aised into a strong wide prominence, labrum and median part of clypeus emarginate; prothorax shorter, border narrower, less advanced at anterior angles, lateral marginal channel not forming a sulciform gutter and without any marginal setfe; elytra more widely rounded at apex, etc.
TeuATIDIUM ROBUSTUiM, n.Sp.
Elongate, convex, laivigate. Head as wide as prothorax, eyes protuberant, frontal sulci long, deep; prothorax as broad as long, widest before middle, rounded on sides; elytra elongate-oval, impunctate; anterior tibise unidentate at apex. Black, nitid.
Head large (5 ram. across e3"es), convex, roundly declivous to anterior margin, strongly declivous to eyes; clypeus trisinuate behind labrum, intermediate angles short, obtus-e; three setiger- ous supraorbital punctures on each side placed very close together near posterior margin of eye; eyes deeply set in orbits, convex, prominent ; orbits narrow behind eyes, rising sharply but roundly from neck; submentum plurisetose on each side. Pro- thorax of same width as head with eyes (5 x 5 mm.), strongly angustate to base; disc subdepressed; sides lightly rounded; posterior angles not marked; basal curve strongly sinuate on each side; base forming a wide rounded lobe; anterior margin
628 NEW AUSTKAr.IA>f SPECIES OF CARABIDiE,
truncate; anterior angles distant from neck, marked, obtuse; border narrow (narrowed at basal sinuosities), thickened at anterior angles; marginal channel narrow, 5-punctate; median line fine; basal area defined by a light transverse impression; a shallow wide impression on each side near basal sinuosities. Elytra a little wider than prothorax (11x5-3 mm.), convex, widest about middle, strongly declivous to sides and apex ; suture deeply impressed; base lightly emarginate, abruptly de- clivous, pluripunctate (9 punctures) on ench side in an irregular depression; border thick, rounded at humeral angles (not folded back or dentate). Ventral segments impunctate, except at apex. Anterior femora wide at union with coxse; intermediate coxae, posterior coxse, and ti'ochanters without setigerous punctures. Length, 21; breadth, 53 ram.
Hab. — Queensland ; Kuranda (Dodd). Type in Coll. Sloane (unique).
This is the species referred to as 7'. graiidiceps Chaud., in the table of species I have given in these Proceedings, 1905, p. 131; but having recently obtained a species ticketed "Queensland," which agrees closely with Chaudoir's description of his Mono- centrum (jrandiceps, I can see that my former identification was erroneous, and that the Kuranda species is undescribed.
Note.—T. (jrandiceps Chaud., as now identified b}' me, differs from T. robuslum by its narrow, parallel form; less ampliate head, eyes mucli less prominent, the spaces on each side between the frontal sulci and eyes wider posteriorly and more abruptly declivous to eyes; prothorax narrower, longer, more cylindrical, parallel on sides, lateral border narrower, anterior angles less wide and prominent, two marginal setigerous punctures on each side; elytra narrower, not wider than prothorax, more parallel. Length, 205; head, 4-5 across eyes; prothorax, 5-3 x 45; elytra, 10 X 4'4 mm.
Teratidium procekum, n.sp.
Narrow, elongate, subcylindrical. Head as in T. laticeps SI., but clypeus decidedly trisinuate, intermediate angles more pro- minent, orbits less prominent, less strongly raised from head;
BY T. G. SLOANE. 629
prothorax subdepressed on disc, liglitl\' angustate to the wide base; elytra long, depressed on disc, impunctate; anterior tibia? unidentate. Head, antennse, legs, and undersurface black; prothorax black, with a purplish tinge towards sides, viridescent in marginal channel; elytra viridescent, with violaceous reflec tions.
Head large, convex (5 mm. across eyes), Isevigate; anterior angles rounded, almost as prominent as eyes ; frontal sulci obsolescent, only indicated and linear on each side of clypeus; clypeus quadridentate, outer teeth (at each side of labrum) pro- minent, sharply triangular, inner teeth similar, but less developed; orbits rather small, rising in a gentle curve from head and enclosing eyes at base; eyes deeply set in orbits, subprominent, not more prominent than orbits; two supraorbital punctures close together on each side. Prothorax as wide as head, longer than broad (6x5 mm.); disc a little depressed, not declivous to base in middle; apex truncate; anterior angles not prominent; sides parallel, gently narrowed to base; posterior angles obsolete; basal angles obtuse; border narrow, thicker at basal angles, lightly sinuate opposite transverse basal impression, this impres- sion well marked; marginal channel narrow, bearing two setiger- ous punctures as usual in the Carenides (posterior at place of posterior angle); median line lightly impressed; basal area well defined by a transverse impression. Elytra elongate (1 2-5 x 5-2 mm.), widest about middle, strongly declivous on sides and apex; disc a little depressed along suture; base rather strongly emar- ginate; a raised, rounded, oblique, basal ridge extending inwards from humeral angle for three-fourth the width of each elytron; a deep punctate furrow behind this basal ridge; apical curve of elytra wide, apex itself projecting beyond lateral border in a short triangular obtuse prominence; lateral border narrow towards base, very thick on apical third, strongly and widely upturned at shoulder. Ventral segments, posterior coxse, and posterior trochanters impunctate. Anterior femora narrow, ante- rior tibiae wide, unidentate at apex. Length, 23; breadth, 5-2mm.
jy^ji. —Western Australia : Anketell (Brown). Type in Coll. Sloane,
630 NEW AUSTHALIAN SPECIES OF CARABIDiE.
One of the most remarkable species found by Mr. H. W. Brown at Anketell, about 80 miles S.W. from Cue, and one of the richest localities known for Carenides. In the genus l^eratidium, it is thoroughly distinct; taking the table of the genus which I have given in these Proceedings (1905, p. 131), its position would be beside 7'. laticeps SI., (found by Mr. Brown at Cue) from which it differs decidedl}' (apart from colour) by size larger; clypeus quadridentate, orbits smaller in comparison with eyes and projecting much less sharply from head; prothorax more elongate, wider at base, far less strongly angustate to base; elytra with border more strongly upturned at humeral angles, basal ridges much more developed, basal furrows deeper, longer, etc.
631
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
October 25th, 1910.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in tlie Chair.
The President announced that the Council was prepared to receive applications for four Linnean Macleay Fellowships, tenable for one year from April 1st, U)17, from qualified Candi- dates. Applications should be lodged with the Secretary, who. would afford all necessary information to intending Candidates, not later than 30th November, 1916.
The President expressed the regret of Membei's on hearing of the accident to Major David while serving with the troops in France.
A letter from Mr. G. H. Aurousseau, of Cremorne, was read, by request furnishing information about Lieutenant Marcel Aurousseau, a Member of the Society, who had been wounded in France, and who had been awarded the Military Cross.
The President offered the cordial congratulations of Members to Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., on the award of the Syme Prize for 1916, by the University of Melbourne.
The President, with regret, formally announced the decease of Mr. Edgar A. Smith, I.S.O., the Society's senior Corresponding Member, on July 22nd, 1916.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (27th September, 1916), amounting to 2 Vols., 69 Parts or Nos., 5 Bulletins, one Report, and 7 Pamphlets, received from 42 Societies, etc., and two private donors, wex^e laid upon the table,
632 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. A. H. S. Lucas showed evidence of Japanese botanical activity in the Caroline Islands.
Mr. Turner said that he had recently seen three abnormal heads of flowers of the Waratah {TeJoj)ea speciosisshna R.Br.) on a plant growing in a garden at Chatswood, in which the involu- cral bracts and flowers were normal, but there was present an intermediate whorl of green leaf -like structures. He remarked also that he had collected T. oreades F.v.M., at Fitzroy Falls, and asked if this species was known from any locality still further to the north.
Mr. A. S. Le Souef exhibited a broken tusk of a male elephant, fourteen years old, now in the Taronga Park Zoological Gardens. The tusks of this animal were abnormally long for their girth. The exhibit weighed 14 lbs.
'f5'
Mr. Tillyard showed specimens representing five new species of Perlid(f, reared from larvte recently collected by him at Orange, N.S.W., and two from Stanwell Park. Also the larva of a Buffalo-gnat {Simulium, n.sp.) from the former locality.
Mr. Cheel exhibited specimens of three species of " Evening Primrose". (1) Oenothera odorafaJa,e(\., a native of Chile, figured in Bot. Mag. tab. 2403, is very common throughout the State, but has evidently been mistaken for GJ. biennis L., hence the record in Moore and Betche's Handbook of the Flora of N. S. Wales, p.523. Specimens of (E. odorata have been collected by the exhibitor from Hill Top, Southern Line, and from Woy Woy, Northern Line. In the National Herbarium, there are also specimens from the Hawkesbury Agricultural College, Richmond; Emu Plains, Bega, Blackheath, Jenolan Caves, Orange, Wagga, Wallenbeen, Cootamundra, Bathurst, and Barber's Creek. Also from Claremont, W.A.; and Murray Bridge, S.A. It is inter- esting to note that it is listed in Mr. J. M. Black's Naturalised Flora of S.A. (1909), 63, but has not previously been recorded
[Printed off' 5th December, 1916.]
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
a.
\:
1^'
<y~i^
-CC^
Nl,F/oe\rc?t) <r<cf.
1. At ii iiriu in kiiniilij sp.ii.
'1. Fissi'h-tis jlKllllllS, .Sjt. 11.
P.L.S.N.S.W, 19Ift.
Tracliiirliiiliis sjiji.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 10'B
Trachycliidus spij.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
8
'i'rO('/ii;c^i(li(s spp.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918
If®
.<«KJ
■' • ■WW'- "-'-'
.* ^i/ .
Traclnirldiiiia joi'iiiiisim, n.t<it.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
/■
1. Trachycladus retejwrosus, ii.sp.
2. T. c/awd/i's, iLsji.
2'raehyc'Mdiis sjH'.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ia
*4
• » «
*»•*
Tc(u/i;yt/(ii(i(s spp. ; showiu^ the ditterent urraugrement of the dermal jiores (x40).
P.L.S.N.S.W. 191*.
PL. XXVIII.
TmcliijduiUis Slip.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
assat i
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1919.
Hieiiina i^Allmitoiihoi-dJ si.>li.
P.L.S.N.S.W. IBIS.
hlcmna tAHaiiti.iiihora) cirtitriaiKi, ii.sii.
(•.L.S.N.S.W 1019
BifiniM (Alluatoiihomj victoriaiia, ilsji.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918.
.Si|/imM um/Zh ; Sii/iiiU.i ill, ii.sj. ; /i'/ii(j//iim i/u, ii.,^-.
P.L.S.H.S.W. 191Q
1. SKjnia.i iinl in tmst t-aUaim Deinl^v
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ie.
6i'jiiuuiui'll(i LimiiKtl is, 11. sp.
P.L.S.N.S.W. lOlQ.
PL. XXXVl.
], SiijmaxiiifUa rn/ti'/ta/i.s, ii.si*.
.S(</(/MM iff jlnf.rlhthi (< "arter).
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ir..
D,-<tyniaxi<t nirial'iUs (Wlntelegg-e).
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1919.
i\
8
^^^ ■ '^Wr*
i. • •
i^
1-4. Allniitoiiliiii'd lu 11(1 fa.
,'). Vemiiiniiit liiii(it<i. <i-7. Hiiiijiiinia coidllniiha vnr. niintnalis.
S '.1. HIki iiliiii lid tiiiiii-d.
A.L.S.N.S.W. 191(5
PL. XXXIX.
la. HiU'jnisKi.
4-5. Rhaiihaxijii.
6-1. Tmi:liiii-I(iilii!<.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
633
for any other State, although it is the most common species. — (2) <K. hnujijiora Jacq. This species has been recorded from South Austraha, by Mr. Black {I.e.), and fi'om Queensland by the late Mr. F. M. Bailey (Weeds and Suspected Poisonous Plants Plants of Queensland, p. 56, 1906). It is fairly plentiful at Tweed Heads and Woy Woy. There are also specimens in the National Herbarium labelled (IJ. biennis, which belong to this species, from Conjola, Bingarra, Bega, Cobargo, and Norfolk Island. — (3) (IJ. Lamarkiana Ser. in DC, regarded by some botan- ists as a variety of (H. biennis Linn. It is figured in Eng. Bot., tab. 1534. The specimens exhibited were grown at Ashfield in December, 1915, from seed obtained from specimens collected at Inverell by Mr. F. Lewin in March, 1912. The only other specimens of this species seen are from plants cultivated in the Botanic Gardens. — Mr. Cheel showed also specimens of (a) Rosa Ueviyata Michx., {R. sinica Ait.) collected at Murwillumbah, probably an escape from cultivation. — {}>) The "Frankfurt Rose" {R. turhinata Ait.), from Cook's River (A. A. Hamilton; Decem- ber, 1912), and Armidale (J. H. Maiden: May, 1916), two addi- tional localities to that recorded for this species in these Pro- ceedings for 1912, p. 137. —(f) Emilia sonchi/olia DC, [Com- posite] a native of Asia and Tropical Africa now naturalised in the neighbourhood of Tweed Heads.
Mr. E. I. Bickford, F.L.S., communicated a Note on the economic resources of West Australia.
49
634
A REVISION OF THE GENERA WITH MICR0SCLERE8 INCLUDED, OR PROVISIONALLY INCLUDED, IN THE FAMILY AXINELLID.E ; WITH DESCRIP- TIONS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. Part iii.
[porifera.]
By E. F. Hallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of THE Society in Zoology.
(Plates xxix., figs.3, 5, 6; xxxiii., fig.6; xxxviii., figs.5-9; xxxix., figs.1-5; xL, figs.1-4, xli.-xliv.: and Text-figs. 17-20.)
Genus Thrinacophora Ridley.
Definition. — Axinellidjv typically of ramose habit, perhaps also sometimes encrusting or massive, with even or conulose surface, and a skeleton consisting (in the ramose forms) of a dense central axis from which paucispicular fibres (in some species reduced to single spicules) radiate to the surface. Megascleres of at least three kinds: (i.) comparatively short oxea, typically occurring chieriy or only in the central axis; (ii.)long, setaceous styli, composing the radial fibres; and (iii.) monactinal, sometimes apically pronged, dermal megascleres forming surface-tufts or lying in the dermal membrane tangentially, but not necessarily confined to the ectosomal layer exclusively. In addition, oxeote or strongylote modifications of one or both kinds of the mon- actinal megascleres are commonly present. Microscleres : tricho- dragmata, accompanied or not by singly scattered trichites.
Type-species, T. funi/ormis Ridley ct Dendy.
Originally founded by Ridley(32) to designate the peculiar T. funi/ormis, and conceived as being essentially characterised by the possession of dermal megascleres in the form of " clado- strongyla," the genus Thrinacopho7-a was next modified by Ridley
BY E. F. HALLMAXN. 635
and Dendy(33) to receive also the species named by them T. cervicornis, and was defined by them tlius: "Sponge ramose, with a dense central axis of spiculo-fibre; megasclera styH and (or) oxea, and (in some species) cladostrong3'la. Microscleres present in the form of trichodragmata." More recently Dendy(8) has amplified the definition so as to embrace in the genus all Axi- nellidie in which the microscleres are trichodragmata and the skeleton is more or less plumose. A similar disposition to employ the genus in a wider sense than that in which it had been under- stood by Ridley and Dendy, had previously been shown by Topsent(46), when he assigned to it provisionally, under the name ThrinciCophoraiV) spissa, a species of massive habit and halichon- droid skeletal structure, with oxea alone as megascleres. This species was also admitted in the genus by Dendy; but as the result of a second investigation of it Topsent(53) has found that the microscleres include toxa (in addition to trichodragmata), thereby definitely establishing the correct position of the species to be in the genus Gellius as defined by Lundbeck(30). The known species that propei4y admit of inclusion in Thrinacojihora as defined by Dendy, are ten in number*, — comprising, in addi- tion to those already assigned to the genus, Axindla padina Topsent(47), Easpailia [Syringella) rhaphidophora Hentschel(15), and the species originally described by Whitelegge as Spongo- sorites variabilis. The great diversity of spiculation and skeletal structure exhibited by these species renders it obvious that they do not constitute a natural genus; and the only justification for their association together in a single genus would be the impos- sibility of separating them into simpler and apparently more homogeneous groups susceptible of precise and adequate defini- tion. It is easy, however, to subdivide them into at least four such groups, distinguished by differences sufficiently great to be regarded as generic. I px'oj^ose, therefore, to restrict the name I'hrinacopJiora to the species with special dermal megascleres,
* Since this was written, I have discovered the existence of trichodrag- mata in Whitelegge's Ciocalypta incnf<tans(56), which, therefore, consti- tutes an eleventh species of this kind.
636 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, iii.,
and to distribute the remaining species among three new genera, — Dragma.via, Dragmacidon, and Axidragma. Forms capable of being referred to Thrinacophora in the preAaously understood sense would result from any of the genera Biemna (sens, ampl.), Sigmaxinella and Sigmaxia by the loss of sigmata, but with the possible exception of those I ascribe to Dragmacidon (which, if provided with sigmata, would perhaps require to be included in Biemna), none of the known species appear to have been thus derived.
Thrinacophora as here defined comprises, at present, five species, viz., T . fiiniformis Ridley tfc Dendy, T. spinosa Wilson,! 2\ incrustans Kieschnick(23), T. cervicornis Ridley & Dendy, and 7\ rhaphidophora Hentschel. Kieschnick's species — if its ex- tremely meagre description is to be relied upon, — has essentially the same spiculation as that of the type-species, and, if such be the case, must of necessity be included in the genus, notwith- standing its being of encrusting habit; in the face of what has been disclosed by Thiele(41, p. 935), however, it is questionable whether this species has any real existence. The remaining four species, in spite of their many points of agreement, ai'e extremely well distinguished, and, indeed, might almost be regarded each as the type of a separate genus; since, however, their resem- blances appear to be due to genetic relationship, their retention in a single genus has most to recommend it.
It is exceedingly doubtful if the species referable to Thi-ina- cophora, in the restricted sense, belong properly to the Axinellidtie at all. In spiculation they pi'esent many striking points of analogy with the genera Raspailia, Syringdla, A.rechinaiiS), Axiai7ion(i3), and Trikentrion, — the significance of which is greatl}^ heightened, in the case of the last-mentioned two genera, by the fact that, in Trikentrion, microscleres are sometimes present in the form of trichodragmata and the peculiar acanthostylote mega- scleres characteristic of the genus are sometimes very scarce, and by the fact that, in Axiamon, the dermal megascleres are spined
t H. V. Wilson, Jiulletin of the United States Fish Commission, Vol. XX., Pt..2, 1900, p. 400,
BY E. F. HALLMAXN. 637
at the apex, and thus exhibit a feature which might be looked upon as differing essentiahy only in degree of development from the furcation of the cladostrongyla of T. faniformis. Hence I am strongly inclined to think that Thrinacophora is of "Ectyo- nine" origin, and that its correct position is in the Desmacidonidse.
Genus Dragmatyle Topsent.
Definitiov . — Axinellidfe(?) of encrusting liabit, with a main skeleton consisting of long smooth tylostyli disposed vertically, with their heads based on the substratum, and a dermal skeleton formed of smooth diactinal raegascleres disposed tangentially. Microscleres trichodragmata.
Type-species, D. lictor Topsent(53).
The systematic position of Draymafyle, like that of Thrina- cophora, is uncertain. The character of the skeleton (in the single known species) affords ground for the view that the genus is of "Ectyonine" derivation; and this view is further supported by the existence of two species of thinly encrusting habit — the so-called Hymeraphia viridis Topsent(46), and Microciona fasci- spiculi/era Carter(3), — in which the spiculation consists of verti- cally directed long smooth tylostyli, trichodragmata and, in addition, acanthostyli. But this evidence is by no means con- clusiAe, since the type of skeleton possessed by Dragmatyle is common to quite a number of encrusting genera of very diverse origin, — including, for example, (in addition to several genera provided with acanthostyli), Timea and Halicnemia (s.str.) in the Spirastrellida?, and Buharis in the Axinellida?. On the whole, there is perhaps more to be said in favour of tlie inclusion of Dragmatyle in the Axinellidie than can be advanced in the case of Thrinacojihora.
Genus Axidragma, gen.nov.
Dejiiiitiou. — Axinellida? typically of thin lamellar habit, stijai- tate, with even sui'face. Skeleton composed of primary lines of stylote megascleres, traversing the sponge in the direction of its growth, and of secondary lines (connecting fibres ?) formed of
638 REVISION OP THE AXlNELLID^E, iii.,
oxea; there is no special dermal skeleton. The niegascleres are of the two forms mentioned, which are quite distinct in kind. The microsclei'es are trichodragmata accompanied ur not by single trichites.
Type-species, A. padiiia Topsent(47).
This genus is proposed for the reception of Topsent's Axinella jxidiiia, described from the Gulf of Lyons. At first I was inclined to include the species in the genus Drmjniaxia, with the single species of which it presents some striking points of super- ficial similarity ; but consideration of the decided differences between it and the latter in the matter of skeletal structure has confirmed me in the view that their generic separation is ad- visable. As regards the precise structure of the skeleton in Axhiella 2xidina, however, Topsent's description is not very explicit, and a quite exact definition of the genus caimot there- fore be framed. In speaking of the outward features of the sponge, he mentions that the single specimen, in consequence of its having been somewhat damaged by the trawl, "se trouve en plusieurs endroits use et perce a jour: de la sorte se trouve mise a nu par place I'espece de nervation qui monte en eventail du pedicelle jusqu'au bord des lobes, en lignes spiculeuses, epaisses, nombreuses et, par suite, a peine divergentes." And further on, in describing the spiculation (which consists of slightly curved styli, 650 to 900/x in length by 8 to 10// in diameter at the base, and of curved, sharp-pointed oxea with a maximal size t)f 275 by 6/1.), he merely adds that the styli "forment les nervures et determinent I'hispidation de la surface", and that the oxea "con- stituent les lignes secondaireti ordinairement unispiculees de la .charpente". It is not clear whether the "nervures" are of the nature of funes, or whether they are formed Ijy single fibres; nor is any mention made as to whether or not the fibres are plumose, nor regarding the extent to which spongin is developed in con- nection therewith. It is presumable, however, that the "lignes secondaires" are of the nature of connecting fibres, and that the styli producing the hispidation of the surface are the terminal spicules of fibres running outwards to the surface.
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 639
Genus Dragmacidon, gen.nov.
Definition. — Axinellidpe of more or less massive ' habit, some- times provided with incipient eonuli, but without surface-processes of other kind. The skeleton consists of irregular plumose columns loosely composed of mingled oxeote and stylote megascleres or of oxea alone, and of (sometimes relatively scarce) connecting fibres formed of the same spicules; typically, spongin is developed in connection with the fibres rather sparinglj^, and there is no dermal skeleton. In addition to the oxea and styli composing the skeletal columns, — which typically are of similar or nearly similar dimensions, — longer megascleres of a single kind (likewise either oxeote or stylote) may occur interstitially. The micro- scleresare trichodragmata, accompanied or not by single trichites.
Type-species, D. agaricifcn'inis Dendj'iS).
Besides the type-species, the genus will include Dendy's Thrina- cophora dvrissima (which likewise comes from Ceylon), and the species originally described by Lendenfeld, from Port Jackson, as Halichondria clathriformis.* The last-mentioned, — a rede- scription of the skeletal characters of which, based on a small piece of the type-specimen received from the British Museum, has recently been given by me(l3), — is distinguished by the fact that its megascleres are almost exclusively oxea; and on that account the propriety of its association in a single genus with
"Subsequently I have found that Whitelegge's Giocalypta incrnstan»{58), from Funafuti, constitutes a fourth species of this genus. In this, as in D. diiri.s-sima, special interstitial megascleres are wanting and the spicula- tion consists of styli and oxea in about equal number occurring in the skeleton promiscuouslj^ intermingled; but the styli are here larger than the oxea, ranging in length from less than 200 to upwards of 550/x and occasionallj' attaining to 13/;, in stoutness, while the latter rarely if ever exceed a size of 400 by 10/;.. The oxea are exactlj^ similar in shape to those of the three species of AHantophora described above, and (as in the same species) are not connected with the styli by intermediate forms. The stiucture of the skeleton closely resembles that lioth of D. ayarlclformis and D. dathriformis. The trichodragmata, which are ver3' scarce, have the form of stout compact bundles 12 to 14/x in length. Singly scattered ti'icliites do not occur.
640 REVISION OF THE AXlNELLID^, ill.,
the otlier species might seem debatable. Owing to the kindness of Prof. Dendy, I have had the opportunity, however, of examin- ing a section of his Thrhtacophora nydricifurmis; and the close resemblance in skeletal pattern, which I find to exist between it and the species in question, leaves no doubt in my mind as to their veiy near relationship. In these two species, interstitial megascleres occur which are different from those composing the fibres; but whereas in D. dathriformu tliey ai'e very scarce, and are connected with the fibre-forming megasclei'es by intermediate forms, such is not the case in the type-species. In D. durissima, apparently, special interstitial megascleres either have never been developed, or have become lost.
Dragmatella, gen.nov.
Dpfinition. — Axinellida3 of massive habit, provided witli digiti- form tapering processes. Internal structure cavernous. Main skeleton consisting of well-developed, non-plumose(l), multispicular fibres ari'anged more or less dendritically. A dermal skeleton is typically present, formed of tangentially-disposed megascleres crossing in every direction. The megascleres are styli of a single kind. The microscleres are trichodragmata alone, or accompanied by trichites singly scattered.
Type-species, D. abcrrans Topsent(46).
To define the genus Biemna in such a way as to secure the inclusion in it of Topsent's Desmticella aberrans, and at the same time to exclude therefrom certain other species likewise possess- ing trichodragmata alone as microscleres, — such, for example, as those belonging to the genera Draymacidvn and Rhaphoxya, — is extremely difficult, if not impossible; and, on that account, the erection of a new genus for this species seems necessary. Even apart from any consideration of expediency, however, it is doubt- ful if the species could have been allowed to remain in Biemna, — since, in addition to being without sigmata, it differs from all strictly acceptable species of that genus in at least one other noteworthy respect, namely, the possession of a dermal skeleton composed of megascleres directed horizontally.
BY
F. KALLMANN. 641
Rhaphoxya, gen.nov.
Defi7bilio)i. — Axinellida?(?) of massive habit, without surface- processes other than in the form of small, typically papilliform conuli; with a rather meagre main skeleton consisting of an irregular reticulation of slender, non-plumose, longitudinal and connecting fibres, somewhat scantily provided with spongin; and without a dermal skeleton. The megascleres are more or less curved to flexuous, slender cylindrical styli, oxea and strongyla, differing from one another only in the character of their extremi- ties. The microscleres are trichites, in dragmata and scattered singly.
Type-species, R. typica, sp.n.
The two species which I ascribe to this genus, while scarcely distinguishable from one another in their skeletal structure and spiculation, nevertheless differ so markedly in some other respects as to render it questionable whether their resemblances may not merely be due to convergence. In one of them, for example, — described originally by Dendy as Rhaphisia pallida, — the main efferent canals are surrounded by a broad zone of gelatinous- looking collenchymatous tissue, precisely similar in appearance to that occurring in the same situation in most of the species of Tedaniinc'B I have examined; whereas, in the other, the extra- choanosomal layer of tissue bordering the canal is, as usual, com- paratively narrow, and appears to be histologically different in constitution. The arrangement of the dermal pores also is very dissimilar in the two species; and, furthermore, oscula are ap- parently absent in the one, while present in the other. I am strongly inclined to think that the feature in which R. pallida resembles the Tedaniinjt^ is evidence of its very close relationship to that group; but its microscleres, it must be confessed, afford no confirmation of this view, for they are perfectly smooth and quite symmetrically diactinal, whereas in all the species belong- ing indubitably to the Tedaniinoe that have so far been described, the rhaphides (onychetpp) are not only without exception more or less spinulous, but they are usually (perhaps invariably) also anisoactinal, and are very frequently provided with a bulbous
^i- REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, iii.,
dilation near one extremity. R. typica appears to me, on the other hand, not to depart in any important respect, except in the absence of spined microxea, fi-om Desmoxya (formerly Higginsia) lunata Carter.
I hesitate, however, to refer the two species to separate genera, inasmuch as their only differences are such as are not yet recog- nised as possessing generic value.
With reference to the possible Tedaniine affinities of R. pallida, it is interesting to note that the only other two Australian species which have been ascribed to the genus Rhaphisia, actually do belong to the Tedaniinaj. This fact I have already made known regarding one of them — Rhaphisia anonyma Carter, — in a pre- vious communication(13); and fur the reception of the species I proposed a new genus, Hemitedania. The other, Rhaphisia ramosa Whitelegge(59), I now find to possess a somewhat similar spiculation, — ccjnsisting of oxea (of a single kind) and spinulous onychetje (of three kinds); but in skeletal structure it differs from //. anonyma very considerably.* The species appears to me one which will necessitate the erection of a new genus for its accom- modation, but provisionally it may be referred to Hemitedania.
Furthermore, of the seven specimens recorded by Dendy as examples of R. jiaUida, two are not correctly identified as such, Ijut again are representatives of a Tedaniine species. In this latter, the microscleres are of three kinds, — nearly similar in form to those of Remitedauia(l) anonyma (excepting that the styliform ones are very much slenderer and somewhat differently shaped at their basal extremity); but the megascleres are cylin-
* The species is sorely in need of re-descripti(jn, especially with respect to its skeletal structure; and the inforniati(jn regarding the spicular char- acters is also misleading. The oxea vary from 220 to .570//, in length and up to 14/x in stoutness; the onycheta? of two kinds are similar in form to those of //. a)ionyina{iZ. Text-fig. 20), exhibiting a conspicuous bead-like dilatation close to the blunter extremity, and measuring respectively loO to 185 by r.l/x and 4-") to 75 by (.»"75/a in size; and tlie onychet;B of the third kind have the form of subfusiform styli with an abruptly truncated basal extremity provided with a central nuicro and a circumferential whorl of minute spines, and measure 95 to 125/x in length by 3'5/x in maximum stoutness.
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 643
drical styli of a single kind (measuring 320 to 420//. in length by 6/x in stoutness), occasionally transforming into strongyla. Tliis species also appeal's to me to constitute a new generic type.
Under the name Choiidropsis carteri, Dendy(6) has described, from Port Phillip, a species in which the microscleres are "hair- like rhaphides," the megascleres are slender strongyla (and of a single kind), and the skeleton consists partly of "numerous stout sandy tracts or fibres running more or less parallel to one another towards the surface," and partly of spiculo-spongin fibres. From its description, therefore, the species is one which might appear as possibly admitting of inclusion in a single genus along with Rhaphoxya typica and R. pallida. On examination of its type- specimen, I find, however, that Chundrvpsis cai'teri also belongs to the Tedaniinte; its rhaphides are spinulous, and of two kinds, measuring respectively 100/x and 55/x in length, the shorter ones styliform in shape, up to 1*5/a in stoutness, and relatively scarce, the longer (and slenderer) usually sharp-pointed at both extremi- ties, and occasionally exhibiting a slight dilatation near one extremity. Since, in the case of this species, a new genus is unquestionably required, I propose, in designation thereof, the' name Strongylamma.
Rhaphoxya typica, sp.nov.
(PL xxix., fig.3; PI. xxxviii., figs. 8, 9; PI. xxxix., fig.5;
PL xliL, figs.l, 2.)
Diagnosis. — Sponge massive, sessile, irregular. Surface rugose, but generally subglabrous: provided with scattered, small, papilli- form elevations. Oscula situated chiefly on the uppermost parts. Dermal membrane easily separable; minutely reticulate to the naked eye, with many dermal pores in each mesh of the reticula- tion. Skeleton lax and rather scanty ; consisting chiefly of ascending, slender, multispicular main fibres; connecting fibres more frequent towards the interior. Megascleres slendei-, cylin- drical; comprising oxea, strongyla, and fewer styli; up to 700 by 9/x. in size. Trichites 55 to 400/x long, occurring singly scattered and in dragmata, and also forming short fibres.
Zoc-.— Port Phillip.
644 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, iii.,
External characters. — The single specimen (PI. xxix., fig. 3) is irregularly cake-shaped, with the upper surface deeply incised by several narrow, valley-like or sulciform grooves, and measures 65 mm. in length, 45 mm. in breadth, and 35 mm. in height in its most elevated, central portion; the grooves appear to be due merely to the more rapid upgrowth of the intervening portions of the sponge, and thus to be of accidental origin. The surface is further rendered uneven by many irregular shallow furrows and slight undulations, and by moderately numerous, ii'regularly scattered, small papilliform conuli; the latter are usually more or less appi'essed to the surface, and seldom exceed 1 mm. or so in height. The dermal membrane is distinct and easily separable (owing to the presence of subdermal spaces), and over most por- tions of the surface presents, to the naked eye, a minutely reticu- late pattern (PI. xxxviii., fig. 8), due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores. Interiorly, the sponge is travei'sed more or less vertically by numerous, fairly wide, main efferent canals (up to 4 mm. in diameter), which terminate in relatively rather small oscula situated, for the most part, on the more elevated portions of the surface. For some distance before arriving at the oscula, many of the canals run close beneath the surface, separated from the exterior by scarcely more than the dermal membrane.
The consistency in alcohol is rather soft and compressible, imperfectly resilient, somewhat lacking in toughness, but not brittle; and the colour is Ijrownish-grey on the surface, slightly paler in the interior.
The dermal reticulation (PI. xliv., figs. 1, 2) is made up of more or less polygonal meshes, varying in actual shape, in different portions of the surface, fi'om nearly circular (with a diameter of from rarely less than 120 to occasionally 250/;i) to almost oblong (measuring up to 350/a in length and often less than half as broad as long), and separated by usually relatively narrow boundaries varying from 25 to rarely more than 90//. in width. The largest meshes occur on those portions of the surface where the main effei'ent canals run immediately below the surface. Within the interstices of the meshes, the dermal mejiibrane is perforated by
BY E. F. KALLMANN.
645
numerous pores, the largest of which measure 60 or 70/.i in diameter: each mesh is accordingly of tlie nature of a pore-sieve. The boundaries or sides of the meshes contain numerous, densely staining, coarsely granular pigment- cells, usually of more or less elongate shape and occasionally exceeding 20/i. in length, and mostly with their long- axes directed parallel to the sides of the meslies. No spicules are present in the dermal layer except a few scattered triehites.
Skeleton. — Partly owing to the ten- uity of the skeletal fibres, and partly to discontinuities due to the consider- able innnber and size of the main effer- ent canals, the skeleton forms but a verv inconsiderable portion of the total mass of the sponge. It consists throughout (PI. xxxix., fig.5; PL xlii., figs.l, 2) chiefly of ascending multispicular main fibres, running upwards (often more or less sinuousl}') through the sponge in fairly close ap2:)Osition with one an- other, increasing in number by bifur- cation as they go. Excepting in the more peripheral region of the skeleton, however, fairly numerous, paucispicular connecting fibres also occur, which form among themselves and with the main fibres an extremely irregular re- ticulation. The fibres are composed of longitudinally directed, usually fairly closely packed spicules, united (and, in
Text-fig. 17.'
the case of the connecting fibres, also usually ensheathed) by a
* Rhaphoxya typica. Megasclere.s. ShoM'ing also the extremities of the same more higlily niaguified.
646 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, Hi.,
small amount of hyaline spongin, which is scarcely perceptible except when stained. The main fibres range from occasionally less than 30 to rarely above 80// in stoutness: the connecting fibres are much slenderer. Scattered megascleres uncemented by spongin are few or absent. Trichites are plentiful through all parts of the interior, occurring chiefly in dragmata, but also scattered singly; in addition, the longest ones frequently form short fibres running parallel to the main skeletal fibres.
Mast ichor ions. — The flagellated chambers measure up to 45/x in diameter, and are ari'anged so closely together that the choano- some is generally reduced to a mere reticulum (PI. xxxviii., fig.9).
Spicules. — (i.)The megascleres are variously (but seldom very much) curved, frequently more or less fl:exuous, slender cylindrical oxea, strongyla, and styli, differing from one another only in the character of their extremities, and varying in stoutness from about 2 to 9/x, and in length from rarely less than 100 up to 700/x; individuals less than 350,a long, however, are few. The majority are more or less sharply (and usually irregularly) pointed at both extremities (oxeote or tornote); but strongyla also are common, while stylote forms are somewhat less frequent.
(ii.) The trichites or rhaphides are mostly straight or nearly so, less than 1/x in stoutness, and apparently of all lengths from 55 to 400/-1; individuals between 220 and 320/^ in length, however, are exceedingly rare, and those between about 100 and 150/x are scarce.
Rhaphoxya(?) pallida Dendy. (PL xxxiii., fig.6; PI. xhii., figs. 1,2.)
1896. Rhaphisia pallida (purtim); Dendy(7), p. 257.
Diagnosis. — Sponge massive, sessile, irregular. Surface rugose, but subglabrous; irregularly beset with small papilliform eleva- tions. Oscula absent. Dermal membrane closely adherent. Dermal pores singly scattered. Skeleton lax and rather scanty; consisting of slender, multispicular main fibres united in a very iri-egular fashion by a plexus of paucispicular connecting fibres. Spiculation almost identically similar to that of H. tt/pica.
loc.^Fovt Phillip.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 647
Introductory. — The following description is based upon four of the original examples of the species (viz., those bearing the register-numbers 314, 621, 737, and 879), and an excellently preserved spirit-specimen which is in the collection of the Aus- tralian Museum; the type-examples also are in alcohol, but with one exception are imperfectly preserved. As already mentioned above, two of the original specimens, which Dendy somewhat doubtfully referred to this species, prove to belong to a genus closely I'elated to Tedania.
External characters. — The sponge (PI. xxxiii., fig. 6) is irregu- larly cake-shaped, somewhat higher than broad, attaining in the case of the largest specimen a height of 65 mm. The surface is slightly uneven, more or less rugose; and is provided, especially in the upper parts, with irregularly scattered, mostly very small, somewhat conule-like elevations, rather variable, in size and shape, but usually more or less papilliform. The undamaged surface is subglabrous. The dermal membrane is moderately thin and fairly tough, without pores visible to the naked eye ^t: even with the aid of a lens, and is everywhere closely adherent to the underlying tissues. The sponge is traversed in a generally upward direction by many main efferent canals, of inconsiderable size so far as regards the size of their lumina, but each surrounded (and thus rendered conspicuous) by a broad layer of somewhat gelatinous-looking collenchymatous tissue. These canals terminate in proximity to the surface; and there are no oscula.
In alcohol, the colour is pale greyish-yellow to dull white, and the consistency is compressible and resilient, fairly tough and compact, but moderately soft. The colour in life, according to the original description, is greyish, ranging from "very light grey-buff"" to "smoke-grey."
The dermal membrane contains numerous finely and densely granular, deeply staining cells, generally more or less ovoidal in shape, averaging about 14/x in length by 9/x in breadth. Actual dermal pores were not observed; but (in the case of the one sufficiently well-preserved specimen) thin tangential stained sec- tions of the dermal layer showed fairly numerous subcircular to
648
REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, iil,
oval areas, — up to 200/y. in diameter and .situated at an average distance apart of about 150/x, — distinguished from the intervening portions of the membrane by their relative transjDarency due to
the fewness of the deeply-staining gran- ular cells occurring within their limits (PI. xliv., fig. 3). In life, presumably, each such area is the site of a single pore (or possibly of several pores).
Skeleton. — In most respects the skele- ton closely resembles that of R. typica, — and, indeed, as seen in section, is scarcely distinguishable therefrom; the character of the skeletal fibres is exactly the same in both. The chief difference consists in the somewhat fewer main fibres in the present species, and the far greater num- ber of the connecting fibres (except in the peripheral parts of the skeleton), — in consequence of which the pattern is moi'e generally reticulate, and, except towards the surface, much more irregular (PI. xliii., figs.l, 2). The difference in skeletal pattern of the two species is much more clearly marked in very thick sections of their skeleton, as will be seen from a comparison of figs. 3 and 5 in PI. xxxix.; and from these figures it will be obsei'ved also that, in the present species, the skeleton is on the whole more scanty, and characterised by more ex- tensive discontinuities due to the passage of main excurrent canals. As in R. typica, the trichites occur both in dragmata and scattered singh^, and the longer ones (in part) give rise to fibres; the scattered
* R}iaphoxya(t) pallida. Megascleres. the same more highly magnified.
Showing also the extremities of
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 649
trichites are mainly confined to the collencliyma, and tlie tricliite- fibres, which are often of very considerable lengtli, occur chiefly along and immediately witliin the boundaries of the same tissue, where it adjoins the choanosome.
Mastichorions. — The flagellated chambers are nearly spherical and of small size, rarely more than 20/^. in diametex', and situated at an average distance of about 10/a apart.
Spicules. — Both megascleres and microscleres are precisely similar in form to those of Ji. typica. The former vary in maxi- mum size, in different specimens, from 650 by 7/x to 720 by 9/>(, and their minimum length in any specimen is less than 200//.; individuals below 300/x long, howev^er, are scarce. The trichites are divisible into two groups, the shorter ones varying in length from about 50 to 220/.1, the longer from about 320 to 450/<.
Genus Desmoxya, gen.nov.
Definition. — AxinellidteC?) of massive form, typically more or less dome-shajDed, and provided with well-developed, papilliform processes. 8keleton consisting of an irregular, halichondroid reticulation traversed by ascending multispicular, non-plumose fibres. Spongin almost or quite absent. Megascleres of a single order, — oxea, strongyla and styli, differing only in the character of their extremities. Microscleres terminally-spined, arcuate or slightly sigmoidal microxea, and trichodragmata.
Type-species, D. lunata Carter.
The single species, for which this genus is proposed, has hitherto been referred to Hiyginsia. The number and importance of the chai'acters distinguishing it from the remaining species of the latter genus, however, render obvious the necessity of its removal therefrom. The structure of the skeleton is essentially the same as in Bhaphoxya, only the main fibres are far fewer, the connect- ing fibres are reduced to a sparse reticulation of spicules, and spongin is almost completely wanting.
In the several specimens of B. lunata examined by me, the microxea are, without exception, simply bow-shaped, i.e., curved in one plane. In the Austx'alian Museum, however, there is a
50
650
mounted slide of the spicules of a Port Pliillip sponge in which (while otherwise closely agreeing in spiculation with D. lunata) the microxea for the most part are more or less curved in a dis- tinctly sigmoidal manner.* There is evidence for supposing, therefoi'e, that the microxea of Desmoxya are derivatives of sigmata.
Desmoxya lunata Carter. (PI. xxix., fig.5; PL xxxviii., fig.5; PL xliv., fig.4.)
1885. Hiyginsia lunata Carter(5), p. 358.
1897. Hiyginda hmafa Dendy(7), p.244.
Diagnosis. — Sponge massive, sessile, moi-e or less dome-shaped, rising above into short digitiform processes, and provided also with irregularly scattered small conuli. Dermal membrane minutely reticulate; with many dermal pores in each mesh of the reticulation. Skeleton feebly developed, consisting of irregu- larly ascending, slender, multispicular main fibres, between which thei'e extends a very sparse and irregular reticulation composed chiefly of single spicules. Megascleres slightly curved, cylindrical or nearly so; comprising oxea and styli in approximately equal numbers, and relatively few strongyla; maximum size about 800 by 12 to 15/x. Microxea crescent-shaped, minutely spinulous except in their central moiety, 30 to 45/x long and up to 3'5/x in stoutness. Tricliites separable into two groups as I'egards size, the shorter varying from 60 to 220/i. in length, the longer from 560 to 620//.; occurring in dragmata and scattered singly, the larger ones also forming short fibres.
Xoc— Port Phillip.
External features. — The sponge (which is known now from seven examples) appears always to be more or less dome-shaped (PL xxix., fig.5), — usually not far from (roughly) hemispherical, sometimes nearly as high as broad, occasionally, however, much depressed, almost flattened, — and is provided with moderately numerous mammiform, or short digitiform, processes; in addition,
* In this presumable second species of Desmoxya, the microxea (if they may correctly so be termed) are very small, rarely attaining to more tlian 25u in length.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 651
the surface, including tliat of the processes, is covered witli small, usually blunt conuli. The largest specimen measures 95 mm. in length, 80 nun. in breadth, and 70 mm. in height; and the pro- cesses, which are generally slightly flattened and somewhat ap- pressed to the surface, avei-age about 4 mm. in diameter at the base, and vary in length up to about 10 mm. The dermal mem- brane is strongly developed and fairly easily separable, and usually presents to the naked eye a minutely reticulate pattern due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores (PI. xxxviii., fig. 5). Internally, the sponge is traversed vertically by rather numerous main efferent canals, measuring up to 3 mm. in diameter, which open into small, usually inconspicuous oscula situated on the upper parts of the surface. The oscula occur on and between the digitiform processes indifferently. The consistency in alcohol is soft and compressible, and lacking in toughness; the texture, however, is compact. The colour in life is some shade of brown, — usually a darkish or slaty-brown, sometimes with a greenish tinge; in alcohol, it is brownish-grey on the surface and pale grey within.
The dermal reticulation (PL xxxviii., fig. 5) is formed of more ar less polygonal meshes of various size up to about 300 by 200/x, usually longer than broad, but varying in actual shape, in different parts of the surface, from subcircular to nearly oblong, and separated by usually narrow boundaries from 35 to (rarel}') 150/A in width. Within each of the meshes, the dermal mem- brane is perforated by numerous pores. In consequence, no doubt, of their having become closed through conti'action, the pores sometimes are apparently absent; and in one of the speci- mens examined, presumably owing to excessive contraction, even the dermal reticulation was indistinguishable. No megascleres are present in the dermal membi'ane, and only veiy few scattered trichites; but in the boundaries of the meshes of the reticulation, spined microxea occur more numerously than elsewhere in the sponge.
Skeleton. — When a piece of the sponge is treated with caustic potash, it usually decomposes entirely, yielding nothing but a
652
REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, 111.,
flocculation (consisting mainly of separate spicules); occasionally, however, b}^ the exercise of especial care, one succeeds in obtain- ing, as pai't of the residue, small masses of coherent skeleton. From examination of these, the skeleton, which is extremely scanty, is seen to consist partly of slender, multispicular (main) fibres running irregularly through the sponge, branching and occasionally anastomosing as they go, and partly of a very sparse and irregular reticulation of single spicules and short pauci- spicular fibres extending between the main fibres and partly serving to connect them (PI. xliv., fig. 4); the structure is much less dense than would appear from the figure, inasmuch as in the mounted preparation, from which the photograph was taken, the skeleton has been compressed under the cover-glass to less than half its original thickness. The main fibres are rarely as much as 40// in stoutness, and are composed of fairl^T^ closely-packed spicules, directed longitudinally, and barely held together by an evanescently small amount of hyaline spongin, which becomes discernible only when stained. Outside the main fibres, spongin is generally wanting; but here and there, where several spicules cross one another at a point, a faint investment of cementing substance is sometimes detectable.
In ordinary sections of the sponge (i.e., with the fieshy tissues intact) the precise pattern of the skeleton is usually not manifest: for, in thick sections, it is generally more or less obscured in consequence of an opacity due to great numbers of pigmented granules scattered everywhere through the tissues ; while, in thinner sections, owing to the sparseness and irregularity of the skeleton, the main fibres are usually more than once cut across, and thus appear not to be continuous, and the intermediate skeleton appears to consist merely of a few scattered spicules. Trichodragmata occur rather abundantly through all parts of the interior, but are not very noticeable owing to the obscuring effect of the pigment-granules and the extreme slenderness of the individual trichites. Singly scattered trichites are scarce. The spined microxea likewise occur in all parts of the .sponge, but are nowhere abundant ; they are most numerous in the dermal membrane.
BY E. F. KALLMANN.
653
Spicules. — (i.) The megascleres are slightly curved cylindrical oxea, styli, strongyla and inter- mediate forms, differing from one another only in the charac- ter of their extremities, and the same in all parts of the sponge; the oxea and styli are present in about equal numbers, while the strongyla are notably fewer. They are of approximately the same dimensions in all the speci- mens examined, ranging in length from about 520/x to slightly above SOO/x, rarely to 850/ji, and varying in maximum stoutness (in different specimens) from 12 to 15/x.
(ii.) The trichites are straight or nearly so, almost immeasur ably fine, and of all lengths be- tween 560 and 620//, and be- tween 60 and 220/;^; the shorter ones are again nearly separable into two groups, individuals be- tween 100 and 150/x in length being very scarce.
(iii.) The acanthoxea are arcu- ately curved, crescentiform, often very slightly inflated centrally, 30 to 45/x in length by 2 to 4/x in stoutness, and densely covered with minute spinules for a dis- tance of from 10 to 15/x from their extremities, the remaining portion of theii- length being smooth
Text-fig. The curv!
■* Desmoxya hiiiata. a, megascleres; b, extremities of the .same, more highly magnified; c, spined microxea.
654 REVISIOK of TttE AX1NELLID.E, iii.,
metrical, and rather variable in degree; when most considerable, it slightly exceeds that of two-fifths of the circumference of a circle.
Genus Holoxea Topsent.
Definition. — Axinellid{e(?) of massive or encrusting habit; with a more or less irregular, halichondroid, main skeleton, and with or without a dermal skeleton of horizontally-disposed megascleres. The megascleres are oxea of one or two kinds, and the charac- teristic microscleres are minute microxea, somewhat resembling sanidasters; in addition, trichodragmata ai-e typically present.
Type-species, H. furtiva Topsent(45).
The considerable agreement which exists between this genus and Desmoxya in the matter of spiculation appears to me to justify the supposition of a relationship between them. It is true that, in H. furtiva, the type-species, so Topsent informs us in his second description thereof(51), — the ectosome is charged with more or less horizontally-disposed oxeote megascleres (differing from those of the main skeleton only in size), and is differentiated to form a cortex "peu epaisse, mais assez resistante"; but the importance to be attached to this feature is minimised by the fact that the other two species which have been ascribed to the genus, — ^iz., //. collectrix and H. valida Thiele(39), — a specially characterised cortex is, apparently, wanting; moreover, it is to be noted that, in Desmoxya lunata, the dermal layer is particu- larly well-developed, and if provided with a megascleric skeleton would probably constitute what might be termed a cortex. Tlie information at our disposal regarding the structure of the main skeleton in the several species of Holoxea is extremely scanty: Topsent merely mentions, in the case of J/, furtiva, that when the sponge is confined to narrow crevices the megascleres are constrained, owing to their great length, "s'orienter dans un sens determinee, par faisceaux sur des longueurs variables", and that "il en resulte souvent un faux-semblant de charj^ente fibreuse"; while Thiele goes no farther than to state that the megascleres (of //. collectrix) "lassen keine bestimmte Anord-
BY E. F. HALLMANN. 655
nung erkennen." So far as one can judge, it seems probable that the skeleton, on the whole, is arranged irregularly, in a moi-e or less halichondroid fashion ; and this is the type of skeleton-pattern which would result if, in Desmoxya hinata, the reticulum of interstitial and connecting spicules merely increased in degree of development and complexity at the expense of the connecting fibres. The spined microscleres of Holoxea furtiva are looked upon by Topsent as sanidasters, and he has accord- ingly referred the genus to his proposed family Streptasteridse; l)ut these microscleres, it seems to me, might with ecpial pro- priety be regarded as microxea, — and, indeed, in Topsent's original description of the species were so designated: furthermore, in //. furtiva and H. coUectrix, as in Desmoxya, the spined micro- scleres are accompanied by trichodragmata, which latter are unknown to occur in association with definitely astrose micro- scleres elsewhere in the Monaxonida. Whether certain genera with spined microxea, like Desmoxya and Higginsia, properly admit of inclusion in the family Axinellidai is open to question; but Holoxea certainly appears to resemble Desmoxya much more closely than it does any other genus, and on that account, per- haps, ought to be placed in proximity thereto.
Genus Higginsia Higgin.
Definition. — Axinellidte(l) of various external form; typically erect-lamellar, with entire or lobate margin, or sometimes tending to become palmo-digitate or f rondose; seldom ramose; occasionally massive, with or without digitate processes. Skeleton usually more or less condensed axially; typically consisting (extra-axially) partly of more or less plumose main fibres or spicule-colunins running to the surface, and partly of an irregular reticulation of spicules connecting the main fibres; either of these components, however, may be much reduced or absent. Or the extra-axial skeleton may consist (either throughout or only in its outer region) of bundles or bands of long styli radiating to the surface, and of sheaves of smaller and slenderer spicules surrounding these. Spongin present in small to moderate quantity. Mega-
656 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, iii.,
scleres: styli and (or) oxea, usually of two or three kinds. Megascleres of a single kind, in the form of centrangulate spined microxea.
Type-species, H. coralloides Higgin.
The genus Iliyfjinsia is here defined so as to include also Ridley and Dendy's Deudropsis, with its two species D. bidenti /era and D. mixta, — the latter recently added to the genus by Hentscliel(15). The I'eason for this is not that the differences between liigyinsia coralloides and Dendropsis hidentifera, the respective type-species, are insufficient to warrant their generic separation, but that intermediate species exist between them, forming with them (in so far as skeletal characters are concerned) a gradational series incapable of subdivision into two groups except in an arbitrary way. This fact will be clear from the following synopsis of the chief distinguishing characters of the several species.
Dendroj)sis bidentifera Ridley & Dendy(33). Uichotomously ramose, with slightly compressed branches disposed in one plane. Skeleton consisting (i.)of a dense axial core of interlacing, com- paratively short styli; (ii.) of bundles of much longer styli (up to 1100 by 44/x in size) radiating from the axis to the surface, beyond which the apices of many of them project; (iii.) of sheaves of slender oxeote spicules surrounding (ii.), which are peculiar in being double-pointed at one extremity, and also often project beyond the surface; and (iv.) of long slender styli (up to 1750 by 20/i. in size), occasionally passing into strongyla.
Dendropsis mixta Hentschel(15). Thick, encrusting ; with short digitiform processes. Skeleton consisting (i.) interiorly of irregularly arranged stout oxea (up to 750 by 31/x in size); (ii.) of long slender styli (up to 2240 by SI/a in size) projecting beyond the surface; (iii.) of bundles of slender oxea (up to 1175 by 5/x in size), forming dermal tufts around (ii.) as in the genus Jiasjjailia, and also passing inwards towards the interior.
Higginsia papillosa Thiele(42). Massive, ovoidal; with papil- lose surface. Skeleton consisting (i.) of stout fibres, formed of styli, radiating to the surface and ending in the surface-papillie,
BY E. F. IIALLMANN. 657
— their terminal spicules (up to 1500 by 15/a in size) projecting beyond; (ii.) of shorter and relatively stouter styli, partly scattered irregularlj' between the main fibres, and partly forming lesser fibres running irregularly in various directions; and (iii.) of slender oxea (up to about 1000 by 6//. in size), which "pflegen in grosserer oder geringerer Anzahl die Style zu begleiten."
Higginsia natalensis Carter(5). Flabelliform, stipitatc; with thin ridges on both surfaces, radiating from stalk to circumfer- ence. Skeleton-structure undescribed : megascleres of two kinds, viz., (i.) styli (up to about 1000 by -IS/x in size), presumably arranged in fibres; and (ii.) slender oxea (up to 700 by 7/v. in size) surrounding (i.) "in great numbers".
Higginsia coralloidcs Higgin(17), et varr. More or less lamellar, varying from submassive {i.e., sessile and only slightly com- pressed) to stipitate-flabelliform, and then either entire or palm- ately subdivided; with longitudinal or radiating ridges on both sui'faces. Skeleton consisting of more or less plumose main fibres or columns with an irregular reticulation of spicules between. Megascleres almost exclusively oxea, or oxea alone; usually of two kinds.
Higginsia thielei Topsent(53). Massive, with irregular surface. Skeleton consisting of "un reseau irregulier, tres solide, de styles robustes disposes par paquets epais et relies aux entrecroise- ments par un lien tres faible de spongine incolore." Megascleres styli, of a single kind.
In all the species, the microscleres are of the same character- istic form, and occur irregularly scattered through the choano- some and usually also in the dermal layer: they are symmetri- cally and rather sharply bent {i.e., centrangulate or geniculate) acanthoxea with small spines scattered irregularly over their whole length, and are frequently provided with a bulbous dilata- tion situated slightly excentrally.
The exact similarity which exists between the microscleres of the present genus and those of Halicnemia patera has already been pointed out by Topsent(49), who accordingly refers IlaJio- nem^a, along with Higginsia, to the Axinellidte. It seems to me
65S REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, iii.,
extremely probable, however, that the acanthoxea of these genei'a, like those undoubtedly of the recently described genus Acanthoxa Hentschel(l6), are homologous with the acanthoscleres of the Myxillina?, and that the correct place of Hiyyiiisia and Halic- iieniia is, therefore, in the family Desmacidonidse.
The genus is represented on the Australian coast by two varieties of H. coraUoides, — viz., maxsa/is Carter and scnbra Whitelegge, — re-descriptions of which are given below. The other named varieties of this species (the typical form of which comes from the West Indies) are Higgin's(17) var. hberiensis from Cape Palmas and var. arcunta from Ireland; while the form recorded by Topsent(48) from Amboina as //. coraUoides var. massalis probably constitutes a fifth variety. Carter's H. coraU- oides var. natalens's, although possessing the external habit char- acteristic of //. coraUoides, is distinguished by having the skeletal fibi'cs composed of stylote instead of oxeote megascleres, and may, therefore, conveniently be regarded as specifically distinct.
To supplement the brief diagnosis of //. coraUoides given above, and at the same time to indicate the main points of difi'er- ence distinguishing the varieties massalis and scnbra from the remaining forms of the species, the chief characters of the latter (excepting Topsent's var. massalix, the description of which I have not seen), may be summarised as follows: —
//. mass(dis (typical form). .Stipitate, fiabelliform; "consisting of lobate compressed branches of irregular and luxuriant growth, united clathrously ur continuously; surface deeply furrowed in a vertical direction, the ridges between the furrows being narrow and, in the young growths, serrated witli tooth-like projections, passing in the older portions into rounded or tubercled pro- minences." The skeleton is "a spiculiferous network of lozenge- shaped reticulation," consisting (in part) of plumose fibres, the spicules of which are not enclosed in spongin, but merely cemented together by it where they touch or cross each other. The megascleres (oxea) appear to be of two kinds, — those of the fibres more or less curved and attaining a maximum size of 635
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 659
by 25/1, the others straight, \ery iiuicli slenderer (only 6/a in diameter), and relatively few in number. The spined microxea attain a size of 200 by 6/x.
//. coralloides ^'ar. liberiensis Higgin. Similar in outward form to the preceding. Structure of the skeleton undescribed. Megascleres of two kinds: stout curved oxea up to 660 by 32/a in size, and longer, straight, "hair-like" oxea. Spined microxea measviring 75 by 6//..
//. coralloides var. arcnaUi Higgin. Only slightly compressed, submassive. Surface-features undesci'ibed. Skeleton consisting of main lines of spicules extending vertically from the base, and of secondary lines connecting these at various angles, both being "echinated" wiih spicules (i.e., more or less plumose). The megascleres (oxea) are not stated to be of two sizes; they are comparatively small, measuring only 300 by 6/x. The spined microxea measure 75 by 3*6/i.
HiGGiNSiA CORALLOIDES Higgin, var. MASSALis Carter.
(PL xxix., fig. 6; PI. xxxviii., figs. 6, 7; PL xxxix., figs.l, 2;
PL xL, figs. 1-4.)
1885. Hlgglnsia coralloides Carter(5), p.357.
1885. llvjijinsia coralloides var. ynassalis Carter(5), p.357.
1896. Hiijijinsia coralloides var. massalis Dendy(7), p. 243.
Diagnosis. — Sponge more or less compressed; varying in form from thickly flabellate and stipitate to submassive and sessile; the margin entire. Surface longitudinally ridged and furrowed; the ridges generally more or less discontinuous, appearing as a succession of crenations or knobs; distance apart of the ridges, 2 to 3mm. Oscula small, marginal. Dermal membrane distinct, finely porous. The "skeleton-sponge" consists of a series of transverse, thin lamelUe, each only about a millimetre in thick- ness, which are nearly quite separate from each other in their uppermost portions, but become more and more intimately united in the median plane of the sponge proceeding towards its base. The skeleton of each lamella is a dense and intricate reticulation of paucispicular main and connecting fibres and single spicules.
(ifiO REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, iii.,
Spongin is present in relatively small quantity. The megascleres are imperfectly differentiated into three kinds: (i.) curved oxea forming the skeleton-reticulation, attaining a maximum size of from 560x14 to 700 x 18/x; (ii.) longer and slenderer, scarce styli, strongyla, and (very rare) oxea, occurring interstitially, ranging in length to upwards of 900/a; and (iii.) smaller inter- stitial and dermal oxea, connuonly between 250 and 350/a in length and 4 or 5/i. in diameter, but frequently slenderer, and connected by spicules of intermediate size apparently both with (i.) and (ii.). The acanthoxea are from 40 to 130/ji in length and up to 4 or 5ji. in diameter exclusive of the spines, and rather seldom exhibit a bulbous dilatation.
ioc— Port Phillip.
External characters. — The general shape and habit of growth of the sponge are sufficiently indicated in the diagnosis; and the characteristic rugose surface-af)pearance produced by crenated longitudinal ridges and intervening furrows is well shown by the figure (PI. xxix., fig. 6), — which also illustrates the most frequent form of the sponge, viz., one intermediate between flabellate and submassive. Apparently it is only in its younger stages that the sponge is massive, subsequent growth taking place chiefly in height and bi'eadth, with only slight increase in thickness; occasionally the plate thus formed, instead of remaining simply flabellate, becomes somewhat irregular through formation of perpendicular lateral outgrowths similar to itself. The largest specimen at my disposal measures about 75mm. in height, 1 10mm. in breadth, and 25 mm. in maximum thickness of the plate. The surface-ridges (and furrows) pass without discontinuity across the margin of the S23onge fi'om one side of it to the other, and, as necessarily follows, are oppositely situated on the two surfaces. The oscula are situated marginally, and are numerous and of small size, the largest seldom exceeding 1 nun. in diameter. The dermal membrane, which is well-developed, is most distinct within the surface-grooves, whei'e it is underlain by extensive subdermal s^oaces; it is closely perforated with minute pores, which in some places are sufficiently lai'ge to be discerned with
BY E. F. KALLMANN. GCA
the naked e3'e (PI. xxxviii., figs. 6, 7). Well-preserved spirit- specimens are of firm, compressible, and resilient consistency, and of compact texture, and vary in colour frt»m jtale greyish-yellow to light brown, occasionally with a faintly pinkish tinge. The colour in life, according to previous descriptions, varies from "hair-brown" to dull shades of purple.
The dermal pores (PI. xl., figs. 3, 4) are distributed singly in very close order, are circular or oval in shape, and vary from about 100 to occasionally upwards of 300/i. in diameter. In the dermal membrane, spined microxea occur scattei'ed in great abundance.
The "skeleton-sponge", — meaning by that the entire coherent skeleton which i-emains after complete removal of all the fleshy substance of a specimen by maceration with caustic potash, — is of very characteristic gross structure. Its general superficial contour is nearly similar to that of the original entire sponge; but the shallow sui'face-furrows of the latter are replaced by deep vertical fissures (PL xxxix., fig. 2) penetrating it (except its older portions) almost or quite to the mid-plane, and thus reducing it (since the furrows on the one side are situated exactly oppositely to those on the other) to a series of nearly separate, transverse lamellae. A single such lamella, photographed by transmitted light, is shown in PI. xxxix., fig. 1. The lamellse are each about 1 mm. in thickness, and their distance apart, at their periphery, varies from about 2 to 3 mm. ; their edges, which correspond to the discontinuous, crenated surface-ridges of the internal sponge, are irregularly lobed or toothed. Distally (i.e., in the upper parts of the skeleton-sponge) the lamellte are either quite separate from one another or are barely united together by- a thin septi- form connection in the mid-plane of the sponge; but proceeding towards the base of the sponge, this connection gradually in- creases in breadth, and in addition an increasing number of independent, synapticula-like connections arise between them, so that in places a honeycombed appearance sometimes results.
The skeleton-sponge is fine-textured, and (being composed to a greater extent of spicules than of spongin) is, when dry, whitisli
662 REVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^, iii.,
in colour and somewhat hai'sh to the feel, and remains slightly crushed when much compressed by squeezing.
Shpleton. — In each constituent lamella tlie skeleton consists of numerous, closely arranged, pauciserial main lines of spicules running in the plane of the lamella upwards and outwards to its periphery, and of numei^ous short secondary lines and single spicules connecting the^e in irregular manner, the whole forming an exceedingly dense and intricate reticulation (PL xl., figs. 1, 2). The spicules of the fibres are arranged in a somewhat loose, irregular, and slightly plumose fashion, and are held together and more or less ensheathed by a rather small amount of spongin, which, being of a pale colour, is inconspicuous unless stained; the interfibral spicules, for the most part, are invested with spongin only at their extremities or lie quite free. The skeleton- reticulation is so dense, especially towards the central region of the lamella {i.e., towards the mid-plane of the sponge), that, in sections of the oi'dinary thickness for studying the skeleton- pattern, it appears as if consisting of a confused mass of spicules without definite arrangement. In the interlamellar regions of the sponge, except where junctions between the lamellae occui', the skeleton consists solely of spined microxea scattered in great profusion, and of very scarce scattered megascleres. The inter- lamellar regions are traversed by numerous main canals, the largest of which are about 1 mm. in diameter.
The previous description of the skeleton, given by Dendy, which differs rather considerably from the above, was evidently based upon an insufficiently thin (and "undesarcodised") section cut across the thickness of the sponge obliquely to the mid-plane (and, therefore, intersecting several lamellje). The description is as follows: "The skeleton is very confused and ii'regular, without any definite fibre, composed of densely intermingled oxeote spicules, especially aggregated in wide tracts which trend towards the surface and end in the conuli. The presence of these ill- defined ti'acts of .spicules, with intervening spaces almost free from megascleres, gives a somewhat columnar chai'acter to the vertical sections. Internally, all the tx'acts unite into one dense,
BY E. F. KALLMANN.
663
irregular agglomeration of spicules." It is obvious that the "tracts of spicules" cori-espond to vertical transections of the lamellse.
Where the main skeleton abuts on the surface of the sponge (i.e., along the sur- face-ridges), the terminal spicules of the skeletal fibres project slightly be- yond the dermal membrane, and along with these pro- jecting fibral spicules are occasional small clusters of much shorter and slenderer diactinal spicules which are perhaps to be regarded as special dermal megascleres. Elsewhere (i.^., within the surface-grooves) the dei'mal membrane overlies exten- sive subdei'mal spaces, and is generally free from mega- scleres.
Afegascleres. — (i.) The spicules of the skeleton- reticulation are somewhat angulately curved oxea(and occasional styli), which in some specimens are of nearly uniform diameter to within a comparatively short distance of their ex- ti'emities and generally are more or less irregularly pointed (often somewhat blunt-pointed, and occasionally approximating in form to strongyla), while in other specimens they taper very gradually to the extremities {i.e., are more or less fusiform) and with rare
Text-fig. 20. — Higgin-na coralloides var. mctJiAalis. a, megascleres of the fibres; 1), interstitial megascleres ; c, dermal megascleres; d, spinecl mieroxea; e, im- mature microxea.
664 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID^E, iii.
exception are regularly sharp-pointed. The full-grown ones (comprising all those ensheathed in spongin as well as the vast majority of the remainder) vary in maximum size in different specimens from 560 x 14/^ to 700 x 18/a, and rarely fall helow 350/i in length or below S/i in diameter; interstitially-occurring immature individuals of all sizes down to about 250 x 2/x, how- ever, are to be met with.
(ii.) Also occurring interstitially, but very scarce (in some specimens exceedingly i-are), are longer and generally less curved, mostly stylote spicules, very frequently more or less blunted or rounded off at the apex and not seldom passing into strongyla, and attaining a maximum size of about 900 x 9/x. Between these and the slenderer forms of the preceding, however, there appears to be a complete series of spicules of intermediate forms and sizes.
(iii.) The short slender megascleres occurring in loose bundles and also scattered singly in the dermal layer, — which appear to be special dermal spicules, — are slightly curved oxea, frequently blunt-pointed and more or less resembling strongyla, and usually 4 or 5//. in diameter and between 250 and 350/x (but ranging from about 200 to upwards of 400/x) in length. They are not distinguishable either in form or size fi'om many of the inter- stitially occurring spicules which appear to be immature forms of (i.) and (ii.).
Microscleres. — With the exception of a few, which are straight, the acanthoxea are invariably sharply bent at the centre, — the maximum angle of inclination of the actines (which are gradually tapered and sharp-pointed) being about 30°. About 5% of the spicules exhibit a peculiarity in the form of a small bulbous dilatation situated at a short distance (10/x or less) from their mid-point. They range fi'om about 40 to 130/x in length and up to 4 or (rarely) 5/x in diameter exclusive of the spines. The spines are perpendicularly-directed, conical, sharp-pointed, usually very numerous, and scattered irregularly over the whole length of the spicule, gradually decreasing in size towards its extremities; the largest of them are 2 5/x in length. The spicules in their
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 665
earliest stage of development are quite smooth. As an occasional abnormality, one actine is prolonged beyond its point of union with the other, as shown in the text-figure; and very rarely both aetines are thus prolonged.
HiGGiNSiA coRALLOiDES Carter, vai\ scabra Whitelegge. (PL xxxix., fig.3; PI. xH., figs.1-3.) '
1907. Hiyijinsia scabra Whitelegge(60), p.511, PL xlvi., fig.44.
Diagnosis. — Sponge erect, lamellar, perhaps sometimes simply flabelliform, but more usually subdivided into lobes or separate fronds. Surface closely covered with small conuli arranged somewhat indistinctly in longitudinal parallel series about 1mm. apart. Oscula small, marginal. Dermal membrane very dis- tinct. Internal structure and skeleton-pattern not essentially different from that of the preceding variety Megascleres: (i.) curved oxea in the main skeleton, 770 x 35// in maximum size; (ii.) exceedingly rare styli occurring interstitially, up to 1100 x 25/x in size. Special dermal megascleres apparently absent. Acanthoxea 60 to 130/a in length and up to 5/^ in diameter exclusive of the spines; very frequently exhibiting a bulbous dilatation.
Loc. Off Port Jackson, N.S.W.
This variety is so far known only from the two original speci- mens-obtained from the same locality — one of which (figured by Whitelegge) is in a dried condition, while the other (smaller and incomplete) is imperfecth^ preserved in alcohol.
External characters. — Both specimens are erect, substipitate, lamellar, — the smaller one apparently flabellate, divided above into several lobes, the other consisting of much more completely separated (though in part secondarily coalescent) lobes or frond- like branches, from some of which, also, secondary sessile lobes or fronds arise laterally; in both, the thickness of the lamina is about the same, viz , from 6 to 10 mm. The larger specimen measures 110 mm. in height. In the dried condition of the sponge, with the dermal membrane shrunken closely in upon the underlying skeleton, the surface is densely and conspicuously conulose,— the conuli attaining in places a height of as much as
51
666 REVISION OF THK AXINE|:iLIDiE, iii.,
2'5 mm., and exhibiting an indistinct arrangement in longi- tudinal rows; but in the case of the spirit-specimen, except where the dermal membrane has been destroyed, it is scarcely more then minutely pustulose. On complete removal of the sarcode by maceration, the skeleton-sponge is found to be com- posed, just as in the case of var. massalis, of conjoined, parallel, thin lamellse perpendicular in direction to the plane of tlie sponge; and it is to a serration of the edges of these lamellse that the surface-prominences are due. The only oscula observed svere marginally situated and of very small size, the largest not exceeding 05 mm. in diameter. The dermal membrane is well- developed and very distinct, and is underlain (between the surface-prominences) by extensive subdermal spaces; owing to its imperfect preservation in the present specimens, dermal pores were not observable. The unmacerated dried sponge is somewhat hard and with difficulty compressible, brittle rather than elastic, and pale greyish or almost whitish in colour. In alcohol, the consistency is dense and firm, moderately flexible, compressible and resilient; and the colour is yellowish pale grey.
The structure of tlie "skeleton-sponge" is essentially the same as in the case of var. massalis; but the lamellse are much thinner (only about 05 mm. in thickness), more closely approximated (at most 1*75 mm. apart), and, in proportion to their width (i.e., in proportion to the thickness of the sponge-lamina), more com- pletely united with one another. In the present variety, ac- cordingly, the structure is notably denser, and the texture also is much more coarse.
Skeleton.— In each lamella the skeleton consists, again as in the case of var. massalis, of a dense and intricate reticulation of paucispicular main and connecting fibres, and numerous con- necting spicules; but the fibres are here less clearly defined, the skeleton-pattern accordingly is somewhat more irregular, the megascleres are larger, and there is a relatively great scarcity of slenderer megascleres occurring interstitially and dermally. In other respects, apart from diiferences depending upon the greater thinness of the lamella? and the much lesser width of the inter- lamellar in the present case, the skeletal characters of the two
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 667
varieties are practically the same. As seen in a vertical median section of the sponge, cut in a direction perpendicular to the lamellae, the skeleton appears as if consisting of parallell}'- arranged, stout plumose columns of spicules, which in the marginal region of the sponge aie nearly or quite separate from one another(Pl. xli., figs. 1,2); these columns represent, of course, transverse sections of the lamellse. The appearance of the skeleton (of a lamella) in a direction at right angles to the pre- ceding is shown in PI. xli., fig. 3.
Mf^yascleres.— (i.) The oxea of the skeleton-reticulation are curved, fusiform, regularly sharp-pointed spicules, langing from 550 to 770/x in length and up to 35//, in stoutness; individuals less than 8/x in diameter are very rare, and those forming the fibres very seldom are much less than 20/ji. Occasional spicules are styli or substrongyla.
(ii.) Long interstitial megascleres are exceedingly rare, and appear to be invariably styli. The few observed measured from 950 to 1100/x in length and from 15 to 25/ji in stoutness.
(iii.) Megascleres corresponding to the slender deinial spicules of tlie preceding variety are apparently wanting.
Microscleres. — The acanthoxea are exactly similar in form and size to those of the preceding variety, excepting that their minimal length is somewhat greater (about GO/x) and a consider- able proportion of them (amounting to al>out 50%) exhibit a bulbous dilatation.
For Postscript, see p. 67 3.
REFERENCE LIST OF LITERATURE.
1. BowERBANK, J. S. — "A Monograph of the Briti.sh Spongiada?. " Vols.
1-3; Vol. 4, edited, with additions, by the Rev. A. M. Norman. Ray Society, London, 1864, 1866, 1874, 1882.
2. Carter, H. J. — "Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida."
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (.">), iii., 1879, pp.284-.S(J4, 343-360. 3. "Report on Specimens dredged up from the (4ulf of
Manaar. Part viii. Spongida." Op. cit., (5), vi., 1889, pp.3r)-61,
129-156. 4. "Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida."
Op. cit., (5), xii., pp.308-.329.
668 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, iii.,
5. Carter, H. J. — "Descriptions of Sponges from the Neighhouvhood of
Port Phillip Heads, South Australia." Op. at., (.5), xvi., pp. 277- 294, 347-368.
6. Dendy, a. — "Catalogue of the Non -Calcareous Sponges collected by
J. Braceljridge, Esq., M.A., in the Neighljourhood of Port Phillip
Heads." Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, (n.s.), vii., 1895, pp.232-259.
7. Ditto. Part iii. Op. cit., 1897, pp.230-259.
8. "Report on the Sponges collected by Prof . Herdman at
Ceylon in 1902." Reports on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries in the Gulf
of Manaar. Vol. iii., 1905, pp. 59-246. Royal Society, London. 9. Fristedt, K. — "Bidrag till Kannedomen om de vid Sveriges vestra
kust lefvande Spongite." Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., xxi., 6,
1885, pp. 1-56. 10. ■ — "Sponges fi'om the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans and the
Behring Sea."" Vega P^xped. vetensk. lakttagelser, Stockholm,
1887, Vol. iv., pp. 403-471.
11. Gray, J. E. — "Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges, with the De-
scriptions of some new Genera." Proc. Roj'. Soc. London, 1867, pp. 492-538.
12. Hallmann, E. F. — "Report on the Sponges obtained by the F.I.S.
'Endeavour' on the Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, South
Australia, Queensland, and Tasmania." Part i. Zoological Results
of the Fishing Experiments carried out by the F.I.S. 'Endeavour,'
1909-1910. Sydney, 1912. 13. "A Revision of the Monaxouid Species described
as new in Lendenfeld's 'Catalogue of the Sponges in the Australian
Museum, Sydney'." Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, xxix.,
pp.263-315, 317-376, 398-446. 14. Hentschel, E. — " Tetraxonida. — Teil ii."' Die Fauna Siidwest-Aus-
traliens, Bd. iii.. Lief. 10, 1911, pp.279-393. Jena. 15. "Kiesel- und Horn.schwamme der Aru- und Kei-
Inseln." Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell., xxxiv., 1912, pp.295-448. 16. "Monaxone Kieselschwiimme der Deutsche Siidpolar-
p:xpedition." Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903, Bd. xv.,
Zool. vii., 1914, pp.37-141.
17. HifiGix, T. — "Description of some Sponges obtained during a Cruise
of the Steam- Yacht 'Argo' in the Caribbean and neighbouring Seas." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xix., 1877, pp.291-299.
18. Keller, C. — "Die Spongienfaunades Rothen Meeres." Parti. Zeit.
f. wiss. Zool., xlviii., 1889, pp.31 1-405.
19. "Die Spongienfauna des Rothen Meeres." Part ii. Op.
cit., Iii., 1891, pp. 294-368,
BY B. F. ttALLMANJJ. 669
20. KiRKPATRiCK, R. — " Descriptions of South African Sponges." Marine Investigations in South Africa, Vol. ii., 1902-03. Cape Town.
21. "On the Sponj^es of Christmas Island." Proc.
Zool. See. London, 11»(I0, pp. 127-140.
22. "The Tetraxonida of the National Antarctic Ex- pedition." National Antarctic Expedition, Natural History, Vol. iv., 1908, pp.l-o6.
23. KiESCHXiCK, 0. — "Silieispongia? von Ternate nach den Sammlungen von Herrn Prof.. Dr. W. Kukenthal." Zool. Anz., xix., 1896, pp. 526-534.
24. "Kieselschwamnie von Amboina." Semon's Zoolo-
gische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archi- pel., Ed. v., Lief, v., Denk. (4es. Jena, Bd. viii., 1900, pp. 545-582.
25. Lebwohl, F. — "Japanese Tetraxonida." Journ. Coll. Science, Tokj^o,
XXXV., Art. 2, 1914, pp. 1-1 16.
26. Lkndenfej>1), K. von. — "Die C'halineen des australischen (iebietes."
Zool. Jahrb., Bd. ii., 1887, pp. 723-827.
27. "Descriptive Catalogue of the Sponges in the
Australian Museum, Sydney." London, 1888.
28. Levixskn, (t. M. R. — "Kara-Havets Svampe." Dijmphna Togtets
zool.-bot. Udbyttet, 1886, pp.339-372.
29. LoiSEL, (I. — "Contribution a I'histo-physiologie des Eponges — 1. Les
fibres des Reniera." Journ. Anat. Physiol., xxxiv., 1898, pp. 1-43.
30. LrxDBEGK, W. — "Porifera, Pt. i. — Homorrhaphidce and Heterorrha-
phida?." The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, 1902, Vol. vi., pp. 1-108. Copenhagen.
31. Maas, 0. — "Ueber Entstehung und Wachstum der Kieselbilde bei
Spongien." SB. Ak. Miinchen, xxx., 3, 1901, pp. 553-569.
32. Ridley, S. 0. — In Narr. Chall. Exp., Vol. i., Pt. ii., p.572.
33. Ridley, S. 0., and A. Dendy. — "The Monaxonida." Reports on the
Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger," Zool. XX., 1887.
34. Row, R. W. H. — "Report on the Sponges collected by Mr.. Cyril
Crossland in 1904-5. — Part ii. Non-Calcarea." Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxi., 1911, pp.287-400.
35. Schmidt, 0. — "(4rundzuge einer Spongien-Fauna des Atlantischen
Gebietes." Leipzic, 1874. 36. "Spongien." Jahresb. der Commission zur wissensch.
Untersuchung der deutschen Meere, v., 1875, pp 115-120. 37. Sollas, W. J. — "The Tetractinellida." Reports on the Scientific
Results of the Voyageof H.M.S. "Challenger," Zoology, Vol. xxv.,
1888.
670 RfiVISIOl^ OP TtlE AilNELLIDiE, iii.,
38. Thiele, J. — " Studien iiber pazifische Spongien." Zoologica, Heft 24,
1898. 39. " Kieselschwannne von Ternate — i." Ahh. Senckenb.
Natuif. (^efiell., xxv., 19(;mJ, pp.l9-8U. 40. "Beschreibung einiger uiizureiehend bekannten Monaxonen
Spongien." Arch. f. Naturg., 1903, pp. 37.5-398. 41. "Kieselschwanime von Teinate — ii."' Abh. (Senckenb.
Natuif. GeselL, xxv., Heft iv., 1903, pp.933-9«8. 42. "Die Kiesel- und Hornschwamme der Samnilung Plate."
Zool. Jahrb. Suppl., vi., 190.5, pp. 407-496. 43. TopSENT, E. — "Quelques Spongiaires du banc de Campeche et de la
Pointe-a-Pitre." MiMn. .Soc. Zool. de Fiance, ii., 1889, pp.30-.52. 44. "Notice preliniinaiie siirles Spongiaires reciiillis durant
les Canipagnes de IHirondelle." — ler Article. Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, ii., 1890, pp.2<i-32. 45. "Diagnoses d'Kponges nouvelles de la Mediteranee et
plus particulieienient de Banyuls." Arch. Zool. Exp. et (ien. (2),
X., 1892, Notes et Revue, pp. xvii.-xxviii. 46. " Contributions a I'Etude des8p(jngiaires de I'Atlantique
Nord." Resultats des Canipagnes Scient. du Prince de Monaco.
Fasc. ii., 1892, pp. 1-138. 47. — "Materiaux pour servir a TEtude de la Faune des (Spon- giaires de France." Mem. iSoc. Zool. France, ix., 1896, pp. 113-133. 48. "Spongiaires de la Bale dAniboine." Rev. .Suisse Zool.,
iv., 1897, pp. 42 1-487. 49. "Sur la genre Halkiiemia Bowerbank." Mem. Soc.
Zool. Fiance, x., 1897, pp.23.5-2.51. 50. "Introduction a I'Etude Monographicjue des Monax(jn-
ides de France." Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gen., (3), vi., 1898, pp.91-
113. 51. "Etude Monographique des Spongiaires de France — iii.
Monaxonida (Hadromerina)." Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gen., (3), viii.,
1900, pp. 1-331. 52. — "Considerations sur la Faune des Spongiaires des Cotes
d'Algerie, — Eponges de la Calle." Arch. Zool. Exp. et (4en., (3),
ix., 1901, pp.327-369. 53. "Spongiaires des A9ores." Resultats des Camp. Scient.
du Pr. de Monaco, Fasc. xxv., 1904, pp. 1-280. 54. "Spongiaires provenant des Campagnes Scientiliques de
la 'Princesse- Alice' dans les Mers du Nord (1898-99—1906-07)." Op. cit., Fasc. xlv., 191.3, pp. 1-67. 55. Vehril, a. E. — "Characteristic Life of the Bermuda Coral Reefs. —
Porifera." Trans. Conn. Acad., xii., 1907, pp. 330-344.
BV fe. P. riALLMANN. 07 1
56. VoSMAEK, G. C. J. — "The Sponges of the Willem Baieiit's-Kxpedi-
tion, 1880-81." Bijiaden tot de Dierk. Nat. Art. Mag., xii., 1885.
Amsterdam. 57. "On the Distinction between the genera Axinella,
Phakellia, Acanthella, a.o." Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. xv., 1912,
pp.3(»7-320. 58. Whitklegge, T.— "The Sponges of Funafuti." Mem. Austr. Mus.,
iii., Parts, 1897, pp. 323-332. 59. "Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of
H.M.C.S. 'Thetis' oft' the Coast of New South Wales, 1898." Part
i. Op. cU., iv., Part 9, 1906, pp. 4.13-484.
60. Ditto. Partii. Ojy. f(V.,iv., Part 10, 1907, pp.487-olo.
61. Wilson, H. V. — "Reports on an Exploration oft' tlie \Vest Coasts of
Mexico, etc.. No. xxx. — The Sponges." Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.
Harvard, xxx., 1904, pp. 1-164.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate xxix.
Fig.3. — Rltaphoxya typka, sp.nov. ; ( x g).
Fig.o. — Denmoxya luitata Carter; ( x %).
J'ijr.tj. — Hi<i<iiii»ia coniUokle» var. moMsalis Carter; ( x /^).
Plate xxxiii.
Fig. 6. — Rhaphoxyni'i) pallida Dendy; ( x g).
Plate xxxviii.
Fig.o. — Desmo.vya Iniiata Carter; photograph of portion of the surface to show the dermal pores.
Figs. 6, 7. — Hi(jijinsia corallokles var. massalis Carter; photograph of dif- ferent portions of the surface, showing the dermal pores. Rhapho.cya typica, sp.nov.
jTia.j^. — Photograph of portion of the surface, showing the dermal pores.
Ficr.9. — Photograph of part of a section through the choanosome, showing canals and flagellated cliambers. (Tlie outlines of the canals and chambers have been retraced with pen and ink to render them more distinct).
Plate xxxix.
Higginsia corallokles var. massalis Cai'ter.
Fig. 1. — An entire lamellar component of the skeleton; (nat. size).
Fig.2. — Portion of a desarcodised specimen, showing the crenated surface- ridges and the intervening deep grooves, the latter partially ob- literated (in the lower portion of the figure) by synaptieula-like connections between the former; (nat. size).
672 REVISION OP THfe AXINELLID^, ill.,
Fig.3. — Higyivsia coralloideH var. scahra Whitelegge ; extremity of a frond-like lobe of the sponge, desarcodised, showing the discon- tinuous surface -ridges and the deep intervening grooves, the latter almost obliterated (in the lower portion of the figure) by synapticula- like connections between the former; (nat. size).
Fig. 4. — Rhaphoxyai't) jjaU ida Dendy; skeleton remaining after desarcodi- satioii of a (3 mm. thick) vertical slice of an entire specimen by means of caustic potash; (nat. size).
Fig.o. — Rhaphoxya fypica, sp.nov. ; the skeleton remaining after desarco- disation of a (3 mm. thick) vertical slice of an entire specimen; (nat. size).
Plate xl.
Hi(j<jitma coral/oides var. massalis Carter.
Fig.l. — .Showing pattern of the skeleton as seen in a thin section in the
mid-plane of one of the component lamelliv near its upper margin;
( X 15). Fig.2.- — Showing pattern of the skeleton as seen in a thin section parallel
to, but at some distance from, the mid-plane of a component lamella
near its upper margin; ( x 1.5). (This figure and the preceding one
are from sections of two different specimens). Figs. 3-4. — iSurface-sections, showing the arrangement of the dermal pores;
(x40).
Plate xli.
Hi[i{ii)iiiia coraHoides var. scaln-a Whitelegge. Fig.l. — Sectitjn of the skeleton (at the extremity of a frond-like lobe), cut
in a direction perpendicular to the planes of the component lamellse;
( X 3|). Fig.'2. — Portion of tlie preceding figure enlarged; ( x 12). Fig.3. — Portion of a single lamellar component of the skeleton; ( x 4).
Plate xlii.
Rhaphoxya typica, sp.nov.
Fig.l. — Longitudinal section of the skeleton in proximity to the surface;
( X 12). Fig.2. — Longitudinal section of the skeleton remote from the surface of the sponge; ( x 12).
Plate xliii.
Rhaphoxyai't) paf/ida Dendy.
Fig.l.- — Longitudinal section of the skeleton in proximity to the surface;
( X 12). Fig.2 — Longitudinal section of the skeleton remote from the surface of the sponge; ( x 12).
BY E F. HALLMANK^. OVS
Plate xliv.
Figs. 1,2. — Bhaphoxya typica, sp.nov. ; surface-sections, showiiij,' tlie re- ticulate pattern of the surface and the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x S.5).
Fig.3. — RhaphoxyaC'.) pallida Dendy ; surface-section, showing dermal pores; ( x 85).
Fig. 4. — Dtsmoxya Janata Carter; longitudinal section of the skeleton ; ( X 12).
Postscript (added 15th December, 1916 ).
In Part ii. (anlea, p. 500), in my remarks on the distinction between the genera Biemna and Tylodesma, I expressed the opinion that, if DesmaceUa fragilis Kieschnick, is corrtctly de- scribed as possessing a spiculation consisting of styli, sigmata, trichodragmata, and toxa, it would be advisable to estabbsh a new genus for its accommodation (rather than adopt the only seemingly possible alternative, namely, that of merging the two genera Bif.mna and Tylodesma in one). Since then I/have received a copy of Prof. Dendy 's recent " Report on tlie Non- Calcareous Sponges collected by Mr. James Hornell at Okha- mandal,"* in wliich is contained the information that toxa, in addition to st3di, sigmata, and trichodragmata, likewise occur in Desmacella tubtdata. For the reception of these two species, therefore, and for such others as may be found to possess toxa together with trichodragmata, irrespective of whether the mega- scleres be styli or tylostyli, or of the presence or absence of sigmata, I propose the new genus Toxemiia, with D. tiibiUata as the type-species.
The family Axinellidse, as at present constituted, admits of subdivision into four groups, which I think might conveniently be raised to the rank of subfamilies, with the designations Axi- nellinse, Desmoxyinte, Trachycladinse, and Desmacellinas. The first would comprise all the genera without mici'oscleres; the second, Desmoxyaig.ii.), Higginsia, Ilalicnemia, Holoxea, and {1)Lao- ncenia(g.n.); the third, Trachycladiis alone; and the fourth, the remaining genera with microscleres, viz., Tylodesma, Toxem,na
* Dendy, A. , in " Report to the Government of Baroda on tlie Marine Zoology of Okhamandal in Kattiawar," Part ii. London, ISJIG.
674 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^E, ill.,
(g.n.), ^iem?t« (including AUantophora), Sigmaxiiie/la, Sigmaxia (g.n.), CeratopsU, D)a(jm<ixia( g.n.), DrogniacidonI g.n.), Axidrag- 77ia(g.n.), Dragmalelli I, {g.n.), Thrinacophora, Dragmatyle, and Rhaphoxya (g.n.).
Tlie occurrence of trichodragmata in Rhizaxmella pyrifera, — which, according to Topsent(51), is identical with R. clavigera Keller, the type-species of Rhizaxinella, — and in Spinularia spimdaria (^ Nhaphidoi us setosus Topsent*), renders it possible that these species are more nearly related to the Desniacellinai than to the Suberitidte and Polyinastiidje respectively.
The two species described by Ro\v(34) under the names Ophli- taspo7igia(l) arhuscula and 0.(1) horrida, which certainly do not belong to Ophlitaspongia, are perhaps representative of a new genus related to Tylodesma. Another species which it may be necessary to include in the Desmacellinpe, under a new genus, is that described by Kirkpatrick(22) as Ophlitaspongia nidijicuta.
The genus Siymaxinyssa Kirkpatrick(22) I regard as belonging to the Gelliinaj.
The genera Trachygellitis Siud Spirasigma, established respect- ively by Topsentt and myself (12, p.l31, footnote) for Trachya glohosa Carter, and for Gellius aculeatns Whitelegge, are ob- viously related to the Tetillidas, and must, I now think, in spite of their apparent non-possession of tetracts, be included in that family. The chief distinction between the two genera is the presence of small, spinulous oxea in the latter (cf . Tetilla uus- traliensis) and their absence in the former. In both genera, the sigmata (sigmaspires) are very finely spinulous. The genus Spirasigma is identical with that indicated by Lendenfeldj by the name Suberamata.
At the last moment, after having corrected the proof-sheets of Part iii., I find that two species, which apparently must be added to the Desmoxyinse, have been described by Kel]er(18, 19) under the names Axinella pumila and Tracliytedania arhorea. The former of these may be referred, provisionally at least, to
* Vide Stephens, "Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1914, iv.(1915)," p.30.
t Topsent, E., M(^m. Soc. Zool. France, vii., 1894, p.8.
J Lendenfeld, R., Zool. Jahrb., ii., 1887, p.564.
BY E. F. Hallman^. 675
the genus Hi(iginsia\ but tlie latter, in wliich the niicroscleres are spined microstroiigyla, evidently requires a new genus for its reception, and for this I pi'opose the name AUantella.
The new genera proposed in this Paper, in addition to those already indicated in this Postscript, are J^habdosignia{Y>.b20), Echiitaxia{p.Di3}, Stronyylamma{p.^i?>), and Parati'mea{p.%l b).
Genus Halicneimia Bowerbank.
Dejinition. — Axinellid{e(?) typically of encrusting habit, some- times disc-shaped, with a main skeleton consisting of smooth skeletal tylostyli disposed (in part, at least) vertically, with their heads based upon tlie substratum, and with dermal megascleres in the form of smooth, typically centrotylote tornota. The microscleres are centrangulate, spined microxea similar to those of the genus I/igginsia.
Type-species, //. pate' a Bowerbank(l).
Topsent(49) would include in this genus, in addition to //. patera, Bowerbank's Hymeraphia verticilhita, and the species originally described by him as Buharis constellata,— hoth of which agree with //. patera in the possession of skeletal tylostyli and centrotylote, diactinal dermal megascleres. The very de- cided differences between these three species in certain other respects, however, appear to me to render necessary the alloca- tion of each to a separate genus.
In Hymeraphia verticillafa, the acanthoxea are of slightly curved form and verticillately spined, and the smooth, diactinal megascleres are tritid at both extremities; and, furthermoie, the species is sometimes of massive habit. To replace the (pre occupied) generic names Laothoe and Ncsnia ah'eady proposed by Gray(ll) for this species, I propose the name Laonteiiia.
The third species referred to has euasters for microscleres, and, but for its possession of special dermal megascleres, would probably require to be referred to the genus 7'iniea. For its re- ception, I propose the new genus I'araiimea, which I would include in the family Spirastrellidae.
676
AN EFFLORESCENCE ON SOME NEW ZEALAND
KELPS.
By a. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.
In December, 1910, I received a parcel of Algse from Welling- ton, N.Z. After washing with fresh water and drying in the open air, I deposited specimens of some of the larger kelps, Lessonia vrwiegata J. Ag., Marginai-ia Boryana (Rich.) Mont., and M. Urvilleana Rich , in a large cardboard box, and thus pre- served them in a dry room. On looking over these specimens in June, 1915, I found them covered with a beautiful efflorescence of delicate needle-shaped cr3'stals, some of them nearly a centi- metre in length. They were singly colourless and flexible. The crystals had formed in such quantities that, by sliaking the alg?e, I was able to collect several grams of them. They were entirely soluble in water.
I made a large number of preliminary tests with them in the laboratory of the Sydney Grammar School. The flame was as pure a potassium flame as I could obtain from crystals of potassium chloride taken from the laboratory stock. I could not obtain any evidence of the presence of any other metal. The abundant precipitate with silver nitrate indicated that the potassium was mainly present as chloride. I could find no trace of sulphates or any other inorganic salts. There were no signs at all of iodine or bromine. That organic substances were present was soon discovered; and, notably, the reduction of copper sulphate in the presence of sugars showed the presence of OH radicals. The solution behaved just as would a solution of a tartrate or a citrate, while Fehling's solution gave no evidence of sugars. I could not obtain, however, independent evidence of the presence of tartrates or citrates.
BY A. H. S. H^CAS. 677
I then made an exact determination of the amount of KCl. The samples selected were free from sand. Jn one sample, the percentage of KCl was 6055, and in a second it was 61 '24.
Speaking of the analysis to my friend, Mr. T. Steel, who has great laboratory experience in organic analyses, he evinced great interest in the matter, and offered to make a complete and ex- haustive analysis of the efflorescence.
Mr. Steel's analysis gave: -
KCl 58-20
CaSO^ Mannitol Sand Water
trace 36-70 4-90 0-30
100-10
He estimated the potassium and the chlorine separately, and thus definitely proved the complete absence of sodium.
If we deduct the sand, the percentage of KCl in the efflor- escence is 61 -3 and that of the matinitol 38-6. These percentages agree well with the foi-mula of an exact chemical compound, CfiHjj(OH)i;, 4 KCl, as was pointed out by my colleague, Mr. Carpenter.
I then tried if this compound could be formed artificially in the laboratory. The chloride and mannitol were dissolved in the above proportions in a small quantity of water and evaporated down (1) rather quickly, and (2) very slowly in a desiccator. In the former case, the two substances crystallised out separately in their characteristically different crystalline forms. In the second case, crystals of one form only were obtained, needles ai-ranged in beautiful feathery gi-oups, crystals appai-ently identical with the crystals of the efflorescence.
I tried mixtures of alkaline chlorides with mannitol corres- ponding to the formula CeHgfOH),,, 2KC1; C,;Hs(OH)fl, 4NaCl; C,;H„(()H)ii, 2NaCl. In all cases, the substances crystallised out independently. Ko compound was formed.
The compound CRHg(OH)„, 4KC1 is unstable in the presence of water, which dissolves more of the mannitol, and of alcohol,
678
EFFLORESCENCE ON NEW ZEALAND KELPS
whicli dissolves more of the chloride. On boiling with absolute alcohol, all the mannitol is precipitated.
Similar compounds of the alkaline chlorides with some of the sugars are already known.
It is, of course, well known that many of the kelps, or larger FucoideiH, contain abundance of KCl in their ash. Efflorescence of salts on the dry weed is a common phenomenon in hut, dry climates. Whilst most publislied accounts of such efflorescences mention large quantities of KCl, they do not in geneial give anything else except NaCl. On the other hand, so long ago as July 31, 1894, in the Journ. Soc. (hem. Industry, Vol.34, p.608, 0. Stanford writes, "Mannite is often seen on the frond of the Laminaria as an efflorescence, and is probably the result of fer- mentation.'" He does not mention the KCl.
A great deal of attention has been paid in the last few yeais to the constituents of kelps by American woikers, and it is of interest to compare the results in the case of American kelps with those obtained from the New Zealand forms mentioned.
Mr. Frank K. Cameron, in Report No. 100, United States De- partment of Agriculture, Washington, 1915, writes, p.'Jl, "The salts contained in kelp are mainly potassium and sodium chlorides. To a small extent, calcium and magnesium salts and iodides are present, and probably unimportant amounts of other salts. While the ratio of potassium chloride to sodium chloride varies more or less, for general argument it may be assumed as approx- imately 3 to 2." And on p. 27, "When kelp is dried slowly, there appears on the surface an efflorescence which can more or less readily be shaken off. This efflorescence is a mixture of potassium and sodium chlorides, the former predominating, togetlier with smaller and generally negligible quantities of other salts." It will be noticed that there is no mention of a pre- liminary washing in fresh water, and the question arises— Is the sodium chloride actually derived from the kelp itself, or is it simply due to the evaporation of the adherent sea-water ? No mention is made of the presence of mannitol in the efflorescence. Mr. D. R. Hongland, writing in the Journal of \Agricultural Research, U.S.A., Vol. iv., p.52, April, 1915, says, "The selective
BY A. H. S. LUCAS. 679
action for potash is of course almost equally striking " [as that for iodine] "but the difference is of interest: much of the potassium chloride effloresces out as the plant dries, while no iodine is demonstrated in the effloresced salt."
In view of the above, Mr. Steel's complete analysis of an efflorescence undoubtedly derived solelv from thealfja? themselves, is of great value.
Mr. Hongland does not speak of mannitol, or of any other organic substance in the efflorescence, but, I.e., p. -1 7, speaking of tlie non-nitrogenous organic substances present in the kelp, he says, 'Ver\' little information isobtainable for these groups, and there are no satisfactory chemical methods available for their study. In general, complex mucilaginous polysaccharines aie characteristic of marine algjp, replacing the starch, cellulose, and simple sugars of most land-plants." I do not know whether mannitol has been found in the dried weed. Stanford regarded it as an after-product produced by fermentation!* In the case of the New Zealand plants, the efflorescence is still forming (May, 1916), quite a large fresh crop of crystals having appeared in tlie interval from June, I 9 ' 5. It seems improbable that a fermenta- tion could continue for five years and a lialf under dry condi- tions. I imagijie that the efflorescence is a purely physico- chemical phenomenon.
It would be premature to discuss the bearing of the result of the analysis of this efflorescence upon the subject of the meta- bolism of kelps.
680
STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. Part XIII.
By C. Hedley, F.L.S.
(Plates xlvi.-lii.) (Continued from Vol. xxxix., p.765.)
Akca adamsiana Dunker.
Area adamsiana Dunker, Novit. Conch. 1866, p. 88, PI. xxix., figs.4-6. Area siynata Dunker, op. ait., 1868, p. 112, PI. xxxviii., figs. 3-5: Id., Laniy, Journ. de Conch , Iv., 1907, p. 78, Pl.i., figs. 1,2.
This species has not hitherto been recorded for Australia I dredged several specimens in ten fathoms in Port Curtis, Queens- land. Submitting these to Dr. Lamy, lie approved of my iden- tification of them as A. adamsiana, and added that they con- firmed him in considering that species identical with A. signata. For while the larger of my series corresponded well to A. signota,
the smaller agreed exactly with A. adamsiana.
»
Akca botanica, sp.nov. (PI. li., figs.33, 34, 35.)
Barbatia pusilla Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 931, not Byssoarca ]>usilla Sowerby.
Shell small, very solid, pointed-oblong, inflated, flattened on the anterior-superior face, angled where this face meets the disk, constricted slightly abreast of the byssal gape, truncate pos- teriorly and attenuate anteriorly. Colour dull white or uniform clay-colour. Umbo at three-flfths of total length, enrolled, closely approaching. Area narrow-lanceolate, sunk under the high arched beaks. Sculpture: small, conical scales set in im- bricating flounces, the scales in about forty-four radials, the con- centric lines about forty. The radials on the anterior face of
BY C. HEDLEY. 681
each valve are twelve. The scales are suppressed near the byssus- exit. Teeth eighteen, of which seven are posterior, increasing in size and inclination as they recede from the centre. Length, 15; height, 7; breadth of conjoined valves, 7 mm.
This species is common under stones at low tide-level in the Hormosira-zone, all along the coast of New South Wales. It has hitherto lacked a name through misidentification with a Peruvian species. A member of the subgenus Acar, it nearest approaches the tropical A. plicafa Dillwyn (founded on Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., xi., PI. 204, fig.2008). From that, it is distinguishable by finer sculpture, especially by the smaller and more numerous radials of the antero-superior face, by shorter broader form, and by far smaller size. Compared with the Adelaidean Area lami- nata Angas,* it is smaller, more compac*', and delicately sculp- tured.
Arca metella, sp.nov. (Plate li., figs.36, 37.)
Shell small, rather thin, inflated, oblique, medially constricted, especially in the young, and in the left valve. Colour dull white. Anterior margin obliquely truncate, projecting past the hinge-line. Ventral margin insinuate, ascending posteriorly till it meets the hinge-line at a right angle. Umbo at one-third of the total length from the posterior end, low and slightly project- ing over the area. Fine, close, radial threads, about seventy in number, are crossed by similar threads about thirty in number, and develop a bead at the point of intersection. Ligamental area narrow-lanceolate, from the umbo a few oblique furrows cross the area anteriorly. The hinge has seven posterior and ten anterior teeth; those I'emote from the centre are inclined. Length, 10; height, 5-5; depth of single valve, 3 mm.
Numerous separate valves, associated with Arca strabo, were dredged by myself in 100 fathoms off Wollongong, and in 80 fathoms off Narrabeen, N. S. Wales.
* Barhatia laminata Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 655. t^Arca irudina Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819, p.41; Lamy, Journ. de Conch., Iv., p. 80.
52
682 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
As Dr. Lamy kindly points out to me, this shell has a general resemblance to Area nodidosa Miiller, from the North Atlantic. The Australian shell is, however, sharply cancellated, while the radial lines of A. nodidosa aie broken before reaching the con- centric. Our shells are also much smaller and rather more inflated.
Chama FIBULA Reeve.
Chama fibula Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1846, PI. v., fig.27; Id., Melvill t Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xxvii., 1899, p.l93. Chama jukesii Reeve, Proc. Zool. 8oc., 1846 (1847), p.l20; Id., Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, Pi. vii., fig.39; Id., Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff., v., 1874, p.l72; Id., Smith, Chall. Rep. Zool., xiii., 1885, p. 172. Chama pellis-phocoi Reeve, Proc. Zool. 8oc., 1846 (1847), p.ll8; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, PI. ix., fig. 54 ; Id., Melvill & Standen, op. cit., p. 193. C. bellisphoccB Clessin, Conch. Cab., 1889, p,37, PI. 17, tig. 1. Chama spinosa Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 925 (not Broderip). Chama reflexa Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p.lOO (not Reeve).
A small Cliatna is not uncommon on stones between tide- marks in the sheltered parts of Sydney Harbour. It is firmly attached by the greater part of the left valve, the opercular valve usually pitched at a high inclination to the base; it is orbicular, with a sculpture of small, crowded, erect, subtubular scales, and attains a diameter of 45 mm. I have di'edged this species also in Port Curtis and off Cape York, Queensland. No other species of this genus comes as far south as Sydney.
The first mention of Chama from this State is Lamarck's note that the variety (b) of C. ruderalis comes from Port Jackson. Both Delessert and Chenu* illustrate C. ruderalis as attached by the apex of the right valve. In size and general appearance, it is conformable to the Sydney shell. In South and West Aus- tralia, there is a species which is usually sinistral, and exception- ally dextral, and may, therefore, be Lamarck's species. If Chenu's tigs. 2b, 2c represent Lamarck's var. (b), then the locality ascribed to it is erroneous.
* Delessert, Recueil, 1841, PI. xiii., figs.5, a, b. Chenu, Illustr. Conch., 1846, Pi. 5, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c.
BY C. HEDLEY. 683
The next records of Chama were by Angas, who, in his cata- logue of Port Jackson shells, included C. spinosa Broderip, in 1867, and C. reflexa Reeve, in 1871. C. spinosa was described from Lord Hood's Island, or Marutea, in the Paumotus, and its appearance here is improbable. It seems to be based on a shell too young to display specific characters. C. reflexa is from Darnley Island or Erub, Torres Strait. The figure of it does not well agree with the Sydney shell. From Cape York, Smith identified C. jukesii as taken by the " Challenger," and unites to these, as synonyms, C. fibula Reeve, and C. pellis-phoccB Reeve. The two latter are again recorded from this area by Melvill &, Standen.
Of these three, C. fibula was published in December, 1846, and must, therefoi^e, take precedence over C. jitkesii and C. pellis-yhoccE. "Preliminary" descriptions of the two latter were issued 27th January, 1847, in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, but perhaps subsequent to their appearance in the Iconica in January, 1847.
In the case of another Queensland species, Chama pulcheJla, Reeve seems to have intruded not only on the prior C. lohata Broderip, and the Lamarckian C . damcecornis, but on the original Linnean Chama lazarus.
There is yet another species described by Reeve as C . nivalis, which Jukes procured in Queensland, and which seems to me likely to be preoccupied by Lamarck's Chama limhula.*
Such items as these support Cooke's contention that, in Chama, " Reeve has made fifty-five species out of material probably better represented by ten."t
LUCINIDA HILAIIU, Sp.nOV.
(Plate li., figs.38, 39.) Shell rather thin, inflated, truncate-circular. Colour dull white. The lunule-side is straight, cutting off a segment from the circle which the margin of the valve otherwise describes.
* Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819, p. 9-5; Chenu, Illustr. Conch., 1846, PI. 7, figs. 5, oa. 5b.
t Cooke, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), xviii., 188G, p.90.
684 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
Umbo small, incurved. Lunule rather broad, margined by a shallow groove, beyond which is a low broad fold. Sculpture : irregular, weak, concentric growth-lines, across which runs a series of delicate and superficial radial scratches. Edge of valve smooth and thin. Height, 18; length, 19; depth of single valve, 6 mm.
Hab.— Off Montagu Island, 7-10 fathoms, February, 1916, (type), self. Also separate valves from the ocean-beaches round Sydney.
In general appearance, L. hilaira is like Lucina perohUqiia Tate, but that is larger, more solid, more inflated, with more regular, concentric sculpture.
SOLECARDIA CRYPTOZOICA, n.Sp.
(Plate xlvi., fig.l; PI. li., fig.40.)
Scintilla anomala Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867 (1868), p. 928; not S. anomala Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1855(1856), p. 181; nor S. anomala Deshayes, Explan. PI. xlix., figs. 13-15, Anim. s. vert. Bassin de Paris, i., 1860.
Shell thin, translucent, of a milky colour, subequilateral, oblong in outline when young but becoming ovate when aged. When in contact ventrally, the valves are slightly apart dorsally. Ventral margins slightly curved, anterior end rounded, posterior produced. In the centre, the valve is tumid, but, dorsally, the margins are compressed and elevated in an arched crest on either side of the umbo, which projects prominently. Surface glossy, under the lens a few faint concentric threads appear, and the dorsal margins are slight!}^ vermiculate. Length, 11; height, 8 mm.
The animal is of a milky translucency, in pale examples tipped with lemon, in darker specimens the mantle-margin and the longer tentacles are orange, sometimes the most prominent tentacles are tipped with scarlet. The foot is long and narrow, and is thrust far out, thus enabling the animal to progress rapidly. A thin transparent membrane, an outgrowth of the mantle, is spread over most, if not all, of the shell. On it are numerous papilla? which, round the margin, develop into tentacles. At each
BY C. HEDLEY. 685
dorsal angle is a particularly long, slender horn. Similar pro- cesses on the mantle are shown in a sketch of Scintilla chilkaensis Preston.* Posteriorly, the mantle develops into two voluminous flaps. This gregarious species shelters under stones at low water in the mud-zone in Middle Harbour, Sydney, in companies of a dozen or so.
Following the identification of G. F. Angas, this species has locally been received as Scintilla anomala. But it does not agree with the figure of that species in the Thesaurus; and Mr. H. B. Preston, who compared the type in the British Museum with Sydney specimens, assures me that they are distinct.
Cardium rackettii Donovan.
Cardium rackettii Donovan, Naturalist's Repository, iv., 1826, PL 124. Cardium radiatum Reeve, and Cardium pallidiim Reeve, Conch. Icon., ii., 1845, PI. xviii., figs.89, 92. Cardium tenuicostatum of authors, but not of Lamarck and Delessert.
No mention is made of Cardiiim rackettii in any of the mono- graphs or catalogues dealing with the genus Cardium. Yet it was excellently figured, described, and localised, as being the size of the ordinary European Cardium echinatum, having 47 ribs, and obtained by Humphrey in New South Wales. It is obviously a species common round Sydney, a particularly fine example of which befoi-e me, from the Harbour, is 48 mm. in height and in breadth, and has 49 ribs. By Forbes, it was reported from Sydney as C. radiatum, and, by both Angas and Smith, as C. tenuicustatum.J
But Cardium tenuicostatum was described by Lamarck from Timor and New Holland as a shell 56 mm. in diameter, with 48 ribs. The figure which Delessert gave (PI. xi., fig.6) from a Lamarckian specimen exhibits a shell of a quite different contour from C. rackettii, and disagrees with the figures which Sowerby, Hanley, Ueeve, and Roemer have produced as of C. tenuicostatum. It is now suggested that the real C. temiicostatum has been lost
* Anuandale and Kemp, Mem. Indian Museum, v., lUlU, p.3.51. t Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, ii., 1852, p. 366. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.925. Smith, Chall. Rep. Zuol., xii., 1885, p.l59.
686 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
to view, and that the later Australian references to it should be transferred to C. rackettii Donovan.
Cardium cygnorum Deshayes. (Plate lii., fig.41.)
Cardium cygnorum Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (May, 1855), p.331; Id., Angas, op. cit., 1865, p. 651; Id., Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., vii., 1872, iSuppl., p. 261; Id., Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.53; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. t:>oc. S.A., ix., 1887, p.95; Id., Tate &, May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p.430; Id., Pritchard *t Gatliff, Proc. Boy. Soc. Vict., xvi., 1903, p.l35.
Though this species has been frequently cited in literature, it has not yet been figured. A specimen 50 mm. high and 42 mm. long, from St. Vincent's Gulf, S. Australia, identified by Mr. E. A. Smith, is, therefore, here illustrated. The range of this species is now announced to extend into New South Wales. I have dredged a living specimen, 26 x 28 mm., in 7-10 fathoms, on sandy ground, under Montagu Island.
Tridacna gigantea Perry.
Chama gigas Linne (in part only) Syst. Nat., x., 1758, p. 691 Cfide Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch., 1855, p. 85); Id., P»orn, Test. Mus. Cfes., 1780, p.80; Id., Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vii., 1784, p. Ill, PI. 49, 'figs. 492-4. "Zrti^at^'itVe,"Cubieres, Histoire Abrege des Coquillages de Mer, 1798, p.l48. Chania gigantea Perry, Concholog}'^, 1811, p.2. Chama gigas Flinders, Voy. Terr. Austr., ii., 1814, p. 114. Tridacna gigas Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819, p. 105; Id., Ten. -Woods, these Proceedings, v., 1880, p. 125; Id., Kobelt, Nachr. deut. Malak. Gesell., xv., 1883, p. 189; Id., Kent, Great Barrier Heef, 1893, p. 44, PL xxix.; Id., Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. iii., 1898, p.ll2; Id., Hedley, Nautilus, xv., 1902, p.98; Id., Banfield, "Confessions of a Beachcomber," 1908, p. 138. Tridacna lamarcki Hidalgo, Mem. Real Acad. Cienc. Madrid, xxi., 1903, p.385.
Under the name of Chania gigas, the Father of Natural His- tory seems to have embraced the whole of the modern genus
BY c. Medley. 687
Triiiacna. For the name gi'jas, as restricted to a single species, the candidates are the shell subsequently named squamosa by Lamarck, and a huge species whose valves, in the Ulrica Museum, together weighed 498 lbs.
After careful examination, Hanley decided that the furbe- lowed clam, such as Reeve has figured (Conch Icon., xiv., 1862, Tridacna, Pi. iii.) for T. squamosa, ought rightly to bear the name oigigas. He based his verdict on the ground that the actual shell owned by Linne as representing gigas, is the Lamarckian squamosa, and that to this apply most of the literary references. Linnean contemporaries, such as Born, Regenfuss, and Chemnitz, while making casual reference to the giant, all agree in figuring and describing squamosa as the Linnean gigas.
Discriminating in 1819 between the species his predecessors had confused, Lamarck unlawfully used tlie name gigas for the largest form, while for the Linnean giyas he proposed squamosa. Attentive to the remarks of Hanley, Hidalgo, in 190.'^, renamed the biggest species T. lamarcki. \^\xt in 1811, Perry had already used the name Chama gigantea for " The largest shell at present
known a Bivalve about three feet in length, one foot and
a half in breadth, the shell itself being four or five inches thick."
As the young of the giant has not yet been traced to the adult, it is still possible that squamosa is a juvenile deeper-water form of the large intertidal and abraded gigantea.
The size to which this species ultimately attains is, as Kent and Banfield remark, a favourite subject for romance among travellers. After some inquiries. Smith concluded that the largest authentic record was that by Dillwynof a Sumatran pair which weighed 507 lbs., and of which the largest valve was four feet six inches long, two feet five and a half inches high, and one foot deep. The heaviest known are a pair weighing ooOlbs., which, Cubieres and Lamarck relate, were presented by the Venetian Republic to Francis I. These still exist, their edges bound with brass, as holy-water basins in the cathedral of St. Sulpice, in Paris.
The photographs of Saville Kent show the giant clams in their natural position on the Great Barrier Reef, where they occur
688
STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, Xlii.,
free and exposed at low tide, standing on their umbones, and showing their brightly coloured mantle and so-called eyes* as they gape. They were reported by Capt. Cook as " cockles of so enormous a size that one of them was more than two men could eat."t
Kobelt has noticed that Javan specimens were infested by Pinnotheres, a commensal crustacean.
Flinders described how the valves of this giant cockle were used as tanks on Half-way Island or Parima, a waterless cay in Torres Strait. To each shell, the rain-water was led from Pan- danus trees by guttei's, long slips of bark, so that a shower would pour two or three pints into each for the use of native canoe- voyagers.
DosiNiA CROCKA Deshayes.
Dosinia crocea Deshayes, Brit. Mus. Cat., 1853, p.8 ; Id., Roemer, Monogr., 1862,p.7l,Pl. xiii., fig.4: Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., ix., 1887, p.94; Id., Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xvi., 1903, p. 133; Id., May, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasni., 1915, p.80.
This species is now added to the fauna of New South Wales on the strength of specimens I dredged in 7-10 fathoms under Montagu Island.
Gafrarium quoyi Hanley.
Cytherea scripta var. quoyi Hanley, Recent Shells, 1844, p. 11 bis, PI. XV., fig. 25. Circe quoyi Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii., 1853, p. 758. Circe lenticularis Deshayes, Cat. Conchif. Brit. Mus., June, 1853, p.85; Id., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1853 (June 27, 1854), p.7; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1863, PI. ii., fig.7; Id., Roemer, Monog. Venus, 1869, p.200, PI. Iv., fig.l; Id., von Martens, Zool. Forsch. Semon, 1894, p. 94. Circe trigona Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1863, Pi. iii., fig. 12. Circe riv2i/aris Sowerhy, Thes. Conch., ii., 1853, p.652, PI. 139, figs.46-48; Id., Hanley,
* Brock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), i., 1888, p. 430. t Cook's First Voyage, iii., 1783, p.o66.
BY C. HEDLEV. 689
Recent Shells, 1856, p. 355; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PI. i., fig. 3 (not Venus rivularia Born, Index Mus. Ctes. Vind., 1778, p.59. and Test, ect., 1780, p.72, PL v., fig.7). Circe tmdalina Angas, Pi'oc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 922 (? Venus U7idalina Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p.575; 1 Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PL L, fig.lc). Circe pe7-sonata Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PL2, fig.6; Id., Roemer, Monog. Venus, 1869, PL liv., tigs. la, lb, not Ic; Id., Schmeltz, Cat. Godeff. Mus., v., 1875, p. 169 (not C. per sonata Desh., Cat. Conch. Brit. Mus., 1853, p.8 4). Circe sugillata Jieeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PL iii., fig. 11. Circe scripta Ohenu, Illustr. Conch., 184 7, PL xi., figs. 8, 8a, 8b only; /c?., Smith, Chall. Exped. ZooL, xiii., 1885, p. 140; Id., Roth, N. Qld. Ethn. Bull., iii., 1901, p 18; Id, Hedley, these Proceedings, xxxL, 1906, p. 466 (not Venus scripta Linne, Syst. Nat., x., 1758, p.680).
The "Challenger" Expedition reported Circe scripta Linn., as taken in 4-18 fathoms in Port Jackson. It is difficult to decide what shell ought to bear this name. For none of the figures cited by Linne in the original account of 1758 harmonise with any shell known in modern times as Circe sc7'ipta. He quoted first the Chama litterata rotunda of Rumphius,* which is a rounder, smoother shell than a Circe, and might pass as well for Lioconcha fastigiata. Hanley statedf that a specimen in the Linnean cabinet corresponds to Sowerby's illustration of C. scripta, Thes. Conch., ii., 1844, PL 139, fig.38. This iovm{ = alhida Deshayes) occurs, I believe, in Queensland; it difiers from the Sydney shell in shape and colour.
Thus, whether C. scripta is to be identified from the figures to which Linne referred, or whether the shell owned by Linne, and noted by Hanley, is to be taken for the foundation of the species, we must equally exclude C . scripta from the local fauna. Having arrived at the conclusion that "this shell (usually termed the Scripta of Australia) is completely distinct from the true scripta of Linnaeus," Hanley suggested for it "the name of Quoyi, in
* Runiphius, Ambom. Rariteitkamer, 1741, p. 139. t Hanley, Ips. Linn. Coiioh., 1855, p. 78.
690 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
honour of the naturalist wlio has so successfully investigated the invertebrata of that portion of the globe." But he again described this species on p. 355 under the name of Cylherea rivularis Born. The Sydney shell, which has a smooth ventral margin, and so belongs to the section Circe, as restricted by Jukes Brovi'ne,* appears to have been figured by Sowerby and Reeve as Circe rivularis Born. But Brauerf has determined Born's type of rivularis to be Circe crocea Gray, as figured by Roemer, PI. Ivi., fig ^c. This is different from C. quoyi, being more inflated, with coarser, umbonal, oblique folds.
Schmeltz has identified the >Sydney shell as C. personata Deshayes, 1853, but that was founded on a Nicobar species figured by Chemnitz (Vol. vii., figs. 420-426), and was already named Circe violacea by Schumacher in 1817. This, and not scriptd Linn., was the type of the genus Circe. Perhaps the figures of personata supplied by later authors were derived from Australian shells. Angas referred the Sydney shell to Cytherea undatina Lamk. This may be correct, and, if so, would take precedence over quoyi or other names. But the literary history of this is too meagre and contradictory for adoption. For Roemer's figure of it agrees neither with Lamarck's description of the colour-pattern, nor with Deshaj'es' determination of it as scripta. Possibly Lamarck's species might be the neglected Venus Wauaria Gmelin, 1791.
Adams has figured J C. quoyi as the host of Myochama stulchburyi.
As the best expression of typical New South Wales G. quoyi, Roemer's fig.l, Plate liv., may be selected. A variety from N. W. Australia is shown by Reeve's PI. i., fig. 3a. A well marked related form is C. triyona Reeve, 1863, not yet reported as Aus- tralian, but here noted as from Stradbroke and Facing Islands, Queensland. It is shown by Roemer's PI. 53, fig. 2, as Circe plicatina.
* Jukes Browne, Proc. Mai. See, xi., 1914, p. 66.
tBrauer, S. B. Akad. Wien, Ixxvii., 1878, p. 132.
t Adams, Proc. Zool, Hoc, 1852, PI. xv., fig. 4.
BY C. HEDLEY. fi91
Marcia nitida Quoy & Gaimard. (Plate xlvi., figs.2, 3 )
Chione nitida Hedley, these Proceedings, xxix., 1904, p. 1 94.
This species attains a larger size than is usually recognised. One specimen T gathered is 56 mm. long, and 37 high, the con- joined valves being 27 mm. deep. It occurs alive at low tide in sand on the margin of a Zostera-flat by the Middle Harbour Sand-Spit. The animal has a long, tongue-shaped, orange-coloured foot. The siphons are buff streaked and spotted with black; they are of equal length and deeply divided, their apertures fringed with digitate papillae. The exhalant has, besides, a lobe which acts as a lid. The mantle-margin is finely fringed with papillje. In his review of the family, this species was, under the synonym oi ficniigata, included in Marcia by Jukes Browne.*
Tellina astula, sp.nov. (Plate lii., figs. 42, 43.)
Tellina nitida Perry, Conchology, 1811, Pl.lv., fig. 1. Not Tellina nitida Poli, 1791. Tellina perna Brazier,(not Spengler), these Proceedings, ii., 1877 (1878), p.l42; Id., Whitelegge, Proc. Roy. Soc, N. S. Wales, xxiii., 1889, p.238.
Shell oblong acuminate, polished, convex, rose-pink, with broad radiating bands of cream, smooth except on the rostrum. Dorsal margin straight, anterior end semicircular, ventral margin arcuate. Rostrum tongue-shaped, concave above, protuberant posteriorly, end truncate, lower margin straight, horizontal, sharply bent to continue the ventral margin. The valves differ by the rostrum being bent to the right and having, in the right valve, a fold at its base, absent in the left. From the umbo to the extremity runs a shallow furrow. Spaced and sharply engraved concentric grooves extend in the right valve over the whole rostral area past the fold and notch, but, on the left, only from the radial furrow to the edge. The anterior side is rather longer than the posterior. Length, 155; height, 25; depth, 11 mm.
Hab. — Sow and Pigs lleef, Sydney (Brazier), Broken Bay (Hargraves), and Trial Bay (C. Laseron), N.S.VN'.
* J. Browne, Proc. Malac. Soc, viii., 1909, p.233; and xi., 1914, p.87.
692 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
This has a general likeness to T. penia, for which it has been mistaken, but T. astula has a much narrower rostrum, and an abrupt notch where the rostrum leaves the body. T. pharaonis has the rostrum grooved, but both the rostrum and the rest of the valve are longer and narrower than in 2\ astula. T. con- saiiguinea Sowerby,* is more compressed, and the rostrum has a more upward direction.
Spisula trigonella Lamarck.
Mactra trigonella Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p. 479; Id., Lamy, Bull Mus. Hist. Nat., 1914, p. 245. Gnathodon parvum Petit, Journ. de Conch., iv., 1853, p. 358, PI. xiii., figs. 9, 10. Spisula parva Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvii., 1894, p. 106 ; Id., Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1902, p 707, PI. xxxiv., figs. 2, 3 (hinge); Id., Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc, xi., 1914, p.l46.
Mactra trigonella was gathered by Peron at Shark's Bay, W.A., and was named by Lamarck. For nearly a century, his unfigured type has lain unobserved in the Paris Museum. Dr. Lamy has lately disinterred it, and declares it identical with Spisula parva, which younger name must now be superseded.
Amphidesma angusta Reeve. (Plate xlvi., fig.4.) Mesodesma angiista Pteeve, Conch. Icon., viii., July 1854, PI. i., fig.S; Id., Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (May, 1855), p.338; Id., Tate, Trans. Hoy. Soc. S.A., xxi., 1897, p. 46; Id., Lamy, Journ. de Conch., Ixii., 1914, pp.37, 38, fig.2. Mesodesma elongata Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii., 1854, PI. i., tig. 5; Id., Des- hayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (1855), p. 337; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., ix., 1887, p. 85; Id., Tate k May, these Proceed- ings, xxvi., 1901, p.424; Id., Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xvi., 1903, p. 110. Donacilla elongata Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p.647, and 1867, p. 220; Id., Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., iv., Suppl., 1868, p.l26; Id., Ten.-Woods, Proc Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.50.
Sowerby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), xii., 1903, p.500.
BY C. HEDLEY. G93
It has already been reported by Prof. Tate that M. angusta and M. elongata are synonyms, an observation which, from ex- amination of their respective types, [ can confirm. As the notices in the Conchologica Iconica were published a year before those in the Zoological Proceedings, it follows that avgusta must be ci'edited to Reeve, and must also take precedence over elongata. To the list of Tasmanian species wrongly credited to Raine Island {antea, xxxviii., p. 268), A. elongata can now be added.
This species is common round Sydne}'. Its habit is to lie in the sand in the wash of the sea. When the drag of the waves uncovers it, there is a sparkle of yellow, a scramble, two or three quick stabs of the foot, and the bivalve is again buried. The foot protrudes to a length equal to that of the shell; it is flat, cordate-acuminate, buff with a pink tinge. The exhalant siphon seems to be always exserted further than its fellow; the orifice is beset with a few, small, digitate papillse. The inhalant siphon issues at the angle of the shell; as far as I could observe it in captivity, it extends only a third of the length of the other siphon, and has the expanded orifice fringed with fine, pinnatifid processes.
Mr. T. Dick sends me a specimen of A. angusta from Port Macquarie, which he found in process of being bored by Polinices incei.
Amphidesma cuneata Lamarck.
Crassatella cuneata Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p. 483; Id., Lamy, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., 1912, p.248, text-fig. (not of Sowerby, Reeve, Hanley, or Tate). Amphides7na glabrella Lamarck, op. cit., p. 493; Id., Lamy, op. cit , p. 253; Id., Lamy, Journ. de Conch., Ixi., 1913, p.322; Id., Blainville, Man. de Malac, 1827, PI. 78, fig.6; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxi., 1897, p. 46. Mesodesma gaijmardi T)esha.yes, Encycl. Meth., vers, ii., 1835, p.4:i4:(Jide Lamy). Mesodesma prcecisa Reeve, Conch. Icon., vii., 1854, P1.4, fig. 31; Id., Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (May, 1855), p. 338. Mesodesma obtusa Crosse & Fischer, Journ. de Conch., xii., 1864, p.350, and xiii., 1865, p.428, PI. xi., fig.4; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc , 1867, p.920.
694 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
This is another case in which Australian conchologists have benefited by the examination of Lamarck's types by Dr. Ed. Lani}', of Paris. This southern species is dwarfed, and scarce in this latitude, which makes it improbable that Melvill &, Standen were correct in identifying J/, prcecisa from Albany Pass. The first record of this from our State was a note by Angas that he had found Donacilla ohtnsa at The Spit, Middle Harbour. Tate ascertained that this name was a synonym of M. prchcisa and M. glabrella. The unfigured C. cnneata had been generally ascribed, as in Reeve's Iconica, to AnapeUn cydadea{ = Spistda adelaidce Angas), but the figure of the type, lately published by Dr. Lamy, has corrected this error. This species varies a good deal in outline.
LiNGULA ROSTRUM Shaw.
Mytilus rostrum Shaw, Nat. Miscell., ix., 1797, P1.315, two upper figures. Pharetra monoculoides Bolten, Mus. Bolt., (2), 1798, p. 159, for Chemn. Conch. Cab., x., 1788, p 360, PI. 172, figs. 1675-77. Lig^da unguis Cuvier, Tab. Elem., 1798, p. 435.
Lingida analina Lamarck, Syst. An. s. vert., 1801, p. 141, for Lingula sp. Bruguiere, Encycl. Meth. vers, 1797, PI. 250, fig. 1, a, b, c; Id., Davidson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool , iv., 1888, p. 206, PI. xxix., figs. 1-8; Id., von Martens, Forsch. Gazelle, iii., 1889, p. 263. Lingida hians Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 935; Id., White- legge, Proc Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii., 1889, p.294.
The type of the brachiopod genus Lingula is usually known by Lamarck's name of anatina. There are,'liowever, other names whose claims deserve consideration. Linne included, under ^'■Patella unguis," references both to a Scutus and to a Lingula. According to Hanley,* it is the former, based on a figure of Rumphius, which should carry the Linnean name.
From the Museum Gerversianum, there is cited by Dillwyn for this species Anatijera luzona of Meuschen.
A Philippine form was well figured and legitimately named Mytilus rostrum by Shaw in 1797, a name which, though left for
* Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch., 1854, p. 425.
BY C. HEDLEY. 695
a century in obscurity, appears the rightful heir to the title. In the following year, Bolten proposed a binomial for some excellent figures published polynoraially by Chemnitz. The generally accepted name by Lamarck was not advanced till 1801.
The genus-name Lingida appeared rather irregularly as a heading for a single species on a plate in the Encyclopedic Methodique. If this is ruled out, then we shall have to fall back on Bolten's Pharetra.
The species have been discriminated usually from dry and probably distorted material. Little attention has been given to change in appearance in dilferent stages of growth. It may be, therefore, still a matter for investigation whether the names assigned to Australian forms, L. tumidula Reeve, L murphiana Reeve, L. exusta Reeve, and L. hirundo Reeve, represent distinct species, geographical races, or growth-forms of a single species.
L. anatina was recognised from Moreton Bay by Dr. E. von Martens. Some fifty years ago, Angas gathered, in Middle Harbour, a species of Lingida which he determined as L hians. Brazier has noted, in Whitelegge's List, additional localities for this.
A Revision of Australasian Tugalia.
Of Tugalia, there are two species in New Zealand, and two others in Australia. Confusion has enveloped this small group; for under the name of T. parmophoidea, or its various renderings, each of the other species has in turn been included. 'J'he identity of the genotype has thus been obscured. Monographs in the Thesaurus and Conchologica Iconica, by transfer of names to wrong genera, species, and localities, by omission, and dis- union, constructed a labyrinth of error which has entangled conchologists for half a century. 1 hus, in 1867, Emargimda ossea Gould, from Fiji, was substituted for the totally different T. parmophoidea from Sydney by Angas. In 1883, Brazier re-distributed the names of three species incorrectly. As late as 1903, Pritchard & Gatliff reflected current opinion by pre- senting, under the head of T. parmophoidea, a tangled, hetero- genous mass of intermedia, elegans, tasmnnica, and australi$.
696 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
It is hoped that the figures of the four species concerned, now placed side by side for comparison, will relieve the misunder- standing that has hitherto prevailed.
TUGALIA INTERMEDIA Reeve.
(Plate lii., fig.44.)
Parmophorus infermedius Reeve, Conch. Syst., ii. 1842, p. 22, PL cxxxix., figs. 5, 6; Id., Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1842, p. 50; Id., Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix., 1884, p.371. Sub- emargiynila intermedia Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 1913, p. 102, PI. 8, fig. 6. Tngalia cinerea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p. 221, PI. 249, fig. 15. Tugalia pannophoridea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p. 221, PI. 249, fig. 16; Id., Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii., 1870,Pl.i.,fig.4a,not4b; M, Hutton, Man.N.Z. Moll., 1880, p.l06. Subemarginula parmophoidea Harris, Cat. Pert. Moll. Brit. Mus., i., 1897, p. 290. Tttgali elegans Gray, in Diefienbaoh, Travels in N.Z., ii., 1843, p.240; Id., Revue Zool., 1844, p.355; M, von Martens, Crit. List N.Z. Mollusca, 1873, p. 35. N ot Parmophorus elegansGra,j, Annals of Philos., ix., 1825, p.l40( = Scutus unguis Linn.).
Hitherto, this species has not been clearly differentiated from T. par7nophoidea. 1"he New Zealand foi'm is readily distinguish- able by having the apex considerably nearer to the margin than has the Australian shell. In T. intermedia, the sculpture is finer, the shell is not so tall, and has a more marked sinus at the anterior margin. Otherwise the two are much alike in size, shape, and general appearance. The pair represent one another on each side of the Tasman Sea, which neither crosses.
In T. elegans, the concentric sculpture is described as forming arched ribs across the radial striae, a point which, supported by an exact locality. Great Barrier Island, fixes the identity of the species. On the Banner Island shell, Gray founded a new genus, which he spelt Tugali, apparently a misprint later corrected by himself to Ihigalia.*
* Gray, Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum, Part i., 1857, p. 163.
BY C. HEDLEY. G97
By A. Adams,* T. elegans was wrongly referred to North Africa, and subsequent authors have mostly lost sight of the name.
The specimen figured is 29 mm, long, and was collected by Mr. H. Hill, at Wellington, New Zealand.
TuGALiA PARMOPHOiDEA Quoy & Caimard. (Plate lii., fig.45.)
Emargimila parmophoidea Q. & G., Zool. Astrolabe, iii., 1835, p. 325, P1.68,figs.l5, 16. Clypidina parmophoroidea Chenu, Man. Conch., i., 1859, p. 373, figs. 2798-99. Tugalia pai-mophoridea Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii., 1871, PI. i., fig.4b, not 4a. Emar- g inula p)armophoidea Watson, Cliall. Rep. Zool., xv., 1886, p. 35. Tugalia parmophoidea (in part) Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., XV., 1903, p. 190. Stibemarg inula parmophoroides Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiii., 1911, p. 96. Ihigalia ossea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p.221, P1.249, fig.18; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 2 19. T'ugalia australis Ten.- Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1876 (1877), p.44; Id., Hardy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915, p. 63. Tugalia intermedia Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Whales, viii., 1883, p.227.
This shell was, by Quoy & Gaimard, reported from New Holland. Their account suits a species from New South Wales, with which their name has been generally associated. But the name has also been applied to other members of the genus.
Angas misidentified the Sydney Tugalia as T. ossea Gould, a species of another genus. Detecting this error, and probably associating ?'. parTUophoidea with the New Zealand form, Tenison- Woods proceeded to rename the Sydney shell as T. australis.
T. parmophoidea inhabits the coast of South Queensland and New South Wales, but fails, so Mr. W. L. May tells me, to reach Tasmania. A statement by Angas, that it occurs in South Aus- tralia, seems to need confirmation. The specimen figured is 27 mm. long, and was collected by myself at Cape Byron, N. S. Wales.
A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (.3), vi., 1860, p.11'2.
53
698
TuGALiA ciCATRicosA A. Adams. (Plate Hi., fig.46.)
Tugali cicatricosa A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1852)p.89; Id., Angas, op. cit., 1865, p. 185. 7'ugalia cicatrosa Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p.222, P1.249, fig.l4; Id., Conch. Icon., xvii., 1870, PI i., fig. 7. Tugalia tasmanica Ten. -Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1876 (1877), p.l56.
Like T. intermedia, this species was first erroneously ascribed to the Philippine Islands. Angas recognised it from Port Lincoln. I have seen it from Ulverstone, Tasmania; ISeptune Islands, South Australia; and Geographe Bay, West Australia. This distribution suggests that it will prove to be the Adelaidean representative of the Peronian T. parmophoidea. Compared with that, T. cicatricosa is more depressed, with the sides more parallel; the apex nearer to the margin, is more notched ante- riorly, and has a much coarser sculpture. A scar on the summit, which suggested the name, was an individual and accidental feature of the type-shell. It is by chance x'epeated in a specimen before me, and was probably caused by adherence of a Caprdus or some such associate. The specimen figured is 18 mm*. long, and was collected in North Tasmania, by Miss M. Lodder.
Tugalia bascauda, sp.tiov. (Plate Hi., fig.47.)
Shell small, solid, oblong. Colour milk-white. Surface glossy. Sculpture : about 50 radial cords are crossed by 25 similar con- centric cords, beaded at the points of intersection, and enclosing deep, square pits as meshes. From the apex, a radial of double breadth and height runs anteriorly along the median line. The edge of the aperture is crenulated by the radials. Length, 12 breadth, 8; height, 3 mm.
The specimen drawn (type) was collected by the late Mr, R. Helms, under stones, near Wellington, New Zealand. I have also seen specimens from the Chatham Islands, labelled Tugalia elegans by Capt. F. W. Hutton. It is apparently the species cited by Mr. Suter in the Manual of New Zealand Mollusca as
BY C. HEDLEY.
699
Subemarginufa parmophoidea, now shown to be a different Aus- tralian species.
Hemitoma aspera Gould. (Plate xlvi., fig.6.)
In the last Part of these Studies {aiitea, xxxix, p.707), it was stated that, though in ordinary use, Subemarg inula was unten- able Relying on a defective entry in Scudder, Montfortia was selected to replace it. Messrs. W. C. Clapp and T. Iredale have kindly written to say that the name Rafinesque proposed was not Hemitoma, as Scudder quotes, but Hemiloma. Therefore the Hemitoma of Swainson, not Montfortia of Recluz, must take the place of Suhemarginula. For the group of H. rvgosa, Mr. Iredale has introduced Montfortula*
H. aspera inhabits the crevices among the compacted tubes of Galeolaria,-\ where it is common near Sydney. When warned, it can clino^ tenaciously to its foothold. Its movements are de- liberate; both head and tail can be protruded beyond the shell. Such parts as are exposed, the back of the head, tentacles, siphonal pipe, and upper surface of hind foot, are black; the rest is buff, which, on the mouth and muzzle, brightens to lemon- yellow. The muzzle is rather long, with broadly expanding lip, notched beneath. The tentacles are long and tapering; they search actively in various directions; at the outer base of each is a short, digitate, ocular tentacle with a large, black eye. On the right side of this, there is, in the male, a curved, cephalic appendage. Along the epipodial line, but interrupted between the tentacles, runs a series of small, short filaments. When the animal leans forward, the ctenidia are exposed; these are worn folded, the edges doubled together on the inside and the stem outside. Beyond the gill-tips, the mantle is slit, its edges coalescing in a short tube external to the shell. The thickened fringe of the mantle-margin is -produced into an inner and an outer series of tufts of compound papillae, the outer ones lying in the crenulations of the shell-rim.
» Iredale, Trans. N.Z, Inst., xlvii., 1915, p.433. t Hedley, Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xlix., 1915, p.66, P1.5.
700 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
Clanculus aloysii Tenison-Woods.
Clancuhis aloysii Ten. -Woods, Proc. Ro}'. Soc. Tasm., 1875 (1876), p. 155; Id., Hardy, op. cit., 1915, p.62; Id, Pilsbiy, Man. Conch., xi., 1889, p.59, PI. xiv., figs.20-23; Id., Tate 6l May, these Proceedings, xxvi., 1901, p.400; Id., Pi"itchard & Gatliflf", Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 1902, p. 121; Id., Chapman & Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxvi., 1914, p. 316.
This 'I'asmanian species is now found to extend north into New South Wales. I dredged specimens in 7-10 fathoms near Montagu Island. Also unrecorded for the State is Clanculus plebeiiis Philippi, which I have collected in Twofold Bay.
MoNODONTA OBTUSA Dillwyn. (Plate xlvii., fig. 12.)
Trochus ohtusus Dillwyn, Descrip. Cat., ii., 1817, p. 809, for Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., xi., 1795, p.l67, P1.196, figs.1894, 1895. Monodonta zebra Menke, Verch. Conch. Malsb., 1829, p. 17; Id, Morch, Malak. Blatt., xviii., 1871, p. 125; Id., Maplestone, Month. Micros. Journ., viii., 1872, p.50, PI. xxvi., fig. 2; /(/., Troschel, Gebiss Schnecken, ii., 1879, p,232, PI. xxiii., fig.7; Id., Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, p.74; Id., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xi., 1889, p.91,P].20,fig.20; Id., Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiii., 1911, p. 96. Trochus tceniatus Quoy & Gaimard, Zool. Astrolabe, iii., 1834, p.249, P1.63, figs.15-17; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool Soc, 1867, p.216; Id., Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.43; Id., Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. ^\ S. Wales, 1888, p.ll9. Trocho- cochlea multicarinata Chenu, Man. Conch., i., 1859, p.360, fig. 2676; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.216. Labia porcatus A. Adams, Proc Zool. Soc, 1851 (1853), p. 177; Id., A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.>(2), xii., 1853, p.207: Id., Angas, Proc Zool. Soc, 1867, p.216. Troclms extenuatus Fischer, Coq. Viv., 1878, p.330, P1.103, fig.l.
The above summary of literature shows how superfluous names may accumulate round a well known species. As one of the most common and conspicuous shells on the Sydney beach, this was naturally among the first to be sent to Europe, and described. Yet, for more than a century, the coloured figures given by
bV c. hedley. 701
Chemnitz remained unrecognised. Lamarck seems not to have distinguished between this and its Tasmanian representative, which he called Monodonta constricta. Under his influence, Quoy &, Gaimard figured for constricta in the zoology of the Astrolabe, both the Sydney "zebra" (Plate 63, figs.23-24), and the Hobart "trochlea" (figs.26, 27). This error had a long existence, for these two were still united in 1902 by Pritchard & Gatliff. But Quoy & Gaimai-d, in partial recognition of their mistake, submitted Trochus treniatus as a name for the Port Jackson species. This name is not to be confused with Turbo tceniatus Sowerby (Tankerv. Cat., 1825, Append., p.xiii.). Chenu twenty-five years afterwards, added another name, Trochocochlea multicarinata. Morch then pointed out that the names of these Parisian conchologists were anticipated by Monodonta zebra of Menke: a name not to be confused with Trochus zebra Wood (Index Test., 1828, Suppl., PI. v., fig.l8). For this already over- burdened species, Arthur Adams proposed Labio porcatus, and Fischer, to avoid clashing with Trochus porcatus Philippi, (Zeit f . Malak., 1849, p. 187) gave the final name of Trochus extenuatus.
Guided by a suggestion in Pilsbry's Monograph, I forwarded a series from this coast, and requested Dr. H. Lynge to compare them with the type of T. obtusits still preserved in the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen. That conchologist kindly replied (30/4/16) that the worn and injured shell, which Chemnitz figured in 1795, is absolutely identical with the specimens I sent from Montagu Island.
The species has a great range in colour, development of spiral keels, form and size. Typical M. obtusa is a rather depressed form, with 30-40 close, narrow lines; this intergrades with a more abundant, broadly-banded form, ce6rrt, with about ten stripes, and with a dwarfed variety from the border of the mangrove-swamps which can be called porcata. The species ranges from Moreton Bay to Twofold Bay; its southern limit is not known to me.
Another Monodonta occurring in this State is M. concamerata Wood, 1828( = Trochus striolatus Quoy <fe Gaimai"d,1834, — Labio fuliginea A. Adams, 1853). I have not myself gathei^ed this
702 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
species, but it was found at Clontarf Bay, N.S.W., by Mr. R. Helms, and was dredged by the "Challenger" Expedition. To complete the genus as developed in this State, it is now proposed to insert Gibbula picturata Adams k Angas. Neither that nor any other Australian species seems congeneric with magus, the type of Gibbula.
Those who consider that Moiwdonta Lamarck, 1799, is pre- occupied by Monodon Linne, 1758, will employ Labio Oken, 1815, as the generic name.
The animal of M. obtuna is splendidly arrayed in black and gold. The edge of the muzzle is buff, followed by, first, a band of black and then one of orange, the forehead-flaps are edged with orange, the ocular tentacles are orange below and black above, and the cervical epipodium is orange, the rest of the upper surface being black. The epipodium is differentiated into an anterior, median, and posterior portions. 'I'he latter begins just above the tail and continues a little past the operculum; it has a simple expanded margin, from beneath which spring four pairs of lash-tentacles, three of which are beside the operculum, and the fourth is planted where the cervical meets the posterior epipodium. At the base of each lash is set a stump-tentacle, forming an uneven pair like the ocular and cephalic tentacles; the three hinder tentacles are each adnate to their associate stumps, but the anterior lash is parted from its stump, while a stump without a lash stands in the median line behind the oper- culum. Another lonely stump is the cervical papilla, which occurs on both left and right sides. The medium epipodium or cervical lobe extends from the ocular tentacle to the anterior lash. On the right, it has a plain edge and during locomotion is curled into a makesliift siphon and extruded beyond the lip of the shell. On the left, the edge is cut up into about twenty filaments. The ocular tentacles are compressed from above to below and keeled laterally, thus indicating that they are over- run by the epipodium, which finds its anterior expression in a pair of forehead-flaps on the snout. Even when the animal has withdrawn into the shell, the epipodial lashes steal out from behind the operculum and softly search.
BY C. HEDLEV. 703
A similar arrangement of the epipodium, entire on the right, slashed in tatters on the left, is shown by Trochus pica* and T. lineatus.j
Gena strigosa a. Adams. (Plate xlvii. fig.ll.)
Gena strigosa A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1850, p.37 ; Id., Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii., 1854, p.830, P1.173, figs.ll, 12 ; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.218. Gena nigra Brazier, Journ. of Conch., vi., 1889, p. 72 (not of Quoy & Gaimard).
Mr. T. Iredale was kind enough to compare critically a series of specimens from Sydney with the unlocalised types, three specimens, of G. strigosa in the South Kensington Museum. He reports that my set agreed with types in size, shape, and general colouration; and concludes that Gena strigosa is the correct name for the Sydney species. He also considers that it does not, as has been indicated, extend to the tropical Indian Ocean.
Tlie favourite haunt of this animal is under rather large boulders in the Hormosira-zone. It crawls rapidly, seeking always to escape from the light. Behind the shell, the large muscular foot extends for more than half the total length of the animal. It is liable to break off by self-mutilation just behind the shell, if the animal is annoyed. It is covered with small, large, and sometimes compound tubercles. The shell is wholly, or partly, overspread by the large mantle, also bearing small and branched processes. Thin, smooth lobes of the mantle protrude on the right and on the left as a scoop or pipe, acting as siphons. Posterior to these are epipodial lobes, three on each side, re- tracted and exserted from pockets. Beside each lash arises a conspicuous branched process, apparently the homologue of the stump of Monodonta. As is usual when tlie foot is so tubercular, the epipodial line is indistinct. In addition to the three lateral filaments, the epipodium is displayed above the muzzle as a slashed fringe, sometimes separate, sometimes united. Cephalic tentacles long and slender, each with an external ocular stump. A] uzzle broad and produced, fringed towards the neck.
* Fischer, Coq. Viv., 1880, PI. i. t Randies, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., xlviii., 1904, PI. iv., fig. 7.
704 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiil.,
I suppose that in forming Plocamotis, Fischer was misled by a defective sketch of Arthur Adams, and that it is an absolute synonym of Gena.
ScuTus ASTROLABEUS, nom.mut.
Parmophorus australis Quoy & Gaimard, Zool. Astrolabe, iii., 1834, p.321, PI. 69, figs.1-4; Id., Menke, Moll. Nov. HolL, 1834, p. 33 (not F. aust7-alis Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., (2), 1822, p.5; nor P. australis Riippell, Reis. N. Afrika Moll., 1828, p.37). Scutus elongatus Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p. 226, PI. 249, fig. 10. 8. anatinus var. "b" Smith, Journ. of Conch., ii., 1879, p.237.
From King George's Sound, West Australia, the zoologists of the Astrolabe Expedition described a large species of Scuttis, the shell of which is broader and flatter than the others. The name they used had previously been employed by Lamarck for a compound of the East Australian "antipodes" and the New Zealand "breviculus." This was reduced to the rank of a variety by Smith in 1879, and by Pilsbry in 1890. Now estimated as the Adelaidean representative of the Peronian antipodes, and restored to specific rank, it needs this fresh name.
ScUTUS ANTIPODES Montfort. (Plate xlvii., figs.7, 8, 9.)
Scutus antipodes Montfort, Conch. Syst., ii , 1810, p. 59, PI. xv. Patella ambigua Dillwyn, Cat. Recent Shells, ii., 1817, p. 1053 (not P. ambigua Gmelin, Syst. Nat., xiii., 1791, p. 3255). Scutus anatinus Smith, Journ. of Conch., ii., 1879, p. 258; Id., Tate, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxvii., 1893, p. 185; Id., Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiii., 1911, p. 96. Parmophorus elongatus Blainville, Bull. Soc. Philom., 1817, p. 25, and Malacol., 1827, P1.48, fig.2; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.219; Id., Ten.- Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p. 44 (not P. elongatus Lamarck, 1801). Parmophorus co7ivexus Quoy &. Gaim., Zool. Astrolabe, iii., 1834, p. 322, P1.69, figs.5-16; Id., Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, ii., 1852, p. 362. Parmophorus tumidus A. Adams Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1853), p. 222. Parmophorus australis
BY C. HEDLEY. 705
Hogg, Trans. Roy. Micr. Soc, xvi., PL xii., fig. 67 ; Id., von Martens, Forsch. Gazelle, iii., 1889, p. 263.
As Patella ambigua was already occupied by Gmelin in 1791, it is of no consequence whether the Patella ambiyua of Chemnitz or of Dillwyn meant a species of Scutus from New Zealand or another Australian form. But the sketch of Montfort, inartistic though it be, exactly represents that Scutiis with a narrow shell, inhabiting Tasmania and New South Wales, as distin- guished from ;6'. hreviculus of New Zealand, or S. astj'olabens from West Australia. Therefore, aS'. antipodes of Montfort must replace the younger name of anatinus now in ordinary use.
The animal of this species lives beneath large stones in rock- pools in clear water. Quoy & Gaimard mention that it was eaten by the aboriginals of Jervis Bay. The attitude of an allied species, so frequently copied in textbooks from the Zoology of the Astrolabe, is that of a moribund or preserved individual. An endeavour is here made to offer more life-like fisrures.
Except the sole of the foot, Avhich is buff, the animal is entirely coal-black. The mantle is very voluminous; two lateral lobes, like those of Cyprsea, meet over the shell and quite conceal it. Only when handled or sick, do the lobes part and disclose the shell. The mantle also extends on each side behind the shell for a space the breadth of the foot. In front, over the head or each tentacle, an insinuation may temporarily appear. At rest (Fig.8) the animal assumes the shape of an inverted saucer, only the tips of the tentacles protruding beyond the cover of the mantle. The head is elongate, with a long and cylindrical muzzle usually expanded at the distal extremity. The tactile tentacles are long and stout, with a very short ocular tentacle at the outer base of each. From the base of each tentacle, alonsr the epipodial line, runs a series of small, close-set, short lappets. The young differ considerably from the adult. 'i'hey have a comparatively narrower shell with the apex more excentric; of a white colour, the mantle-lobes, instead of folding across the shell, merely curl over its edge. In a specimen half an inch long (Fig.9), the mantle was deeply notched above the head, and its lobes failed to meet across the shell. It was uniform
706 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
buff except the black eyes, which showed through the transparent mantle.
LucAPiNELLA NiGRiTA Sowerby. (Plate xlvii., fig.lO.) Lucapinella nigrita Hedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xi., 1894, p.24.
'I'he above sketch was taken from a living specimen at Narooma, N.S.W. The animal has already been described in the reference above cited.
Nerita melanotragus Smith. (Plate xlviii., tigs. 13, 14.)
The nomenclature of this species has already been discussed in these Studies [antea, xxv., p. 500).
The animal has narrow black stripes on a buif ground, along the muzzle and upper surface of the foot, the rest being buff. The muzzle is produced into a long and broad lip, fimbriated at the margin. When crawling, which is done with deliberation, the muzzle, expanded to the breadth of the foot, brushes along the ground in front. The ocular tentacle is a flat, triangular lobe grooved on the inner side for the reception of the long, slender, tactile tentacle. It is produced into a spur on the outer base, and is connected by an epipodial fringe with the opercular lobe. The mantle has two lobes, one above the operculum, the other spread below the base of the columella. The margin of it is plain, though in other species it is said to be festooned. In a considerable number of individuals examined, no intromittent organ was observed. The foot is rather small, I'ounded in front and behind. Sometimes, as in the figure, the gill-plume is pro- truded from the dorsal cavity till its tip reaches the aperture of the shell. The eggs are separate, white, oblong capsules with a continuous, tough membrane. Frequently, these are deposited on the shells of other individuals of the same species. The operculum (Fig. 14) has a smooth, median, falcate area, on each side of which are small, crowded pustules; the convex margin has a membranous edge.
BY C. HEDLEY. 707
The radula has been illustrated by Maplestone,* from a Williamstown specimen.
Phenacolepas cinnamomea Could. (Plate xlviii., figs. 17, 18, 19.)
Patella cinnamomea Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii., 1646, p.l51. Scutellina cinnamomea Brazier, these Proceedings, iv., 1879 ( 1880), p. 389. Phenacolepas cinnamomea Thiele, Conch. Cab. Abth. xi.a, 1909, p. 35, PI. 6, fig. 5. iScutellina ferruginea A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll f 1854, PI. 52, figs.6, 6a.
This species was described originally as a Patella, and was transferred by Adams to Scutellina. Remarking that this name of Gray was preoccupied, Pilsbryf substituted Phenacolepas for it. I have a grave suspicion that Plesiothyreus, Cossmann| pro- posed for a French Tertiary fossil and applied by Sowerby^ to a recent Hong Kong shell, should be employed in its place.
Important remarks by Dr. Dall,|| referring this group to the vicinity of Nirita, seem to have been overlooked by subsequent writers.
Dr. Thielell has published some notes on the anatomy of this species.
P. cinna.momea is rather rare; it occurs in Sydney Harbour under large stones in the mud-zone, in communities of a dozen or so under the same rock. The animal is uniform crimson. The shell is carried with the apex turned to the posterior end. A large, open chamber is exposed behind the head, whence the broad, bipectinate ctenidium may be stretched beyond the shell margin or be withdrawn out of sight. The neck is long and flexible; the muzzle terminates in a bilobed upper lip, projecting as an immense hood over and beyond the small mouth. The
* Maplestone, INIonth. Micros. Journ., viii., 1872, p. 14, PI. xxvi.. No. 14. tPilsbry, The Nautilus, v., 1891, p.89. IJrCossmann, Ann. Soc. Malac. Belg., xxiii., 1889, p. 191, PI. vii., iif^s. 13-15. §Sowerby, Proc. Malac. Soc, i., 1894, p. 191. IIDall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xviii., 1889, p. 342. U Thiele, Zeits. wiss. Zool., Ixxii., 1902, p.349, PI. xxvi., figs. 133-134, text-fig. 11.
708 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
tentacles are long and slender, having an ocular bulb at their outer base. From the eye, a crest of muscle runs backward to the shell. In the female(Fig.l9), there is a small lobe and sinus on the right side of this crest. But the male has a large, intro- mittent organ rooted on the median side of the right tentacle, and carried round below the eye to the back of the neck(Fig.l8). There is no epipodium. Outside the mantle-margin there is a peripheral row of longer and shorter papill?e, corresponding to the radials of the shell; on further magnification, these papillae are seen to be beaded.
Since writing the above, I have gathei-ed P. cinnamomea under stones at the mouth of the Annam River, near Cooktown, Queensland.
The other Australian members of this genus are: — P. senta Hedley, 1899, Ma.Ych { = P. lingua-viverrce Melvill k 8tanden, 1899, July); P. reticulata Thiele, 1909; P. mirabilis Sowerby, 1910; P. calva Verco, 1906; P. alboradiata Verco, 1906; P. crenulata Broderip, 1834; and P.galathea Lamk., 1819.
Patelloida nigrosulcata Reeve.
Patella nigrosulcata Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii,, 1855, PI. xxx., fig.84. Accrued patellavecta Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxxvi., 1912, p.l95, PI. XV., figs.5-7; PI. xvi., fig.5.
At the conclusion of an excellent description of this species. Dr. Verco noted that the West Australian material dealt with, resembled P. nigrosulcata, and might eventually prove to be that species. Mr. T. Iredale, under date 13/9/15, writes, "Specimens of Verco's shell have been received at the British Museum, and I compared them, with Mr. Edgar A. Smith's assistance; we agree that the identity is absolute."
Cerithium mysterium, nom.mut.
Gerithium tomlini Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, xxxix , 1914, p. 717, PI. Ixxxv., fig.89; not Cerithium tomlini Preston, Journ of Malacology, xii., 1905, p. 3, PI. i., figs. 11, 11a.
Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin, to whom this species was dedicated, has reminded me that, in this compliment, I have been antici-
BY C. HEDLEY. 709
pated by Mr. H. B. Preston. A new name, therefore, becomes necessary, and is here bestowed. I have lately found the species to be plentiful as dead shells on the beach of Lizard Island, North Queensland.
Ancilla EDiTHiE Pritchard & GatlifF.
Ancilla edithce Pritchard it Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xi., 1899, p.l81, P1.29, fig.5.
This is a new i-ecord for this State. On 2nd February, 191 G, I dredged several specimens in 7-19 fathoms, off the north end of Montagu Island, on sandy ground.
Marginella mustelina Angas. (Plate 1., fig.31.)
Marginella fasciata Sowerby, Thes. Conch., i., 1846, p. 389, PI. 76, fig.142; Id., Chenu, Man. i., 1859, p.l97, fig.104]; Id., Tomlin, The Nautilus, xxix., 1916, p. 138 (not Persicula fasciata Schumacher, Essai nouv., 1817, p.235). Hyalina mustelina Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p.90, PI. i., fig.5: Id., Oliver, Trans N. Z. Inst., xlvii., 1915, p. 537. Voharina ruhrifasciata Jousseaurae, Rev. et Mag. Zool., (3), iii., 1875, p.221.
This species lives under rocks on the ocean-heach. The animal is very active, coloured orange variegated with buff. There is no operculum. A papillate mantle closes over the shell. Foot in front notched, sometimes produced into lobes, behind pointed and projecting past the shell. Tentacles wide-spread, rather short and blunt, eyes sessile at the outer bases of the tentacles. Rostrum exserted more than half the length of the tentacles. The specimens drawn were obtained at Narooma, N.S. W., whence I have traced it north to Mast Head Island.
CoNus couoNATUs Gmelin. Conus coronatus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., xiii, 1791, p.3389; Id., Dillwyn., Descrip. Cat, i., 1817, p.403; Id., HedJey, these Pro- ceedings, xxxii., 1907, p.484. Comis minimus Hwass, Encycl. Meth., vers (2), 1792, p.618; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., i., 1843, PI. xxvi., fig. 143; Id., Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1853, p.9, PI. 189, figs-54, 55, P1.191, figs.99, 111; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc,
710 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
1877, p. 184; Id., Brazier, Journ. of Conch., ii., 1879, p. 190; Id., Smith, Proc.Zool. Soc, ]891,p.402; Id., Melvill & Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xxvii., 1899, p. 1 56 (not Conus minimus Linne, Syst. Nat., x., 1758, p.714 — sole citation, Argenville t.l5, f.A = Conus figulinus JJvnni,— fide Hanley, Linn. Ips. Conch., 1855, p. 169). Conus tceniatns Hwass, op. cit., p. 628, PI. 319, fig.5. Conus miliaris Hwass, op. cit., p. 629, PI. 319, fig. 6. Conus barbadensis Hwass, op. cit., p 632, PI. 322, fig. 8 (not C. barbadensis of Reeve or of Sowerby, fide Kiener). Conus bandatus Perry, Conchology, 1811, PI. xxv., fig.4. Conus tiaratus Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1833, p.52. Conns abbreviatus Reeve, Conch. Icon., i., 1843, PI. xvi., fig.86. Conus aristophanes Sowerby Thes. Conch., iii., 1853, p.9, PI. 190, figs.8], 82.
Hanley pointed out that the original Conus mmimus was clearly based on that shell which modern authors know as C. figulinus. From the figures of Valentyn and Gualtier, a shell hitherto unnamed was correctly introduced by Gmelin as Conus coronatus. He also included other species, such as C. nobilis Linne. This synonymy was purified by Dillwyn. Appreciating the error of Hwass, Smith referred to the species, in 1891, as C. minimus Auctorum. The natural inference that minimus meant "least," whereas it was a latinised form of " La Minime," mean- ing the monkish, perhaps countenanced the error of Hwass, mostly adopted by modern authors. It follows that C. figidinus, reported from Torres Strait by Melvill & Standen (and recently taken by myself at Lucinda Point, Queensland) must now assume the name of mininius.
This tropical species descends into New South Wales. It was recorded from the Bellenger and Redbank Rivers by Angas and Brazier, and was recently taken at Woolgoolga by Mr. C. Laseron. Melvill, Standen, and Shirley have reported it from Murray Island, Smith from Port Essington, Brazier from Fitzroy Island, and the writer from Mast Head Island. It is one of the commonest and most widely dispersed shells in the tropical Pacific. It grows to a length of 45 mm., and may com- bine the broken, dark spirals of aristophanes y/\th the dot-pattern of miliaris. with the smooth crown of tceniatus or the tubercular
BY C. HEDLEY. 711
summit of the type. The ground-colour may be in bands or clouds, the articulated dark and white spirals may be developed as broken lines or reduced to dots.
MiTKA RHODIA Reeve. (Plate xlviii., figs. 15, 16.)
Notes on the nomenclature of this species have already ap- peared in these Studies (aji^ea, Vol. xxxviii., p. 313). It inhabits the sand and broken shells that litter the floor of the rock-pools. The long proboscis is probably used for .sounding in the sand for its prey. Its movements are slow. Tliere is no operculum. The colour of the animal is uniform cream, against which the small, black eyes are conspicuous. Foot long and narrow, pointed behind, squarely truncate in front. Head rhomboidal, broader anteriorly; tentacles rather short, apparently only partly contractile, widely spaced. When the proboscis is completely retracted, as in the specimen drawn, the head has somewhat the aspect from above of a cow's head and horns. The siphon is rather long. In the radula, the rachidian has four cusps, the outer smaller and divergent. The lateral has a long, oblong- base slightly sinuate posteriorly, with about fifteen cusps, the inner directed towards the rachidian, the .second and third largest, the rest gradually diminishing to minute exterior denticles.
Maculotriton australis Pease. (Plate I, figs.28, 29, 30.)
The local members of this genus were discussed antea, Vol xxxix, p. 733. M. australis haunts the shaded sides of boulders at low-water level on the ocean-beach. The animals creep about with moderate activity; they are marbled with black and bufi' The head is narrow, forking into divergent tentacles which support eyes at half their length, above which point the tenta- cles contract to half their former thickness. Siphon rather short, only protruded for a length equal to three or four diameters. Foot long and slender. Operculum (Fig. 29) with the nucleus apical, situated about its own length from the tip of the tail.
712 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
The radula (Fig. 30) has a rachidian with arched base, three median pointed cusps and a small external one; laterals bicuspid, the inner cusp half the size of its fellow, with two small denticles on its inner blade, the outer cusp slender and falcate.
Arcularia particeps Hedley. (Plate xlix., fig.20.) This species was named, antea, Vol. xxxix., p.738. The animal lives sunk beneath the surface of the sand. Into a pool where no Arcularia were visible, a few crushed shellfish were thrown; a few minutes afterwards a number of individuals, including the subject of my sketch, appeared in various directions, all steadily crawling towards the bait. The animal of A. particeps is par- ticularly bold and active. When lifted out of the water by the shell, the animal twists and kicks about with much vigour. The colour of it is cream irregularly splashed with black.
Xymene hanleyi Angas. (Plate xlix., figs.21, 22, 23, 24.)
Trophon hanleyi Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 110, PL xiii., fig.l.
In previous papers, I have figured the young shell of this, under the title of Trophon paivce (a7itea,Y(A. xxxiii., p. 456), and later noted that Tryon made a mistake in subordinating T. hanleyi to T. paivce (antea, Vol. xxxviii., p. 329). For this group, Hutton introduced the genus Kalydon, but Iredale, on the ground that Kalydon was preoccupied, has substituted Xymene*
The animal (Fig. 21) is very common under stones in the mud- zone in Sydney Harbour, where it is notorious as an oyster-pest, t The eggs (Figs. 2 3, 24) are laid in separate packets, each packet round, about 5 mm. in diameter, rather flatter than hemispherical, with a central circular oiifice about l'5mm. across. The ova are visible both through the orifice and through the semitrans- parent membrane. These eggs are deposited on the under surface of shells and stones. So crowded are they, that Mr. T.
* Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii, 1915, p.471. t Saville Kent, Parliamentary Report on Oysters and Oyster-Fisheries of Queensland, 1891, p. lU, PI. i., tigs.l, lU, 11,
BY C. HEDLEY. 713
Dick, who kindly furnished me with the material drawn, writes, under date 13th July, 1915, that, in an infested area in Port Macquarie, the stones were then almost white with the ova of this borer.
Planispira stuangulata Hombron &. Jacquinot.
Helix sl7-angiilata Hombron & Jacquinot, Ann. Sci. Nat., (2). xvi., 1841, p. 64. Planispira cyclostomata Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., viii., 1912, p.l55, PI xlv., figs.51-54.
A preliminary paper by Hombron ii Jacquinot, describing the new shells obtained by the Astrolabe and Zelee Expedition, was lately discovered by that active bibliophile, Mr. Tom Iredale. In the official account of that expedition by Rousseau, and in unofficial work by Le Guillou, a member of it, this memoir is ignored. It has also been overlooked by Pfeiffer, Reeve, Tryon, von Martens, Smith, and every writer on the subject.
Examining the nomenclature of this species, in 1912, I con- cluded that the name to be adopted for this shell from Warrior Tsland was Helix cyclostomata, published by Le Guillou in 1842. It now appears that the name of stranynlata was published a year earlier, instead of many years later, than cyclostomata.
Another consequence of the establishment of U. stranynlata as dating from 1841, is that H. stranynlata, proposed by C. B. Adams in 1849, becomes invalid.
Planispira torresiana Hombron &, Jacquinot.
Helix torresiana Hombron & Jacquinot, Ann. Sci. Nat., (2), xvi., 1841, p. 63. Helix delessertiana Le Guillou, Rev. Zool., v., 1842, p.l38; Id., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., 2nd ser., ix., 1894, p.ll4.
Here it again becomes necessary to restore the older but forgotten name. In his independent publication of the new species obtained by the expedition. Dr. Le Guillou seems to have been either careless or disloyal.
Xanthomelon durvillii Hombron «k Jacquinot.
Helix Durvillii Hombron & Jacquinot, Ann. Sci. Nat., (2), xvi., 1841, p. 62. Helix pomuvi Pfeiffer, Symbolte hist. Heli-
54
714 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
ceorum, ii., 1842, p.37.; Id., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., 2nd ser., vi., 1890, p.l78, PI. 38, figs.73, 74.
Here again, the name first proposed by the circumnavigators precedes that in current use. It is a pleasure to reinstate in Australian zoological nomenclature the name of this unfortunate and gallant explorer.
Marseniopsis wilsoni Smith.
Lamellaria loilsoni Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist , (5), xviii , 1886, p.270, text-fig.; Id., Wilson, Vict. Nat., iv., 1887, p. 117; Id., Pritchard k GatlifF, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xii., 1900, p.l96. iMarseniopsis z<n7so?a Vayssiere, Exped. Antarct. Franc. Charcot, 1907, Moll., p.35.
Typically southern is the genus Marsetiiopds, first introduced by Bergh for two subantarctic species taken by the Challenger Expedition, M. pacijica, from Kerguelen, and Af. mtirrayi, from Marion Island. A pair of Antarctic forms, M. conica and M. mollis, were discovered near Cape Adare, Adelie Land, while a fifth, M. antarctica, was dredged by Dr. Charcot off Wandel Island.
Discussing the distribution of the group in relation to the latter species, Prof. Vayssiere points out that the Australian Lamellaria wilsorii should be here included. In the British Museum, there is a single specimen of L. wilsoni, presented by Mr. J. B. Wilson, and marked "type.'
I now suggest that a second Austi-alian member is Caledoniella contusi/ormis Basedow.*
Phytia ornata Ferussac. (Plate 1., tigs.26, 27.) The nomenclature of this species was discussed (an^ea, xxxviii., p. 334) under the heading of Ophicaidehis ornaiiis.
Its habits are to associate with Bhodostoma, Salinator, and Assemania in the Salicornia-zone, that is, just below high-water level in sheltered estuarine swamps, either in the open or under the shade of the Avicennia-mangrove. At low tide, the Phytia
* Basedow, Trans, Roy. Soc. S.A., xxix., 1905, p. 183, Pis. xxvii., xxix.
BY C. MEDLEY. ' 715
crawls over the mud at a fair pace; if placed in a vessel of sea- water, it soon creeps out, and always moves steadily away from the light.
The foot is small and narrow for the size of the shell: there is no operculum. The facial area is darker in colour, and covered with finer tubercles than tlie rest of the animal; it is marked off from the foot bv a groove on each side. When the animal is extended, the tentacles are planted well apart, but seem to spring from contiguous bases when it is contracted. They are sub- cylindrical, slightly tapering, blunt at the tips, contractile, not evaginate. The eyes are sunk within tlie substance of the tentacle. Near the tip of the muzzle are two, white, oblong marks that may represent the smaller tentacles of the Helicidse.
The muzzle is unusually broad, being as wide as the foot. Sometimes it is emarginate in front, and usually recurved at the margins. The mouth is in the centre of a large, labial disc. Between this disc and the fore-part of the foot is a shallow pouch.
SiPHONARiA SCABKA Reeve. (Plate 1., tig.32.)
Siphonaria scabra Reeve, Conch. Icon., ix., 1856, Pl.i., fig. 2.
This species occurs on sheltered rocks at low water. It does not cling as firmly to the rock as a limpet does, and, when upset on its back, finds more difficulty in turning over. On the right is a free lobe of the mantle, sometimes rolled in a funnel or spread in a flap, and reaching to the edge of the shell. The head is devoid of any trace of tentacles; the eyes are small, and sunk under the surface. The muzzle is spotted with black; it projects a little past tiie foot, and terminates in a broad, mobile, upper lip, which may assume a notch in front and recurved corners at the side. Beneath it is thn mouth. The foot is spotted on the side and is of the ordinary limpet-shape.
Hhizorus.
Ehizorus Montfort, Conch. Syst., ii., 1810, p.3.39, PI. Ixxxv., for R. addaidis M.ontiort,r^ Bulla acrtminato Bruguiere, 1792. Volvula A. Adams, in Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii , 1850, pp.558,
716 STtfDlES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLOSCA, xili.,
596, for B. acuminata, etc. Volvulella Newton, Syst. List. Brit. Oligocene, Eocene Moll., 1891, pp. xii., 268, for Volvula Adams, not Oken, 1815.
Some discussion has occurred over the validity of tlie name Volvula. On the ground that Volvuhis Oken, 1815, preoccupied Volvula Adams, 1850, Mr. R. Bullen Newton replaced it, in 1891, with a new name, Volvulella. But, as Dr. H. A. Pilsbry con- sidered that it was not thus invalidated, he employed Volvula in his monograph of the genus in the Manual of Conchology, in 1893.
Neither of these authorities seems to have seriously considered the claim of Rhizorus. As early as 1810. Rhizorus adelaidis was legitimately proposed by Montfort, for a shell the size of a grain of millet, found on a sandy beach at Porto Feirajo, in the island of Elba, Italy. From a rough, reversed, but recognisable woodcut, it seems clear that Ji. adelaidis is Bulla acumlvntn. liruguiere, 1792,* because that is the only Mediterranean shell which corresponds in size and contour. This is itself the type, both of Volvula and of Volvulella so, as was indicated sixty years ago by Menke,t Rhizorus must be given precedence. 'I he Australian species concerned in this change of nomenclature are Volvula rostrata A. Adams, V. sulcata Watson, and V. traqula Hedley.
Odostomia pascoei Angas. (Plate xlvi., fig.5.)
Odostomia pascoei Angas, Proc Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 112, PI. xii., 6g.l2.
In the Natural Histor}' Museum at South Kensington, I ex- amined a single specimen, marked as the type of 0. pascoei, and seven specimens marked as types of 0. kreffti Angas. These two agree in all particulars, except that 0. pnscoei has an addi tional whorl, and a corresponding increase in length and breadth. Since it is the adult which 0. pasc<iei represents, and since that
*. Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., iv., 1867, p.412. tMenke, Malak. Blatt., i., 1854, p. 46.
6Y C. HEDLEY. 717
name also happens to have page-precedence, it is recommended that 0. kreffti be reduced to synonymy.
The species haunts creviceson the under surface of loose rocks between tide-marl<s. When kept in an aquarium, it endeavours to creep from the light to the darkest corner available. The colour is uniform cream, the foot truncate or emarginate. The rhinophores are folded, narrow, pointed and divaricate; beneath and between these are two falcate processes. The eyes are black, close together in the median line, just behind the junction of the rhinophores. The external appearance suggests that a natural classification would group the family Pyramideilidfe in Opisthobranchiata near the Activonidse.
DOLABRIFERA BRAZIERI CJOWerby.
(Plate xlix., Hg.25.)
Dolnhrifera brazieri Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1870, p. 250; Id., Angas,oj9. ci<., 1871, p.98. Dohihi'ifera jacksoniensis Pilsbry, Man of Conch., 1896, p.l20, PI. 44, figs.38, 39, 40, 41.
The haunt of this species is the coralline zone of the ocean- rocks, where form and colour tend to conceal it against its native background. In extension, the animal is about four inches long, and one and a half broad. The colour is olive-brown, variegated with buff, and tinged, at the margin and on the tentacles and rhinophores, with green. Upon the back are about a score of warty protuberances, which rise or subside at the will of the animal, and from the summit of which a white filament may project for two or three millimeters, or be with- drawn.
The tentacles are comparatively short and broad, hell-shaped, split nearly to the base, with ragged margin. The rhinophores are narrow, more cylindrical, less deeply notched, set farther back on the neck. Just in front of these are the sessile, incon spicuous, black eyes.
The posterior orifice is set far back, is ovate, about 6 mm. long, with erect margins and an inner lobe rising at the anterior end. Ill front of this, the right side of the mantle overlaps the left. The gill is never exserted.
o
718 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, Xlii.,
Only one species of bliis genus is known l^callv. Mr. Brazier, who collected the type-specimens, agrees with me that D. jacksoniensis probably represents the young of the unfigured D. brazier i. The specimen drawn, I gathered at Long Reef. I have also seen the species at Maroubra.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLVI.-LIL Plate xlvi. Fig. 1. — Solecardia cryptozoica Hedley; animal expanded. Fig. 2. — Marcia nitida Quoy & Gaimard. Fig. 3. — Orifice of inhalant .siphon of same. Fig. 4. — Ainphidesma anyaxta Reeve. Fig. .5. — Ododomia pascoei Angas. Fig. 6. — Hemitoma aspera Gould.
Plate xlvii.
Fig,7. — Scutus antipodes Montfort, crawling.
Fig. 8. — The same at rest.
Fig. 9. — Young stage of same.
Fig. 10. — Lucapinella nigrita Sowerhy.
Fig. 11. — Gena strigosa A. Adams.
Fig. 12. — Monodonta o}>tiisa Dillwyn.
Plate xlviii. Fig. 13. — Xerita meJanotragns Smith. Fig. 14. — Operculum of same. Fig. 15. — Mitra rhodia Reeve. Fig. 16. — Radula of same. Fjtr. 17. — Phenacolepas cinnamomea Gould. pji,_18. — Intromittent organ of same individual.
Fig. 19. — Head of female P. cinnamomea, the lip expanded above the pedal mucous gland.
Plate xlix.
Pig. 20. — Arcularia partkeps Hedley.
Fig. 21. — Xymeiie hanleyi Angas.
Fig. 22. — Operculum of young A'. Iinnkyi, the muscle-scars visible through
its substance. Fig. 23. — Cluster of ova of A', hanhyi. Fig. 24. — A single egg-capsule further enlarged. Fig. 25. — Dolahrifera hrazieri Sowerby, also detail sketch of tubercle and
exserted filament.
BY C. HEDLEY. 719
Plate 1.
Fig. 26. — Phytia ornata Ft^russac.
Fig. 27. — The same from below.
Fig. 28. — Macnlotriton austral is Pease.
Fig. 29. — Operculum of same.
Fig. 30. — Radula of same.
Fig. 31. — MargineUa mustelina Angas.
Fig. 32. — Siphonaria scahra Reeve.
Plate li.
Figs. 33, 34, 35. — Area hotanica HedleJ^ Figs. 36, 37. — Area metella Hedley. Figs. 38, 39. — Lucimla hilalra Hedley. Fig. 40. — Sohcardia cri/pfozoica Hedley.
Plate lii.
Fig.41. — Cardium cyijiiornin Deshayes.
Figs. 42, A'i. — Tellina astida Hedley.
Fig. 44. — Tuyalia intermedia Reeve.
Fig.4o. — Tiiyafia parmophoidea Quo}^ & txaimard.
Fig. 46. — TiKja/ia cicatricosa A. Adams.
Fig. 47. — Tuyalia bascanda Hedley.
720
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA. Part xii.
By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S.
Family CURCULIONID^. Rhinoscapha* darnleyensis, n.sp.
^. Black. Clothed with scales mostly more or less bluish; the elytra with conspicuous markings.
Head with minute punctures; interocular fovea rather deep and marking the end of the median groove of rostrum Rostrum about as long as prothorax; with rather large, irregularly dis- tributed punctures. Antenna? rather thin ; second joint of funicle slightly longer than first, the others all distinctly longer than wide. Prothorax apparently slightly longer than wide, but (by measurement) really slightly transverse; with rather small scattered punctures, the sides with numerous small irregular elevations, a small medio-apical impression. Elytra not much wider than prothorax at base, sides slightly dilated to beyond the middle, with regular rows of large, sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly. Xe^s long and thin. Length(^9), 15-19 mm.
5. Differs in being larger, prothorax somewhat shorter, elytra conspicuously wider, abdomen more convex, and legs shorter.
Hah. — Darnley Island (H. Elgner).
The discovery of a species on Darnley Island brings this fine genus into the Australian region, although it has yet to be recorded from the mainland;! it is structurally close to R. biundulata, R. tricolor, R. egregria, and R. consueta, but readily distinguished by the blue scales; these are rather sparse on the
* Montr., Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon, 1857, vii., p.47. 1 1 have had for many years a specimen (probably of an undescribed species) supposed to be from Queensland, but have been unable to get the locality confirmed.
BY A. M. LHA. 721
head and mixed with setse; on the prothorax, they form four wide but feeble longitudinal vittse; on the legs, tliey are dense- on paits of the undersurface they are dense, but vary to green and to a bluisli-white. The elytra, to the naked eye, appear to have most of the derm glabrous, but really have very fine setae; the markings on each consist of an irregular patch near the scutellum of more or less rusty-red scales, becoming whitish or bluish at the edges, and connected with a smaller patch on the side; an irregular, postmedian fascia, with a short extension (on the fourth interstice) from same to near the basal patch, the scales whitish-green and purple, with a few rusty ones; and a small pale spot on the fifth interstice midway between the post- median fascia and the apex; the suture on the apical slope and the side (except near base) are rather densely clothed with bluish or greenish scales.
Catasarcus spinipennis Fhs.C?), var. insignis, n.var.
C spinipeiuiis is such a variable species, that it does not appear to be desirable to describe, as more than a variety of it, two specimens (from Shark's Bay) that differ from the ordinary forms in being much larger (12-15 mm.), spines at summit of apical slope much longer than usual (about as long as the pro- thorax is wide), and with very diff"erent clothing. The prothorax has, within a narrow median groove, a conspicuous stripe of pale metallic-green, opalescent scales, continued to apex of elytra along suture; on each elytron there are also several conspicuous patches of similar scales; a small one immediately in front of each of the discal tubercles, a conspicuous oblique patch behind the two, and another oblique patch between the median tubercle and base; at the corner of each puncture in the first six rows, from base to tubercles, there are four conspicuous granules (ex- cept at the green patches, where the punctures are smaller and granules absent); on the pronotum there are numerous small tubercles, and the eyes are more conspicuous than usual; the inner side of the hind femora are armed with numerous minute conical granules (but these are present also on the typical form, and on several other species).
55
722 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLKOPTERA, xii.,
A specimen (without locality-label) in the British Museum, differs in having the conspicuous patches and stripe of scales more of a golden-green, and the large tubercles somewhat smaller.
Leptops fumatus, n.sp.
Black. Very densely clothed with scales varying from almost snowy-white to smoky-brown; in addition with numerous long setfe.
nostrum moderately long; median carina distinct but densely clothed throughout; sublateral sulci rather narrow and closed at both ends; scrobes not very deep, slightly directed upwards pos- teriorly. Antennae not very long but rather thin; none of the joints of funicle transverse. Prothorax rather strongly trans- verse, with rough vermiculate elevations, leaving a rather wide irregular median excavation; near apex with a conspicuous, im- pressed, irregular line, not quite meeting on upper surface, but meeting on lower surface. Sciitellum round and distinct. Elytra not much longer than wide, strongly convex, sides strongly rounded and at widest fully twice the width of prothorax; with numerous tubercles, mostly acutely conical and of moderate size; sutui'e with seven pairs of tubercles, the largest acutel}' conical and near summit of apical slope, the others mostly rounded; third, fifth, and seventh interstices with acute tubercles; ninth with a Catasarcus-\ike posthumeral tubercle. Prostei^num. un- armed. Legs rather long; tibiae very feebly denticulate. Length, Hi mm.
//a6.-New South Wales: Broken Hill (Dr. Pulleine).
In the 1906 table of the genus, would be placed in C, /; it is about the size of L. niveus , but the spines are much more acute, the clothing is very different, prothoracic excavation larger and of different shape, rostrum stouter and very differently sculp- tured; the other species of C,j are all very different; L. spiniger is more acutely spined, and has the rostrum longer and otherwise different. The scales are small and round, and so dense as to almost everywhere conceal the derm; on the rostrum, antennae, and legs they are nearly all white, but on the prothorax and
BY A. M. r,EA. 723
elytra the}' have a cui'ious rusty-brown appearance as of having been irregularly smoked, the colour being nioi-e intense about the base of elvtra than elsewhere, but on the scutellum the scales are almost white. The sette are denser on the tibiae, tarsi, muzzle, and apex of abdomen than elsewhere, but they ai-e nowhere sparse; those on the upper surface are more or less golden. The only sign of tlie interocular fovea is a slight de- pression in the scales at its position. Seen directly from in front, the base of the elytra appears to be conspicuously margined by six strong tubercles; these are almost the largest, but the most acute ones are those on and about the summit of the apical slope.
Leptops mucidus, n.sp.
Black. Densely clothed with small, soft scales, varying from ashen-white to pale muddy-brown; in addition with numerous stiif setse, becoming denser and thinner on tibia^, tarsi, and abdomen.
Head flat between eyes, interocular fovea scarcely traceable. Rostrum moderately long; median carina distinct in middle, but not traceable to interocular fovea or apical plate; sublateral sulci long, narrow, and deep, but almost open posteriorly; scrobes very shallow posteriorly. Antennae not very stout; two basal joints of funicle comparatively long, none of the others trans- verse. Prolhorax almost as long as wide, sides rather strongly rounded; with numerous small tubercles or large granules; with a small medio-apical impression. Elytra elliptic-ovate, at widest fully twice the width of prothorax, with numerous small tubercles or nodes, mostly rounded, but a few subconical; with fairly regular punctures about sides, but the derm elsewhere mostly vermiculate-rugose. Frostermhm, unarmed. Leys rather long; tibite feebly denticulate. Length, 17-1 8 mm.
Hah. — Western Australia : Killerberrin (H. J. Carter), Swan River (British Museum).
The two specimens before me are probably feujales; in the 1906 table of the genus, they would be referred to C, j, but their general appearance is very different from those of any species of that group, and at a glance they seem near L. cucozelus, fi'om
724 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, XU.,
which, however, they differ in many details. The scales are of almost even density throughout; on the elytra, the sette are more numerous on the tubercles and the apical slope than else- where; on the pronotum, many of the granules are supplied with two or more setae; the granules themselves are seldom con- joined, so that the surface does not appear to be vermiculate; on the elytra, the suture has two irn^gular rows of small tubercles, of which the largest (but still small) are a conjoined pair near summit of apical slope; there are fairly numerous tubercles on the third, fifth, and seventh interstices, but the intervening ones are also supplied with a few, and there is an obtuse Catasarcus- like posthumeral tubercle on the ninth; altogether there are about thirty tubercles on each elytron.
Leptops graniventris, n.sp.
Black. Densely clothed with small, round, muddy-brown or chocolate-brown scales; in addition, with numerous short, dark setse.
Head with interocular fovea distinct. Rostrum not very long, sides rather strongly incurved to middle. Antennse com- paratively short and stout, but no joint of funicle transverse. Frothorax strongly transverse, sides irregularly rounded, base gently incurved at middle; sui'face vermiculate. Scute! him small and subtriangular. Elytra subovate, much wider than prothorax; with rows of large punctures; each elytron with three con- spicuously elevated lines, of which one commences on the shoulder as a distinct tubercle. Abdomen with numerous small, shining, setiferous granules on all segments; a few also on meta- sternum. Legs not very long, tibia? not visibly denticulate. Length, 8^-ll|mm.
Hab. — Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardca.stle).
On account of the humeral tubercles, the elytra cannot be regarded as non-tuberculate; consequently, in the 1906 table, the species would be associated with those referred to L, from all of which it is very different On the elytra, the setae are rather dense on the suture and on the elevated interstices, but sparse in between; on the tibiae, they are considerably denser
BY A. M. LEA. 725
than elsewhere, but not particularly long. The clothing is so dense on the rostrum as to partially conceal its sculpture; the median carina is distinct in the middle, but does not appear to extend to theinterocular fovea or the apical plate; the sublateral sulci appear to be short and rather shallow; the scrobes are dilated and shallowed posteriorly, and appear to touch the lower half of the eyes. The head, on each side near the eye, appears to have a feeble, oblique ridge, but this is perhaps due more to a line of stiff setae than to any actual elevation of the derm; there are certainly no distinct tubercles present as on L. bai/eyi and some other species, although the species is obviously allied to L. frontalis. There is a shallow medio-apical impression on the prothorax. The elytral punctures are large, but not in geminate rows, and a few are transversely confluent; about the base and apex the rows are constricted and irregular, but across the middle there are. on the female, between the suture and the first elevated line, three rows; between the first and second, four or five rows; between the second and third, four or five rows; and between the third and margin, five or six rows; on the male, the rows are three, three, three, and five in number. The female differs from the male also in Ijeing larger and wider, elytra fully twice the width of prothorax (as against about once and one-half in the male), and the legs are somewhat shorter.
Leptops intricatus, n.sp.
Black. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales; with stout setfe, rather numerous but somewhat iri'egularly distributed on upper surface, but becoming denser and longer on muzzle, abdo- men, and legs.
Eostrnm moderately long, sculpture partially concealed. Antennfe moderately long and thin; second joint of funicle longer than first. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides irregu- larly rounded; coarsely vermiculate, with an irregular medio- frontal depression. Elytra suddenly wider than prothorax, not much wider at middle than across shoulders; surface very irregular. Legs moderately long; tibise not visibly denticulate. Length, 11-13^ mm.
726 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
Hab. — Queensland : CunnamuUa (H. Hardcastle).
Tn the 1906 table of the genus, would be referred to KK, from all the species of which its elytral sculpture will readily dis- tinguish it. At first glance, it appears close to L. glohicollis, but the scape is considerably longer than in that syiecies, and the prothorax and elytra are really very differently sculptured. In some respects, it is close to the preceding species, but the rostrum is longer and differently sculptured, the antennte thinner, elytra differently sculptured, and abdomen without granules. The median carina of the rostrum is hardly more than traceable on the smallest specimen, but on the others it appears to start from a small interocular fovea, and to terminate before the apical plate; the sublateral sulci are narrow and apparently open pos- teriorly; the scrobes become so shallow posteriorly as to practi- cally vanish. The sculpture of the elytra is very peculiar, and appears to consist of irregularly elevated interstices connected with others by short nodes, giving the general surface a some- what roughly vermiculate appearance; thus, although the suture has no distinct ly elevated tubercles, it appears to be connected with the second interstice by about eight small nodes, each being placed at the distance of about three punctures: the third and fifth interstices have many such transverse nodes, the seventh has a few, but a few distinctly elevated tubercles as well; in consequence, there appear to be numerous narrow, suboblong depressions of undulating depths, between irregular transverse and longitudinal elevations, the punctures themselves are large but mostly shallow, but they become deep and regular on the sides and on part of the apical slope.
Leptops murinus, n.sp.
Black. Densely covered with smoky or mouse-coloured scales, in places lightl}' mixed with white; in addition, with numerous stout, more or less decumbent, whitish setse.
Head somewhat flattened between eyes; interocular fovea con- cealed. Rostrum stout, sides dilated from base to near apex, median carina distinct. Scape short, rather strongly increasing in width to apex; second joint of funicle longer than first, some
ftY A M. t.EA. I2l
of the following ones liglitly transverse. Prothorax lightly transverse, sides rather strongly and evenly rounded, median line narrow and distinct, towards sides somewhat vermiculate. Sculelhim very small. Elytra not very much wider tlian pro- thorax, sides almost parallel from behind slioulders (which are oblique) to beyond the middle; with geminate rows of large, but not closely adjacent, punctures; third, fifth, and seventh inter- stices lightly elevated, and in places obtusely tuberculate. Legs rather stout; front tibiae rather strongly curved and moderately denticulate. Length, 10 mm.
7/«6.— Queensland : Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler).
The type being unique and in perfect condition, it has not been abraded. In the 1906 table of the genus, it would be referred to L. From L. globicollis, it differs in the elytra not much wider than the prothorax at its widest, alternate inter- stices much less conspicuously elevated, prothorax smaller, with sides less strongly rounded, and rostrum shorter and differently sculptured; L. corrugaliis and L. aryiUaceus have very different elytra. The setae are mostly depressed, but on account of their colour being paler than the scales, they are rather conspicuous; on the tibiae, they are denser than elsewhere, not very long on the upper surface of same, but decidedly longer on their under- surface, where they are almost as long as on the muzzle. The sublateral sulci and the scrobes are greatly obscured by the clothing, but the former appear to be subtriangular, and to be open posteriorly; the latter appear to be very shallow posteriorly and to be directed below the lower edge of the eyes. There is a fairly distinct, but obtuse, tubercle on each shoulder, and another on the fifth interstice near summit of apical slope, but the elytra miyht almost fairlv be regarded as non-tuberculate.
Leptops scaber, n.sp.
Black. Densely clothed with dark brown scales; with short, stout setae, not vei'y dense on prothorax and elytra, but becoming denser on rostrum and femora, and much denser and longer on tibiae.
Head with a fairly large interocular fovea. Rostrum long,
728 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
parallel-sided to near apex, and then rather strongly inflated; median carina distinct, except near base and apex; sublateral sulci narrow, at base suddenly directed inwards so as almost to touch the interocular fovea; scrobes deep, directed on to lower surface, where they almost meet. Antennae modeiately stout; scape not quite touching the eye; two basal joints of funicle of equal length, but second apparently the longer (from above), some of the following ones feebly transverse. Prcthorax not much wider than long, sides irregularly rounded, with an irregu- lar medio-frontal excavation; with numerous rounded tubercles or large granules, a few of which are irregularly conjoined. Elytra subelliptic, at base scarcely wider than prothorax, but much wider across middle; with irregular rows of large punc- tures, becoming regular on sides; third, fifth, and seventh inter- stices tuberculate. Legs rather stout; tibiae not visibly denticu- late. Length, 15mm.
Hab. — Queensland: Coen (J. A. Anderson); unique.
In the 1906 table of the genus, would be associated with L. superciliaris, whieh is a much smaller and otherwise very different species. The combination, in fact, of sublateral sulci almost meeting on the upper surface, and scrobes almost meeting on the undersurface, is without parallel in the genus. It is a rough- looking species, at first glance like some females of L. multi- nodosus and L. cicatricosus. A few of the scales have a faint golden lustre; each of the femora has an obscure dark ring. The elvtral tubercles are mostly obtuse, although a few are sub- conical; the largest is on the third interstice at summit of apical slope, the next largest is on the fifth; on the seventh, they are few in number and small.
Leptops concinnus, n.sp.
Black. Very densely clothed with glistening white scales, with a silvery or rosy gloss; setae mostly confined to rostrum, legs, and undersurface.
/lead somewhat flattened between eyes; interocular fovea not traceable. Rostrum moderately long; median carina apparently absent, intermediate ones obtuse; sublateral sulci rather deep.
BY A. M. LEA. 729
subcrescentic in shape, and closed at both ends; scrobes deep, directed below lower edge of eyes. Antennse comparatively long and thin; second joint of fiinicle distinctly longer than first. Prothurax moderately transverse, sides irregularly rounded and widest slightly in advance of the middle; surface vermiculate- tuberculate, with a rather small medio-frontal impression. Elytra separately rounded at base and increasing in width to beyond the middle; with rows of fairly large, conspicuously black punctures; third interstice with a large tubercle at summit of apical slope, and numerous shining black nodes between same and base, fifth with a somewhat smaller tubercle and less numerous nodes, se^enth with somewhat larger nodes and an obtuse humeral tubercle. Legs rather long; tibiae not visibly denticulate. Length, 17 mm.
Hab. — Queensland : Coen (J. A. Anderson;; unique.
AVith the general shape of L. iliarus, L. nodicollis, and L. maleficus, but with very peculiar clothing; the curious satiny lustre of the scales is almost the same (although varying in shades) throughout, but on the rostrum and legs the lustre is interrupted by the setae. The setag on the elytra are almost confined to the suture and apical slope, elsewhei'e being either absent or traceable with difhculty; from the prothorax at first they appear to be entirely absent, but a few small ones may be traced by their slightly darker colour than the scales; between the ej'es, on the rostrum and legs, they are dense, stiff, and brownish; on the undersurface of the tibiae, and on the abdomen, they are pale. The deep, black punctures and the conspicuously shining black nodes give the elytra a rather curious appearance. The rostrum appears to be non-carinate along the middle, but the type was not abraded to make certain of this.
Leptops minor, n.sp
Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales, mixed with stout sette.
Head with interocular fovea narrow. Eyes rather convex, scarcely once and one-half as deep as wide. Rostrum rather long; median and intermediate carinas very distinct through
730 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
clothing; suhlateral sulci narrow; scrolies deep only in front, directed towards middle of eyes. Antennae comparatively long and thin. Prothorax almost as Ion" as wide, sides evenly rounded; with numerous small tubercular elevations, and with a small medio-frontal impression. tScutelhim absent. Elytra strongly convex, elliptic-ovate, across base no wider than pro- thorax, l)ut almost twice as wide across middle, with rows of large, partially concealed punctures; third interstice with an obtuse tubercle at summit of apical slope, and a still more obtuse one near base, fifth with two obtuse ones slightly closer together than those on third. Legs moderately long but rather stout- tibiae feebly denticulate. Length, 7-8 mm.
Hab. —Queensland : Brisbane (H. W. Cox).
The absence of a scutellum associates this species with L. tetrajjhysodes, but the tubercles are differently placed; on that species, the four nearer the suture are placed, as it were, at the corners of a square; on the present species, the two iieai*er the base are fully twice as distant as those from summit of the apical slope, as the two on the third interstice on the left elytron are to their fellows on the right; the punctures and clothing are also different On the elytra, the sette are fairly dense on the suture and elevated parts, but rather sparse elsewhere; on the prothorax, they are fairly numerous, and, on the front margin, are condensed into two feeble fascicles.
Onesokus hoplocnemus, n.sp.
Black, appendages in parts obscurely diluted with red. Moderately densely clothed with greyish-white scales.
Head wide and gently convex between eyes, these vei-y pro- minent, llostrum short, wide, and rather flat, median carina very feeble; sublateral sulci apparently absent. Scape about as long as four following joints combined; first joint of funicle slightly shorter than second, the four apical ones subglobular. Prothorax almost twice as wide as the median length; with large, irregular punctures, and subreticulate elevations. Scu- tellum small. Elytra rather briefly ovate, sides strongly rounded; with rows of large, deep punctures, close together, but partially
BY A. M. LEA. 731
concealed by scales; no interstices conspicuously elevated. H ind tibia'- with a few conspicuous teeth; claw-joint elongate, the claws separated throughout. Length, 6| mm.
Hab. — N.W. Australia: Wyndham (Inspector Stephens).
In some respects close to 0. ocularis but smaller, eyes not suban^ulate, and no elvtral interstices elevated. There aie a few granules on the two basal segments of abdomen. The clothing is of an almost uniform dingy-white throughout, and nowhere condensed into markings, but the type appears to be somewhat abraded.
Amisallus tubercumfkons, n.sp.
Black, antenna; and tarsi feebly diluted with red. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with setse.
Head with two large, obtuse tubercles between eyes; these very narrow. Rostrum moderately long, dilated towards apex, median carina traceable through clothing; apical triangle con- spicuously elevated and shining. Scape rather lightly curved, rather rapidly increasing in width to apex; two basal joints of funicle moderately long, second slightly longer than first, all the others transverse. Prothorax moderately transverse, rather widely depressed along middle, each side of depression con- spicuously bituberculate towards apex, with numerous small tubercles or nodes elsewhere. Elytra briefly subovate, strongly convex, much wider than prothorax; with rows of very large punctures, regular only on sides; with numerous round, con- spicuous tubercles. Length, 7-8 mm.
Hab. — N.S.W.: Sydney (A. J. Coates), Kurrajong (Macleay Museum)
In general appearance like A. nodosus, but elytra without small tubercles on suture at summit of apical slope, and median channel of prothorax deeper, with the tubercles at its sides con- siderably larger; seen directly from in front, the apex of the prothorax is very conspicuously bituberculate. There are a few- inconspicuous tubercles at the extreme base of elytra, but the larger ones are in two rows on each elytron, and so placed that the end ones, whilst distinctly belonging to the inner row, might
732 TfEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, XU.,
also be regarded as the end ones of the outer row; the inner row consists of a large one, then two smaller ones, then a large one at summit of apical slope, and then some smaller ones on the slope itself; the outer row commences with the largest tubercle on the elytron, and is followed by three others gradually de- creasing in size; there are also a few granules on the V)asal half of the suture
Amisallus basipennis, n sp.
Black, appendages in places diluted with red. Densely clothed with muddy-brown, slightly variegated scales, inter- spersed with setae.
Head with two fairly large but very obtuse tubercles between eyes. Rostrum moderately long, somewhat dilated towards apex. >cape with basal half thin, then suddenly and strongly dilated to apex; funicle thin, two basal joints elongate, the others subglobular. Prothorax strongly transverse, widely excavated along middle, strongly impressed each side in front, the sides somewhat rough. Elytra much wider than prothorax; with rows of large, partially concealed punctures, regular only on sides; each with two rows of conspicuous tubercles, and a few small ones on suture and towards sides. Claw-joint unusually long. Length, 4-4^ mm.
Ilab. Victoria: Mallee (C. French).
The inner row of tubercles on each elytron is composed of six or seven, and the outer of tive or six; the basal tubercle of each row is large, elongate, oblique, and rapidly slopes downwards, with its base slightly overhanging the base of the prothorax. It is the smallest of the genus, and readily distinguished from all others by the four, large, basal tubercles of elytra; the groove on the prothorax is deeper than usual, and the walls by which it is bounded are roughly elevated rather than tuberculate: the rostrum is so densely clothed that the median carina, if present, is entirely concealed.
I am acquainted with two other small species of Amisallus^ one of which has a remarkably stout scape; but the specimens are so heavily encrusted with mud (that could not be removed
BV A. M. LEA. 733
without much of the clothing as well) that it is inadvisable to describe them.
POLYPHRADES APICALIS, n.Sp.
Black, tarsi reddish, other parts of appendages very obscurely diluted witli red. Densely clothed with light brown scales, with a few spots of darker scales, but becoming ashen on undersurface and legs; with rather dense, more or less depressed setae.
Rostrum short and wide, on an almost even plane with head, with a narrow median line continued on to head; inter-antennary space wide; apical plate triangular and densely punctate. Scape curved, stout at apex; first joint of funicle as long as second and third combined, fourth to seventh lightly transverse. Prothorax (at widest) almost twice as wide as long, sides rather strongly and evenly rounded ; with dense, round granules, traceable before abrasion. Elytra subovate, sides i-ather strongly rounded, base no wider than base of prothorax; with regular rows of large punctures, appearing much smaller before abrasion. Claws almost equal and distinctly separated only at tip. Length, 6 mm.
^«6.— Queensland (Henry Hacker's No. 952).
The second and third strife (from the suture) near the apex are deflected, at right angles, to become the first and second lateral ones, without interruption of any sort; on most species of the genus, there is a costate elevation there (as on P. longipentds) or at least the continuation of an interstice interposed, as it were, between the sutural and lateral striie, and by this character alone (although there are others) it may be distinguished from all the other species from Queensland. The head and rostrum, from behind, appear to be on an even plane, but, from the side, there is seen to be a slight depression at their junction; the rostrum is scarcely longer than in P. brevirostris (a species it has little in common with), but the inter-antennary space is less conspicuously dilated posteriorly. Although not a strikingly distinct species, I know of no really closely allied one. The darker markings on the prothorax are mostly basal; on the elytra, they are mostly feeble spots starting from punctures in the strije.
734 NEW SPECIKS OF AUSTKALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
POLYPHRADES CORDATUS, ll.sp.
Black, appendages more or less reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-brown mottled with ashen scales, becoming almost entirely ashen on undersurface; elytra with sparse setae, distinct only on sides and on apical slope.
Rostrum not very long, sides almost parallel, transversely im- pressed on each side of base; inter-aiitennarv space almost parallel, not conspicuously tricarinate: apical triangle distinct. Antennte not vei-y stout; first joint of funicle as long as second and third combined, second as long as third and fourth combined, third to seventh transverse. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides rather strongly rounded, derm concealed. Elytra con- spicuously cordate, each separately rounded at base, sides strongly rounded; with regular rows of large punctures, appearing much smaller and in narrow strise before abrasion. Claws short and feebly cleft. Length, 3 mm.
/fa6.— N.S.W.: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea).
A very small species, with the elytra more perfectly heart- shaped than in any other species (even including P. cordipennis) before me. Prom the many small species of the genus, readily distinguished by the combination of heart-shaped and incon- spicuously setose elytra, short rostrum (notched on each side of base), and short scape. In general appearance, it comes fairly close to P. marmoratus before abrasion, but the elytra are some- what different at the base, the prothorax and rostrum are nar- rower, and the colour of the derm is different; P. inconspicuus has distinctly longer elytra, rostrum, and antennae. In some lights, a row of setse may be traced on each elytral interstice. No granules are traceable on the prothorax before abrasion; and where the disc has been partly aljraded, a few fairly large punc- tures are in evidence, but no granules. The type appears to be a female.
POLYPHRADES SUBTERRANEUS, n.Sp.
(J. Blackish, some parts obscurely diluted with red, append- ages usually entirely reddish. Densely clothed with somewhat variegated scales; mixed with numerous stout, more or less erect seta^;.
BY A. M. LEA. 735
Eyes not very large, and almost circular. Rostrum rather short, apparently non-carinate ; apical plate subtriangular. Scape moderatelv long and lightly curved, thickened toM'ards apex; first joint of funicle rather stout, as long as second and third combined, the following ones transverse. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongU' rounded : with numerous, small, round granules, and fairly large punctures, but all more or less concealed before abrasion. Elytra briefly elliptic-ovate, each separately rounded at base, sides rather strongly and evenly rounded; with regular rows of rather large punctures, appearing very small through clothing. Length, 2-2^ mm.
5. Differs in having somewhat larger elytra, basal segments of abdomen more convex, and legs somewhat shorter.
Hab. — Tasmania: Hobart; abundant at roots of beach-growing plants in July (A. M. Lea).
A small M midalotus-\\\LQ form, but without free claws; these at first appear to be single, but on very elo.se examination are seen to be cleft at the tip; consequently the species is referable to Polyphr tides. The clothing is very variable, but is mostly of a muddy-brown, more or less conspicuously variegated with ashen (sometimes almost white); and, in certain lights, many of the paler scales frequently have a golden gloss; each side of the prothorax is usually clothed with a conspicuous pale patch; on the elytra, the pale spots and patches vary from scarcely traceable and of but slight extent, to very conspicuous and occupying fully one-third of the surface; the sculpture of the upper surface of the rostrum is entirely concealed by the scales. The derm itself is often reddish in parts, especially on the elytra and undersurface; the legs are usually conspicuously reddish, but the femora and tibiae are sometimes deeply infuscated.
Manda LOTUS MiCROSCOPicus, n.sp.
Of a dingy reddish-brown, antennae and tarsi paler. Densely clothed with muddy-brown, feebly variegated scales, interspersed with stout setae.
Rostrum rather short, sculpture of upper surface entirely con. cealed. Scape not very long, somewhat dilated to apex; first
736 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOP'I'ERA, xii.,
joint of funicle stouter and longer than second, the others all transverse. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides rather strongly rounded. Elytra elongate-subovate, at widest about middle. Two basal segments of abdomen flat in middle. Legs rather short and stout; front coxfe lightly but distinctly separated. Length, '2 mm.
/^„6.— N.S.W. : Muswellbrook (Dr. K. W. Ferguson).
A minute and rather narrow species, of which two specimens, probably males, are before me; its size alone will readily dis- tinguish the species from all those referred to K, in the 1914 table of the genus. One specimen has the derm considerably paler than the other, its undersurface being no darker than the legs. The setse on the upper surface are of two colours, stra- mineous and dark brown, the paler ones being stouter and more conspicuous than the others. On abrasion, the pronotum is seen to be without granules, but with rather dense punctures; on the elytra, the punctures, although fairly large, are entirely concealed, their places being marked by light striation of the clothing.
Mandalotus magnicollis, n.sp.
(J. Blackish, some parts obscurely diluted with red; antennje castaneous. Densely clothed with ashen-grey scales, on the elytra mottled with brown; with numerous sette.
Rostrum moderately long, median carina narrow and distinct throughout. Antennae rather long and thin; second joint, of funicle distinctly longer than first. Prothorax almost as long as wide; sides evenly rounded, with a narrowly impressed median line, and a deeper transverse one at base; with numerous rounded granules, readily traceable through clothing. Elytra slightly narrower than prothorax, and not twice as long, base truncate, sides parallel to beyond the middle; with regular rows of large, partially concealed punctures ; alternate interstices feebly ele- vated, with a few indistinct scattered granules, but some fairly distinct ones on suture. Metasternuvi and abdomen with a large excavation common to both; basal segment of the latter with a feeble carina in middle of apex, second segment with a rather
BY A. M. LEA. l6i
conspicuous curved carina near apex. Front cox(f- rather widely separated; femora stout: tibise granulate, the front pair rather strongly denticulate on lower surface. Length, 5h nun.
Z^ai.— N.S.W. : Taralga (Dr. E. W. Ferguson).
In the latest talkie of the genus,* would be associated with M. granulatus and M.faligiiieus, but readily distinguished from these by the abdomen. In general appearance, it is something Mke JJ. piliventris, M. caviventris, and some specimens of M. ventralis, but with the abdomen carinate: the only other de- scribed species having the abdomen ti-ansversely bicarinate is il/. bicarinatus, but, on that species, the carina on the first .seg- ment is much more distinct than on the second, the front coxje are much closer together, and the size is very much less. The excavation on the undersurface is very conspicuous, but less so than on M. fovedtus. On the prothorax, there is a depressed seta on each granule; on the elytra, the sette are in single rows on the interstices, but the four lateral ones, except at the tip, are non-setose. A few inconspicuous gi-anules are present on the elytra.
Family CERAMBYCTD^.
UrACANTHUS GLABRILINEATUS, n.Sp.
(J. Dark piceous-brown, becoming black in places; elytra with apical two-thirds light castaneous. Densely but somewhat irregularly clothed with stramineous pubescence, very dense along undersurface of middle femora.
Head with median line deep and narrow, base rather densely punctate. Antennte almost extending to tip of elytra, fourth to tenth joints dilated on one side of apex, eleventh about one- third longer than tenth, slightly notched on lower side near apex. I'rothorax much longer than wide, base about one-fourth wider than apex, sides bisinuate: transversely corrugate through- out, and with two small nodes in middle. Elytra moderately narrowed from shoulders to basal third, thence parallel-sided almost to apex, each strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose
* Trans. R03'. Soe. S. Au.st., 1914, p.299. 56
738
NEW SPKCIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLKOPTERA, xii.,
at apex, the sutural spine longer and more acute than the other; basal third with dense punctures of moderate size, the inter- spaces witli small, dense ones, elsewhere with very small punc- tures. Length, 25 mm.
Hab.— Western Australia : Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
In some respects close to i/. simulans, but tips of elytra bidentate, subhumeral markings partially clothed, and each elytron with five glabrous lines. Each elytron, to the naked eye, has a large dark sulihumeral patch, on which the clothing is sparse in places, but the space between the patches is quite as dark as the patches themselves; although, being densely clothed, its colour is normally concealed; from each of the subglabrous patches, three glabrous lines extend almost to the apex; the suture and the mai^gin are also narrowly glabrous. On the pro- thorax, the clothing has a somewhat loose appearance, but is condensed into two fairly conspicuous oblique lines.
Uracanthus inkrmis, n.sp.
$. Reddish-castaneous. Densely but irregularly clothed with pale pubescence, four hind femora conspicuously clothed along middle of undersurface.
Head with median line narrow and abruptly terminated before base, the latter densely granulate-punctate ; clypeus densely punctate, suture deep and semicircular. Antennae terminated a short distance before apex of elytra, most of the joints very feebly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, base very little wider than apex, sides feebly dilated at middle; strongly transversely corrugated, but the corrugations more or less interrupted before middle, each side of middle with a small, round nodule. Elytia very little (except near base not at all) wider than prothorax, sides feebly diminishing in width to basal fourth, thence parallel-sided to apex, where each is evenly rounded; with several scarcely visible longitudinal elevations; punctures very minute. Length ((J2), 22-26 mm.
9 Differs in having somewhat shorter antennae, wider abdo- men, and femora not densely clothed along undersurface.
BY A. M. LteA. 739
//a6. — Queensland : Cairns (E. Allen), Endeavour River (C. French).
In general appearance, strikingly close to U. bivittatiis, Vjut with tips of elytra (juite strongly rounded, without the least traces of notches or spines. The prothorax has four conspicuous lines of subochreous pubescence, with the intervening spaces highly polished and almost glabrous; but just outside of the sub- median line, there are two small spots of clothing; the median subglabrous space is unusually wide. On each elytron, a fairly wide glabrous line commences on each shoulder, and is traceable almost to apex; but, from about the middle, it is distinctly narrowed and lightly clothed. The false suture of the eleventh joint of antennfe is quite distinct on two of the specimens before me, and traceable on the other. The corrugations of the pro- thorax are strong, but, along the middle, the surface (except at base and apex) is smooth and shining.
Uracanthus maleficus, n.sp.
(J. Piceo-castaneous, elytra and parts of appendages somewhat paler. Densely clothed with short stramineous pubescence, becoming almost golden on head and prothorax, on the latter condensed into conspicuous vittse, leaving three polished and almost glabrous spaces; sterna with almost golden pubescence, somewhat longer and darker than on abdomen.
Head with median line very narrow; clypeus with moderately dense, partially concealed punctures, suture deep and .semicircular. Antennae long and thin, fully two joints passing elytra, most of the joints rather acutely produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one fourth longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as long as the apical width, but this much less than that of the base, sides somewhat dilated in middle, surface gently undulating and smooth. Elytra considerably wider than prothorax, each at ape.x semicircularly emargina.te and strongly bispinose, each with two feeble elevations and remnants of a third; basal third with dense and fairly coarse punctures, becoming much smaller to middle, thence with very small ones only. Length {$^), 25-32 mm.
740
NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.
9. Differs in having antennae terminated before apex of elytra, with their serrations less pronounced, elytra longer and wider, with smaller punctures about base, abdomen larger, and legs somewhat shorter, with thinner tarsi.
llah. — Tasmania: Sprent (A. M. Lea).
Uracauthus mafejicus, n.sp. The widely glabrous, median portion of pronotum, without transverse or irregular corrugations, and wide, immaculate elytra, each conspicuously bispinose at apex, readily distinguish this from all previously described species. The elytra are uniformly clothed throughout, except that, on each side of the scutellum, the pubescence is slightly longer and more brightly coloured than elsewhere; the glabrous median space on the pronotum is about twice the width of the lateral ones; there is a cluster of coarse punctures on each side of the clypeus, but they are normally almost concealed. The clothing of the undersurface of the four hind femora of the male is rather denser than on the female, but is not conspicuously different as on so many species of the genus.
BY A. M. LEA. 741
A hazelnut-hedge at Sprent was practically destroyed by larvae of this species, and the specimens described were reared from sections of the attected trees.
UrACANTHUS VENTRALIS, n.sp.
(J. Reddish-castaneous. Rather densely clothed with whitish pubescence; four hind femora along middle of undersurface with dense subochreous clothing; three basal segments of abdomen each with a conspicuous round medio-apical spot, on which the clothing is somewhat darker and longer than on the adjacent parts.
Head with median line deep and narrow; clypeus with dense irregular punctures, suture partially concealed. Antenna:^ dis- tinctly passing elytra, third joint lightly, fourth to tenth trian- gularly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-fourth longer than tenth. Frothorax much longer than wide, base not much wider than apex, sides strongly and almost evenly rounded in middle, strongly transversely corrugated, but across middle irregular. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, tips evenly rounded but suture strongly spinose ; each with two feebly elevated lines and renniants of two others; basal third with dense and coarse punctures, rapidly becoming smaller to middle, and dense and small posteriorly. Length, 17 mm.
Hab. — Western Australia: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
In general appearance, fairly close to U. striijusus and U. albatufi, and with somewhat similar abdominal clothing to the males of those species, but each elytron unispinose instead of bispinose, prothorax with more uniform clothing, the lateral node more obtuse and more distant from the base, antenna? consider- ably longer, etc. It is allied to U. snturalis, but is paler, pro- thorax with sides more evenly rounded, each with four lines of pale clothing, with the interspaces sparsely clothed (on U. (iiUuralis the lines of clothing are more lunnerous, and the inter- spaces are glabrous), but in particular by the curious abdominal clothing.
742 NEW SPEClKS OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTKHA, xii..
Uracanthus corrugicollis, n.sp.
^. Piceous-bruwn, elytra and parts of appendages paler. Moder- ately densely clothed with ashen pubescence, somewhat shorter and sparser on elyti-a than elsewhere; middle femora densely clothed along middle of undersurface.
Head with median line deep and nai'r(jw; clypeus with dense, irregular punctures, suture deep and triangular. Antenna? ex- tending to tip of elytra, fifth to tenth joints ti'iangularly pro- duced on one side at aj^ex, eleventh about one-fourth longer than tenth. Frotho7-ax moderately long, base distinctly wider than apex, sides subangular about middle; strongly transversely corru- gated, but irregular and with a few small nodes across middle. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, moderately decreasing in width to basal fourth, each moderately notched at apex, with the suture spinose; densely and minutely punctate. Length, 26 mm.
ffab. — Western Australia : Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
A rather dark species of moderate size, with elytra lightly but uniformly clothed, and without distinctly elevated lines; each is vinispinose only, as the outer portion of the apical notch is quite evenly rounded; the prothoracic corrugations are unusually strong.
Uracanthus atkr, n.sp.
(J. Deep black, part of elytra very obscurely diluted with red. Moderately clothed with ashen pubescence, four hind femora along middle of undersurface with dense, conspicuous clothing.
f/ead with median line very narrow; clypeus with a few large punctures, its suture semicircular. Antennje slightly passing- elytra, fifth to tenth joints triangularly produced on one side at apex, eleventh one-third longer than tenth. Fruthorax not much longer than basal width, which is somewhat greatei- than that of apex, sides angulate in middle; strongly and irregularly corru- gated, with some small nodes across middle. Elytra not much wider than prothora.x, parallel-sided from about basal third, each rounded at apex, but slightly notched near suture, with the
BY A. M. LEA. 743
suture briefly spinose; densely and rather finely punctate, and with very feeble elevated lines. Length, 21 mm.
Hah. — Central Australia (H. Hacker).
Structurally close to the preceding species, but much darker, elytra witli rather coarser (although not large) punctures, pro- thoracic corrugations more iri'egular, and hind femora, as well as the middle pair, \\ ith dense, masculine clothing. The pubescence on the head is dense, on ^he prothorax it is longer and sparser, on the elytra it is rather short and sparse (the type evidently has the base of the eh'tra somewhat abraded), on the stei'na it is very dense.
Earinus bimaculatus, n.sp.
^. Head, antenni\?, and legs black, with a more or less brassy- green gloss; eh'tra, mesosternum, metasternum, basal and apical segments of abdomen, and tips of the others metallic bluish-green; prothorax (two large spots excepted) and most of the three median segments of abdomen flavous. Clothed with long, straggling, black and ashen hairs, third and fourth segments of abdomen each with a rounded, medio-apical space with very dense, sooty pubescence.
Head with very dense and rather coarse punctures, but becom- ing sparse in front. Four basal joints of antenna? shining and with distinct punctures, third as long as first and much longer than fourth, eleventh slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax very little wider at base than at apex, from about middle sti'ongly dilated towards base, but abruptly narrowed before same; with sparsely and irregularly distributed punctures, mostly of moderate size. Elytra very little wider than widest part of prothorax, rather strongly narrowed to beyond the middle, each somewhat acute at apex : with dense and rather coarse punctures, but shoulders and extreme base with sparse and small ones. Leys moderately long and thin, and with distinct punctures. Length, 14 mm.
Bab. — Tasuiania : Huon River (A. M. Lea), unique.
744 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
The genus is now first recoi^ded from Tasmania; the species is alHed to E. mimulus, but the elytra are non-fasciate and pro- thorax himaculate. The spots on the prothorax are large, blackish-brown, slightly nearer the base than apex, and slightl}- nearer the sides than middle^ the long hairs on the antenna^ do not extend beyond the sixth joint, on the elytra the clothing is sparser and paler than on the prothorax. The elytral punctures are not in regular series; although with an irregular lineate arrangement in i^laces, they are coarsest at about one-fifth from the base; at about one-fifth from tlie apex, there is a feebly elevated (somewhat purplish) irregular transverse elevation, im mediately beyond which the punctures deci'ease in size.
Earinus humeralis, n.sp.
Flavous; head between eyes, clypeus, a large spot on each side of middle of prothorax, scutellum, shoulders, apex and a post- median fascia on elytra, mesosternum, most of metasternum, legs (base of femora and parts of coxje excepted) and antennte (base of third, fourth, and fifth joints excepted) black or blackish. Clothed with long, straggling, blackish and ashen hairs; elytra, in addition, with short, pale, aiid rather sparse pubescence.
Head with verj' dense and rather coarse punctures, but becom- ing sparser and smaller on clypeus; median line narrow and deep. Antennae moderately thin, four basal joints shining and with distinct punctures, third joint slightly longer than first and much longer than fourth, fifth distinctly longer than fourth and sixth, eleventh longer than tenth. Prothorax with basal and apical fourths comparatively narrow and parallel-sided, the intervening space strongly dilated towards base, but abruptly narrowed before same; with punctures varying from sparse and small to moderately dense and coarse. Elytra very little wider than widest part of prothorax, moderately narrowed to basal third; with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming smaller pos- teriorly, and much sparser on shoulders and about extreme base. Legs moderately long, and with distinct punctures. Length, 10 mm.
BY A. M. LRA. 745
//o7>.— Queensland: Townsville (H. H. D. Griffith).
Allied to E. pictiis, but prothorax with two disconnected spots (rounded in front and angular behind), each shoulder with a black, isolated patch, and basal half of third, fourth, and fifth joints of antenna? pale. The postmedian fascia on the elytra is slightly longer than the fiavous portion between it and the apex. The long hairs on the antennae do not extend beyond the fifth joint. The abdomen is missing from the type.
Two specimens of this species in Mr. Griffith's collection ai'e in perfect condition; on each of them the abdomen is of a bright red with a large black spot on the side of each segment, except of the posterior one, which is black throughout, except for a narrow medio-basal portion; the four basal segments have each a conspicuous patch of golden hairs on each side posterior to the black spots. They are probably males.
Ol
746
AUSTRALIAN TABANID.E[Divtv.rx]. No. ii.* . By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S. (From the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, ToivnsviUe.)
The present paper contains the descriptions of a new genus and twelve new species, a change in the names of two species, with notes and additional localities for previously known forms. The egg mass of Silvius australis Ricardo, is also described.
The new species are distributed in the following genera : — Diatominenra (one), Corizoneura [one), Elaphrom'yia{g. et sp.n.), Silvius (two), and Taba^ius (seven).
The type-specimens have been deposited in the Institute collection.
Subfamily Pangonin.e. Erephopsis guttata Donovan.
Genei\ Illustr. Ent., i., Hym. et Dipt. (1805); Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvi., p.26 (1915).
I/ab. — Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. Bancroft). For synonymy, see Ricardo.
Erephopsis bancrofti Austen.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), ix., p.2 (1912). Ilab. — Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. Bancroft).
Erephopsis aureohirta Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), v., p.ll6, PI. i., fig.lO (1900); op. cit., (8), xvi., p.23(1915).
Hab. — Kuranda, Queensland (F. P. Dodd).
* Continued from Vol. xl., p.806, 1915(1916).
v^
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 747
DiATOMINEURA CROCEA, sp.ll.
Length, ^, 8-9; 9, 8-8-5 : width of head, ^, 3-3-5; 9, 3: leno-th of wmg, (J, 7-8; 9,8: width of front at vertex, 0-5; length of proboscis, 2-5 mm.
(J. Head orange-butt', beard similar; first two segments of antennae dull golden; the first swollen, about twice the length of second, and clothed with fairly long, orange-buff" hairs; second about two-thirds the width of the first, and clothed with fairly long, black haii's; third orange, annuli black; palpi pale orange, slendei', tapering to a point, clothed with fairly long, orange hairs, with a few black ones at the apex, about one-third the length of the proboscis, tlie latter black; eyes black, pubescence black.
Thorax densely clothed with fairly long, orange-buff" and black hairs; scutellum and pleuroe densely covered with orange-buff" hairs.
Abdomen darker than thorax, clothed with short, orange-buff" and black hairs, with a median, fairly br(.)ad, orange-coloured stripe extending the full length of the abdomen, apex blackish, with a few black hairs; venter bright orange-butt".
Winys with the inner two-thirds almost hyaline, rest smoky: veins brown, costa black; stigma dark brown, elongate, conspi- cuous, squamae clear. Halteres with pale stems and dark knobs.
Legs : fore- and mid-femora, and tibia? orange-buff"; first tarsals brownish, with black aj^ices; rest black, with narrow, pale, basal rings; hind tibia? and basal half of the first tarsals brown, femora clothed with orange-coloured hairs, apical half of the first tarsals and tarsi two to five black; spurs on mid- and hind-tibiae black, prominent.
9. Similar to ^, but not so brightly coloured. Front orange- buff, with numerous, erect, black hairs; no frontal callus; ocellar triangle darker than front, ocelli prominent; abdomen chocolate- brown, clothed with black hairs, with a dull, median, orange-buff" stripe the full length of the abdomen; venter paler than in the J".
Nab. — Queensland : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Cairns (F. H. Taylor).
57
748 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii.,
A very handsome and distinct little species, unlike any other with which I am acquainted.
DiATOMINEURA BREVIROSTRIS Macquart.
Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., p.326 (1842) [Pan(/omrt] ; Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.28(1915).
Hah. — Queensland: Montville (Dr. Turner), Kuranda (F. P. Dodd and F. H. Taylor).
I am indebted to Mr. Austen for the identification of this species, which is apparently a common one at Kuranda.
DiATOMINEURA VIOLACEA Macquart.
Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., p.326, PI. xi., %.3 {\U^)[Pangonia\; Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.30(1915).
Ilah. — Q. : Mount Tambourine (W. W. Froggatt), Barron Falls (F. H. Taylor).
The specimens from Mount Tambourine agree perfectly with those from Kuranda, a district where it is a fairly common species.
CORIZONEURA KURANDiE, sp.n.
9. Length, 13-15; width of head, 4-5; width of front at vertex, 0"4-0-6; length of wing, 11-5-13 mm.
Head: face, cheeks, and front grey, face and cheeks with short, white hairs, beard white ; frontal callus black, spear-shaped, gradually tapering to a fine point, reaching the ocellar triangle; the latter dark, with a golden tinge, ocelli prominent; subcallus grey; antennjy and palpi black, first and second segments ot the former densely clothed with black hairs, third with the base tri- angular, palpi about two-thirds the length of the proboscis, the latter short, black; eyes black, inner margins parallel.
Thorax grey, with three, well-defined, black stripes, clothed with semi-erect, grey hairs; scutellum dusky-brown, with a narrow, posterior, grey margin, clothed with grey hairs, posterior fringe grey, fairly long; pleurtB black, with grey tomentum, and fairly long, grey hair.
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 749
Abdomen mahogany red, becoming darker toward the apex, clotlied with black hairs; first segment dark, first six segments with median, triangular, white, apical flecks: second segment with a border of black round the white fleck; all the segments with lateral, gr-eyish- white spots, those on the first and second largest; in addition, there are narrow, apical, grey bands to all the segments; venter black, first three segments pale, tinged with black, second to the apex all with grey-white, apical banding.
Wings smoke-coloured, except the discoidal and inferior basal cells, which are clear; veins dark brown; stigma brown, elongate, inconspicuous; squamte clear. Halteres dark brown; no appendix to upper branch of third long vein.
Lfi(js black, femora densely covered with short, grey hairs; tibise similarly covered with black ones; spurs on mid- and hind- tibia; black, conspicuous.
Hab.—Q. : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Cairns (F. H. Taylor).
A striking species owing to the general resemblance to species of the genus Tabamis, being not unlike some of the northern forms of that genus.
Elaphromyia, gen.nov.
Ocelli, and spurs on hind-tibifi* present. Antenna; with six divisions to the third joint, with the last two divisions indistinct, which is broad and Tabanus-Mka at the base, the first segment almost bell-shaped, about half as wide again, laterally, at the apex, second segment about one-third the length of the first. Palpi very small, cylindrical, about one-fourth the length of the proboscis, the latter comparatively long. Wings with all pos- terior cells open; no appendix.
Tyi)e, E. carterl Taylor. 9 unknown.
Elaphromyia oarteri, sp.n.
^. Length, 21; width of head, 5; length of wiiig, IG; length of abdomen, 14; greatest width of thorax, 4*5 mm.
Head: subcallus yellow, clothed with yellow tomentum and scattered golden hairs; face and cheeks orange, the former pro-
750 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii.,
duced into a laige, blunt tubercle between the antennas and palpi, cheeks and undersurface of head densely clothed with fairly long, orange-coloured hairs; antennae testaceous, first and second seg- ments densely clothed with fairly long, mixed, black and orange hairs; base of third segment broadly triangular, with scattered, short, black and golden hairs ; j^alpi very short, two-jointed, cylindrical, densely clothed with long, black hairs; apical segment testaceous; eyes black, shining, facets small, nude; proboscis dark brown, apex and upper basal two-thirds testaceous.
Thonu; with three, fairly bi'oad, black stripes, yellowish on each side of the median one, and orange laterally, clothed with golden hairs; pleurtt black, clothed with golden tomentum, and scattered, golden hairs; scutellum similar to thorax.
Abdomeri as wide as thorax, becoming narrower toward the apex; first five segments pale, the first and second with fairly large, median, black spots as broad as the segments, and black, lateral patches also; third to fifth segments with broad, black, basal banding, expanding lateiully, and clothed with short, golden hairs; venter with first segment pale, second with two, basal and apical, pale spots; third to fifth black, with pale, apical ones; sixth with a narrow, black band, rest of segment and remaining ones testaceous; all segments with a lateral fringe of orange- coloured hairs.
//'';/.s testaceous, spurs on the mid-tibite stout, black, those on hind-tibiai testaceous and slenderer ; the claws black, sickle- shaped, fairly large.
Wiiuja orange-yellow; veins bi'own, except the subcostal, which is reddish; the apex and inner margin to the base of the marginal cells dusky, pale on the axillary cell; a pale spot in the middle of the cubital cell, the discoidal and inferior basal pale, also the basal half of the anal cell. Halteres orange.
Hah.—Q.: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd).
Described from a single specimen. A second specimen was submitted to Mr. Austen, who informed me that it belonged to a new genus and species allied to Osca (subgenus Corioiieura). It is an easily recognised species on account of its abdominal
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 751
markings, and extreme length in proportion to the width of the thorax.
It affords me great pleasure to associate the name of ray friend, Mr. H. J. Carter, with this striking species.
SiLVIUS ATER, sp.n.
9. Length, 13-1-1-; width of head, 4; width of front at vertex, 0'5; length of wing, 12-1.3 mm.
Head: front ashen-grey; frontal callus spear-shaped, dull black, tumid, with a fairly deep, median groove on its apical half, about two-thirds the width of front at its base; ocellar triangle dark brown, prominent, ocelli black; face ashen-grey; antennae pitch black; first two segments clothed with black hairs, base of the third broadly triangular, forming an obtuse angle on its upper edge; palpi black, nearly as long as proboscis, the latter black; eyes black, nude, their inner margins parallel.
Thurax black, denuded, with traces of black and yellowish liairs on the sides: scutellutn denuded; pleune black.
Abdomen black, clothed with short, black hairs; first segment broadly marked with grey at the apex and on the sides, second segment with the grey not so prominent on the sides, remaining segments with narrow, more or less distinct, apical bands; venter black, segments two to four with narrow, white, apical bands, five to apex with pale, narrow, apical bands.
Wings black, a semitransparent streak in the cubital cell along part of the third long vein, the apical, first to fourth posterior, the discal and inferior basal cells with semitransparent spots; no appendix to upper branch of the third long vein.
Legs black, spurs on mid- and hind-tibiie conspicuous.
Hah. — Northern Territory: Brock's Creek and Mary River (G.
r. Hill).
An easily recognised species, and very different ivom other Australian forms on account of its general black colour, and abdominal markings.
Co-type in Coll. Hill.
752 AUSTRALIAN TABANIDiE, ii.,
SiLVIUS SUBLURIDUS, sp.n.
9. Length, 12; width of head, 5; width of front at vertex, 0-75, length of wing, 10 mm.
Head: front brown, black when denuded; frontal callus a small plug, black, shining, tumid, about three-fourths as wide as the front, base a short distance from the subcallus, apex ending in a blunt point ; subcallus shining black, protuberant ; first and second segments of antennie yellowish, clothed witli numerous black hairs, markedly so on their doi-sal apices, first cui)-shaped, second very small, third reddish, its ])ase fairly large and broad; }>alpi pale reddish, nearly the length of the proboscis, the latter black; eyes bare, inner margins slightly converging toward their bases.
Thorax slate coloured, denuded, with traces of short, golden hairs; scutellum similar; pleunc slate-coloured, with scattered, grey hairs.
Abdomeii yellowish-brown, the two apical segments darker; basal segments of venter paler than dorsum, penultimate and apical segments blackish.
Leyn: basal half of femora slate-coloured, the remainder and tibi;e reddish, the former clothed with grey hairs, the latter w ith short, black ones; fore-tarsi black; mid and hind dusky; spurs on mid-tibite black, conspicuous; hind ones pale, inconspicuous.
Winys clear, veins dark except the subcostal, which is yellowish; stigma yellowish; all posterior cells widely open; no appendix.
//«6.— Northern Ten-itory: Darwin (G. F. Hill).
A specimen closely resembling S. Inridus Walker, from Port Stephens, N.S.W., but differing in the antemue, legs, etc. De- scribed from a single specimen, sent by Mr. Hill, labelled "taken on horse, eyes brown."
SiLvius DODDi Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.261 (1915). Hab.—Q. : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd).
BY PRANK H. TAYLOR. 753
SiLvius FRONTALIS Ricai'do. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xxl, p.262(1915). Hah.—lSi. Territory: Darwin and :34-Mile Siding (G. F. Hill). This appears to be rather a cunnnon species.
SiLVius INDISTINCTUS Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.26-2 (1915).
Ilab.-^Q.: Ching Du (F. H. Taylor), Bowen.
This would appear to be a widely distributed species, as it was described from the Adelaide River, and Palnierston, Northern Territory.
SiLVius AUSTRALis Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.263(1915).
The eggmass of this species is very long and narrow, measuring 29 mm., by an average of 1 "5 mm., and contains a very large number of eggs, which are a light amber-brown, cylindrical, and pointed like a cigar at the apex, and measure 1"3 x 0'2mm.(vix).
They were found on a blade of grass overhanging a small, sandy creek in Townsville, just as the Hy had finished laying them. It is a common species at Ching Do and Kuranda.
JJab.—Q. : Eidsvold (Dr. Bancroft), Townsville, Ching Do (F. H. Taylor), Kuranda (F. P. Dodd).
Subfamily T A B A N i N .E. Group iv. Forehead with no callus.
Tabanus griseohirtus, sp.n.
$. Length, 11-5-13-75; width of head, 4-4-5; width of front at vertex, 0"5-0'75; length of wing, 9"5-ll mm.
Head: face and cheeks grey, beard white; front creamy, with numerous black hairs ; frcjntal callus absent ; subcallus grey ; antennBC reddish-yellow, first two segments paler, clothed with pale hairs and a few black ones on their dorsal apices, third broad at the base with an obtuse angle; palpi pale creamy, with white hairs, about one-half the length of the proboscis, the latter brown; eyes bare, inner margins converging toward the apex.
754 AUSTRALIAN' TABANID.E, ii.,
Thorax grey, clothed with mixed black and golden, appressed hairs, the latter predominating: scutellum similar to thoi'ax; pleurae grey, with scattered white hairs.
Abdomen black, entirely covered with gi'ey tomentmn, clothed with mixed, pale yellowish and black hairs, the black ones fairly long on the posterior margin of the apical segment; all segments \\ itli narrow, apical, yellowish banding; venter similar to thorax, clothed with short, whitish hairs.
Leys: femora and tibia? yellowish, the former clothed with black pubescence.
Winys clear, veins yellowish-brown ; stigma pale ; anterior branch of the third long vein with an appendix.
/y«6. —Northern Territory: Melville Island (G.F. Hill, No.75).
Allied to T. nemopunctatus Ricardo, but differing in not having the inner margins of the eyes parallel, and the general colour being grey, besides other points of difference. The appendix on the anterior branch of the third long vein (jf the wing is variable in length, being longer in some than in others.
Co-type in Coll. Hill.
Tabanus NEMOPUNCTATUS Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., p.;^88 (1911).
This species, originally described from Dunk Island, Queens- land, has been forwarded frcjm the Northern Territory by Mr. Hill.
These specimens show slight variation in the size of the tooth on the base of the third joint of the antenna?, and also have the ti}) black instead of ferruginous, but, in all other resjDects, they are typical.
Hah. — N. Tei'ritoiy: L)ar\vin, tStajjleton, and Batchelor.
Group \ii. Abdomen with one or more stripes, usually continuous.
Tabanus mastersi, nom.nov. Tahatius yreyarius Taylor, nee Erichson. Rep. Aust. Inst. Trop. Med., 1911, p.63(1913); Austen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiii., p.265(19U).
BY FEAXK H. TAyLOR. 755
(J. Length, 13-15-5; width of head, 5-5-7; length of wing, 11- 12-75 mm.
Similar to 9, hut the dorsum of thorax and abdomen darker. Eyes with the large facets copper-coloured, and occupying about two-thirds of the surface, reaching about the middle of the fr(jntal triangle, leaving a narrow border of small, bkie-black facets, which extend to the vertex.
This species appears to be ^•ery %ariable in size, judging from the specimens before me — a $ measuring 17-5nnn. in length, whilst the smallest specimen, a ^, measures only 13 mm.
I have much pleasure in dedicating this handsome species to the memory of the late Mr. George Masters, for many years the Curator of the Macleay Museum, Sydney.
Hab. — N. Territory: Darwin (G.F.Hill). — Queensland: Bowen, ]\Iackay, Cardington, and Townsville (F. H. Taylor).
It is closely related to 7\ Sfratiymani Ricardo, but differs in the antenn;f and legs. The extension on the frontal callus also differs in being extended to the ocellar triangle.
'»
Tabanus duplonotatus Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., p.3DG (1914).
Specimens received from the Northern Territ(jry differ fiom the description of the specimens from S. Queensland only in having the venter dark, femora reddish, and the veins of the wing brown.
Hab.—^. Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 65).
Grou}j ix. Species with paler bands, and sometimes spots on the
abdomen.
Tabanus trypherus, sp.n.
9. Length, 7"25-8; width of head, 2-75-3; width of front at vertex, 0-25; length of wing, 6-75-7 mm.
Head: face grey, with scanty grey hairs; beard white, scanty; front black, covered with dull golden tomentum, about one-third narrower posteriorly; frontal callus black, almost square, with a short, thick extension, tumid, shining, nearly the width of the
756 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii.,
front at base, and about one-half the length of front, no lineal extension; subcallus chestnut, with pale yellowish tomentuni; palpi pale creamy-white, about two-thirds the length of the pro- boscis, pubescence black, with some fairly long, white hairs basally, first two segments of antennae creamy-yellow, with black pubescence, third with the base reddish-yellow, forming an obtuse angle; tooth small, with some black pubescence, annuli dark.
Thorax denuded, ash-coloured, with lateral and i)osterior margins paler; scutellum paler; pleurpe grey, pubescence grey.
Abduynen chocolate-brown, with fairly broad, grey bands ; pubescence black; venter black, witli grey tomentum.
Wimjs clear, veins brown; stigma yellow-brown, elongate, con- spicuous; anterior branch of third long vein with a long appendix.
Le<js: fore and hind femora blackish; mid with apical half yellowish, tibia) yellowish, apical half of fore-tibiie blackish, tarsi black, hind ones with pale bases, pubescence on femora and tibi;e mixed pale and black, black on tarsi.
Hah. — N. Territory: Fannie Bay, near Darwin (G. F. Hill, No.l04).
A species readily distinguished from the other Australian members of Group ix., by its small size, colour, and the front converging toward the apex.
Co-type in Coll. Hill.
Tabanus griseoannulatus, sp.n.
9. Length, 10; width of head, 4; width of front at vertex, 0-5; leiigth of wing, 10-75 mm.
Head: front grey at base and vertex, blackish elsewhere ; frontal callus black, tumid, nearly square, about two-thirds the width of the front at the base, with a lineal extension reaching the middle of the front; subcallus dark ashen, face and cheeks grey, pubescence grey, beard white; palpi black, about two-thirds the length of the proboscis, with grey tomentum and black hairs, with a few fairly long, grey ones at the Imse ; first joint of antenna' black, with black hairs; second joint light reddish- yellow, with black hairs, about one-third the length of the first;
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 757
third reddish-brow 11, with minute, grey pubescence, base broad and liat, no tooth present, w ith a very shallow angle, annuli darker; inner margins of eyes parallel.
Thorax black, denuded, with tiuces of grey pubescence, scu- telluni similar to thorax; pleune covered with grey tomentum and white hairs.
Abdomen black, covered with black hairs, all the segments with fairly broad, greyish-white, apical bands, and fairly broad, grey, lateral patches; venter covered with grey tomentum, with mixed grey and black hairs.
Leys black, pubescence black, with a yellow knee-spot on the mid-legs.
Winys grey, costa black, veins dark brown, stigma black, elongate, conspicuous; anterior branch of the third long vein with a short appendix.
//rti._N. Territory: Brock's Creek (G. F. Hill).
A medium-sized, compact species, not closely related to any other species of Ricardo's Group ix. The tricoloured antenna?, and the yellow knee-joint on the mid-legs are very distincti^•e. Type unique.
Tabanus australis, n.sp.
5. Lengtli, 10; wudth of head, 3-75; width of front at vertex, 0"5; length of wing, 9-5 mm.
Head: front creamy-yellow, subcallus similar; rest of head covered with grey tomentum, beard white; frontal callus chest- nut, darker toward apex, oblong, with a lineal extension tapering to a fine point; antenna? reddish-yellow, first two segments paler, with black pubescence; third segment with the base broad, and forming an obtuse angle on the dorsal surface, with black pubes- cence on the apex of the angle, annuli black; palpi creamy, with pale hairs on the base, black elsewhere, about one-half the length of the proboscis; eyes black, nude, inner margins parallel.
Thorax ash coloured, with scattered, short, black, appressed hairs, lateral black and grey hairs fairly long, scutellum similar to thorax; pleura- grey, with scattered, grey hairs.
758 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii..
Ahdomon: first thi'ee segments reddish-brown, the remainder dark brown, with scattered, yellow, short, appressed hairs, all the segments with narrow, grey, apical bands, venter similar.
Leyii: fore-legs dusky, except basal half of tibipe, which is yellowish; mid- and hind-femora dusky, mid- and hind-tibife also; first hind tarsal yellowish, remaining tarsi of both legs dusky, all femora with pale pubescence, tibiae and tarsi with black pubescence.
Wiiu/x clear, veins brown; no appendix.
//ft/>._N. Territory: Stapleton (G. F. Hill).
A specimen of the above was submitterl to Mr. Austen, who informed me that it was close to K. uu/rimanus Walker, from which it may be distinguished, infn- alia, by the colour of the antennae and legs.
Tabanus doddi, nom.nov.
Tahanus abstersus Taylor, 7iec Walker, Rept. Aust. Tnst. Trop. Med., 1911, p.60(1913); Austen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiii., p.264(1914).
A change of name becomes necessary for this species, due to a misidentification of Walker's s-pecies, as pointed out by Austen; and also because, as far as I am able to judge from all the de- scriptions of Australian Tabani, it remains unnamed.
It is a very distinct and easily recognised species, owing to the white-haired fieck on the hind margin of each of the first five segments, the black ground-colour of the dorsum of the abdomen, and the angle on the expanded portion of the third joint of the antenna;, which is produced into a long, thumb-like process. All the specimens before me (19) show the annuli of the third joint of the antennfe with a marked, upward curve.
JIah.—H. Queensland (H. Tryon).— Q.: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Mourilyan (F. H. Taylor).
Group X. Species with the abdomen unicolorous, or almost so, sometimes darker at apex. Tabanus darwinensis, sp.n. 9. Length, 10-5; width of head, 3-8; width of front at vertex, 0-5; length of wing, 9-5 mm.
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 759
Head: front dull golden, covered with numerous, black, erect hairs; frontal callus black, pear-shaped, tiiniid; subcallus dull golden, light chestnut when denuded, rest of head grey, beard grey-white; first two segments of antennfe golden-yellow, clothed with numerous, fairly long, black hairs ; base of third joint reddish-brown, covered with minute, pale hairs, an obtuse angle on the upper margin, annuli black; palpi ci-eamy, clothed with fairly long, black and short, pale hairs, about one-half the length of proboscis; eyes black, the inner margins converging toward the vertex.
Thorax grey-black, clothed with mixed, pale and black haii's; scutellum similar t«) thorax; pleune slate-coloured, clothed with grey hairs.
Abdomen grey-black, clothed with numerous, mixed, black and pale bail's, venter similar, posterior margins of segments w ith a narrow band.
Wuigs clear, veins black; stigma yellowish-brown, elongate; anterior branch of the third long vein with an appendix.
Lfic/s: basal third of the fore- and mid-femora slate-cok)ured, the rest reddish-bi'own, hind slate-coloured, apical third reddish- brown, tibiae reddish-brown, fore-tibia^ darker on the apical third, tarsi black, femora clothed with mixed, black and pale hairs, tibipe and tarsi clothed with black ones.
//«&.— N. Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 107).
Described from two specimens. It is related to 7\ finiphris Macq., but difters, hiter alia, in having the wings clear. T. funebris is described as being entirely black, and having the veins shaded brown.
Co-type in Coll. Hill.
Gi'oiip xi. Species with pubescence on the eyes (^Thpvioplecfps). Tabanus antecedkns Walker.
List Dipt., i., p.l78(1848); Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.279(1915).
Melbourne specimens differ from Ricardo's description in having the anteiime black, the first segment with fairly long,
760 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii.,
mixed, black and golden hairs; and the bi'oad, basal portion of the third segment lacking a distinct angle, the tooth being very small.
In other respects, they conform to a specimen determined as T. nntpcpclpus Walker, by Mr. Austen, for the writer.
Hab. — Victoria : Melbourne (Dr. Cumpston).
Tabanus milsoni, sp.n.
9. Length, 10: width of head, 4; width of front at vertex, 0-75; length of wing 9 mm.
Head: face ashen-grey, pubescence grey; beard gre}-; front almost parallel, grey with traces of dark yellow, pubescence pale; ocellar triangle brown; frontal callus square, resting on the sub- callus, black, tumid, shining, as wide as front, with a short, stout extension; subcallus chestnut, with gi^ey tomentum; first two segments of antennae black, with grey tomentum, and long, black pubescence; third joint reddish-yellow, annuli black, basal portion broad, with an obtuse angle, tooth small, with a few black hairs; palpi dull red-brown, about two-thirds the length of proboscis, tomentum grey, pubescence mixed pale and black; eyes with very scanty, pale pubescence.
T'horax chocolate-brown, tomentum grey, with three, well- defined, dark stripes, pubescence grey and black, long on the lateral margins; scutellum chocolate-brown, pubescence similar to thorax, pleurae grey, pubescence grey.
Abdomen dark chocolate-brown, all segments from the second with grey bands expanding laterally, the second with an addi- tional one, which does not meet in the middle; segments two to five with median, grey, triangular spots, pubescence black, long on the apical segments, grey on the bands and spots, long on the lateral, grey expansions; venter chocolate-brown, gi'ey banding prominent, pubescence dense, mixed grey and black.
Wings clear, veins dark brown; stigma yellowish-brown; ante- rior branch of the third long vein with a small appendix.
Leys black, coxae and trochanters with long, grey pubescence, basal half of the fore-tibiae yellowish-brown, mid- and hind-tibiae
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 761
yellowish, femoral pubescence grey, tibial and tarsal pubescence 1)1 ack, veiy dense.
//«/>.— N.S.W.: Milson Island, Hawkesbury River(Dr. Cleland).
Closely resembling T. impprfectiLs Walker, but differs in ha\ing the base of the third joint of tlie antennsi? reddish-yellow, tlie frontal callus shorter, with a lineal extension; and the thorax with three, well-defined, dark stripes. There are also well- defined, grey, median spots on the second to fifth segments; whilst, in T. iraperfectus Walker, these are present only on the second to fourth segments.
Tabanus spadix, sp.n.
9. Length, 9; width of head 4; width of front at vertex, 0-5; length of wing, 8*5 mm.
Head: face pale creamy; beard pale creamy; front golden, dis- tinctly narrower at vertex; pubescence black; frontal callus pear-shaped, tumid, shining, dark chestnut-brown, about one-half the width of the front; subcallus chestnut, tonientum golden; first two joints of antennjB yellow, pubescence black, third joint reddish-yellow, annuli darker, tootl> small; palpi yellowish, stout, apical third thin, tapering to a fine point; pubescence on eyes pale, scanty.
Thorax ashen-grey, with five, dark chocolate-brown stripes, the median one very narrow, the two submedian ones short, extend- ing to the middle of the thorax, pubescence mixed pale and black, latei-al hairs long; scutellum black, tomentum grey, pubescence long, pale; pleurae grey, pubescence long, grey.
Abdomen: first three segments light brown, fourth to the apex dark brown, segments two to the apex with pale bands, expand- ing laterally, the second segment basally pale also, the second to sixth segments also with indistinct, median, pale, triangular spots, pubescence black, pale on the segmentations; venter creamy, pubescence pale, penultimate and apical segments dark.
Legs: coxse and trochanters with long, grey pubescence, fore- legs black, basal two-thirds of tibiae yellowish, apical two-thirds of mid-femora and tibiae yellowish, apex of hind femora and the
58
762 AUSTRALIAN TABANIDiE, 11.
tibiiv yellowish, rest of mid-and hind-legs blackish, pubescence black.
Witiys clear, veins dark brown; stigma dark yellowish-brown; anterior branch of the third long vein with a short appendix.
Hab.—^.S.W.: Sydney (Dr. Cleland).
Both this and 7'. milsoni mihi, known from single specimens only, are close I3' related. T. spadi.r may be distinguished, inffr alia, by its broader front, differently shaped, frontal callus, the thf)rax having five stripes; and the paler abdomen.
Tabanus vetustus Walker.
List Dipt., i., p.l79(1848); Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.277(1915); White, Pap. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1915, p.l5.
Hab. — Tasmania: Launceston (Simson, Coll. W. W. Froggatt).
This specimen has the third joint of the antennae black, and, in addition, the abdomen is entirely clothed with thick, grey pul)escence, except for two, small, median patches of yellowish pul)escence on the first and second segments.
763
SOME N0TE8 ON THE BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO- FLY {LYFEROSIA EXIGUA de Meijere).
By Gerald F. Hill, F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Northern Territory of Australia.
(Plate liii.)
The Buffalo-fly, under which name it is best known to stock- owners in the Northern Territory, is well-known as an important pest, owing to the annoyance and suffering it causes to cattle and horses, and to the loss in condition so (jften observed in stock grazing upon fly-infested country.
The greater number of individuals of this species and the longer period of their seasonal occurrence make Lyperosia a more formidable pest than the largei- and more voracious blood- sucking flies of the genera Tabanus and Silvius, both of which are well represented in this country.
During the early part of the wet season (November and De- cember) certain species of Tabanus, notably T. n'ujritarsis Taylor, are responsible for perhaps more annoyance to horses than is caused by Buflalo-flies during these months. The actual loss of blood due to these larger Tabanids is, no doubt, considerable, and this, combined with the fact that horses, in particular, are kept in a constant state of motion from before sunrise until ofter nightfall, accounts in a large measure for the poverty of stock in certain localities at a season when pasturage is most abundant. But Tabanidaj do not attack abraded surfaces, sores, or the sites of recent bites, as Lyperosia does; hence, after a momentary flinch or a kick as the skin is pierced, little notice is generally taken of the fly by the host. The species which dash at their victim with most noise are more dreaded than the more sluggish species.
764 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY,
Tlie wduiuls caused by even the largest Tabanida^ heal without fshowiiig signs of intlanimation, but the bluod, which frequently runs fi\)ni the puncture after the withdrawal of the proboscis, attracts Stomoxys, Lyperosia, Musca, and other flies to the wound, which may thus develop into a characteristic "fly-sore." On the other hand, Lyperosias chister in great numbers on a small area of skin, and, by repeated bites, produce what must be l)ractically a constant state of irritation. This irritation causes the host to rub the part against some convenient object — a fence- post, stump, or branch — until a i-aw surface is exposed to further attacks by Lyperosia exiyua, Stomuxys calcitraus, Musca, Pycno- soma, and other Diptera. The size and duration of the resulting sores are largely determined by the species and temperament of the host, its ability to find protection in mud, water, or under- growth, by the prevalence of flies, and by the use or neglect (in the case of stabled or yarded domes; ic animals) of medicaments and re})ellant preparations. As may be supposed, horses sufi'er more in this respect than do cattle, and it is no uncommon oc- currence to find, on the brisket, a luw surface of from 3-5 iiaches in diameter.
( )ld, pooi'-conditioned, and sickly stock (horses and cattle) are noticeal)ly suljject to annoyance. The colour of the hair makes no appreciable difference, although individuals maybe seen which are practically unmolested; while others, in the same mob, are habitually infested. Goats are rarely molested, while dogs, pigs, sheep, and kangaroos appear to enjoy immunity from attack. Horses are generally attacked (jn the belly, brisket, underparts of the neck, flanks, about the eyes and withers, the characteristic lesions generally showing on the first three positions. Cattle are generally attacked on the belly, brisket, lower surface of the neck, the inner corners of the eyes, and on the flanks. The lesions are usually noticed on the neck, and in the corners of the eyes (Plate liii.), those in the latter position often presenting a veiy painful and inflamed appearance, due to the part being rubbed against the knees or scraped with the hind-hoofs.
Buffaloes, both domestic and those roaming wild in the country
BY GERALD F. HILL. 765
to the East and South-East of Darwin, are habitually infested, and show the characteristic sores as found on domestic cattle and wild Brahmin cattle, but to a lesser degree, owing, no doubt, to the thickness of the skin, and the protection afforded by the submersion of the body and neck in mud or water for long periods throughout the day, and often to a protective coat of adhesive mud.
The habit of attacking man is exceptional in this species, although one is occasionally bitten while riding Hy-infested horses. As has been stated above, wild buffaloes are habitually infested. While hunting these animals, it has been noticed that Lyperosias do not feed or rest upon a freshly skinned beast, but transfer themselves to the hunters' horses. In these circum- stances, those engaged in skinning are not infrequently bitten, especially if the })art is blood-stained or moist with sweat. Several species of Tabanidse, not usually prone to bite man, will do so under similar circumstances.
Intruduction info Australia and Local Distrihutioti.
It is reasonable to suppose that the first importations of Lyperosia were made with some of the early shipments of stock (buffaloes, cattle, and ponies) fi-um the East Indies, since 1824. That these flies can be transported by sea, a short distance at any rate, has been proved by the writer, who recently travelled from Port Darwin to the Daly River (90 miles by sea) in a small vessel, which carried two young bulls for the settlement situated about 60 miles up the river. A score or more flies were carried on these beasts for three days, and were dislodged only when their hosts were lowered into the river to swim ashore.
The distribution of the Buffalo-fly appears to coincide fairly well with the spread of the introduced buffaloes, which now roam wild over a large area of country roughly bounded by the Daly River on the south-west, the Roper River on the south, the Liverpool or perhaps the Goyder River on the west, and the littoral on the north. Although stray buffaloes have been found beyond these natural boundaries, the fly does not appear to have
766 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY,
made much headway south of the Roper River, or west of the Daly River. Melville Island, on which Iniffaloes have run since 1824, is said to be badly infested; while the adjacent Bathurst Island, which is stocked with goats only, is free.
Description of Early Stages, Life-History, and Habits.
The eggs, which are pale reddish-brown in colour, 1 mm. in length, curved on one side and flattened on the other, aie laid singly on their sides on the wet surface of fresh dung, occasion- ally in crevices in dung or in fouled mud an inch or more away from it, and occasionally in fouled mud around buffalo-wallows. Oviposition takes from 2-4 minutes, during which time from 12- 20 eggs are laid. The young larva? descend into the dung, where they attain a length of 7*25 mm., and change in colour from nearly white to dirty-white. Under natural conditions, pupation sometimes takes place in the soil under the dung, but usually in the dung itself. In breeding-jars, pupation invariably tt)ok place in the latter situation, whether the dung rested on clean sand or on loamy soil. On two occasions, these flies have been observed depositing eggs on the hair of sweating horses, but it is most improbable that the i-esulting larvfe would i-each maturity.
In the full-grown larvae, the posterior stigmatic plates, which are situate on the hind margin of the anal segment, are large, blackish, rounded on the outer sides and nearly straight on the adjacent inner margins, with three, irregular, paler spots, and a central opening in each. On the ventral surface of the anal seg- ment, there ai-e several paired tubercles of varying size, surrounded by coarsely granulated skin. The puparium is of the usual Muscid type, 3 mm. in length by l'30mm. in width, barrel- shaped, and reddish-brown in colour.
Three reared under laboratory-conditions, in March, gave an average of 169 hours for the completion of the life-cycle (192, 195, 120 hours). The weather during the shortest period was warm and sultr\', while a good deal of cool weather and rain were experienced during the longer periods. A later rearing (in June), when the weather was often chilly, took 208 hours to
BY GERALD F. HILL. 767
complete the cycle. The periods occupied by the different stages were not accurately noted in any of the above rearings, but, from other observations under varying conditions, it was found to be as follows — egg-stage, 18-20 hours ; larval stage, from liatching of egg to the formation of the puparium, 72-96 hours^ pupal stage, 72-120 hours.
Courting takes place on the host, but the process of mating has not been observed, either upon the host or elsewhere. The position of the Hy while resting or feeding upon the host is usually that with the body vertical and the head downward. During courtship, this position is maintained by one sex, the othei- occupying a vertical position with the head directed upwards. The wings of both are kept in constant vibration until the pair leave the host, presumably to couple.
During the heat of the day and at night, the majority of the Hies rest upon the flanks and withers of horses, and about the horns of cattle.
Xahiral Enemips. — Few indigenous birds gather their food in dung; it is improbable, therefore, that dung-breeding flies and other insects ai-e preyed upon in their earlier stages by these agents. The imagines of Lyperosia, like those of other flies, are preyed upon to some extent by Fantails [Bhipidura bicolor), which follow and rest upon the backs of stock.
In.sect-predators play a more important part in the control of of this pest, but it is not believed to be considerable. The recently deposited eggs are gathered by certain species of ants for food, amongst which the following species may be mentioned — Solenopsis germinata F., var. rufa Snd., Iridomyrmex detectiis Smith, and Odontomachus ruficeps Sm., var. acufidens Forel. A more important enemy is a small Hymenopteron (Sericophoriis rducens Sm.) which captures the flies while feeding or at rest.
Methods of Control. — The flies are naturally bush-insects, breeding, for the most part, in the fresh droppings of cattle and buffaloes. Accumulations of stable-manure and litter do not attract them, noi' do they breed up in numbers if fly-infested
768 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY.
horses are brought in from the bush, and kept in the stable or stable-yards. Tt has been observed frequently that, under such circumstances, the flies decrease and finally disappear. On the other hand, milking-pens and cow-yards in regular use do serve as breeding-places and sources of infestation. The frequent removal of manure from such places would do much to reduce the number of Lyperosia, as well as Stomoxys and non-blood- sucking Muscids in the vicinity, but to control their numbers on* the immense and thinly-populated grazing-areas would be obviously impracticable.
Lyperosia exiyna and disease. — None of the pathological con- ditions of stock in the Northern Territor}?^ are known to be trans- mitted by these flies, nor have the results of numerous micro- scopical examinations suggested their probable connection with the spread of disease.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII. Head of calf, showing earlj' stage of lesion caused by Lyptrosla exigua.
769
ORDII^ARY MONTHLY MEETING.
November 29th, 1916.
Mr. C. Hedley, Vice-President, in the Chair.
A letter from Mrs. T. W. E. David, returning thanks for sym- pathy, was communicated by the Chairman.
Candidates for Fellowships, 1917-18, were reminded that the 30th inst. was the last day for the receipt of applications.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (25th October, 1916), amounting to 14 Vols., 82 Parts or Nos., 10 Bulletins, 4 Reports, and 7 Pamphlets, I'eceived from 58 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table.
EXHIBIT.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited a specimen of Dampiera erioce])hala De Vriese, var. alba Turner, which was collected by Mrs. A. E. Stephens, Jindarra, West Australia, who forwarded it to the exhibitor for botanical determination. During Mrs. Stephens' long residence in, and extensive travels over, the western State, she has found only two specimens of this very rai'e and interest- ing plant.
59
770
DESCRTPTTON OF APHANTOPHRYNE, A NEW
BATRACHIAN GENUS FROM NEW GUINEA;
With Comparative Notes on the Pectoral Musculature.
By Dene B. Fry, Australian Museum, Sydney.
(Plates liv.-lv.)
The material on which the present paper is based consists of a collection of six small frogs belonging to a single species. They were collected in 1896 by the late A. Giulianetti, at an altitude of 12,200 feet on Mount Scratchley, in the Owen Stanley' Range, British New Guinea. While they undoubtedly belong to the family Brevicipitidte* (Engystomatidse auct.), I cannot find a definition of any genus with which they agree even approximately. Therefore, a new genus has been characterised, for which the name Aphmitophryne is proposed.
The most interesting feature about this new form is the apparent absence of a sternal plate. At first, thinking that my dissection of a small, pooi^ly preserved specimen was at fault, I regarded the absence of this important element with reserve. However, after a careful examination of three specimens, I have failed to find it, and, as will be seen later, the modification of the pectoral musculature certainly points to its total reduction.
There are twenty-six genera of Brevicipitidse recognised from India, Malay, East Indies, Papuasia, and Australia, sixteen of which have a highly specialised sternal apparatus, modified by the loss of the procoracoid cartilage and clavicles. As Aphan- topkryne also lacks these elements, its affinities must be sought amongst this group of genera.
*I have followed Stejneger (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxiii., 1910, p. 165), who shows that, as the name of the type-genus of the family Engystoma- tida?, namely En<iyMoma, is untenable, Cope's name Brevicipitidse must replace it.
BY DENE B. FRY.
771
I am unable, however, to place it definitely. The absence of a sternal plate separates it from all members of the Brevicipitidii", witli the exception of the African Hemisus, in which genus, the clavicles and omosternum are well developed. If we put aside consideration of the remarkable sternal apparatus, and turn our attention to other characters used to differentiate genera, its affinities appear to be equally divided between Hylophorhua Macleay,* {Manto])hryne Blgr. et auct.), and Metopostira Mehely. Its relationships are best shown by the following table. Table showing the chief generic characters of the Indo-Malayan, East Indian, and Papuasian genera of Brevicipitidse, in which the clavicles and procoracoid cartilages are absent.
Aphanlophryne Fry .. Hylophorhiis Macleaj'. (,'nat/iojihri/ne Mehely Xeiiorltiiia Peters MetopoMira Mehely .. Cophila Meliely CopiiilaCt) Wandolleckt Phrynixa/ux Biittger .. Pomatop'^ Barbour C'oph i.val II f< Bottger .. Phrynella Boulenger . . GaMrophryneFiiTAngev^ Microhyla Tschudi Kaloii/a Gray CaJiiilop.^ Boulenger . . Phrynomanti-^ Peters.. Xeno}>atrachns P. & D
|
»0 |
c T3 |
X bo |
|||||||||
|
— |
■o |
!^ |
£ |
•a 0/ |
|||||||
|
O O |
Is a |
1 |
'-5 c c |
a. |
^ it |
It |
1 ^ |
||||
|
d |
a |
cj |
>1 |
cc |
o |
s |
o |
O o |
<U JZ |
||
|
(1, |
a. |
CL |
H |
8 |
H |
0. |
H |
faS |
h3 |
Ha |
|
|
. |
X |
2 |
X |
_ |
X |
T |
|||||
|
, |
X |
, |
2 |
X |
- |
X |
X |
X |
T |
||
|
, |
X |
X |
2 |
X |
— |
X |
X |
X |
T |
||
|
X |
X |
, |
1 |
X |
— |
X |
, |
X |
T |
||
|
. |
X |
. |
2 |
X |
- |
X |
X |
X |
T |
||
|
. |
X |
X |
1 |
X |
- |
X |
X |
X |
T |
||
|
, |
X |
, |
1 |
X |
- |
X |
X |
X |
T |
||
|
■ |
X |
X |
1 |
X |
- |
X |
X |
X |
T |
||
|
. |
X |
, |
X |
2 |
X |
0 |
X |
X |
X |
T |
|
|
1 |
X |
X |
X |
1 |
X |
- |
. |
X |
X |
T |
|
|
, |
X |
, |
X |
•> |
X |
— |
X |
X |
T |
||
|
. |
X |
X |
X |
I |
X |
X |
X |
X |
1 |
||
|
j i ' |
X |
X |
X |
1 |
X |
, |
X |
X |
1 |
||
|
1 |
X |
X |
X |
2 |
X |
•• |
X |
X |
l&T |
||
|
ix |
, |
X |
1 |
X |
X |
X |
X |
1 |
|||
|
i |
X |
X |
X |
0 |
. |
X |
X |
X |
T |
||
|
X |
• |
• |
<> |
• |
V |
X |
X |
X |
9 |
4/ r.
X
* See Fry, Mem. Q'land Mus., ii., 1913, p. 48.
tWandoUeck, Abh. v. Ber. d. k. Zool. u. Anthr.-Eth. Mus. zu Dres- den, xiii., 1910, p. 11.
J Stejneger, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxiii., 1910, p. 16.5. It is here shown that rTa.<!<rop/irj^ne Fitzinger, 1843, must replace Engystoma Fit7An- ger, 1828, as the latter genus is based on Rana oralis Sehn., which was also the type of Merrem's genus Brevictps, of 1820,
I I 2 DESCRIPTIOX OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
Aphantophryne,* gen.nov.
Pupil horizontal, oval. Tongue oval, entire, free behind and slightly on the sides. Palate toothless, not ridged. Two trans- verse folds in front of the oesophagus; the anterior small and sometimes not papillose, the posterior situated between the eustachian tubes, and strongly papillose. Choan* moderately large, oval. Tympanum slightly visible. Skin smooth. Fingers and toes free; they are flattened, but not enlarged or disked at the tips. Outer metatarsals separated by a groove. Terminal phalanges T-shaped.
Clavicles, procoracoid cartilage, omosternum, and sternum absent. A thin ligament extends from the scapula to the symphysis, where it is produced a little. Coracoids very strong and expanded at the symphysis. The cartilage (epicoracoid) is produced slightly and rounded posteriorly, and may represent a degenerate sternal plate, but no such plate is present as a separate element.
Type, A. pansa Fry.
Relationships doubtful, but showing affinity to Metopostira Mehely, and Hylophorhus Macleay.
Aphantophyrne pansa, t sp.nov. (Plates liv.;lv., fig. 2.) Habit I'obust. Head very broad, triangular; its length two- thirds (§) its width at the level of the tympana. Snout rounded, slightly prominent, as long as or slightly shorter than the diameter of the orbit. Nostril much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye. Canthus rostralis feebly marked, rounded; loreal region shelving, slightly concave. Interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Tympanum slightly visible, covered by skin, about one-half the diameter of the eye. Lower jaw trilobed, and but veiy slightly truncate. Tongue large, oval, entire, and free for about one-half its length postex'iorly, and a little on the
* Meaning "obscure toad." This name may be taken as having refer- ence to both its affinities and habitat.
t "Broad-footed."
bY DENE B. FRY. 773
sides. Choaupe jalaced well forward, with a groove entering anteriorly from the side. Palatine ridges not present.* Two dermal ridges in front of the (esophagus; the anterior is some- times not papillose, being represented by a median dermal lobe, the posterior long and always papillose. Arms rather weak. Fingers subcylindi-ical or depressed, not fringed or disked, the first a little shorter than the second. Hind limb stout. Foot broad. Toes moderate or rather short, subcylindrical or de- pressed, not fringed or disked. A weak indication of an inner metatarsal tubercle, otherwise the palmar and plantar surfaces are smooth. The length of the outstretched hindlimb, from the anus to the tibio-tarsal articulation, equals the distance from the anus to the axilla. Skin perfectly smooth.
Colour (in spirits) uniform dark brown above. Lower surfaces also uniform dark brown, or creamy-white, variously clouded and speckled with dark brown (PL liv., fig. 2). Anterior part of forearm sometimes yellowisli. Lower eyelid white.
Total length of type from snout to vent, 27 mm.
i/oc— Six specimens, from Mount Scratchley, on the Owen Stanley Range, British New Guinea, at an altitude of 12,200 ft. Collected by the late A. Giulianetti in September and October, 1896. The largest specimen, figured on Plate liv., fig. 1, has been chosen as the type.
Type in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
The ligament mentioned in the above diagnosis of the genus Aphantophryne is made clear by reference to the Plates. The question must necessarily arise as to whether this ligament repre- sents a stage in the process of the degeneration of the procoracoid cartilage. If we trace the reduction of clavicles and procoracoids through the many phases exhibited by the recent genera, several facts in turn become evident.
i. As the clavicle weakens (as, say, in Chaperina) the proco-
* The palatine bones are seen, through the transparency of the integu- ment of the palate, to meet in the middle line, and form a slight expan- sion. This is shown in fig. 1'* on Plate liv., and is also the case in Meto- postira and Hylophorhus.
774 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYVE
racoid appears to strengthen, being, no doubt, influenced by the tendency to counterbalance, Hable to occur in any evolutionary process.
ii. A further reduction of the clavicle marks the cessation oi the increase in the procoracoid.
iii. As the clavicle becomes almost totally reduced (as ex- hibited by the genus Sphenophri/ne), and the bone can no longer be said adecjuately to perform its original function in the girdle, the procoracoid, which cannot replace it in supplying the neces- sary support and muscle-attachment, also weakens. At this stage we can notice — (a) a, reduction in the size and arrangement of the pectoral muscles; (b) a correlated reduction in the size and strength of the arms; (c) a marked strengthening and expansion of the coracoids at the symphysis; and sometimes (d) an increase in the size and strength of the sternal plate.
(iv.) A further stage is shown by the genus Jlicrobatrachun Roux, in which the clavicles appear to be quite absent, and the procoracoid a weak, tape-like cartilage extending from the scapula to the symphysis.
V. Finally, we have the complete reduction of the clavicular and procoracoidal elements shown in Ka/ou/a, Ilylophorbus, etc.
It will be seen, then, that the ligament of Aphavfuphr-i/ue occupies an analogous position to the procoracoid uf Micro- batrachu><, but, for the following reasons, we cannot regard them as homologous. There is no reason to doubt that the tape-like band of the latter is a true cartilaginous procoracoid of a degen- erate nature, but, in Aphaufophi-yue, it is a tough, translucent, fascia-like band, which, from a macroscopical examination, I have no hesitation in pronouncing a true ligament. Then, too, in some species of Sphfuophrytw, the reduced procoracoid has lost its connection with the scapula, but its free distal end is joined to the shoulder by a true, ligamentous band. This would appear to be the homologue of the ligament in question. In fact, if we imagine the final reduction of the procoracoid to take place along this line, we should then have a decreasing cartilage, with an increasing band of ligament, which, in the end, would
BY DENE B. PRY. "775
connect with the symphysis. Such a band would have an analagous position to the hgament anterior to the coracoid in Aphanfophri/ue, and it is reasonable to presume that it was along such lines that the remarkable ligament of this new genus evolved.
Notes on the Pectoral Myology of Aphantophryne pansa
COiMPARED with THAT OF LiMNODYNASTES DORSALIS AND Kaloula PULCHRA.
The interesting nature of the pectoral muscles of Aphantophryne pansa, revealed by the dissection to examine the sternal apparatus of the type-specimen, has led me to prepare the following notes.
It wuuld have been more satisfactory' to have reserved any anatomical investigation till more suitably preserved material came to hand, but the variation of the breast-muscles is of such an unusual nature, and is so directly related to the most interest- ing taxonomic feature of this new form, namely, the absence of a sternal plate, that any notice, however superficial, will, I think, be of present interest. It is hoped that the poor condition of my material has led to but few serious errors.
The pectoral musculature of several members of the family Brevicipitida? (Engystomatidye auct.) has been dealt with by Dr. F. E. Beddard, in a series of papers published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. T must acknowledge the great assistance I have received from these fine papers, and have gleaned from them the main points of accord and discord, and intercalated them briefly below.
For comparative purposes, two hitherto unfigured frogs are illustrated, and briefly described. One, Limnodynastes dorsalis var. dunierilii Peters,* belonging to the family Cystignathidae, has a complete arciferous pectoral girdle. The other, Kaloula p^dchra Gray,t belonging to the same family as Aphantophryup, and systematically not far removed from it, has a firraisternal girdle with no clavicles or omosternum, but difl:ers from it in
*Fry, Rec. Austr. Mus., x., 1913, p.26, PI. iii., fig.2. tBoulenger, Cat. Batr. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 167, figs.
776 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
possessing a large, sternal plate. Although the first of these two frogs is much more widely separated from Ajihantophryne than are a number of Brevicipitid frogs available for dissection, it is of interest, comparatively, since it shows more clearly the modification of the muscles correlated with the reduction of the pectoral girdle. This is the primary object of these notes.
In addition to the muscular variations due to the widely different sterna of the three species under discussion, a consider- able divergence is noticed between them as regards the compara- tive development, and respective size of the muscles. This is mainly due to the greater or lesser development of the fore-limbs which are largest in L. dorsalis.
One of the most striking differences between L. dorsalis and A. pansa, indeed, between the latter and any other Batrachian that I know of, lies in the condition of the rectus abdomiiialis muscle. In Limnodynastes dorsalis (Plate Iv., fig. 3, r«.), it is essentially the same as in Rana escidenta* but differs somewhat from that of Kaloula pulchra (Plate Iv., fig.l, o-a.) owing to the absence of a linea alba in the latter. On removing the ventral skin of these frogs, it is plainly visible covering the large space between the inner edges of the pectorales abdominis. In A. pansa, however, the rectus abdominalis is not visible without the aid of further dissection.
When the abdominal portion of the pectoral and the two obliques (to be described later) have been removed, the remark- able, paired condition of the rectus is revealed (Plate Iv., fig.2,ra.)- Posteriorly, they are fairly broad, and in contact in the middle line; but, anteriorly, they are naiTOw and quite separate medially. There is, of course, no trace of a linea alba, and, as far as I can be sure, there is only one, very obscure inscriptio tendinea, situ- ated at about the point where the pectorales abdominis meet medially. Beneath the coracoids (as viewed from the ventral side) they unite with the muscle which I take to be the sterno- hyoideus of each side. Towards the hinder part of the body,
* Hoffmann, Bronn's Klass. Thier-Reichs, Bd. vi., Abth., 2, 1873-78, Taf. xvii., pt.
BY DENE B. PRY. 777
they lie immediately beneath the obliquus muscles; but, anteriorly, they are more deeply situated Tn Rana temporaria,* there are five poststernal inscriptiones tendinem; while in L.dorsalis{V\aiie Iv., fig.3, it.) and Rhinoderma danvini,j there are only four; Megalophrys nasuta,\ Xenophrys monticola,% and Kaloula pidchra have three; and Hemisus (juttatum\\ but two; while, in Breviceps,^ there is, as I suppose in Aphantophryne, only one.
The whole, superficial, abdominal surface of ^. ^a?isa is covered by two muscles. As before mentioned, the rectus abdominalis is completely hidden by these. By far the greater extent is overlain by the two, large pectorales abdominis, but a V-shaped area remains between the anterior borders and the posterior edges of the pectorales sternales. This is covered by an ex- tremely fine, transparent muscle, whose fibres run almost parallel to those of the pectorales sternales, at an angle of about 70° to the longitudinal axis. This muscle, which is obvious on the sides of the body as well, is no doubt a true obliqtms externus. In the median venti'al line, the muscles of each side are separated, although the tough fascia appears to bridge the gap, through which may distinctly be seen the heart and conus (Plate Iv., fig. 2, c. and v.). Bordering this median gap, the obliquus ex- ternus is replaced by a band of longitudinal fibres (Plate Iv., fig. 2, oel.) which I had at first thought to be a distinct muscle, but which I have been quite unable to separate from it. These fibres seem to be wrapped in the same fascia as the obliquus, and to connect anteriorly with the expanded, symphysial portion of the coracoids. The different angle of the fibres is (.-ertainly conducive to regarding them as a distinct muscle, but, till better preserved material is available, this point cannot be settled.
Beneath the external oblique muscle is a layer of even more obscure fibres, which are so delicate and transparent that they
•Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1907, p.338. tBeddard, he. ciL, 1908, p.683. JBeddard. loc. cit.., 1907, p.338. §Beddard, loc. cit., 1907, p. 882. llBeddard, loc. cit., 1908, p.903. HBeddard, loc. cit., 1908, p. 083.
778 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
can only be seen by carefully angled lighting. These fibres, representing the obliquus wiferwws (Plate 1 v., fig. 2, oi.), run almost at right angles to those of the more superficial muscle; that is, they run outwards and backwards from the middle line of the ventral surface. They are so extremely thin that I cannot trace their boundaries or attachments, but they appear to underlie those of the more superficial muscle in toto.
The pectortdes abdominis of A. pansa (Plate Iv., fig.2, pa.) are very large, and in other respects unusual. From their origin at the posterior extremity of the body, they run forward, covering superficially almost the whole abdominal surface. For the greater part of their length, they are in contact medially, but, a short distance behind the symphysis of the coracoids, they diverge, and, narrowing rapidly, enter their insertion beneath the deltoid muscle. In L. dorsalia (Plate Iv., fig.3, pa.) and K. pulchra (Plate Iv., fig. I, pa.) their insertion is alsooverlain by the deltoid; while, in Hemisus guttatum* and Xenophrys mo7iticola,j they disappear beneath the pars sternalis of the pectoral. The fibres of the pectoralis abdominis run obliquely in the anterior portion of the muscle, but posteriorly are almost longitudinal. The muscle is characteristically thin, and separates readily from the underlying obliquus externus.
In L. dorsalis and in A', pulchra, the pectoralis abdominalis presents some peculiarities worthy of notice. In both these species, a remarkable modification of much the same nature occurs, which, as well as being exceptional in itself, is all the more noteworthy because of its presence in two such widely separated frogs. Thus, we find the muscle in each case divided into two distinct portions, which I have here called the portio internus (Plate Iv., figs. 1 and 3, pai.) and the portio externus ipae.) relative to their respective positions.
The portio internus of the pectoralis abdotninis (Plate Iv., fig.3, pai.) in L. dorsalis is fan-shaped, the fibres radiating from the narrow insertion to the line of origin on the first two poststernal segments of the rectus abdominalis. The line of origin is oblique
*Beddard, Proc. Zool. See, 1908, p. 899, fig. 176. tBeddard, loc. ciL, 1907, p.882, fig.231.
BY DENE 6. FRY. 779
and nearly straight. Starting from the posterior margin of the sternal plate some little distance from the linea alba, it runs out- wards and backwards at an angle of about 45', crossing the first and anterior two-thirds of the second segment of the rectus. The portio externus (pae.) of the muscle is long and strap-like, and lies just external to, and touching the edge of the portio internus along its whole length. It extends along the length of the abdomen, is of equal width throughout, and enters its inseition beneath the deltoid together with the inner portion. It appears to V)e bound in the same fascia as the portio internus, from which, however, it is easily separated.
In K. pulchra, the portio interitus (Plate Iv., fig. 1, j^ai.) is also fan-shaped, but with this, the similarity between the pectorales of the two forms ends Two peculiarities of the inner portion are of a most unusual nature. Firstly, the most anterior fibres, i.e., those nearest tlie pars sternalis, overlap that muscle, and to a great extent hide it from view, finding attachment on the median line of the sternal plate, inside the origin of the fibres of the pars sternalis, -which do not meet those of the muscle of the opposite side. Secondly, the portion of the pectoralis abdominis, which attaches to the sternum, is in contact with its fellow along the middle line of the breast-plate. This peculiar arrangement is made clear by the figure in Plate Iv., in which the greater part of the right pectoralis is shown dissected away. The abdo- minal line of origin of the pectoralis abdominis is curved, and terminates postero-laterally on the first inscriptio tendinea. The portio externus {^\site Iv., fig.l, pae.), although quite distinct from the inner portion, is connected to it and to the integument by multitudinous fibres, which seem to arise from the fascia invest- ing the muscle. It is triangular in shape, thus differing from the condition in L. dorsalis, and is somewhat longer than the inner portion. The inner edge of the portio externus overlaps the outer edge of the inner portion to a considerable extent, as the pins in the figure indicate (Plate Iv., fig.l). When seen from the ventral aspect, the triangular nature of the outer por- tion is not evident, as only the innermost edge is visible, the greater portion of the muscle lying on the side of the body.
780 DESCRIPTIO>f OF APHANTOPttRYNE,
The division into pars stemalis and pars epicoracoidalis of the pectoralis is very obscure in A. pansa. Along the line of origin on the symphysis, there is no trace whatever of any differentia- tion of the fiVjres; but, distally, as they approach their insertion beneath the detoid and pars abdominalis, a slight separation into a small anterior and a larger posterior moiety is noticeable. The anterior portion, representing the pars epico7-acoida/is (Plate Iv., fig. 2, pe.) of other frogs, Hnds attachment on the anterior portion of the epicoracoid cartilage and the median expansion of the ligament (Plate liv,, fig.lg, lig.) which lies in the position of an omosternum. The posterior moiety, or the pais stem alis [Plate Iv., fig. 2, /^s;:).) arises wholly from the epicoracoid and its weak posterior extension. It will be evident that these fibres, desig- nated as the pars sternalis, in all probability represent the portio anterior of that muscle, as found in other frogs.
This seems to exclude whatever room for doubt there exists as to whether the sternal plate will be found in Aphantdphryne as a separate element. In those frogs which possess a distinct sternum, we find the pars sternalis invariably attaching to it. If the sternum is cartilaginous, as in L. dorsalis, then the muscular attachment is of a lesser extent than in the case of such frogs as Ratia and Megalophrys, in which the sternum has a strong, calcified style. In Aphantophryne, however, we find the most posterior fibres of the pectoralis sternalis attaching to the weak, posterior extension of the epicoracoid cartilage, making the necessity of provision for further attachment, in the foim of a sternal plate, seem quite superfluous.
In L, dorsalis, in which there is a complete pectoral girdle, with omosternum and sternal plate, and much more powerful limbs, the arrangement is naturally very different. It shows three distinct divisions lying one in front of the other. The anterior or pars epicoracoidalis (Plate Iv., fig.3, joe.) is very like that of Rana esculenta* Its fibres do not attach to the omo- sternum. The median portion represents the portio aiitei-ior of
* Hoffmann, Bronn's Klass. Thier-Reichs, Band iv., 1873-78, p. 134, Taf. xvii., pe.
BY DENE B. FRY. 781
the pectoralis sternalis (psa.), and arises from the epicoracoidal arc, but is separated from its fellow in the middle line. The portio posterior (psp.) arises on the anterior half of the sternum and from the ligament binding the overlapping epicoracoids. It hides from view the coraco-brachialis brevis interior, and the coraco-brachialis longus, as the pars epicoracoidalis also hides the coraco-radialis.
Tn K. j)ulchra, the arrangement is much the same as in L. dorsalis, with the exception of a few details of origin, insertion, and relative position The pars epicoracoidalis (Plate Iv., fig.l, pfi.) is hardly distinguishable from the pars sternalis. The median division, or po tio anterior m. pectoralis stertialis (Plate Iv., fig. l,;;sa.) is even less distijict than in L. dorsalis. The most posterior fibres of this muscle attach to the sternum, but the others arise along the epicoracoid, as also do those of the pars epi- coracoidalis. The portio posterior (psp.) is relatively weak, and its fibres originate wholly from the sternum. As before mentioned, it is almost hidden from view by the portio internus m. pecto- ralis abdominalis Its fibres arise a little to one side of the middle line, showing those of the pectoralis abdominalis of each side to be in contact along their line of origin.
I have been unable to find a coraco-radialis, like that of Rana esculetita, in A. pansa. In L. dorsalis, there is a muscle, which I take to be the coraco-radialis proprins of Hoffmann* (Plate Iv., fig. 3, pr.). It underlies the pars epicoracoidalis and portio anterior of the pectoralis sternalis, and, by those muscles, is hidden completely from view, as is mentioned by Dr. Beddardf in the case of Megalophi'ys nasuta. It arises on the epicoracoid arc, and its fibres havt^ much the same angle as those of the more superficial pectoralis. In K. pulchra, there is an obscure band of muscle (Plate Iv., fig.l, pn.) which is analogous to the coraco- radialis of L. dorsalis. As in that species, it is hidden from view by the pars epicoracoidalis, and partly also by the anterior portion of the pars sternalis. In Metopostira ocellata, a frog
* Hoffinann, loc. cit., p. 135, Taf. xvii., crp. tBeddard, lot: cit., 1907, p. 337.
782 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
which possesses undoubted affinities to A.pansa, Professor von ATehely* has figured the coraco-radialis as plainly discernible in front of the pars epicoracoidalis.
The pectoralis cuiaveus is absent in all three frogs under dis- cussion. In K. pulchra, as in Hemisus yuttat^im, Xenophrys moiiticola, and Megalophrys nasuta, the septum dividing the thoracic and abdominal lymph-spaces is distinct, but is not invaded by muscle-fibres.
In L. dorsalis, there is a well-developed coracobrachialis lovyus (Plate Iv., fig.3, cbL). In front of this is a coraco-brachi- alis brevis internns (ebb.) which, although not so large as the Hrst-ment,ioned muscle, is nevertheless stronger than the same muscle in R. escnlenta.] Both these muscles are hidden by the pectoralis sternalis.
I am doubtful whether the muscle horaologised with the coraco-humeralis in A. pansasind K. pulchrais correctly so called. In the former, its fibres border the distal half of the coracoid posteriorly, attaching to that edge of the bone; in the latter, however, the muscle arises from the whole length of the coracoid, and a few fibres seem to originate on the sternal plate. This last condition is almost the same as in R. esculenta, and althouah A.pansa differs somewhat from it, K. pulchra seems to exhibit no features which supply grounds for doubting its identity. In this last species also, a slight indication of a separation of the fibres into a more anterior band is noticeable; these probably represent a coraco-brachialis brevis internus. However, my material is so poorly preserved, that I am unable to come to anv definite conclusion at present.
The deltoid (Plate Iv., fig.2, dl.) of A. pansa is weak and tape- like. A pars episternalis is wanting. The same muscle in K. pulchra (Plate Iv., fig.l, dl.) is much stronger and broader, but is otherwise identical. In L. dorsalis, there is a distinct pars episternalis (Plate Iv., fig.3, die.) the fibres of which originate on the omosternum. The portio scapularis is overlain by the mylohyoideus.
* V. Mehely, Termt^s. Fiizetek.. xxiv., 1901. vii., fig.6, rr. t Hortinann, /oc, cit., Taf, xvii., tigs.b-S, cbhi.
BY DENE B. FRY. 783
The most important features of the pectoral myolog)^ of the three frogs may be briefly referred to as follows : — Aphantophryne pansa Fry.
(1). The pectorales abdominis are very large, and, meeting in the middle line a short distance behind the pectoral girdle, they obscure nearly all the other ventral muscles from view. They originate at the posterior extremit}' of the body.
(2). 'I'he obliquus externus is separated on the median, ventral line, and is on a more superficial plane than the rectus abdominis. A band of medially-placed fibres, which run parallel to the longi- tudinal axis of the body, may or may not be part of this muscle.
(3). The pectoralis sternalis is much reduced, and the division into pars epicoracoidalis and pars sternalis is obscure.
(4). A coraco-radialis, like that in Eana esculenta, is absent.
(5). A pectoralis cutaneus is absent.
(6). A coracohumeralis (coraco-brachialis longns 1) seems to be present, although some doubt exists as to whether this muscle is correctly identified (see text).
(7). A coraco-brachudis brevis iiiternus is not present as a separate muscle.
(8). 'I'he deltoid is weak and strap-like. There is no fars epi- sternalis, and the pars scapularis is rendered rather prominent by the reduction in size of the pectoralis.
(9). The rectus abdominis is hidden from view by the large pectorales abdominis. On dissection, it is seen to be in two separate bands, which are widely separated in the middle line anteriorly. There is no linea alba, and only one('?) poststernal inscriptio tendinea.
Kaloula pulchra Gray. (1.) The pectoralis abdominis is divided into two portions. The portio internus is fan-shaped, and arises from the first post- sternal segment of the rectus; its anterior fibres are in contact with those of the other side, and attach to the sternal plate. The portio externus is quite distinct from the inner portion, and is triangular in shape; its inner edge overlaps the outer edge of the latter. There ai-e numerous fibrous connections with the integument.
784 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
(1). 'I'he obliquus muscles, internus and externus, show nothing extraordinary.
(3). The pecloralis sfernalis is well-developed. The pars epi- coracoidalis is normal; the pars sternalis is divisible into two portions, an anterior and a posterior. The portio posterior does not meet its fellow, being separated in the median line by the attachment of the portio internus of the pectoralis abdominis. Its fibres originate wholly from the sternum.
(4). A coraco-radialis is present.
(5). A pecloralis cutaneus is absent, but the septum dividing the pectoral and abdominal lymph-spaces is well-marked, though not invaded by fibres.
(6). A coraco-humeralis (coraco-brachialis lonyusV) is present.
(7). A coraco-brachialis brevis internus is perhaps represented, as the fibres of the last-mentioned muscle! 6) show an indication of a division into an anterior bundle.
(8). The deltoid is strong, and has no pars episternalis.
(9). The rectus abdominis is well-developed, and resembles that of Megalophrys nasuta and Xenophrys monticola in having only three, poststernal inscrip'iones tendinece. There is no linea alba present.
LiMNODYNASTES DORSALIS var. DUMEKILII Ptrs.
(1). The pectondis abdominis is divided into two portions, the portio internus which is fan-shaped, and the portio externus which is long and strap-like. The first arises on the two, anterior, poststernal segments of tlie rectus; and the latter from the posterior extremity of the ventral surface. The two pec- torales are separated in the median line, and the rectus is plainly visible.
(2). The obliquus externus and internus are normal.
(3). The pectoralis sternalis is strongly developed. It is plainly divisible into a pars epicoracoidalis, and a para sternalis; the latter is in two divisions, an anterior medially situated, and a posterior, whose fibres arise from both the sternal plate and the ligament binding the overlapping epicoracoids.
(4). A coraco-radialis is well developed.
(5), The pectoralis ciUaneus is absent.
BY DENE B. FRY. 785
(6). A coraco-hrachialis longus is normally developed.
(7). A coraco-brachiaiis brevis internas is rather strongly de- veloped.
(8). The deltoid is strong, and a pars episternalis connects with the oinosternuni. 'I'he portiu ficaptdaria is overlain by tlie mylohyoideus.
(9). The rectus abdominis is normal. A linea alba is present, and there are four poststernal ijiscrijitiones tetidinecf.
PLXPLANATION OF PLATES LIV.-LV.
Plate liv.
Aphantophryne pansa Fry.
Fig. 1. — Dorsal view of the tj^pe-specimen.
Fig. la. — Side-view of head.
Fig. 1'). — View of palate.
Fig. lo. — Dor.sal view of terminal phalanx of fourth toe.
Fig. V;. — Lateral view of terminal phalanx of fourth toe.
Fig. le. — Ventral view of hand.
Fig.]/. — Ventral view of foot.
Fig. If/. — Sternal apparatus of type-specimen; Uy., ligament.
Fig. 2. — Ventral view of a very stout specimen.
(All the figures enlarged. )
Plate Iv.
Fig. 1. — Ka/oii!a pii/rhra Gray; ventral view of breast, the skin and
pectoral muscles of the right side dissected away.
Fig. 2. — Aphantophryne pansa Fry; ventral view of breast, the skin and
pectoral muscles of the right side dissected away.
Fig..S. — Limnodynastes dorsal is Gr&y, var. diimerUii Peters; ventral view
of body, the skin and pectoral muscles of the right side dissected
away.
REFERENCES.
c, conus arteriosus of the heart — chh., coraeo-brachialis brevis internus — chl., coraco-brachiaiis longus — ch., coraco-humeralis — cL, clavicle — cor., coracoid — dL, deltoid — die., pars episternalis deltoidei — ec, epicoracoid cartilage — it., inscriptio tendinea (first poststernal) — la., linea alba — /(/., ligament — mh., mylohyoideus — oe., obliquus externus — oeh, median longi- tudinal fibres connected with obliquus externus — oi., obliquus internus — OS., omosternum — pa., pectoralis abdominalis — pae., portio externus m. pectoralis abdominalis — pai., portio internus m. pectoralis abdominalis — pe., pars epicoracoidalis m. pectoralis — pr., coraco-radialis (or sterno- radialis) — psa., portio anterior m. pectoralis sternalis — psp., portio pos- terior m. pectoralis .sternalis (Fig. 3) — psp., pectoralis sternalis (Fig.2) — ra., rectus abdominalis — ah., sternohyoideus — »t., sternum — v., ventricle of heart.
60
786
THE CHANGE OF COMPOSTTION OF ALVEOLAR AIR
AFTER THE STOPPAGE OF NORMAL
BREATHING.
By H. S. Halcro Wardlaw, D.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Physiology.
(With two Text-figs.)
Introduction.
The tensic)!! of carbon dioxide in the alveolar air of man is maintained, under conditions of rest and normal breathing, at a definite value in each individual, from which it deviates only slightly. The constant values for different individuals vary over a wider ranf^e. These facts were first established bv Haldane and Priestly (1905), and by FitzGerald and Haldane (1905). Campbell, Douglas, and Hobson (1914) have recently shown that an increase of 2 nira.Hg in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide is sufficient to double the amount of ventilation of the lungs. Under ordinary conditions of rest, then, the amount of air breathed in a given time is so adjusted as to keep the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide practically constant. Haldane and Priestly also showed that the alveolar tensions of oxygen may be varied widely by breathing atmospheres containing different percentages of oxygen, without sensibly affecting the amount of ventilation of the lungs. Within wide limits, therefore, the ventilation of the lungs is regulated solely by the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide, and is independent of the alveolar tension of oxygen.
When, however, the normal ventilation of the lungs is stopped l)y holding the breath, or by rebreathing the same air, thecaibon dioxide given off by the blood will accumulate in the lungs, while the oxygen present will tend to disappear. The first investiga- tion of the change of composition of the air in the lungs, when the breath is held, seems to be that of Becher (1S55), who held the breath for various periods ranging up to 100 seconds, after
BY H. S. IIALC'HO WAHnLAAV. 787
taking a deep inspiration. He found that the percentage of carbon dioxide in the expired air rose at a continually decreasing rate, and, towards the end of the period of holding the breath, seemed almost to have reached a constant value.
By shutting off one lobe of the lung of an animal from the exchange of gases with the inspired air, and drawing off samples of the contents througli a catheter, Wolffberg (1871) attempted to measure the final tension of carbon dioxide in this portion of the lung after a state of equilibrium with the venous blood had been reached.
Loewy and von Schrotter (1905) carried out similar experi- ments upon human beings. They found that the alveolar ten- sions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen eventually reached con- stant values, the former gas sooner than the latter. These values they regarded as the venous tensions of the gases.
Hill and Flack (1908) observed the length of time for which the breath could be held, under normal conditions, after breath- ing oxygen, and after muscular exercise. They measured the tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in the alveolar air when the breaking-point was reached. They also measured the final alveolar percentages after breathing as long as possible from an anaesthetic bag, tilled, in one case, with expired air, in another case, with oxygen. In each case, the time of holding the breath was longer, and the final tensions of carbon dioxide were higher than when similar gaseous mixtures were simply held in the luno-s. The final tensions of carbon dioxide reached were also higher when oxygen was present in excess. These investigators made experiments to determine the alveolar percentages of carbon dioxide and of oxygen after holding the breath for various periods, and found that the percentage of oxygen fell more rapidly than that of carbon dioxide. They concluded that it was the alveolar percentage of oxygen, and not that of carbon dioxide, which determined the period for which the breath could be held. From their experiments on rebreathing the same air from a bag, they concluded that holding the breath obstiucted the circulation and so hindered the exchange of gases between^__.^^ the alveolar air and the blood, /vN^ ^^/\
luIlibrary ^
788 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVROLAR AIR,
Leimdorfer (1909) determined the composition of alveolar air after inspirations of ordinary air, and of gaseous mixtures con- taining different percentages of carbon dioxide and oxygen, had been held in the lungs as long as possible. He, too, found that excess of oxygen raised the final percentage of carbon dioxide attained, and concluded that the time for which the breath could be held was determined by the percentage of oxygen in the alveolar air.
Du Bois-Reymond (1910) connected one lobe of the lung of an animal with a space filled with nitrogen, and observed the I'ate at which carbon dioxide was given off into this space. He found that the percentage of carbon dioxide rose at a logarith- mically decreasing rate, and approached a certain final value.
Christiansen, Douglas, and Haldane (1914) carried out ex- periments to determine the composition of alveolar air after holding in the lungs mixtures of air containing various percent- ages of carbon dioxide. The lungs, in fact, were used as an a«rotonometer. When the percentage of carbon dioxide in the inspired mixture was below a certain value, the percentage in the alveolar air was greater after holding the breath than that present in the original mixture. When, however, the percentage of carbon dioxide in the mixture was greater than this value, the alveolar percentage, after holding the breath, was less than that in the original mixture; that is, carbon dioxide had been absorbed by the blood. These investigators concluded that the percentage of carbon dioxide in the inspired air above which carbon dioxide was absorbed by the blood, and below which carbon dioxide was given off by the blood, was the percentage in the alveolar air with which the venous blood was in equi- librium in the lungs, and from which the venous tension of carbon dioxide in the lungs could be calculated. These workers also measured the percentages of carbon dioxide in the alveolar air after holding the breath for various periods. They found that the alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide continued to rise during the whole period for which the breath was held, and con- cluded that the venous tension of carbon dioxide could not be determined by observations of this kind.
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 789
Recently, Boothbv and Sandiford (J 916) have also used the above aerotonoraetric method for the determination of the venous tension of carbon dioxide, and have obtained results similar to those of Christiansen, Douf,das, and Haldane {loc. cit.).
In the present investigation, the rate at which the cotnposition of alveolar air changes, when the admission of fresh air to the lungs is discontinued, has been examined in greater detail. The rate of alteration of the composition of the alveolar air has been studied under two different sets of conditions. In the first series of experiments, the breath was simply held for measured periods after the completion of a normal inspiration, before taking a sample of alveolar air. In the second series of experi- ments, after the completion of a normal inspiration, breathing was continued into and out of an empty rubber bag, samples of alveolar air being collected from time to time. It was found that the rise in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide and the fall in the tension of oxygen were considerably more rapid in the second series of experiments than the first.
Experiments have also been carried out to examine more closely the difference between the two sets of results. It was found that movement of the same air into and out of the lungs, altera- tion of pressure in the closed chest, or the maintenance of nega- tive pressure in the chest, caused a marked increase in the rate of increase of the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide. The main- tenance of positive pressure in the chest, however, slightly de- creased the rate of change of composition of the alveolar air after the cessation of normal respiration.
Methods.
The experiments described in this paper were made upon one subject (H.S.H.W.). Before commencing to collect samples of alveolar air, the subject seated himself comfortably and rested for ten minutes in order to allow the respiration to become as steady as possible. The subject remained seated during the whole course of an experiment. The only work done by him was the opening of taps for the collection of samples of alveolar air, the starting and stopping of a kymograph, and the making
790 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AlR,
of the deep expirations from wliich the samples were obtained. A complete rest of five minutes was taken after the collection of each sample. The experiments in each series in the Tables given below are recorded in the order in which they were made.
Two preliminary series of experiments, in which about two hundred analyses were performed, were carried out on two diflferent subjects. In these experiments, attention was not paid to the necessity of allowing the subject to rest completely before taking a sample of alveolar air. The variations among individual experiments were, consequently, too great to allow precise conclusions to be drawn. The average results of each series, however, showed the same features as the experiments recorded here.
The samples of alveolar air were collected over mercury in exhausted gas-burettes. The deep expirations from the last por tions of which the samples were obtained (Haldane and Priestly, loc. cit.) were made through a brass mouth-piece, 20 cm. long, into a rubber-lined anajsthetic-bag. The mouth-piece was pro- vided with ten side-tubes of capillary bore; to these tubes, burettes were attached. In this way, a number of samples of alveolar air could be collected without other manipulation than the opening of spring-clips.
The instant at which an expiration was made was recorded on the drum of a kymograph by means of a manometer con- nected witli one of the side-tubes of the mouth-piece. The instant at which respiration was stopped and the holding of the breath commenced, was recorded on the kymograph by pinching the tube leading to the manometer. A Jaquet clock was arranged to make a time-tracing, showing seconds, immediately below the tracing of the manometer. The periods elapsing between the commencement of holding the breath and the making of the expiration from which the sample of alveolar air was obtained, were determined by measurement of the graphic records. In the cases in which the subject breathed into and out of a closed bag, the intervals of time between the successive expirations were measured in the same way. Time could be measured on the tracings with an error of about 0*5 second.
BY H. S. MALCRO WARDLAW.
791
Periods of holding tlie breath, or, between expirations into a bajr, are "iven in the Tables to the nearest second.
The analyses of the samples of alveolar air were carried out in a small Haldane-apparatus. About 20 cc. of alveolar air were collected for each sample, about 9 cc. being used for an analysis. Duplicate analyses were performed only in those cases in which there was doubt as to the reliability of a result. The results of duplicate analyses showed divergences ranging up to 2%. The deviation from the mean is only half this figure. The results given in the Tables, therefore, have an error of less than 2%; that is to say, the percentages of carbon dioxide and of oxygen are correct to less than one-tenth of one per cent. The amounts of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in the alveolar air are expressed as percentages by volume of tlie dry gas. The partial tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen, in millimetres of mercury, are also given. The tensions were calculated from the percentage composition of the dry gas, the barometric pressure at the time of the experiment, and the tension of aqueous vapour in the lungs [43 mm. Hg, Loewy and Gerhartz(1913), Osborne (1913)]. The tensions have an error of less than 1 mm.Hg.
Effect of holding the Breath.
In the following Table are shown the percentages and tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in alveolar air after holding the breath for various pei'iods. In the last portion of the Table, the averages of the values obtained in the individual experiments are given.
Tablk i. Composition of alreolar air after lioldiiiy breath for rariouK jjeriods.
|
Carbon dioxide. |
Oxygen. |
||||
|
Number. |
Time. |
||||
|
Per cent. |
Mm.Hg. |
Per cent. |
Mm.Hg. |
||
|
1 |
0 |
5-26 |
38-4 |
||
|
2 |
5 |
o-7o |
42 0 |
||
|
3 |
10 |
5-97 |
43-6 |
||
|
4 |
16 |
6-19 |
45-1 |
||
|
5 |
20 |
6 -20 |
45-6 |
||
|
6 |
27 |
6-56 |
47-8 |
||
|
7 |
31 |
6-50 |
47-5 |
792
CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
Table i. — continued.
|
Time. |
Carbon dioxide. |
Oxygen. |
|||
|
Number. |
Per cent. |
Mm.Hg. |
Per cent. |
Mm.Hg. |
|
|
8 |
0 |
5-53 |
40 4 |
||
|
9 |
5 |
5-90 |
43 0 |
||
|
10 |
11 |
6 01 |
43 9 |
||
|
11 |
16 |
6-42 |
46-9 |
||
|
12 |
20 |
6-58 |
48-0 |
||
|
13 |
27 |
6-57 |
48-0 |
||
|
14 |
30 |
6-67 |
487 |
||
|
15 |
37 |
6-91 |
50-5 |
||
|
16 |
0 |
.V20 |
37-6 |
1600 |
115-8 |
|
17 |
6 |
579 |
41-9 |
1475 106 8 |
|
|
18 |
12 |
6-21 , |
45-0 |
13-68 99 0 |
|
|
19 |
16 |
6-18 |
44-8 |
13-81 100-0 |
|
|
20 |
21 |
(5-49 |
47 0 |
12-76 92-3 |
|
|
21 |
26 |
6-33 |
45-8 |
12-74 |
92-2 |
|
22 |
31 |
6 "55 |
47-4 |
11-93 |
86-4 |
|
23 |
36 |
6-75 |
48-8 |
1 1 -20 |
81-1 |
|
24 |
0 |
511 |
36-9 |
16-48 |
118-8 |
|
25 |
7 |
5-87 |
42 4 |
14-98 1081 |
|
|
26 |
11 |
fi-06 |
43-8 |
14-43 104-2 |
|
|
27 |
16 |
6-37 |
46-0 |
13-65 98-5 |
|
|
28 |
20 |
6-51 |
47-0 |
12-95 93-5 |
|
|
29 |
26 |
6-57 |
47-4 |
12-39 89-4 |
|
|
30 |
30 |
670 |
48-3 |
11-89 85-8 |
|
|
31 |
35 |
6-65 |
48-0 |
12-10 87-4 |
|
|
32 |
0 |
510 |
36-8 |
16-21 1170 |
|
|
33 |
6 |
5-89 |
42-5 |
14-83 107 0 |
|
|
34 |
10 |
6-28 |
45-3 |
14-04 101-4 |
|
|
35 |
16 |
6-29 |
45-4 |
13-70 98-9 |
|
|
36 |
21 |
6-49 |
46-8 |
12-85 92-8 |
|
|
37 |
25 |
6-52 |
47-1 |
12-46 |
89-9 |
|
38 |
30 |
678 |
49-0 |
11-64 |
84-1 |
|
39 |
35 |
677 |
48-9 |
11-13 |
80-4 |
|
40 |
0 |
5-34 |
37-9 |
16-40 |
116-5 |
|
41 |
5 |
5-89 |
41-8 |
14-21 |
101-0 |
|
42 |
11 |
5-99 |
42-5 |
14-04 |
99-9 |
|
43 |
17 |
6-43 |
451 |
12-69 |
901 |
|
44 |
21 |
6 "57 |
467 |
1213 |
86-2 |
|
45 |
26 |
677 |
48-1 |
11-83 |
84-1 |
|
46 |
31 |
678 |
481 |
11-31 |
80-5 |
|
47 |
36 |
6-98 |
49-6 |
10-42 |
71-1 |
BY H. S. HALrRO WARHLAW.
793
|
Table i. — |
confinuerl. |
||||
|
Carbon dioxide. |
Oxygen. |
||||
|
Number. |
Time. |
||||
|
Per cent. |
Mm.Hg. |
Per cent. Mm.Hg. |
|||
|
Average. |
0 |
.•>-26 |
38-0 |
16-00 |
118-3 |
|
6 |
o-8o |
42-6 |
14-69 |
106-1 |
|
|
11 |
6-09 |
44-0 |
14-05 |
101-5 |
|
|
16 |
6-31 |
45-6 |
13-46 |
97-3 |
|
|
21 |
6-45 |
46-6 |
12-67 |
91-6 |
|
|
25 |
6-55 |
47-4 |
12-36 |
89-3 |
|
|
31 |
6 -66 |
48-1 |
1 1-69 |
84-4 |
|
|
36 |
6-82 |
49-3 |
1 1 -21 |
8 10 |
The manner in which the composition of alveolar air changes
when the breath is held, as expressed by the above figures, is
more clearly shown by the accompanying diagram ('J'ext-fig.l).
In the diagram, times are plotted as abscissae, the corresponding
tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen as ordinates. The
points shown in the diagram represent the average values given
in the Table.
Diagram i.
Curve A in the diagram represents the variation of the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide with the period of holding the breath. This curve shows that, as the breath is held, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises at a continually decreas- ing rate for about 30 seconds. During the first 5 seconds of holding the breath, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises from 38-0 to 41-6, 3-3 mm.Hg. Between the 2oth and 30th seconds, the tension rises from 47*5 to 48-0, 0-5 mm.Hg, that is, at only about one-seventh of the initial rate. After the 30th second, the rate of increase of the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide ceases to fall, and begins to rise again. This increase in steepness continues to the 35th second, beyond which the subject was unable to hold the breath and still retain the power of making the forced expiration necessary to obtain a sample of alveolar air. The increase in the rate at which the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises, after holding the breath for about 30 seconds, is due to the fact that the subject then begins to make involuntary movements of the diaphragm and of the muscles of the chest, which grow in intensity as the holding
794
CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
of the breath is continued. These movements, as will be shown later, markedly hasten the passage of carbon dioxide into the alveolar air. The total rise of the tension of carbon dioxide, on holding the breath for 35 seconds, is ll-5inm.Hg.
|
60 |
» |
|||
|
so |
^v |
^ |
c |
|
|
^0 |
y |
"a |
||
|
30 |
y^ |
s |
\\ |
X5 |
|
20 |
\ |
o\ |
||
|
P\ |
//o
/GO
90
so
70
Tfiye
10
20
30
^o
Text-fig. 1. — Variation of alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen with period of holding the breath (A, B), and with period of re- breathing expired air (C, D). Times (abscissie) in seconds, tensions (ordinates) in mm.Hg. Curve B, in the above diagram, shows how the alveolar tension
of oxygen changes as the breath is held. It will be seen that
BY H. S. HALCRO WAHDLAW. 795
the rate, at which the tension of oxygen falls, is very much greater than the rate at which the tension of carbon dioxide rises. In 35 seconds, the tension of oxygen falls from 116-5 to 81 "0, 35-5 mm. Hg, or more than three times as much as the tension of carbon dioxide rises. It will be noticed also that, although the rate of change of the alveolar tension of oxygen slows down with time, this slowing down is much less marked than in the case of the tension of carbon dioxide. During the first 5 seconds of the experiment, the tension falls 7*5 mm Hg; during the last 5 seconds, 3-5mm.Hg or at about one-half the initial rate. The tremors of the respiratory muscles, which make their appearance towards the end of the experiment, apparently do not become of sufficient intensity to afiect notice- ably the rate of absorption of oxygen in the lungs.
When the breath is held for a long enough period, therefore, the tension of carbon dioxide gives indications of attaining a certain fixed value The alveolar tension of oxygen, on the other hand, falls rapidly during the whole period for which the breath can be held.
Effect of rebkeathinc, the same Air.
In the following Table are given the alveolar tensions and percentages of carbon dioxide and of oxygen after the air in the lungs at the end of a normal inspiration, instead of being held there for a certain period, is breathed into and out of a closed, empty bag. Under these circumstances, the air of the lungs does not remain stagnant, but is mixed together by the movements of breathing. The contents of the lungs are also mixed with the air in the mouth-piece, and in the bag, which cannot be emptied completely. The volume of this air is not more than 100 cc. The average volume of the deepest expira- tion which the present subject can make, after taking a normal inspiration, is 2200 cc. As the volume of the residual air may be taken as 800-1000 cc, the total volume of the air in the lungs, at the end of a normal inspiration, amounts to approximately 3000 cc. The contents of the lungs are mixed, therefore, with about 3% of their volume of air by breathing into and out of the
796
CMAXGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
bag. If the rate at which the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises, and that at which the alveolar tension of oxygen falls, be the same, when the contents of the lungs are breathed in this way as when the breath is held, the changes in the tensions of the gases will be about 3% less in the former case than in the latter. The figures given in the following Table, however, show that, on the contrar\', the changes in the tensions of the gases are con- siderably greater in the former case.
Table ii. — Composition of alveolar air after hreafliiii;/ into and out of dosed hay for narious periods.
|
Time. |
Carbon |
dioxide. |
Oxygen. |
||||||
|
Number. |
Per cent. |
Mm.Hg. 36-5 |
Per cent. |
Mm.Hg. |
|||||
|
48 |
0 |
5 07 |
15-70 |
112-8 |
|||||
|
49 |
7 |
5 |
91 |
42 |
5 |
14 |
•13 |
101 |
5 |
|
50 |
15 |
6 |
52 |
46 |
9 |
12 |
44 |
89 |
5 |
|
51 |
22 |
6 |
73 |
48 |
9 |
11 |
•22 80 |
7 |
|
|
52 |
29 |
7 |
07 |
50 |
8 |
10 |
03 72 |
2 |
|
|
63 |
34 |
7 |
03 |
50 |
5 |
9 |
35 |
67 |
2 |
|
54 |
41 |
7 |
29 |
52 |
4 |
8 |
74 |
62 |
8 |
|
55 |
46 |
7 |
30 |
52 |
5 |
8 |
23 |
59 |
1 |
|
56 |
0 |
5 |
03 |
35 |
7 |
15 |
92 |
113 |
2 |
|
57 |
7 |
5 |
77 |
41 |
0 |
14 |
93 |
106 |
1 |
|
58 |
16 |
6 |
33 |
45 |
0 |
13 |
53 |
96 |
2 |
|
59 |
23 |
6 |
74 |
47 |
9 |
12 |
•13 |
86 |
2 |
|
60 |
31 |
6 |
96 |
49 |
5 |
11 |
32 |
80 |
5 |
|
61 |
38 |
7 |
20 |
51 |
2 |
10 |
14 |
72 |
1 |
|
62 |
44 |
7 |
34 |
52 |
1 |
9 |
35 |
66 |
5 |
|
63 |
51 |
7 |
37 |
52 |
4 |
8 |
65 |
61 |
5 |
|
64 |
0 |
5 |
35 |
38 |
4 |
15 |
•84 |
113 |
8 |
|
65 |
8 |
6 |
09 |
43 |
3 |
14 |
51 |
104 |
>> |
|
66 |
14 |
6 |
60 |
47 |
4 |
13 |
36 |
95 |
9 |
|
67 |
20 |
6 |
94 |
49 |
8 |
11 |
95 |
85 |
8 |
|
68 |
27 |
7 |
24 |
49 |
8 |
10 |
■87 |
78 |
0 |
|
69 |
33 |
7 |
47 |
53 |
6 |
9 |
91 |
71 |
2 |
|
70 |
38 |
7 |
59 |
54 |
5 |
8 |
70 |
62 |
4 |
|
71 |
44 |
7 |
77 |
55 |
7 |
7 |
97 |
57 |
2 |
|
72 |
0 |
5 |
30 |
38 |
6 |
16 |
■20 |
lis |
0 |
|
73 |
7 |
5 |
99 |
43 |
6 |
15 |
•25 |
110 |
3 |
|
74 |
13 |
6 |
63 |
47 |
8 |
13 |
88 |
100 |
3 |
|
75 |
19 |
7 |
09 |
51 |
2 |
12 |
88 |
93 |
1 |
|
76 |
25 |
7 |
25 |
52 |
4 |
11 |
80 |
85 |
4 |
|
77 |
31 |
7 |
45 |
53 |
8 |
11 |
00 |
79 |
6 |
|
78 |
36 |
7 |
61 |
55 |
0 |
9 |
94 |
71 |
8 |
|
79 |
42 |
7-78 |
56-2 |
9 08 |
65-6 |
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW.
797
Table ii. — rontiiintil.
|
Time. |
Carbon |
dioxide. |
Oxygen. |
||
|
Number. |
Per cent. |
Mm.Hg. 38-0 |
Per cent. 161 |
Mm.Hy. |
|
|
Average |
0 |
5-25 |
116-4 |
||
|
0 |
5-70 |
41 0 |
15 1 |
1091 |
|
|
10 |
6 15 |
44 5 |
141 |
101 9 |
|
|
15 |
6-5 |
47 0 |
132 |
95-5 |
|
|
20 |
6-8 |
49-2 • |
12-3 |
89 0 |
|
|
25 |
7 05 |
51 0 |
114 |
82-5 |
|
|
;^o |
7-25 |
52-4 |
10-7 |
77-2 |
|
|
;^5 |
7 35 |
531 |
9-8 |
70-9 |
|
|
40 |
7 45 |
53 9 |
9-2 |
66-5 |
1 lie intei'vals of time between the taking of each sample of alveolar air and that of the next in the above series of experi- ments, are not considered to be uniform enough to allow average values to be calculated from them arithmetically. The average figures given in the last portion of the Table, therefore, have been determined graphically by plotting the individual experiments on squared paper, drawing a curve through the points represent- ing each series of results, and, from the curves, detei'mining the tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen for corresponding times. From the figures got thus, the average values have been calcu- lated in the ordinar}^ way. These values are represented in the diagram by the points on the curves C and D.
The curve C represents the manner in which the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises when the contents of the lungs are breathed into and out of a closed, empty bag. It will be seen that the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises at a continually decreasing rate. During the first 5 seconds of the experiment, the tension of carbon dioxide rises 3"5 mm.Hg, or by practically the same amount as when the breath is held in the lungs. Between the 2oth and 30th seconds, however, the rise is 1-4 mm. Hg, or about thrice as great as when the breath is held. The total rise in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide in 35 seconds is from 380 to 53*0, 15"0 mm.Hg, or nearly 40% greater than the rise occurring in the same period when the breath is simply held.
Curve D shows the rate at which the alveolar tension of oxygen falls when the contents of the lungs are breathed into
798 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVKOLAR AIR,
and out of a closed bag. This rate decreases very slowly with time. The fall in the alveolar tension of oxygen during the first
5 seconds of tlie experiment is 7-5 mm.Hg, the same as when the breath is held. Between the 25th and 30th seconds, the fall is
6 mm.Hg, or nearly twice as great as when the breath is held. The total fall in the alveolar tension of oxygen, after breathing into and out of the bag for 35 seconds, is from 116-4 to 70-9, 45-5 mm.Hg, or nearly 30% greater than when the breath is simply held. Thus, when the same air is rebreathed, not only is there an increase of the rate at which the composition of the alveolar air changes, but tht^ amount of the change itself is also greater than when an equal quantity of air is held in the lungs for an equal period. Although the increase in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide and thedecrea.se in the alveolar tension of oxygen are so much greater, when the air in the lungs is breathed to and from a bag for a given time, than when the breath is held for the same length of time, the period which elapses before the subject begins to feel acutely the need of fresh air is considerably extended in the former case. Tn the present subject, the feeling of distress is as pronounced after holding the breath for 35 seconds as it is after breathing to and from the bag for about 50 seconds.
Discussion of Results. The curves in the above diagram show the rates of change of the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and oxygen at different times after the stoppage of normal respiration. Tliey depict the rates of movement of these gases to and from the alveolar air. Carbon dioxide and oxygen can move only to and from the alveolar out of or into the pulmonary tissues and the blood, on the one hand, and the air of the dead space, on the other hand. At the end of a normal inspiration, the dead space amounts to about 5% of the total volume of the lungs. Even when the dead space is increased by the addition of the mouthpiece and bag, the alveolar air of the lungs still accounts for more than 90% of the air with which the blood can exchange gases. Exchano^es of gases between the alveoli and the dead space, therefore, will affect but slightly the alveolar tensions, and the above curves
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 799
may be taken as exhibiting the exchange of carbon dioxide and of oxygen between the blood and pulmonary tissues, and the alveolar air under the conditions of the experiments.
If diffusion play a part in this exchange of gases between the alveolar air and the blood, the variations in the rates of exchange are likely to be expressed by an equation of the form
d(P-p);dt= -n(P-p) (1)
where P is the effective, not necessarily the actual, tension of the gas in the venous blood entering the lungs, p the tension in the alveolar air at the moment, and n a constant. The work of Mosso (1904), of Haldaneand his collaborators (/oc.cti!., and Christiansen and Haldane, 1914),of Krogh and Krogh( 1910), and of others, has shown that the tensions of the carbon dioxide in the arterial blood leaviny the lungs must be very close to the alveolar tension
With regard to the tension of oxygen in tlie arterial blood, opinion is not so unanimous. Barcroft and Cooke (1913) found arterial blood (human) to be 94% saturated with oxygen. Twort and Hill (1915) showed, however, that, during rest and shallow respiration, the degree of saturation may be considerably lower.
According to the above equation, if the tensions of the gases in the venous blood entering the lungs, after the stoppage of the exchange with the air occurring in normal respiration, remain constant for a period long enough, the alveolar tensions will approach very closely to the venous, and the blood will pass through the lungs practically unchanged.
Equation (1) is converted by integration into the form
log(P-p) = loga-nt (2)
where a is another constant
If the figures for p given in the above tables vary with the times of stoppage of normal respiration in the manner described by this equation, then, if instead of plotting the tensions against times, the logarithms of the differences of these tensions from certain constant tensions, P, be plotted, the curves obtained will be straight lines. The values of the constant tensions, P, towards which the tensions, p, approach, may be calculated by converting equation (2) into the form
P-p = a/10"* (3)
800 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
by eliminating the logarithms. If the values of p and t be inserted into the equation for pairs of equidistant values of t, equations containing only P and p may be obtained, and, from these, the values of P may be determined In this way, it may be calculated that, when the breath is held, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide (curve A) rises from the initial value of 38-0 mra.Hg towards a final value of 50-0 mm. Hg. When the air in the lungs is breathed into and out of a closed bag, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide (curve C) rises from the same initial value towards the value of 59-Omm.Hg. The value towards which the alveolar tension of oxygen sinks when the breath is held (curve B) is found by a similar calculation to be .05 mni.Hg, the initial value being 1164 mm.Hg. 'J'he curvature of curve B is much less than that of the two preceding curves, and the accu- racy with which the value of P can be calculated is correspond- ingly less. In the case of curve D, representing the variation of the alveolar tension of oxygen when the air of the lungs is breathed into and out of a bag, the curvature is so small, that the value of the tension which would be reached eventually, if the tension continued to fall in the same manner, cannot be determined with any precision by the above calculation. This is due to the fact that, in the calculation, the differences of observed values appear. These differences become smaller as the curvature decreases, and as the whole experimental error falls on the differences, the uncertainty of their values soon becomes so great as to render them useless for calculation. The value given for P for each of the curves A, B, and C, is the mean of six values calculated from six different sets of points on the
curve.
The values of these final tensions can be determined graphically with more precision by assuming certain values for P, and plotting the graphs of the corresponding equation (2). It is found that the curve so obtained is a straight line, t.e., is de- scribed by equation (2), only when the value chosen for P lies between certain limits.
In the following Table are given the values of log (P - p) when the values assumed for the final tension, P, are 485 mm.Hg for
BY H. S. HALCRO VVARDLAW.
801
curve A, 60-5 mm Hg for curve C, 550 mm.Hg for curve B, and 00 mm.Hg for curve D.
Table iii. — Lo<jaritlniis of differences belireen certain fixed tenMons (P) nud alreo/ar tenaioiis (p) of carbon dio.riile and of o.cygeu after fio/diiiy tfie breath, and after breatfiimj info and out of a bay for various periods (t). Series A, carbon dioxide. Series B, oxyyen, after fioJdiny brentft. Series C, cai-boii dioxide. Series I), oxyyen, after breattiiny into and out of bay.
|
Series. |
t |
P |
1 P |
P-p. |
Log (P - p). |
|
Mm.Hg. |
Mm.Hg. |
Mm.Hg. |
|||
|
A |
0 |
48-5 |
38 0 |
10-5 |
1021 |
|
6 |
42-3 |
6-2 |
0-792 |
||
|
11 |
44 -n |
4-5 |
0-653 |
||
|
16 |
4.j-<i |
2-9 |
0-462 |
||
|
21 |
46-6 |
1-9 |
0-279 |
||
|
25 |
47-4, |
11 |
0041 |
||
|
. |
31 |
48-1 |
0-4 |
-0-398 |
|
|
36 |
40-3 |
-0-8 |
|||
|
B |
0 |
55 0 |
US -3 |
63-3 |
1-801 |
|
6 |
1 06-1 |
51-1 |
1 -708 |
||
|
11 |
101-.") |
46-5 |
1-668 |
||
|
16 |
1(7-3 |
42-3 |
1 -626 |
||
|
21 |
m •() |
36 -6 |
1 -564 |
||
|
25 |
89-3 |
34-3 |
1 -535 |
||
|
31 |
84-4 |
29-4 |
1 -468 |
||
|
36 |
81(1 |
26-0 |
1-41.-) |
||
|
C |
0 |
60-5 |
38-0 |
22-5 |
1 -352 |
|
5 |
41-0 |
19-5 |
1-290 |
||
|
10 |
44-.-) |
16 0 |
1-204 |
||
|
15 |
47-0 |
13-5 |
11 30 |
||
|
^ |
49-2 |
11-3 |
1 053 |
||
|
25 |
51-0 |
9-5 |
0-978 |
||
|
30 |
52-4 |
8-1 |
0-908 |
||
|
35 |
53 1 |
7-4 |
0-869 |
||
|
40 |
53-9 |
6-6 |
0-8-20 |
||
|
D |
0 |
0-0 |
116-4 |
116-4 |
2-066 |
|
5 |
109-1 |
1091 |
2-038 |
||
|
10 |
101-9 |
101-9 |
2-008 |
||
|
15 |
95-5 |
95-5 |
1-980 |
||
|
20 |
89-0 |
89-0 |
1-949 |
||
|
25 |
82-5 |
82-5 |
1-917 |
||
|
30 |
77-2 |
77-2 |
1-888 |
||
|
35 |
70-9 |
70-9 |
1-851 |
||
|
4U |
66-5 |
66-5 |
1 -823 |
In the following diagram (Text-fig.2). tlie values of log (P - p)
61
802
CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
are shown plotted as ordinates against periods of holding the • c
r
breath or of breathing into and out of a bag as abscissa?.
Text-fig.2. — Variation of logarithms of differences between existing and final alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen (ordinates), with period of holding the breath (A, B), and with period of re- breathing expired air (C, D). Times (abscissae) in seconds. In each curve, the logarithms are plotted to the same scale, but the zero ordinates are adjusted to bring the curves together.
BY H. S. HALCRO VTARDLAW. 803
This diagram shows that, when the above values are assumed for the final tensions, P, the points obtained for the value of log ( P - p) fall upon straight lines. The curves through these depart visibly from straight lines wlien the values chosen foi' P lie outside of tlie following limits: 48-5J:l-0 mm.Hg for curve A; 60-5il2mm.Hg for curve C; 550±5 mm.Hg for curve H: 0"*:]0 mm.Hg for curve D.
The figures for the variations of the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen after the stoppage of normal breathing, according to the above relations between them, may have the following interpretation.
When the breath is held, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises, during the first 25 seconds, from its initial value of 38-0 mm.Hg at such a logarithmically decreasing rate that, if tlie rise were to continue in the same manner, a final tension of 48-5 mm.Hg would be approached closely. This final tension is actually passed during the period of the experiment The effective diflerence of tension driving carbon dioxide from the blood into the alveolar air, when the holding of the breath begins, is thus lOS mm.Hg in the present subject. This final tension of carbon dioxide lies within the range of values found by Christiansen, Douglas, and Haldane {he. cit.) for the tension of carbon dioxide in venous blood by their aerotonometric method. It is also within 2 mm.Hg of the value calculated by Boothby (1915) from the consumption of oxygen, the fiow of blood through the lungs, and the respiratory quotient.
With regard to the variation of the alveolar tension of oxygen when the breath is held, the results of the present investigation show that the tension falls at a logarithmically decreasing rate such that, starting from the initial value of 116-4 mm.Hg, a final value of 55 mm.Hg would be approximated to if the fall continued in the same way. The difference of tension driving oxygen from the alveolar air into the blood is thus about 61 mm.Hg, when the holding of the breath begins. At the end of the experiment, the alveolar tension of oxygen is still 26 mm.Hg above this final value.
When the air in the lungs is breathed into and out of an
804 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
empty bag, instead of being held in the closed chest, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises from its initial value of 38-0 mm. Her at a lusrarithmicaliv decreasing rate such that, if the rise continued in the same way, a final tension of 60-5 mm Hg would be approached closely. During the period of the experiment, tlie alveolar tension of carbon dioxide ri,ses to within GSmm Hg of this final value. The initial difference of tension driving carbon dioxide from the blood into the alveolar air is, in this case, 22 5 mm.Hg, or about double that acting when the breath is held.
The alveolar tension of oxygen, when the air in the lungs is rebreathed, falls from its initial value of 116"4 mm.Hg at a logarithmically decreasing rate such that the final tension of oxygen would approach zero, if the fall continued in the same way. The initial difi'erence of tension driving oxygen from the alveolar air into the blood is, in this case, 116-4 mm.Hg, again practically double the efi'ective difi'erence existing when the breath is held. During the period of the experiment, the alveo- lar tension of oxvsen falls to a value which is still about 06 mm. Hg above this final value.
These experiments show that the rate and extent of the exchange of gases between the blood and the alveolar air are very much increased by the movements of breathing.
In the experiments of Hill and Flack (loc. cil.), a similar effect of respiration on the gas-eous exchange in the lungs is to be observed. The experiments of these authors on the effect of breathing from a bag are not strictly comparable with those of the present work. Hill and Flack's subjects breathed from an anaesthetic bag "filled" with expired air. The volume of air with which the blood could exchange gases was very much greater, therefore, than that present in the lungs alone, and the period for which the experiments could be continued was cor- respondingly extended to about two minutes, or three times as long as when the breath was held. In the present experiments, the bag was empty, and the volume of air in the lungs was hardly added to. The period for which the experiment could be continued was not greatly extended beyond that for which the breath could be held in the ordinary way.
hy h. s. halcko wardlaw. 805
Effect op Respiratory Movements.
Hill and Flack considered, as was mentioned earlier, that the smaller respiratory exchange during the holding of the breath was due to hindrance of the circulation. They supposed that the normal respiratory movements hastened the flow of blood. Dogiel and Kowalewsky (1870) showed, however, that stoppage of artificial respiration in curarised dogs for periods of less than 40 seconds exerted no hindering effect on the circulation. More recently, Ebert (191 4) has shown that the state of distension of the lungs has, of itself, no influence on the circulation through them, and that the actual movements of inspiration and of expira- tion respectively hasten and hinder the circulation to correspond- ing extents.
It is evident also in the present experiments, that the slower respiratory exchange during the holding of the breath is not due to a slowing of the circulation brought about by the absence of the movements of bi-eathing. When the breath is held for 30 seconds, the four or five respirations, which would normally be made in that time, do not occur to exert their effect on the circu- lation. If circulatory disturbances due to the absence of respi- ratory movements be the cause of the slower gaseous exchange when the breath is held, then, as each succeeding respiration is missed, the exchange will be retarded more and more. When one respiratory movement is made during a period of 20 seconds, instead of the normal four, then the respiratory exchange will be increased, above that occurring when the breath is held, by about one-fourth of the amount of increased respiratory exchange occurring during normal respiration. The rate of the pulse of this subject is the same, after holding the breath for 30 seconds, as immediately before.
The accompanying figures give the results of experiments in which the effect of one respiratory movement in 20 seconds, and of three respiratory movements, are compared Avith the effect on the gaseous exchange of holding the breath for the same period. The figures in column "a" represent the alveolar percentages of carbon dioxide after holding the breath for 20 seconds. The figures in columns "b" and "c" are the corresponding alveolar
806
CHANGK OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
percentages when one and three respirations, respectively, are made in this period.
Table iv. Efftd of frequency of reitpiratory mocemeufs on gaseou-s exchamje.
|
Expt. |
a |
b |
Expt. |
a |
c |
|
1 |
HOO |
6-40 |
5 |
6-09 |
6 49 |
|
2 |
.5-9(1 |
6-42 |
«5 |
6-29 |
6-.-)7 |
|
3 |
.5-99 |
6-ol |
7 |
6-65 |
|
|
4 |
613 |
«-47 |
8 |
6 00 |
6-51 |
|
Mean |
«0l |
t)-4o |
Mean |
613 |
6-56 |
|
Increa |
se 0-44 |
Increase 0'43 |
The above experimental results show that the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide is not raised any higher, above that found after holding the breath for 20 seconds, by making three respi- rations than by making one respiration in the same period. In creasing the rate of the respiratory movements three times, therefore, causes no parallel increase in the alveolar percentage (and tension) uf carbon dioxide, within these limits.
The following experiments show that not only is the increase in the respiratory exchange in a given time independent, within the limits of the work, of the number of respiratory movements in a "-iven time, but also of the extent of these movements. In these experiments, the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide, after holding the breath quietly for L'O seconds, are compared with those reached when the four respiratory eftbrts are made in the same time with the pharynx closed, "d".
Table v. Effect of rti^piratory ejj'urts irith closed chest on yaseous exclianije.
Expt.
9
10
Mean
6 36 6-26 631
Increase
676 6-71 674
0-43
The increase in the respiratory exchange in this case is as
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 807
great as in experiments "b" and "c", although the movements of the chest were very much smaller than in those experiments. It is evident, then, that neither the extent, nor the frequency of the respiratory movements in a given time, has any effect on the respiratory exchange under the conditions of these experiments, in which the renewal of the air in the lungs was prevented. There still remain to be considered, however, the variations of pressure of the air in the lungs, which accompany the respiratory movements.
Effect of Variations of Pressure.
To enable the pressure in the lungs to be measured, the mouth- piece, through which the expirations were made, was provided with a small, lateral opening near its end. This opening lies inside the mouth of the subject when the mouthpiece is in posi- tion. Another small hole was drilled through the wall of the mouthpiece at a position lying outside of the mouth of the sub- ject. These two small holes were connected together by a very narrow brass tube lying inside the bore of the mouthpiece, and soldered in place. The end of the narrow tube, which is to lie inside of the mouth of the subject, terminates flush with the wall of the mouthpiece. The end of the tube lying outside of the mouth of the subject projects through the wall of the mouth- piece and is connected with a mercury-manometer. When in position during an experiment, the mouthpiece is held firmly between the lips, the end being tightly closed by the tongue. The nose of the subject is held at the same time. Pressures existing in the mouth are then registered by the manometer. When the pharynx is kept open, the pressure in the mouth will be practically equal to that in the lungs, if no sudden variations of pressure occur. The maximal differences of pressure between the air in the lungs and the atmosphere, which the present sub- ject is able to maintain for about 20 seconds, are approximately plus and minus 30 mni.Hg. When these diflferences are greater than about lOmm.Hg, it is found impossible to keep them abso- lutely steady. These variations, which cannot be avoided, lie within a range of about 2 mm.Hg from the average pressure.
808 CMA>fGE OP COMPOSITION' OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
Positive pressures. — In the following Table are given the per- centages of carbon dioxide found in the alveolar air after holding the breath under various pressures in excess of that of the atmosphere. The corresponding percentages of carbon dioxide reached, when the breath is held under normal pressure, are given for comparison.
When the breath is held under pressures differing from that of the atmosphere, it is found to be rather difficult to note the time to within a second. The subject is obliged to watch the manometer as well as to observe the time. The figures in the accompanying Tables show that variations of several seconds occur in the periods of holding the breath, as determined from the graphic records. The percentages of alveolar carbon dioxide found, therefore, cannot be compared directly with one another, and it has been necessary to reduce the results to a common period. In the last column of the Tables, the alveolar percent- ages of carbon dioxide are given, reduced to a period of holding the breath of 20 seconds. In the case of Table vi., this reduc- tion has been made from the data given in the average figures in Table i. From these figures it will be seen that, between the 21st and 26th seconds of holding the breath, the alveolar carbon dioxide rises at the rate of 0-025% per second. During a period of this length, the rise is very nearly uniform, as is shown by curve A (Text-fig.l). For each second for which the breath was held longer than 20 seconds, 0025 has been subtracted, therefore, from the percentage of carbon dioxide found.
BY H. S. HALrRO WARDLAW.
80^
Table vi.
Effect of uiereofted pressure on. a/reofar perceiifaye of carbon dioxide after holding tht breath for JO neconds.
|
Expt. |
Piessure. |
Period. |
CO J found. |
CO, at 20 sec. |
|
11 |
Omm.Hg |
20 sec. |
6-24% |
6-24% |
|
10 |
23 |
6-09 |
6-01 |
|
|
20 |
25 |
6-29 |
6-16 |
|
|
30 |
26 |
6-34 |
6-19 |
|
|
12 |
0 |
20 |
6-18 |
6-18 |
|
10 |
22 |
5-98 ' |
5 -93 |
|
|
20 |
21 |
6-06 |
6 03 |
|
|
30 |
23 |
5-94 |
5-86 |
|
|
Mean |
0 |
20 |
6-21 |
|
|
Positive |
20 |
Increase |
6 03 ... -0-18 |
These figures show, that holding the breath under increased pressure certainly does not increase the gaseous exchange in the lungs. Indeed, the average alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide reached in 20 seconds, when the pressure in the lungs is greater than atmospheric pressure, is lower than that reached when the breath is held under normal conditions.
The average deviation of the above results from the mean, calculated as described by Krogh (1916), is iO'lo. This numl)er is not much smaller than the amount bv which the alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide, after holding the breath under normal pressure, exceeds that found after holding the breath for the same period under positive pressure. The results, therefore, only show definitely that holding the breath under increased pressure does not accelerate the gaseous exchange. The differences observed are too small to allow any more precise conclusions to be drawn from them.
Negative pressures. — In Table vii., are given the alveolar per- centages of carbon dioxide found after holding the breath for definite periods, under pressures lower than that of the atmos- phere. The control-determinations for normal pressure are given also. In the last column of the Table, the figures are
810
CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
reduced to a common period of holding tlie breath of 20 seconds, in the manner explained above.
Tablk vii.
Effect of decreu.sed pres.wre on afreofar perreiifayef of carlton dioxide after holding (he breath for JU »tcond».
|
Expt. |
Pressure. |
Period. |
CO 5 found. |
C0„ at 20 sec. |
|
13 |
0 mni.Hg |
20 sees. |
6-34% |
6-34% |
|
-2 |
22 |
6 41 |
6-31 |
|
|
-6 |
22 |
6 63 |
6 53 |
|
|
-10 |
23 |
6-95 |
6-80 |
|
|
-14 |
23 |
7-22 |
7-07 |
|
|
-18 |
23 |
7 -OS |
6 93 |
|
|
-22 |
25 |
7-19 |
6-94 |
|
|
-26 |
24 |
7-28 |
7-08 |
|
|
14 |
0 |
20 |
6 47 |
6 47 |
|
-2 |
21 |
6-58 |
6 53 |
|
|
-6 |
23 |
6-72 |
6 57 |
|
|
-10 |
25 |
6-80 |
6-55 |
|
|
-14 |
27 |
7-22 |
6-87 |
|
|
-18 |
23 |
6-94 |
6-79 |
|
|
-22 |
26 |
711 |
6-81 |
|
|
-26 |
25 |
7-21 |
6-96 |
|
|
15 |
0 |
21 |
6 35 |
6 -30 |
|
-2 |
22 |
6-40 |
6-30 |
|
|
-6 |
24 |
6-83 |
6 63 |
|
|
-10 |
27 |
7-23 |
K-88 |
|
|
-14 |
25 |
7-05 |
6-80 |
|
|
-18 |
26 |
7-19 |
6-89 |
|
|
-22 |
27 |
7-29 |
6 94 |
|
|
-26 |
25 |
7-29 |
7 04 |
|
|
Mean |
0 |
20 |
6 37 |
|
|
-2-6 |
20 |
6-48 |
||
|
- 10-30 |
20 |
Increase . . . |
6-88 ... 051 |
These figures show at once that holding the breath under pressures less than that of the atmospliere increases the gaseous exchange in the lungs. As the percentage of carbon dioxide is rising, in this case at, a rate about equal to that at which it rises when the contents of the lungs are breathed to and from a bag, the data given in Table ii. have been used for the calculation of the percentages of carbon dioxide after holding the breath for 20
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 81 1
seconds. The figures in Table ii. show that, between the 20th and 25th seconds of breathing into the bag, the alveolar carbon dioxide is rising at the rate of 005% per second. Curve C, in Fig.l, shows that, during tliis period, the rise is practically uni- form. From the percentages of carbon dioxide found, therefore, 005 has been subtracted for each second for which the bi'eath was held longer than 20 seconds.
The above results may be divided into two groups, (1) those obtained when the breath is held under pressures numerically less than - 10 mm.Hg, (2) those obtained under pressures numer- ically greater than -10 mm.Hg. The alveolar percentages of carbon dioxide shown in the first group of results vary with the pressure under which the breath is held The lower the negative pressure is, the higher the percentage of carbon dioxide is. In the second group of results, however, the percentages of carbon dioxide found are, with one exception, practically constant and independent of variations of the pressure under which the breath is held. The mean alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide reached, when the breath is held for 20 seconds under negative pressures numerically greater than - 10 mm.Hg, is 051 higher than that readied in an equal period under normal pressure. The average deviation of these results from the mean is j:0-12. Practically the same increase of the rate of gaseous exchange is produced, therefore, by holding the breath under pressures more than 10 mm.Hg below that of the atmosphere, as by performing the movements of breathing into a closed bag. This fact is additional evidence that the increased respiratory exchange, caused by the movements of breathing, is not brought about by a quickening of the circulation. The respiratory exchange is increased during breathing owing to the existence of negative pressure in the chest during the act of inspiration. The figures indicate that the pressure in the lungs, during inspiration, must fall at least as low as - 10 mm.Hg.
In these experiments, the alveolar percentages of oxygen have not been estimated, as a knowledge of the variations in the per- centages of carbon dioxide alone is sufficient to lead to the recosr nition of differences in the rates of gaseous exchange. The
812
CHANOE OF (OMPOSITiON OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
accompanying figures, however, give the results of experiments in whicli the alveolar percentages of oxygen, as well as of carbon dioxide, were determined aftei- holding the breath for about 20 seconds under various pressures below that of the atmosphere.
Table viii. Efftct of negative pressure on respiriilc y exchange in hmgs.
|
Expt. |
Pressure. |
CO, |
0, |
|
16 |
Onim.Hg |
6-32% |
13-60% |
|
-10 |
7 01 |
11-48 |
|
|
-20 |
7 09 |
11-90 |
|
|
-30 |
7-06 |
1 1 -62 |
|
|
17 |
0 |
6-58 |
12-70 |
|
-^5 |
6-87 |
11-60 |
|
|
-10 |
(J-83 |
11-62 |
|
|
-15 |
6-81 |
1 1 -62 |
These figures show that higher percentages of carbon dioxide are accompanied by lower percentages of oxygen in the same way, when the breath is held under negative pressures, as when the air of the lungs is rebreathed from a bag.
The results of these experiments indicate that the move- ments of In-eathing, or the negative variations of the intra- pulmonary pressure which accompany them, accelerate, under certain conditions, the respiratory exchange of gases in the lungs. This acceleration is brought about not only by increase of the rates at which the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen tend toward certain final (venous) tensions, but by a seeming alteration of these final tensions themselves. Negative intrapulmonary pressures increase the eff"ective gradient of ten- sion between the gases of the alveolar air and those of the venous blood entering the lungs. It is unlikely that the movements of breathing, or negative pressures in the chest, have any actual effect on the tensions of the gases of the venous blood. 'J'hese factors also can have unly a very slight effect on the partial tensions of the gases of the alveolar air. It seems, therefore, that, in the lungs, some mechanism must exist by which the
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 813
effective difference of tension between the gases of the alveolar air and the gases of the venous blood may be altered.
Summary.
1. When the normal ventilation of the lungs is discontinued bv holding the breath, the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and oxygen may be expressed as exponential functions of the period for which the breath is held.
2. When the normal ventilation of the lungs is discontinued by breathing into and out of an empty bag, the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and oxygen may l)e expressed as exponential functions of the period for which the contents of the lungs are lebreathed.
3. The rate of the gaseous exchange in the alveolar air is about twice as great when the movements of breathing are per- formed, as when the breath is held under normal pressure.
4. The rate of gaseous exchange in the lungs is also increased to the same extent when the breath is held under pressures less than that of the atmosphere by a certain amount.
5. Holding the breath under pressures greater than that of the atmosphere slightly decreases the rate of respiratory exchange.
6. The rate of the gaseous exchange, when the renewal of the air in the lungs is prevented, is not afiected by the depth or frequency of the respiratory movements during the period of these experiments.
In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks to Professor Sir Thomas Anderson Stuart, in whose laboratory this work was done, to Dr. H. G. Chapman, whose advice and criticism were of the greatest value, and to Miss K. C. Pinkerton, B.Sc, who assisted in the preliminary experiments.
REFERENCES.
Becher, Die Kohlensaurespannung ini Blute. Zurich, 1855. From Henle and Meissner's Ber. iiber d. Fortschr. d. Anat. u. Physiol, im Jahre 1856, 249, 1857.
du Bois-Revmond, Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., physiol. Abt., 257, 1910.
814 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR.
BooTHBY, Amer. Journ. of Physiol., .37, 383, 1915.
and Sandiford, ibid., 40, o47, 1916.
Campbell, DoiTfjLAS, and Hobson, Journ. of Physiol., 48, .S03, 1914.
Christiansen, Douolas, and Haldane. ibid., 48, 244, 1914.
and Hai.dane, ibid., 48, 272, 1914.
Cooke and B.^rcroft, Journ. of Physiol., Proc, 47, xxxv., 1913.
DoGiEi. and Kowalewskv, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 3, 489, 1870.
Ebert, Arch f. exp. Path. u. Pharm., 7o, 391, 1914.
FitzGerai.d and Haldane, Journ. of Physiol., 32, 486, 190/5.
Haldane and Priestly, ibid., 32, 225, 1905.
Hii.i, and Flack, ibid., 37, 77, 1908.
Krooh, a., The Respiratory Exchange of Animals and Man. London, 1916.
Krogh. a., and M. Krogh, skand. Arch. f. Phj'.siol., 23, 179, 1910.
Leimdoerfer, biochem. Zeitschr., 22, 45, 1909.
LoEWY and Gerhartz, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 155, 231, 1913.
and von Schroetter, Untersuehungen iiber die Blutzirkulation
beim Menschen. Berlin, 1905. Cited by Loewy in Oppenheinier's Handb. der Biochem., 4(1), 118 and 122, Jena. 1911.
Mosso, Arch. ital. de Biol., 41, 418, 1904.
Osborne, Journ. of Physiol., Proc, 47, xii., 1913.
T\vort and Hill, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 88, 548, 1915.
WoLFFBERO, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 4, 465, 187K
815
THE CHEMICAL INVESTIGATION OF SOME POISON- OUS PLANTS IN THE N.O. SOLANACE^.
Part iii. The Occurrence of Nor-Hvoscyamine in solaydra longiplora.
By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow OF THE Society in Biochemistry.
(From the Physiological Laboratory of the Univerfiity of Sydripy.)
In 1907, an investigation of the constituents of Solaiidra Iceins Hook., (syn. S. longiflora Tussac), a plant belonging to the N.O. Solanaceie, was carried out by the author,* when a new member of the group of midriatic alkaloids was discovered and isolated. The properties of this alkaloid were examined, and shown to differ from those of the solanaceous alkaloids previously known. It was accordingly named, from its source, " solandrine."
In 1912, Carr and Reynolds! published an account of their investigations of the alkaloids of another plant of the Order Solanaceaj, Scopolia japonica: and although it has been well known for the last thirty years, that this plant contained hyo- scyamine, atropine, and scopolamine, these authors discovered a fourth alkaloid, which they isolated by means of a long and tedious process of fractional crystallisation. Carr and Reynolds named this new alkaloid nor-hyoscyamine, after determining its constitution and its relation to the other alkaloids. In addition, they proved the identity of their nor-hyoscyamine with the pseudo-hyoscyamine, which Merck in 1892 found in Duhoisia myoporoides, which Hesse in 1901 found in Mandragora offici- narum, but which neither of these eminent authorities was able to obtain in a pure state.
*" Solandrine, a new Midriatic Alkaloid." Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1907, xxxii., 789.
t Journ. Chem. Soc, ei., 1912, 946.
816 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACE.K, iii.,
In the description of this norhyoscyamine base and its com- pounds, the autlior recognised a close resemblance to the pro- perties of his "Solandrine," which he discovered five years earlier.
With interest thus renewed, a larger supply of material was obtained, and its alkaloids subjected to a more complete chemical investigation, the results of which have proved the identity of solandrine with Carr and Reynolds' norhyoscyamine.
Norhyoscyamine is the next lower homologue of hyoscyamine. In constitution it is a secondary base, and on the nitrogen bridge across the tropine radicle it contains the group :NH in place of the tertiary group iN-CHg in hyoscyamine. Only the hfvo- rotatory forms of these occur in nature, and just as hyoscj'amine may readily be racemised to inactive atropine, so the new- alkaloid is converted into nor-atropine, the two pairs of isomers differing from one another in constitution only by a methyl group. It is this small difference, however, which constitutes the point of remarkable interest in this compound, since nearly all the known alkaloids are tertiary bases of the type \< .^ ; IS
Among the numerous chemical reactions in the metabolism of plants, one of the commonest, according to Pictet, is the methyl- ation of amino groups by formaldehyde,
R:lm + CH,0 = RiNCHa + O
These amino groups are numerous in the plant. Not only are they the products of katabolic processes, including the break down of protein and chlorophyll, but they are also products of chemo-synthesis. Formaldehyde is formed by photo-synthesis in the leaves.
Further, it is well established that these methylated com- pounds can be made to undergo intramolecular change, whereby the methyl group is taken into the ring as an internal link in their chains of carbon atoms, and in this way such rings are enlarged, for example:—
pyrrole methyl pyrrole pyridine
Pictet* has isolated some of these simple substances from the ' *Ber. derdeut. chem. Ges., 40, 1907, 3771.
BY J. M. PETRIE.
817
leaves of a number of different plants, and he terms them proto- alkaloids. He believes the latter may form nearly all the complex alkaloids by methylation, condensation, and ring enlargement, as explained above.
The norhyoscyamine molecule contains a reduced pyrrole and a pyridine ring united togetlier; but the methylation of its nitrogen atom, which is found to have taken place in almost all the alkaloids, seems here to have been prevented. Only one other such case is known— the alkaloids of the hemlock, coniine and methylconiine— where there exist together, in the same plant, two alkaloids differing from one another only as secondary and tertiary bases, i.e., with the amino group and its methyl derivative. Since, however, norhyoscyamine is always accom- panied in plants by hyoscyamine, tlie methylation has been arrested only partially,— to a small extent in the case of nor- hyoscyamine, and to a very much larger amount in coniine.
OCCUKKENCE OF NORHYOSCYAMINE.
Norhyoscyamine has been disco\ered in five distinct members of the Solanacese. Carr and Reynolds, by working on very large quantities of material (over 100 kilos.), have isolated this new base from the first four plants tabulated below. The D^tboisia myoporoides was collected in the Philippine Islands, which is probably the northern limit of this Eastern- Australian tree. The Mandragora was investigated by Hesse.*
|
Scopolia |
Datura |
Datura |
Dnhoisia |
Mandragora |
|
|
japonica. |
mete/. |
meteloides. |
myoporoidea. |
officinaniin. |
|
|
Nor-hyoscyamine |
0-03% |
o-oi% |
0-02% |
0-15% |
0-01% |
|
L-hyoscyamine... |
015 |
0 04 |
rio |
■ 0-36 |
|
|
Atropine |
0-03 |
||||
|
Scopolamine |
o-io |
0-10 |
0-04 |
||
|
Meteloidine |
. . . |
0-o.j |
|||
|
Mandragorine ... |
... |
||||
|
air-dried_ |
rhizome. |
root, stem, leaf. |
stem and leaf. |
small amt. root. |
* Hesse, Journ. f. prakt. Ohem., 64, 1901, 274.
62
818 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACEiE, iii.,
Solandra longiflora.
This plant was first described by Tussac in the Flora Antill- arum, 1818 (ii., 49, t.l 2). The name is synonymous with S. Icfrns of Hooker, which is described and figured in the Bot. Mas 1848 (t.4345). Although the material for the first investigation was collected under the name of S. Icevis Hook., the latter is now replaced by longiffora, since this has priority by thirty years.
S. longiflora is a beautiful evergreen shrub, grown in many gardens for its magnificent trumpet-flowers. It was originally introduced from the West Indies.
The material for this investigation consisted of the autumn prunings from a number of shrubs cultivated in the Botanic Gardens of Sydney; and the author takes this opportunity to express his appreciation of the kindness of the Director, Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.R.S., in providing the material in the quantity required, and in confirming the species.
Experimental.
Extraction of the alkaloid. — The air-dried leaves were o-round to a fine powder, and exhausted with 70% alcohol by successive extractions during four weeks The sixth extract contained a trace only of alkaloid These alcoholic solutions, measurino' about 40 litres, were distilled under diminished pressure, at a temperature not exceeding 40°C., till the residue was of the consistency of a thick syrup, and was free from alcohol. This dark brown mass was dissolved in hot water slightly acidulated, and filtered.
The fluid thus obtained was still dark brown in colour, quite opaque, and contained chlorophyll and fatty oils. All attempts to remove these by shaking out with petroleum spirit or ether were in vain, on account of the formation of emulsions. The aqueous extract was decolourised by agitation with a solution of gelatin, which was then removed by precipitation with alcohol. This yielded a clear yellow fluid from which the colour could not be removed with ether. The solution was next treated with basic lead acetate, and after filtering from the precipitate which formed, and taking out the lead, the alkaloids were separated by
BY J. M. PETRI E. 819
precipitation with Wagner's solution. From this precipitate the alkaloids were recovered in a clear water-white solution. This solution was extracted with ether until the latter ceased to dissolve any more impurities. By making the solution alkaline with ammonia, the alkaloids appeared as a white precipitate, and were dissolved out with chloroform. The chloroform solution was carefully dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate, and dis- tilled under diminished pressure. A pale yellow viscous residue of alkaloids remained. This residue possessed a peculiar odour like pyridine, a characteristic which was also noted by Dunstan and others at the same stage in the isolation of their solanaceous alkaloids.
Fommtion of the Atirichlorides — The viscous residue was now dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid, the solution filtered, and pure gold chloride added to it. The yellow precipitate, which first formed, was redissolved by addition of sufficient water, and by warming, then set aside to slowly crystallise. The sponta- neous evaporation of the solution was continued so long as the bright yellow crystals formed, but towards the end, there separated viscous particles of a yellowish-brown colour, which readily melted on warming the liquid, and were completely soluble in alcohol. This uncrystallisable portion was decomposed and the gold removed, shaken out from alkaline solution with chloroform, and again treated with hydrochloric acid and gold chloride. In this way another small quantity of crystals was obtained, but the greater part still separated as viscous particles. By repeated attempts this could not be induced to crystallise further.
Fractional Crystallisation of the Aurichlorides. — The whole of the yellow crystals was brought into solution in one per cent, hydi-ochloric acid, and set aside to recrystallise slowly. The superfluid was decanted each day from its small crop of crystals. The melting-point of each crop was determined, and those por- tions having the same melting-points were combined. Each fraction was dissolved and crystallised many times, and by gradually bringing together similar fractions, each of these finall}^ possessed a constant melting-point.
820 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACE/E, iii.,
Hesults. ^'Extva.ct (a) from 4 kgins. of dried leaves examined in 1911, yielded 2-63gnis. of aurichloride crystals, which were separated into the following fractions : —
(1) l-32gms. with melting-point 176°C.-178°C.
(2) 0'72gm. with melting-point \C)b°C.
(3) 0-59 gm. with melting-point 1 ST'C-IST'C, Extract (b) from H l<gnis. of dried leaves examined in 1915,
yielded 0-47 gm. of aurichloride salt, and tijis was separated into the following fractions : —
( 1 ) 0-24 gm. with melting-point 176°C.
(2)0-15gm with melting-point 165°(;.-166°C.
(3) 003 gm. with melting-point 1 37°C.-157'C. The total weight of alkaloid, obtained as combined gold salts, thus falls short of the amount represented by the assay value of the leaves. The relative weights of the gold salts, on this account, do not indicate the relative amounts of each alkaloid in the plant, but only the amounts yielded in this case by tlie lengthy and elaborate process described.
Properties of thk Aurichloride Fractions. First Fraction. Nor-hyoscyamine aurichloride . —The first fraction possessed the melting-point of Carr and Reynolds' norhyoscyamine salt, and the pseudo-hyoscyamine salt of Merck and Hesse; it was recrystallised a number of times, and the melting-point remained constant at HS^C. The crystals separated from dilute hydro- chloric acid in brilliant golden-yellow scales. They contained no water of crystallisation.
In a weighed portion of this salt the amount of metallic gold was determined.
Au 31-94% found.
('32'0% required for norhyoscyamine.
l31'3% required for hyoscyamine.
Nor-hyoscyamine picrate. — The aurichloride was converted into
picrate, by decomposition of the salt with sulphurous acid, and
precipitation of the alkaloid with picric acid. The precipitate
was redissolved in water, and crystallised several times, when a
BY J. M. PETRIE. 821
mass of pale yellow neeHle-shaped crystals was obtained, possess- ing the constant melting-point of 220°C, at which temperature the crystals decomposed. The melting-point of the picrate of Carr and Reynolds' nor-hyoscyamine, and also that of Mei'ck's pseudo-hvoscvamine, was 220°C.
Nor-hyoscijamiiie oxalate. — This salt was prepared from the aurichloride. It crystallised from water and acetone in long, colourless, prismatic needles, which melted at 243-244°C. The melting-point of Carr and Reynolds' oxalate was 245°C.
Second Fraction.
Hyoscyaniine. — The second fraction consisted of aurichloride crystals with melting-point 165°C. They were brilliant golden- yellow prisms, and were anhydrous.
A portion was converted into the picrate as before, and after two crystallisations, consisted of long, pale yellow needles, which melted at 163°C with decomposition.
Hyoscyamine aurichloride and picrate were prepared as con- trols from pure hyoscj-amine, specially obtained from Messrs. Burroughs Wellcome's laboratories in London, through the kindness of the Sydney manager, Mr. Hector, and the author's best thanks are due to them. The melting-point of this pure hyosc3'amine aurichloride was IGS^C, and the picrate 163°C.
This second fraction, therefore, consists entirely of hyo- scyamine.
Third Fraction.
Nor-atropine and atropine. — This fraction of the gold salts consisted of flaky yellow ci-ystals, which were much paler in colour than the two previous fractions, and, unlike the latter, were not shining and glistening in appearance, but dull, opaque, and lustreless. From this, a small quantity of crystals was separated, which melted at 156-157°C. The nor atropine of Carr and l^eynolds is stated to have a melting-point of 157°C.
Another small fraction was obtained with a melting-point of 137°C. Tlie melting-point of atropine gold salt is ]37°C. This was checked by preparing the aurichloride from a sample of Messrs. Burroughs Wellcfjine's pure, optically inactive alkaloid.
822 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACEiE, iii.
The remainder of this third fraction was found to melt between 137° and loT'C, and was apparently a mixture of atropine and nor-atropine.
Many careful trials were made to isolate fractions melting above 178°C.,from the mother-liquors of these aurichlorides; none, however, could be obtained, and it must therefore be concluded that the laevo and inactive scopolamines were absent.
Estimation of the total Alkaloids.
The modified method devised hy Dunstan and Brown (Trans. Chem. Soc Lond , 75, 1899, 72) for the assay af alkaloids of the Solanaceous plants, was employed for the estimation of the total amount of alkaloids in the leaves.
The finely powdered material was extracted with alcohol, and the solution of the bases finally titrated with centinormal acid and iodeosin indicator.
Results.
(a) 1911 leaves — 016% total alkaloids on plant dried at lOCC.
(b) 1916 leaves— 0-17% total alkalaids on plant dried at lOO'C. Equivalent to 0"154% total alkaloids on air-dried leaves. Equivalent to 0033% total alkaloids on fresh leaves. Alkaloids were detected also in extracts from the flowers,
wood, and bark.
Summary
The leaves of Solandra lonyiflora are found to contain nor- hyoscyamine as the chief alkaloid. This was previously isolated and described by the author as a new alkaloid in 1907, under the name of "solandrine"; and is now identified with the alka- loid which Carr and Reynolds isolated in 1912, from other solanaceous plants. Solandra also contains hyoscyamine in lesser amount, and scopolamines are absent. The total amount of alkaloid obtained was 017% in the leaves (dried at 100°C).
In conclusion, the author desires to express his indebtedness to Professor Sir Thomas Anderson Stuart, for laboratory facili- ties afi'orded in carrying out this investigation.
823
AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PHYTOPLANKTON.
[Protococcoide^.
By G. I. Plaitair, Science Research Scholar of the University of Sydney.
(Plates Ivi.-lix.)
The bulk of tlie material, on which the following notes are based, has been gathered at intervals during the past ten years, from the suburbs of Sydney, and from the neighbourhood of Lismore on the Richmond River. A few records are included, howevei', from still earlier up-countr}' gatherings at Collector, and from certain samples which have been received from places out- side the State of New South Wales. The opportunity has been taken, also, of revising the nomenclature of some of the plankton- forms noted in "Plankton of the Sydney Water-Supply" (these Proceedings, 1913).
Habitats. — The term "plankton" has been taken in a wide sense to include material found floating in the water of river, lake, lagoon, and pond, or shaken out of weeds in some depth of water. The following list shows the chai'acter of the habitat of all the gatherings referred to in the notes. River: 26, 44, 63, 74, 80, 81, 90, 100, 115, 180, 182, 187, 188, 189, 191, 193, 195, 196, 269, 274, 276, 281. Lagoon: 17, 37, 50, 51, 71, 91, 92, 95, 97, 99, 108, 133, 136, 144, 145, 152, 155, 258, 259, 260, 263, 285, 286, 290, 298. Pond: *3, 23, 45, 70, 77, 88, 124, 125,* 138, 150,* 156,* 158,* 172. Creek-pool: 112, 129, 130.
New forms. — One new genus is proposed, and descriptions are given of 61 forms of Frotococcoidece, which appear to be new, 18 being classed as species, 37 as variations, and 6 as forms.
* Gardeners' tank, in tlie Botanic Gardens, fed from the Sydnej' Water- Supply.
824 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON,
VOLVOCACE^.
Genus C A r t e r i a Diesing. Carteria multifilis (Fresen.) Dill, forma.
Cellular globosa? (formfe immaturfe subglobospe, oblongse, vel ovales) apicibus plerumque leviter deplaiiatis (interduni niediana papilla iiistructis) vel indentatis; meinbrana teiiiii, hyalina, vel dilute rufescente.
Cell, (sphaji'ic.) diam. 22-26; (oval., oblong., vel subglob.) long. 24-25, lat. 22-23/x.
Parramatta Park (97). (PI. Ivi., figs. 1-4).
Cf. France, Der Algengatt. Carteria^ Tei'iiieszetrajzi Fiisetek, xix., liS96, T. iii., t'.l-5, etc. Obtained in quantity from rain- water-pools in Parramatta Park, where it showed as a pale yellow cloud in the water. France found it in a somewhat similar habitat ("aus dem Wasser einer grossen Strassenlache"). I have hesitated, for long, to identify our specimens with the European type, as they do not seem to agree very well in general appearance with France's excellent, coloured figures. Apart from the finely developed chloroplasts and red spot of the Hun- garian specimens, ours difi'er chiefly in the shape of the cell, and the indented or flattened apex, the latter usually furnished with a minute papilla (alt. ca. 1/a). When full-grown, the cell is spherical, but more or less irregular subglobose; oblong or oval forms are common. The membrane, at first hyaline (or very slightly coloured) and very thin, later becomes somewhat stouter, and pale brown in colour, without markings. France gives dimensions, long. 19-25, lat. 12-15/x.
Carteria scrobiculata, n.sp. (PL Ivi., f.5-7).
Cellulse, fronte vispe, circulatse, subcirculatas, vel oblongaj, ubique rotundatse, apicibus levissime indentatis; a latere com- pressie, membrana crassa, rufescente, dense scrobiculata.
Cell. long. 18-22, lat. 18-20/x.
Guildford (45); Lismore (263, 290).
This form diff'ers from all the other species of Carteria, of which I have any knowledge, in having a closely scrobiculate
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR. 825
membrane. The cells, in front view, are very similar to the form of C. mulfijilis described above, but slightly smaller. In side-view, however, they are seen to be not globular but com- pressed from front to back. The membrane is always pale brown, and, under pressure, splits with a vitreous fracture, like the lorica of Trachplomonas. The lorica in this species, though in a solid piece, often breaks into two halves by an almost straight line down the sides, simulating the two adherent valves of Phacotns. PL lix., f.l8, shows the compressed shape of the cell, and the overlap of the sides at the apex. Var. ovALis, n.var. (PL Ivi., f.lS).
Forma ovalis, circa dimidio major. Cell. long. 30, lat. 24/x.
Lismore (263).
Carteria australis, n.sp. (PL Ivi., f.9).
Cellulse oblongje, fronte modice cuneatj>^, postice late-rotundat*; lateribus leviter arcuatis. Membrana crassa. Cytoplasma dilute viride, minute granulatum, chloroplastidibus nuUis distinctis nee pyrenoidibus. Nucleus in media cellula globo cavo chloi-ophyll- aceo circumcinctus. Flagella 4.
Cell. long. 30, lat. 17; glob, chlorophyll, diam. 8/x.
Lismore (263).
The nearest published species to this form would seem to be C. ohtusa Dill, which is described by Chodat (Alg. vertes, p. 13S)
as "Cellules ellipsoides chromatophore en cloche allongee
dimensions 25-30/x." I have not seen Dill's type-figure,
but France (Algengatt. Cm-teria T. iii., f. 16-18) gives figures of typical specimens, which do not at all agree with our form, either in outline or in the arrangement of the cell-contents. The cyto- plasm is finely granular, without any distinct arrangement, pyre- noid absent. The nucleus occupies the centre of the cell, sur- rounded by a hollow sphere of darker-coloured chlorophyll. From all sides, the appearance is the same. Yar. ovata, n.var. (PL Ivi., f. 10).
Cellulse ovatse, fronte obtusse, postice late-rotundatse; ceteris ut in f. typica. Cell. long. 24, lat. ISyu. Lismore (263).
Compare Carteria Fritschii Takeda, Ann. Bot. xxx., 1916, p. 370.
63
826 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON,
Genus C h l a m y d o m o n a s Ehr.
ChLAMYDOMONAS GLfEOCYSTIFORMIS Dill.
Cell. long. 20-21, lat. 17-21; corp. long-. 13-16, lat. 8-10/x.
Botanic Gardens (125). (PI. Ivi., f.ll).
Cell. long. 14-18, lat. 12-15; corp. long. 8-10, lat. 7-8/x.
Lismore(263). (PL Ivi., f. 12).
Cf. Dill, Gatt. Chlamyd., p. 18, T. v., f.37, .38; Wille, Gatt. Chlaniyd., Alg. Not. xi., p. 143, T. iv., f.l7; Bernard, Protococc. et Desm., p. 163, f.307, 308. The last-named gives, membrane, 20-25 X 17-20; inner cell, 16-17 x 12-13/x. Our Lismore speci- mens are considerably smaller.
Chl. pisiformis var. cylindracea Playf. Cell. long. 21-26, lat. 12-15/x. Rookwood.
Var. attenuata, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.l3). Cellulse a tergo attenuatse; long. 20, lat. 1 2/i. Rookwood. Cum priori.
Vai\ glceocystiformis, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.l4).
Cellula? cylindraceae, angustpe ; apicibus rotundatis ; bina? in coenobio mucoso involutse.
Cflenob. (2 cell.) diam. 50; cell. long. 20, lat. 8/i,.
Botany.
A family of 4 ccenobia, in a vegetative Gloeocystis-condition, npted. The mucus was somewhat laminated. There were two cells in each coenobium, the chloroplasts showing the chai-ac- teristic arrangement of Chlamydomonas. The cells were placed head to tail, and were narrower and more strictly cylindrical than usual. This form is another point in favour of my con- tention that Gheocystis and Sphcerocystis are vegetative states of Chlamydomonas.
Chlamyd. globulosa var. pertusa, n.var. Cellulie sphjerica?, fronte levissime deplanata?. Chloroplastis angusto linear! furamine supra pyrenoidem instructa. Cell. long. 18, lat. 20; foramin. long. 6/*.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 827
Lismore (263). (PI. Ivi., f.l5).
Plentiful in gathering No 263. The cell is slightly but dis- tinctly flattened in front, the membrane incrassate; and there is a narrow, linear aperture in the chloroplast just above the pyrenoid.
Chlamyd. monadina var. ovalis, n.var.
Cellulaj exacte ovales. Long. 22-24, lat. 17-20; pyren. long. 10, lat. 2/x.
Lismore (263). (PI. Ivi., f.l6).
Instead of the spherical shape of the type, this form is a perfect oval. The pyrenoid, as usual, is strap-shaped, and 10 x 2/x in dimensions.
Chlamydomonas globosa Snow. (PI. Ivi., f. 17).
Cell. diam. 8-12/ji. Auburn; Lismore (263).
Cf. Julia W. Snow, Plankt. of L. Erie, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., 1902. The specimens from Lake Erie were 5-8/x in diameter. In ours, the chloroplasts were not fully formed, being gathered towards the hinder part of the cell. Stigma distinct.
Chlamydomonas Lismorensis, n.sp. (PI. Ivi., f. 18).
Cellulse minutae, oblonga?; lateribus levissime arcuatis piene pai'allelis; apicibus rotundatis; stigmate bacilliformi.
Cell. long. 8-lOi, lat. 3-5/x.
Auburn; Lismore (263, 299).
In the warm waters of tropical and subtropical countries, there is a tendency for flagellates to become motile at a very early stage of their development. This is a very small form, oblong, almost cylindrical with rounded ends ; the usual bell-shaped chloroplast very shallow behind, no pyrenoid, as a rule.
Var. OVATA, n.var. (PL Ivi., f.l9, 20). Cellulai elongata?, ovataj, postice late-rotundatte, fronte attenu- ate; apicibus acuminatis. Cell. long. 10, lat. 3-5/i,. Lismore (298). Elongate elliptical-ovate in shape, broadly rounded behind,
828 AUSTRALIAN PRKSHWATER PLANKTON,
gradually attenuate towards the apex, which is more or less acuminate. Both this foi-m and the type are very active. Distinct central nucleus, very rarely a pyrenoid, stigma wick- shaped, orange or red, in the anterior third of the cell. It is possible that this form is identical with Cld. mucicola Schm.,* Alg. d. Schwarzw. u. d. Oberrli., p. 17, T. ii., f.4-S, which it very much resembles. The latter, however, has a central pyrenoid, and the n'}icle,ns jiosferior to it in the end of the cell ("In der Korperinitte ist ein . . . pyrenoid und hinter demselben der sehr kleine Zellkern") and no stigma.
Genus Phacotus Perty. Phacotus bullatus, n.sp. (PI. Ivi., f.21, 22).
Celluhe, a fronte visa?, circulatje vel subcirculatif, margine inajquali; a latere subhexagon^, infra apices constrictaj, apicibus rotundatis, lateribus planis vel pauUulo retusis; a vertice cru- ciatjie, late-lineares bullis magnis singulis utrinque in medio in- structis; membrana aspera dilutissime rufescente.
Cell. long. 13-14, lat. 13, crass. 9/x.
Lismore (263).
Found in quantity in company with Pteromonas cruciat.a, infra. The cells, in front view, are generally subcircular; a broad ridge runs down front and back, beginning and ending a little within the apices. In lateral view, these show as produced ridges on either side. End-view cruciform, the ridges appearing as large, central, capitate bosses. Membrane very minutely rough, and very faintly coloured.
Var. coNicus, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.23). Cellulse conic*, fronte truncata?, a tergo acuminatse; lateribus arcuatis.
Cell. long. 16, lat. 13/i. Lismore (263).
* Ghl. mnsdcola Schiii., in Wille, Alg. Notizen ix.-xiv., p. 1.S6, by a slip of the pen, for Sclimidle saj's, p. 18, "Sie lebt in der Gallerte des Frosch- laiches" (frogspawn).
BY G. 1. PLAYPAIR. 829
Genus P t e R o m o n a s Seligo.
Pteromonas cruciata, n.sp (PI. Ivi., f.24, 25).
Cellulfe ovales alis geiiiinatis binis cruciatim dispositis in- structte; a froiite visjv (alis inclusis) ovat;i?, postice acuminat;t», inai'gine inaequali aspero; a latere insequalitei' quadratse (alis inclusis) anterioi-e angustatse fronte truncatse, lateribus planis, postice levissime arcuatae, apice in bulla conica projiciente; a vertice cruciformes, corpora I'homboideo, angulis prodlictis. Meinbrana hyalina.
Cell. long. s. alis 16-20, lat. 10-12; c. alis long. 24, lat. 18//.
Lismore (263).
The body is oval, with contents as in (Jhl(irnydonii)itafi, save that the red spot is placed towards the hinder end. The cell is furnished with two pairs of wings lying in planes which intersect at right angles, making the end-view cruciform.
Var. PULCHRA, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.26).
Cellulte a latere angulis alarum inferioribus truncatis et pro- tractis, lateribus paullo retusis; ceteris ut in f. typica.
Cell. c. alis long. 24, lat. fronte 12, postice 18/x. Alse long. 20/x.
Lismore (263).
The lower angles of one pair uf wings are truncate and pro- duced, the sides somewhat retuse. A pyrenoid present, as a rule, in both type and variation.
Genus VoLVULiNA Playf . VoLV. .Steinii var. lenticularis Playf., forma.
Coenob. diam. 32-50; cell. diam. 10, inter se dist. 1/x, alt. in sect. optical. 5-1 2/x. Lismore (263, 293).
A new locality for Vohndiua. Tlie coenobium gives the im- pression that the cells are the result of fragmentation of a parietal chloroplast. From above, the cells are generally quadrate or polyhedral, fitting into one another, the edges not more than 1/x apart; sometimes, however, they are circular. The cells are certainly lenticular in optical section. There are 16 in tlie ccenobium, arranged more or less in three layers, 4 -t- 1, 6, 4 -f- 1.
830 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON,
HYDRODICTYACE^.
Genus P E D I A s T R u M Meyen.
Pedi. tetras var. fluviatile, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f. 1).
Cellulae sinu rectangulo, in bievem angustam fenestiaiii iiitror- sum producto, miiiime incisje; angulis exterioribus apiculo minuto instructis.
Coenob. (4 cell.) long. 18, lat. 18//..
Lisiiiore(188).
Instead of being deeply incised, the cells merely have the outer angle excised by a more or less rectangular sinus, the point of which is produced inwardly into a short loop. The free angles are minutely apiculate. The markings in the cells are not pyrenoids, but vacuoles in the cytoplasm; under a low magnifica- tion, they appear so plainly as to be easily mistaken for a part of the sinus. Cf. P. rotnla Kiltz., in Nageli, Gatt. einz. Alg., T.vB, fig. 3c.
Var. apicul\tum, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f.2).
Cellulte extrorsum sinu amplo leviter exciste, vel alte emargin- atae; angulis rotundatis, minuto hyalino apiculo instructis.
Camob. (8 cell.) diam. 1^2; cell. diam. 7/i.
Botanic Gardens (125).
Syn., P. tHras var. intcf/ram (Nag.) Playf., Biol. Richm. R., p. 110, PI. iii., f.26. P. intf<jrtini Nag., has the outer edge of the cell quite Hat. In this form, the cells are slightly excised by a wide, shallow sinus, or else deeply emarginate; the angles are rounded, and furnished with a minute, hyaline apiculus.
PROTOCOCCACE^.
Genus Crucioenia Morren. The species of Crnciijenia are, to my thinking, merely in- fantile forms of Pediastrum, developed from the resting-cell or zygospore, which is the outcome of the union of gametes. This resting-cell, or something very near to it, I have described and ficured under the name of Pedi. tetras var. unicellulare in "Plankton Sydney Water-Supply," p.517, P1.56, f.I. In spite
BY G. I. PI-AYJi-AlR. 831
of their probable connection with Pediaatrnvi, it is convenient to arrange these forms under a separate genus, even if it is only a conventional one. Those mentioned, I.e., these Proceedings, 1913, may be summarised thus: —
Ckucigenia austicalis mihi. 8yn., Pedi. tetras var. australe Playf., I.e., p. 516, PI. 56, f.2.
Ckucigknia tetkapedia (Kirch.) W. »fc G. 8. West.
Ccjenob. (4 cell.) long. 7-8, lat. 7-8/x.
Fairfield (130).
8yn., Pedi. tetras var. tetrapedia (Kircli.) Playf., I.e., p. 517, P1.56, f.3; also Pedi. tetras var. qnadratrmi Playf., ibid., P1.56, f.3a, which differs hardly at all from (J. tetrapedia.
Var. OKNATA, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f.3).
Coenobium (4 cell.) parvo cytoplasmatis granulo ad angulos ornatum.
Ccenob. long. = lat. = 7-8/x. Fairfield (130).
The coenobium of C. tetrapedia is formed from a single cell by the gradual division of the contents into four, from tlie centre outwards. The last sign of this division is a slight band of cytoplasm coiniecting the outer angles of the cells. Cf. Chodat, Alg. vertes, p.222, f. 148a, No.2 (sub noni. Lnnniermamiia etnar- (j'luata) and my figure in Plankton Sydney Water-Supply, PI. 56, f.3 {Pedi. tetras var. tetrapedia). The small, chlorophyllaceous granule found in var. ornata seems to be brought about by the segregation of this band.
Ckucigenia floralis, nom.nov.
Cu?nobium in medio foramine parvo rectangulari instructum; cellulis binis rotundato-ovatis, alteris oblongis, cruciatim dis- positis.
Ccenob. long. 8, lat. 7/x. Potts Hill (138).
Syn. Pedi. tetras var. triangidaris (Chod.) Playf., forma. I.e., p.517, PI. 56, f.5. This form is not strikingly like Craciyeuia triangulai'is Chodat, although the upper and lower cells are somewhat o\ate.
832 AUSTRALIAN f"RESHWATER PLANKTON,
Crucigenia cordata, nom.nov.
C'(LMi()b. in medio furaniine parvo rectangulari instructum ; cellulis plus minusve cordiforniibus, uti;iiique ad apices apiculo mimito interdum ornatis.
Ccenob. (4 cell.) long. 25, lat. 23/z,
Botanic Gardens (158).
.Syn., Pedi. tetr-as \a,r. inteyrum (Nag.) Playf., forma. I.e., p.518, P1.56, f.7. The cells are more or less heart-shaped, and are often tipped with a minute, indistinct apiculus. The species should be compared with Fedi. tetras var. ajnctdatnm, supra.
Crucigenia triangularis Chodat. (PI. Ivii., f.4).
Coenob. diani. 10-16; cell. diam. ca; 5-7/x.
Collector; Guildford (88); Lismore (188).
C/. Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 223, f. 14-1 9. The ccenobium con- sists nearly always of 4, minute, pale green, ovate cells, occa- sionally with pyrenoids.
Crucigenia quadrata var. secta, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f.5).
Cellulfe circulatJB in partes subtriangulares 4 per crucem divisse.
Crenob. (4 cell.) long. 6, lat. 6; cell. diam. ca. 2//..
Lismore (188). Cum. C. rectamjnlari.
The original ccenobium, before division, must have been con- stituted of 4 circular cells arranged in a square; hence, I have placed this form under C. quadrnta Morren, cf. G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Alg., p. 2 16, f.90D, e. Pale green in coloui-.
Genus T e t r a s t k u M Chodat. Tetrastrum elegans, n.sp. (PI. Ivii., f.6). Ccenobium (4 cell.) quadratum; cellulis subcirculatis distinctis, extrorsum spinis longis tenuissimis singulis ornatis. Ccenob. diam. c. sp. 28, cell. diam. 4/x. Parramatta (136).
This species might be described as a spinous form of C. quadrata Morren, just as T. stauroyenio'forme of C. triangularis
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 833
Chodat. The cells are subcircular, arranged in a square, and each furnished with a long, thin, delicate spine. Cytoplasm pale green.
Var. DENTATUM, u.var. (PI. Ivii., f.7,).
Coenobium (4: cell.) (juadratum vel rhomboideum; lacuna dis- Jbincta rectangulari; cellulis plus minusve ovatis adpi'essis, lateribus angulatis, ad apices spinis longis tenuissimis singulis instructis et altero latere dentibus vel spinis brevibus singulis.
Coenob. (4 cell.) c. sj). diani. 30-38; cell, diani. 3-i/i.
Pa r ram atta ( 1 3 6 ) .
In this form, the cells are more or less ovate, with angular sides, adpressed, the apices outwards, and furnished with a long, thin spine. A little lower down, on one side, is a second, much smaller spine or tooth. The lacuna is sharply rectangular.
Genus C CE L A s T R u M Nag
C'a7. niicrupuruDi Nag., is by far the most connnon form in this country, and, next to it, Cml. creuatiuu Arch. C. sphteri- cnni Nag., very rare.
CtELASTRUM CRENATUM Archer.
Ccenob. diam. 32-83; cell. diam. 6-32/x. Collector, Rose's Lagoon; Botany (91); Guildford (124). Cy: G. 8. West, Brit. Frw. Alg., p. 2 13, f.87A. Syn., Ccel. pufchrum 8chm., Algentl. d. Schwarzw. u. d. Rheineb., T. ii., f. 10.
Var. CUBICUM, n.var. (Pi. Ivii., f.8).
Ciienobium plus minusve uubicum angulis truncatis; cellulis quattuor circa unum ordinatis; foraminibus amplis octagonis.
Caniob. diam. 33-55; cell. diam. c. 10/x.
Guildford (77).
Generally the cells are arranged 5 or (i round (ine, in this form 4, which gives the ccenobium a cubical or octagonal shape; the foramina, also, are wide and octagonal in outline. Very like C. cjihicuni, but that species has three projections to each cell, two visible at the margin.
834 AUSTi:\LIAN PUKSHWATER PLANKTON,
CcELASTHUM OBTUSUM (Eichler) mihi. (PI. Ivii., f.9).
Celluhe conicrti e basi ipsa protractts; apicibus rotundatis nee truncatis; foramiiiibus amplis.
Cceiiob. (8 cell.) diani. 24/u. Collector.
Syii., C. ciibicuiu var. obtustim Eichler, Flory wodor ok. Miedzyr., 1894, i)A'l'2, T. ii., f. 1, where he gives "diam. coenob. l7-2()/x." The cells are conical, drawn out right from the base, with rounded apices. Compare C. ^AsY??t(Zo-fM6 ic?<n?. Schrod., Ploner Berichte, v., 1897, T. iii., especially fig. la. His figures show conclusively that C. probuscidenm Bohlin, C. cubiciim Nag., and this form of Eichler's are, biologically, one species. The last differs too nuich from ('. riibicinn, however, to be placed under that species, and it has priority over C. proboiicideui7i Bohlin, 1897.
Genus S E L E N A s T R u M Reinsch.
Selenastrum gracile Rein.
Cell. long. 18-25, alt. c. 18, crass. 3-8/x.
Botanic Gardens (125) ; Clyde, Duck Creek (26) ; Sydney Water (63); Lismore (182, 260).
Reinsch, Algenfi. v. Frank., p.65, T. iv., f.3a, b. This species is often found in the forui of two cells back to back. There are generally only a few cells in the ca-nobium. A family of 8 coenobia, of 8 cells each, was noted. Solitaiy cells are not uncommon.
Var. MiNUTiJM, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f.lO). Cellulse dimensionibus dimidio minores quam in f. typica. Cell. long. 9-18, alt. 7-8, crass. l|-2/x. Botanic Gardens (125); Lismore (298).
Genus S c e N e d e s M u s Meyen.
Sc. QUADRICAUDA var. INCURVUS, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f.ll). Forma spinis apicalibus incurvis. Ccenob. (4 cell.) s.sp. 30 x 22/x., Centennial Park.
Cf. Ralfs, Brit. Desm., T.31, f.l2a, b. The terminal spines are generally divergent, but in this form they are incurved.
BY G. 1. PLAYPAIR. 836
Var. iNERMis, n.var (PI Ivii., f.l2, 13).
Forma sine spinis. Ccenob. (4 cell.) 15-20 x 11-12/a.
Botany (145); Lismoie (260); Enogf];era.
1^ ot y ecornis Ralfs, Brit. Desm., T.31, f.l2h [ = <S'f. hijngus (Turp.)]. In the latter, all the cells are of the same size, and are regularly or irregularly oval. In var. iuermis, the outer cells are slightly smaller than the inner, the latter also being strictly cylindrical, with parallel sides and rounded ends.
Sc. DENTICULATUS var. GRACILIS, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f. 14).
Cellulie gracillimse, lineares, elongatai, lateribus parallelis.
Crenob. (4 cell.) long. 12-21, lat. 12-20; cell. diam. 3-5/x.
Botany (17, 50, 95, 145, 155); Guildford (70); Centennial Park (133); Lismore(187).
Much more common here than any other form of >Sc. denticu- latus. The cells ai-e linear and very slender, with parallel sides, ccenobia generally 4-celled.
Var. oPOLiENSis (Richter) mihi.
Ccenob. (2 cell.) s.sp. long. 8-12, lat. 12-15; sp.long. 6-10/t.
Botany (50, 108); Parramatta (136); Enoggera.
Syn., Sc. oj)oliensis Richter, Phycotheca universalis, No.686; Sc. ({iiadricnudo, var. opolieiisii< (Richter) W. & G. 8. West, Frw. Alg. Ceylon, p. 197, PL 17, f.l6, 17. The apical denticulations stamp this form as a variation of Sc. denticulatus. Tlie presence of the long, terminal spines in <Vc-. hi/i^trix var. annatus Chodat (also found here) shows that they are not necessarily indicative of Sc. qiiadricauda.
Var. AUSTRALis, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f. 15).
Cellula; dentibus singulis ad apices instruct*; long. s. dent. 16, lat. 6/7,. Collector.
Forms of Sc. denticulatus generally have two or three denticu- lations at the apices; in this form, there is one only. C'/". G. S. West, Br. Frw. Alg., p.220, fig.92.r.
SCENKDESMUS SECURIFOKMIS, n.sp. (Pi. Ivii., f.l6, 17).
Celluhe exteriores (interdum etiam mediante) modice securi- formes, spinis luillis.
836 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON,
Coenob. (2 cell.) 8-9 x 6-8; (4 cell.) 12-18 x 8-14/x.
Casino (189) and Lismore (187), Richmond River.
The outer cells are almost rectangular, sind somewhat securi- form; the central cells are sometimes the same shape, sometimes cylindrical with rounded ends.
Genus Ankistkodesmus Corda. 8yn., Rhaphidiuin Kiltz., Schi'dderia Lemm.
Ank. falcatus var. mikabims W. ife G. S. West. (PI. Ivii., f.l8).
Cell long. 36-90, lat. 1-3/i.
Botany (37, 155); Clyde, Duck Creek (26, 44); Canley Vale ( 1 29) ; Guildford (172); Sydney Water (63) ; Enoggera ; Perth Water.
8yn., Rhaph. polymorphum var. mirahUe W. k. G. S. West, Frw. Alg. S. of Eng., p.501, P1.7, f.9-13. The contents are generally homogeneous, and of a pale blue tint.
Var. CONTORTUS (Thuret) mihi. (PL Ivii., f. 19).
Cell. long. 16-60, lat. 2-3yu.
Clyde, Duck Creek (26); Canley Vale (129); Botanic Gardens (156); Lismore (258).
In Brebisson, Liste, p. 158, Pl.l, f.31. I have found this form {n quantity on several occasions. There is a tendency for the apices to be setaceous, but not to the extent of var. setigerus (Schr. setige7-a).
Ankistkodesmus dulcis, n.sp. (PI. Ivii., f.20).
Cellulfe solitarite, valde jequaliter arcuatfe, gracillimse, apicibus acutissimis baud autem setiformibus; chloroplastidibus homoge- neis, ab apicibus retractis, medio interdum iiiterruptis; elneoplas- tidibus singulis nonnunquam in extremis, interdum etiam in locello mediano, instructis; pyrenoidibus nuUis.
Cell. long, (chorda) 30-70, crass. 2-4, alt. 20-40/x.
Botany(155); Parramatta Park (136); Sydney Water (6 3, 100); Lismore (258).
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 837
Var. ciNGULUM, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f.21).
Cellulsi? magis aifuatae, ti'es quadrantes circuli etRcientes, apici- l>us niodice ineurvis. Cell. long, (chorda) 26, ci-ass. 2, alt. 20ju.
Botany (92).
A very pretty species, both from its graceful cinvatiu'e and from the disposition of the cell-contents. The cell has the regularl)' arched form of a C/ostfrlnm, very slender and gradu- ally narrowing to the ver\^ acute tips. The latter are not di'awn out into seta?, and are not incurved. The homogeneous chloro- plast is generally confined to the body of the cell, leaving the tips clear; it is also often interrupted in the centre, or there is a locellus at the centre, placed to one side. Very often, an elajo- plast is situated at each end of the chloroplast, sometimes also one in the middle. In var. cingulum, the curvature extends over three parts of a circle, the ends being somewhat incurved.
Ankistrodesmus Braunii (Nag.), forma. (PI. Ivii., f.22).
Cell. long. 40, lat. 3//. Lismore (196).
The figure shows four cells, produced by longitudinal division, and still connected by the membrane of the mother-cell, which has become twisted into a stipes.
Var. MINUTUS, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f. 23-25).
Cellulfe parvse, longitudine usque ad formae t3'pic8e dimidium.
Cell. long. 10-20, lat. 2-3 (rarius 5) /x.
Lismore (182, 191, 196).
Cells only half as long as those of the type (or less), and gen- erally a little more lunate, sessile on })ieces of flocculent matter, water-plants, etc.
Genus A c T I N A s T R u M Lagerh. AcTiNASTRUM Hantzschii Lag. (PI. Ivii., f.26, 27).
Coenob. (2 cell.) diam. 54, cell. 25 x 4; (4 cell.) diam. 28-50, cell. 16-25 X 2-4; (8 cell.) diam. 40-50, cell. 20-30 x 2-3/x.
Parramatta(136); Botany(50); Lismore (258); Grafton, Nym- boidia River(269).
838 AUSTRALIAN FHESHWATKR PLANKTON,
Lagerheim, Pedi. Protococc. o. Palm., p.70, T. iii., f.25, 26. Cells somewhat fusiform, outer ends acute, inner ends blunt. In all forms of Act. Ilanfzschii, the cell-contents are indifferently hyaline, pale blue or pale green. Tlie chk)roplast, when distinct, is generally somewhat retracted from the apex, and an elieoplast is often present.
ACTINASTRUM BACILLARE, n.sp. (PI. Ivii., f.28, 29).
CelluliB bacilliformes, gracillimse. Ccenob. (8 cell.)diam. 16.35, cell. 8-20 X 1 1-2/x.
Parramatta Pai^k (136); Lismore (274).
The cells, instead of being fusiform, are narrow and linear, Bometimes very short.
ACTINASTRUM ACICULARE, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.30).
Cellulse subulata;, modice arcuatse, basi intlatte, apice acuta;.
Ctenob. (8 cell.) diam. 35, cell. 22 x 3/x.
Lismore (274).
The cells are somewhat awl-shaped, slightly curved, inllated at the base, and acute at the tip. Contents pale blue, an elieoplast present.
ACTINASTRUM GUTTULA, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.31).
Cellulje in modo guttuUe conformatte, introrsum acutissimse. Ccenob. (2 cell.) diam. 40, cell. 20 x 4/x. Parramatta Park (136).
A 2-celled coinobium noted with drop-shaped cells, the acute end inwards.
Genus Kirchneriella Schm.
KiRCHNERIELLA ELEGANS, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.32).
Cellulse graciles; lateribus parallelis; apicibus obtusis in modo solese equi circumflectic. Cell. diam. 6, crass. 2fi.
Sydney Water (63).
The cells in this form are very slender, with parallel sides and blunt ends, bent round into the shape of a horseshoe. A four- celled coenobium noted with cells disposed as figured.
BY G. I. PLAVFAIR. 839
KiRCHN. LUNARis var. ACUTA, n.var. (PI. Ivii., £.33).
Cellular lunatie; apicibus protractis acutissimis, longo intervallo inter se distantibus. Cell. diam. S, alt. 7, crass. 3/x.
Botanic Gardens (150).
The apices of the cell, \\'liieli are wide apart, are drawn out to a very acute point.
Genus O o c Y s T I s Nag. O. CRASSA var. Ostenpeldii Playf., forma. (PI. Iviii., f.l).
C'hloroplastides S, pyrenoidibns instructse. Cell. long. 20, lat. 13 fi.
Lismore (285).
Cf. ''Oocystis and Fremosphcera," p.l24, P1.7, f.l8, 19. This variation generally has 2-4: chloroplasts; here we have it with eight.
Var. ELONGATA, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.2, 3).
Cellulje longe-ovales; apicibus acute-rotundatis; chloroplastidi- bus 8. Cell. long. 25-27, lat. 15/x.
Lismore (285, 286).
The cells are more elliptic than in either the type or var. Ostenfeldii; the apices more or less pointed, not incrassate or apiculate. There is a parietal chloroplast, obviously fi-agmented into eight parts, with pyrenoids.
Var. GRANULOSA, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.4).
Cellulifi late elliptico-lanceolatje, lateribus tequaliter arcuatis, apicibus acuminatis. Membrana ad apices introrsum incrassata. Chloroplastides nullaj distinctaj, chlorophyllo difi'uso, cytoplasmate granuloso.
Cell. long. 27, lat. 1 ^fx.
Lismore (298).
The nearest to the type that I have noticed, the shape broadly elliptic-lanceolate, with pointed, inwardly incrassate apices. Thei-e are, however, no distinct chloroplasts, nor yet a parietaj lamina; but the contents are granular, and the chlorophyll ap- parently diffused. The nucleus was visible in the centre.
840 AUSTRALIAN PRESHWATKR PLANKTON,
O. APICULATA var. MAJOR Playf.* (PI. Iviii., f.5).
Cellulse ellipticje, duplo inajores qiiam in f. typica, apicibus minute apiculatis.
Cell. long. 38, lat. 20//.
Lismore (286).
There are two forms of the type, an oblong and an elliptic. This is a larger form of the latter, as var. ><plendida is of the former. Cf. these Proceedings, PI. viii., f.2; the figure there is not sufficiently elliptic, too oblong. This form is liable to be mistaken for 0. salitai-ia; there is no anterior, apical incrassa- tion, however, and an apiculus is present, though very small and inconspicuous.
Yar. SPLENDIDA Playf.
Cell. long. 33-41, lat. 21-26/x. Lismore (285, 286).
"Ooc. and Ui-emo.", p.l31, PI. viii., f.23. These figures extend the dimensions considerably. Var. splendida is a larger (about twice the size) and somewhat more elongate form of var. ohesa. The two forms run into one another however.
Genus Nephrocytium Nag. N. Agardhianum var. ma.tus Nag. (PI. Iviii., f.6).
Ccenob. long. 75-78, lat. 50-55; cell. long. 37, lat. 21/x.
Guildford (23).
Syn., N. Ndyelli Grun.; N. obesnm West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., p. 13, PL ii., f.39, 40. Cf. Nageli, Gatt. einz. Alg., T. iii.c, fig. i, k, p. Nageli's fig.p works out at 34 x 15/x for the cells; West, I.e., gives "long. cell. 34-42, lat. cell. 24-28/x" for JV. obestim. Except in the slightly greater breadth of the cells, West's figures agree exactly with those of Nageli.
Var. PLANKTONICUM, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.7, 8). Ccenobium splijericum inucosum. Cellulse lunata? 4-8 (ple- rumque 4) cunctse, per extremitates (ut videtur) conjunct* ^■el radiantes, ad apices angustatse, apicibus obtusis.
* This form was mentioned in ''''Oocystis and Eremosphera," p. 110, but the description and notes were inadvertently omitted.
BY G. I PLAYFAIR. 841
Coenob. diam. 96-112; cell. long. 20-27, lat. 4-8/x.
Botany.
The coenobium consists of a mucous sphere, as in Sphfcrocystis or Gl(jeocyi<tis, with lunate cells, generally in groups of 4, which appear to be either joined loosely by the extremities, or radiate from a common centre.
Genus Tetrallantos Telling. Tetrallantos Lagerheimii Telling. (PI. Iviii., f.9, 10). Ccenob. (4 cell.) long. 38-40, lat. 20-24; (8 cell.) 54 x 20; cell, long. 12-16, alt. 6-12, crass. 3-6/x.
Botany (37, 152); Botanic Gardens (125); Lismore (258, 260). Cf. Einar Teiling, Schwedische Planktonalgen, ii., Tetrallantos, eine neue Gattung der Protococcoideen, p.63, f. 1-7, 1916.
Genus Tetraedron Kiitz. Tetraedron minimum (A.Br.) Hansg. (PI. Iviii., f.ll).
Cell. long. = lat. = Q-^fx.
Parramatta Park (136); Guildford (88); Lismore (260, 276).
PoJyedrium minhnum A. Braun, Alg. unicell., p. 94, footnote;- G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Alg., p.231, fig. 101a. The type has rather acute, radiating angles, and emarginate sides, alternate sides more deeply emarginate ("lateribus alternis projundius emarginatis" — A. Braun, I.e.) than the others. There are several well-marked forms of the species.
Var. australe, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f. 12, 13).
Cellulte lateribus alteris planis levissime convexis, alteris altissime emarginatis.
Cell. diam. 5-8/x. Botany (95); Lismore (180, 276).
Cell. diam. 10-12/x. Botanic Gardens (3); Casino (189).
The most common form of the species here. The ends are flat or nearly so, slightly turned down at the angles, while the sides are very deeply emarginate and arched. In shape, it resembles Tpfr. platyisthmium (Arch.) G. 8. West, "Some ci'itical green Algte," p.286, P1.21, f.36-39, but is very much smaller, and cei--
64
842 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON,
tainly a form of Tetr. minhmim, being commonly found in com- pany with other forms of the species.
Var. PINACIDIUM (Reinsch) mihi. (PI. Iviii., f.l4, 15).
Cell. long. 6-13, lat. 5-1 1/x.
Botanic Gardens (3); Clyde, Duck Creek (26); Botany (108).
Polyedrium pinacidium Reinsch, Spec, generibusque, T.2a, f. iii.; Lagex'heim, Pedi. Protococc. o. Palm., p.69, T. i., f.27. Syn., P. Tninimum f. tetralohula Reinsch, Polyedr. Monog., T. iv., fig. 2d (forma tetralohulata in text, p.499); P. tPtrayonum Reinsch (non Nag.), I.e., T. iv., f. 10. The cell is plane, with rounded angles, all four sides equally retuse. Reinsch and Lagerheim figure the cell as quadrate; our specimens were somewhat oblong.
Var. RECTILINEARE, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f. 16, 17).
Cellulae plus minusve quadratae, lateribus rectilinearibus, angulis obtusis plus minusve rectis.
Cell. long. = lat. = 10-1 3/x. Guildford.
Cells more or less regularly square, with flat sides and bluntly rounded angles. Cf. Bernard, Protococc. et Desm., f.467.
Var. MORSUM (W. & G. S. West) mihi. (PL Iviii., f.l8).
Cell. long. = lat. = 9/i,, constr. 8/x.
Botanic Gardens (3).
I'etrapedia morsa W. & G. S. West, Frw. Alg. Madag., p.85, PI. v., f.3. The sides of the angles are flattened, and run back at right angles from the apex, for about one-third the length of the side of the cell. The other third is occupied by a sudden, rounded excavation. Cell plane, contents green; found in com- pany with var. pinacidmyn and the type, very rare.
Tetraedron regulare Kiitz., forma. (PI. Iviii., f.l9).
Cell. diam. c. sp. 34, s. sp. 24)u. Parramatta (136).
Kiitzing, Phycolog. germ., p. 129. Syn., Polyedrium teira- edricum Nag., pro parte, Gatt. einz. Alg., T. iv.B, fig.3c, d. P. trigonuni Nag., 2}.p., loc. cit., T.iv.B, fig.lc, d. I am in great doubt as to the characteristics of this type. Both Chodat, Alg. vertes, p.220, f.146, and G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Alg., p. 231, f.lOlc,
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 843
identify Kiitzing's plant with P. tetraedricum Nag., but their figures do not agree with one another nor even exactly with Nageli's figures. Also Nageli gives the same two types to P. trigomim and P. tetraedricum, relying for a specific characteristic on the plane or tetraedral form of the cell. There is no biological difterence, however, between plane and tetraedral cells, the latter being developed often from the foxnner; and as the classification is on the basis of outward configuration, it is extremely incon- venient to have types of a mixed character. The occurrence of biradiate and tinradiate fox^ms in the same type is well known in the Desmid genus Staurastrum, and these are strictly analagous to the plane and tetraedral forms of Tetraedron. I consider, therefore, that NageH's T. iv.B, fig. la, and T. iv.B, fig.3a,b, should be arranged under Tetr. trigonum, while T. iv.B, fig.lc, d, and T. iv.B, fig. 3c, d, should be classed as 2'etr. regtilare (tetraedricum).
Var. INERME, n.var. (PI. lix., f. 17).
Cellula? plana?; lateribus leviter concavis; angulis levissime inflatis; spinis nullis. Cell. diam. 14, crass. 6/i.
Collector.
The cells are plane, and have the concave sides and slightly inflated angles of the type, but are without spines.
Var. PAPILLIFERUM (Schrod.) mihi, forma. (PI. Iviii., f,20).
Forma maxima tetraedrica; cellulse obesje; lateribus paullo concavis; angulis latis, inflatis, papillis singulis prseditis.
Cell. diam. 64/a. Collector, Rose's Lagoon.
Cf. Polyedrium trigonum var. papilliferum Schroder, Ploner Berichte, v., 1897, T. ii., f.6. In optical section, our form is the exact same shape as Schroder's, from which it difi'ers in its tetra- edral form, and very much larger size (diam. 12-15/i, — Schroder). Both forms, with their hollow sides and inflated angles, naturally fall under Tetr. regulars, though somewhat more plump than figured by Nageli (P. tetraedricum). Cf. G. S. West's form. I.e., sup7-a. The occurrence of a plane and tetraedral variety, in such a distinct form as this, goes far to bear out my contention, that there is no biological difference between them, but that both may be found in the same species,
844 AUSTRALIAN FItESHWATER PLANKTON,
Tetr. spinulosum Schm., forma. (PI. Iviii., f.21).
Forma pentaedrica; lateribus subplanis; angulis obtusis; spinis tenuibus setis simillimis. Cell. corp. diam. 18/j..
Lismore (290).
Cf. Chodat, Alg. vertes, p.221, f.U7B. This form has the sides ahiiost ilat, the angles obtuse, and very delicate spines like setfe.
Var. EXCAVATUM, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.22).
Forma pentaedrica, valde excavata; angulis radiantibus, coni- cis, baud intlatis, lateribus planis, apicibus modice acutis, spinis tenuissimis instructis. Cell. corp. diam. ca. 20/x.
Lismore (290).
In this form, the body is much more excavated on all sides; the cell consists of little moi-e thaii 5, conical, radiating angles, not inflated, but with nearly Hat sides, and rather acute at the apices. Spines very delicate.
Tetraedron hortensk, n.sp. (PI. Iviii., f.23).
Cellula; maxima^, wqualiter teti-aedricse ; lateribus levissime concavis; angulis late-rotundatis. Membrana minute punctulata, ad extremos angulos interdum levissime granulata, punctis in seriebus duabus decussatim ordinatis. Cell. diam. 46-72/^.
Botanic Gai-dens (3, 150); Prospect Reservoir.
Compare, with this species, Tetr. c/it/as Wittr., Gotl. o. Oelands Sottvattensalg., p. 33, T.4, f.4, and Tetr. tumidtdiim Reinsch, Polyedr. Monog., p.506, T. vi., f.3. The cells are very large, tetraedral, generally with broadly rounded angles, and very slightly concave sides; the angles, however, sometimes tend to be pointed. The membrane is minutely punctate all over, the puncta arranged in decussating lines.
Tetraedron acutum, n.sp. (PI. Iviii., f.24, 25). Cellulse tetraedricse; lateribus plus minus (ssepe valde) concavis, anguhs protractis; angvilis spinis singulis instructis. Cell. diam. c. sp. 20-34; sp. long. 6-10/x. Parramatta(136); Lismore (258, 259, 263); Enoggera. The cells ai-e tetraedrical; in optical section, triangular, with
fey a. I. PLAYFAIR. 845
more or less concave sides, angles very acute and produced. The angles are furnished with fine spines; it is sometimes difficult to say where the angle ends and the spine begins.
Var. RECTILINEARE, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.26).
Cellula; tetraedricfe; lateribus planis nee retusis; angulis acutis haud protractis, spinis singulis prieditis. Cell. diam. c. sp. 25//..
Enoggera.
The cell is tetrahedral; in optical section, triangular, with sides quite flat, angles acute, not produced, furnished with short spines. Nageli's figure, Gatt. einz. Alg., T. iv,B, fig. lb, is a plane form of this variation.
Tetk. hastatum var. eleoans, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.27).
Cellulfe tetraedricje; lateribus concavis; angulis in processus hyalinos bifidos singulos protractis. Cell. diam. c. proc. 32/t.
Parramatta Park (136).
Cf. 7W)'. {Polyedrium) hastalitm Reinsch, Algenfl. v. Frank., p. 77, T. v., f.3, also Chodat, I.e., p. 172, f.95. The sides of the cell are very concave, and the single process at each angle more regular; the processes are hyaline, and bifid, with recurved ends, sometimes doubly dichotomous.
Tetr. trigonum var. mammillatum, n.var. (PL Iviii., f. 28).
Cellulte planfe triangulares; lateribus convexis; angulis obtusis in papillas singulas productis; a latere viste lenticulares.
Cell. diam. 12/x. Lismore (258).
Cf. Tetr. (^Polyedrium) triyouum var. crassum Nag., in Eichler, Flor. wodor. ok. Miedzyrzeca, 1892, T. ix., f. 17. This form has each angle produced into a short, mammillate projection.
Tetraedron cruciporme, n.sp. (PL Iviii., f.29).
Cellulse planae, angulis radiantibus 4 exstructse, medio valde constrictse, inferne et superne retusa:;; angulis acutis vix inflatis, spinis minutis singulis instructis, Chloroplastides dilute virides.
Cell. long. c. sp. 18, centr. 10; lat. c. sp. 20, constr. 6/x.
Botany.
A plane form, deeply constricted in the middle after the style
846 AUStRALiAiJ ftlEStlWATER PLANKTON,
of an Arthrodesimis, and somewhat retuse above and below, the angles acute, hardly inflated and furnished with a minute spine.
Tetraedron striatum, n.sp. (PI. Iviii., f.30).
Cellulae tetraedricee; lateribus valde concavis; angulis baud inflatis in processus angustos breves protractis, extremis trun- catis, transverse striatis. Cell, diam ■26/x.
Enoggera.
The cell is tetraedral, with very concave sides, angles not in- flated but produced in short processes, like certain forms of Staurastrtmi; processes narrow, transversely striate (? rows of puncta), ends truncate.
Tetraedron Wasteneysii, n.sp. (PL Iviii., f.31).
Cellulfe tetraedricse; lateribus convexis; angulis obtusis in processus breves hyalinos claviformes singulos productis.
Cell. diam. c. proc. 20, corp. 8|-/;i. Enoggera.
Named in honour of my erstwhile correspondent, Mr. Hardolph Wasteneys, who sent me the Enoggera-samples. The cell is tetraedral, the body with convex sides; the obtuse angles are produced into short, hyaline, club-shaped processes, with smooth, rounded ends.
PHYTHELIE^.
Genus Richteriella Lemm.
Richteriella botryoides (Schm.) Lemm. (PI. lix., f.l, 2).
Cell. diam. 3-8; setae long. 20-30//.. Parramatta Park (136).
Genus Lagerheimia Chodat.
Including Chodatella Lemmermann. In "Plankton of the Sydney Water-8upply," these Proceedings, 1912, in consideration of their evident connection, one with another, I felt bound to arrange the various forms of Lagerheimia as variations of one species. While just as much as ever convinced of the biological connection, I find this method of nomenclature cumbrous, and of
bT G. I. PLAYFAIR. 847
very doubtful utility, and have abandoned it. The following list gives the I'evised nomenclature: —
L. genevensis Chad., p.p. =L ciliata v. genevensis, Ic, p. 522,
PI. 53, f.7. ,, var. gracilis Playf. = L. ciliafa v. gracilis, p. 523, f. 10-12. L. acuminata Playf. = ,, v acuminata, p.523, f.13-19.
L. globosa Playf. = „ v. ylobosa, p. 524, f.20.
L. cristata Playf. = ,, v. cristata, p. 525, f.21.
L. comosa Playf. = „ v. comosa, p. 525, f.26.
L. subsalsa (Lemm.) mihi= ,, v. subsalsa, p.524, f.32,33. L. coronata Playf. = ,, v. coronata, p.522, f.3.
,, var. injiata Playf. = ,, v. infiata, p.522, f.4, 5. ,, var. s^rto/a^a Playf. = ,, \. striolata, ^.b2b, i.21,'2b.
Genus Bernardia,* gen.nov.
Cellulfe sphsericfe vel oblongje, spinis (neque setis) longis, rigidis 4 (polaribus 2, equatorialibus 2) armatae, basibus spinarum expansis. In cellulis maturioribus processus gracillimi, basibus valde expansis, apicibus obtusis vel minute cuspidatis, in vicem spinarum inveniuntur.
Bernardia Chodati (Bernard) mihi. (PI. lix., f.3, 4).
Cellulse splijericse, spinis rigidis 4 (polaribus 2, equatorialibus 2) instructse; spinis e papillis orientibus.
Cell. diam. 7, spin. long. 16/j!..
Dunedin, N.Z.; Enoggera, Q.
Syn., Lagerheimia Chodati Bernard, Protococc. et Desm., p. 170, f.349, 350. In its younger stages, this plant resembles a Lager- heimia, but, instead of hair-like or bristle-like setse, the cells
are furnished with four rigid spines {^^ forte barbe roide a
Vextremite tres Jim et Ires at^we" — Bernard); and these are not subapical, but exactly polar and equatorial. More mature cells, gathered from the lake in Parramatta Park, have convinced me, however, that the platit is organised on quite different lines to Lagerheimia. The stiff spines have become very slender pro- cesses, with blunt or minutely cuspidate apices, and very
In honour of M. Chas. Bernard, Dr. es Sciences, of Buitenzorg, Java.
848 AUSTRALIAN FRESfiWATER fLANKTON,
strongly expanded bases, so broad, indeed, as sometimes to enclose tlie whole cell. The processes are akin to those of Stanr- astrum or the horns of Pediastrum. Indeed, the fully developed plant resembles nothing so much as a four-celled Pedi. simplex. Bernard gives, cells 5-10/a, spines l3-20/x, for Javanese specimens.
Var. CRUCiATA, n.var. (PI. lix., f.5, 6).
Cellulai in vicem spinulorum processubus longis gracillimis 4 (p(jlaril)us 2, equatoiialibus 2) basi valde expansis, instructse; inembrana snepe dilute rufescente.
Cell. diam. 6-12, process, long. 18-27/i.
Parramatta Park (136).
In this, apparently the mature, form, the spines are replaced by long, slender processes, greatly expanded at the base; see notes on the type, siipra.
Bernardia Wratislavensis (Schrod.) mihi. (PI. lix., f.7).
Cell. long. 8, lat. 3; spin. long. 16/ji,
Lismore(258).
Syn., Lagerheimia Wratislavensis Schroder, Ber. d. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch., xv., T.17, f.7: Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 188, f.l03. This form has spines arranged as in Bei n. Chodati, and should accompany that species. The spines and processes, also, in this genus are more or less rufescent, which I have never noted in the setas of Lagerheimia.
DICTYOSPHtERIEtE.
Genus Tetracoccus West.
Tetracoccus botryoides West. (PL Hx., f.8, 9). Cell, diara. 3-8/x. Lismore (285).
PALMELLACE^.
Genus SPHiEROCYSTis Chod.
SPHiEROCYSTIS ScHROETERI Chod. (PL lix., f.lO).
Coenob. diam. 28-300; cell. diam. 3-1 2/x.
Botany ; Sydney Water (80, 81); Lismore (260, 281, 286) ; Grafton, Nymboidia River (268).
BY G. I. PLAYfAIft. 849
Cf. Chodat, Bull, de I'Herbier Boissier, 1897, p.292, T. ix.; Alg. vertes, p.11'1, f..o3. I have never been able to see any difference between Gloeocystis and Sphcerocystis, except that coenobia of the latter run to greater dimensions. In regard to the size of the cells, Sph Sch^'iHeri occupies exactly an inter- mediate position between Glveocystis vesiculosa and G. gi(jai<; and when its large cells divide into groups of 8, they form coenobia which are Gl. vesiculosa pure and simple, as figured by Nageli, Gatt. einz Alg., T. iv f, fig.l, the normal form of the species, and, indeed, the only one I have ever noted.
Var TETKAKDuiCA, n.var. (PI. lix , f.ll ).
CellulBS intra coenobium tetraedrice ordinatae. Ccenob. diani. 44-45; cell. diam. 9-12//.. Sydney Water (80, 81); Coogee; Botany.
This form is not uncommon; the cells are close together, and and obviously arranged tetraedrically.
Genus Glceocystis Nageli. Gl(Eocystis vesiculosa Nag. (PI. lix., f.l2). Ccenob. diam 14-60; cell. diam. 3-6/v,. Auburn; Collector; Sydney Water (63).
Cf. Nageli, Gatt. einz. Alg., T. iv f, fig.l. He gives tlie cells as spherical or ellipsoid; in those specimens I have met with, the cells were always spherical.
Glcecystis gigas (Kutz.) Lag. (PI. lix, f. 13, 14). Ccenob. diam. 30-60; cell, diam, 10-20/x. Auburn; Collector, Murray's Lagoon; Botany (71). Syn., ProtocoGcus giyas Kutz., Glosocapsa ampla Kiitz., Glceo- cystis ampla Rabh., Chlorococcum gigas (Kiitz.) Grun.
Glceocystis australis, n.sp. (PI. lix., f.l5).
Coenobium globosum vel subglobosum, cellulas ovales 4, 8, 16 includens.
Coenob. spheer. diam. 42-60, subglob. long. 20-34, lat. 15-20; cell. long. 12-18, lat. 8-1 2/x.
Auburn; Guildford (23).
850 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON,
This species has oval cells instead of the usual spherical ones. A family of eight coenobia, of eight cells each, was noted.
Var. AMPLA, n var. (PI. lix., f. 16). Coenobiura maximum, cellulas permultas includens. Ccenob. diam. 145; cell. long. 10-12, lat. 6-8/x. Auburn. Cum priori.
A form with coenobium much larger than usual, and enclosing a very large number of cells.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES LVI.-LIX. Plate Ivi. Figs. 1-4. — Carteria muUiJflis (Fresen.) Dill, forma; ( x 6b0). Figs. 5-7. — C. scrohicidat.a, n.sp. ; ( x 660). Fig.8. — C. scrohiculata var. ovalis, n.var. ; ( x 660). Fig.9. — C. australis, n.sp.; ( x 1000). Fig. 10. — C. australis var. orata, n.var.; ( x 1000). Figs. 11, 12. — Ghlamydomonas gloeocystiformis Dill, formae; (11) x 1000,
(12) X 1330. Fig. 13. — CM. pisiformis var. attenuata, n.var.; ( x 1000). Fig. 14. — CM. pisiformis var. glaocystiformis, n.var.; ( x 500). Fig. 15. — CM. (jlohulosa var. pertusa, n.var.; ( x l(X)O). Fig. 16. — CM. monadina var. ovalis, n.var.; ( x 1000). Yig.n.—CM. globom Snow; ( x 1330). Fig. 18. — CM. Lismoreiisis, n.sp.; ( x 2000). Figs. 19, 20. — CM. Lis7nore7i.ns var. omta, u.var. ; ( x 2700). Figs.21, 22.— P/i.aco<t6s bidlatus, n.sp., (6) side, (c) end; (21) x 1000,
(22) X 1330. Fig.23. — P. bidlatus var. conicus, n.var.; ( x 1000). Yigs.'Zi, 25.— Ptero77i07ias cruciata, n.sp., (24) front, (25) side, (a) end;
( X 1000). Fig.26.— P<. cruciata var. ptdchra, n.var., (a) front, (b) side, (c) end;
( X 1000).
Plate Ivii. Fig.l. — Ptdiastrum tetras var. Jluriatde, u. var.; ( x 660). Fig.2. — P. tetras var. apiculatum, n.var.; ( x 660). Fig.3. — Crucigenia tefrapedia var. ornata, n.var.; ( x 1330). Fig. 4. — C. triangularis Chodat; ( x 660). Fig.5. — C. quadrata var. secta, n.var.; ( x 1000). Fig.6. — Tetrastrum elegans, n.sp.; ( x 1000). Fig.7. — T. elegam var. dentatum, n.var.; ( x 1000). Pig. 8. — Gcelastrum a-enatum var. cubicu7n, n.var.; ( x660).
6Y G. I. PLAYFAIR. 851
Yig.9. — C. ohtnsinn (Eichler) mihi, cnnwhium cubicum; ( x 1000).
Fig. 10. — Selenastrum gracl/e var. minutum, n.vai'. ; ( x 1000).
Fig. 11. — Sceiiedesmus qHadrlcanda va,v. incurrns, n. var.; ( x 6tJ0).
Figs. 12, 13. — »S'. quadricanda var. inei-mis, n.var. ; ( x 1000).
Fig. 14. — S. denticidatm var. (ji-acilis, n.var.; ( x 1330).
Fig. 15. — S. denticidatiis var. amtralin, n.var.; ( x 060).
Figs. Ui, 17. — ^^'. securi/onnis, n.sp. ; ( x 1000).
Yig.lS. —Aiikistrodesmu.'i fa/catus var. mirahiliii W. &G. S. West; { x 660).
Fig.l9.— -l./a/cft/M.s var. contortus (Thuret) mihi; ( x (j60).
Fig.20.— .4. dtdcis, n.sp.; (a) x 1000, [h) x 660.
Fig. 21. — ^-1. didcis vav. cinyidam, n.var. ;( x 1000).
Fig.22.— .4. Braimii (Nag.), forma; ( x 660).
Figs.23-25. — A. Braunii var. minutuy, n.var. ;(23) x 1330, the others x 660.
Figs.26, 27. — Actinasfrum Hantzschii Lagerh. ; ( x 1000).
Figs.28, 29. — A. hacillart, n.sp.; ( x 1000).
Fig. 30. — A. acictdare, n.sp., ( x 500); {a) single cell x 1000.
Fig.31.— J. guttula, n.sp.; ( x 1000).
Fig. 32. — KuxJineriella elegans, n.sp.; ( x 660).
Fig. 33. — A'. Innaris var. acuta, n.var.; ( x 1330).
Plate Iviii. Fig. l.~Ooci/.s^^.s cra».m var. Ostev/eldii I'layf. , forma; (x 1000). Fi<'S.2, 3. — 0. crassd var. elonyala, n.var.; ( x 1000). Fig. 4 — 0. crassa var. i/ranidoga, ii. var. ;( x 740). Fig. 5. — 0- apiculala var. major Playf. ; ( x 660). Fig.6. jVephrocytinm Agardhianum var. mujvi Niig.; ( x 400). Figs. 7, 8.— ^V. Agardhianum var. planktonicum, u.var. ; ( x 250). Figs. 9, 10. —Tetrallanlos Lagerheimii Teiling; ( x 1000). Fig.ll. — Tttraedron minimum (A.Br.) Hansg; ( x 1330). Figs. 12, 13. — Tf.tr. minimum var. amtrale, n.var.; ( x 1000). Figs. 14, 15. — Tetr. minimum vav. pinuridium (Reinsch) mihi; (14) x 1000, (15) X 1330. . Figs. 16, n. — Tttr. minimum var. rectitintare, n.var.; ( x 1000). Fig. 18. — 7^7-. minimum var. morsum (W. & G. S. West) mihi; ( x 1000). Fig. 19. — 'I'etr. reguture Kiitz., forma; ( x 660).
Fig. 20. — Tetr. regulare var. papilliferum C^ahr^ileY) mihi, forma; ( x 330). Fig.21. — y'eCr. spinulosum Schniidle, forma; ( x 1000). Fig.22. — Tetr. spinuloaxim var. excavatum, n.var.; (x 1000). Fig.23. — 7'e<r. horlens-e, n.sp.; ( x 660). Figs. 24, 25. - 'Tetr. acutum, n.sp.; (24) x 1000, (25) x 1500. ¥\g.1Q. — Tttr. acutum var. rectilineare, n.var.; ( x 1000). Fig. 27. — Tetr. hastatum var. elegans, u.var.; ( x 660). Fig. 28. — Tetr. trigouum var. mammilla/um, n.var.; (x 1330). b'ig.29. —Tetr. cruciforme, n.sp ; ( x 1330).
852 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER t-LANKTON.
Fig.SO. —Tetr. striatum, ii.sp. ; { x 660). Fig. 31. — Tet7: Wasteneysii, i^.sp.; ( x 1000).
Plate lix. Figs. 1, 2.—Jiirhteriel(a hotri/oidcs (Scliniidle) Lemm.; (1) x 1000, (2) x 660. Figs 3, i.— Bernardia Chodati (Bernard) mihi: (3) x 660, (4) x 1000. Figs. 5, 6. —5. Chodati var. cruciata, n. var. ; ( x 660). Fig, 7. — B. Wratidavtnsis (Scliroder) mihi; ( x 1000). Fig. 8. — Tetracoccunhotryoides West; ( x 500). Fig. 9. — T. hotryoides, tetrads of cells radiating from a common centre;
( x 200). Fig. 10. — SphiProcystis Schroteri Chodat; { x 500). Fig. 11. — S. Schroteri var. telracdrica, n.var. ; ( x 500). Fig. 12. — Glmocystis vesicidosa Nag.; ( x 660). Figs.l3, 14.— G. gigas (Kutz.) Lagerh.; ( x 250). Fig.l5. — G. au'itrtdi.s, n.sp. ; ( x 500). Fig. 16. — G. australin var. ampla, n.var.; ( x 250). Fig. 17. — Tetraedron regidart var. in&rm^., n.var.; ( x 1330). Fig. 18. — Carttria scrobirulata, n.sp., end-view; ( x 660).
853
RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI. No. i.
Bv J. Burton Cleland, M.D., and Edwin Cheel, Botanical Assistant, Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
We propose to record, from time to time, under the above heading, various fungi, more especially Basidiomycetes, that have passed through our hands. NearJy all the specimens referred to belong either to our private collections, or to that in the National Herbarium, Sydney. In recording specimens, we propose to do so in such a way, that the actual plants may be identified from our reference, and from a note attached to them citing the refer- ence. In searching the literature on Australian fungi, Ave have found records of many species, but rarely any means by which the identification can be checked, as, for instance, by examina- tion of the actual plants identified. In consequence, some, pro- bablv many, mistakes have been made, which now cannot be rectified. We propose to give our successors every assistance in criticising our decision.s. In such a difficult subject, at pre- sent in an almost chaotic state, mistakes are bound to be made bv us, but we want them to be retrie\able in the lioht of further and fuller knowledge.
COPRINUS.
CoPRiNUS coMATUS Fries. — Recorded bv Cooke for Victoria and for this State by one of us (E.G.) in Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1907, xxxii., 475. We have met with this esculent species on several occasions during winter and early spring, on Milson Island, Hawkesbury River (July), and in Sydney. It is quite common in the Botanic Gardens and Domain during the month of June. (Specimens in the National Herbarium under No. 56). During 1914, it was very abundant, growing near the I'oadside at Kensington, Sydney, in large tufts (spores 14-15-0 x 8-5-9/x). Young specimens were cooked and eaten, after scraping ofi' the
854 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN" PUNGT, i.,
scales, and proved very palatable. In the Milson Island speci- mens, the spores measured IT'S x 10-11/x.
CoPRiNUS ATRAMENTARius Fries. — Our specimens were col- lected in June and July, 1907, in a plantation in the Botanic Gardens, and are preserved in the National Herbarium under Nos.55 and 64. Spores 5-8 x 4-6//.
CoPRiNus EXTiNCTOHius Bull.- Specimens of this species were collected on a manure-heap in the Botanic Gai'dens, in April, 1908, and recorded by one of us (E.G.), I.e. Spores 10-13 x 6-7/ia.
CoPRiNUS FiMETARius Fries. — We have collected this species on dung at Milson Island, in Ma,ich (spores 1 1-12 x 7-7'5ju). Some large specimens, with yellowish-brown, crusty scales on the top of the pileus, and with stems 5 inches long, and nearly 4 lines thick, growing on manure at Sydney, had spores 10-10 8 x7-7 2/xin size. The spores of specimens growing on dung at Adelaide, in July, were 13'8x8/j.. Nari'abeen, January (spores 10-4-13-8x7-8-5/x).
CoPRiNUS MiCACEUS Fries. — Recorded by Cooke, for Victoria and South Australia. The species is common in New South Wales, being found densely fasciculate at tl)e base of old stumps, posts, telegraph-poles, etc. It is common in the Botanic Gardens during the month of June. The spores are obliquely oval, dark brown to blackish, 8-5 x 5'2-7/x. Milson Island, Hawkesbury River, and Sydney.
CoPRiNUS DELiQUESCENS Fries. — A species growing on a rotten stick at Neutral Bay, Sydney, in March, agrees with the descrip- tion and Cooke's plate of this species. Spores dark brown, 7-8-9 x 5-2-7/x.
CoPRiNUS coNGREGATUS Bull. Specimens, resembling the figures of this species, were obtained, growing amongst decaying straw, at Milson Island, in July. Spores 12-13 x 7/x.
COPRINUS SCLEROTTANUS, n.sp. — Several irregular-shaped scle- rotia, about the size of mung-beans (1^-2^ lines diam.) were found at Colo, Southern Line, under cow-dung, in March, 1914.
BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 855
Three of these were placed in cow-dung covered with watch- glasses, and kept moist. After 16 days, each sclerotium pro- duced a white, mealy projection, which at first developed very slowly, but after several days showed more rapid growth, and a distinct differentiation into pileus and stipes was noticeable. Two weeks later, the sporophore was fully grown, and, in 24 hours, the pileus opened out into 9 rays, and the plant elongated very rapidly.
The outer coating of the sclerotium is thin, and dark or nearly black in colour, and the inner substance is whitish, evi- dently composed of closely woven hyphse. Pileus cylindrical at first, pallid or pale grey, very mealy, about 2|-4 lines long, and 1^-2 lines in diameter, splitting at length into rays, which are striate, and become a darker grey at maturity. Gills few, at first white but soon dissolving into a black, inky fluid. Stem, under natural conditions, very slender and comparatively smooth; but, under artificial culture, about i line thick, and more or less covered with a mealy substance, which somewhat resembles silky down. When fully matured, it elongates very rapidly, reaching a length of about 2^ inches, and is quite smooth and glabrous in the upper part, but still retains the silky down in the lower part. Spores elliptical, 8-10 x 4-5/x.
We have collected this species, which resembles somewhat the figures of C. tomentosus and C. iiiveus, on three other occasions, but have, in only one of these cases, found the attached sclero- tium. One of these was collected on rich soil at Neutral Bay, in June, 1913. The cap was conical greyish from fine particles, and striate. Stem white, 1| inches long, spores 8 5-10 x 5-2/jt. The second was on a dunged garden at Neutral Bay, in April, 1915. The cap appeared as if covered with a fine, grey felt. There was a long, black root. Spores 104 x 5-5/a. 'J'he third specimen was collected in the same garden in December, 1915, attached to a black sclerotium, the size of a pea; which, on sec- tion, was whitish. The pileus was bluntly conical, | inch high and | inch broad, covered with a grey tomentum, and finely striate. Stem 1| inches high, white, finely fibrous. Gills very crowded, blackish, ascending, adnexed, covered, before expan-
856 RECORDS OP AUSTRALIAN FUNOT, i.,
sion, with a fine grey tomentum. On expanding, the pileus become very thin, and revolute. Spores dark purple, nearly black, in tlie mass, 8-5-1 0-5 x 5-2/i, oval. 'J'he sclerotium was kept moist in a saucer, and at once showed several, small, fluffv projections. One of these gradually elongated, being covered with a whitish tomentum. Eventually, this rapidly eh ngated, and bore a smaller and whiter pileus than the one found develop- ing naturally.
CoPRiNi'S RADiATUS Fries. --A small, ephemeral species, found growing on dung, at Sydney, in March, may lie referable to this species. It was at first conical, white, and covered with snowy particles, later becoming convex. The spores were nearly spherical, with the ends a little pointed, 7/x in diameter or 7 x bfx. Other specimens collected on dung at Mosman, Sydney, in July, are certainly this species. Their description is as follows : about Y^ inch in diameter, at first cylindrical, with a greyish bloom, finally plane and gi'eyish, except for the pale fawn, de- pressed centre, showing pale fawn-coloured, scurfy granules, ribbed. Gills about 23, moderately distant. Stem about 1 inch high, white, base thickened, a little downy. Spores subspherical to triangular, 5 5-7/i. Specimens also from Hill Top, growing on cow-dung, spores 8 x 5/x; and Terrigal, on dung, June, spores 7 X 4-3/x, l/x, irregular.
CoPKiNus STEitcoRARius Fries. — We have collected specimens on dung at Ryde, in May (spores 10-5-15o x 7-10/x). Specimens obtained at Manly, in July, showed a conical cap, ^ inch high and ^ inch broad, covered with a white, micaceous meal, with a slight grey tinge. Gills dark grey, ascending, adnate. Stem 2 inches high, white, somewhat floccose, hollow, base a little swollen. Spores 12-13-8 x 8'5-10-5/x, often obese. Hill Top, January, 1913, spores 14 x 5-10/x. Hyde Park, on manuied soil, January, spores 10-13 x 7-9fx.
CoPRiNUS EPHEMKKUS Fries. — Recorded by Cooke for Queens- land. We have found it in Sydney, on horse-dung, in March (pileus minutely furfuraceous when young, sporesl5-5-17 x 10-4/x); also at Penshurst, in February, 1911; spores 10-16 x S-lO/x.
By J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEU 857
CoPRiNus PMCATILOIDES Buller.- — Buller (Researches on Fungi, 1909, p. 69) describes a (frequently) minute Coprinus, resembling C. [ilicatilis, under this name. He states that it grows on horse- dung, and is often amongst the most tiny of the Agarics, being sometimes only 1 cm. long, and 2 mm. wide. The average length i.s 3 cm. (a little over an inch), with a cap 5 to 6 mm. wide. The fruit-bodies are very delicate. He adds, that he considers it undescribed, and that, though having a depressed disc at maturity, like C. plicatilis, this is narrow and not broad, whilst the gills are not attached to a collar, and the spores are oval.
We have, on sevei-al occasions, collected a species which, from the above description and Buller's figures, we believe to be this. C. pphemerus, in Cooke's Illustrations, resembles our species, but is larger, and has an elevated disc. Specimens collected on horse-dung, at Sydney, in March, may be described as follows: — Small. When young, conical, with fine, brownish granules, then convex, \ inch in diameter, grey, centre depressed, coarsely ribbed, covered with a few, tine, brown flakes. Gills 12 to 20 or 30 in number, narrow, distant, alternate ones short, fading away as the stem is reached. Stem 1 inch or more high. Spores black, 13"8-16 xB'J-O/i. Specimens collected in numbers, on horse-dung, at Dubbo, in October, are very similar. The pileus is at first uniformly covered with fine, brown scales; later, these become scattered, revealing the paler brown, striate pileus. The stem is white, and more or less fiufiy, or even radiately strigose at the base. Spores 14-14-2 x 7-8-2/x.
Coprinus angulatus (Lloyd, in " Mycological Notes," Dec, 1900, p.46). -^ "Pileus when young hemispherical, even, striate, becoming convex and plicate-sulcate when mature, smooth, when young white with ochreous tints, when partly grown dark grev with a brown (somewhat hygrophanous) centre, thin, (lills rather distant, reaching the stem, when mature (but before deliques- cing) black with a white edge. Stipe pure white, equal, hollow, striate, when very young evidently white scurfy, but appearing glabrous when grown. Spores very peculiarly angular shape like a keystone, I 4 x 9/x. On burnt ground, somewhat grega- rious."— Lloyd.
65
858 RECORDS OP AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, i.,
On Milson Island, Hawkesbury River, in November, 1914, and again in February, 1916, a fungus appeared on bare ground (which had possibly been burnt— a fire had been near), which resembles markedly the photograph given by Lloyd, and is char- acterised by what was described, at the time, as " irregularlj'^ oval" or "rather triangular" spores, somewhat smaller than the dimensions given by this author. The plant in question seemed to be a Coprinus, though, later, dried specimens were found, which is sometimes the case with Coprinus micaceus when hot, dry conditions rapidly supervene. Though these slight dis- crepancies exist, this Australian species seems best placed under this description, at least for the present. A description of our plants is as follows :- — Pileus up to 1^ in. in diameter, at first somewhat hemispherical and slightly umbonate, then convex and later nearly plane, greyish-brown, becoming pale, with a pallid brown or yellowish-brown centre, slightl)' depressed in the middle, and with a few, scattered, scurfy scales; the peri- phery densely sulcate-striate, the striae thick and forked from half-way, the strise running up to the central f in., which is a duller brown than the centre itself. Gills dai-k grey, adnate, crowded, nari'ow, no collar. Stem 2i-2| inches, white, fragile, hollow, finely striate; on drying and shrinking, found to be attached to the ground by a swollen, fluffy base. Spores rather triangular or irregularly oval, occasionally 7 x 5'2/a, usually 10-4 X 7-8-5ix.
Coprinus plicatilis Fries. — The following description applies to a common species growing on the ground at Sydney. It seems to be C. plicatilis, though the collar, to which the gills are attached, is not marked, and the spores are smaller. When young, conico-cylindrical, covered with chestnut, scurfy scales, sandy brown, striate, closed by the veil. When expanded, J to I inch; disc pale brown, depressed, ribs double, bifurcated at the edge, greyish-brown or greyish-white, disc and ribs flecked with dark brown scales. Gills whitish, just reaching the stem, very thin and fragile, moderately crowded. Stem li inches, white, attenuated upwards, a slight mycelium at the base. Spores black, oval, one end more pointed, 9-5-10'5 x 7-3-8-5/a.
BY J. B. CLELAND AND K. CHEEL. 859
CoPRiNus HEMEROBius Fries. — The following has been found on the ground at Neutral Bay. Cap up to 1^ inches, convex, umbonate, umbo light brown, ribs greyish-white, often bifurcate at the edge Gills white, then black. Stem up to 3 inches high, white, slightly attenuated upwards, hollow. Spores egg- shaped, 8 "6 X 7/x, 7 X 6/x. It is also quite common in the Domain during the month of June. Spores 7-9 x 6-7/>i.
CoPRiNUS sp.(l). — Resembles C. radiafiis, but the spores are larger; and there are scattered hairs on the cap and stem. When young, it is the size of a large pin's head, conical, pale brown, apex darker, slightly striate, later expanded. Stem white, h inch long. Stem and cap with scattered, minute hairs. Spores 10-4-12 X 7/i. On horse-dung, Manly, April 4th, 1915. (Herb. J. B. Cleland. Formalin-specimen, No 90).
CoPRiNUS sp.(2).— Small, conical, then convex, finall}' more expanded. Woolly-white, then greyish. Slightly ribbed, very thin. Stem up to 1 inch. Spores oval, 8-5-9 x5/jt. On cow- dung, Adelaide, September 22, 1913. Covered with white down. On cow dung at Neutral Bay, July 27, 1913. Spores black, 8 X 3-5/x.
Thelephorack^.
Craterellus cornucopioides L. — Recorded by us as new for New South Wales, in Journ. Proc. Hoy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1913,
p. XV.
Lachnocladium congestdm Berk. — Cooke records this species (as Thelephora conyesta) for Victoria, Queensland, and New South Wales. Lloyd has kindly identified specimens for us, which, he says, agree exactly with his photograph of the type. He adds : "I made the spores of the type 'smooth, globose, 8-10 micr., pale-coloured.' These spores I make 'pale-coloured,' not 'purplish- brown,' and almost smooth." The plant is common in the neighbourhood of Sydney, on bare, damp ground, such as foot- paths. We have collected it at Neutral Bay, and at Waterfall, in April; and also at Milson Island, Hawkesbury River. The Neutral Bay plants, which Lloyd has seen, are gregarious, and
860 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI^, i.,
consist of numerous, separate individuals, each with a slender stem, and several branches; whilst the Waterfall specimens, also identified by him, form plants up to finch in diameter, showing a thick, short, stem-like base, which expands into numerous dendritic branches. The spores of the former were 8'5 x r)-2-7/v., slightly irregular ; of the latter, pale brown microscopically, 10 X 7/ji, somewhat irregular and oval. Anothei" collection, resembling the Neutral Bay specimens, showed shed spores purplish, oval, knobby and spicular, 8-5 x V/x - the bases of these plants were purplish, and the tips silvery-white; whilst, on squashing specimens, there was a seminal smell.
Thelephora dkntosa Berk.— Specimens of this species, grow- ing under native shrubs and trees {Angophora Janceolata) at Neutral Bay, have been identified by Lloyd, who states that the species was originally described from Cuba; and he points out that it is subincrusting, and sends up free pilei. which is peculiar among the Thelephoras. The spores are vinous, irregular, 8-f; X Ifx.
The[.ephora terrestris Ehrenb., {T. laciniata Pers.).— We have met with this species, of which Lloyd has examined speci- mens for us, on several occasions, and always iinder or close to species of Pinus. It is unquestionably an introduced species, and seems unable to exist apart from the introduced Pines. Lloyd informs us that T. ladniata is a synonym. The plant is recorded, under both names, by Cooke, for Victoria. We now add New South Wales; we have seen specimens under Pinus at Adelaide. The plants often occupy an area of several inches in extent on the ground, or may encrust sticks or the bases of stumps. Pine-needles are often incorporated in the growth. The spores are very irregular, microscopically brownish, with a large, oval, central " nucleus," 8-5 x 7/a. Richmond, N.S.W., (August, 1912); Willoughby, Sydney (August, 1915); Randwick (W. F. Blakely; January, 1911); Cheltenham (A. A. Hamilton; February, 1911).
Stereum caperatum l^erk. et M. — Specimens of this species were recorded for the Tweed River by Berkeley (Journ. Linn.
BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CSEEL. 86 1
Soc, Bot., xviii., p. 385, 1880), and for Daintree Hiver (Giwillea, xi , p. 29, 1882). In addition to the above localities, Massee (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xxvii, p. 1 61, 1890) records it for the Clarence River. See also Grant, in l^eports Botanic Gardens, Sydney, (1902) 1903, p.9; and Uheel, (1909) 1910, p.lO. In the National Herbarium, there are several very fine specimens, the largest from Mount Cooroy, Queensland, measuring, when quite fresh, 17| inches across; and another fi'oni Gosford, N.S.W., measuring 13 inches across, and 11 inches high, from the pad of the foot-stalk to the surface of the pileus. The foot-stalk of the various specimens is variable in length, some being almost sessile, whilst others have it up to 2^ inches long. The tomentuiri on the foot-stalk, as well as on the upper surface of the pileus, is also very variable, being sometimes thickly matted, and, in other cases, very thin; the hymenium varies considerably in being more or less plicate. The following is a list of the locali- ties and collectors : — Manning River (J. L. Boorman; October, 1902); Coff's Harbour (Forest Guard; April, 1909); Ourimbah (J. Staer; December, 1910); Wamberal (E. Cheel; April, 1911); Lilyvale (A. A Hamilton; June, 1910). From Warburton, Victoria, there are some deformed specimens, collected in April, 1907; and the Mount Cooroy, Queensland, specimens, mentioned above, were collected by J. Staer, in March, 1910. Specimens collected by one of us (J. B.C.) in June, 1916, at Lisarow, had fusiform, thick-walled cystidia, 42-50 x 12-13'8/x. Otliers, ob- tained at Bulli Pass in April, 1914, had shed spores, 8'5-8'8 x 3"0-5/x in size. In many of the last two collections, the stem is nearly lateral.
Stekeum elegans Fr. — In connection with this species, Lloyd states (Synopsis of the Stipitate Stereums, p. 24, 1913) that it is very common in Australia. The only specimens we have seen in this State are from Gladesville (Miss Fiockton: April, 1911), and Mount Kenibla and Mount Jellore (E. Cheel; April, 1912). There are also some specimens from (;!rose Vale (Miss Campbell, No.21; September, 1912) in the National Herbarium, which seem to belong to this species, but unfortunately they are partly destroyed by the larvse of some insects.
862 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, i.,
Stereum nitidulum Berk. — We have a collection obtained at Terrigal, in June, 1914, which Lloyd thinks is this species. The pileus was fawn-coloured when fresh, with darker zones and pale tips. The hymenium was paler. Spores pear-shaped, oblique, 5-2 x 3-4/x. Growing on the ground..
Stereum pergamaneum Berk. — Specimens, identified as pro- bably this species by Lloyd, were obtained at Pittwater, in April, 1914, attached to wood at the base of an old stump. The spores were pear-shaped, white, 5 x 3"5yx, with a large, central "nucleus."
Stereum hirsutum Fries. — This species was recorded for New England by Berkeley (in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xiii., p. 168, 1873), and for Pennant Hills, Parramatta {Lc, xvi., p. 40, 1878). It has also been recorded for this State by Lloyd (Letter No. 19, 1908, and Letter No. 60). We have numerous specimens in our collections, and have also examined those in the National Her- barium. The spores measure 5"5-7 x 2*2-2'5/x. The following localities are represented : — Penshurst (E. Cheel: July, 1907); Bowral (E.G.; September, 1907); Narrabeen (E. C; May, 1908); Colo Vale (E.G.; August, 1908); East Hills (E. G.; September, 1908); Chatswood (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1908); Wiseman's Ferry (J. L Boorman; March, 1908); Gronulla Beach (A. A. Hamilton; March, 1909); Bowral (W. Greenwood; June, 1909); Pittwater (A. Maclellan; September, 1909): Lane Gove on living plant of Casuarina (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1909;; Upper George's River (J. Staer; January, 1910); Rookwood (Miss A. Spencer; July, 1910); St. Mary's (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1910); Springwood and Leura ( A. A. Hamilton; March, 1910); Lilyvale (A. A. Hamilton; June, 1910); Erina (J. Staer; May, 1910); Milson Island (J. B. Gleland; June, 1912); Kurrajong Heights; (J. B. Gleland; August, 1912); Grose Vale (Miss Campbell: Sep- tember, 1912); Galston (E. Cheel; June, 1913); Hill Top (E. Cheel; April, 1914); Orange (J. B. Gleland; October, 1914); Mosman (J. B. Gleland; April, 1915); Blue Mountains (May); Mount Macedon, Victoria (E. Cheel; February, 1908).
BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 863
Stereum membranaceum Fries, (syn., S. papyrinum Mont. — Lloyd). — In identifying specimens of this species for us, Lloyd says : — " It does not seem to be in Cooke's compilation, but it is a very common and wide-spread, tropical species. The hyme- nium is densely covered with pale (almost hyaline) setse."
This purple-brown, usually mostly resupinate, species is very common in the Sydney district, on fallen logs and old stumps. The pileus, often ill-developed, is hairy, obscurely zoned, and greyish-bi'own ; the hymenium rather tuberculose, and dark purplish to light purplish-brown. 'J'he cystidia are brownish, acuminate to somewhat clavate, rough, 5L120 x 8"5-10'4jU. Spores colourless, 7-8'5 x 3-5/x. On dead shrub, Long Bay, Sydney (J. B. Cleland; September, 1913); Sydney (J.B.C ; various collec- tions); Kew, North Coast (J.B.C; October, 1915); Botanic Gardens, Sydney, on fence-rails (E Cheel; June, 1907); Pens- hurst, on Melaleuca linariifolia (E. Cheel; June, 1907); Leura (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1912); Drouin, Gippsland (C. U. Brittlebank: October, 1916).
Stereum illudens Berk., (syn., S. spiniyerum — Lloyd, Letter No.5], Note 155).— The type-specimens were collected by Drum- mond (No. 158), probably in Western Australia (Hooker's London Journ. Bot., iv., p. 59, 1845). It has since been recorded for Sealer's Cove, Wangaratta, Fifth Creek, and Port Darwin (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xiii., p. 168, 1873). Specimens, collected in this State, have also been identified by Lloyd (Letter No.60, Note 346), who states that <S'. spiniyerum is a synonym based on young specimens, and adds " the hyaline, spiny cystidia (den- drophysen) are entirely different from the coloured sette of Hymenochoite." This is a common species in New South Wales, with a zoned, dark brown to palish-Vjrown pileus, with light chestnut hairs covering the ridges. The undersurface, when moist, is smooth, slightly wavy, of a peculiar pui'plish greyish- brown, with a paler yellowish-brown edge, when dry pale grey. The colourless cystidia are subclavate, rough with projections, 17-35 X 3"5/x, occasionally to 6/x. Spores elongated, colourless, 7-10"4 x3-6/A. We have a fine series of specimens from the following localities : — Peakhurst (W. Buckingham; July, 1899);
864 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI. J.,
Penshurst (E. Cheel; June, 1907); Colo Vale (E. Cheel; August, 1908); Leura (A. A. Hamilton and T. Steel; April, 1908); Lane Cove (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1909); Thirroul (J. B. Cleland; April, 1909; no cystidia seen); Cheltenham and Hornsby (A. A. Hamilton; May, 1910); Lilyvale (A. A. Hamilton; June, 1910); Hawkesbury River (J. B. Cleland; April, 1910); Erina (J. Staer; May, 1910); on dead wood, Milson Island (J. H. Cleland and E. Cheel; July, 191-J); Grose Vale (Miss Campbell, No.25; Septem- ber, 1912); on fallen log, Kurrajong Heights (J. B. Cleland; August, 191-2): Hill Top (E. Cheel and J. B. Cleland; October, 1913); Wellington (J. B. Cleland; October, 1914); Hornsby, on Pullericba flexilis {W . F. Blakeley; August, 1915); Kew (J. B. Cleland; October, 1915); Willoughby (A. G. Hamilton); near Adelaide (J. B. Cleland; 1898). There are also specimens in the National Herbarium, from Tasmania, collected by W. H. Archer.
Stekeum (Hymenoch^te) villosum Lev., (syns., II. pJueum, H. spadiceum, and //. strigosum of Berkeley^ Lloyd. Lloyd states (Letter No.46) that this species is the analogue in the East of S. tahacinum.
Tliis is a common species in the neighbourhood of Sydney, with a rich dark brown, hairy, somewhat zoned pileus, and a duller brown hymenium. The cystidia are dark brown, acumin- ate, 43-70 X 7-»-5//,, up to 13-5/* at the base. Hawkesbury Kiver (J. B. Cleland; May, 1915); Tuggerah, on under side of fallen log (J. B.C.; October, 1914); Milson Island, Hawkesbury Hiver (J. B.C.; November, 1914); Stanwell Park (J. L. Boorman; June, 1902); Lane Cove (A A. Hamilton; August, 1909).
Peniophoka.
Peniophoka cinekea Fries. — This species has been recorded by Cooke for Victoria. We have Kew South Wales specimens, srowinjr on the bark of small, dead branches, which Lloyd suggests may be this species. Our plants form effused, pale greyish, ashy patches, about an inch in extent. Ihe hymenium is finely tuberculated, and cracks. There are rough, somewhat club-shaped, colourless cystidia 25 x 8-5/^; and the spores are
BY .J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 865
sausage-shaped, slightly curved, 7-9x3-5/x. Alassee states that, in P. cinerea, the cystidia are fusoid, 30-50 x 15-20/x, and the spores are globose, 5-7/x. If these measurements be correct, tlien our specimens are probably a distinct species: at present, however, they are best left under P. cinerea.
Peniophora crustosa Cooke. — Specimens found on a rotten log, at Kurrajong Heights, in August, 1914, were referred to Lloyd. He says : '■^P. criisiosa(l) I judge from the description only. I have never studied it in detail. For me, however, it would be a resupiuate Stereum, from its woody texture, close to Stereum annosum Berk." Our specimens form a thickish, tirm, irregularly nodulai-, cracking crust of a pallid colour, with a faint fawn tint. The cystidia are rough, 26-29-5 x 8-5/ji. Spores were not seen. Cooke records this species for New Zealand, and gives the cystidia as 50-60 x lO-lo/x.
TREMELLINE.E.
HiRNEOLA AURicuLA-JUD.E L — Specimens, collected by Mr. Darnell-Smith, at Mount Kembla, in November, 1914, have been identified for us by C. G. Lloyd as this species. They were almost gelatinous, and very thin, about 2 inches in diameter, contracted to a stem-like lateral base, one surface smooth and convex, and pale reddish-brown, the other surface lighter and obscurely folded. Shed spores sausage-shaped, 10-5-12 x 5-2-7/x. Cooke gives the spores of H. auricula-judce as 20-25 x7-9/x. Lloyd, in his letter to us, states that, after comparing many specimens under many names, he has come to the conclusion that there are only two species of Hinieola, perhaps only one.
HiRNEOLA POLYTitiCHA Mont. — This species has been dealt with by one of us (E.C.) in "The Australian Naturalist " (ii., p. 225, 1913). We have since collected additional specimens, the spores of which are sausage-shaped, slightly curved, 16-1 7*5 X 6/x. These have been identified by Lloyd. We have also found it at Thirroul (J. B. Cleland; April, 1909), and growing on Ficus rubigiuosa{1) at Narrabeen (March and July, 1916. Spores 15"5 x fi/x).
866 RECORDS OF AUSTRAI.IAN FUNGI, i.,
Tremella mksenterica Retz.— New South Wales plants col- lected by us have spherical spores, 9/* in diameter.
Tremekla fusiformis Berk. — Plants of this species, found on a dead trunk, at Mt. Irvine, in June, 1916, have been identified by C. G. Lloyd. White, with irregular flat lobes. Spores ap- parently 7 X 3"4/y..
Seismosarca hydrophora Cooke. — Specimens have been kindly identified for us by C. G. Lloyd. Both came from the Sydney district, one from Mosman (July). Spores apparently granular, elongated, 13'5-14:'5 x 7/x.
We are unable, as yet, to place several other species belonging to this family. These include (1) a pale coral-pink, tremelloid species, with sausage-shaped spores 15*5-20 x 6-2-6/x, on trunk, Bulli, May, 1914; (2) a pale yellow, frondose, jelly-like species, ■with spores 7-8 x 4/i, Mosman, October, 1914.
Family C L a v a r i e iE.
Cooke records for Australia, under this family, one species of Sparassis (N.S.W.), 41 species of Clavaria (11 for N.S.W.), and 6 species of Calocera (none for N.S. W.), the latter genus being, by some authors, placed in the 2'remellinece. Massee (Brit. Fungus- Flora) records for Britain one species of Sparassis, 10 of T'yphula, 43 of Clavaria, 6 of PislUlaria, and 2 of Pterula.
Clavaria botrytes Pers. — This species, one of the commonest of Australian Clavarias, easily recognised by its cauliflower-like appearance, and reddish-fawn or buflf colour, is recorded by Cooke for all the Australian States except South Australia, in which State, however, one of us has frequently seen it. It seems to vary somewhat, both as to the degree of division of its ultimate segments, and as to its colour (from a pale fawn to a reddish or yellowish fawny-buflP). Massee, in his " British Fungus-Flora/' gives the spores as 8 x 5//., but in his later work, " British Fungi and Lichens," as 12-14 x 5-6//, whilst Cooke gives them as 12-15 x 6/ji. Our specimens comprise the following : — Hawkesbury River, N.S.W., (May, 1913), plant pale yellowish, spores pear-shaped, llx6"5/x; Terrigal, N.S.W. (June, 1914),
BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 867
reddish-fawn, spores pear-shaped, 10 x4-5/x; Hawkesbury River, N.S.W. (June, 1912), spores ll-5-12o x 5-5/x; Hawkesbury River, N.S.VV. (May, 1913), very pale fawn or brown, sometimes with a yellowish tint, spores 9x 5'5/x; New South Wales, buff-coloured, spores 8-5-10-4 x 4-4/x; Mt. Lofty, S.A. (July, 1914), reddish-fawn, spores 10-4 X 5/a. Another Mt. Lofty specimen, taken at the same place on the same date, was yellowish-brown, and the spores appeared as "elongated rods, 6-10 x 2-2 -S/x." A reddish-fawn specimen from the Hawkesbury River (May, 1913), with spores 10x4-5/x, has the ultimate ends of the branches more divided and less knobby.
Clavaria FORMOSA Pers. — The discrepancies in the descrip- tions of this species, given by various authors, are rather dis- concerting. Thus Massee places it amongst the Ochrosporse, and gives the spores as ochraceous, 9 x 3-4/^; whilst the same author later (Brit. Fungi and Lichens) states that the spores are colour- less, and 1 2-1 5 X 5-6/ui. The coloured figure in the last-named work also differs from that given by Cooke (Aust. Fungi). Whatever be the explanation of these differences, the plants we have met with, and placed under C. formosa, are identical with Cooke's plate. Microscopically, the spores also show a faint ochraceous colouration, perhaps explaining why some authors consider them as colourless, and others as tinted. The spores of our specimens measure 7-9, occasionally ll.x4-5-5/x. Hawkesbury River (May and June); Newington (June). A pale yellow form found at Newington (spores 7-8-5 x 4-2//), close to pinkish-fawn and reddish-ochre plants, may perhaps be C. aurea, which was col- lected at Pennant Hills, Parramatta, during the Challenger Expedition. (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xvi., p.38, 1877).
Clavaria rugosa Bu11.(?). — The following, found on several occasions, approaches closely to C. rugosa, and is at present best placed under it. It differs, apparently, in the spores not being warty, in the apex often becoming yellow-brown, and in a slight, foetid smell. Up to 1| inches high, clubs simple or with several irregular prongs, or occasionally dividing into two near the base, apex blunt, occasionally slightly rugose but usually not so, solid,
868 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI^ i.,
pure white or creamy- white, apex often yellow-brown, somewhat mealy. A definite, slightly foetid smell (when kept in a bottle, a strong, rotten-cabbage smell). Spores colourless, subspherical, 7/>i, 8-5 X 7/i. North Bridge, Sydney (April and June, 1916); near shady rock, Hawkesbury River (May, 1916). Specimens collected at Milson Island, in June and July, 1912, with thick- walled, colourless spores 9-11x7-7-5//., appear to be the same species. Previously recorded for Wentworth Falls, by R. T. Baker (These Proceedings, 1906, 720;.
Clavaria muscoides Linn. (1).— The following, beautiful little species agrees with the description of C. muscoides, save that the spores are smaller. Barely 1 inch high, furcate three or four times, usually unequally, ultimate segments short and blunt to subulate and blunt, orange-yellow, spores colourless, spherical, 2 8 3-5/x. Amongst moss, under Kunzea bushes, on clay soil, Lane Cove River, June, 1916 (D.I.C., Watercolour, No.68).
Clavaria cinerea Bull. — Baker (These Proceedings, 1906, 719); Cheel [Report But. Gardens, Sydney, 1910 (1911), 11]. At Neutral Bay and Mosman, Sydney, a grey Clavaria has been frequently met with. Apart from the cinereous colour, the most constant feature is the size of the spores, which are spherical to subspherical, and 9x7 5//., 8-5-10-4/x, etc. Some specimens are simple, swollen, rugose clubs, several growing close together, in appearance rather resembling C. iii(equ(dis ; others are more slender, with a few branches near the tip like a stag's horn; still others, from a short, thick trunk, exhibit large, blunt, rugose and swollen branches; whilst still others resemble the plate in Massee's " P>ritish Fungi and Lichens," though the colour is more dingy. The colour, locality, and spore-measurements, together with gradations between specimens, all indicate that one species comprises all our specimens. Massee, in his work last quoted, supports this view when he states, that the species is very variable, and that the spores are 7-9/x in diameter. In his " British Fungus Flora," the spores are given as 5-6 x o/x, whilst Cooke gives them as 8-10 x 5-6/x. Our specimens are some- times hollow. Neutral Bay and Mosman (April, June, Novem-
BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 869.
ber); Gladesville (Miss Flockton; April, 1910); Leura (T. Steel; November, 1911): Rookwood (Miss Spencer; July, 1910); Cook's River (A. A. Hamilton; May, 1915).
Clavaria stricta Pers.('?) — A very graceful specimen found by Mr. Darnell-Smith, growing on wood, near Gosford, in August,
1915, may be this species. Pale ochraceous spores were not seen. The plant was orange-brownish, and showed a short stem, from which numerous, ascending, slender, subulate branches arose, which, at first, bifurcately branched several times, the ultimate branches being about an inch long. The species is recorded by Cooke for Victoria and New South Wales.
Clavaria crispula Fries.- Pale orange plants, gathered on a fallen trunk, at Mt. Irvine, in June, 1915, agree with the de- scription given by Cooke (Handbook of Aust. Fungi, No. 1115) of this species. The spores are colourless, 7 x 4*2/x.
Clavaria in^equalis Miill. — Australian plants, which we have met with on several different occasions, though approaching most closely to C. incexpialis, also resemble in some points C. fusiformis. They approach the former in being gregarious, and only rarely subcsespitose, and in being a rich orange; and the latter, in being hollow, and in having spherical, smooth spores, Massee laying considerable stress on the ivarty spores of C incequalis. Specimens collected under moist rocks, on the Hawkesbury Ptiver, in November. 1914, and again in August,
1916, may be described as follows :—Clavate, up to 2i inches high, by \ inch thick, rich salmon-orange, the salmon tint becoming more evident in drying; hollow, the inside pallid salmony- whitish, the outer layer darker; sometimes bursting irregularly at the top, with yellowish tips, leaving an irregular, trumpet-like open- ing; spores smooth, spherical, 4-5-8/x in size; basidia with four, occasionally two, sterigmata. A faint apricot-smell. Numerous, fine specimens were collected also at Narrabeen, under moist rocks, on January 1st, 1915. There are also specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney, collected at Berowra by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, in July, 1914, which were of a rich salmon pink colour at first, changing to rich cream.
870 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, i.
Clavaria rosea Fries. — At Mosman, Sydney, in June, 1915, and at Neutral Bay, in June, 1916, we came upon many speci- mens of a salmon-pink Clavaria. These agree with the descrip- tion of C. rosea, save that the spores, instead of being 2 or 3/x in size, are 6 x 3'6/jt. The following is the description of our speci- mens : — Up to 2\ inches high, slender, somewhat flexuous, attenuated both ways from the middle, sometimes rather broad- ened or ribbon-like, coral-red or rosy-pink, often pruinose above, when buried amongst leaves with a whitish base, solid, flesh bright coral-red, gregarious amongst leaves under shrubs. There are also specimens in the National Herbarium from Penshurst (E. Cheel; May, 1901); Mount Victoria (A. G. Hamilton: March, 1910); Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Bennett; January, 1901).
Clavaria aurantia Cooke & Massee.— Specimens collected under rocks, at Neutral Bay, in June, 1916, may be described as follows: — Clavate, 1| inches high, occasionally slightly forked at the tip, often with one or two furrows longitudinally, usually a little twisted, bright clear egg-yellow, apricot-smell when crushed [spores not seen]. We have also collected it in the same situations and place, in June, 1912, and June, 1913.
Calocera guepinioides Berk. — This species seems common on rotten wood. We have specimens from the Hawkesbury River, and from Mt. Lofty, near Adelaide. Spores 8'3-12 x 3-5- 5-5/A.
Calocera cornea Fries. — Terrigal, June, 1914. Spores 8-5x3 5/A.
Calocera stricta Fries. — Gosford (Darnell-Smith; August, 1915).
871
FURTHER RESEARCHES UPON THE PROBLEMS OF THE RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS IN THE WINGS OF ODONATA, AND UPON THE FORMATION OF BRIDGES.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow op the Society in Zoology.
(Six Text-figures.)
My previous studies upon the problem of Dragonfly wing- venation (2, 3) have conclusively shown that the sub-Order Zygoptera diifers from the Anisoptera in possessing no sector to the radial trachea. The latter is straight and unbranched in the Zygoptera. The place occupied by Rs in the Anisoptera, viz., between M„ and M^, is filled in the Zygoptera by an addi- tional trachea branching off from M. This I have termed the Zygopterid sector, Ms. As the imaginal wing-venation has to be interpreted by means of the precedent tracheation of the larval wing-sheath, I have logically applied the same terms to the venation.
Now, in a former paper (2), I indicated one genus, Neosticta, which might possibly prove an exception to the above rule. In the wings taken from a larva of this genus, I thought that I could distinguish a true trachea Rs. The pigmentation of the wing-sheath, however, was so dense, and the specimen so far advanced towards metamorphosis, that the decision had to be held in suspense, pending the discovery of more material. Since that time, I have carefully examined a large number of larval wings of genera belonging to all three Zygopterid families {Calopterygidce, Lestidce, and Agrionidce) without discovering a single exception to the rule stated above, viz., that R is un- branched in Zygoptera. Thus it became more than ever im-
872 RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS, ikc,
portant that tlie doubt concerning Neosticta should be cleared up.
Unfortunately, Neosticta is a rare genus, the larvse being onlv obtainable from one locality, Heathcote, twentv-one miles soutli of Sydney. These larva; are rock-dwellers, somewhat reseml)linf those of Diphlehia, but much smaller, and possessing two jointed caudal gills. They live in the deep pools of clear cold water in Heathcote Ci'eek and the Woronora River, and are only to lie got by hauling rocks out of these recesses.
Thanks to the kindness and energy of Mr. F. W. Carpenter M.A., Science Master at Sydney Grammar School, I was enabled to obtain, in August last, five well-grown larvae of Neosticta canesceris from Heathcote. Four of these were in excellent con- dition for study, having only recently entered the last larval instar. The fifth was more advanced, being, in point of fact, at almost exactly the same stage as the one previously examined.
A preliminary examination of one of the cut-off wings of this last larva showed that it closely resembled the one studied and figured in my previous paper (2, PI. xiii., fig. 4). The pigmenta- tion was very dense, and there was the same appearance of Rs descending from R as before. However, when this condition was studied under strong transmitted light, it was at once seen to be due to the cuticularisation of tfie wing-sheath, already noticed by me in the case of Diphlebia(z, p. 227). There was no sign of the presence of a trachea Rs at all.
Turning then to the less advanced larva?, it was an agreeable surprise to find that the dissected-off wir)gs were moderately transparent, so that the tracheation could be easily followed out in detail. All four wings of each of the four larvae were care- fully studied. Of the sixteen, fourteen agreed exactly with the results obtained for all other Agrionidxe, viz., R is simple and unbranched, and Ms ari.ses fiom the main stem of M between M2 and M.j. The other two wings (one being a right foi'ewing, the other a right hindwing) showed a peculiar aberration, the origin of M3 having become shifted on to Ms near its base. This peculiarity at once struck me as being of the utmost importance as evidence of the t.i"ue nature of bridges and oblique veins, and
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
873
will be dealt with fully later on in this paper. The normal tracheation is shown in Text fig.l, the aberration in Text-fig. 4.
Having thus satisfied ourselves that Neosticta is in line with all other Zygoptera in possessing an unbranched radius and a Zygopterid sector, Ms, arising from M or one of its branches, let us now review the whole question at issue. This is a very fundamental one, and may be put as follows : —
Is the Zygopterid sector, Ms, homologoics with the Radial Sector, h's, of Anisoptera, or merely analogous with it ?
In a previous paper (3), I contended that the two were not homolosous. No rebuttal of the evidence there adduced has appeared in print; but I have received numerous ciiticisms.
Text-fig. 1. Normal tracheation of larval wing of Xeosficta caiiewens Tillyard.
ranging from a complete acceptance of my views (Dr. F. Ris), down to an absolute unwillingness to agree with them, in spite of the evidence I have selected Dr. P. P. Calvert's criticism as a very fair statement of the case in favour of the homology between Rs and Ms. He writes as follows: —
"If Ml, M.,, Mg, and M^ are homologous in Zygoptera and Anisoptera, as you say on p. 224 (3), is there not something more than the analogy between the Anisopteran Rs and the Zygopteran Ms which you recognise on the same page"? If Zygoptera and Anisoptera had a common origin, must not Ms and Rs have come from one and the same primitive trachea 1 If this be the case, then the distinction between Ms and Rs is really not such a fundamental one after all. If, on the other hand, Anisoptera and Zygoptera had not a common ancestry, then the apparent
66
874 RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS, &C.,
homologies of the other trachese are only the result of con- vergence (a position I can't admit), and Es and Ms are really quite different things. I should be glad to have your explana- tion of these difficulties (as they seem to me).'"'
Now this is a very lucid statement of the case, and one with which I must confess great sympathy. Like Dr. Calvert, I could not for a moment admit that Anisoptera and Zvgoptera had no common ancestry, though I would hold, perhaps, that the cleavage between them is greater, and that the common ancestiy lies further back in geological time, than Dr. Calvert may be pre- pared to grant. For this reason, I felt that the researches which I had carried out could not be left in their present state. Having satisfied myself (hat Neosticta (the only doubtful genus) falls into line with all the rest, I was spurred on, by Dr. Calvert's very reasonable statement of the case, to investigate the whole problem as fully as possible, so as to review the whole evidence, and to come to some definite conclusion.
In order to delimit the problem, let me state clearly at the start that, as far as I can see it, we have actually two cognate problems to deal with. The first of these concerns the relation- ship between trachea'Rs, and trachea Ms, the second that between vein Rs and vein Ms. As we shall see in the sequel, these two problems may very well lead to different results.
Leaving aside altogether the question of palteontological evi- dence, which cannot be admitted into this problem satisfactorily, owing to the complete absence of the tracheational interpretation of fossil vein-formations, I have classed the available evidence under three main headings :—
(1) 2'he structural evidence. By this I mean the evidence obtained from a study of the wing-tracheation of the last larval instar, and the interpretation of the corresponding imaginal wing-venation.
(2) 7'Ae ontogenetic evideiice. This is the evidence obtained from the tracheation of the wings of the developing larva, from the earliest examinable stage up to the last instar.
(3) The evidence from Bridges and Oblique Veins. The con- nection of these structures with the problem in hand is not, per-
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 875
haps, at first evident. Actually, they assume a position of immense importance, and must be fully dealt with if the problem is to be solved.
I propose now to take these three kinds of evidence in full, and to draw definite conclusions from them.
1. The Structural Evidence. (Text-figs. 1, 3).
We may best marshall this by gathering together all the results of wing-tracheational studies by different students of the Order, and arranging them in tabular form. I have before me the published results of Professor Needhani(l) and myself (2, 3), together with the beautiful series of photographs taken by Dr. Ris from the larvae of lAhellula, Calopteryx (Z, Plate xxxiv.), and Ischiiura. No doubt other students have examined othergenera; but, as their statements have not been published, they cannot be here included.
The point to notice is that the evidence is, ivifhout a sinyle exception, in favour of the view that trachea Rs in Anisoptera is not homoloyous with trachea 2/s in Zyyopiera. It follows also that, if the veins Rs and Ms in the imaginal wing are laid down in their entirety upon the previously existing trachete Rs and Ms respectively, then vei7i Jis in Anisoptera is not homoloyous with vein Ms in Zyyoptera. This second conclusion must not, however, be accepted without a fuller examination of the inter- play of tracheational and venational developmental forces, which are discussed later on, on p. 879.
876
RADIAL AND ZYGOPTEKID SECTORS, <fec.,
The followino; table exhibits the results obtained : — Table of Genera examined for Wing-Tracheation. (N = Needham, R-^Ris, T = Tillyard.)
|
ZviiOPTERA. |
Anisoptera. |
|
|
R simple and nnbranehed. |
R |
once branched, the branch being |
|
An exti'a trachea, the Zygopteiid |
the Radial .Sector Rs, which crosses |
|
|
Sector Ms, developed from M be- |
M |
, and M2, so as to come to lie |
|
tween M„ and M3. |
between M„ and M3. |
|
|
Families Caloptertgid^. and |
Family .FIschnid^. |
|
|
Agrionid^. |
*G'om2jhm{^) |
|
|
Ms ai'ises from the main stem of M. |
Lanthus (N) |
|
|
""Dlph/ehia (T) |
Austrogoniphu.t (T) |
|
|
"Calapteryx (R) |
He.migomphus (T) |
|
|
Neosticta (T) |
ConhileyaMer (N) |
|
|
IsoMkta (T) |
iJendroieschna (T) |
|
|
*Ar(jiohstes (T) |
*^E>^chna (T) |
|
|
*Ischnura (R and T) |
Anax (N and T) |
|
|
*CaHayrion (T) AuMroagrion (T) |
Family Libelj.uliua:. *Synthemis (T) |
|
|
Family Lestid^. |
Dklymopf (N) |
|
|
Ms arises from M„ near its base. |
Anstrocordit/ia (T) |
|
|
*Synhstes (T) |
Cordnlephya (T) |
|
|
Lestes (N) |
* ffemicordulia (T) |
|
|
* Austrohstes (T) |
^Lihdhda (N and R) Orthetrum (T) Diplacodes (T) |
|
|
Total genera examined : 11. |
Total genera examined: 16. |
2. The Ontogenetic Evidence. (Text-fig. 2). In the table given above, the genera marked * are those in which more than one larval instar has been examined. In the Zygoptera, it has not been possible to examine more than the four \a,st larval instars (which I have done in Anstrolestes), owing to tlie delicacy of the tracheae. In the earliest examinable stage, R is simple and unbranched in Zygoptera, and remains so up to the last larval instar. Very different is the case with the An- isoptera, in which Needham (1, Fig.l) has shown that, at the
earlif iTeitf.
a
t
I
't
Teit-l.
Iwtr thro»
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
8t7
earliest examinable stage, R is strongly and definitely l)ianched (Text-fig. 2, rt). At a later stage (the exact instar is not noted,
Text-fig. 2. — Ontogenetic stages in tliu development of the larval wing- tracheation in Odonata. «., (lomphus, veiy eai'ly stage, 1 mm. wing; h, O'omphu's, later stage, 3 mm. wing, Rs between Mi and M„ ; c, Gomphus, last larval stage, Rs across Mi and M„, and bridge {/ir) indicated; d, Lihc/Znla, very early stage, O'Smm. wing, Rs already across M, and M„. a-c, after Needham; d, drawn from a photo- micrograph taken by Dr. F. Ris. but it would appear to be the last but three), K'eedham shows Rs thrown over Mi_2 just before it divides into Mj and M;,, and then
*".?'■■« '^
876
RADIAL AND ZYGOPTEKID SECTORS, »tc.,
The followins: table exhibits the results obtained : — Table of Genera examined for Wing-Tracheation. (N = Needham, R = Ris, T = Tillyard.)
|
ZV(i01'TERA. |
Anisoptera. |
||
|
R simple and unbranehed. |
R |
once branched, the branch being |
|
|
An extra trachea, the Zygopterid |
the |
; Radial Sector Rs, which crosses |
|
|
Sector Ms, developed from |
M be- |
M |
and M2, so as to come to lie |
|
tween M^ and Mg. |
between M„ and M3. |
||
|
Families Calopteryoid^, |
and |
Family .^^]schnida:. |
|
|
Ai;rionid^. |
*Gom2jhHs(K) |
||
|
Ms aiises from the main stem of M. |
Lanthua (N) |
||
|
*Diphhhia (T) |
Austroyomphw* (T) |
||
|
*Calopttryx (R) |
He-miyomplius (T) |
||
|
NeoMictu (T) |
CordultyaMer (N) |
||
|
Isofiticta (T) |
Dendrocfschna (T) |
||
|
"Aryiohstes (T) |
*^Esc]ma (T) |
||
|
*Ischnura (R and T) |
Anax (N and T) |
||
|
*CuHa<irion (T) |
Family Libeli,ulid.s:. |
||
|
Anstroayrion (T) |
1/ *Synthem'!s (T) |
||
|
Family Lestid^. |
D Id 1/ mops (N) |
||
|
Ms arises from M„ near its base. |
Austrocordidia (T) |
||
|
*Sijnhstes (T) |
Cordnlephya (T) |
||
|
Ltstes (N) |
* Hemicordulia (T) |
||
|
* A list vol est es (T) |
*LibeUala (N and R) Orthetrum (T) Diplacodes (T) |
||
|
Total genera examined : |
11. |
Total genera examined: 16. |
2. The Ontogenetic Evidence. (Text-fig. 2). In the table given above, the genera marked * are those in which more than one larval instar has been examined. In the Zygoptera, it has not been possible to examine more than the four last larval instars (which I have done in Austrolestes), owing to the delicacy of the tracheJB. In the earliest examinable stage, R is simple and unbranehed in Zygoptera, and remains so up to the last larval instar. Very different is the case with the An- isoptera, in which Needham (1, Fig. 1 ) has shown that, at the
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
877
earliest examinable stage, R is strongly and definitely Ijranched (Text-fig. 2, a). At a later stage (the exact instar is not noted,
Text-fig.2. — Ontogenetic stages in the development of the laival wing- tracheation in Odonata. a, Gomphn'<, very eaily stage, 1 mm. wing; h, G'omphu-s, later stage, 3 mm. wing, Rs between Mj and M^ ; c, Gomphus, last larval stage, Rs across Mj and M„ , and bridge [Br] indicated; d, Lihel/iila, very early stage, 0"8mm. wing, Rs already across ^Ij and Mo. a-c, after Needham ; d, drawn from a photo- micrograph taken by Dr. F. Ris. but it would appear to be the last but three), Needham shows Rs thrown over Mi_2 just before it divides into Mj and M..^, and then
8^8 RADIAL AKD ZYGOtTEHlb SECTORS, kc,
crossing M.^ again so as to lie between Mj and M2(Text-fig.2,6). At the latest stage (Text-fig. 2,c), Rs is thrown across both Mj and M2, so as to lie between M^ and M3.
Dr. Ris has photographed (Textfig.2,rf) the triangular wing- bud in a very early stage of Lihellula (this would appear tu be one instar earlier than Needham's earliest stage, since the wing is only 08 mm. long, and definitely more triangular in shape than Needham's wing of Gomphus, which was 1 mm. long) This shows Rs already crossing both Mj and Mg! I find the same result in the earliest stages of Hemicordulia. But we must remember that the Libelhdidfe are far more specialised than Gomphus. The latter (if Needham's observations are correct, and I see no reason to doubt them) has preserved the ontogenetic stages in detail; the former reaches the final condition of Rs while the wing is yet very small.
We see, then, that the ontogenetic evidence supports the structural evidence, but with greater force. IJoiv can a trachea which, ill the earliest examinable larval stage of Anisoptera, is a branch of R tiot eiien crossing M at all, and ivhich only reaches its fitial position (in Gomphus) by two successive changes, be homolo- gous with the branch of M ivhich is present in a fixed position (between M^ and M3) in Zygopt- ra fiom the earliest examinable stage! One must either accept the proof as definitely against the homology, or deny one's belief altogether in the Biogenetic Law.
We must conclude then, both on the structural and on the ontogenetic evidence, that trachea lis of Atrisnptera is not homo- logous ivith trachea Ms of Zygoptera.
3. The Evidence from Bridges and Oblique Veins. , We have now to approach very cautiously the crux of the whole problem, viz., whether we have been correct in maintain- ing that the imaginal veins Ms and Rs are wholly laid down upon the preceding tracheae Ms and Rs respectively, or whether they may not have, in special cases, a more composite origin.
Thus we have to deal with a question that is even more funda- mental than the point immediately at issue, viz., the interaction of the two great forces whose interplay has moulded the Odonate wing from the very start. These are, the force of tracheational
BY R. .T. Tirj.YARt). 879
devdopmevf, wliich is mainly concerned, tliroiighoiit larval life, with supplying each cell of the developing wing with sufficient oxygen, and the force of venational develupmenl, which is con- cerned only with the final production, at metamorphosis, of an imaginal wing-plan best suited to withstand the strains and stresses of flight. Both these forces, in the evolutionary scheme, aim at perfection. But, as tliey are at any rate to some extent antagonistic the final result must be a compromise. Tliis com- promise is V)est seen, in tlie imaginal venation, in the formation of bridges and oblique veins — structures which, we may well believe, are not wanted at all to ensure perfection of flight, but which have been forced upon the imaginal pattern owing to the trend of tracheational development. On the one hand, the tracheational scheme appears early in the developing larval wing; one might almost imagine that the forces controlling it must have had everything their own way, and that the imaginal pattern, when first laid down in the wing of the last larval instar, must be absolutely dependent upon it On the other hand, in spite of the long start gained by the traclieational forces, can we doubt that it is the imaginal wing-plan which must be aimed at all along] For, if this be not attained suc- cessfully, the type would be weak in flight, and would soon die out.
It is just here that we have to study intensely the problem of bridges and oblique veins. Professor Needham's now famous discovery and explanatitjn of the bridge-veins in Odonata is well-known, but needs to be shortly summarised. Jn the Anisoptera, tlie bridge is, according to him, a "brace evolved out of the boundaries of ordinary cells," in order to "correct the mechanical weakness of the unilateral fork" (1, p. 755), {i.e., the fork represented in tlie imaginal venation by the point of de- partuie of Rs from Mo at O). Text-flg.3 will explain Needhams view of the formation of the bridge.
In Needham's view, also, the bridge is a "trunk SHcondarily developed to connect the radial sector with vein Mj_.j." (1, p. 711).
I think that all students of Odonata, including myself, have, up to the present time, accepted these statements without ques-
880
RADIAL AND ZY(;OPTEkID SECTORS, &C.,
tion. My views, howevei-, have now undergone a change, owing to the fact that I have recently seen a bridge formed in the Odonata, as it were under my very eyes, and the process does not agree with Needham's dictum. I refer to the aberrant con- dition which I discovered in .Veosticta, and which is figured in
Text-fig.3. — Foimation of bridge (5r) and oblique vein (0) in Anisoptera (LihtlhiJid(f). a, Tracheation of wing at last larval instar. h. Cor- responding imaginal venation.
Text-fig. 4. Here is the case of a genus in which, apart from its extreme reduction, the venational plan is simple and primitive. Ordinarily, !io bridge is present. Owing to the extreme narrow- ness of the wing, M.^ lies for most of its length very close under Ms. In the aberration, Mg becomes hitched on to Ms, not gradually, by progression distad along M towards Ms, but per sal turn. And the imaginal wing-venation keeps its original position, in the form of the bridge (br), clearly visible as a pig- ment band.
Searching through a long series of imagines of JVeosticta, I am able to Hnd two wings which have clearly been derived from this aberrant tracheal condition. In both, the change in the position of Mj basally is betrayed by the shortening and sliglit
6y ft. J. TILLVARI).
881
obliquity of the cross-vein usually in this position. The cross- vein has, in fact, become an oblique vein, and the proximal part of M3 has become a bridge*
Now, with this example of how a bridge may be formed for- tuitously before us, we must ask ourselves whether Needham was right in determining the bridge-vein as a secondary formation.
Sc
M ■.:==
:u-
Cu,
Text-fig.4. — x^berrant tracheation of larval wing of Neosticta canescens Tillyard. M3 has been captured per sal turn by Ms. Original course of basal pai-t of M3 persists in the imaginal venation as a bridge (Br).
Is it not more rational, after all, to see in the bridge-vein the 07-iginal basal part of a main vein, while the oblique vein is the sign that the tracheation has become specialised, l^et us examine the two well-known cases of Bridge-formation in Odonata in this new light : —
(a) The long bridge of Lestidcp,. If this new view be correct, the Lestidce must be derived from ancestors in which Mj, Ms, M.;, and M4 all came off separately from M. Owing, however, to progressive narrowing of the wing, Ms must have come to lie close under Mj at a point near its base. Finally, trachea Mo
* It should be carefully noted that this aberration has nothing to do witli the long bridge of Lestid<e, which is caused by Ms becoming attached to M„.
SS2 kADlAL AND ZyGOPTEKID SECTOHS, &C.,
must have captured trachea Ms j)er saltnm just in the same way tliat trachea Ms has captured trachea M3 in the Neonticta aberration, leavivy thp original basal purtion of vein Ms existinc/ as the long bridge, while the new base of Ms became the oblique vein.
The fact that, in Synlestes, the oblique vein cannot always be determined, is evidence in favour of this view. If a large number of larvpe were to be examined, may not some of them still possess the original tracheation in one or more wings? The imaginal venation from such a wing would lack the oblique vein.
It becomes neces.sary, also, on this new view, to examine the earliest wing-buds of the Lestidic, with a view to determining the original position of trachea Ms with respect to M, as shown by the ontogenetic evidence. Such an examination I hope to carry out later on.
Text-fig.o. — Formation of the two oblique veins (Oj , Oo) in Cordnlegaster. Ms?, the trachea wliicli, it is suggested, was originally Ms, and has been captured per ■•<a//iti)i by Rs. Adapted from Needham.
(6) The b)-idgf of Anisoplera. In this case, any cpiestion of Rs having become hitched to Mo per salttim cannot be enter- tained, owing to the fact that the ontogenetic evidence is abso- lutely against it. We must either accept Needham's view of this bridge as correct —i.e., it is secondarily formed to strengthen the unilateral fork or we must seek for some other explanation.
It is well known that, in the subfamilies Cordulegastrinc^ and Pet'ihirince (the two most archaic subfamilies of the Anisoptera), there are two oblique veins present (Text-tig. 5, Oj, Oo). This is
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
883
I
due to tlie fact that trachea Rs in these forms is itself branched. Now, unfortunately, we do not know the ontogeny of the larval wing in these subfamilies. The suggestion I would make is that, in these archaic forms, we have trachea lis and trachea
1
Text-figJJ. — Su>;gested phylojfeny of the Od(jiiate wing in the region of radius, media, and branches, a, archaic ancestor of Zj'goptera and Anisoptera; h^-d^, phylogenj' of Zygoptera; /(j, reduction of Rs; t'l, h)ss of T\s — M eyapodagrio7iine stage; d^, capture of Ms ^er ■sa/tiDu by M„ = Lesfid stage (original course of A-ein Ms preserved as the bridge Br in the iniaginal venation); ''o-e„, phj'logeny of An- isoptera; l>2, Rs crosses Mj (cf. Text-fig. 2/;); c„, Rs crosses Mj and M.J ; d„, Rs captures Ms per m//nm (cf. Text-fig. 5); e„ , Ms sup- pressed (the original course of vein Ms preserved as the bridge Br in iniaginal venation).
Ms both present, and that, in the last larval instar, the latter trachea becomes hitched on to Rs, just as M.. became hitched on to Ms in the Neostiota aberi'ation. In that case, the whole
884
RADIAL AND ZYGOPTEKID SECTORS, (feC,
bridge, from its origin basal ]y on M up to the second oblique vein O^,, represents, in the venation, the original Zygopterid sector Ms, with the oblique vein O, standing upon it to mark the point where trachea Ms has been captured by trachea Rs. Tlie vein continuing the bridge is the true Rs, of which also O2 must be an essential part.
The above explanation, as it seems to me, offers the only solu- tion possible in favour of a partial homology between veins Ms and Rs, as now present in the wings of Odonata. Text-fig. 6 would show, on this supposition, the two lines of development leading to Zygoptera and Anisoptera respectively. For the common ancestor, we should have to postulate a form possessing both a true lis and a true Ms (Text-fig. 6, «). From this, the Zygoptera would be derived by reduction, Rs being entirely eliminated.* The Anisoptera, on the other hand, would be derived from the ancestral form via the Petalura-Gordulegaster stage, trachea Ms being first of all captured by Rs, as in these forms, and then entirely eliminated; while, in the imagines, the short Anisopterid bridge would remain as the tme vein Ms, and therefore homo/ogoits with the long bridge of Lestidff, and also with the basal part of Ms in the Calopteryyidre and AgrionidcB.
This might be exhibited as follows : —
|
Trachea |
ZYtiOPTERA. |
Anisopteka. |
||
|
Vein. |
Calopf.erygid<v -t- AgrionidoE. |
Lestidie. |
Petaliirinoi -f- Gordnlegastrinue, |
Other subfamilies. |
|
Trachea Ms Trachea Rs Vein Ms ... Vein Rs ... |
present, attached to M absent present in full absent* |
present, captured by M., absent present in full (basal portion = long bridge) absent* |
present, captured by Rs present present{ = bridge) pi-esent, from O2 to wing-margin |
absent present present ( =■ bridge) present, from 0 to wing- margin |
The new view of Bridge-formation, embodied in the above
^' Unless, indeed, the subnodal vein itself be the remains of Rs.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 885
discussion and table, may be bi-iefly contrasted witli the older (Needham's) view as follows : —
{ I) Need ham's vie?/; .• —When the fusion or crossing of two main tracheae causes the formation of a unilateral fork, pre- ceded by a weak area not possessing a main trachea, this weak area and the fork are secondarily strengthened, in the imaginal venation only, by the backward development of a strong vein called a bridge. The base of the unilateral fork persists as the oblique vein.
(2) 7'he netv view : — When the fusion or crossing of two main trachene causes the formation of a unilateral fork, preceded by a weak area not possessing a main trachea, the imaginal venation does not follow this specialisation in the tracheal system, but adheres to the older and more advantageous venational plan. Thus, the imaginal vein originally present fersists as a hridye along that part of the wing now devoid of a main trachea. The point of attachment of the shifted trachea is represented in the venation by the oblique vein.
The principal argument in favour of the new view seems to me to be this:— If we take any specialised Odonate wing, in which an oblique vein is present, and replace the oblique vein by an ordinary cross-vein, then the venation will be seen to resemble what is admitted to be the most archaic venational plan for the sub-order. For instance, if w^e cut out the oblique vein from Lestes or Synlestes, the arrangement of R, M and branches at once becomes similar to that of the archaic Meya- podagj-ioiiirue, in which no oblique vein or bridge has ever been developed. We may well ask, how is it that there is a bridge developed in this position in every form where tracheational specialisation has set in 1 If Needham's view be correct, then there must have been a period in the evolution of the wing-vena- tion (before the bridge became fully formed) in which the place of the bridge was taken by the irregular boundaries of polygonal cells from which the bridge is supposed to have arisen. Can anyone maintain that such a weakened imaginal form would have been able to hold its own during the evolution of the bridge? Or, if it is argued that the bridge was formed link by
886 IIADIAL AND ZYGOPTEHID SKCTOHS, ifec,
link, as the trachea moved distad, then the answer is that, in Neosticta, we see a bridge formed per siiltun), and there is no evidence that the trachea did move distad gradually. The effort required to construct evolutionally such an immensely long bridge as that of the Lestidce in this fashion is almost incon- ceivable. Moreover, as a support to the unilateral fork at (), it is absurdly misplaced. One would have expected it to run back to M about half-way between Ms and Mg, if such were the object of its development.
Further, it should be noted that, in other Orders, the forma- tion of an oblique vein through tracheational specialisation does not involve the formation of a bridge. Thus, in theforewing of the Myymehontidm {i), the vein Mo comes off from Mj by means of an oblique vein, but it is continued basad l)y Cuj, and not by a bridge-vein. In the Odonata, if the bridge-vein be Ms, and not a new development, the position is an analogous one.
Here I must leave this fascinating line of inquiry, fur which much more evidence would need to be brought forward before it could be regarded as fully established. As regards the main argument, concerning the supposed homology between Ms and Rs, the position may be summed up as follows : —
1. Trachea Ms is not the homologue of trachea Rs. On this both the structural and ontogenetic evidence aie overwhelming.
2. If we interpret the main veins solely from their underlying main tracheae, it follows that vein Ms is not the homologue of vein Rs.
3. If, however, we allow that the venation may retain the archaic plan, while the corresponding tracheation becomes specialised, then we must alter our view of the significance of bridges and oblique veins. In that case, the long bridge of Lestidce may reasonably be regarded as the original vein Ms. In the case of the Anisoptera, the bridge may also represent Ms, while the vein continuing it beyond O is undoubtedly Rs. Thus, the basal portvmsoi the veins now called Ms and Rs respectively would be true homologues ; the distal portions (beyond the oblique vein, when it is present) are never homologous,
BY n. J. TILLYARD. 887
Thus we see that, under no circunistances cati ive prove veins Ms and Bs to he. complete hoinologues. And, until further evi- dence can be brought forward in support of statement No.3 above, it would seem advisable to retain the notations Ms for Zygoptera and Rs for Anisoptera in their entirety.
BIBLIOCIRAPHY.
1. Needham, J. G., 1903. — "A Genealogie Study of Dragonfl3' Wing-
Veiiatinn." Proc. U.S. Nat. Mu.s. , xxvi., pp. 703-764, Plates xxxi.- liv. [No.1331]. Washington, U.S.A., 1903.
2. Tii.i.VARD, R. J., 1914. — "On some Problenis concei-ning the Develop-
ment of the Wing- Venation of C/donafa.'' Proe. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, xxxix., Part 1, 1914, pp. 163-216, PI. xi.xiii. 3. — 1915. — "On the Development of the Wing-Venation
in Zygopterous Dragonflies, with special reference to the Cciloptti y-
>lkhtr I.e., xl.. Part -2. Utl.!, pp.212-230, PL xxxii.-xxxiv. i. n — 1916. — "Studies on Australian Xeuroptera. No. i.
The Wing- Venation of the Mz/nnKhonidit." L.c, xl.. Part 4,
1915, pp. 734-750, PI. Iviii.
888
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Received during the period November 25th, 1915, to November 29th, 191G.
(From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherwise mentioned. J
Adelaide.
Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14 —
Scientific Reports. Series C. : Zoology and Botany. Vol. iii., Part 1 (Fishes: 4to., June, 1916). Department of Chemistry op South Australia —
Bulletin, No.l(1916). Department of Mines: Geological Survey of S.Australia — Annual Report of the Government Geologist for 1914(1915). Bulletin, No.5(1916). Metallurgical Report No.l(1916). Report No.3(l916).
Review of Mining Operations in the State of Soutli Aus- tralia during the Half-years ended December 31st, 1915, and June 30th, 1916, Nos. 23-24(1916). Public Library, Museum, etc., of South Australia — Report of the Board of Governors for 1914-15(1915). Royal Society of South Australia —
Transactions and Proceedings, and Beport. xxxix.(1916). Woods and Forests Department of South Australia — Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration for the year 1914-15(1915). By W. Gill, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., Conservator of Forests.
Albany, N.Y.
New York State Library —
Sixty-seventh Annual Report of the New York State Museum, 1913(1915).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES 889
Auckland.
Auckland Institute and Museum — Annual Report for 1915-16(1916).
Baltimore.
Johns Hopkins University —
Hospital Bulletin, xxvi., 297-298; xxvii., 299-308(1915-16). University Circulars. 1915,6-10(1915).
Barcelona.
Junta de Ciencies Naturals de Barcelona —
Anuari, 1916(1916).
Basle.
Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Basel —
Verhandlungen. xxvi.(1915).
Berkeley, Cal.
University of California —
Publications.— /?o^a7iy, v., 9; vi., 7-12; vii., 1-2(1915-16).— Entomology, i., 3-6(191 6). — G'eo/o^y : Bulletin, i.x., 3-18; X., 1-4, and 7(1915-16). Pa//io%i/, ii., 18-19(1916)- Physiology, v., 2(1916). -Zoo%y, xii., 13-17; xiii., 11-12; XV., Introduction; xvi., 2-17; xvii., 1-5(1915-16). Four Separates: {a-h) "Studies on American Sporotrichosis, ii.-iii.," by K. F. Meyer [Amer. Journ. Trop. Diseases, itc, iii.. No. 3(1915); Journ. Amer. Med. Assocn., lxv.(1915)]. — (c) "The Contribution of Medical Science to Medical Art as shown in the Study of Typhoid Fever," by Dr. F. P. Gay [Univ. Calif. Chronicle, xviii., No.2(1916)].- (c?) "Testicular Infusion-Agar," ikc, by J. C. Hall [Journ. of Bact., i , No.3(1916)].
Berne
Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Bekn —
Mitteilungen aus den Jahren, 1913, 1914, 1915(1914-16).
SociETK Helvetique des Sciencks Naturellks — Actes, 97'"'Session, 1915(2 vols.: n916;.
Birmingham.
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society - List, 1916, and Annual Report, 1915(1916). Proceedings, xiv., 1(1916).
67
890 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Brisbane.
Botanic Gardkns, Brisbane —
Botany Bulletin, No. xviii.(1916). Department of Agriculture and Stock —
Queensland Agricultural Journal, N.8. iv., 6; v., 1-6; vi., 1-5 (1915-16).
Geological Survey of Queensland - Publication.s. Nos.240, 252-254(1915-16).
Queensland Museum — Memoirs, iv-v.(19 15-1 6).
Royal Socikty of Queensland — Proceedings, xxvii., 1-2(1915).
Brooklyn.
Brooklyn Institutk of Arts and Sciencks —
Brooklyn Museum Science Bulletin, ii., 5; iii., 1(1915-16). Cold Spring Harbour Monographs. viii.('191 5).
Buenos Aires.
MusEO Nacional dk Historia Natural — ■ Anales. xxvi.(1915). Indices. T. i.-xx., 1864-191 1( 1 91 4).
Buffalo.
Buffalo Society of Natural History — Bulletin, xi., 1-2(1914-15).
Calcutta.
Geological Survey of India —
Memoirs, xxxv., 4, T.p. ifec; xxxvi, 3, T.p. <kc.; xxxix., 1 (1911-12). — Contents and Index of Vols. xxi. -xxxv., 1884- 1911(1916). Falaeontologia Indica, N.S. v., Memoir No. 3; vi., Memoir No. 1(1915-16). — T. pp. and Contents of: Series xv., Vol.i., Memoirs i.-v.; Vol. v., Memoirs i.-iii.; Vol. vi.. Memoirs i.-ii.; Vol. vii., Memoir ii. : New Series, Vol. ii., Memoirs i.-v.: Vol. iv., Memoirs iii. -iv. (19 15). Records, xli., 1-4; xlii., 1, 3-4; xlv., 3-4; xlvii., 1-2(1911-16).
Indian Museum —
Annual Report, 1914-15(1915).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES 891
Memoirs, v., 1-3; vi., 1(1915).
Records, xi., 1-6, T.p. itc; xii , 1-3(1 9 15- 1 fi).
Cambridge, England.
Cambridgr Philosophical Socikty — Proceedings, xviii., ■1-6(1916). Transactions, xxii., 8-9(1916).
Cambridge, Mass.
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College — Bulletin. Ivii., 4; Ix , 10-12, T.p.ifec.(1916).
Cape To^rn.
Royal Society of South Africa — Transactions, v , 2-5(1915-16).
South African Association for the Advancement of Science — South African Journal of Science, xi., 1-3,5-9; xii., 2-11 J xiii., 1(1914-16).
South African Museum — Annals, xiv., 2; xv., 3(191 6). Report for the year 1915(1916).
Christiania.
Videnskapsselskapet I Christiania — Forhandlinger. Aar 1914(1915). Skrifter. i. Mat. Naturvid. Klasse, 1914(1915).
Cincinnati, Ohio.
Cincinnati Sociktt of Natural History — Journal, xxii., 1(1916).
Lloyd Library —
Bibliographical Contributions, ii., 6-9(1915-16). Synopsis of Section Apus of the Genus Polyporus. By C. G. Lloyd(1915).
Columbus, Ohio.
Ohio Acad. Sci. and Biological Club of the Ohio State University — Ohio Naturalist, xvi., 1-8(1915-16).
892 donations and exchanges.
Ohio .State University -
University Bulletin, xx., 15, 16, 20, 21, 23, 26, 27, 34, 35 (1915 16).
Copenhagen.
ACADBMIK RoYALE DES SCIENCES ET DES Lp^TTRES DE DaNE- MARK —
Bulletin. 1915, 2-6; 1916, 1-2(1915-16).
Universitei's Zoologiske Museum — Danish Ingolf Expedition, iii., 4(1915). Danmark-Ekspeditionen til Groenlands Noidcestkyst, 1906-
08. iii., 16, 19(1916). Saertryk af Mindeskrift for Japetus Steenstrup. Nos. xvi., xxvii., XXX (1914).
Darwin, N.T.
Department of Mines of the Northern Territory of Australia — Bulletin of the xNorthern Territory. Nos.lO, lOA, 11, 12, 14 (1914-15).
Decatur, 111.
American Microscopical Society —
Transactions, xxxiii.,3-4: xxxiv., 1,3,4; xxxv., 1-2(1914-16).
Dublin.
Royal Dublin Society —
Economic Proceedings, ii., 10-11(1915-16). Scientific Proceedings. N.S. xiv., 24-41, T.p.ifec; xv., 1-14 (1915-16).
Royal Irish Academy — Proceedings. Section B., xxxii., 9-12, T.p.ctc ; xxxiii., 1-3
(1916).
Edinburgh.
Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh—
Proceedings, xix., 9, T.p&c; xx., 1(1916). Royal Society of Edinburgh —
Proceedings, xxxv., 3, T.p.itc.(l 915).
Transactions. 1., 2-4(1915-16).
Donations and exchanges. 8^3
Florence.
SociKTA Entomologica Italiana — Bulletino. xlvi., 1914(1915).
Formosa
Bureau of Productive Industries —
Icones Plantarum Formosarum v. (1915).
Garrison, NY.
American Naturalist, xlix., Nos. 587-588; 1., 589-599(1915-16).
Geneva.
Societe de Physique et d'Hisioire Naturelle de Geneve - Memoires, xxxviii., 4-5(1915-16).
Granville, U.S.A.
JDenison Scientific Association —
Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories of Denison University. xviii.,j)p.l-284(1915).
Haarlem.
Societe Hollandaise des Sciences —
Archives Neerlandaises. Serie iii., B. ii., 3(1915).
Hague.
In'ederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging — Entomologische lierichte. Deel iv., 85-90(1915-16). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Iviii., Supplement; lix., 1-3 (1915-16).
Halifax, N.S
Nova Scotian Institute of Science —
Proceedings and Transactions, xiii., 3-4; xiv., 1; 191l1-13 (1915).
Hobart.
Department of Mines —
Geological Survey Bulletins. No&.21 and Pocket of Maps,
23 and Pocket of Maps, 24(1915-16). Geological Survey: Mineral Resources, No. i., Pts. 1-2(1 916).
Royal Society of Tasmania —
Papers and Proceedings, 1915(1916).
894 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Honolulu, T.H.
Bernick Pauahi Bishop Museum — Memoirs, iv., 1(1916). Occasional Papers, vi., 3(1916).
Indlanopolis, Ind.
Indiana Academy of Science — Proceedings. 1914(1915).
East Lansing, Michigan.
Laboratory of Bacteriology and Hygiknk, Michigan Agri- cultural College — Report of the Bacteriologist, 1915(1915). Two Separates : "Agglutination Test as a means of study- ing the presence of Bacterium abortus in Milk," by L. H. Cooledge; "Some Factors influencing the longevity of Soil Micro-organisms," «fec., by W. Giltner and H. V. Langworthy [Journ. Agric. Research, v., Nos. 19-20].
London.
Board of Agriculture and Fisheries —
Journal of the Board of Agriculture, xxii., 7-12; xxiii., 1-6
(1915-16). Leaflets: Nos.80, 100,292, 293, 302, 307(1915-16) Special
Leaflets, Nos.23, 47,49-51, 57-59,61, 62,65(1915-16).
British Museum (Natural History) —
Catalogues : (a) Freshwater Fishes of Africa (G. A. Boulen- ger), iii.(19l5); (6) Lepidoptera Phalajnse (Sir G. Hamp- ■son) Supplement Vol. iii., Text and Plates (191 1); (c) Ungulate Mammals (R. Lydekker), iv.( 1 915).— Guide to the Fossil Remains of Man(1915). — Revision of the Ich- neumonidae (C. Morley), Pt. iv.(1915).
Entomological Society —
Transactions. 1915,3-5; 1916,1(1916).
Geological Society — List, July, 1916(1916). Quarterly Journal. Ixxi , 2-3(1916).
BONATIONS AND EXCSANGES. 895
LiNNEAN Society —
Journal. Botany . xliii., 289-291 ( 1915 16). Zoology, xxxi., 210, T.p.&c ; xxxii., 220, 221, T.p.tfec; xxxiii., 222( I 915- 16).
List of the Society, 1916-16(1916).
Proceedings, 1 27th Session, 1914-15(1915).
Transactions. Second Series. Botatiy,\u\.,%{\^\b). Zoology. xi., 13; xvii., 2(1916).
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew^—
Hulletin of Miscellaneous Information. 1915(1915). Huoker's Icones Plantaruni. Fifth Series, i., 3(1916). From the Bentham Trustees.
Royal Microscopical Society —
Journal. 1915,5-6; 1916, 1-4(1915-16). Royal Society —
Philosophical Transactions. Series B. ccvi. 334; ccvii, 335- 347; ccviii., 348-340(1915-16).
Proceedings. Series B. Ixxxix., 61 1-616(1915-16).
Zoological Society —
Abstract of Proceedings. Nos.l48-159( 1915-16). Proceedings. 191 5, 1-4; 1916, 1-2(1915-16). Transactions, xx,, 13-17, T. p. &c.; xxi., 1(1916-16).
Madrid.
Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural — Boletin. xv.. 6-10; xvi., 1-2, 5-6(1915-16). Memorias. viii , 8; x., 2, 3, 5(1915-16).
Manchester.
Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society — Memoirs and Proceedings, lix., 2: Ix., 1 2(1915-16).
University of Manchester : Manchester Museum — Publications of theManchesterMuseum. Nos. 77-78(191 5-1 6).
Manila, PI.
Bureau of Forestry : Dept. of the Interior—
Annual Report of the Director for the year 1916(1916).
896 donations and exchanges.
Bureau of Science of the Government of the Philippine Islands. — Philippine Journal of Science. Section A, x., 6; xi., 1-3 — Sec. B, X., 5-6; xi., 1-3 — ^Sec. C, x, 6; xi., 1-3— Sec. D, x., 1-6; xi., 1-4(1915-16).
Melbourne.
Australasian Journal of Pharmact — Vols xxx., 359-360^
xxxi., 361-371(1915-16). Fiom the Publisher. Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics —
Official Year-Book of the Commonwealth of Australia, 1901- In. No.9, 1916(1916). Commonwealth of Australia : Department of Trade and Customs — Fisheries : Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried on by F.I.S. "Endeavour," 1909-14 (under H. C. Dannevig, Commonwealth Director of Fisheries) iv., 14 (1916). Department of Agriculture of Victoria —
Journal, xiii , 12; xiv., 1-11( I915-] 6). Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria —
Victorian Naturalist, xxxii , 8-12: xxxiii., 1-7(1915-] 6). Public Library, Museums, &c., of Victoria —
Report of the Trustees for 1915(19]6). Royal Australasian Ornithologists' Union —
"The Emu," xv., 3-4; xvi., 1(1916). Royal Geographical Society of Australasia: Victorian Branch. Victorian Geographical Journal, xxxii., 1(1916). Royal Society of Victoria —
Proceedings. New Series, xxviii., 1-2(19 1 5-16). Tran.sactions. vi.(1914). University of Melbourne — Calendar. 1916(1915).
Mexico
Instituto Geologico de Mexico —
Boletin. Num.31 (Text and Plates), 32(1913-14). Parergones. v., 1-9(1913-14).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 897
Modena.
La Nuova NoTARisiA — From the Editor, Dr. G.B.De Tom Serie xxvi. Aprile, Luglio, Ottobre, 1915; xxvii., Gennaio, Aprile, Luglio, Ottobre, 1916(1915-16).
Monaco
Institut Ockanographique de Monaco—
Bulletin, xii., .307-313, T.p.&c; xiii., 314-322(1915-16).
Montreal
Royal Society of Canada — -
Proceedings and Transactions. Third Series, ix., Sections i.-iv.( 1 915-16); x., Part i. of Sections i.-iv.; List, 1916 (1916;.
Mosco'W.
SociETE Imperiale DES N ATURALISTES—
Hulletin. Annee 1910, 1-3; 1911, 1-3, et Suppleraent(1911- 12).
Nevr Haven, Conn.
CONNKCTICUT ACADEMY OF AkTS AND SCIENCES —
Memoirs (4to.) Vols, ii., iv., v.1910-16).
Transactions, xviii., pp. 139-207; xix., pp. 111-445, T.p.(tc., XX., pp.1-131, 161-240, 241-399(1913-16).
JNe"w York.
American Geographical Society —
Bulletin, xlvii. 10-12(1915). — Geographical Review, i., 1-6; ii., 1(1916).
American Museum of Natural History — Bulletin, xxxiv (1915). Memoirs. N.S. i., 6(1916). Monograph Series. No.2 [Hitherto unpublished Plates of
Tei-tiary Mammalia and Permian Vertebrata (Cope &
Matthew). 4to. 1915].
New York Academy of Sciences —
Annals, xxvi., pp. 1-394, 396-486, T.p.&c: xxvii., pp. 1-29 (1915-16).
898 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Otta^va
Geological Survey of Canada —
Map Nu.l50A [Pouhook Lake 8heet No.7-2] (1916). Memoirs. Nos.34, 36, 50, 55, 58, 60, 68, 72, 76, 77, 79, 81, 83
(1913-16). Museum Bulletin, Nos.20-22(1 915-16). Summary Report for 1915(1916).
Oxford.
Radcliffe Library, Oxford University Museum — Catalogue of the Books added during 1915(1916).
Palo Alto.
Leland Stanford Junior University —
Publications (University Series). Nos.l9-20(l 915).
Paris.
Societe Entomologique de France —
Annales. Ixxxiv.^ 2-4; Ixxxv., 1-2(1915-16). Bulletin, 1915, 15-21 , T.p.&c; 1916, 1-14(1915-16).
Pavia
Istituto Botanico dell' R. Univeksita di Pavia — Atti. ii. Serie. Vol. xii.(191 5); xiv.(1914).
Perth, W.A.
Geological Survey of West Australia^ —
Annual Progress Report for the Year 1915(1916). Bulletin, Nos.60, 63 Pt. ii., 64(1915-16).
Government Statistician, West Australia —
Monthly Statistical Abstract. 1915, 185-!87: 1916, 188-196 (1915-16).
Petrograd.
Societas Entomologica Rossica — •
Hora? Entomologicfe. xli.6; xlii., 1(1915). Revue Russe d'Entomologie. xv., 3-4(1915-16).
Philadelphia.
Academy of Natural Sciences —
Proceedings. Ixvii., 2-3; Ixviii., 1-2(1915-16).
donations and exchanges. 899
American Philosophical Society—
Proceedings, liii., 215; liv., 217-220; Iv., 1-5(1914-16).
Transactions. N.S. xxii., 3( 1915). Zoological Society of Philadelphia —
Forty-fourth Annual Report of the Board of Directors, April, 1916(1916).
Pietermaritzburg.
Natal Museum —
Annals, iii., 2(1915).
Pittsburg.
Carnegie Museum [Dept. of the Carnkgie Institute] —
Annals, ix., 3-4(1915). Memoirs(4to.). vi., 7(1914).
Plymouth.
Makink: Biological Association of the United Kingdom — Journal. N.S. x., T.p.&c; xi.. 1(19 1 6).
Portici.
Labouatorio di Zoologia generale e Agraria della U. ScuoLA Sup. d'Agricol. — Bollettino, x.(1915-16).
Portland, USA.
Portland Society of Natural History — Proceedings, iii., 1(1914).
Pusa, India.
Agricultural Research Institute —
Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture in India. Bac- terioloyical Series, i., 1-6(1912-15). — Bokmical Series, iii., 2-4; iv., 2; vi., 2, T.p.&c; vii., 5-8; viii., 1 and 3(1910-16). — Entomological Series, ii., 10, 'I'.p.&c; iii.( 1911-12). — Report of the Agricultural Research Institute, 1914-15 (1916).— Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1914-15(1916).
Richmond, N.S.W,
Hawkesbury Agricultural College —
H. A. C. Journal, xii., 12; xiii., 1-11(1915-16).
&00 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGE
Rio de Janeiro.
Instituto Oswaldo Cruz —
Memorias. ii., 2: iii., 1-2; v., 3; vi., 1-2; vii., 1-2; viii., 1 (1910-16;.
MusEU Nacional do Rio du Janeiro — Archives. xviii-xix.(1916).
San Francisco.
California Academy of Natural Sciences — Constitution and By-Laws, tkc. 1915. Proceedings. Fourth Series, v., 3-6(1915).
Stockholm.
Entomologiska Foreningen 1 Stockholm — Entomologisk Tidskrift. xxxvi., 1-4(1916).
Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademie — Acta Horti Bergiani. Tom. v (1914). Arkiv f. Botanik. xiv., 2(1915)— A'emi, &c., vi., 1(1916)— ♦
McUhematik, ic, x., 4(1915) — Zoologi. ix., 3-4(1915). Arsbok, 1915(1915).
Handlingar. li., 1-11, T.p.&c; liii., 1-5, T.p.<fec.(1913-15). Lefnadsteckningar. v., 1(1915). Personforteckningar, K.S. Vet. Akad., 1739-1915. Utgifna
af E. W. Dalilgren(1915).
Zootomisches Institut der Univkrsitaet zu Stockholm — Arbeiten. x.(19J5).
Sydney.
Australian Museum —
Miscellaneous Publications. No.x.(1916). Records, xi., 1-5(1916).
Botanic Gardens and Domains, Sydney —
Annual Report for 1914(1915), and bound set of Annual
Reports, 1896-7 to 1914(1898-1915). Census of New South Wales Plants(1916). By J.H. Maiden,
I.S.O., F.R.S., and the late Ernst Betche. Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus, iii., 4-7(1 915-16).
By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist, Ac.
donations and exchanges. 901
Bureau of Statistics —
Official Year Book of New South Wales, 1914, 18, Tp.ic;
1915, 1-13(1915-16). State.sman's Year Book of New South Wale.s, 1910(1916). Chikf Skcrktary's Depautmknt : Fishekies —
Report of the Fisheries of New South \A'ales for the Year 1915(1916). Department of Agriculture, N.S.W. —
Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, xxvi., 12, T.p.it.; xxvii., 1-11(1915-16). Department of Agriculture: Forest Branch, N.S.W. — Annual Report, 191 41 5(191 6).
Forest Flora of New South Wales. By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist, Ac. vi., 6-9(1914-16). Department of Mines —
Annual Report of tiie Department of Mines for 1915(1916). Memoirs(4to. ). Ethnological Series, No.2( 1 916) - Geological
Series, No. 7 (Text and portfolio of Maps) [1915-16]. Mineral Resources. Nos.20, 21, 22, 23(1915-16). Pamphlet : "Composition and Porosity of the Intake Beds of the Great Australian Artesian Basin" (1915). By E. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., Government Geologist(1915). Department of Public Health —
Fifth Report of the Microbiological Laboratory for the year 1914(1916). Education Department —
Education Gazette of New South Wales, ix., 12; x., 1-11, and two Supplenients(1915-16). Education Department : Teachers' College —
Records of the Education Society. Nos.24-26(1915-16). Teachers' College Calendar, 1916(1916). Education Depautment: Technical Education Branch — Annual Report, 1914(1915).
Technical Gazette of New South Wales, v. 2; vi. 1-3(1915-16). Institution op Surveyors, N.S.W. — • "The Surveyor." xxviii., 8-10(1915).
902 donations and exchanges.
New South Wales Naturalists' Society —
"Australian Naturalist." iii., 9-12(1916). Royal Society of New South Wales —
Journal and Proceedings, xlix., 3-4(1916).
Scientific Australian, xxi., 2-4; xxii., 1(1915-16). Frovithe
Publishers (Bishop Bros.). University of Sydney — Calendar, 1916(1916).
Tokyo.
College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo — Journal, xxxiv., 1; xxxv., 3, 7, 9, T.p.circ. ; xxxvi., 7, 8, T.p. itc. ; xxxvii., 2-5; xxxviii., 1(1915-16).
Tokyo Zoological Society —
Annotationes Zoological Japonenses. ix., 2(1916).
Toronto.
Royal Canadian Institute —
General Index to Publications, 1852-1912(1914). Transactions, x., T.p.&c; xi., 1(1915).
Tring, Herts
Zoological Museum —
Novitates Zoologicse. xxi.; xxii.; xxiii., 1-2(1914-16).
Tunis.
Institut Pasteur de Tunis — Archives. T. ix., 3(1916).
Upsal.
Royal University of Upsala —
Bulletin of the Geological Institution, xiii., 1(1914-15). Zoologiska Bidrag fran Uppsala. Bd. iii. (1914).
Urbana, 111.
University of Illinois —
Illinois Biological Monographs, ii., 4(1916).
W^ashington, D.C
Bureau of American Ethnology — Bulletin. Nos.57, 62(1915-16).
donations and exchanges. 903
Carnegie Institute of Washington — ,
Department of Experimental Evolution: Annual Report of the Director, 191o [Reprint from the Year Book, No. xiv.] (1915).
National Academy of Sciences —
Proceedings, i., 11-12; ii., 1-10(1915-16).
Smithsonian Institution —
Annual Report of the Board of Regents, 1912-13, 1913-14 (1914-15).
U.S. Department of Agriculture —
Bulletin. No.s.lOO, 112, 113, 124, 131, 134, 15G, IGO, IGl, 165, 167, 231, 245,248, 251, 252, 261-263, 273, 278, 293, 295, 329, 333, 345, 351, 352, 358, 363, 377, 382, 422, 443 (1914-16) . — Bureau of Entomolo(.iy : Contents and Indexes of Bulletin, Nos. 94, 96, 99, 109, 115, 116(1915-16)— Pamphlet: "The Pink Bollworm"( 19 14)— Technical Series, No. 17, Pt. ii.; Contents and Index of No. 19; 25, Pt. ii.; 27, Pt. ii.(1914-16).
Entomological Sepai^ates (26) from Journal of Agricultural Research, ii., 6; iii., 2, 4(2); v., 12, 15, 17, 20, 21, 23, 25;' vi., 2, 3, 5, 7(2), 10(2), 11, 12(2), 14, 16, 21, 22, 23; vii., 3 (1914-16).
Otlice of the Secretary: Circular No.55(1916); Report Nos. 102, 108(1915).
Yearbook, 1915(1916).
U. S. Geological Survey —
Bulletin. Nos. 541, 544, 561, 562, 565, 566, 568, 569, 570, 572, 573, 576, 580 J, M, N, O; 581 D, 586, 587, 588, 590, 591, 592, 593, 595, 598, 600, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 607, 608, 609, 611, 612, 613, 614, 615, 616, 617, 620A-N, P; 621 A-D, G-L, N,0; 622(1915-16).
Mineral Resources. 1913, i., lA, 12, 15, 17-26; ii., 29-35.— 1914, i., lA, 1-24; ii., 2-34.— 1915, i., 1A(1914-15).
Monographs. liii.-liv.(1915).
Professional Papers. Nos.90F-H; 95B-I(1914-15).
•904 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Thirty-fifth and Thirty-sixth Annual Reports, 1913-U,
1914-15(1914-15). Water-supply and Irrigation Papers. Nos. 326-330, 335, 339;
340C,'p, E, K, L; 342, 344, 345G, 347, 348, 351, 352,
355-35^, 364, 366, 370-373, 375B-F, 376-379, 385, 388,
397, 400A(1914-16).
U. S. National Museum —
Annual Report, 1913-14, 1914-15(1914-16).
Bulletin. No.71 Pt. vii., 89 (4to.), 91, 92 Vols, i.-ii., 94
(1914-16). Contributions from theU. S. National Herbarium, xvi., 14,
T.p.Ac; xvii., 7-8; xviii., 3-4; xix.(1915-16). Proceedings, xl viii. -xlix. ( 1 9 1 5- 1 6 ).
Wellington, NZ.
Department of Minks: Nkw Zkaland Geological Survky — Bulletin. N.S. Nos.l4-16(1912-13).
Sixth, Eighth, and Tenth Annual Reports. N.S., 1912-15 (1912 16).
Dominion Museum—
Annual Report for Year 1915-16(1916). Education Dkpaktment (Minister of Internal Affairs) —
Atlas of Plates to Suter's "Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca"(4to. 1915).
New Zealand Institute —
Transactions and Proceedings, xlviii., 1915(1916).
private donors (and authors, unless otherwise stated).
Bonaparte, Le Prince, Paris — "Notes Pteridologiques." Ease, i. (Paris, 1915).
Brewster, Miss A. A., and Miss C E. Leplastrier, Sydney — "Botany for Australian Students." (Sydney, 8vo., 1916).
DoDD, Dr. S., Sydney — One reprint: "Trefoil Dermatitis" [Journ. Comp. Pathology and Therapeutics].
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. t)Qr
FKOOO.TU, Mis. G. H., 8yd„ey-"The Wo,.l,l „f Little Live," (Sydney, 1916).
F„o.„..„, W W F.L.S.-0„e Pan.phlet [Fa,™e„- B„ileti„ Dept Agnc. N. S. Wale«, No.l 10(Aug„st, 1916)]--Three repnnt. !,.„„, AgHe. Gazette N. S. M'ale., [Mi.cella„e„„ i-ubhoations, Kos.lSSG, 1860, 1870(1919-16)1 Jack R. L LLD RG.S., fc., .Sydney^One ,.epri„t: "The Explorafon „f Cape York Peninsula. 1606-1915" [Journ Proc. Aust. H,st. Soc., iii., Pt.5, 1916] Mevhick E KA., F.R.S., MaHbo,-™,*, Eng-^^-Exotic Mic-
lep.doptem Vol. i., TUAO-20, T.p.fe.(1915-I6) M.,obb™«, D... E., St„.kh„l„,-Eighteen .-eprints of Papers enttled "Results of D. Mjoberg's .Swedish, Seientmc Ex ped. ,ons to Australia, ,910-13," by various luthors rRoya, S.we<lish Acatlemy's Arkiv (or Zoolo<.i ix v- H„„d lii.(1913-16)]. ° 'X X, Handhngar,
~7[ '-*"" ''epi'int: " Uebcr die Tn
sektenreste der .sog. .Harnogyttja' i™ ncirdliohen Schwede," [Svenges Geolo.g,ska U„de,.6kning: Arsfek, ix.,1915)l -MU.OKB, J. F and T„.b,.cock, R. E., Kerang, V,c -^One .•eprn,t: "V.ctorian Hydroida." Part vi. [Geet „. Natu^^l ist, vi., No.4(1916)]. [wneiong JNatuial-
Stbe., T FX.S., .Sydney (donor)^" Observations of a Naturalist n, he Pacific between 1.96 and ,899. Vol. i. VatnaL ' F,,,. By H. B. Guppy, M.B., F.R.,S.E." (Tendon, 1903).
Tavloh, F. H F.E.,S., Townsville-One reprint : "A blood sucung .^eeies of P.rlco,na in Queensland." 7bu1 e 1" Entoinol. Research, vi., Pt.. 3(1 91.5)1 i^^uieim
[Printed off4tli April 19J7.]
Ca;^
ta
LIBRARY
^t
-Zt'ii^
AS^
.»
(a) GENERAL INDEX.
i!' « Ki
Abstract of Proceedings. Monthly,
.suspension of. 267.
.Vddress. Presidential. Marcli 29tli. 1916. 1.
.Vir. alveolar, change of composi- tion of. 786.
Alkaloid of Native Tobacco. 148— Of Kolandra, 815.
Allan. W.. obituary notice of. 5.
AniijctcridcH, Revision of. l*t. v., ■422.
Announcements. 101. 190. 267. 631, 769.
.\nt-lion^
ed. 194. Al)hiiiit<)i)hri/ii<\
of. 770. .\])ple. abnormal
arvii' of r.ire. exhibit- n.g.. description exhibited. 494.
Ascalnphhid, descriptions of new . 41.
.Vuronsseau. M.. I'etrological .\otes. No. it. The delations l»et\veen .s«»me West Australian (ineisslc and Granitic Kocks, 261.
— — News of. on mili- tary service abroad. 494, 631.
.\ustralian Axinellidic 453. 495, 635 — Carabida'. 196. 597 — ^Coleop- tera, 720 — Culicidje, 564 — Fungi, 853 — Microlepidoptera, 333 — Mollusca, 680 — Mosses, 575 — Xeuroptera, 41, 221. 269— Phy- toplankton. 823 — Stratiomyida', 71 — Tabani(he. 746 — Tenebrioni- d», 209.
Axinellidie, descriptions of new species of. 453. 495. (i.'t4.
.\zalea, galls on. exhiiiited. 492.
Bailey, F. M., obituary notice of, 7. Baker, R. T., svv Exhibits. Balance Sheet, etc.. 1915, 35. Barrington Tops. N.S.NY.. new C'o- leoptera from. 209,
Batrachia. new genus of, 770. P.ennett. A. L.. elected a Member.
101. , G. l'\. donor of portrait
of Sir R. Owen. 220. Benson. W. X., Linnean Macleay
[""ellow in Geology : summai-y of
year's work. 11. ]ierof}ii(]((', characters, etc., of,
269. Bickford. E. I., note on the econo- mic resources of West Aus- tralia. 633. Biononucs of the P.utTalo-Hy. 763. j'ii-ds and iKillinatiou. 16. P.otauic (lardens. Sydney: Notes
from the. 417 — Some ("ry]>to-
gamic Notes from. 377. P.otaiiy. taxouonnc. in relation to
leaf moi'phobjgy, 152. liower-bird, Regent, exliibited. 493. ISraih !i<-hiti>ii i)(>i>i(]iic<>-itcerifolluH :
the Ci'imson-tlowered Kurra-
.jong. INO. j'.ridges in Odonate wings, 871. P.i-(»therus, \'. F.. Descriptions of
some new Si)ecies of .\ustralian.
Tasmanian. and New Zealand
Mosses, vi.. 575. i'.utralo-fly, bionimiics of the, 763. P>uftalo-gnat. exhil)ited. 632.
CiilIi.stcniiDi. flowers jind dr.-i wings of. exhibited, 219.
Cambage. R. 11. . re-elected to the Council, 35 — aS'cc Exhibits.
Camiibell. .7. If., Hon. 'i'reasiirer's Financial Statement and Bal- ance Sheet, 35. 36 — Re-elected to the Council. 35 — Ke-elected Hon. Treasurer, 101.
('(iKihidfP from tlie Upper Williams liiver, 196 — l)escriiiri<»ns of new S))ecies of, 597,
11.
INDEX.
farter, H. J.. Descriptions of a new Cienns. and three new Species of Anstralian 'I'cnchrio- nk1a> from Barrington Tops, N.S.W., 209.
Casemotli, ixiltbed. exhibited. 494.
f'aterpillars. ■'\'ei;etal)le," exhi- bited, 268.
Chapman, H. G., re-elected to the Council, ,'55 — Note on a froix dis- tended with tluid. 106.
Cheel. E.. sec Exhil)its.
and J. 15. Cleland, Ivecords
of Australian Funici. Xo. i., 853 — Sec Exhibits.
CJi rysop'uhc wing-venation of,
221. Cleland, .1. r... re-elected to the
Council, 35. and \\. Cheel. Kecords
of Australian I'un.i,'!. No. i.. 853
— Sec Exhibits. Coleoptera. descriptions of new
species, 720. Collins. j\Iiss M. 1.. elected a
Member, 387. ('omin)sition of alveolar air. 786. Contributions to a knowled.w of
Australian Culicido', No. iii., 564.
Cowrie-shell from the South Coast, exhiltited. 192.
Cryptogamic Xotes from the Botanic Gardens, 377.
CuJ'icidce, Australian, contribu- tions to a knowledge of, 564.
Dampicra, white-flowered, exhi- bited, 769.
David, T. W. K.. news of. on mili- tary service abroad, 6:51.
Deer, Miss ]\1., elected a JSlember. 101.
Descriptions of new Australian, etc.. Mosses, 575 — Of new Aus- tralian Coleoptera, 720.
De Vis, C. W.. obituarv notice of. 6.
Dixson, H., see Exliibits.
, T. S., re-elected to the
Council, 35.
Donations and Exchanges, 40, 101, 190, 217, 267. 387. 494. 6:;i, 769. 888.
Dragonfly-larvre. emergence of, from the egg, 388.
Dun, W.S.. elected a Vice-Presi- dent, 101— <Sfee Exhibits.
ICbor Scrub. X.S.W.. Lepidoptera
of. 249. Eltioresccnce on Xew Zealand
Kelps, 676. Elephant, abnormal tusk of. ex- hibited. 632. Emergence of l)raLMntly-larva\
388. Eiiiirui. a naturalised Composite,
exhibited, 633. Eirniiisphdiii and Ooeysiis. 107. TCncalvi^t hvbrid. 185 — Exhibit of.
192. Exchanges and Donations, 40, 101. 190, 217, 267, 387, 494. (i31, 769. 888. Exhibits: —
liaker. 11. T., sections of wood
and leaves of Grey IMangrove,
492 — Lantern slides of the
.Mangrove-association. 493.
Cambage. R. 11.. a Cowrie .shell
from the South Coast. 192. Cheel. E., an abnormal fungus { Pf)ljlH(ieeinn) \ remai'ks on a white-flowered H(tr(J< n her(/i<i. 10.5 — Seeds of French bean. 192— Plants of Callistemon raised from European seed, and drawings, 219 — Eresh flowering specimens of two W.A. Kenneydas (for Mr. 11. Dixson), 267 — Rhodot'.endron Galls on Azalea, 492 — Natur- alised Evening Primroses. Hoses, and a Con i posi te (/•>'/// /- Ua), 633. Cheel, E., and Cleland. .T. 15.. fungi from the Noi-th Coast district, 104. Cleland. .T. P.., seedling of Hakea. 103 — Webbing of gossamer- spiders. 191.
and Cheel, E. (supra).
Dixson, H., see Cheel, E., 267. Dun. W. S., stalacite and calci- fied INl.vriapod. 191. Fletcher. .1. .T.. ])ortrait of the late Sir K. Owen, 220.
INDEX.
111.
Exhibits :—
Fro^jratt, J. L., an imdescriltefl. parasitic, chakid wasp, -194.
, W. W.. various ento- mological specimens, 191 — Specimens illnstrating the life- history of the Kiiibed Case- Moth destructive to Sugar- Gums, 494.
TTamilton, A. A., teratological or variable plants. 193. 21 S, 267, 492,
, A. (i., "vegetable
caterpillars," 268 — Drawing of an undetermined Orchid. 493.
liuU. A. F. ]',.. a Fluttei-ing Fetrel, 103.
Lo Souef, A. S., abnornml ele- ])hant"s tusk. 632.
McCulloch. A. Ti.. lantern-slides of the Mangrove-fauna, 49.!.
]\iaiden. .7. 11.. Crimscm-flowered Kurragong, and bylirid l'"u(a- lypt, 192.
North. A. .1.. White Xutmeg or Torres Strait i'igcon. 1(I3 — Australian Finches. 19.1 — lie- gent liower-liird. 219 — Superl) Fruit IHgeon. 493.
Steel. '!'.. reunited, fractured feuuir of an ox. 21 7.
'riilyard, IJ. .T.. larvie of rare ant-lio]is; hylirid Sweet-])ea. 194 — Xew I'erlidie reared from larva^; larva of a new i'.uffa- lo-gnat, 632.
'I'urner, F., various plants, 101, 190 — Grasses from (Queens- land. 217 — Fruits of Yellow (^uandimg. 492 — Abnormal ajiple, 494 — White-flowered variety of Datupiera, 769.
Whitelegge, T.. slides illustrat- ing the sexual generation of I'silotum, 102.
Fellows. Linnean Macleay, sum- maries of year's work, 10-12.
Fellowshi])s : announcements. 631 — Appointments to, 12.
Ferg\ison, E. ^Y.. Revision of the Amycterides. \'.. Mohicht iis and CiihiiorrUijiic)! IIS, 422,
Finches, Australian. exhibited. 195.
Fletcher. J. J., .sec Exhibits.
French P>ean. seeds of. (>\hibil('d. 192.
Froggatt. .7. Jj.. sec Exhibits.
, W. W.. elected a Vice-
Fresideut, 101— .SV'C Exhibits.
Fry. 1). y,.. Description of Apluin- tophriiiK. a new Batrachian genus from New Guinea : with comparative notes on the pec- toral musculature, 770.
Fungi, l\ecords of Australian, i.. 853— From the North Coast dis- trict, exhibited. 104.
Fungus, abnormal, exhibited, lO.l.
Galls. Ivhododendron, on Asalen,
exhibited. 492. (iametophyte of Pxilotum, .5.53 —
I^lxliibit of. 102. Gneissic and granitic rocks of W.
A.. 261. Granitic and mieissic rocks of W.
A.. 261. firasses. Queensland, exhibited.
217.
Uakea. seedling, exhibited. 191.
llallmann. E. F.. Linnean Macleay 7'ellow in Zoology: summary of year's work. 11 — l\e-appointed. 1916-17. 12.
. Revision of the
Genera with ^licroscleres includ- ed, or iirovisionally included, in the Family A.riui'U'itlcr ; with Descrii)tions of some An.stralian species [PorikkraJ. Part i.. 45.): Ft. ii.. 495: Ft. iii.. 634.
TTamilton. \. A.. The Instability of Leaf-morphology in its rela- tion to Taxonomic F>otany, 152
— (S'ce Exhibits.
. A. G.. l^residential Ad- dress. 1 — Re-elected I'resident. 3.5— .S-cc Exhibits.
Uiirdcnhrrgia. remarks on a white- flowered, 105.
ITedley. ('.. elected a Vice-Presi- dent. 101 — Congratulations to. on award of the Syme Prize. 6.". 1,
IV. INDEX.
Iledley, C, Studies on Austrjiliaii ^FcC'ullocli. A. R., sec Exhibits.
!Mollusoa. xiii.. 680. .\l;ii(leii. J. H. On lirachyvMton
Hf''merobii(h( , cliaracters, etc., of ixipidiico-uccrifolunn F.v.Af., the
the, 269. Crimsuu-flowered Kurra.loug, 180.
ITerdman, AV. A., portrait of re- . On a P^ncal.vpt Hybrid
ferred to, i;}. {F. ralophi/llo x E. firifnlid).
Hill, (i. F., Some Notes on the is.")- See J<]xhibits.
Bionomics of the Buffalo- l"'ly, .Man.i;rove-fauna. lantern-illustra-
763. tions i)t sliown. 493 — Sections
Hinder, Miss Iv M., elected a Mem- of leaves, wood, anl lantern-
ber. 267. illustrations of Mangroves
Ilindniarsh. :\liss K. M.. elected a shown. 492, 493.
Member, 267. M icrolcpidojjtcrd, studies in Aus-
Hull. A. F. B., re-elected to the tralian, ;io3.
Council, 35 — See Exhibits. M.iol)ero;, E., Results of tlic Swed-
llybrhl Encalyitt, IS.'i, 192 — Kur- i.sh Scientific Expeditions to
rajong. 180, 192 — Sweet Pea, ex- Australia, 18.
hibited, 194. Mollnsca. studies on Auslialian,
xiii., 6S0.
Insects, exhibited, 191, 194, 494, Mos.ses, new. from Anstr.-ilia, Tas-
631. niauia. and Xew Zealand. '}7'>.
Tnvestifitation. Chemical, of poi- -Muscul.-ilure, Pectoral of P.atra-
sonons plants. 148, Sb). <-hia, 770.
Jfli(n)i(la\ cliaracters, etc.. of, 269. Myri:ii)od in slalactlfe, exhiliited.
191.
.Tarvis, E., Note on a Scale-insect M i/niiclrt/nt'nhi . d('scri])tions ol
affecting Su.uar-Cane. 21(i. new. 41.
Kelps, an efflorescence on. 676. Xeuroptera. .studies in Australian.
Kennedyas, \\ . A., in flower ex- ii., -ti • iii. 221 ; iv. 269.
hibited. 267. y,,^^.' (j'^iueji^ j^ew ' Scale-insect
Kurra.Kmg (rimson-flowered (iiy- ^ 215 — New Batrachian
bvid), 180, 192. f,^^^_ 770.
• ^, ,, , ^ , . New Zealand. efHorescence on
Laseron. CI-., welcome to. on his j.^^ ^^.^^^ 676— Mosses, new.
return from military service from 575
abroad, 494. \icoti(i)}(i snaveolens, alkaloid of.
Lea, A. M.. Descri])tions of new ^^
Specie.s of Australian Coleop- x<,i..iivoscy.-.nilne in Sohtndnt. 81.1.
tera, xu., /20. North. A. J., .-«cc Exhibits.
Leaf-morpholo;,'y. instabilit.y of. ni ^^^^.^^^ ^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^„^ ^^.^^j,^ ..xhibit-
relation to taxonomic botany. ^^ jq^
^ ^•^^- ^ ^„ „ , _,_ Xotes from the Botanic (lardens.
Lepidoptera of l-.bor Scrub. 249. Svdnev. 377, 417— Petrological,
Le Souef, A. S., .^fr Exlnhits. ^^o. ii., 261— And Exhibits. KH.
Lucas, A. H. S.. elected a \ice-rre- ^^^^ ^^^^ ^g^ ^^^ ^9^_ ^.^^ -,,,,
dent, 101.
. Notes from the
Botanic Gardens, Sydney: I'ar- Odonata. sectors and bridges in
thenogenesis in A(|uatic riiane- wings of, 871.
rogams, 417. Oor//.s'//,s- and Eie!mosphaia, 107.
An Efflorescence Orchid, drawing of uudertermiued.
on some New Zealand l\eli)s. exhibited, 493.
fi7fi ().t)iiyli(l<r. descriptions of new. 41.
INDEX. V.
Owi'ii. Sir K,. iioiirail oi' lUH'sont- (.iuoeiislaml griisscs cxliibiLed, -17.
od. 220.
Ox, fracturiMl fcnmi- of. exhiliilcd, llaymeut. F. 11., ro-ek'etcd Audi-
217. t«»i"' 35.
UtH-ords of Australiiiu Fungi, No. i.. 800.
I'aiK'v-sui.pl.v. sliortaw of. 190. lU'si)ii-ari(>n. in ivlation to tlie
l•artla>no,^a>llesis in A.iuatic I'lia- emergeiu-e of dragoiifiy-larvie,
nerogam.s, 417. 388
2V';7ir/a', specimens of new, exln1)it- JU'vision of the Anii/clcrUlcfi, v.,
ed. 632. 422— Of the A.rinrUidcr M-ith
IVtrel. Fluttering, exhiliited. Ki:'.. mieroscleres. 4o;5, 49G. 634 — Of
I'etrie. .7. M., Linnean Maeleay the Strativmyida'. of Australia,
Fellow in Bioehemistry : sum- 71.
mary of year's work. 10 — He- JJoseI)y. ^Sliss ,M.. elected a Mem- appointed. 191(1-17. 12. licr. 267. . Tlie Chemical In- Koses. naturalised. <'.\lnl)iled. ()'■>'.'>.
vestigation of some poisonous Kutherford, A.. A new Scale-insect
I'liints in the N.O. Sohniacra', aifecting hugar-cane in New
l^art ii. Nicofidiia suavcolena (luinea. 215.
and the Identilication of its .\1-
k;iloi(h 148 — i'art iii. Tlie Oc- Scale-iusect aff'e<ting sugar-cane,
currence of Nor-Hyoscyamine in 215.
SnJididra loiif/iflora, 815. Scaritiiu. new spt'cies of, 597.
I'etrological Notes. No. ii.. 2(;i. Hcott, A. ^Y., portrait of. pre-
J'hanerogams, partlienogenesis in sented, 13.
aquatic, 417. Sectors of Odonate wings, 871.
I'liytoplankton, Australian fresh- N/.s//;/V/«', cliaracters. etc., of the
water. 823. 269.
I'igeon. ^Vhite Nutmeg, exhiliited. Sloaiie, T. G. < '(iidhiild- irom t]ie
103— Superb Fruit, exhibited. ^ I'l'^'i" ^Villiams River. N.S.W..
493 196 — New Australian Spt'cies of
I'inkerton, Aliss, E. C, elected a 'Vjm^^V/a belonging to tlie Tribe
Member, 267. , '^>'"-"'^'"- -597.
Plants exhibited, 101. 190-I'oi- ^''''^^'' \:^- (/'n-esponduig Mem-
,, T^T ^. r, , ber. notice ot his decease. ().il.
sonous, in the N.O. Solaiiacca, ,, ,,,.,, m ^. 1. <- •
148, 815— TeratoloiTh-al or vari- 7^: }\ (-leig, ^Maeleay Hacteri-
able exhibited. ]9;i.' 218. 267. 492. ^'IV-^'^^t to tlie Society: smnmary
I'layfair. <;. 1.. Ooc/xtu and Err- "^ year s work 10
m.osph„ra [Az.u^, 10? ~^7^7~' ^'!wr ' ' ''
, Australian Fresh- , ^^l^i'^^^i'- 1^»"-
water Fhytoplankton ( /Vo^oroc- ■^"'''"'"•'''.' , <'liciiii<;,l nivcNstigation
• J -, co-1 *'t lioisonous iilants in Ihe
I'ollinatiou by birds, J().
l^rimrose. Evening, naturiiUsed.
exhibited. 632. ^ . • , , , .
I, . • , r i- 1 i Spiders. i,'ossaiiier. wclibnig ot
I rntiiciiccoKlcd' ol ircsluAater ,.i.ji w 1 mi
X.O.. ii.. 148; iii.. S1.5. Kidiiiidnt. occurrence of iior-hyo- scviimiiK? ill. SI .1.
]>laiikton. 823 I'sUotinn, the gaineloph.xte of. 553
exhil>ited. J91, Sleel, 'r.. .scr lO.xhiliils.
-Microsc<.pic preparations of, ^"l'^'^ '" :).!'r^™'''ll' ■^li'-i"lnn- exhibited, 102. doiiicra, ^.i-i—Molliixni. 080—
Xciiroptcra, ii.. 41 ; iii., 221 ; iv.,
269. (^uandoug, fruits of Yellow, ex- Sugar-cane, scale-insect affecting, hibited. 492. 215.
VI.
INDEX.
iSweet-i'ea, liylirid. exhibited. U»4.
Tahanidce, Australian, No. ii., 746.
'Pasinania, IMosses from. 575.
Taylor, F. H.. C'ontril)ntious to a knowledge of Australian Ciilici- (hv, iii., 564 — Tahaiiidn, ii., 746.
Tcin'hrionidfv from Barrington Tops, N.S.W.. 2(19.
'I'illey. C. E.. elected a Member. 267.
Tillyard, \l. J.. Linnean Maeleay Fellow in Zoology : summary ot year's work. 12 — lie-appointed. 1916-17, 12.
. Studies in Austra- lian Neuruijtcra. No. ii.. De- scriptions or' new (ienera and Si)ecies of the Families Oniiiij- liddi, Myrmelconfidd', and .l.sro- lajdudcr., 41— No. iii. The ^Ving- venation of tlic (Ihrysop^div, 221 — No. iv. The Families Ifhnni- d(r, Hem<'r<diii(hr, Sisi/r'nld', Br- rafhidcr, and the new Family. TrichoiiKttidd : with a Discus- sion of tlieir characters and llelatiimships. and Descripticms of new and little-known (lenei-a and Species, 2(i!i l''nrther Ob- servations on the JCmergence of UragonHy-Larva' from the l']gg. with special Keference to the I'roblem of Kespiration. ;'.ss - Further Itesearches upon the Problems of the lladial and Zygoi)terid Sectors in the Winus of (>d(t)t(it(i. and niioii the Kor- nnition of I'.ridges, 871 — Hcc lOxhibits.
Triclmvuifidir, characters, etc., of the. 269.
Turner, A. J., Third Contribution to a Knowledge of the Lepitlop- terous Fauna of Ebor Scrub. X.S.W., 249— Studies in Austra- lian Microlcpidoptcra, o3.";.
, F., remarks <m W'ara
tahs, 632- -^'ee Exhibits.
Waratalis, remarks on. 6;!2.
Wardlaw. II. S. II.. Liiniean Mae- leay Fellow in Physiology : ap pointed, 12.
. The Change of
Compo.sition of Alveolar .\ir after the stoppage of normal Breathing, 786.
Wasp, ])arasitic Chalcid. exhibit- ed, 494.
Watts, W. W., Some Cr.vptogamic Notes from the Botanic (iar- dens, Sydney, 377.
Welch, W.. elected a Memlier, 101.
West Australia, gneissic nud gra- nitic rocks of. 261 — Note on the economic resources of. 63;!.
White. A.. Revision of the Strutid nii/idcr of Australia, 71.
, C. T., elected a Mendier.
101.
^Vhiteleggc. T.. The <iametophyte of I'.silot iijii : rrelinunary Notes. 553 — Sec iCxhibits.
\^'illianls River, ITpi)er, < 'urdhnhi from, 196.
Wintii-venation of the Chdi/sopiild , 221— Of OdoiKito, 871.
Woolls. W.. portrjiit of. presented. 13.
INDEX.
Vll.
(b) BIOLOGICAL INDEX. Xaines in italics are synonyms.
Page. Ahoetlu'tu ;»teridoiiomii .. .. 2~){)
Abutiloii 17
Acacia 31, 155
binervatii 161
( ambagei 160
cohistrifolia 30
complaiiata ."!34
deeurreus 159, 334
dift'ormis 160, 178
discolor 160
elongata 160
falcata 161
floribuuda 178
liomalophylla 16(i
implexa 160
-Maideni 160
luelauox.vlou 178
myrtifolia 30
peudula 160
peimiiR'rvi.s. . .. KJO, 161. 334
piibesceiis 384
immila 159
pycuautlia 161
rostellifera 159
suaveolens . . . . l'9, L59. KiO
subbiuervia 159
Acaiithacli.sis . . . . 42, 47. 66. 291
fulva 67
fuiidatus 67. 194
in'terseiii . . . . 43. 66. 67. 71)
subtendeus 67
.Vcaiitliasar.mis .. 94. 95. 97, 100
gracilis 98, 100
pahi.stris 96. 98, 100
.\<-aiitliclla 456. 498, 542
Acaiitli()b>i)lius. 422. 423, 428. 450.
451
iJiackburiii 423
r.rhnius 430
gi-anidatus 423
( Vjiuaxiuius 423
simplex 423
AcaiitJiorhyncbus sji. .. 26. 27, 31
Acaiitlioxa 658
Acar 681
Acliras arnhcmica 101
Acidalia lialmtea 251
Acidalianti^ 249, 251, 252
Ainiiva patellavccta 708
Acrolricbc ag.irrc;
(livaricata . . Actii'oiiida' . . . . Actiua
costata . . . .
iiicisnralis . .
;ata
Page. .. ..169 .. .. 169 .. .. 717 . . 73, 77 .... 77 .. 77, 78
Actiiiastriuu 8."57
aciculaiv 838, 851
bacillarc 838, 851
guttiila 838, 851
Mautzscbii . . . . S37. 838, 861
ActiiK.tvis jlcliaiitbi 168
Adcnaiitlios cmieala 31
.Kdeoinyia ♦^■Jitasticla .. 573, 574
\ eunstipes 573, 574
-Eschiia 876
.FiSclinid«L\ 876
Acscuhis jiarviilora 20
Agave s[i 17
Aghuidcs 340
cliiouoiiia •. . . . . 340
Agonochila 208
biuotata 198
corticalis 208
fciiestrata 198
guttata 198
uiacleayi 198
phigiata 198. 207. 208
rnficollis 198
Agriouidic. . .. s7\. 872, 876, 884
AllaiitcHa 675
Allautopboni. 495. 496, 497, 498,
499, 501, 639, 674
ciocalyptoides, 503, 514, 515,
550 r. reducta . . 515. 516. 550
luicrostrougyla 503
plicata. 496. 497, 503, 508, 510,
511, 513. 514. 515. 517, 550
victoria iia. 469, 499, 503, 506,
507, 509. 514, 515, 516, 550,
551, 552.
Alloforiiiicah'oii .. ..42, 47, 62
austral is 63
byaliuus .. 43, 62. 63, 64, 70
waterhousei 43, 63, 70
Allognosta 74
-Vmaryllidea- 174
Vlll.
INDEX.
PagI'.
Aiiililyst(>t:iuiu austro-li.vj^ru-
])liilum ;')94
Aiiililytelus curtus 197
miiuitus 197
Ainisallus l)asii)eniiis 732
iiodosus 731
spp 732
tubei'culifroiis 7-'ll
Ami»liidesuia an.ij;usta. i)92, (i9.!. 71 s
funeata 693
(llaWvUa 693
Auii)hithora 2.10
Auiiihitberiiia' 250
Auiycteridos +22
Amj/ctcriin iiioroxii.s .. .. 429, 430 Aiiafamptodoii Wattsii .. .. -lOo
Aiiacantliella 78. So
spleiideiis so. 99
Aiutl>cUil ciiclddiU 694
Anatifcra liizoiia 694
Anax S76
liaijueu.^is. 3SS. 3S9. 391. ;!92. 395, 39S, 40;:, 406. 407. 110. 412.
AiK-illa editha' 709
Aiidropo.uon criaiitlioidcs .. 217
interuiedius 217
sericeus 217
Augopliora cordifolia .. 166. 21 s
intermedia ISS
laueeolata S60
melaiioxyloii ]fW
subvelutina ]i)6
Auigozantlios hmnilis 31
Maiif^lesii 3.1
Anisoptera. S71. 873. S74. ST.l. S76, 878, 879, 880, 882. 883,. 8S4. SS6. 887.
Aiikistrodesmu.s 836
Braunii s;^7, sril
/•. minutus 837. S51
dulcls 836, 851
V. cini^ulnui . . . . 837, 851
falcatns r. coiilortns. 836. S5 1
/■. miraliilis . . . . 836, S51
r. setiiierus 83(1
Aiitlustiria ciliata 217
.\ulliOfercis Eadesii 194
Antlioriiis melaiiura 22
Antissa 78.81
cuprea 81
Autissella 78. 81
parvideutata 81, 99
Page.
AntissiiKi' .. .. 72. 78. 81. 97, 99
Aphaiitopliryne, 770, 771, 772, 773,
774. 775. 776, 777, 780, 781, 782
pausa, 772, 775, 776, 777. 778,
780, 783, 785
Aphide.< 24S
Apioiiiorplia Hetcheri 191
Apoclirysidse.. 222, 242, 243, 244.
272 Araucaria Cuuniushamii. . .. 305
Area adamsiana 6so
hotanica 680, 719
irudina 681
lamina ta fiSl
metella 681, 719
nodnlusa (i82
plicata 681
xifjudta 6SI)
strabo 681
Antiadic 249
Arcularia particcps .. .. 712, 7ls
Art,da 41 1
Ar,i;i(>lestes 876
Artannis leuc(>i>.\.iria lis .. .. is
l)ers<>natus is
sniKTciliosus 18
Arlbrodesnins 846
Ascalapbida-.. 41, 42, 43, 67, 269,
272 278
Ascalapliides '282
Aspbabis 210
Asjiidiea' ;i77. 378, 379
Asr)idinm 377, 379
acniniuatnin 382,383
Slieplienli 383
Aspidojilossa 598, 600
Assemania 714
Astrolonia di^'aricata 31
Atalaya benii.i,'lanca 158
Atbyriuin Imniilc 380. 386
Atriliasta 348
fulvifusa 348
Aidacaspi.s 216
ma.ior 215, 216
ltenta,i,^>na 216
rosea 216
Aiisfroagrion 876
Austroct)rdulia 876
Anstrogomphus 876
Anstrolestes 876
leda 389, 410, 411
Antanepsia 252
Autosporaceae 110
INDEX. IX.
Page. Page.
Avicciiiiin olliciiialis 4:9ii r.jitliildii (•l;ii-t's<T'iis I'.i.")
AxocliiiKi 6.'.() nihriciiudii lit.j
Axi.inidii 636 ISeaufortia si»;iisa oj
Axidra.trma 636. 637, 674 Bedellia soiumileuta 259
padiiia 63S Berime.. .. 72, 7(). 78, SI, 97. 9
.Vxiiu'lla 456, 498 Beris /Uipulpi.s 77, 98
fhihcllata 535 fusciventris 97. lOU
frondiila 542 incisiinilix 77
piidiiKi 635,638 nitidithorax 97. JU(i
imniUa 674 , pnrridnitatn 81
.\.\iiiellid;r, 11. 453, 495. r^ir). 541. nuiiKiuecella 97. 100
634. 635, 636. 637. 639. 640, 641, Servilkn 78. 99
649. ()54. ar^r^. 657. 673. Beniardia 847
Axiiioliiiiii.' 675 Chodati 847,848,852
Azalea sp 492 v. orueiata .. .. 848, 852
Wfati^laveiisis .. .. 848, 852
I'.a-ckea 165 I'.erotha 284. 315, 316
bivvilulia 165 I!erotliid;i', 269, 270. 272, 274, 289.
deiislfolia lf)6 3ir,
diosiiiifolia 16<) r.erotliiiKc 284
(iiiniiiaiia 166 lief a vnl.i^aiis 19:;
IJanksia 32, 3.3 Biciniiid 518
jeimila 173 Uieiniia . . 495. 497. 498. 499, 500,
arteiiuata 31 501.502,518,519,520,636.640,
(•i-icif()li;i 27. 29. 17:'. 673. 674.
iuar;,'inata 173 unioi^i:^ 501
ISren/.iesii 31 (•a])illifera 501. 502
serrata 173. cavenmla 502
sp 28, 29 vhcrrciiri .US
spiiisiilosa 173 cliilensis 496, 503
r.aiik.siiiella liiu'atopemiis .. 571 corriKjata 518
liiirhatiii Idiiiinatd 681 diiiitzcnbvrnl 518
piixilhi 680 tistnlos.-i 199. 502
r.;Mliiila LrlaiKiilii 581 lV)rfis ."iOH
r.;irea 259. .".40 ,i;i-(i'iilandica ,102
aiicrasta 344 liainilera 502
arhitra .341 hnmilix 497. 4!i9, r.ls
af inoiihora 345 iiici'iistaiis 502
l>asi.L;raii)iiia 341 iiioriHitd 518
lifvochi-oa 342 koreiiii 50 1. 502
chioi-eis 341 iiKK-roj-haiiliis 50l>
consiKiiatella 340 iiiej,'alosi.t,'uia 496, 503
eiicapuodes 340, 34.3 rar. li|iusplia-i-a .. .. .503
eusciasta 344 iincriixIroiimiJii.. .. 499, 503
h.vlodroiua 343 iiii( ruxa 197, 499, 503
leiicocepliala 341 peadii. 195. I9S. l!i!i. .lo], ,502
Jiyuiitliica 259, 34:; pltcnfd 503
paiiarcha 341 sp .102, 503
l)asl('odt>s 259 stellifera 502
psolotcraimiia 345 trirhaplii.>< 502
l).vr()ra 341 triincatd 500, 518
.subviridella 341, 343 tubulata 502
X.
INDEX.
Page.
Jlieiiuia \iiri;intiii uUli
victoria iia 503
nilyurix 41(9, 518
lU^'uoiiia radicaiis 17
veuusta 17
J >i.iru()iiia('eii> 171
Blaiifoa canescens ;il
l'>(iarniiau;e :i5(), ^-li'
IJoriomyia 2(S()
Borkenhau.sia gypsupleuia . . 38 s
hemileuca 336
nuuTo])tera 33S
iiephelella 33(i
jiauropliyUa 337
sphievoides 3.'!(i
tetraplia-a '.. 3.; 7
tliolopa 3;!(i
Duronia aiiemmiifolia 157
florilmiida x .sei-nilata . . 158
ledifolia 15.S
polyualifolia r. robusta.. 157
I5ossi;ea lieterdpliylla 162
Brac-hyc-hitoii 180, 183
acerifoliiis, 180. 181, 182. 183.
184
tircrifoHutn 181
diversifolius Is;;
poimliico-aeerifolius. 180. 181. 182. 183. 1!»2
liotJtilnvttni 181
poimluous. 180. 181. 182. 183.
184 r.racliycouu' divorsifolia. . .. 1(>>^
sti-icta 16.S
r.raconidfe 13, 88
liranchioiroiiui .sjjtuKjilhi ^ •• 313
l!rpvice]ts 771. 777
Breviciintidii' . . . . 770. 771, 775
Brynm aii>iniiiii 5i)2
austro-atiiiu' 587
ca^spiticuim 58!»
calodictyou 58!)
Cheelii 591
• •liryseiim 5S!»
(lirysoiKMirone 590
• 'urvicolhini 591
tilariuui 590
l'^)rsytliii 592
Kiama^ 592
laxirctc 588
lei)to1heciiiin 593
luteolimbatuiu 589
I'Alih.
Biyuiu iiachyiiuiualuluin. . .. 590
subcurvicolhim 590
.siibveutric-osum 586
SuUivaiii 592
Biibarls 637
couistellata 675
Bulla acuminata 715, 716
Bjiiisoui-cd iJiisiUa 680
Caledouiella routusiforniis .. 714
Callagrion 876
Callisteuion cocciiiciix .. .. 219
lanceolatus 219
r. lilacina 219
ru^ulosus 219
C'allitbauma 365
basilica 365
i^lycera 365
leptodoma 366
pyrites 365, 367
C'allulops 771
Calfx-era 86()
cornea 870
guepinoides 870
stricta 870
Calopterygida". . 871. 876. 884, 8.S7
Calojiteryx 875, 87()
maculata 411
(alotlianuius sanguiucus .. '6i
C"ampyl(ii»us deuticuspes .. '575
r. lutescens 575
Kirkii 576
Cantliarellus folidliuii .. .. 105
Capua cryp.'-ierytlua 254
eiizona 254
hedynia 250
paraloxa 250
sp 254
tliiopasta 250
( apulus s|> 698
('ai-abi(l;r 196. 5!»7. 598
C'ardiotliorax a-ripennis .. .. 212
asperatus 213
ogerius 214
liaagi 213
iiitcrstitialis 21 1, 212
niiuuis 214
undulalus 214
Cardiuni 685
cygnoruni 6S6. 719
echinatuni 685
pallidum 685
racket tii 685, 686
INDEX.
XI.
Page. ,
( anlinm r;Mli;iI<iiu 685
leinucostatuui ('>>"i
Careuides 02(5. Q'M)
( iirenidium 620
aberraus 627
atnim 622
hifurcum 623
frenchi 62U. 62",
leai 623, 624
loiiicipeiine 624
mnt-ronatum 624
Iterteune 625
i-iveriiiiP 626
( arcmuu .. 613, 616, 619. 620, 621
aii.iiiistiitemie 610
blackburui 610
brevicoUe 609
browni 612
dii^^lesi .. 615, 616. 617. 61.S
itir. tropiciim 619
dispar 610
emar^iiiatum .. 611, 613. 614
/•. :v(jiialis 613. 614
t>xiiuium 619. 621
interiore 611
leai 609
lepidum 60s
loiiijculuin 617, 619
/ . at i'(i\ iridis 619
niacleayi 609, 610
uioutaiiuia 61 (i
nitidljH's 614
(|iiadriiiiiiHtatinu .. (!15. 61(i sinai'ii^idiiluiii . . . . Oil. 612
sph'iididuni 621
liiictillatuin 617, 621
traiisversicdllc 609
viresceus 611. 612
/•. viridivt'iitris 611
C'arobiiis. . 274. 2S7. 290. 29;;. 311.
330 ausu.stus .. .. 311. ;!12. 330 imlchellns. 274. 293. ;;12. 330.
.332 subfasrialiis .. 274. ;!12. 332
Carteria 824
australis 825. 850
r. ovata 825. S50
I'^ritschii 825
nuiltitilis . . . . 824. 825, 850
t)btusa 825
scrobifiilata . . 824. 850. 852 r. ovalis 825, 850
Page.
Cassia ert'iuopbylla 16i
Cassiiiia a<uleata 168
loiigifolia 168
Casuarina glauca 174
sp 862
Casuarinea' 174
t'atasarciis spiiiipeiiiiis . . . . 721
/■. insigiiis 721
Cekeueplies parallelus . . . . 198
('eiitrosi)b;pra 112
Cerambycidit' 737
Ceraochaliiia reteplax .. .. 468
t'eratoferonia re.i^alis 197
C'eratopetaliuii gmmnifenim . . 162 Ceratopsis. 541. 542, 543, 544, 674
elavata 542
erecta 542
expaiisa 541, 542
microxepbora 542
rauiosa 542
( ciitliium luysteriinii 708
toiuliiii 708
tomliiii 708
( balcis sp 191
(lialiiKxUMidroii »'.\i;,nuini .. 468
niiiiiimuii 468
( lialinoi-bapliis dij;itata .. .. 468
Cbaiua 682, 683
lirll is/iluica 682
daiHM'Cdniis 683
fihiild 682, 683
(/if/(int<it 686, 687
!/i(/(ix 68(), 687
jiih-csii G82, 6S3
la/.anis 683
liinlmla . . . 683
litfei-ata rotunda 689
lobata 6S3
nivalis , _ 683
j>r!lis-iihi,nt .. .. 682", 683
piilcbella . . • 683
refle.ra . 682, 683
nideralis 682
■'<l>iii<).'<(t 682, 683
(ballerina . 773
Cbaraf'iuu) 120
Cbionaspis 216
cJiioHc iiitiflii 691
Cbirouiyza 73
Cblam.vdomonas 826, 829
globosji 827, 850
globiilosa r. pertusa, 826, 850 gloeocystiformis . . .. 826, 850
Xll.
Clilauiydoinom's r. ovata .
INDEX.
i'AGE.
l>isin<)rousis. S-i.
850
. . 827, 850
ovalis.. 827. 850
uumaaina r. ovaiis.. o-,. o.- mncifola
niiixcicold ^'
( . atteimata
l»isifornu^^
828
826.
850
r e'vlimlnvfea. . ■• • • - f " r. gicvocystifonuis. 820. ^^^^
( hloris (livaricata -1
ChlonM-occinii (lUl(i>^ J -J,.
C'lilovopliyot^it' ^^.,^
Cli.Mlatella ^''- ^ " 141
ciliata
Kchidna
( homlropsis
Villi cri
Page.
. . 700 . . 700
. . 8«0 .. 87lt .. 8()7 . . 8(56 . . 868 86!l . '.'. 867 .. 860 868, ^^'-^ . . . 868
( hryso.-lilova .. •• ' ' ^^ ^^ ^
141 520 64:^
S4
100
... 47 .."94, 95, 100 .. 94, 95, ItH) 229. 241. 242.
Ou-jixoihroiiKi
(hrysoleuu • • • • •
(lirysouotomyia . •
Chrvsonotus .. ••
(•hrysoi.a. 221. 22^^^ _^^^ _^^^_ ^^^^
226. 240 z-.y. 225, 226 224. 2:'.0,
ClaiK-ulus aloysu jiU'lH'iiis. . ..
Clavai-ia
aurautia a urea - . . . botrytes . . • (•iiu'i-i'a . . • • crisimla . . • • formosa. . • • fvisiformis . iiiaMlualis . .
luuscditU's
rosea
rusosa • •
stricta
( lavarieie • ■• ■■
Chiytouia australasica .- (leiuatis aristata . . ■ • ■ •
clvciuoi<les
( Un-oileiulrou t.miciitosuiu
Clianthns Danipieri ^^-^
l>"iii'-^'^'^ -..j-.,-^ .-,-'1
72. S2..S4. SO. 90, 99
.87(1 867 , 869 , 866 . 157 . 15(i ;. 156 . 17
243. 244.
223. 225.
A
r.
siiziiata . .
228. 229
24 L 248
( Urvs()i»ula> ..
231 232. 239. 242 oVi;". 24S. 272. 278 •J87. 288. 289. 317
Chrysoimles • ••
Cinatlusiiia cyaiieoleuca
Ciiinyrida'
Cinrilhiptd ill<-ni.-<l<lli>^ L'irc-e
248
228
225. 226. 227.
231. 232.
:4i).
221. 222
'?22. 243,.
2S4. 521.
223. 244, 285,
:;24.
«ll'i'l=i •• ,;• ■• ,.,„
crocea
Itrrxoii'itii plicatnia . (luojii • ■ . . riridori>^ ■ ■ scriitta . . • siKjiUdlil
iS9.
(•)SS.
230, 245,
286,
282
103
18
. 639
. 690
689
)
68S 69(1 69(1 69(1 600
(Umacia
Clitellariua'. . -
( livina. 597. 598. .599. (JOO. 603, 604
abliri'viata . •
anstralica ..
1)() villa- . . • •
brevistcrua .
l)rnmn<<'l<'r. .
coi-oiiata
cribrifrinis
(;s<.),
(iSS,
689. 690
. . 689
688, 690
689
(lamineri • • (birwini . . . • (>l(':j;aiis . . . •
oxilis
femora lis . • ferniL^inea . . frou'iiiatti •• • iiiconspii-ua . . korsliawi
nana
iiyctosyloides
()i)li(iuata .. (ibliiinirollis lanH-tatireps riveriuu- . .
var
sella ta.. •■ tnuiidipes . .
606 .. 602 . . 602 (iiiii. 607 . . 600 . .. 602 (i(»2. 603 . . . 60 1 . .. 604 . . . 605 ... 602 . . 603 . . . 6(14 (idl. 605 . . . . 603 . . . . 605 . . (>03. 6(17
6(H)
()06
(iOl
(iOl
600
604
604
599
(■.()(., (i(l(l,
(i(i(i.
(;(_i3.
(Uvinides '^^^
697
uudatina ^^^^ C'losterinm
violacea gg^^ clypidinii iKiniKnihoroUUa
Cladoumiou yalleiis
INDEX.
XUl.
Page.
Cnephasia tlii()!)asta 25(i
Coeeidse 191
(•(lelastruui . . . 883
creuatuui S3:!
r. cubicuiii S33. Sol)
cnbicnm 833, 834
V. olit iisinn 831
nu*-r(i|i()iiiiii . . 833
nlitnsinii . . .... . . 834, 851
Itrubu.si'idcimi 8.34
psendo-cubicum 834
lndvhriiiN 83.")
s|jla:i'riiiiiii . . _ _ 83."!
(opribitla' IS
Ccesyra l)ii.><)li(a 2.")8
bathropbu'a 2o0
synei-lics , _ 2.")0
'oln.s lilriidiiiosiis 10.")
'()miieiinis(tji;i 87
Omixisita' U58. 169
'<tmi)i«tirof)}i<i iKtslcodcK . . . . 2-39
Ouiferu'. . . 174
'(>iii()I»ter.v,ii'id;t' 272, 288
oaioptprytiidos 282
'<)ii(is]Kn-unim ciicifolimu. 17.'!, 174
taxifolium 173, 174
('(iiins ahhrcriiit lis 710
<iri.-ito]ih<ni< s . _ 710
baiidatiis 710
barbadeiisis 710
Jxirhddcu.six .. .. .. .. 710
coi-diiatn.s. , 7(19. 71(i
pt/iilhiiix 710
m maris 7 Id
iiiijiinais . 710
Diiiiiniiis 709
iifdiilis 710
faiiiatus . 710
tinnitus 7 in
ronvolvulacea' 17n
(ophixaliis 771
Copiula 771
Copi-inus 8.").3
aiiiiulatus s'u
atrauieiitariiis 8.14
(•((Hiatus . . . . . . . . . . &')'.)
coiijrregatns 854
deli(piesceiis 854
t'pliemerus 856, 857
extinctorins 854
fimetarius 854
hemerobius 859
luicaceiis . . . . 105, 854, 858
Page.
Coprimi.s niveu.'^ 855
plicatilis 857, 858
jilicatiloidos 857
radiatus 856, 8-59
sclemtiamis .. ., .. .. 854
spp 859
slcrcoraiMus 856
toint'iitosiis 855
Copriodcs 339
aiia.ssa 339
aristocratica 339
Idphoiitera . 339
Coi-dule.i^'iistcr '. '. .. 876. 882. 884 Corduleuasti-iiia- .. .. .. 882,884
Cordulepli.va 876
Cordyceps (iniiiiii 268
("oriduenra 750
('(trizoiuMini . 746
kurandM' " 748
('(>sni(>i)tt'i-y,iriii;r 255
Cotyh^don .sp 17
Crainbe . .. .. 496
Cni.s.salilld i-iiiiriitii . . .. 693. 694
CraferiMlus (•onm(()|)i(>des .. 859
(i-eajiri.s 47
('rnss()[)honi miiiuh-Ua .. .. 336
(rotalaria ('uiiiiiiii.:bauiii .. 31
Cnicifcra' 157
Cnicitxeuia 830
australis 831
cordala. . . 832
llor.-ilis 831
(piadrara 832
V. secta 832, 850
i-cctaumdaris . . . . . . . . 832
tctraitedia *. .. .. 831
/•. oniata 831. 850
Iriaii^'idaris .. 831. 832, 850
CryplolKM-ls 72. 73, 98
lu'bcsccns 73. 74. 98
(ryi>t()dus 209
('riiitioJcihiii iiJuilii iicUn. 373, 374
!l<H(lrJhi 340
Cnbicon-liyiu-luis . . 422. 423, 427.
428. 429. 431. 449. 450. 451
(inf/iiJdris 430. 43:!
aurconiaculatu.s, 431, 432, 446
auricnlatu.s . . 432, 433, 448.
449, 450
ann.L^ena .. 430. 432. 451. 452
iiolu'iiiaui. 429. 430. 431, 433.
435, 436, 437
calcaratns. 430. 432. 436, 437
XIV.
INDEX.
Page.
Ciiliicorrhynchus richlodcs . . 4.']0 crenicollis . . . . 429. 4;:;3. 44.'5
curvipes 4.31. 43?.. 44(5
MlaUrcpH 4.30
Dohrni .. 429. 4:'.l. 484, 43;")
(■.Hiniiix 430
iilobicollis .... 4;;i. 432. 443
JUid^ei 432. 443
iiiafubitus. 430. 431, 432. 433.
437, 438, 440, 44.^,
/•. l.revii)es .. .. 438. 439
niaciilicollis. 431. 432. 433. 440
iiKirninifi .. .. 422, 423. 430
minor 433. 444
niodestiis . . 430. 433. 434. 43(i
moroxiix ' . . 429. 439
Miissoiii. 4;;o. 433. 448. 449. 4r)0 o<-cnlliis . . 430, 431. 434. 430 liicoosetosus .. 4;!0. 432. 440 (liKKlraticolIi.^ .. 431. 442. 443
rcclipps 431. 433. 44(i
SI iiidioiflcs . . .. 430. 436. 437
sen-ill Lpes 432. 440
setosus 432. 447. 4.")!
sonlidus 432. 441
S11 430
s|iiirs)is 433. 440
s|.iiii<-()llis. 429. 430. 432. 44.1. 448. 4.50. 4.')1. 4r)2 sterilis. 430. 431. 432. 442. 443 sfri.uici.llis .. .. 431. 432. 443 substri.i^osus .. 431. 432. 443
taurus 430. 432. 43S
tortipr>i 430. 433
Villous .... 430. 431. 434. 436
Cuh'x saihnii 570
sagax •"570
sitieiis n70. .'571
somer.seti •")71
r'lilicada lnipcnuarycnsis . . . . .")(!8
deniansis -"569
h.vbrida r,64, 568
tasmauiensis 568. 569
Cnlicelsa alxloiiiinalis 570
Cnlicidiv 564
Cui-culionida' 720
Cvlindrocvstis 136. 137
ovalis .. .. 117. 136. 137. 142
C'.vperacefp 175
r'vi)riea 705
vitellus.. 192
r.vstisnathida' 775
("vtliciva ririihiri'i 690
Cytheiva scriptii v. nndatina . . .
IfllDI/l
Page.
.. 688 . . 690
Dampiera eriocepliala /•. alba 769
Danielsia minuta . . . . 564. 567
Darwinia fasciculjiris .. .. 31
taxifolia l(i(i, 493
Dasycerca apoci-yplia 250
Datura metel 817
meteloides 817
Davallia ])yxidata .. .. 102, .553
Davifsia acicularis 161
cor.vmbosa 161
geni.stifolia 161
latifolia 161
. nliciiia 161
Dcndi'ojescbiia 876
1 )('iidroliiiiiii SI) 493
striohitum 1 74
teretifoliuiu 174
teti'airoimiii 49."!
DendroU'oii 47. 49, 52
duiiii,L;aiii 43, 53. 70
lambda 43. 52, 70
lou.iiipeniiis 54
DeiidiolcdiitliKi'. 42. 45. 46. 47, 48.
291
Dendroleoiitini. 43. 47. 4s. 50, 194
Deiidropsis 656
bidentifei-a 656
mixta 656
l><l)rcs.s(iri(i DKxIcnitrllii . . .. 369
Depressariadcs 333
Desmacella .. 497. 500. 501. 518
ahei-rans 500. (540
areuifibrosa 519
cavermila 500
fra<jilifi 497. 500. 67:1
piniiUio 500. 5 is
sp 502
til I) It lot a 673
nuiahiiiKJii 500. 518
Desmacellimp 673. 674
Desmacidoiiidie . . 4.54. 520. 637
Desmidiacea' 110
Desmoxya. (549. (550. (554. Q'^'i. 67."!
lunata. 642. 649. 650. *c>rv.\. 654,
655, 671, 67.'!
sp 650
Desmoxyina* 675
Diaplioromt'rus edwardsi . . 206
r. virescens . . . . 198, 206
Diatoiniiieiii-a 746
INDEX.
XV.
Page.
Dintdniiiieuni hi-cvirostris . . 74.S
crocea 747
violacoa 748
nic-jFidfe IS
nift.vosi)lii(M-l(>;r .S4.S
])i(lyiii()])s .S7(')
Dilaridii-. i'71. '27(i. 27s. 2S4. 2S,S.
289
Dilariiia 28:1
T)ilai-iiKc 2.S4
itilh'ulafeii' l.Ki
Dillw.vnia fM-icifolin 161
Dii.hlel)ia 872. 87(i
Diplacodes 87()
I)iltl(ictena pantrpa 24i)
Distoleon 4S. 49. (il. ()4
iiisrosignafiis . . 4.'{. 40. (i4. 7n Distoleoiitini . . . . 4:1. 47. 48. .17
Dirottii/ia 573
licf/dim n7."i
Dodonu'a triquetra ir)9
Dolabrifera bra/.icii .. 717. 71s jackfionicnsi.s .. .. 717. 71S
Ddiiiicilld clniH/iitd ()92
ohtiisa (i94
Dosinia crocea 688
Dra.iimacidon. 49s. ."iOO. H.Ui. 639.
(i40. 674
a.sjaricifoniiis 639
clatlirifdniiis 639
(lurisslina 6.39. 640
Draiimatella .loO, 640. (i74
aberraiis 640
Dragmatyle 637. 674
lictor 637
Draiiuiaxia. . .. .i43, 636. 638. 674
variabilis.. o43, 544, 549, 552
Dropanacra, 273. 290. 291, 292. 293.
294, 295, 296, 297, 299. 301, 303,
306, 308.
binocnla . . 273, 293, 298, 301 froKSatti . . 273, 298, 302, 331 hardyl, 273, 298, 301, 302, 331 linmilis, 273. 292. 293. 294. 296. 297, 298. 300, 331. V. longitndiualis . . . . 300
V. tasmauice 300
instabilis. 273, 293, 298, 300, 302, 3:{0. 331
r. ]>allida 301
V. rnbrinervis ;',oi
Page. Dreiianoittpryx. 273, 277. 285, 286, 2SS. 290. 291. 292, 293, 294, 295, 297, 330.
hhiociild 330
hum ilia 273. 330
pliala'iioidcs . . 273, 292. 296. 297.
T)i'c|iaiiidida' li
Dit'paiiis ]»a(iticji
DreiKUioiniiia. 273. 290. 291,
292. 303.
293. 331
, 21 22
292. 302 33 1 162
giblxtsa . . 273. Droser.-i aiiriiT]l:ita
peltata 162
Droseracea- 154. 162
Dryaiidra 30, 32
larduacca 31
tloribuiida 3!
Dryoptt'ridcir 377, 379
Dryopteris 377, 378, 379
aeuminata . . . . 380. 382. 383
/■. crisf.-tt.-i 383
albovillosa 380
P.aileyaiia 380
decoiuposita . . ;>S0. ;!82, 38.'!
dissecta 380
glabella ;;80. 38;;
lanciloba 380
teiiera 380
velutina 380
Duboisi.-i iny(i]t(>r()i(lps .. 815, 817
nyscliirius 59s
Dystricliotlioi-ax sloanei .. .. 197
vitti])ennis 197
54.'
ICariims biiiiaciilalus.
hnmeralis
mimuhis
pictns
Echeveria
Echiiiaxia
Efluiioclathria
Klieonoma aci-opha-a
lathnea
Elai)hr()iuyia 746,
carteri
I'^lateridie
ElatiiiacetF
I'^latine 41S, 419. 420,
americaiia 420,
r. anstralis
gratioloides
minima
743 744 744 745 17 675 496 349 349 749 749 191 417 421 421 420 420 420
XVI.
INDEX.
Page. Elatine triandra . . 417, 420. 421 Elissoma 82. 86. 99
lauta 87. 99
Emarffiiiiihi o.s-.srY/ (595
Ijarjuofthoidra (i97
Emilia soiuhifolia H3;^
Eiifhoptila ididpis 250
K))iifiKt<>ina 770. 771
E)iffi/st()»i<iti(1(ic 770, 775
ICois haliuifa 251
lUnniji^tiii astcroiHi ."U"
irixclritii .">4()
Eiiacridefe 169
[^pjii-ris crassil'olia 169
obtusifolia 170
recliiiata 1 70
Eiilnpiiium S;!
(lll)it(USi!< S'.\
Ei)illi.vmema ;!50
disparile .")50
EreuaosiihtHi-a. . 107. los. 109. 111.
112. ]^•^. 114. 115. 116. 1. ■'.(). \:\{].
1.S8, 140. 148, 144, 146.
viridls. 108. Ill, 112. ll.*.. 114. 115. 116. 117. i;!0. i;!4. i;!5. i;!6, 143. 144. 147. r. aciiniliiata. 1I.">, 144. 145.
147
r. CUodati 146
r. doliformis, l;'>4, 145, 147 r. nodosa .. 115. 14(). 147 V. ovalis, 108, ]]■.',. 145, 146.
147 Erej)liopsis aiireohirta . . . . 746
han«rt)fti 746
.guttata 746
Eriochloa i)Uiictata 217
Ei'idsteuioii hisi>i(lnhis .. .. 15S
salicifolius 158
l''.r.vthrina lifrbacoa 20
iiidica 26
sp 18. 27
l^^torleptoniyia 573
oleijans 573
Eiii-alvptn.^.. 2(;. ;M. 33. 155. 163.
164. 165. 177
hicolor 191
calophvlla. 31. 185. 18(). 187.
188. 189
r. alba 196
r. rosea 187. 188
calophvlla x fioifoUa. 185. 188.
192
Page.
Eiu'alyptu.s c'merea 164
eoriacea.. 163. 164. 197. 207.
208
(•oryiiocal.vx 494
dcxtropiiiea 165
dumosa 165
flcifolia. 185. 186. 187. 188. 189 V. (iuilfoylei .. . . 187. 188
hi'vopinea 165
ma(rofari)a 31
melaiiopliloi;i 164
obllcpia 165
oleosa 165
imlveruleiita 164
reduiica 31
Kisdoiil 164
sp 300
stricta 165
lereliconiis 26
viridls 165
I'lidiaiiiiopsls iiiiiiiuia .. .. 46S
l':udryopleris 378, 379
I'hiueuia 167. 177
IOiilaclm;i .\aiitliospila .. .. 257
F.iihiJid 90, 99
i;iile( liria 372
apliauospila 35.'!
iirhitra 341
atmospila 360
axiei'asta 357
baryjitera. 350
batbro^M-auinia 359
liathroplKP.M .351
camelaca 374
f-andida 351
catharistis 3(!1
eh ry seres 351
cirrliopepla 354
concolor 351,35;>
convietella 36;i
corsota 361
curvilinea 350
decolor 352, 353
delosi)ila 363
diai)liaiies 351
diploclethra 358
einboloKrauinia 258
eiiclilora 350
eucr.vpta 363
enry.i^rainma 359
eutheta 357
exaiiiiiiis 361, 362
exisxna 259
INDEX.
XVll.
Page.
Eulechria galactina 362
homochroa 361
leptoehorda 3.54
leufostephaiia 356
melaiiosramma 364
mosoehra 364
modica 352
iiililioi^ramma 354
jiacifera .')5(i
])allidella 361
l)la,i;Iosticha 355
l»sai'(ii)liaiies 352
l).vc'iu)grar)ha 355
pi/rora 341
semantu'a 358
sieoella 363
silvicola 351
stij^matdphora 350
strameiitiiria 258
synohroa 3o.;
tephrocliroa 362
tt'traploa 350
thetica 362
threnodes 360
variegata 356
vicina 356
xil)lieres 351
ICulo-hriadt's '.>'.'>'.'>
I'lul.vpe k'uc()plira.iima . . . . 249
Kuuephrodium 379
Enpl>eij;opteris 379
Ihipliorbia jiepliis 10
Euporisraus 42, 43
alhatrox 42, 44, 70
Knryl.vcliuus cylindric-ns, 197, 199
dysc'liirioides 197
regxilaris 199
Entonia eurygramma 250
Exaireta 78
Exobasidiniu rhododendri .. 492
SI) 492
Fjxnclioatomn 90. 99
Fagiis Moorei .. 196, 197, 209, 211
Ficoideif 167
Fifus ruhiginosa 865
Fissideus aristatus 578
liryoides 579
bryoidioides 576
T)ietriehi:e 577
l'\)rsytliii 57(!
luunills 384. 3S6
ineurvus 579
Page. 1-^issidens integerriiiuis . . . . 385
h/jtorJadiis 57s
peraiigustus 577
pva'mollis 57S
rigidin senilis 577
rar. leptocladus .. .. 57s
sordidevirens o7'.i
Flindersia 15S
Formicaleou 42, 47. 62
I'ormlcidrt' 13
Erogattisi-a 47, 61
Fuchsia 22
C'olensoi 23
excortieata 2.'i
procumbens 2'.',
Fufoldeie 67 S
Funaria bullata 584
gracilis 584
jierpusilla 583
Fnsanus acuminatus /-. chry- sofarpns 492
(Jafrai-iuni (pioyi 688, 690
(ialeolaria sp (391)
rjastrophryne 771
(IchchUi hif/crcJJd .334
nil)i<-iniiJ( 11(1 ;;:;;;
Cielliin;e (J74
Cieliius ariilcatiis 674
sp 502
spissns (51^5
Ciena 704
ni{/ra 70;;
.strigosa 703, 718
deometridie 249. 251
Geometriuie 250
(lvomryni< 94, 95, 100
Geranopns . . . . 82. 84, 85, 87, 99 pnri»nratns, 84. 85, 86, 88, 99
CUbbnla magus 702
pietnrata 702
Gladiolns 17, 22
(ilancocystis oingnlata . . . . 140
Gleichenia ,'!S3
microphi/Ua .383
phifi/zotna 383
Glenoleon .. 42. 46. 47. 49, 55, 61.
annnlicornis 57
aurora 43. '^6, 57, 70
l)erthoudi 43, 55, 70
pulchellus 194
roseipeiniis 43, 57
iiJii 111(1 psfi ii'iii})l(i 84!)
XVlll.
INDEX.
p 4 p p
Gloeooystis, 112. IT. 3. 826, 841. 849
ampin 849
anstralis 849, 852
r. ampla 850, 852
gigas 849, 852
vesiculosa 849. 852
GloRsostigina Drnmmondii . . 419
elatiuoides 419
spathulatum 418.419
Glyciphila spp ."^^l
(inapbaliimi .jaiioiilcnm .. .. 169 Cnatliaphanus nii'Iaiiarius .. 198
pulf'her . . 198
Clnntliodo)) pnrriim 692
finatliophr.viic 771
(iomplius 876, 877, 878
(iouiopterls ,'579
Daiiesiaiia .380
PTillii .T80
])oeci]oplilpI)ia .SSO
pro] if era ,'?8()
urophylla ."^SO
Goodenia dimorplia 154
hederacea 1 69
heterophylla 169
ovata 1 69
Goodeniaeeop 154, 1 69
Grevillea aeanthifolia .. ..172
fhrysodeiidroii 27
diflPusa 1 93
Gandichandii 172
lanrifolia 172
linearis 172
oleoides 172
phylicoides 1 72
robiTSta IS. 29
sericea 172. 193, 194
r. difFusa 193
sp 28, 30
sphacelata 172
Tlielemanniana 30
Gymnoenemia 47. 57, 59
maculata 43,57,70
nngeniotcrmes 245
Hakea dact.vloides . . . . 172. 194
leueoptera 103, 104
mierocarpa 1 72
nodosa 30
pugioniformis . . . . 1 72. 1 73
sp 28. 30, 32, 1 04
Halichondria clathriformis . . 639
Page. Halic-nemia . . 637, 657, 658, 670,
673, 675
patera 657, 675
Halorageai 163
Haloragis ceratophylla .. ..163
heterophylla 163
Hamacautha .718
Hampeella Kurzii 386
pallens 385, 386
Haploselerida> 520
Hardenbergia monophylla r.
all>a 105
Heliclirysum apiculatum.. .. 169 rosmarinifolinm r. thyr-
soideimi 1 68
semipaitposiim 168
Helicidfe 715
Helipternm ineannin 169
Helix ei/rlnstowata 713
flclcsscrtidiia 712
Durvillii 713
pomum 713
strangnlata 713
sti-ini(/iil(it(i 713
iorrcaimui 713
ITemerohiidiP.. 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 276, 277, 278, 282. 283, 284, 285, 287, 288. 289, 290, 291, 292, 294, 308, 312. 313, 321, 329.
liemerobiides 282, 283
Hemerobiiiia 283
Hemerol»iiiiiP 284, 330
llemeroltiiis . . 270, 285, 286. 290.
292, 330
australis 307
hnmuli 285
tasmcniKv 330
Hemieordulia 876, 878
Hemigomplnis 876
Hemiloma 699
Hemisns 771
guttatum . . . . 777, 778, 782
Hemite<lania 642
anonyma 642
Hemitonia 699
aspera 699, 718
rugosa 699
Hepialidu' 268
Hermetia 83
Heta>rina 411
Heterorba]thid;T» 520
Hililiertia linearis 156
ol)tusifolla 156
INDEX.
XIX.
Page.
Hihiscus spp 17
incropola 367
jiiriindclJa 367
Hi^Siiisia. 542, 64i), 6.")5, 656. 657,
658, 673, 675 foralloides. 656, 657. 65S, 659
r. arcuata 658, 659
r. lilierieiisis . . . . 658. 659
r. massalis. . 658. 659. (W?<,
666, 671, 672
r. natalensis 658
r. sea lira .... 658. 663, 672
JiiiKifd 642, 650
massalis 658
nataleusis 657
papillo.sa 656
Hnthra 665
tliielei 657
Hinit'ola aiiricula-.juda' . . . . 865 polytricha 865
TToloxea 654, 655, 673
(■(•Uectrix 654, 655
furtiva 654, 655
valida 654
Haplitica 367. 373
(ifrii)ii}icttit(llii 370
(■(illuDithca 365
(■oJoniaii 374
co.rantha 370
Iniccryihra 369
uiiltopsard 370
porphjiraHiyia 374
ppritcs 365
pprrhclla 367
riiffmaciilrUa 369
Hoplomorplia 373
abalienella 374
camela^a 374
faminodes 375
epicosma 374
porphyraspis 374
Hoi)l()phanes (?) lithoeoUeta 255.
256
Hnleonpteoniyia 564
inilsoni 566
Hj/dlhiii iinistcJiua 709
Hyalotheca hians 140
II i/hurrfniiichiis (iiiri</c)ia. 430, 452
Ilydroc.vtinm 120
acnmiiiatnm 142
))uicrosp(>ntm . . 117, 119, 120.
142
Hydrodiet.vacejR 830
Page.
Ilyla aurea 106
llyl()l)h()rlnis. . 771. 772. 773, 774
Il.vmeiiochiete 8()3
viUoxa 864
Ilymenophyllum peltatum, 381, 382
ranim 382
1unbri(l,i,'eiise 381, 382
uiiilattM-ale 381, 382
Wilsoiil 381, 382
Hymerapliia verticillata . . . . 675
viridis 637
II iipcrcitUUi ifinifcrclhi .. .. 346
]|yiiliai-pax aiistralis 198
Icer.va 191
Ichneumonida^ 13
luipatleiis fnlva 20
loiiiduim filiforiiwi? 157
IpoiUH'a IVs-Capne 170
Iride;e 174
li-idoniyrnx'x detectiis .. .. 767
Ischmira 875, 876
Isocliorista helota 253
Isopo.^'ou aiieuioiiifoliiis .. .. 172
aiiethifoliiis 173
Isosceliiitcron . . 315. ;il(i. 317. 330
Isosticta 876
Ithouo .. 270. 273. 275. 276, 2<8,
281. 282, 284, 287, 289
fnlva .... 273. 279. 280, 331
fusca, 273, 278, 279, 280, 330,
331
rthmudiH, 269. 270. 271, 272, 273,
274. 276, 278, 284. 286. 288, 289
Jasmine.'p 268
JuiifacejT' 175
Kah.nla 771, 774
liuli-hra.. 775, 776, 777, 778,
779. 781, 782, 783, 785
Kah/don 712
Keiinedya iiisrifans 267
Stirliii^'ii 267
Kirclmeriella 838
ele.wiis 838, 851
lunaris r. acuta . . 839, 851
Kni.iihtia excelsa 25
Kni.iihtophylUim 32
Kuii/.ea capltata 194
liarviHoi-a 194
sp 868
XX.
INDEX.
Page.
Labiatre 171
Lahio 7(12
fiiUffincd 701
porratiis 700, 701
Laccoscaithiis cyaneus . . . . 608
(lai'winii'iisis 60S
(lodfli 607
huineralis 608
lofulosns 608
macleayi 608
spencori 60S
Lafhnocladium roujiestum . . 859
Lacdi-dairia amjustata .. .. 205
l>lackl>uriii 206
cychroides 198. 20(i
Laserheimia. 117. 141. 846. 847, 848
acuminata 847
choddti 847
ciliata 141
V. ac'iimiiKita 847
i\ amphitriclia .. .. 141
V. com 0^(1 847
V. rnroiKttd 847
V. cristtitd 847
V. gencrruKiH 847
V. glohom 847
V. firdfiliH 847
V. infl(it<i 847
V. striolata 847
V. 8uhs<il>ia 847
comosa 847
coronata 847
r. iuflata 847
r. striolata 847
cristata 847
Echidna 141
genevensis 847
V. gracilis 847
globosa 847
snbsalsa 847
Wratislarcnuis 847
Lamlwrtia formosa 218
Lamcllaria uiUoni 714
Laminaria sp 678
Lanthus 876
Laoiuviiia 67.'5, 675
LaotJioc 675
Larentiana^ 249
Lastrma 378, 379, 382
(iciiminata 383
Lecaiiinni l)accatiiiu 29
LecaiKmioms maior 198
Lccogastor 78, 79. 99
Page.
Lecogaster cprulea.. .. 79. 80, 99
cyanea 79. 80. 99
Leguminosjp 151. 174
Lcmincriiiaiinia emarginata .. 831
Lcpi"l'>i)tcra ..46. 273
Lcpidospilum australe .. .. 385
r.epldozancla .'575
zatreplies ;176
Lepiota cristata 105
dolidiaula 104
folina 105
licmopliora 105
si)p ] 05
snhcly])e()laria 105
L<l)t<>!ir<ninn(t .179
l^ei)tops argillacens 727
baileyi 725
cacozeliis 72;!
cicatricosus 728
coiicinnus 728
cornigatns 727
frontalis 725
fnmatus 722
glol)icollis 726. 727
graniventris 724
iliacus 729
intricatus 725
maleticns 729
minor 729
mucidus 723
multiuodosus 728
nnirinus 726
nivcus 722
nodicollis 729
scaber 727
spiniger 722
superciliaris 728
totraphysodes 730
Leptositermnm scoparinm .. 190
Lcptostcmnmi erectnm . . . . 385
fh-vipilc 385
inclinans 385
macrocarpum 385
Lessonia variegata 676
Lestes 876, 885
Lestida'. 871, 876, 881. 882, 884, 886
Leucobrynm ballinense .. .. 580
bracliyi)hyllum 580
Wattsii 579
ijoucomyia 564
ajnuilata 570
plegipennis 570
vif'ina 569
INDEX.
XXJ.
Page.
LeiicuiK »,!,'< m l!-!. Kill
Leueosperinum idunr.-iriius .. 52
nutans 22
Libelluhi . . . . Sir,. S76. S77. 878
Libellulidie 87G. 878. 880
LiijiiJii iiiHjitis 694
Limnodvna.stes dorsalis. 77."). 776. 7*77, 778, 779. 780. 781. 782 r. (himerilii . . 77.'3. 784, 785
Lingnla 694. 695
anatiiut 694. (J95
exusta 695
hiaiiis 694, 695
hirundo 695
miirpliiana 695
rostrum 694
sp 694
tumidula 695
Liiioxtichd ixjUocJudd .. .. •>47
Liucunclia fasti.i;iata 6S!i
Lissapteru.s pelorides 21 i
Lobelia cardinalis 2ti
Lobeliacene 21
Louiatia lons^ifolia 174
silaifolia 173
Loufhepister 96, 97, 100
armata 97, 100
LoplMKi'ratomyia 564
aiiiiulata 571
fraudatrix 07;!
ta-niata 573
Lopliopepla 346
astiu'opa 347
iiinifert'lla 346
triselena 346
LoranthaeeiH 102
Jjoranthus celastroidcs . . . . 102
colensoi 24
lino]ih.vlius 31
loufriflorus 102
IKMidulus 102
SI. 22
Lut-aiiiiK'lla i)i;,'i'lta .. .. i<Hj, 718
Luciua ii('rolili(|ua 684
J.ucinda bilaira.. .. 683. 684. 719
l.yt'lliana 252
idia'ochlora 263
l.yinaiitriada' 251
LyonetiauiL' 259
Lyperosia exigua . . 703. 764. 765.
767, 768
Page.
.Macadaiiiia sji 28
Machiniia 307. .■J73, 376
ana-niit-a 372
atripunctatclla 370
eoxaiitha 370
mesoi^a'a 371
iuicro])tora 372
miltopsara 370
mitosema 37.'>
iii(Ml(>i-atc"lla 3()9
oclirophaues 371
pliirnopis 3vl
zelota . . 370
Mafrobatlira allocrana .. .. 336
bi.;;ei'ella 334
callispila 334
cltloru-soniii 333
cJirii.soltaijJic.s 3.');i
elirysospila 333
criimnlva 334
exteta 335
honoratella 333
niyriophtlialnia 334
puncticulata 333
rhytbmodes 335
rosea 333
rublcundella 333
xutbocoma 334
Macroncniurus 47, 59
diirii'iiii 59
Madid frii/onclla G92
.Maculotriton australis .. 711. 719
Mandalotus liicarinatus .. .. 737
cavivontris 7J7
fovratus 7;J7
fuli.iiineus 7.'!7
i^ranulatus 737
niai^nicollis 7;;o
niicr()scoi)i<'us 735
]iiliv(Mit ris 737
\(Mit rails 737
Mandrat^'ora olticinarum. S15, 817
Mantispida- 272, 278
^Iaiifis])ides 282
Mdiitophri/iic 771
Marcia . (;{)]
fiimhjutu . 091
nitida o9l
.Mar,ij;iiiaria Boryana 676
Urvilleana 676
Marj^inella fasciata 709
mustelina 709, 719
^larseniopsis 714
xxu.
INDEX.
Page. Marseuiopsis uutan-tica .. .. 714
couicji 714
mollis 714
murrayi 714
pacifit-i 714
wilsoiii . . 714
Mecoytera 46
Mecyclothorax aiulii.mms .. UI7
:Megalomiua . . 273. 2S.3, 2«6, 290,
293. 303. 304, 30.5, 306, 329
acuminata. 273. 293, 304, 307.
330
:Me,iial(imns 277. 286, 290
]\Iej;alo])lirys 780
iiasuta .... 777. 781. 782, 784
Me.i;aiie\ini 276
j\lfj,'ai)o(lagri((niii;»-' 88-5
Melaleuca 167. 368
linai'iifulia 863
Meliaceaj 158
Melii)lia,i,'i(l:i- 18.21.29,33
Meneristes yroximus 214
tibialLs 214
]\lenistium 379
tripliylluui 380
Meoiiis 201
amplicollis 201
angusticoUis 2U(). 201
ater 201
convexus 201
miuor 197. 200. 201
uiger 201
semistriatus .. 197, 199, 200,
201 Mesembryanthemum jequila-
laterale 1.54. 167
edule 154, 167
]\leso(.'hi-ysupa . . . . 245, 247. 248
zitteli 245, 246
MesoelirysopiiUe 245, 272
Mvnodesma angusta 692
donga to 692
(jaymunJi 693
(jlahrvUn 694
obtusa 693
prcecisa 693. 694
Metoponia . . . . 72. 73. 74, 75, 98
australLs 75, 98
rubriceps 75, 98
Metopostira 771, 772, 773
ocellata 781
]\[etrosicleros hypericifolia . . 24 lucida 24
Page.
Micrubatraclius 774
.MicnK-ioua fa.seispiculifera . . 637
intexta 520
Alicrocolona ceUeuospila . . . . 255
Microhyla 771
Micromu.s, 273, 286. 290, 293. 307,
330
australis 308
australis 307, 330
froggatti 308, 329
tasmanite . . . . 273. 283, 307 variegatus .... 273, 293, 307
viuaceus 307, 308
.Micromyrtus 165
JMicropterygicUi:' 272
Mielichhoferia For.sytliii .. .. 584
turgens 585
Mimeteomyia 565, 566
hilli 566
ornata 56~). 566
(juasioniata 566
Mitra rhudia 711. 718
Moloehtus 422. 423, 428
gagates .. 422. 423. 424, 425
herc'Ules 424, 426. 427
rotundicollis 424, 426
tibialis 424. 425
Mouoceutrum grandiceps . . 628
M<moctenian;e 252
Moiiodon 702
Munodonta 702, 703
foucamerata 701
eoustrieta 701
obtusa .... 700. 701, 702. 718
r. porcata 701
V. zebra 70 1
Cfftrrt 700. 701
INIontfortia 699
.Montfortuhi 699
Musca sp 764
^lycaliiue 520
.Myiodactylus 284
Myocliama stutchburyi . . . . 690
Myoporinea^ 171
Myrica 177
Myriopbyllnm sp 389
Myristieivora spilorrlioa . . 103
Myrmeleou 47. 65
loweri 43. 65, 70
uniseriatus 63
Myrmeleoutidie. 41. 42, 45, 221, 222, 224,233. 244. 269, 272, 278, 291, 886, 887.
INDEX.
XXlll.
Page.
Myniieleoiitidfs 2S2
Myrmeleontiua", 4.1. Ki. 47. 4S. (55
]\I.vrsiuace>e ]7U
^lyrsiiie variabilis 170
-Myrtaceu' Uio. 105. 177
Myrtus 167
MystroiKtmus sulx-ostaus .. 197
Mi/tilii.s rostnini 694
Myxilliiiif 520. 543
ywnia 675
Narycia iiemorivaga 260
polystoua 251
Xectarinia chalybea 22
»W -^
Negritomyia 82, S3. 99
albitar.si.s 82. 83. 99
Xemoleon 60
Xomoiiterida- 272
Nemoiitt'rides 282
Xeot-areiuim aiignstatuin . . 622
dingo 621
eloiigatum 622
nigiiloisuiu 622
Neoexaireta 73. 75. 78, 99
scrrillcl 99
spiiiigera 76. 78. 99
Aeustifta, 871. 872. 873, 874, 876. 880. 882. 883. 886 caiiesceiis .... S72. S73. 881 A(.'lilir<K-vtium Ai^'ardliiamim
(.-. majus 120, 840, 851
r. iilankloiiicuiii .. 840. 851
\av!/(lii 120, 840
ohvsum 120, 840
Neplirodium 379
decorum 380
t;(>iiiiyl(»k's 380
parasiticiim 380
pteroides 380
truiK-atum 380
Kiiituin ' 380
Xeplirolepis bisei'rata 382
Nerita 707
melauotra.mis . . . . 706, 718
A'esopterosticlius 202
guf riiii 202
Nt'stor lueridioualis 24
Xeiu-optera .. 41. 46. 221. 269, 887 Xicotiaiia suaveoleiis . . 148, 151
>»'otelcea li.iiustrina 170
linearis 170
longifoliu 170
Page.
.Nolrhra luicrocariia 170
ovata 170. 268
lauictata 170
Xotlioclirysa sp 223, 224
Xotiolilella. 273. 287. 290. 293. 309,
310, 330
extrema 309, 330
Hiultifiu-cata . . 273. 310, 332
obliqua 309. 310, 330
pretiosa 309, 330
stigmatica 309, 330
milta, 273. 293. 309. 310, 330
viridis 273, 332
Notououjus amabilis 198
augustibasis 197
australis 198, 205
(.'Olossus 205
rxcisiiieniiis 203
fergiisoni 204
froiitevireus 198, 204
hedleyi 197, 203
johnstoni 197, 203
margiuatus 204
r. sydueyensis 204
tniucatiis 197, 203
>.\)touoi)lies 430
cidilodes 430
^'uytsia 30
Xymithida' 272, 284, 288
Nymithina 283
Ocystola oxytdun 257
synibleta 250
Odouiita .. 41. S71. 877. 879, 880, 881. 884. 886. 887
()(l()nt(»nia(luis rutit-eps c. acutidens 767
Odontoniyia. 89. 90. 91. 92, 93. 99.
loo
iunyi'is 90. 91. 92. 99
aniuilipes 90, 92, 100
rariiKita 90. 91. 99
cariiiifaries . . . . 91. 94, 100
llavipalpis 89, 90
liiiiiU ri 90. 91. 92. 99
idlcniiis 90. 91. 92, 99
lateremaculata . . 91, 94, 100
inargiiu'lla 91. 93, 99
..pertaiiea 91, 93, 99
pii-ca 90, loo
regis-georgii 90, 100
nififacivs 90, 91, 99
seutellata 91. 99
XXIV.
INDEX.
Page. Odoutomyiii stricla . . . . 90, lOli
titjihiid 90, 91, 99
subdeiitata. . . . 90, 91, 92, 99 Odostomia krcffti .. .. 716, 717
pascoei 716, 718
Uccophora hemilcuva . . . . 336
honoratclla 333
sphrrroulcs 336
Oeroyliorides 333
Oecophorimc . . 249, 250, 257, 333,
365
Oedosmylus 44
tEnocliroa .i-'iiopliodes 348
ochn)si>i]ia 348
G'Jnothera l>unaiis .... 632, 633
Lamart-kiana 633
kiu^'itltn'a 633
odorata 632
simiata 20
Oleacea^ 170
Olearia floriluuida 168
lepidopliylla 168
myrsiiioidos 168
ramiilosa 168
Oliarces 290
Oligoclirysa 244
.iirucilis 243
Oiiesorus ocularis 731
hoplooiiemus 7."!0
Oocystclla 117
natans . . J 1 7, 125, 126, 143
up 117
Oocystis. 107. los. lii'.i. Ill, 113, 114. 115, 117, 119. 130, 133, 134, 136, 138. 140. 839.
apiculata. 108, 109, 110. IMO,
132. 133. 134. 143. 147
r. asymetrica.. .. 131. 142
r. major.. .. ]](). 840, "Sol
V. obesa, 110, 131, 132, 147,
840
V. slmplifior. 109, 132, 147
r. splpiidida. 131, 147, 840
usjimvtrica. . .. ]32, 133, 142
australieiisLs.. 108, 110, 114,
130, 132, 135, 147
brumiea .. .. 117, 139, 140
Chodati .. 108, 114. 120. 130,
134. 135, 147
ciliata 117, 141
V. radkiHs 141
t-rassa, 108, 109. 110, 124, 125. 127, 132, 142, 143
Page. Ooc-ystis crassa /■. eloiiyata. 839,
851
f. .liraiiulusa . . . . 839, 851
V. O.stenfeldii, 124, 125, 146,
839, 851
Echidna 117, 141
clliptica .. 110, 114, 118, 119.
121, 142 V. Africana .. 120, 122, 143
f/cininata 117, 138
gigas .... 118, 119, 138, 143
V. Borgei 142
V. incrassata 139
(lice (j/sri form is • ■ . . 131, 14;!
hexagoua 110
lacustris.. 108. 109, Jlu, j It),
126, 127, 185, 147
V. nataus .. 126, 143. 147
r. pahidens .. 126, 137, 147
JticKstri.'i 125
mamuiillata 117. 140
Marssonii 124, 142
mi)wr ]38
Xaegelii. 108. 110. 112. 114. 117. 118, 119. 120. 121. 122. 123, 127. 133, 134, 141. 142, 143, 146. V. Afrit-ana, 120, 123, 143
V. Borgei 1 42
r. curta 121, 146
V. macrosponi .. 120. J42 V. iiiinutisnima . . 122, 143
r. olH'sa 121. 14(1
uodulosa.. 108, 109, 127, 139.
143
i:. australis . . . . 127, 147
Nord.stedtiana. los. i;{;!. i;;4,
141, 143. 147
V. rotunda 134. 141
Nova:' Semlite. . 108. 110. 12ii.
121, 122, 129, 143. 146
V. australiea, 122, 123, 124.
125. 146
V. maxima .. 122, 123, i24
oralis. 108. 110. 114. 115, 116.
126, 136, 142, 147
i\ cylindracea . . 137. 147
r. subtruiicata. 137. 142. 147
panduriformis, 108, 134, 135,
136, 147
f. paehyderma 136
parva, 108. 110. 126, 127, 139.
146 pelagica 118, 119, 143
INDEX.
XXV.
Page.
Ocicvstis inisilla 13!'
'rotula .... lUS. lU. IMO. 147
n.tuiKlM 133. 141
nipestris .. .. 118. 120, 141
.set if/cm 117. i41
st)cialis 141
solitaria.. U)S. 110. 118. 127.
12S. 131. 134. 147. 840
/•. maxima . . . . 110, 128
r. uotabile .. 110. 128, 129
.solitaria 134
SI) 143
spiurrira 120, 142
sul>hexa,i;(ma .. J 08. \:V2. 147 sulumirimi. 108, 110. 129. 147 .•oth.spluerica ■■ 108, 130, 147
Ophicanleln.s oniatus 714
()l.lU(.(U"sma 82. 88. 90. 99
ilavii>ali)is 88. 89. 99
OplilitasiKm.iciH 496, 674
arbuscula 674
hori-ida 674
iiiditicata 674
(ipxcot/i/iiniii.s 90, 99
Orcliu'U'a' 174
OiMlictnim 876
Os.a 750
Osmvliihr. 41, 42, 43, 243, 269, 272, 277, 278, 284, 287, 288, 289, 312, 313, 321.
Osmyliiiu 283
Osmvlina- 284. 330
Owhit'lla. 273. 288, 290, 293, 305 l.ridwolli . . -273, 293, 305, 331
rachvijastt'i- 86, 96. 100
s)) 97. 100
I'ach.v.uastrimr 72. 96. 100
ralivococcus SI) 191
i'aket)(h'U<ln)ii 32
ralimmcMcs 338
ith.vsticha 339
I'almi'lia 112
ralmellacoa- 848
I'amlionis altcrnaus 1!>7
pradieri J 97, 21 I
I'aiia-ohis ovaliis 105
I'aiH/oiiia 748
Paiiuoiiina' 746
rauii'um decompositniu .. .. 217
divai-icatissimum 217
iiavidum 217
leufoi)luinim 217
trafhyrliachis 217
Page.
i'aiioriilda- 282
ra])ili()iia(o;i' . . . 31
ra]>il'Mi"iii iiitidiusrula .. .. 593 Pappophorum nigricans .. ..217
raratimea 675
l'ai-m()i)liorus australis .. 704, 705
(iH'^fraUs 7u4
vonvexus 704
elcfjans 696
elongatiis 704
clonnutiis 704
iiitcniicditis 696
tidniduH 704
I'assiflora iucaniata 20
Patella ambi^L^iia 704. 705
aiiihi(/ii(t 704, 705
cinuamomca 707
iiif/ro!iiiIcata 70S
unguis 694
Palclloida nlt,'n)sulcala .. .. 708
IVdias'trum 830, 848
integrum 830
rotula 830
simplex 848
tetras r. apiculatum. 830, 8:!2.
850
V. australc 831
/•. fluviatile . . . . 830, 850 V. integrum . . . . 830, 832
V. quadratiiin 831
V. trtraprdia 8;;i
V. triaiigidarc 831
r. unicellulare 830
Peniopliora 864
einerea 864. 865
crustosa 865
Pentstenion sp 17
Pi'riclystus 47.50
aureolatus 43, 50, 70
circuiter 52
laceratus 52
JVrlidH' 632
IVrotis rara 217
Persicula fasciata 7(i9
I'ersoouia cornifolia 173
media 173
pinifolia 173
salicina 173
J'etalnra 884
Petalurliue 882, 884
I'etrolobus fortnuuii 191
I'eti-ophila i)eduuculata .. .. 173
pulcliella 173
sessilis 1 73
Pliacotus 825, 828
XXVI.
INDEX.
Page.
I'hucutus biilUitus . . . . 8:iS, S.jU
r. (■ouicus 828, 850
I'liJikellia 45G, 498, 542
mit-roxepliora 542
ramosii . . 52U
J'liaietra 695
inoiiofiiloides 694
I'liaseolus vnlj^aris 192
riu'balium s(iuamul<)sum .. 158
I'lu'^ioplerideie 378
i'heyoi»teris . . . . . . . . d78. 379
oruata 380
ininctata .■>80
(lueenslaiidifa 380
nifesfeiis 38o
soti«era 380
wurunurau 380
I'heiiaiolcpas 707
alburadiata 708
calva 708
ciiuianKiiuca . . 707. 7(r8, 718
civimlata 708
galathea 708
lingua -vivernu 708
reticulata 708
seuta 708
I'liilohota al.vpa 250
anarnnta 258
isoiuura 258
uioiiolitlia 351
■riithcrca 351
l'liil()l)()tidt>s 333
I'liilolochnia cchi'iiocliroa .. 250
I'liilopldd'us lucuk'utus .. .. 198
olitusus 198
I'hiirnpnhl ^59, 340
Ik I xti/ rain ma 341
chlorris 341
(■iiciipiKnlcn 340
ciiprcix.s 340
hiic()C('iifi(!l(t 341
iiKiaiio-spild 340
IHtnurcha 341
puri/iniotii 340
xiihiindcllii 341
I riim/d 340
J'liolidia gibltifolia 171
liomoplastica 171
l'lii>ri()SiK)iifj;ia 520
I'lioiniium teuax 24
mirynella 771
Phrynixahis 771
riu-yuoniantis 771
Pliylloptianes 349
Page.
rhyll()i)lianes dy.scurehi .. .. 349
J'liytlu'lieie 84(J
riiytia (»ruata 714, 719
I'liytolacca octaudra 190
rilopreiK's aristocratica . . .. 339
.Wlidella 340
.iLilaucaspis 340
h)l)h()i)tcnt 339
Liivaan 340
Pilostibes 256
trachi/iJtcra 256
I'imelea glauca 174
linifolia 174
I'iiuiothere.s sp 688
I'inus sp 860
Pistil laria 866
Placosma phaeiua 348
P]a.i,'i(»l)ryiini A\)va> Seelaiidiaj 586
Zierii 586
Pla.ijiotliecium lamprostacliys 595
Xovie Seelaudia" 594
Xova^ ValesicP 595
Plauisiiira (i/clostomata. . ,. 713
stianj^ulata 713
torresiaua 713
Plauolocha autoptis 250
Platycerium alcicoriie .. .. 553
Platyldbiuni formosum .. .. 162
I'latyzoma 383
microphylUmi 383
PU'siotliyivus 707
l'U)f(uni)tis 704
Podocarpus si)inul(>sa 174
Poepliila arniitiaiia 195
j^ouldia- 195
mi ra bills 195
Poliuices incei 693
Pdlyedriuni hastatum 845
uiiiiiiuum 841, 842
piuacidlum 842
tctracdricuui 842, 843
tt'trayouuiii 842
trijjfonum 842, 843
/■. crassum 845
/•. papillitVi-iun . . . . 843 P()ly.i,M>nuni orientals /■. pilo-
sum 102, 190
piloHUtn 102, 190
Polymastia 501
aru(Misis 501
Polymastiida' 501, 674
Pulyplirades 735
apicalis 733
brevirostris 733
INDEX.
XXVll.
Page.
i'olyitlirades ((irdtitus. . ■• 7.'i-l
(•(irdiiK'iiiiis 7o4
iucoiispk-iuis 734
loiigii tenuis 733
mariuoratiis 734
suliterraueiis 734
r()lyi)o(Uace;p 377, 378
rolypoilieu' 377
J'olypudium aspidioides . . . . 380
r. troiiiea 380
rolysaccum insoearpium v.
crassipes 106
I'cdystoechotes 284
rolysttjeeliotidif 284
I'diiiatops 771
J'orismus 43,44
strigatus 4o
I'oi-tliesia eutliysaiia 251
roi-tuhu-ca- 157
I'ottia iihyscouilt roidt's .. .. 582
subiihyscouutrdides .. .. 582
rrasinocyiua lychuopasta . . 250
rrolienun-obiidie 272. 277
rroniernits cafer 22
ri-()S(i|i(),iniuis chalyplH'iiHMiiiis 198 rrustaiitlRMa diMitk-nlata .. 171
iiicisa 171
Siel)evi 171
viulacea 171
i'rotascjilaphiiia' 43, 07
I'rotea cordata 22
iiranditlora 22
iiicoiupta 22
l('l»i«l«'(ariia 22
loii.irifolia 22
moUifera 22
scolymus 22
I'rottmcea-, 28. 31. 171. 172. 17:;. 174
I'rott'oides 32
I'rotocixTactnf 8.30
J'l-otococcoidea:' 82.")
I'rotooovciis yi(j(i>< 84ii
I'l-otomacha leiu-dphara .. .. 250
rrotoiilct'triid 52. 46. 48
i'rotoiilectrou 47, 48. 4!)
t'l-emia- 42. 49. 50. 7(i
loiigitudiuale .. 42. 48, 65, 7ii
vemistum 50
I'rolotypa 2.51
dryiiia 252
J'salidura 428
I'salliotii rampestris 10.)
i( )d< )formis 105
sp 105
Paue.
/'.■icUUIotii.s 90, 99
I'stMidofornncak'ou 47
r.s(inI()hoii'uriliiiii lincalifi 571
Pseudostigmatiiia' 414
I'silotum, 102. 103. .553. .5.54, 558,
559, 560, 561
tri(iuetrmii. . .. 103, 553, 563
Psyrhobiella . . 273. 290, 293, 306,
309, 330
fusca .. . . 273, 306. 307. 331
sordida .... 273, 293, 306. 330
I'syehopsula' . . 271, 272, 277, 287,
288,. 289
l'sycln)psiuie 284
r.syehopsis .. ..44. 243. 271. 284
illidgei 297
I'sylla eiu-alypti 300
Pteromouas 829
fruciata 828, 829, 850
r. pulchra 829. 850
I'tero.stk-hini 202
I'teniUi 866
Ptilopus supm-bns 493
Ptilotis aurk-omis 29
sp 26
PulteiKi'a Hexilis 864
I'ycuosoma sp ^ 764
Pyralida- 250
Pyramidellkla- 717
llaiia ._ 780
t'.sc-uk'iita . . 776. 780. 781. 782,
783
<)r<ili,s 771
ti'iupoi'aria 777
liaimuculacea- 156
KaiuiiiciiUis liirtus 156
plebeius 156
IJapisuia 290
i;asi>ailia 636, 656
folium 543
hirsuta 543
rh(ip]ihli>i)]ntrit 635
tenuis .532
Uesliacea' 175
b'hahdoerenna 520
IMiabdosignia 520, 675
IJliabdotlnuunus Solandri .. 24
h'hiil>]ii(liiiin 836
Ijolilinorphiiiii v. inirabile 836
Phaphidurus setttsus 674
Phaphisia 642
nnonijma 642
pallida 641, 642, 646
XXVlll.
INDEX.
Page.
J>'litii>hi.si(i raniotiii (iiii
i;ii:ii)li(».\ya. 5UU, 640. 641. 649. 674
( Vjpallida. 641. 642. 643. 646. 648,
671. 672, 673
typk-a. 641. 642. 643. 645. 646.
648. 649. 671. 672. 673
lUiiuoderiua darwini 777
liliiiioscaplia binndulata . . . . 72(i
eoiisueta . . . . , 720
dariileyeiisLs 720
egregria . . . .' 720
tru-olor ^ 720
iUiipidura bifolor 767
Kliizaxinella 674
elavigera 674
l)i/rifcni 674
Khizoi'us 715, 716
adelaidis 71.5, 716
Klutdostoina 714
Kliixlostrophia 252
Khysoi-ara 597
cras.sa 598
Kichteriella 846
botryoides 846, 852
Kosa kevigata 633
sillied 633
tiu-biiiata 633
Jliilms molucfaims 492
Iviitaeeiv 157
Saliuator 714
Salvia siileutlt'iis 20
Sapiiidacwi- 158, 173
Sargiiiic .. .. 72. S2. 84. 94, 100
Hai-gus 94, 95, 100
iueridi(»iialis 95, 100
Sarotlirocrcpis (((rticalis, 20(i. 207
r. iiif\isi-ata . . . . 19s, 206
si'tulosa 207
suavis i9.^
Saxifragoii- 162
Scievola luicnx ariJa . . .. 169. 175
suaveolens Hj[), 175
Scaritiui 597
Scenodi'smus 834
bi.jugiis 835
deuticulatus 8o.j
r. auslralis .. .. 835. 851
r. gracilis 835, 851
r. opolieiisis 835
ec-ornis 835
bystrix r. armatus .. .. 83.5
opolicHsis 835
Page.
Scc'iR'dt'suius (luadric-auda .. 835
V. incurvus 834. 851
V. inermis 835, 851
V. ojjolirnsis 835
securiformis 835, 851
Scliedoiionis littoralis .. .. 175 Schiz<»pliy]lum commuiR' . . . . 105
Schroderia 836
sctigcra 836
Scintilla anoiiialu 684
anomalu 684, 685
chilkaeusis 685
Scleroriims 428
morosus 429
Scopolia japoiiica .. .. 815, 817
Scrophulariacete 418
fScutcllina ciimamoiiKU .. .. 707
ferrugiiua 707
Scutus 694. 704, 705
(tuatiitiiff 704. 705
antipodes . . . . 704. 705, 718
astrolabeus 704, 705
brevicnln.s 704, 705
unguis (i96
Seisniosarca hydropbora . . . . 866
Selenastrum 834
gracile 8*34
r. minutnm . . . . 834, 851
Senecio lautus 152
Scricopliorus rebiceiis . . . . 767
Serifulus meliniis 219
Solaria glaiica 217
Siagoii.vx anii)lipeniiis .. .. 206
aiKjimtata 205
blackburni .. .. 198, 205, 206
Sialidu' 275. 282, 330
Sideroxyloii anibeniicuni .. 101
Siebfra llillardieri 167
Stejibeiisoni 219
Sigmaxia, 498, 520. 535. 542. 636,
674 flabellata, 498, 535. 540, 551,
552 Sigmaxiuella. . 49<. 498, 520, 521,
636, 674
arboro« 521
austra liana, 498, 520. 521. 526,
551 viocul!ii)l<)id( )i. . 496, 497, 510,
514, 520 dendroides, 521, o2i. 530, 533,
551
flahrUatd 498. 520, 534
incnistuitu 501, 520
INDEX.
XXIX.
Page.
Sismaxinella indnimillata . . 520
ramosa 521
viniiualis .. 52V, 531. 534, 551
Siiciiiaxinyssa 674
Sil])li()iuor;>lia discoidalis ., 198
ova lis IflS
Silvius 746, 76;;
ater 751
aiistralis 746, 75.''>
<l(i(l(li 752
frontalis 753
iiidistiiiclns 753
luridiis 752
sulihiridns 752
SiuHiiiuiii s]) 632
Sil)h<inaria scuhra .. .. 715. 719 Sisyra.. .. 270. 274. 2S4, 31;'.. 314
liruniiea 314, 315, 329
fiiscata 274, 314
IMiiictata . . .. 314, 315, ;i2n nifistiijnia. . 274, 31;'., 314. 332
tunicri 274, 314, 332
RisyridiP, 269. 27l». 272, 274, 284,
286. 289, 312
Sloanea 209
costala 210
Solaiiarwr 148, 815, 817
Solandra Urvls, K'. >^15, 818, 822
loii.uaflora.! 815, 818
Solaiiuiii aviculare 171
stellij^emm 171
vescnm 171
Solecardia cryptozoica, 684, 718,719 Sdlcnopsis ,i;enniiiata r. nifa 767
SoplK.i-a tetra]>tt'ra 23, 24
Ki)arassis 866
SiMM-iii()i)h()roHa. 270, 274. 286, 315,
316, 317, 321, 32;!
dlssciiiliiata . '. 274, 316, 318,
320, 323, 332
niaculatlssima . . 274, 316, 318.
322, 332
SplKPi-ocystis .. 826, 841. 848. 849
Schroeteri .... 848, 849, 852
r. tetraedrica . . . . 849. 852
Sphonophryne 774
Spiimlaria si>innlaria 674
8pirasigma 674
Spirastrella ( V ) dilatata .. .. 454
spiiiispirulifera 454
SpirastrellidiF . . . . 454. 637, 675 t^piriti>h(ira hadcruitn . . 453, 486
difjitatn 453, 466, 467
^pirophonlht ilii/itatd.. 453. 466,
467
Page.
Spisnla adolaida^ 694
parni 692
trigonella 692
S])<»ngos()rites 544
rariabilix 544. 635
Sixn'ohoiiis virgiiiicus .. 154. 175
Sin-t'ugt'lia incaniata .. 169, 492 ixmeeletia 169
Sfaganoi)leura gntfat.-i ., ,. 195 xauth()i>y.i;ia 195
StanrastnuH 843,846,848
Sl((/n<)(/i(uinii(i 379
Stegdinyia dalieiisis 565
hilli ')tM)
ornutd ~)(\7)
ijiKisionKtitt 566
tasinauieiisis 564
Stenobiella. . .. 274. 325, 326, 327
Sallardi 274. 328, 329
hirstitissiiiia . , 274, ;!25, 327. 328, 329, 332
Slciioleoii 43, 47, 60
fieldi 4;'.. 60, 70
Rt('l>liaiu<l;c l;;
vStcrculia discolor l,s;;
lurida 183
Stcrcum aiiiiosinn 8(i5
i-aporatnin 860
elegans 8(il
hirsntnm 862
illudens 863
inenibranaceum 86;;
nitiduluui 862
papj/riniitn 863
perga ma Ileum a62
J>h(runi 864
xpadicciim 864
■spinipcriitn 8(i;!
xtrkiotanu ,S64
tahaciuum 864
Stilltopteryx 67
••••stalls 69, 70
dromedaria . . 43, 67, 69, 7U
Stomoxys cak-itraiis 704
sp 764, 7(i»
Stratiomyidtp .. ,. 71, 72, 77. 98
Slrariomyiiia\ 72. S2. 87, 89, 90, 94,
99
Stratittmys hadins 90, 100
Srroiigylauima 64;!, 675
Stylotrichopliora 519, 620
rubra 519
Styi)li(>lia 25
i<iih(ni(ir</iiiii1ii 699
XXX.
INDEX.
Page.
{^iihrmarfiinitla intermedia . . 696
parmopJioidea . . . . 696, 699
parmophoroidex 697
^iilx'ramaia 674
SuheritidfF 674
Synipherolmis 2S6. 290
Symiiliyoneiua moiitamnn .. 17o
palndosum 173
Svncarpia leptopetala . . . . 167
sVnlestes S76. ,SS2, 885
Syiitbemis S76
Ryrinsella . . fi-"^!^
rhdphidoplxn'O ^'^'^
Tabanidte 746,763,765
TaliauiiiiP 'i^^
'I'ahamis .. .. 746. 749. 76.3. 764
alistevsns 758
ahsfcrMiii^ 758
antiHt'dens 759
australis 757
darwiiHMisis 758
doddi 758
duiiloiiotatns 755
fnneld'is 7.59
Srenarius 754
(p-t(/(irii(!< 7.)4
Liriscoaninilatns 756
ixriseohirtns 753
imi>ei"fectns 761
mastei-si 754
iiiilsoui 760. 762
iieni()l)Uiiftatns 754
iiiiirimanns 758
niurifarsis 763
s].. 763
spadix 761. 762
Straiiginanni 755
tryi»henis 755
vetustus 762
Tachys enrticollis 198
Talanvinus 428
^rarsipes ^29
Tayloria Maidenii 583
Toronia australis 171
(•a])ensis 17
'I'cdauia 647
'redaniiiiic 641. 642. 643
Tellina astula .... 691. 692, 719
eonsaiiirninea 692
)iifid(i 691
prnxi 691. 692
pliaraonis 692
Tolopea oreades •_• 632
spefinsisinia . . . . 26. 27. 1 74
Page.
Templetonia retusa 31
Tenebi-iouidte 209,210
Teratidium 625, 630
grandioeps 628
laticeps 628. 630
procernm 628
1-obn.stum 627. 628
Tetilla australiensis 674
TetillidtTP 674
Tetracoccus 848
botrvoides 848, 852
'IVtraedron 841, 843
iicutum 844, 851
r. i-ectillneare . . 845, 851
(Tuciforme 845,851
-igas 844
liastatum 845
r. elegans 845, 851
horteusc 844, 851
niiniuuim .. .. 841. 842, 851 r. anstrale .. .. 841, 851
■V. morsuin 842. 851
V. pinacidiuin. . .. 842. 851 r. rectllinean' . . 842, 851
platvisthiniinn 841
regiilare 842, 843, 851
r. iiKM'ine 843. 852
r. papillifeniin .. 843. .S51
spinnlosiuu 844, 851
r. excavatnm.. .. 844. 851
striatum 84(i. 852
trigonum 843
V. crassum 845
V. mammillatum . . 845, 851
tumiduluni 844
Wasteney.sii 846, 852
Tetrallantds 841
Lagerbeimii. 841. 851
Tetrantbella 496
Tctrapcdid niorsn 842
'leti-astrum 832
elegans 832. 850
T. dentatum .... 833, 850 staurogeniieforme . . . . 8;>2
'niallarcba (M-otis 249
Tbelepliorac-ea' 859
Thclepliora cnngcsta 859
dentosa 860
laciniata 860
terrestris 860
Tlierioplet-tes 759
Tliriuacoithora . . .. 498, 544, 634.
635, 636, 637, 674
agnriciformifi 640
INDEX.
XXXI.
Page.
Tl)rinacoi>hora cervicornis . . 63-").
(liirifttiima 639
funiformis .... 634. 636. 637
incrustans 636
rhaphidophora 636
spinosa 6;'.()
xpixt^a (^'.\^)
Thymelea^ 174
'rh.vi'i<l()pter.vx hericliii . . . . 494
Timea.. . . ", 637, 675
Tineidtp . . 250
Tineinfe 2.")!. 2()()
Tisobarica 365, 367
eranna 367. 3()9
liedanopa 369
.iucnndella 367
lai'otypa .. .. 3()S
l\vrrhella . . 367
Tmesiiiteris sp.. 103. .559, 560. 5()I
Tortella Kui.uhtii 5S1
NoviP ValesiiP 5S0
Tortricida- 249. 250. 253
Tortricinre 253
Tortnla evanesoens 5S2
Toxeiuiia 67.3
Trachelomonas 825
Trachiid f/lohosa 674
Trafliycladiiiiv^ 673
Trachycladus 453,4.54,673
baeterium, 453. 454, 455, 456,
457
diacitatus.. 453, 455. 458, 459.
462. 464. 466. 471. 479, 480.
484. 489, 490, 491.
/•. clavatus. . 466. 474. 476.
478, 489, 491
r. gracilis . . 472, 473. 489.
490. 491
r. strongylatus . . 465. 46().
477, 478. 480. 484, 488, 489,
490, 491.
fastigatus. 459. 462, 465, 480.
482. 489 lrpvis])inilifer. . 453. 458, 474,
482 pnstnlosus, 453, 454. 455, 456.
457. 459. 462. 466. 472, 4S6. 488, 489, 490, 491.
reteporosiis, 453, 454, 455. 45(5.
458, 459, 477. 479, 480, 482. 487, 489, 490. 491.
scal>rosns. . 455. 457, 459, 461,
473, 489, 491
Traebysellins 674
Page.
Traehypepla 346
atrispersa 347
hieiualea 347
poliochroa 347
Trachi/tedania arhorra .. .. 674
Trajrosia 498
'Ircnu'lla fiisiformis 866
niesenterioa 866
Tremellinete 865, 86(i
'ri'ibnhis teiTestrls 267
Trichoma 274, 325. 328
gracilipenne. . .. 274,325,332 'rrU'honunu'H pcltatiim .. .. 382 'PrichomatidiP.. 269. 270, 272, 274,
324
Trichoi)tera 46
'I'ricbostermis 202
anstralicns. 197. 198, 201, 202
cyaneus 197
f/iuriiii 202
vig(»rsi 197
'rricliostoiiiuiu aristatnhim .. 581
brachydontiiim 581
Tridacna 687
gigaiitea 686, 6S7
(/iffas 686, 687
Jainarclci 686
s<iuamosa 687
'I'riirlochin procera 175
'rrigoiKithops jiacitica 198
Trikpiitriou 636
'I'rirapbis mollis 217
Trocliilidie 18
'I'rocJiocochhii III lilt icdHnata, 700,
701 Trochus crtriiiKitiix. . .. 700, 701
liiieatus 703
(ihiiiHiiH 700, 701
Iiica 703
poi-cat\is 701
striohitim 701
tieniatufi 700. 701
zebra 701
'I'mphoii hdnlci/i 712
IJfiii-(r 712
Tii(/(iU 696
cicdtricoHd 698
rlegans 696
Tugalia 695, 696
dimtrdUa 695, 697
bascauda 698, 719
cicatricosa 698, 719
cicatnixd ' 698
XXXll.
INDEX.
Page,
Tugalia cinerea 696
eleirans . . 695, 696. 697, 69S intermedia, 695, 696. 697, 698.
719
intermedia 697
OHHca 697
liarmoi)h()idea . . 695. 696. 697.
698, 719 parmophorldca . . . . 696. 697
t(i>it)i(inic(i 695, 69S
Tuvbo tiPiiiatus 701
Tvlodesuia, 496, 497. 499, 500, 501, 517, 518, 519, 673, 674
alba 519
anuexa 518
c-orrugata 518
srimaldii 519
ininiilis 499. 518, 519
iiifdnnis 519
iiifundiltulilorniis 519
inoriiata 517, 518
.iania 519
inicnistroin/i/la. 496. 499, 518
micro.rd 499, 518
inimilio 519
rosea 518, 519
trniicata 499. 518, 519
vjiijahunda 519
vestiludaris 519
vul-aris 499. 518. 519
'ryi)hnla 866
Umbelliferte
Uracautluis alliatus
ater
hivittatns . , . .
corrngicollis
.i;la1>rilineatus
iiiermis
maleticns . . . .
siniulans
strigosns . . . .
snturalis
ventralis
739.
167
741 742 739
742 737 738 740 V38 741 741 741
Venns rivularis 689
scripta 689
undatuia 689
Wanaria 690
Vesi<-nlari:i i»innat\ila 596
rivalis 595
Page.
ViolariefP 157
Viseum articnlatum 102
Vitex luceiis 24
^'oJ|■ari)la nihrifftHcuila .. .. 709
Volvocacea" 824
^■|)lrllhl 715. 716
rofitrdtd 716
xiilcdtd 716
trdfuild 716
VohiiJelld 716
Volvulina 829
Steiiiii r. lenticnlaris . . 829
Vitlviilus 716
WMtelcgged 385
dK.Hrdlia 385
Xiiiitholieris 73. 75
silacea 75, 76
Xantlioleoi) 4.".. 47
helinsi 43. 61. 70,
Xaiitlionielon dui-villii . . . . X.-iiitlioplui'a ferniiriiiea .. ..
.Liraiidis
Xanthorrhcpa
hastilis
I'reissii
Xaiithosia i)il()sa
Xeiiobatradms
Xenoniorphd dii-stnilis-. 73. 74 Xenoplirvs m(ii>ti<(ila .. 777.
782,
Xenorhina
Xyloiuelum pyrifonne ., .. Xylomimetes
scliolastis
ti'achyptera
Xyloryctinte
Xymene
hanleyi 712,
Xyris complaiiata
gracilis
Xj/Htnatodond poliixfond . . . .
/ieria involucrata .. .. 157, Smithii /■. iuacr(»]tliylbi
Zosterops Gouldi
sp 29, 30
Zoysia piuigens 154.
Zvgophvlleie
Zvgoptera. 871. 873, 874, 875, 878, 883, 884.
, 98
, 98
. 61
319
713
198
198
33
30
30
168
771
, 75
778.
784
771
174
256
256
257
256
712
718
174
174
251
175
157
31
, 31
175
267 876.
SS7
[Printed off, April .Srd, 1917.]
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1910.
1-4. Ui'Hiiiinki,
5-<J. AlhMitiiiil((ini.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 191ft.
1-3. Higy'nisia coniUo'ulca vax*. scabya.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 191G.
1-2. Khaphoxxia typica, ii. sp.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ia.
i -J. Ji'/i(iji/io.tya a) pallithi Deudj".
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19te.
l-'Z. Rhaphoxya tiipica, n.s|>. :s. R. {/) yaUtihi Deiidy. 4, DfSmoxya lunata Carl.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918
(j.iiiii'ti.iiil] vtcs (uiale, leiiiiile) A:c of PiiUotiiiii (iii/iu'diii/i
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
Austialiau Mollusca.
P.L.S N.S.W. 1913.
PL. XLVII.
.^a^
C rf^2^^ ^
Australiau Mollusou.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
15
I ^ \,lmmm/mmm/m
C ^edceu. ^t/.
Australian Mollusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
C, ^/"^Co^i^ CP(^.
Australian MoUusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 191S.
^.'^f^^V ^^^
Austnilian Mollusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ia
38
\
40
>*/■?■■---■ - "
39
37
-^f^M^ Y 6/a..a2.
■*^'^
36
■--•ri'.
33 -^'a«v^^^,i#^-
V
Australian Mollusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
•^--^ ^*0*Mi^
..^•::-
■w
•w
■■■'■^w
"ySA^.ii; f^ (St^'^^
^'
42
43
A ustraliau MoUusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19l9.
PL. LIV.
D.B.F. del.
AphuntophniDe paiisa, g.et sp.ii.
P.L.S N.S.W. 1918.
P.B.F. del.
1. Kaloula pidchra. 2. Aphantophrijne pansa, u.sp.
3. Liiiitwdijnastes dorsalis v. dmnerilii.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918.
Australian Freshwater Phytoplankton (Protovoccoidea')
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
Australian Freshwater Phytoplaiiltton [Protococcoidex)
P.L.S.N.S.W. I9lft.
7 'mT^'^' i
Australian Freshwater I'bytoplauktini (Piotuooccoiid-a:)
P.L.S.N-S-W. 1916.
Australiau Freshwater Pbyioplanktou {ProtococcniiU-.i-}
Issued nth June, 1916.
Vol XLI.
^^^ ^!^
Wi\
Part 1.
No. 161
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LinriEnri Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1916
PART I. (pp. 1-192)
Containing Papers read in
MARCH- APRIL,
WITH NINE PLATES
(Plates i. -ix. )
SYDNE^-Y: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
VV. A. PRPPERDAY i' CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BV THE SOCIETY PRICE - 10/-
AOENT IN EUROPE:
Messis. Dui.au & Co., .^7 Solio Square, London, VV.
■^
NOTICE.
With the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of which the Society's .stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S. W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Boad, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 3-7 Soho Square, London, W., at the following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. Od. ; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, .10s. ; Part 2, os. ; Part 3, 7s. J Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, £1 OS. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, '17s. 6d.
Second Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part-1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 3, £1; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 16s. ; Part 3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 93
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ; Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; art 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s. ; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, Us. ; Part 4, Us.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4; 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 78. 6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.- Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905.— Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15?.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 98. ; Part 3, 14s. Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 148. Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, lis. ; Part 3, 7s. Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912--Part i, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; "Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1915— Part 1,17s.; Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, lls^
Proceedings for 1916— Part 1, 10s.
Tlie Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue op Australian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. [1881], A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11. five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain- able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 1.
CONTENTS.
PAGES
Presidential Adiliess delivered at the Forfey^flrstAninial Meeting.
March 21)th, 19_1«. 1).v Aj.ex. (i^. Hamilton l-3o
Studies in Australian XiMvopttra. N(j. ii. Descriptions of new Geneici and .Species "of the Families Osmylidoi, .Myt'^mdeon- tkhi , and Af<calaphtdit.. By R. J. Tillvard," M. A. pB- ^c. . F.L.S., F. E.S., Linaean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates i.-vi., and three Text-figures) ... ... 41-70
A Revision of the IStratiomyidit [Diptkka] of Australia. By
Artjuk White 71-1(10
Oocydi-s and Ertmo-spfucfd [Alg.-3';]. By (i. I. Playfaik, Science Research Scholar of the University of Sydnej'. (Plates vii.- ix., and twenty-eight Text-figures) ... ... ... ... 107-147
The Chemical Investigation of S(jme Poisonous Plants in the N.O. So/nnact"'. Part ii. NluofiaiKi xiatreo/en-s; and the Identifica- tion of its Alkaloid. By J.vaies M. Petkie, D.Sc, F.I.C. Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Societ.y in Biochemistry ... 148-151
The Instability of Leaf- Morphology in its relation to Taxonomic
Botany. By A. A. Hamil,tox ' 102-119
OrT Brachydiiton popidmo-acp:ijhliU'< F.v.M. : the Crimson-flower- ed Kunajong. By J. H. Maiden, F.R.S., F.L.S. .^, ... 180-184
On a Kucalypt llyhrid (E. ra/ophyl}axK ficifolin). By J. H.
M.MDEN, F.R.S., F.L.S 185-189
Hon. Treasurer's Financial Statement,' Balance Sheet, etc. ... 34-o9
Elections and Aiaiouncements . . .. ... ... .. 101. 19(t
Notes and Exhibits 101-106,190-192
Issued ISth September, WIS.
WJ Vol XLI.
Part 2. No. 162 ^
THE
PROCEEDINGS
\
OF THE
LiNNEnri Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1916
PART II. (pp. 193-J/.1
Containing Papers read ^fl^, ^A *^' ^v>. MA Y-A UG UST ( in part).
WITH TEN PLATES
[Plates x.-xix. , and one Transparency (x./)/*).] (Plate XX. will be issued with Part iii.)
SYDNEY: J'RINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BV
W. A. PEPPERDAY k CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD HV THE SOCIETY PRICE - 12/-
NOTICE.
With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Procebdings — 6f whicli the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabetli Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., at the following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d. ; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 58. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.: Part 2, os. ; Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. : Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Seco>jd Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ; Par^. 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis. Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, Qs.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, Qs. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, Ss. ; Part 2, Bs. ; Part 3, 128. j Part 4, Us.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2,12s.; Part 3, lOs.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7b. 6d. ; Part 3, 78. 6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 158.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 128. 6d. ; Part 3, 14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.--Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15p.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 158. Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 78. ; Part 2, 98. ; Part 3, 148. Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 148. Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s. Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912- Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part' 3, 6s , Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 191 5 -Part 1, 17s.: Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, lis.
Proceediitgs for 1916— Part 1, lO.s.; Part 2, 12s-
The Maclkay iVlEMOKiAf. Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Uoyal 4to,, Ll. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3.
Descriptivk Catalogue op Austkalian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of thk Entomological Society of New South Wales, 2 vols., Bvo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five Parts, 1869-73; all publisiied], price £2, net, are also obtain- able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 2.
CONTENTS.
PAGES
C-'am/>irff>' [Colboptkha] from the Upper Williams River, N.S.W.
By Thomas (i. Sloane 196-208
Descriptions of a new Genus, and thi'ee new Species of Australian Temhrionida- [ColRoptera] from Barrington Tops, N.S.W. By H. J. C.VRTER, B.A., F.E.S. (With three Text-ligs. ) .. -ioy-iU
A new Scale-Insect [Coccju.??] att'ecting Suj<ar-Cane in New Guinea. By the late Dr. A. Rutherford : with a Note by
E. Jarvis ... 215-216
Studies in Australiaii Ntiiroptera. No. iiu The Wing- Venation of the eiiryxaiji(l(L'. By R. J. Tili.y.vkd, M. A., B.Sc, F.L.S.,
F. p].S., Linnean Maeleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
( Plates X. , X. /</.s, xi. ; and eight Text-figs. ) 22 1 -248
A Thiid Contribution to a Knowledge of the Lepidopterous Fauna of Ebor Scrub, N.S.W. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S. 249-260
Petrological Notes. No. ii. The Relations between some Western Australian Gneissic and Granitic Rocks. By M. Aurousseau, B.Sc. 261-266
Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No. iv. The Families Ithonidf, He)ntroliiid<i', Sifiyrid<v, Btrotliid<i\ and the new Faniilj' Tri- chomatidtf : with a Discussion of their Characters and Re- lationships, and Descriptions of hew and little-known Genera and Species. By R. J. Tillyaku, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Maeleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates xii.-xix., and ten Text-figs. ) ... ... ... ... 269-332
Studies in Australian Microhpidoptera. By A. Jefferis Turner,
M.D., F.E.S 333-376
Some Cryptogamic Notes, from the Botanic (irardens, Sydney.
By the Rev. W. Walter W.VTTS. (Plate xx.") ... 377-386
Fuither Observations on the Emergence of Dragonfly-Larvie from the Egg, with special Reference to the Problem of Respira- tion. By R. J. TiLLYARD. M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S.. Linnean Maeleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Five Text-figs.) 388-416
Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... 217,267,387
Notes and Exhibits : 193-19,"), 217-220,' 267-268
Correction in Dr. Turner's Paper (p.254). Omil name and description of Capua crypsvryt.hra, n.sp., and substitute
Capua leucostaota. CapiM kiicostaeta Meyr., Proe. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1910, p.202. One 9 example. Also from N.S.W. : Lawson.— Vic. : Beaconsfield. Page 249, line 8 — for six, rf.ad seven. — line 9, for 12, read 11. — line 22, for 7, read 6.
* Plate XX. will be issued with Part iii.
Issued 9th December, 1916.
Vol XLI.
Part 3.
No. 163
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LinriEnri Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1916
FART III. (pp. 4J-7-G32)
Containing Papers read in
AUGUST (ill part)-SEPTEMBEE,
WITH TWENTY-ONE PLATES
[Plates xx.-xxxix., and xlv.]
SYDNEY: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY .
BY
W. A. PEPPERDAY k CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY
PRICE
15/-
AGBNT IN EUROPE:
Messrs Dui.au & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, VV.
NOTICE.
With the exception of Volumes I.-VJ. of the Proceedings — of which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau &, Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., at the following prices :^
First Sp.ries.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d. ; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s. ;, Part 3, £1 5s. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
SECOisrr) Seriks.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ; Part 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 16s. ; Part 3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ; Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, IDs., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9b. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 38.; Part 2, 63.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s.6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supplement, 3s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s. ; Part 2, .12s. 6d. ; Part 3, I4s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.- Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, with Supplement, 7s. ; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15p.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 78. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 148. Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 14s. Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s. Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, lOs.
Proceedings for 1912- Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, los.
Proceedings for 191.3 - Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s , Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914 -Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s., Part 4, 19s.
Proceedingsforl915— Part 1,17s.: Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, 10s.;
Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1916-Part 1, 10s.; Pa'rt 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.
The Maci.eay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11. live Parts,. 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain- ab'e, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PARTS.
CONTENTS.
PAGES
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sj^dney: Parthenogenesis in
Aquatic Phanerogams. By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. ... 417-421
Revision of the Amycterides. Part v. Moloclitns&nd Cttbicorrhyn-
chus. By Eustace W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M 422-452
A Revision of the Genera with Microscleres inchxded, or pro- visionally included, in the Family Axine/lidie; with Descrip- tions of some Australian Species [Porifera]. Part i. By E, F. Hallmanx, B.yc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the,- Society in Zoology. (Plates xxi.-xxx., figs. 1-2; also xxxix., figs.6-7; and Text-figs. 1-9) ... 453-491
A Revision of the Genera with Microscleres included, or pro- visionally included, in the Family A^inellidce; with Descrip- tions of some Australian Species [Porifera]. Part ii. Bj^ E. F. Kallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates xxix., fig.4; xxx.-xxxii. ; xxxiii., figs.1-5; xxxiv.-xxxvii.; xxxviii., figs.1-4; and Text-figs. 10-16) 495-552
The Gametophyte of Psilotum : Preliminary Notes. By Thomas Whitelegge, Medallist of the Royal Society of New South Wales, 1899. ^Plate xlv.) ... 553-563
Contributions to a Knowledge of Australian Culicidce [Diptera].
No. iii. By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S. ... 564-574
Descriptions of some new Species of Australian, Tasmanian, and
New Zealand Mosses, vi. By Dr. V. H. Brotherus ... 575-596
New Australian Species of Carabklix belonging to the Tribe
*«/-(>/«(■ [Coleoptera]. By Thomas G. Sloane 597-630
Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... ...494,631
Notes and Exhibits 492-493,494,632
Issued 4(h April, 1017.
No. 164 ^
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LirinEAN Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1916
PART TV. (pp. 633-905, i.-xxxU.) Containing Papers read in
0 CTO BEB-J^ 0 VEMBER,
WITH NINETEEN PLATES
[Plates xl.-xliv., xlvi. -lix.]
SYDNEY : PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCTETV
BV
W. A. PEPPERDx'W k CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY
1916--I7.
PRICE - 19/-
'15.'^
AQENT IN EUROPE:
Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Solio Square, London, VV
m
NOTICE
With the exception «f Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire— the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be .obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., at the following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. Gd. ; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 5s. ; Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, £1 5s. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
5SECo:srr) Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ; Part 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ; Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; r>art 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896.— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, Gs. ; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 148.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, lOs. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s.6d.; Part 3, lOs. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902,— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. , Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supplement, 3s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904. —Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 98. , Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, witii Supplement, 7s.; Part 2. 10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15p,
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 14s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912— Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s ,. Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 191 5— Part 1,1 7s.; Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, IDs,; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1916— Parti, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., LI. and 308 pages, witli Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue op Austhai.ian Fishes. By William Macleay, F,L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New South Walks, 2 vols., Svo [Vol i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain- able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 4.
CONTENTS.
A Revision of the Geue.a ^v•lth Mioroscleies u.cluded, or pro- '''''''' visionally included ,n the Family Axinellid.o; with Desorip- v"""!- x/"""" ^"''*'''^*''^" Species [Pokifeka]. Part iii Bv t^- .^: Hallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society n. Zoology. (Plates xxix., figs.3, S.'b^-.xxxiii. fi^ 6; ^x^klf!^' ™.,ligs.l...l.,fi,,.,.4; .H.,1-, tnd
An Eftlorescence on some New Zealand Kelps. Ev A H S Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. y a. n. .5.
.Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part xiii. By C. Hedley, . t.L.h. (Plates .xlvi. -In.),..
DescnptK>ns of new 8p<«,ies of Australian Coleoptera. Part xii.
oy A. m. l^EA, a.tj.h. ... 720-745
Australian Tahanida: [DwrKnAl No. ii. By Fka.nk H. Tayi^ok,'
034-675 676-07!) 080-719
746-762
Some Notes on the Biononucs of the Buffalo-Fly [Lyperosia exiyua de Meijere]. % Gerald F. Hill, F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Northeni territory of- Australia. (Plate liii.) 703-70,S
Description of Ajjhantophnjne, a new Batrachian Genus from Ne^v
, Guinea: with Comparative Notes on tlie Pectoral Muscula- ture. By Dene B. Fry. (Plates llv.-lv.) ... ... . 770-7.S5
Tlie Change of Composition of Alveolar Air after the Stoppage of Normal Breathing By H. «. Halcro Wardlaw D Sc, Linnean Macleay I ellow of tlie Society in Physiology. [With two lext-hgures] ' -^/ ...780-814
:ilie Clieinical Investigation of some Poisonous Piants in the N O .Sokmacete, Pj^rt iii. The Occurrence of I^or-Hyoscyamin; m tiolaudra loiujijiom. By James M. Petrie, D Sc F I C Linnean Macleay Fellow of the yociety in Biochemistry '7.. 815-822
Australian Freshwater Phytoplankton \_ProiococcoidcfH\ By G I ^ Playfair, Science Research Scholar of the University of Sydney... (Plates Ivi.-lix.) ... ^ 823-85'''
Records_ of Australian Fungi. No. i. By J. Burton Cleland, M.D and Edwin Ciieel, Botanical Assistant, Botanic (wardens, Sydney ^-3^^^
Further Researches upon the ProJ>lems of the Radial and Zygop- ^ tend Sectors in the Wings of Odonata, and upon the Fomia- T^" °^ Bridges. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S Mi^^ir' .^'aV'^*" ^lacleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology (With six Text-figures) _ ^^ 871-887
Announcements ... „,.,.
/Ol)
Donations and Exchanges, 1915-10 888-905
Notes and Exhibits ...
Title-page Contents
Corrigenda
List of new Generic Names.
List of Plates
Index ...
033, 709
i.
iii.
vii.
viii.
viii.
i.-xxxii.
%millS^'., '-'BRAKV
WH lADn ^